“Qmnes res creatx sunt divine sapientis et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis

humans :-—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;

ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper zstimata ;

\ vere eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linn2&vs.

Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Brucxyer, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

Seglais Ce se s,.% 4» be pylyan powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

Q@H

sA.7

v. /6

CONTENTS OF VOL. XVI.

[SEVENTH SERIES. }

NUMBER XCI.

Page

I, Report on the Schizopods collected by Mr. George Murray,

F.R.S., during the Cruise of the ‘Oceana’ in 1898. By E. W. L.

Horr and W. M. Tarrersart, B.Sc. (Plates I. & Il.)..........

IL. Descriptions of new Coleoptera of the Family Cetoniide from

British New Guinea. By Oniver E. Janson, F.ES.........04.. Il

II, A uew Noctuid from Sierra Leone. By W. J. Hottanp .. 18

IV. A new Genus and Species of Cynipide from South Africa,

representing a new Subfamily. By P. CAMERON............. Hanne 20)

V. Rhynchotal Notes—XXXIII. By W.L. Distant ........ 22

VI. A List of the Freshwater Fishes of Africa. By G. A.

OMIA GMS OCIS a= #5, aries uaed cng dD» ax, g violas nue tladlele daled 60%

VIL. A Revision of the Fishes of the American Cichlid Genus

Cichlosoma and of the Allied Genera, By C, Tarr Reean, B.A... 60

VIII. Revised Nomenclature of the Species described in Bate and

Westwood’s ‘British Sessile-eyed Crustacea.’ By Canon A. M.

TD OTEMIUNi ig nl Ye erred OE OR Bien 7) Bal BJS diel staf Faery ear eee Cn re 78

IX. Kerunia, a Symbiosis of a Hydractinian with a Cephalopod.

By Dr. Francis Baron Nopcsa, Member of the Hungarian

eaoricalmocicty.. (Plate Wi) sais. vaslee on wercests aves oauvee 95

The Nomenclature of Types in Natural History, by Charles

PE MUCHOEL AMA S. Sa UCK MAM.’ - cc wa spelesyeus esas sy cstvns nes 102

NUMBER XCIL.

X. A List of the Batrachians and Reptiles collected by Dr. W. J.

Ansorge in Angola, with Descriptions of new Species. By G. A.

EMORENCHRy E.Ev.o” (elate TV.) 8. alten Gece wlewes etas a 105

XI. On the Internal Parasites of the Tweed Salmon. By James

Rk. Tosu, M.A., D.Sc., Assistant Professor and Lecturer on Natural

History in the University of St. Andrews. (Plate V.) .......... 115

XII. On Hermaphroditism and Vestigial Structures in the Repro-

ductive Organs of Testudo greca. By H. B. Fanruam, B.Se. Lond.,

A.R.C.S., University College, London. (Plate VI.) ........... . 120

126

XIII. Reply to Mr. G. A. Boulenger. By Nits Rostin ......

lV CONTENTS.

XIV. List of the Lizards in the Zoological Museum of Lund, with

Descriptions of new Species. By Nits Rostn, Zool. Inst. Lund.

(Plates VIL—EX.) ci eit oj. oe betapricte ae eon eae ee Cate

XV. Notes on Eastern and Australian Heterocera, with Descriptions

of One new Genus and Thirteen new Species. By Colonel CHaRLzEs

Swinton, M.A. BLS) &¢... cose. goers ene ere eee

XVI. On a new Species of River-Crab from Yunnan. By W. T.

CatMaNn, D.Sc., British Museum (Natural History) .... .........

XVII. On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic Hymenoptera

from Borneo, ‘By BACAMERON -o-5-7my a bs iterate eee

XVIII. On a Second Collection of Mammals obtained by Dr.W. J.

Ansorge in Angola, By OLDFIELD THomas and R. C.WRovuGHrTon.

XIX. Descriptions of Three new Snakes discovered in South

Arabia by Mr. G. W. Bury. By G. A. Bouvenesr, F.R.S.......

XX. Descriptions of new Tailless Batrachians in the Collection

of the British Museum. By G. A. BouLEenGer, F.R.S...........

XXI. Descriptions of new Species of Marine Shells, chiefly from

Ceylon. By G. B.SowERBy PES. (27 se. ee ce py ieee

XXII. Description of a new Shell from the Cape Verd Islands.

By) Gr. yB. SQWERBY, BS. cores, ciate Soetoro eee

XXIII. Descriptions of new Species of Land-Shells from British

New Guinea, and Remarks on Two Species from the Solomon

Islands. By sinGan-A.. Sates: Ooi onc es acl ee eee

XXIV. Notes on the Tabani from the Palearctic Region in the

British Museum Collection. By GErrruDE RicARDO ..........

XXV. Rhynchotal Notes—XXXIV. By W.L. Distanr ....

XXVI. Descriptions and Records of Bees.—I._ By: T., 1; 7As

CocKERELL, University of Colorado” pe cece a ee eee

XXVII. A Revision of the Fishes of the American Cichlid Genus

Cichlosoma and of the Allied Genera. By C. TATE REGAN, B.A. ..

XXVIII. On the Bats of the Rhinolophus philippinensis Group,

with Descriptions of Five new Species. By Knup ANDERSEN ....

New Books :—Preliminary Report on the Geology and Water Re-

sources of Nebraska, west of the One-hundred-and-third

Meridian. By N. H. Darton.—The Land and Sea Mammals

of Middle America and the West Indies. By Davin Giraup

Extiot, F.R.S.E. &e. Vol. IV. Parts I. & 11.—Guide to the

Gallery of Birds in the Department of Zoology of the British

Museum (Natural History)—House, Garden, and Field. By

Page

129

La. Mran, PVRS. oo sy ce ceca 6 oe oe 258—261

Note on the ‘Museum Humfredianum,’ 1779, by C. Davies Sherborn ;

Where are the Types ?, by 8S. S. Buckman

91 ee 262, 264

CONTENTS. ' Vv

NUMBER XCIIL.

Page

XXIX. Rhynchotal Notes—XXXV. By W.L. Disrant...... 265

XXX. On the Bats of the Rhinolophus arcuatus Group, with

“escriptions of Five new Forms. By KNUD ANDERSEN.......... 281

XXXI. On the Bats of the Rhinolophus macrotis Group, with

tescriptions of Two new Forms. By KNup ANDERSEN.......... 289

XXXII. Descriptions and Records of Bees.—II. By T. D. A.

DCKER EEL, University, Of ColoradOn vo. joie os os tra wees ee ays ue 5 202

XXXIII. Descriptions and Records of Bees.—III. By T. D. A.

JOCKBRELE,, Wmiversity Of Colorado cc. csc cic s cee eye eae 301

XXXIV. New Neotropical Chrotopterus, Sciurus, Neacomys,

Joendou, Proechimys, and Marmosu. By OutpFinLtp THomas...... 308

XXXY. On a remarkable new Squirrel from Burma. By Oxp-

. TEI LGAs) eae on peop miedo. Commoon coc clbecoe ucpidrar Coot ar 514

XXXVI. A Revision of the Fishes of the American Cichlid Genus

Nchlosoma and of the Allied Genera. By C. Tarr Reaan, B.A... 316

XXXVII. On new Species of Histertde and Notices of others,

Bp eM ENCES Helis) pi EAGOL NG A ' syeteid ete cicteifels sik swerve 0'oh24 8s 340

XXXVIII. Notes on the Satin Bower-bird (Ptilonorhynchus vio-

taceus). By ARTHUR G. ButuER, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c....... 350

XXXIX. On Cucumaria Montagu, Fleming. By Canon A. M.

PATepEMNeNNE es CEsLALOT MEL. IM Meretoeea Siehs tate viste -) vats evehela sta afeidy 0 el ed 352

XL. Ophiopsila annulosa (M. Sars), a British Ophiurid. By

PO ena ree eae Vt IN CoM AN Reread Neer ciavehe. -teid! or c/aisre, sfahe ele a yrsksla's. » ¥ «)sbs 360

XLI. A Collection of Fishes made by Dr. H. Gadow in Southern

Mexicans Dy Gr CATH IOMGAN Ae). vhienk: yield Sie ces ose tle 361

XLII. Descriptions of Three new Fishes from Japan, collected by

Mri. Gordon Smith. By C-Tarm Regan, B.A... cece ces 365

New Book :—Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Pale-

ontologia Indica. Series XV. Himalayan Fossils. Vol. 1V.

The Fauna of the Spiti Shales. By Dr. Vicror Uutie, Pro-

fessor of Geology in the University of Vienna .............. 565

NUMBER XCIV.

XLII. Descriptions of new Species of Noctuwide in the British

Museum. By Sir Grorexr F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.8., &. 2.0... 369

XLIV. Some Observations on the Development of an Asterid with

Large Yolky Eges from the Franklin Islands. By E. H. 1enpERson,

M. Se., M.D., McGill University, Montreal. (Plates XII. & XIII.) . 887

XLV. Descriptions and Records of Bees.—IV. By T. D. A.

Secumnmer,, University Of COlOradO: oct. veces cee eect earn nals 392

vi CONTENTS.

Page

XLVI. Some Results of the North-Atlantic Fin-Whale Fishery.

iBy THOMAS SOUTH WEUL, FUZIS! tier cine amcylc: chive te n> iaige sitll 403

XLVII. Onsome Australasian Mammals. By OLpFieLp THomas, 422

XLVII. Notes on the Distribution of some Species of Terrestrial

Tsopoda introduced into Australasia. By Cuarius Curiton,M.A.,

D.Se., F.L.S., Professor of Biology, Canterbury College, New

Fenland. «thas cca awe. sissies Osha COI ete lomantene CRoloer eke ieiekt tee eee 428

XLIX. An undescribed Guereza. By R. LypEKKER.......... 432

L. A Revision of the Fishes of the American Cichlid Genus

Cichlosoma and of the Allied Genera, By C. Tare Ree@an, B.A. .. 433

LI. A New Explanation of the Red Colour in the Hind Wing of

Catocala; Schr. By Ca. SCuAPOSCHNIKOW (21. -5 =. sea dele ele een 445

LIT. On the Mus orthodon of Hensel. By Capt. G. E. H.

BARRETR=ELAMIETONG. «412s ats ore os eles esle hiatonere ere ee kel tele aaa 452

New Books :—Fconomic Resources of the Northern Black Hills. By

J. D. Irvine. With Contributions by 8S. F. Emmons and

T. A. Jacaar, Jr.—lIowa Geological Survey. Vol. XIV.

Annual Report, 1903, with Accompanying Papers. SAMUEL

Carvin, A.M., Ph.D., State Geologist. T. Savace, Assistant

State Geologist. — Maryland Geological Survey. Miocene.

Parts I. & Il.—J. H. Fazer. Souvenirs Entomologiques,

Etudes sur l’Instinct et les Noces des Insectes. (Neuvieme

Series) Were caine ony eres tone ae iar Loeimde wos 453—459

Proceedings of the Geological Society. .....c2:..sevsccssee 460, 461

The Generic Names given by Frisch in 1775, by Oldfield Thomas

and Gerritt S. Miller, Jun.; The Secondary Appendage of the

Upper Antenne as a Character in the Amphipoda, by Alfred

OP Walker’ 0S ita ii dte cra stere cic ete matt neaversteaste saieners 461, 464

NUMBER XCV.

LIII. Descriptions and Records of Bees—V. By T. D. A.

CockKERELE, University of Colorado {52 i.)s. 1): ei eee 465

LIV. Descriptions and Records of Bees—VI. By T. D. A.

CocCKREELL, University of Colotado” (hoi... cens.s0- 0 coon eee 477

LV. Notes on the Forficularia.—IX. On new Species, with

Synonymic Notes. By Matcorm Burr, B.A., F.L.S., F.E.S. .... 486

LVI. On HMipposiderus diadema and its closest Allies. By Kyup

INNDRSION: 9 sph hisiejois soe pisiese'« sea 8s pusle «wenn ele eee ee eee 497

LVI. A Revision of the “Genus” Peneus, with Diagnoses of

some new Species and Varieties. By A. Atcock, M.B., LL.D.,

LDA SR CRY Yk d eer io aL eM Ra ri en Oe todo SO 5b Anbhs oty +c 508

CONTENTS. vil

Page

Museum. By Sir Guorce F. Hampson, Bart., LVL S ESTAS rode Oe 533

LIX. Descriptions of Two new Species of Diurnal Lepidoptera

belonging to the Subfamily Nymphahne. By Hersertr Druce, ae

TGS Cec Sats ook RSIS Ge rong ei0e o pt Se Oia yee sO ea HAS

LX. Description of a new Land-Shell from Christmas Island. =

By Ene@ar A. Smtrn, 1.8.0. 22... cece eee eect eee eens ceees 551

LXI. On remarkable Specimens of Rana esculenta from South- A

western Persia. By G. A. Bourencer, F.R.S. .....+..-..-+++, 552

LXII. Rhynehotal Notes—-XXXVI. By W.L. Distant .... 553

LXIII. Notes on British Copepoda: Change of Names. By

PEG MASE SCONE li) eel eny tere. she sun's asm y wi/eisire as os isle y siete s 567

LXIV. Note on Hevanchus griseus. By C. Tarr Reaan, B.A... 571

LXV. Anew Genus and Two new Species of Bats. By OLDFIELD

THOMAS

New Book :—Coloration in Polistes. By W1LHEI MINE M. EntEMAN. 576

NUMBER XCVI.

LXVI. Descriptions of new Species of Noctwde in the British

Museum. By Sir Grorecs F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.8., &c. ...... 577

LXVII. On new Species of Histeride and Notices of others. By

(SISLLTN ESPN 8) GUS DEBE oR Se DAR ee a 604

LXVIII. On new and little-known Species of Eastern and Austra-

lian Lepidoptera. By Col. CoarLes Swinuos, M.A., F.L.S., &e... 612

LXIX. Notes on the various Forms of <Arvicanthis pumilio,

SPALEMngs Bye tv Oe WROUGHTON . cc.% tarts se sd. Aeainlpa wet os 629

LXX. On the Habitat of Rana Blanfordii. By G. A. BouLenGEr,

Be EeSelaos ssi. Ae eta bis Heed Ln niece chbaes 1s i et a

640

LXXI. On a small Collection of Fishes from the Kasai River

(Congo); By, G. A. BouLmNGEr, FRiSt fe cousin gots dood hee ciee tb.

LXXII. On a Collection of Fishes from Lake Bangwelo. By

(SUN LELD Ina ahs (G08 oe 1 SS Se , 642

LXXIII. A List of the Species and Subspecies of the Genus

Rhinolophus, with some Notes on their Geographical Distribution.

By Kyup ANDERSEN

LXXIV. On the Oscules of Cinachyra.

By R. Kirxparricx.

(Plate XIV.)

e\ 9) -¢) ein) 'ey'0! 6) @ 8) '0) 0) Rie) «vv! 5) 0) me 3) 0 8

Vill CONTENTS.

Page

LXXV. Rhynchotal Notes —XXXVIL By W.L. Distant .. 668

LXXVI. Note on some British Culicide. By Cuas. 0. WATER- -

ELOU SI, AE aE Sie, fe. dale wks abe eal lo he hare ke arched Paonia ee 674

On the Affinities of Herpetomonas subuiata, and the Phylogeny of

the Trypanosomes, by Louis Léger ...........0.seceersemes 676

TMOCX Pees. tears ONO BAS oso oder auc SOS cara hte tenses Seages vole ONO

PLATES IN VOL. XVI.

oe Schizopods collected by the ‘ Oceana.’

III, Kerunia cornuta, from the Eocene of Egypt.

IV. Batrachians and Reptile from Angola.

V. Internal parasites of the Tweed salmon.

VI. Hermaphroditism &c. in Testudo greeca.

Vit

VII. | Lizards in the Zoological Museum of Lund.

IX.

X. New species of Histeride.

XI, Cucumaria Montagui.

XII.

XIII.

XIV. Cinachyra barbata.

Development of an Asterid with large yolky eggs.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

(Ct aspbdbasescnondad per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

te, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dee pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

N. Parthenii Giannettasi, Bel. 1.

No. 91. JULY 1905.

I.—Report on the Schizopods collected by Mr. George Murray,

F.R.S., during the Cruise of the ‘Oceana’ in 1898. By

E. W. L. Hour and W. M. Tarrersatt, B.Sc.

[Plates I. & II.]

Tue material dealt with in the following paper was collected

in November 1898 during the cruise of the ‘ Oceana’ in

deep water off the west coast of Ireland some 200 miles west

of Valentia. The area in which the collections were made

lies between lat. 52° 4” 5” N. and 52° 27’ 6’’ N., and long.

12° 27’ W. and 15° 53’ 9” W., the depth of water varying

from 453 to 1835 fathoms. This region is thus partly within

and partly without the British Area as defined by Norman.

The method of collecting was by open serial tow-nets

fished horizontally at known depths and hauled, still fishing,

to the surface. It is obvious therefore that part of the catch

of any net may have been made during its descent or ascent.

We have thus no reliable guide as to the exact depth at

which a species was caught, though a reasonable inference of

the inhabitants of the various zones.of water can be obtained

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. I

2 Messrs. EK. W. L. Holt and W. M. Tattersall on

by comparisons of the contents of the different nets in each

vertical series.

The classification and terminology used in the present

report are the same as those recently used by us in dealing

with Schizopods from the Atlantic slope *.

The species of Schizopods taken by the Oceana’ number

nine, as follows :—

Division EUCARIDA, Calman.

Order EUPHAUSIACEA, Boas,

Family Euphausiide, Dana.

Subfamily Evruausin», H. & T.

Genus Euphausia, Dana.

E. pellucida, Dana.

Genus Meganyctiphanes, H. & T.

M. norveyica (M. Sars).

Subfamily Nematoscetina, H. & T.

Genus Thysanoessa, Brandt.

ip longicaudata, Kroyer.

T. gregaria ?, G. O. Sars.

Genus Stylocheiron, G. O. Sars.

S, Suhmii, G. O. Sars.

S, abbrevia/um, G. O. Sars.

Division PERACARIDA, Calman.

Order MystpAcEA, Boas.

Family Mysidz, Dana,

Subfamily Lepromystnm, Norman,

Genus Katerythrops, H. & T.

K, Oceane, H. & T.

Family Lophogastride, G. O. Sars.

Genus Gnathophausia, Willemoes-Sulm,

G. drepanephora, HU, & T,

Family Eucopiide, G. O. Sars,

Genus Lucopia, Dana.

E. australis, Dana,

* ‘Report Inland and Sea Fisheries of Iveland for 1902 and 1903,’

pt. ii, App. iv. [1905].

the Schizopods collected by the ‘ Oceana.’ 3

Of these species two were found to be new to science, viz.

Katerythrops Oceane and Gnathophausia drepanephora,

Descriptions and figures of these have already appeared

(H. & T. loc. cit.), but it has been thought advisable to give

brief diagnoses in the present report as well.

Three of the above species were taken by the ‘ Oceana’

for the first time in British waters, viz. :—

Euphausia pellucida.

Thysanoessa gregaria.

Stylocheiron Suhmit.

Stylocheiron abbreviatum and Eucopia australis were ouly

taken in those hauls made outside the British Area, and so

cannot be admitted to the British list on the evidence of the

‘Oceana’ collections, though both species have since been

met with in British waters (H. & T. loc. cit.).

Schizopods occurred in thirty out of a total of forty *

havls with the tow-nets—a very fair proportion. It is

interesting to note that no Sckhizopods occurred in the

surface-hauls at any of the stations, nor in any net fished at

less than 2380 fathoms, while seven of the nine species were

taken only in those nets towed at greater depths than 500

fathoms. Very few hauls were made, however, at less depths

than 500 fathoms, which, in so far as Schizopods are con-

cerned, is to be regretted, since many of the species captured

have been shown to belong essentially to the upper strata by

the collections made in the Bay of Biscay in July 1900 by

Dr. Fowler. It would have been interesting to have seen

whether this holds for the same species in November, in so

far as it may be legitimate to compare July of 1900 with

November of 1899. It is possible that the absence of

Euphausians from the surface and upper waters may be ex-

plained by the consideration that most of the ‘ Oceana’

hauls were made during the daytime, and we have evidence

from Dr. Fowler’s collections that certain Euphausians, such

as Huphausia pellucida, rise to the upper strata by night and

sink by day; or, if this be not admitted as fully proven, it is

at least certain that the more active forms are exceedingly

difficult to catch in the upper strata during daylight, espe-

cially in ordinary fine mesh silk tow-nets, such as were used

by the ‘Oceana.’ We are unable to conelude that the

absence of Schizopods from the nets fished from 230 fathoms

or less furnishes material evidence of the distribution of

* Including some hauls made at St. 1, soundings 89 fath., in which no

Schizopods were taken,

N.B.—(a) 1. denotes larva.

(6) Larvz not identified occurred in the following hauls :—4 a, 2 Furcilia ; 4b, 1 Furcilia

Date.

Noy. 19th,

1898.

| Noy. 20th,

1898.

——— eS

Nov. 21st,

1898.

Nov. 22nd,

1898.

Station.

Lat. 52° 4' 5" N.

‘Long. 12° 27’ 0" W.

Lat. 52° 27' 6" N.

Long. 15° 40' 0" W.

Eat. 52° 18) 1 N.

Long. 15° 53' 9" W

Lat. 52° 20' 0” N.

Long. 15° 7' 9” W

Net.

Fathoms.

Table showing the Occurrence 9j

1 ierom

3.4 10°0 mm.

14:0 mm

Oro many

2. 4&11 mm.

1. 15 mm

2. 6&9 mm

1. 10mm

2, 8 &13 mm

10. 6-15 mm.

4. 3. 7-10mm

1. 18mm

2. 65&85mm

2. 14 mm.

g) By 10 mm

7 Wllo» 7f tenia

7 6. 7-10mm

wale Simm

Skt Simme

8. 6-16 mm.

D) peel emma:

{ll Brim.

|) Le ealSmme

| 3. 8-15 mm.

1mm:

| 8. 8-15 mm

4. 719 tam

1. 7mm.

| 7. 6-14 mm

9 fil.) bimini:

[gee il 1. 5mm

—_—

Messrs. E. W. L. Holt and W. M. Tattersall on

Meganyctiphanes

norvegica.

se eeee

23 & 26 mm. |

Thysanoessa

longicaudata,

ceeeee

seeeee

weeeee

teeeee

6. 6-9 mm. |

7. 7-10 mm.

13. 7-10mm.

seen

Schizopoda in the several Hauls.

4k, 1 Calyptopis; 6d, 1 Calyptopis.

Se. (~

g-8 es

SS 88

sd SS

StS =

SSS RS

Ny B

sopeOe 1. 6mm.

peCeee Ph tay (on ¢( proven

ANOcee i

Soates 2 0.

8. 8mm

tenes

2. 6mm

ee ie

oes 41.

neon 1. 7mm.

1. 8mm.

1. 10mm {oy

ee 2 1.

(Pls G75) mom

|i. 8 mm ite

(Sion

eae ee

3. 7-9 mm eeteae

ree ee

8. 5-8 mm. 7 6-8 mm

1. 65 mm

mone UE.

aah j on a Garam

ee Le

1. 6mm

a ii ;

{ 3. 6-8 mm.

are ay

Dis

{4. 5-7 mm.

AWE

ey:

2. 6&7 mm.

abbreviatum.

Stylocheiron

seen

santas

veeeee

the Schizopods collected by the ‘ Oceana.’

was towed, though not necessarily the depth at which the contained organisms were captured.

| Katerythrops

Oceane.

seenee

saeeee

drepanephora.

Gnathophausia

teens

Eucopia australis.

saceee

ashe alt © Baipetoce 1. 33mm

gee tS Nee

Per Grin ety Asta MN) “axe

navAne 1. 39 mm aoe

Syrian Le Ota hs | ie Vanni: |

Pe eY BE ge Cesaass 1. 12 mm.

saesée. (ll A meeare | ee

a ee ee |

| |

ep) ACR Seder ede | GL contre |

remedervinriy ae Peceeermn lip ue oaGelae |

6 Messrs. E. W. L. Holt and W. M. Tattersall on

these forms in the upper strata. In the work of the ‘ Helga’

the only net which has been found really efficient for their

capture at or near the surface, even at night, has an opening

of about 16 square feet (about eight times that of an ordinary

ring tow-net), with a mesh of mosquito-netting or the largest

size of grit-gauze, which permits of hauling at a speed

which would burst fine bolting-silk.

The details of each haul in which Schizopods occurred,

together with the total number and size of the examples

tuken, are set forth in the table (pp. 4-5).

Euphausia pellucida, Dana.

This species occurred in twenty-five out of thirty hauls

in which Schizopods were taken. None of the specimens

reached the full size of the species. The ‘ Oceana’ collections

first demonstrated the existence of EH. pellucida in British

waters. E. bidentata, Sars, is probably the name most

strictly applicable to the North Atlantic form of E. pellucida.

Meganyctiphanes norvegica (M. Sars).

Only two specimens of this rather common form were

taken by the ‘Oceana.’ ‘They occurred in net 2y fishing

from 650 fathoms to the surface. Station 2 was the station

nearest land, and the absence of this species from the hauls

at the more westerly stations suggests that the latter were

beyond the most seaward limit of its distribution at the time.

It is, however, an active form which might well avoid small

tow-nets.

We have found this species common off the west coast of

Ireland.

Thysanoessa longicaudata (Kroyer).

Synon. 7. tenera, G. O. Sars.

This was by far the most abundant Schizopod taken by

the ‘Oceana’ in point of numbers, though in the number of

hauls in which it occurred it is surpassed by both Euphausia

pellucida and Stylocheiron Suhmii. All the specimens

were more or less badly damaged, and out of a total of 150

not one had a perfect leg of any kind left. It occurred in

twenty out of thirty hauls, fishing from 500-1770 fathoms

to the surface.

the Schizopods collected by the * Oceana.’ 7

Thysanoessa gregaria?, G. O. Sars.

Specimens occurred in nine hauls, in nets fishing between

500-1700 fathoms and the surface. We have noted (/oc. cit.)

that the specimens diverge slightly from Sars’s description

of the type. Probably they will prove referable to Hansen’s

T. parva.

Stylocheiron Suhmii, G. O. Sars.

Synon. See Hansen, Buil. Mus. Ocean. Monaco, no. 30 (1905).

S. Suhmii occurred in twenty-five out of thirty hauls,

in nets fishing between 270-1770 fathoms and the surface.

It was one of the commonest Schizopods taken by

Mr. Murray, who collected it in British waters for the first

time. Several larve of this species in all stages of develop-

ment were also captured during the cruise.

Stylocheiron abbreviatum, G. O. Sars.

Synon. S. chelifer, Chun.

A single male example of this species, measuring 20 mm.,

occurred in net 5 A, fishing from 1410 fathoms to the surface.

This is much larger than Chun’s specimens, which measured

only 14mm., but examples of nearly equal size were captured

by Dr. Fowler in the Bay of Biscay.

Katerythrops Oceana, H. & T.

This is one of the new species taken by the ‘ Oceana.’

Descriptions and figures which have already appeared (H. & T.

loc. cit.) arereproduced, and brief diagnoses of the genus and

species are repeated below.

Kateryturops, H. & T.

Characters of the pleopods in the adult male uncertain ;

pleopods of the female unknown. Other characters as in

Meterythrops, 8.1. Smith, except :—

Antennal scale considerably reduced in length in proportion

to peduncles of antenna and antennule, narrow and feeble, its

outer margin naked, entire, terminating in a small spine, sete

few, confined to the apex and distal third (approximately) of

the inner margin.

Telson possibly without the median sete.

8 Messrs. E. W. L. Holt and W. M. Tattersall on

Katerythrops Oceane, H.& T. (PI. IT.)

Form robust. Carapace much wider than the pleon,

almost entirely covering the thoracic segments; anterior

margin obtusely rounded ; cephalic region inflated and poste-

riorly defined by a well-marked cervical sulcus. Pleon with

the last segment almost as long as the two preceding segments

taken together. Eyes small, remote from each other, sub-

pyriform, the proximal part the broader; visual area

restricted to less than the distal half; cornea not so wide as

the last joint of the antennular peduncle; pigment after

preservation in formalin reddish buff. Peduncle of antennule

at least a fifth longer than the last segment of the pleon,

proportionally stout, its last joint about equal to the two

preceding, beset dorsally between the insertions of the

flagella with a bidentate tubercle, of which the denticles are

nearly in the same dorso-ventral plane. Antennal scale very

short, narrow, and somewhat outwardly curved ; outer margin

entire, naked, terminating in a feeble spme; apex produced

considerably beyond the spine, subacute, setz confined to

the apex and to about the distal third of the imner margin ;

length of scale more than four times (about =) the greatest

width, shghtly less than the combined length of the last two

joints of the antennal peduncle, and but little exceeding the

length of the last joint of the antennular peduncle. An-

tennal peduncle long and proportionally stout, combined length

of the last two joints greater than that of the last joint of

the antennular peduncle.

Exopodites of the thoracic limbs very well developed, with

unusually large flagella. Hndopodites of the first four pairs

moderately long and stout; the tarsus in the third and

fourth pairs consisting of three joints, and succeeded by a

well-developed dactylus; setze not more plumose than in

Parerythrops &c. Pleopods of all five pairs biramous in the

male, the inner ramus bifid. Je/son subtriangular, shorter

than the last segment of the pleon by about two sevenths of

the length of the latter, its sides entire and slightly inflected ;

apex narrowly truncate, armed with two pairs of rather

slender spines, of which the inner are considerably the longer

and stouter ; a median pair of setze possibly present. Outer

uropod the longer, its length including basal articulation

slightly greater than the combined length of the fifth and

sixth segments of the pleon. Length of the type specimen

(an immature male) 6 mm., including antennular peduncles

and uropods.,

the Schizopods collected by the ‘ Oceana,’ 9

A single specimen of this species occurred in each of two

hauls—6 g, fishing from 560 fathoms to the surface, and 4h,

fishing from 1470 fathoms to the surface. It is evidently

one of the few known oceanic or strictly pelagic Mysids.

Gnathophausia drepanephora, H. & T.

This is the second of the new forms discovered by

Mr. Murray. Descriptions and figures of this species have

already appeared. The figure is reproduced and a brief

diagnosis is given below. It belongs to a new section of

the genus Gnathophausia, which may be described as

follows :—

Genus GnatuopHausisA, Willemoes-Suhm.

(Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. ser. 2, Zool. vol. i.)

Section 4*.

Infero-posterior corners of carapace produced into a spine.

Dorsal keel interrupted anteriorly. Supraorbital spine

small, Antennal scale not jointed at apex. First thoracic

legs with distinctly developed exopodites. Epimeral plates

of last segment not united on the ventral face.

Gnathophausia drepanephora, H.& T. (PI. II.)

Form of body slender. Carapace not very large; dorsal

spine about as long as first segment of pleon ; infero-posterior

corners produced into a spine, bluntly serrulate on ventral

edge, nearly reaching fourth segment of pleon ; upper lateral

keel present; dorsal keel unarmed ; cervical sulcus rather

distinct ; rostrum elongate and slender, as long as the cara-

pace without the infero-posterior spines, distinctly denticulate

on all three edges; supraorbital and antennal spines well

defined, but small. Branchiostegal projections of moderate

proportions, but distinctly poimted. Anterior segments of

pleon without dorsal spines ; epimeral plates produced poste-

riorly into pointed lappets. Eyes very narrow, cornea

scarcely at all expanded, pigment (as preserved in formol)

rather pale brown. Outer flagellum of antennule in male

expanded and flattened at the base, which is beset on the

inner side with a brush-like fringe of fine curling setz.

Antennal scale of moderate size, about four times as long as

broad, tapering distally and very obliquely truncate ; inner

angle produced into a sharp point, outer edge with (about)

three denticulations distally. Telson large and massive,

* Jn sequence to Sars’s Sections 1-3.

10 On the Schizopods collected by the ‘ Oceana.’

with the terminal spines crescent-shaped and denticulate

along the upper face; lateral margins armed for the usual

distance with large spines, separated from each other by

intervals occupied by a few smaller spines. Uropods shorter

than telson ; the proximal joint of outer uropod terminating

externally in a spine about one fourth as long as distal

joint. Colour red. Length 39 mm.

The only known specimen was taken in net 4J/, fished at

1770 fathoms and thence to the surface.

Eucopia australis, Dana.

A single specimen was taken in each of four hauls, in nets

working between 500-1710 fathoms and the surface. One

of the examples measured 33 mm. in length, which is not,

however, quite the full size of the species, since it is known

to reach at least 50 mm.

Previous to the ‘Oceana’ cruise the only record of this

species from near our coasts is one by Calman, who records

its capture by the R. I. A. expedition in 1888 off the west

coast of Ireland in 1020 fathoms. We have since recorded

it from soundings of less than 1000 fathoms.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puare I.

Katerythrops Oceane, H. & T.

Fig. 1. Immature male. Dorsal view.

Fig. 2. Immature male. Lateral view.

Fig. 3. Antenual scale with peduncle.

Fig. 4. Endopodite of the leg of the first pair.

Fig. 5. Pleopod of the first pair, ventral view.

Fig. 6. Telson.

Puate II.

Gnathophausia drepanephora, V1. & T.

Fig. 1. Male. Lateral view.

“g. 2. Base of antennular flagellum of male.

Fig. 3. Antennal scale.

[The Plates are reproduced from the ‘Report on the Sea and Inland

Fisheries of Ireland,’ pt. ii. Appendix iy., 1905.)

Note added in Press——Hansen’s Preliminary Report on

the Schizopoda of the ‘ Princess Alice’ appeared while this

paper was in the press. In correcting proofs we have

adopted his view of the synonymy of the species mentioned.

On new Coleoptera from British New Guinea. 11

Il.— Descriptions of new Coleoptera of the Family Cetoniide

from British New Guinea. By Otiver HK. JANSON,

F.E.S.

THE Coleoptera recently brought home by Mr. A. Pratt and

his son from British New Guinea mainly consisted of a very

fine series of Cetoniide, which I have been fortunate in

obtaining. The collection was made on the ascent of the

Owen Stanley range between Ekeikei (1500 feet) and Mafalu

(8000 feet), chiefly in the vicinity of the village of Babooni,

at an elevation of about 3600 feet. Besides the novelties

now described the collection also contained the following

species :—Ischiopsopha gagatina, Hell.; Lomaptera lina,

Gest., Anne, Hell., satanas, Hell., irtdescens, Hell., fulvi-

cornis, Hell.; Mycterophallus viridula, Kz.; and several

others at present undetermined. Prof. Dr. Heller has kindly

verified the determination of several species for me by a

comparison with his types in the Dresden Museum.

MoROKIA, gen. nov.

Gen. Lomaptere affine. Corpus robustum, ovatum, valde convexum.

Clypeus profunde incisus, lateribus elevatis. Thorax lateribus

regulariter rotundatis, marginatis, Scutellum lobo postico

thoracis haud obtectum, apice acuminatum. LElytra profunde

punctato-sulcata. Pygidium transversum, depressum. Meso-

sterni processus valde productus, oblique directus, apice compressus,

obtusus. Pedes breves, tibiis anticis in utroque sexu bidentatis.

Morokia Meekt, sp. n.

Nigra, nitida, capite punctato, prothorace lateribus crebre punctato ;

elytris in dorso profunde sex-sulcatis, sulcis catenato-punctatis,

apice conjunctim rotundatis.

Long. 35-38 mm. ; lat. 19-21 mm.

36. Abdomine longitudinaliter sulcato, pygidio subter vix impresso.

. Pygidio subter late profunde impresso.

British New Guinea, Morok (A. S. Anthony); Upper

Aroa River (A. S. Meek); Babooni (A. #. Pratt).

Of an ovate form, the body convex and strongly arched

above, the thorax and head being much depressed, deep shiny

black. Head not very closely punctured, slightly convex in

the centre, side margins of the clypeus raised. Thorax

12 Mr. O. E. Janson on new Coleoptera

broadly rounded and margined at the sides, basal angles

rounded and leaving the epimera largely exposed ; basal lobe

Jarge, broadly rounded and slightly emarginate at its apex,

sparsely punctured on the disk and much more coarsely so

towards the sides ; besides this punctuation the whole surface

when examined under a lens is seen to be very densely and

minutely punctured. Elytra narrowed behind and conjointly

rounded at the apex, the apical sutural angles in some

specimens a little rounded, the disk of each with six deep

furrows bearing chain-like rows of coarse semicircular punc-

tures, the interstices very convex and smooth, the sides with

three rows of very coarse punctures merging into a coarse

transverse strigosity towards the apex. Pygidium transverse,

depressed, and coarsely strigose, the underside slightly

impressed in the centre in the male, in the female rather

more obtuse at the apex and with a large deep central

impression on the underside. Beneath coarsely strigose and

punctured at the sides; mesosternal process very large,

obliquely divergent, slightly curved and almost vertical

towards the apex, which is a little compressed and obtuse ;

in some specimens there is a more or less distinct tooth or

keel on the inner edge near the apex. Legs short, femora

strigose and lightly fringed with short black hairs; anterior

tibize with two lateral teeth, which are more or less obsolete

in the male, but large and very acute in the female.

I received a specimen of this remarkable and distinct

insect some years back from Mr. Anthony, but considered it

inadvisable to describe it as new upon a single example.

Messrs. Meek and Pratt have since met with it sparingly.

‘The strongly arched body, ovate form, deeply sulcate elytra,

short legs, &e. will readily distinguish it from Lomaptera.

In one female specimen the pygidium is only slightly

impressed, as in the male.

Lomaptera Pratti, sp. n.

Viridis, nitida, capite subtus, coxis femoribusque anterioribus

rufescentibus et rufo pilosis; prothorace lateribus punctatis ;

elytris seriatim punctatis et transverse strigosis, area basali fere

levi, in apice productis.

Long. 33-36 mm.

¢. Pygidio subter medio subplano, abdomine suleato, tibiis anticis

muticis.

@. Pygidio subter profunde late impresso, tibiis anticis dente parvo

armatis.

from British New Guinea. 13

British New Guinea, Babooni (A. 2. Pratt); Mount

Victoria (A. S. Anthony).

Dark green, in some specimens more or less tinged with

olivaceous ; underside of the head with the palpi and an-

tenn, anterior coxe and femora, intermediate coxe, and in

some specimens the hinder part of the prosternum rufous,

tinged with green. Head finely punctured, and more sparsely

so at the base ; clypeus long, very deeply cleft, and without

any raised margin. Thorax coarsely punctured at the sides,

more finely and very sparsely punctured on the disk, strongly

widened at the base, the basal angles being produced, de-

pressed, and obtuse, the side margins rather strongly raised

on the basal three fourths, the basal lobe long, narrow, and

rounded at its apex. LHlytra with two slightly indicated

discal costze and some rows of coarse punctures, which become

obsolete towards the base and merge into the coarse trans-

verse strigosity with which the apical half is closely covered ;

sides a little dilated at the shoulders, where the marginal

line is deeply impressed, the apex rather strongly produced

towards the suture and slightly emarginate at the sutural

angle. Pygidium transverse, subconical, coarsely strigose,

the underside a little flattened towards the apex in the male,

and in the female with a large central depression, having a

strongly raised semicircular apical border. Underside coarsely

strigose and sparsely pubescent at the sides; mentum, pro-

sternum, and anterior coxee and femora with long rufous hairs ;

mesosternal process long, obliquely divergent, and sharply

keeled on the underside near the apex ; abdomen obliquely

strigose, the fifth segment with very coarse setiferous punc-

tures, and in the male with a strong central furrow ; anterior

tibia simple in the male, and with a slight subapical tooth in

the female.

This fine species is very distinct from any with which I

am acquainted, but from the description of L. Beccari, Gest.,

it would appear to be allied to that species. The colour is

very similar to that of Z. wirens and Latreille’, but rather

more metallic.

Lomaptera lutea, sp. n.

Lutea vel testacea, nitida, prothorace elytrisque opalino-irides-

centibus ; capite postice, prothorace macula magna M-formi,

metasterno in parte mediana, femoribus apice, tibiis anticis et

intermediis, posticis apice tarsisque omnibus nigris; abdomine

14 Mr. O. KE. Janson on new Coleoptera

rufo-testaceo vel piceo; elytris transversim aciculatis, area basali

fere leevi.

Long. 30-32 mm.

3g. Abdomine sulcato, pygidio depressiusculo, subconico, tibiis

anticis simplicibus.

@. Pygidio late producto, apice truncato, tibiis anticis ante apicem

subdentatis.

British New Guinea, Upper Aroa River (A. S. Meek) ;

Babooni (A. £. Pratt).

Very like L. Anne, Hell., but smaller and of a narrower

form, the colour and markings similar, but with a very distinct

opalescent iridescence on the thorax and elytra; the head is

very much more sparsely and finely punctured, especially

towards the apex of the clypeus; the thorax is also less

punctured and narrower at the base (the angles being less

divergent) ; the elytra are a little emarginate at the apex,

with the sutural angle slightly produced; the pygidium of

the male is similar to that of Anne, but in the female it is

less produced than in that species, much broader and almost

truncate at the apex; it is also more coarsely aciculated on

the upperside and more deeply impressed on each side beneath.

The male forceps of the two species are also very different.

The extent of the black markings varies considerably in

the series before me; the margin of the clypeus and the

basal portions of the sides of the thorax and elytra are

generally narrowly edged with black, and in some specimens

this narrow black edging also extends to the apical and basal

margins of the thorax and the basal and sutural margins of

the elytra; there is often a more or less distinct black spot

on each side of the thorax and on the shoulders, and some-

times two small linear marks on the forehead; in several

specimens there are rows of dark punctiform spots on the

elytra. On the underside the black coloration frequently

extends to the prosternum, coxe, abdomen, and other parts,

whilst the tibiee in some are almost entirely black and in

others only partially so.

Mr, Pratt obtained a rather large series of both this

species and Anna, the latter also showing considerable varia-

tion in the extent of the black markings.

Lomaptera semicastanea, Kz.

Besides a considerable series of the New Guinea form of

this species named var. pseudorufa by Dr. Heller, there are

from British New Guinea. 15

also in Mr. Pratt’s collection several others differing so widely

in coloration as to have the appearance of being distinct

species ; but upon careful examination I am unable to find

any other characters to separate them, and must therefore

treat them as varieties; and although I am generally opposed

to the giving of distinctive names to mere varieties, I do so

in this instance, as they are well-marked forms of which no

intermediate variations connecting them occur in the collection.

Var. signata, nov.

Var. pseudorufe simillima, sed clypeo utrinque rufo-notato, pro-

thorace macula magna M-formi nigra. d.

Var. rufipennis, nov.

Nigra, elytris rufis. ¢ Q.

Var. plagiata, nov.

Nigra, elytris macula magna basali rufa. ¢ Q.

Var. unicolor, nov.

Tota aterrima. <9.

Lomaptera rubens, sp. 0.

Nigra, nitida ; prothorace (lateribus antice exceptis) elytrisque rufo-

castaneis, subopalino-iridescentibus ; corpore subtus femoribusque

parce fulvo-pilosis; elytris transverse aciculatis, area ~ basali

remote punctata ; tibiis anticis simplicibus.

Long. 380-32 mm.

3. Pygidio subconico, depressiusculo, strigoso, abdomine late

sulcato.

9. Pygidio obtuse conico producto, subter impresso, lavi, in medio

leviter carinato.

Babooni, British New Guinea (A. ZH. Pratt).

Allied to Z. rufa, Kz.; very similar in coloration, but the

thorax and elytra of a darker or more castaneous red; it is

also larger and of a broader form; the clypeus is more

dilated in front, making the apical lobes less acute ; the thorax

is proportionately broader at the base, rather sparsely punc-

tured, and not strigose at the sides; the elytra are more

strongly sinuate behind the shoulders and not so closely

aciculate ; the pygidium in the male is similar in form, but

16 Mr. O. E. Janson on new Coleoptera

more coarsely and less closely strigose; in the female it is

more broadly rounded at the apex than in this sex of rufa,

and is impressed and smooth on the underside, and with a

slight but distinct narrow, longitudinal, central carina,

becoming obsolete towards the apex : the mesosternal process

is longer and more incurved, and the anterior tibie# of both

sexes are without any indication of lateral teeth.

From var. pseudorufa, Hell., which it is also like in colora-

tion, it may be distinguished by the incurved mesosternal

process, and the different structure of the pygidium and

scarcely emarginate sixth abdominal segment in the female;

the male forceps are also very distinct.

Lomaptera pulchella, sp. n.

Rufo-castanea, subviridescens, nitida; capite basibus et prothorace

disco viridi-sneis ; elytris flavo-virescentibus, sutura late viridi-

marginatis, transversim aciculatis, lateribus subinflexis; pygidio

subconico. o QQ.

Long. 19-21 mm.

Babooni, British New Guinea (A. E. Pratt).

Front of head and the clypeus, sides and front of thorax,

pygidium, underside, antenne, and legs brownish red, with a

greenish reflection ; base of head, the disk and a small spot

on each side of the thorax, and the centre of the body

beneath brassy green; elytra pale yellow, with a greenish

reflection; a broad sutural band, commencing at the base and

gradually narrowed to the apex, dark green; asmall humeral

spot and the anterior half of the extreme outer margin black.

Head very closely punctured on the clypeus, more sparsely

so between the eyes, and smooth at the base. ‘Thorax very

sparsely punctured on the disk, more coarsely and closely

punctured towards the sides, and rugose near the margin ;

basal lobe large, almost impunctate, and slightly notched at

its apex; lateral margins a little reflexed; the basal angles

slightly produced and depressed. Elytra sparsely punc-

tured at the base and in the scutellary region, the rest of

their surface finely transversely aciculated, subcostate at the

sides ; the apex a little rounded, with the sutural angles very

slightly produced and acute. Pygidium transverse, sub-

conical, aciculated both above and below. Underside finely

strigose and with rather sparse grey pubescence ; mesosternal

process long, almost cylindrical, a little curved and obtuse at

the apex ; apical margin of the sixth abdominal segment a

from British New Guinea. 17

little sinuous. Legs strigose and punctured; femora fringed

with long grey pubescence. In the female the pygidium is

more produced and impressed on each side underneath, the

fifth abdominal segment is more strongly punctured and

pubescent, and the anterior tibia have a distinct subapical

tooth which is not present in the male.

A small series of this pretty species was contained in

Mr. Pratt’s collection ; in coloration it would seem to most

nearly resemble L. macrophylla, Gest., a species only known

to me by description ; but the antennal club is of normal size

in both sexes. In some specimens the elytra present rows of

small dark punctiform spots and a greenish mark on the

apical callosities. F

Lomaptera cupriceps, sp. n.

Ainea vel viridi-metallica, iridescens; clypeo igneo-cupreo, apice

rufo-piceo ; elytris omnino transverse aciculatis ; pygidio conico,

supra non carinato; pedibus rufo-piceis, femoribus intermediis

posticisque cupreis. o Q.

Long. 20-21 mm.

Upper Aroa River, British New Guinea (A. S. Meek).

Very like ZL. pygmea, Kz., but with the clypeus more

sparsely punctured, bright coppery red, and piceous towards

the apex ; the thorax more broadly rounded at the sides and

more punctured on the disk ; the elytra more finely aciculated

and with the apical sutural angles in the male acute and a

little more produced, and the mesosternal process rather

smaller and less curved. The pygidium is nearly smooth and

without any longitudinal carina on the upper side; in the

female it is slightly laterally compressed and more pointed at

the apex than in the male. The legs are reddish or piceous,

with the four posterior femora coppery.

In L. pygmea, of which I have a series from Goldie

River, the female has a strong saw-tooth-shaped keel on the

upper side of the pygidium.

Trichaulaw sericea, sp. n.

Nigra, nitida, prothorace sericeo-subopaca ; elytris trisulcatis, sulcis

marginibusque flavo-pilosis. ¢ Q.

Long. 33-35 mm,

Babooni, British New Guinea (A. EZ. Pratt).

Very similar to 7’. Macleayt, Kz., but of a narrower form,

Ann. d& Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 2

18 Mr. W. J. Holland on a new

the head less shiny, the clypeus narrower and more parallel-

sided and more closely and shallowly punctured ; the thorax

silky and subopaque and more sparsely punctured, the

basal lobe narrower and more deeply emarginate; the

scutellum distinctly narrower and more acutely produced at

its apex; the hairs in the sulci and at the margins of the

elytra longer and of a yellow colour; the pygidium only

sparsely pilose at the base and apex; the underside is also

more sparsely pubescent, and the centre of the abdomen is

impunctate and entirely without hairs.

This genus has bitherto been known only from Australia,

and it is interesting to find a species so closely allied from

‘the mountains of New Guinea.

III.—A new Noctuid from Sierra Leone.

By W. J. HOLLAND.

THROUGH the kindness of Mr. William Schaus, the Carnegie

Museum in Pittsburgh has received a number of interesting

African moths. One of these, representing a new genus and

species, has been singled out because of its apparent rarity

and rare beauty to bear as its specific designation the name of

the donor of the collection.

I must thank Sir George F. Hampson for saving me the

labour of preparing the following diagnoses of the genus and

species. With that courtesy which marks all his intercourse

with scientific men visiting the British Museum, he, knowing

that my time was taken up with affairs of greater magnitude,

such as the Diplodocus, kindly wrote the description both

of the genus and the species and handed them to me to be

employed in this paper.

NOCTUES.

()UADRIFINZ.

AUCHENISA, gen. nov.

The genus is apparently near Trisula, and is characterized

as follows :—

Proboscis fully developed; palpi obliquely upturned,

rather short, thickly clothed with hair; frons smooth ; eyes

smooth ; antenne of the female bipectinate, with rather long

Noctuid from Sierra Leone. 19

branches, the apical third simple, the basal joint with a large

tuft of hair; head and thorax clothed with hair overlying the

scales; the prothorax and metathorax with crests; tibic

fringed with hair; abdomen with large spreading dorsal crests

of hair on the first three segments. Fore wing with veins 3

and 5 from close to the angle of the cell; 6 from the upper

angle; 9 from 10 anastomosing with 8 to form the areole ;

11 from cell. Hind wing with veins 3-4 from angle of the

cell; 5 from above angle ; 6-7 from angle; 8 anastomosing

with the cell near the base only.

Auchenisa Schaus?, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax pale olive-green; palpi blackish at

the sides ; antennz with the shaft whitish towards the base ;

the branches black, the tufts on the basal joint crimson ;

tegule tipped with crimson; patagia with black spots at

base; prothorax with the crests black; metathorax with

black spot; tibiee with some black hair; tarsi blackish ;

abdomen whitish, dorsally tinged with olive-brown and with

some fuscous in the dorsal crests and on the anal segment ;

there are two lateral series of small black spots. Fore wing

_olive-green, irrorated with white; some white at the base

and two black spots; a subbasal black bar extends from the

subcostal nervure to the submedian fold. There is a broad

antemedial black band, irrorated with white, and with some

green below the cell and above the inner margin. ‘The edges

of this band are irregularly defined by waved white lines,

the band expanding at the imner margin, and with a black

bar beyond the outer white line; reniform green, irrorated

with white, and with the black annulus defined by white,

except above, upright oblong in shape, and with some diffused

20 Mr. P. Cameron on a new

Llack beyond its lower extremity; postmedial line strong,

black, defined by white on the inner side, obliquely waved to

vein 4, then incurved, dentate at veins 3 and 2 and strongly

recurved to the inner margin, at costa expanding into a patch

with some green upon it; there is an ill-defined, irregularly

waved, white subterminal line, with somewhat dentate black

spots beyond it, above and below veins 4 and 2; a terminal

series of black spots defined by white, increasing in size

towards tornus. Hind wing white, the terminal area suffused

with fuscous, narrowing to a point near tornus; two waved

greenish and black subterminal lines from vein 2 to above

tornus; a terminal series of black spots slightly defined by

white. Underside of fore wing fuscous brown, the inner area

white ; both wings with a round black discoidal spot, which

on the fore wing is defined by whitish.

Iixpanse 90 min,

Hab. Sierra Leone (Clements). Type in the Carnegie

Museum, Pittsburgh, U.S.A.

1V.—A new Genus and Species of Cynipide from South

Africa, representing a new Subfamily. By P. Cameron.

PYcNOSTIGMUS, gen. nov.

9. Fore wings with a subcostal nervure ending in a thick,

pyriform, large, horny stigma, more than twice longer than

thick counting from the costa to the hinder part of the wing,

and slightly narrowed aud rounded behind; shortly beyond

the middle an oblique transverse nervure runs from shortly

below the middle to the subcostal nervure. Hind wings with

a subcostal nervure extending from the base to shortly

beyond the middle; its apex is distinctly thickened. An-

tenne 18-jointed, not much thickened towards the apex.

Second abdominal segment very large, the apical ones short,

the fourth shorter than the others. Ovipositor straight,

slightly projecting. Malar space large, longer than the eyes,

which are placed on the top, are apparently bare and parallel.

Clypeus not separated from the face in the middle, its sides

above bordered by a large deep fovea; the apex of the clypeus

(or it may be the labrum) is narrowed, hollowed, transverse,

with the sides rounded. Parapsidal furrows complete, deep.

Scutellum large, rugose, gradually roundly narrowed towards

the apex, where there are two fovee or depressions ; at its

base are two large foveze; the mesonotum is separated from

Genus and Species of Cynipide. ail

it by a transverse furrow. Head and thorax shining, sparsely

punctured and haired.

The legs are moderately long and stout; the hind cox:

are about three times longer than wide; the fore calcari:

curved, slender, simple. The hypopygium is large, but does

not project much; above it is a short stumpy projection—

the apex, apparently, of the penultimate segment. The

abdomen is sessile, the basal segment being very short and

smovth.

The species on which Pycnostigmusine is founded

cannot well be placed in any of the subfam‘lies hitherto

recognized. The alar structure is very peculiar; there is

neither radius nor cubitus, the place of these being taken by

the large horny pyriform stigma, or stigmal branch (if that

is a more appropriate term). This character, with the larger

number of antennal joints, should readily separate it from

the Figitine and Euceeline, with which it is otherwise most

nearly allied. There is no known Hymenopteron with such

a peculiar horny structure on the wings.

Pycnostigmus rostratus, sp. n.

Black, shining, the knees testaceous; the head, antenne,

and legs thickly covered with white pubescence; wings

hyaline, the nervures testaceous, the stigma darker, more

piceous in tint. Face with scattered punctures in the centre,

the sides aciculated; clypeus smooth and shining. — Pro-

notum finely rugose, the apex with pitted punctures ; the

mesonotum with scattered shallow punctures. Scutellum

coarsely, irregularly, rugosely punctured. Metanotum with

two stout keels in the centre, which is irregularly transversely

striated; the apical half on either side of these stoutly

obliquely striated, almost reticulated. Propleure above

coarsely rugosely punctured; the lower part, especially at

the base, striated. Base and lower part of mesopleurze

irregularly punctured-striated, the rest smooth and shining.

Metapleure coarsely aciculated and irregularly striated.

Abdomen smooth and shining. Wings hyaline, iridesceut ;

the apex ciliated. 9.

Length 3 mm.

Cape Town, September (South African Museum).

The antenne are as long as the body, are not much

thickened towards the apex; the pedicle is twice longer

than broad ; the third and fourth joints are about equal i in

length ; the last is conical and twice the length of the

penultimate. Cheeks margiued. The eyes appear to be

slightly hairy ; they are probably rubbed.

22 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

V.—Rhynchotal Notes—XXXUI. By W. L. Disrant.

Fam. Cicadide (continued from vol. xv. p. 486).

Subfam. 7rercrvryz (continued).

Division TIBICINARIA.

In this division the abdomen is more or less cylindrical and

attenuated posteriorly; anal appendages usually very pro-

longed and prominent, their lower plate, as a rule, more

longly porrect than their upper one; pronotum generally

more or less distinctly narrowed anteriorly * ; tegmina some-

what tale-like and obscurely wrinkled, their greatest breadth

always more than one third of their length, both tegmina and

wings always prominently sanguineous or reddish ochraceous

at base.

The genera in this division are of a very homogeneous

character and possess a common facies.

Synopsis of Genera.

A. Pronotum about as long as head.

a. Head (including eyes) about as broad as base of

mesonotum,

6. Head (including eyes) as broad or broader than

length of mesonotum (including cruciform eleva-

tion).

ce. Front of head shorter than vertex ............ Tibicina.

aa. Head (including eyes) considerably narrower than

base of mesonotum.

bb. Head (including eyes) equal or almost equal in

breadth to length of mesonotum (including cruci-

form elevation).

ce. Front of head shorter than vertex, its apex more

or less emarginate.

d. Basal cell of tegmina about or almost twice as

oneias broads: .ag. Scie hi ate nae ee Okanagana.

ece. Front of head almost as long as vertex, its apex

not emarginate.

dd. Basal cell of tegmina but little longer than

BEOR YS. Sie ss os oie ah oder ey he ee Ahomana.

B. Pronotum much longer than broad.................. Paharia.

Genus TIBICINA.

Tilicina, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1847, pp. 154 & 350.

Type, 7. hematodes, Scop. (Cicada).

* Except in Tibicina septemdecim, a species which possesses several

aberrant characters.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 23

Tibictna chinensis, sp. n

2. Body and legs black, somewhat thickly greyishly

pilose; lateral margins of face, longitudinal fasciee to femora,

apical areas of tibiz, margins of ‘acetabulze, apices of cox,

abdominal segmental margins beneath, and the same confined

to lateral areas above, testaceous; a central, basal, indented

spot to head, two central longitudinal spots to pronotum, two

discal spots to mesonotum, and the cruciform elevation (ex-

cluding centre) dull ochraceous; tegmina and wings hyaline,

their extreme bases testaceous, venation fuscous, tegmina

with the costal membrane testaceous, the claval area san-

guineous ; wings with the claval area and margins of anal

area fuscous; head about as broad as base of mesonotum ;

lateral pronotal margins distinctly concavely sinuate ; rostrum

reaching the intermediate coxe.

Long., excl. teom., 9 25 mm.; exp. tegm. 62 mm.

Hab. N. China: ‘Ta-chien-lu (Brit. Mus.).

This description is based on two female specimens ; in one

the transverse veins at the bases of second and third apical

areas to tegmina are slightly infuscated, in the second

specimen they are not.

OKANAGANA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) considerably narrower than base of

mesonotum and almost equal to its length (including cruci-

form elevation) ; front shorter than vertex, its apex more or

less emarginate, vertex centrally sulcate ; pronotum about as

long as head, its anterior angles in a line with eyes, its poste-

rior angles dilated ; abdomen in male longer, in female about

as long as space between apex of head and base of cruciform

elevation ; tympana completely exposed, tympanal coverings

entirely absent ; ; face more or less centrally sulcate ; rostrum

reaching the intermediate coxee ; opercula small, transverse ;

abdomen beneath with the lateral margins broadly recurved ;

tegmina and wings hyaline; tegmina with the basal cell,

about or almost twice as long as broad, apical areas eight ;

wings with six apical areas.

Type, O. rimosa, Say (Cicada).

AHOMANA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) considerably narrower than base of

mesonotum and about equalling its length (including cruciform

elevation), front of head slightly shorter than vertex, its apex

not emarginate ; pronotum about as long as head, its lateral

24 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

margins coneavely sinuate ; abdomen in male about as long

as space between apex of head and base of cruciform elevation ;

tympana entirely exposed, tympanal coverings completely

absent ; opercula in male small, broad, transverse ; tegmina

and wings hyaline or semihyaline ; tegmina with the “basal

cell broad, only a little longer than broad, ap‘cal areas eight ;

wings Ww ith six apical areas.

Type, A. neotropicalis, Dist.

Ahomana neotropicalis, sp. n.

Body above black, somewhat thickly greyishly pilose ;

head with a central fascia to front, pronotum with the ante-

rior and posterior margins (narrowly) and the lateral margins

(broadly), posterior margins of meso- and metasterna, ‘and

cruciform elevation (excluding anterior angles), ochraceous ;

body beneath piceous, thickly pilose ; a central longitudinal

fascia to face, rostrum, coxee, and legs ochraceous ; anterior

and intermediate cox pale castaneous, their apices ochra-

ceous ; anterior tibie and tarsi, apices of intermediate tibiz

and the tarsi, piceous ; tegmina and wings semilhyaline, tale-

like, the venation ochraceous ; tegmina with the costal

membrane ochraceous s, the venation on apical area fuscous.

Long., excltegm., ¢ 19, 2 22 mm:; exp. teom aga,

52-55 mm.

flab. Peru: Callao (Brit. Mus.) ; Paraguay (Brit. Mus.).

Ahomana chilensis, sp. n.

3d. Body black; sternum, opercula, and legs ochraceous ;

abdomen finely greyishly ‘vilose, sternum longly thickly

pilose; apical areas of intermediate and posterior femora,

posterior tibia (excluding bases and apices), and apical area

of rostrum castaneous, intermediate tibie piceous, their bases

ochraceous (anterior legs mutilated in specimen described) ;

lateral margins of face “ochraceous ; ; head with a short longi-

tudinal, basal, ochraceous fascia; pronotum with the lateral

areas castaneous, its margins, a central longitudinal fascia,

and two central basal spots ochraceous ; mesonotum with two

curved discal linear spots, a spot on each lateral area, and the

cruciform elevation with two central spots and its anterior

angles ochraceous ; tegmina and wings semihyaline, venation

ochraceous or fuscous, extreme bases of both ochraceous ;

tegmina with costal membrane and claval area ochraceous,

the transverse veins at bases of second and third apical areas

slightly infuscate.

Long., excl. tegm., g¢ 22 mm.; exp. tegm. 68 mm.

Hub. Chili (Reed, Brit. Mus.).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 25

PAHARIA, gen. nov.

Head moderately narrow, its breadth (including eyes)

narrower than base of mesonotnm and about equal to its length

(including cruciform elevation), front prominent, as long as

vertex ; pronotum much longer than head, convex, laterally

depressed, obliquely narrowed anteriorly, its posterior angles

strongly lobately produced ; mesonotum strongly deflected on

each side; abdomen (¢) about as long as space between

apex of head and base of cruciform elevation ; tympana com-

pletely exposed, tympanal coverings entirely absent ; abdomen

beneath with the lateral margins strongly recurved and very

prominent; anterior femora robust and strongly spined

beneath ; posterior tibize spined on each side for about half

their length; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe ;

tegmina and wings tale-like in type, the first broad, with the

apical areas somewhat short and eight in number, the basal

cell about twice as long as broad, narrower at apex than at

base; wings with six apical areas.

Type, P. lacteipennis, Walk. (Cephaloxys).

My knowledge of this genus extends to three species, all

represented by female specimens only.

Division TAPHURARLIA.

Eyes projecting beyond the anterior angles of the pro-

notum ; pronotum subquadrate, not distinctly narrowed

anteriorly, as (with few exceptions) in the Vibicinaria; abdo-

men about as long as space between apex of head and base of

cruciform elevation * ; a more or less distinct posterior meta-

sternal process visible in males between or at the base of the

opercula.

Synopsis of Genera.

A. Wings with six apical areas,

a. Head (including eyes) about as broad as base of

mesonotum,

b. Head with front subprominent, in breadth about

equal to length of lateral margins of vertex ;

space between eyes very much narrower than

anterior margin of pronotum.

ec. Tegmina less than three times longer than

broad,

d. Tegmina with lower veins of radial and

fourth ulnar areas at base widely separated.

* Except in Malagasia and Kanakia,

26 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

e. Tegmina with transverse vein at base of

second apical area oblique.

f. Head with vertex longer than front;

CVCSMOMMALN Ane. cone ee een

ee. Teginina with transverse vein | at base of

second apical area vertical.

Sf. ead with front about as long as vertex ;

eyes oblique, their inner margins

ampliated and laminately produced

IWardly?, & ccd Riper so tetent eeeae

dd. Tegmina with lower veins of radial and

fourth ulnar areas at base coubenpae but

not touching. ..... AN eBaNNNie ALIA iy see

ec. Tegmina long “and slender, more than three

times longer ah broad . ahele Sten eenrarete

bb. Head with front prominent, - in breadth con-

siderably narrower than lateral margins of

vertex ; space between eyes only slightly nar-

rower than anterior margin of pronotum . Bene yele

aa. Head (including eyes) broader than base of meso-

notum,

g. Tegmina with transverse vein at base of second

apical area oblique.

h. tront of head about as long as vertex, their

margins continuous.

2. Metasternum in male posteriorly, narrowly,

subtriangularly produced between the

opercula, and occupying basal space be-

tween them.

j. Greatest breadth of tegmina about one

thirdaphem length keg st)a.nii ae acter

hh. Front of head slightly longer ‘than “vertex,

their margins not continuous, but almost at

right angles to each other.

wi. Metasternum in male posteriorly, broadly,

longly, convexly produced between the

opercula, and occupying space between

them.

Jj. Greatest breadth of tegmina more than

one third their length ............

. Metasternum in male not produced between

PALO PENCUlas. Wawa. tahiiceke ee Moke rer-Liay

hhh. Front of head considerably shorter than

vertex, their margins continuous.

wi. Metasternum in male not posteriorly pro-

duced nor occupying space between oper-

cula, which are small, wide apart, and not

reaching basal abdominal segment.

k. Abdomen beneath plobose® ach. memes

kk. Abdomen beneath with the lateral mar-

ginal areas strongly recurved..........

gg. Tegmina with transverse vein at base of second

apical area nearly vertical.

7. Tegmina with the first and second ulnar areas

about as long as, or longer than, remaining

ulnar areas.

m. Head shorter than space betwcen eyes.

Abricta.

Dorachosa,

UVeana.

Parnkalla.

Burbunga.

Trismarcha,

Monomatapa,

Selymbria.

Malagasia.

Kanakia.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 27

n. Front of head a little shorter than vertex,

their margins continuous, the front not

produced, and about, or nearly, twice

broader than LKeNa¥e8 Perens cae h ORS cae Abroma.

nn, Front of head about as long or a little

shorter than vertex, their margins dis-

continuous and almost at right angles to

each other; the front prominent, not

nearly twice as broad as long ........ Lemuriana.

mm. Head about as long asspace between eyes. Taphura.

Wl. First and second ulnar areas to tegmina

shorter than remaining ulnar areas ........ Liyymolpa.

B. Wings with five apical areas.

o. Front of head about twice as broad as either lateral

margin of vertex.

p. Vertex and front of head strongly longitudinally

sulcate; basal margin of face strongly trans-

WETSCLVMITICFASSAEC 5 tte ntelasa so Shae sus legieper sia ore Auta.

oo. Front of head about as wide or little wider than

length of either lateral margin of vertex.

pp. Vertex and front of head not strongly longi-

tudinally suleate; basal margin of face not

strongly merassate..ts<(0% odes aes RRO PAE Panka.

C. Wings with four apical areas ..... POA CERO OS CIO Nelcynda.

Genus ABRICTA.

Tibicen, subgen. Abricta, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 26 (1866),

Type, A. brunnea, Fabr. (Tettigonia).

Abricta castanea, sp. n.

Body brownish ochraceous, with castancous markings ;

head with the margins of front and the vertical area more or

less castaneous ; pronotum with the anterior and posterior

margins and two central lines widely angulated at base casta-

neous (in some specimens the space included in these lines

is wholly castaneous) ; mesonotum with two short central

obconical and two long sublateral spots, and a large spot in

front of cruciform elevation, castaneous ; posterior margins of

eyes black ; face and space ‘between face and eyes pale. casta-

neous ; sternum and opercula in male ochraceous; tegmina

and wings hyaline, the venation ochraceous or ‘brownish

ochraceous; tegmina with the costal membrane and claval

area ochraceous ; wings with extreme base and base of anal

area ochraceous.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 14-15 mm.; exp. tegm. 43 mm.

Hab. North Australia (J. &. Hilsey, Brit. Mus.).

Allied to A. Wellst, Dist.; tegwina unspotted ; opercula

in male longer and much less transverse, Ke,

28 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Abricta Burgesst, sp. n.

Body and legs ochraceous; anal abdominal segment dark

castaneous, its posterior margin ochraceous; head with a

small spot on each lateral margin of front, inner margins of

eyes, the area of the ocelli, four small anterior spots to pro-

notum (two central and two lateral), and the margins of two

central obconical spots to mesonotum, piceous or black; the

inner areas of the black-margined spots, a large oblong spot

on each lateral area, and a triangular basal spot to mesonotum,

brownish ochraceous ; body above and beneath sparingly

greyishly pilose ; two central fascie to face and a central

line to clypeus castaneous ; apices of tibia, tarsi, and rostrum

more or less piceous; tegmina and wings hyaline, the venation

ochraceous; tegmina with the costal membrane ochraceous

and the transverse veins at the bases of the second and third

apical areas slightly infuscate; opercula in male short,

transverse.

Long., exc]. tegm., g 18-19 mm. ; exp. tegm. 60 mm.

Hab. Queensland ; Ripple Creek (Mrs. Jane Burgess,

Brit. Mus.).

In general appearance and abdominal apical markings

resembling Ueana lfuana, Moutr., from which the widely

separated Jower veins of radial and fourth ulnar areas at once

distinguish it.

Genus DORACHOSA.

Dorachosa, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) x. p. 63 (1892).

Type, D. explicata, Dist.

UEANA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) about as wide as base of mesonotum,

the front subprominent, in breadth about equal to the length

of lateral margins of vertex, space between eyes very much

narrower on anterior margin of pronotum, lateral margins

of front and vertex continuous ; pronotum about as long as

head, its lateral posterior angles ampliate ; length of meso-

notum (including cruciform elevation) less than breadth of

head (including eyes) ; abdomen about as long as space

between apex of head and base of cruciform elevation ;

tympana entirely exposed; opercula in male small, trans-

verse; metasternum shortly posteriorly produced in fie male

between the opercula 5 ; anterior femora strongly spined

beneath ; tegmina and wings hyaline; tegmina with eight

apical areas and the bases ee the lower veins of radial anal

hal

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 29

fourth ulnar areas contiguous but not touching ; wings with

six apical areas.

Type, U. lifuana, Montr. (Cicada).

PARNKALLA, gen, nov.

Head as long as pronotum, including eyes about as wide

as base of mesonotum, vertex longer than front; pronotum

with the lateral margins nearly straight, the posterior lateral

angles somewhat angularly dilated ; mesonotum longer than

pronotum ; abdomen short, about as long as space between

apex of head and base of cruciform elevation; tympana

eutirely exposed; face globose, transverse striations and

longitudinal sulcation sometimes almost entirely absent or

obsolete ; anterior femora strongly spined beneath; opercula

in male short and transverse ; tegmina long and slender, more

than three times longer than broad, apical areas eight, basal

cell at least twice as long as broad; wings with six apical

areas,

Type, P. Milleri, Dist. (Tibicen).

BuRBUNGA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) about as wide or very slightly

wider than base of mesonotum, front of head conically promi-

nent, its breadth at base very considerably narrower than

the length of lateral margins of vertex, in length nearly as

long or a little shorter than vertex, front and vertex together

about as long as pronotum; pronotum with the lateral

margins oblique, the posterior angle widely dilated; abdo-

men short, rcbust, about as long as space between apex of

head and base of cruciform elevation; tympana entirely

exposed, tympanal coverings absent, only denoted by a

rudimentary convexity or ridge; anterior femora shortly or

obsoletely spined beneath ; opercula in male short, basal,

transverse ; posterior tibia strongly spined ; rostrum reaching

or just passing the posterior coxee; face not sulcate; tegmina

and wings hyaline; tegmina somewhat narrow, their greatest

breadth about one tiird their length, apical areas eight,

basal cell longer, but not twice as long as broad; wings with

six apical areas,

Type, B. Gilmoret, Dist. (Tibicen).

Burbunga inornata, sp. n.

. Body brownish ochraceous, sternum and legs ochra-

. . . ? . 5

ceous ; tegmina and wings hyaline, the venation ochraceous ;

50 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

tegmina with the transverse veins at the bases of the apical

areas, and small spots at apices of longitudinal veins to apical

areas, obsoletely infuscate ; front of head narrow, prominent,

and conical, space between eyes a little narrower than ante-

rior margin of pronotum ; rostrum passing the posterior coxe ;

opercula short, transverse, their posterior margins moderately

convex, their inner angles well separated.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 15 mm.; exp. tegm. 48 mm.

Hab. West Australia: Champion Bay (Brit. Mus.).

Allied to B. Gilmore’, Dist., but with the front of head

more prominent, rostrum a little longer, and much paler in

hue and markings.

Genus TRISMARCHA.

Trismarcha, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii. pp. 348, 349 (1891).

Type, 7’. umbrosa, Karsch.

Trismarcha atrata, sp. 0.

Pronotum castaneous; head, a central longitudinal fascia

(much widened posteriorly) to pronotum, mesonotum, and

abdomen above, piceous ; a marginal spot at anterior angles

of vertex of head, posterior margin of pronotum, spots to

cruciform elevation, and lateral areas of metanotum, ochra-

ceous ; body beneath brownish ochraceous ; face, area between

face and eyes, apex of rostrum, tarsi, lateral margins and a

central longitudinal fascia to abdomen beneath, piceous or

black ; tegmina and wings subhyaline, talc-like, venation

fuscous ; costal membrane to tegmina and basal anal area to

wings fuscous brown.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 23 mm.; exp. tegm. 65 mm.

Hab. Congo (Coll. Dist. and Paris Mus.).

Allied to J’. umbrosa, Karsch, but smaller; opercula in

male shorter and narrower, abdomen much more slender,

transverse vein at base of second apical area to tegmina more

vertical, and at fourth area much shorter.

Trismarcha angolensis, sp. 0.

&. Body and legs pale castaneous brown, ochraceously

pilose ; mesonotum with two obscure ochraceously margined

anterior obconical spots; abdomen beneath with the disk

piceous ; tegmina and wings smoky hyaline, the venation

fuscous brown; tegmina with the costal membrane pale

castaneous brown; head (including eyes) a little wider than

anterior margin of pronotum and about as wide as base of

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 3

mesonotum ; basal joint of abdomen above centrally, longly,

anteriorly produced; rostrum reaching the posterior cox ;

front of head considerably shorter than vertex, their lateral

margins continuous, front centrally sulcate ; anterior femora

armed with three strong spines beneath ; operecula obliquely

transverse, narrow, inwardly convex, widely separated.

Long., excl. tegm., 3 20 mm.; exp. tegm. 62 mm.

flab. Angola (Dr. Welwitsch, Brit. Mus.).

Allied to 7. eacludens, Walk., but with the basal abdo-

minal segment more anteriorly produced, pronotum more

compressed and narrower, &c.

Genus MONOMATAPA.

Monomatapa, Dist. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. p. 129 (1897).

Type, MZ. insignis, Dist.

Monomatapa socotrana, sp. n.

3. Body above testaceous brown, greyishly pilose; head

black, pronotum with a central hour-glass-shaped fascia (on

each side of which are two short oblique fasciw), the incisures

and lateral margins black ; mesonotum with four obconical

black spots (the two central ones shortest), and two black

spots in front of cruciform elevation ; metanotum and ante-

rior and lateral margins of basal abdominal segment black ;

body beneath pale dull ochraceous; central disk of face, space

between tace and eyes, apex of rostrum, femoral streaks, and

anterior and intermediate tibize and tarsi, piceous or black ;

tegmina and wings semihyaline, tale-like, the venation

fuscous ; opercula not passing basal segment of abdomen ;

rostrum reaching posterior coxe.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 16 mm. ; exp. tegm. 50 mm.

LTab. Socotra I. B. Balfour, Brit. Mus.).

Genus SELYMBRIA.

Selymbria, Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, (4) i. p. 615 (1861),

Type, S. stigmatica, Germ. (Cicada).

Genus MALAGASIA.

Malagasia, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1882, p. 336.

Epora, Stal, Hem. Afr, iv. p. 41 (1861), nom. preeoce.

‘Type, M. inflata, Dist.

32 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Malagasia virescens, sp. n.

3. Body and legs pale virescent ; head with some black

shadings at the area of the ocelli and a short transverse line

at inner margins of eyes black ; tarsi fulvous brown ; tegmina

and wings pale hyaline, the venation virescent or fuscous ;

costal membrane and extreme base of tegmina and extreme

base of wings fulvous brown.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 18 mm.; exp. tegm. 60 mm.

Hab. Madagascar (Szkora).

Allied to MZ. Distant’, Karsch, from which it differs by its

totally different colour and markings and by the much greater

length of the second ulnar area.

Genus KANAKIA.

Kanakia, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) x. p. 62 (1892).

Type, K. typica, Dist.

Genus ABROMA.

Tibicen, snbgen. Abroma, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 27 (1866).

Type, A. Guerini, Sign. (Cicada).

Abroma Bowringi, sp. n.

?. Head and pronotum pale castaneous brown ; head with

the margins of front and nearly the whole of vertex piceous ;

pronotum with the margins and a central longitudinal fascia

pale ochraceous ; mesonotum ochraceous, with four obconical

piceous spots, the two central ones smallest ; abdomen above

and body beneath and legs dull ochraceous ; face pale casta-

neous, centrally and laterally ochraceous, between face and

eyes piceous ; tegmina and wings hyaline,‘ venation ochra-

cecus or brownish ochraceous, extreme bases of both testa-

ceous; tegmina with tlfe costal membrane and postcostal area

ochraceous ; body sparingly and finely greyishly pilose ;

rostrum reaching the intermediate coxz; head (including

eyes) slightly broader than base of mesonotum ; transverse vein

at base of second apical area to tegmina more or less vertical.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 13 mm.; exp. tegm. 35 mm.

Hab. China: Hong Kong (J. C. Bowring, Brit. Mus.).

LEMURIANA, gen. noy.

Ilead (including eyes) broader than base of mesonotum ;

. . ad .

head with the front prominent, not twice as broad as long,

he 2

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

about as long or a little shorter than vertex, its margins and

those of vertex discontinuous, eyes projecting beyond the

anterior angles of pronotum, which is about as long as head,

its lateral margins sinuate, its posterior angles moderately

ampliate ; mesonotum (including cruciform elevation) nearly

as long as head and pronotum together; abdomen about as

long as space between apex of head and base of cruciform

elevation ; tympana entirely exposed ; opercula in male short,

narrow, transverse ; posterior metasternal process distinct, in

male, produced between the inner angles of the opercula ;

anterior femora strongly spined beneath ; tegmina and wings

hyaline ; tegmina with the two upper ulnar areas as long as

the remaining ulnar areas, apical areas eight; wings with six

apical areas.

Type, LZ. apicalis, Germ. (Cicada).

Lemuriana flavocostata, sp. n.

3g. Body above brownish ochraceous, ochraceously pilose ;

head with centre and apex of front, area of ocelli, and lateral

margins of vertex black ; pronotum with a very large casta-

neous spot occupying the whole of each lateral area and with

a small, central, elongate, black spot ; mesonotum with two

obscure, ochraceously margined, anterior, obconical spots

and two somewhat suffused, discal, black spots; abdominal

segmental margins piceous ; body beneath and legs ochra-

ceous; sternum longly greyishly pilose; face and space

between face and eyes castaneous, central area of face, and an

anterior fascia between face and eyes, black; apex of rostrum

and central segmental ventral spots piceous ; opercula mode-

rately long and broadened posteriorly ; rostrum reaching

posterior cox; tegmina and wings semihyaline, talc-like ;

tegmina with the venation fuscous, the costal membrane

flavescent ; wings with the venation dull ochraceous.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 15 mm.; exp. tegm. 48 mim.

Hab. Brit. East Africa: Voi (C. S. Betton, Brit. Mus.).

Lemuriana Sikore, sp. n.

Body castaneous ; head with the anterior angles of vertex,

area of ocelli, and 1 inner and posterior margins of eyes, pro-

notum with two spots on anterior and three transverse spots

on posterior margin, mesonotum with four obconical spots

(those on each lateral area longest, subcbsclete}, a posterior

lateral streak, and two spots in front of cruciform elevation,

black ; abdomen with the segmental margins black, broadest

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 3

34 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

at base and apex ; body beneath paler castaneous than above ;

sternum, opercula, and legs ochraceous; a broad, central,

longitudinal fascia to face and a central fascia to abdomen,

black ; tegminaand wings hyaline, venation fuscous ; tegmina

with the costal membrane and claval area olivaceous ; wings

with the inner anal area dark olivaceous ; abdomen above

with a greyish pilose spot on each lateral area of the first and

second segments.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 19 mm.; exp. tegm. 58 mm.

Hab. Madagascar (Sikora).

Genus TAPHURA.

Taphura, Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. ii. p. 20 (1858).

Type, 7. misella, Stal (Cicada).

Genus LIGYMOLPA.

Ligymolpa, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeit. xxxv. pp. 112 & 122 (1890).

Type, L. madegassa, Karsch.

Genus AUTA.

Auta, Dist. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. (2*) xvii. p. 381 (1897).

Type, A. insignis, Dist.

PANKA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) about as wide or a little wider than

base of mesonotum, its length not equal to breadth between

the inner margins of eyes; pronotum longer than head, its

lateral margins nearly straight, its posterior lateral angles

subdentately produced; abdomen in female a little longer

than space between apex of head and base of cruciform eleva-

tion; anterior femora strongly spined beneath ; tegmina and

wings hyaline; tegmina with eight, wings with five apical

areas.

Type, P. simulata, Dist.

The above generic description is based on two female

specimens ; the venation of the wings is a primary character ;

the characters of the opercula and other abdominal structures

can only be detailed when male specimens are examined.

Panka simulata, sp. n.

Tibicen nubifurca, Dist. (excl. syn.) Mon, Orient. Cicad. p. 131, tab. xiv.

fig, 24a, b (1892).

Hab, Ceylon.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 35

On examination of Walkers type (Cicada nubifurca,

Walk.,= Cicada apicalis, Kirby) I find that the wings have six

apical areas, and it should be included in the genus Abroma,

Stal. The species which I figured (supra) as T. nubifurca,

and which so closely simulates that species, therefore requires

renaming.

Panka africana, sp. n.

3. Body testaceous; front of head, pronotum (excluding

anterior and posterior margins and a central longitudinal

fascia), tympana, apex of abdomen (above and beneath), face,

legs, and opercula, ochraceous ; two anterior obconical spots

to mesonotum, a central longitudinal line to face, and apices

of tibie and tarsi, dark testaceous ; eyes and lateral margins

to vertex of head piceous; tegmina and wings hyaline,

venation mostly fuscous ; tegmina with the costal membrane

ochraceous, claval area purplish; wings with the margins of

the anal areas faintly fuscous.

Long., excl. teom., ¢ 10; exp. tegm. 30 mm.

Hab. West Africa: Fernando Po (c Conradt, Paris Mus.).

Genus NELCYNDA.

Tibicen, subgen. Nelcynda, Stal, difv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1870, p. 716.

Type, N. tener, Stal.

Nelcynda madagascariensis, sp. n.

2. Brownish ochraceous; head with the lateral margins

of front, a transverse line between eyes and traversing the

area of the ocelli, inner margins of eyes, and two small basal

spots, black ; pronotum with two central longitudinal spots

on anterior area, two central, elongate, oblique s spots on poste-

rior area, some spots on lateral areas, and the lateral margins,

black ; mesonotum with two small, centr al, anterior, obconical

spots, a sublateral fascia on each side, two spots in front of

and a transverse spot on each side of cruciform elevation,

black ; two central fasciz to face, which are united poste-

riorly, a spot between face and eyes, lateral margins of

clypeus, streaks to femora, and apices of tibie and rostrum,

piceous or black; tegmina and wings hyaline, the venation

fuscous ; costal membrane to tegmina testaceous 5 wings with

four apical areas.

Long., excl. tegm., 2 10 mm.; exp. tegm. 30 mm.

Lab. Madagascar: Fenerive (4. Perrot, Paris Mus.).

Bio

36 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

VI.—A List of the Freshwater Fishes of Africa.

By G. A. BouLenGer, F.R.S.

So many additions have been made to the African freshwater

fish-fauna during the last few years, over 400 new species

having been described by myself, that a full list, with a brief

indication of the habitats, seems worthy of publication. This

list is intended to serve as a basis for a general account of the

distribution of these fishes which I am now preparing for

the South African Meeting of the British Association.

In order to save space bibliographical references have been

omitted ; the indication of the author for each genus and

species, coupled with the year of publication, should, with the

help of the British Museum Catalogue and the series of

volumes of the ‘ Zoological Record’ (from 1864), suffice to

meet the requirements of the student.

Merely estuarine forms are excluded from tliis list.

Species occurring both in the sea and in fresh water are

marked with an asterisk after the indication of the habitat.

Ord. I. PLAGIOSTOMI.

Fam. 1, CaRCHARIUID™.

1. Carcharias, Cuv. 1817.

1. zambesensis, Peters, 1852. Zambesi.

Fam. 2. Pristip®.

1. Pristis, Latham, 1794.

1. Perroteti, M. & H. 1838. East Coast *.

Ord. II. CROSSOPTERYGII.

Fam. PoLtyprEerip®.

1. Polypterus, Geoffr. 1802.

1. bichir, Geoffr. 1802. Nile, L. Chad.

2. Lapradi, Stdr. 1869. Senegal, Gambia, Niger.

3. congicus, Blgr. 1898. Congo, L. Tanganyika.

4. Endlicheri, Heck. 1849. White Nile, Niger.

5. Delhexi, Blgr. 1899. Congo, L. Chad.

6, ornatipinnis, Blgr. 1902. Congo,

7. Weeksii, Blgr. 1898. Congo, Katanga.

8. senegalus, Cuv. 1829. Nile, L. Rudolf, Senegal, Gambia, Niger.

9. palmas, Ayres, 1850. Liberia, Congo.

10. retropinnis, Vaill. 1899. Congo.

2. Calamichthys, J. A. Smith, 1866.

1. ealabaricus, J. A. Smith, 1866. Niger Delta to Chiloango,

—

Vv.

Freshwater Fishes of Africa. 37

Ord. III. DIPNEUSTI.

Fam. LEPIDOSIRENID®,

1. Protopterus, Ow. 1859.

annectens, Ow. 1839.

. ethiopicus, Heck. 1851.

Dolloi, Bigr. 1900.

Senegal, Gambia, Niger, L. Chad,

Zambesi.

White Nile to Great Lakes, Ugalla

Marshes, E, of L. Tanganyika.

Ogowe, Congo,

Ord. IV. TELEOSTEI.

Subord. MALACOPTERYGII.

Fam. 1.

. Elops, Li. 1766.

1. saurus, L. 1766.

DID ors oo to

10.

12.

15.

14.

15.

16.

Life

lacerta, C. & V. 1846.

. Megalops, Lacep. 1803.

cyprinoides, Brouss. 1782.

ELoPID2.

E, and W. Coasts, Madagascar *.

W. Coast *.

E. Coast, Madagascar *.

Fam. 2. MormMyrip2&.

Mormyrops, J. Mill. 1848.

deliciosus, Leach, 1810.

anguillordes, L. 1766.

longiceps, Gthr. 1867.

breviceps, Stdr. 1894.

zanclirostris, Gthr. 1867.

engystoma, Blgr. 1898.

parvus, Bier. 1899.

Masuianus, Bler. 1898,

sirenoides, Bler. 1898.

Boulenger, Pellegr. 1900.

curtus, Bley. 1899,

lineolatus, “Blev. 1898,

nigricans, Blyy. 1899.

mucrostoma, Blgr. 1898.

Marie, Schilth. 1891.

attenuatus, Blgr. 1898.

Surcidens, Pellegr. 1900.

2. Petrocephalus, Marcus. 1854.

. bane, Lacep. 1803.

Ansorgit, Blegr. 1902.

Sauvagti, Bley. 1887.

Keatingti, Blgr. 1901.

. Bovei, C. & V. 1846,

esa Sauy. 1885.

simus, Sauy. 1878.

gliroides, Vincig. 1897.

catostoma, Gthr, 1366.

3. Isichthys, Gill, 1863.

Henry, Gall, 1863.

4, Marcusenius, Gill, i183.

Mar chit, Sauv. 1878.

Senegal to Congo, Zambesi, Webi

Shebeli, Juba, L. Nyassa.

Lower Nile.

Gold Coast.

St. Paul R. (Liberia).

Gaboon, Ogowe.

Congo.

Nile, L. Chad, Niger.

Lower Niger.

Old Calabar to Congo.

White Nile.

Nile, Senegal, Gambia.

Ogowe, Congo.

Liberia to Cameroon, Ogowe, Congo,

Angola.

Juba.

Rovuma, L. Nyassa.

Liberia to Mayumba.

Ogowe.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

4, Marcusenius (con.).

2. sphecodes, Sauy. 1878.

3. brachistius, Gill, 1863.

4. longianalis, Bley. 1901.

5. Kingsleye, Gthr. 1896.

6. Cabre, Blgr. 1900.

7. adspersus, Gthr. 1866,

8. nigripinnis, Blgr. 1899.

9. pulverulentus, Bler. 1899.

10. Lhuystt, Stdr, 1870.

11. Ansorgi, Blgr. 1905.

12. Istdorz, C. & V. 1846.

13. pauciradiatus, Stdr. 1866.

14. Harringtoni, Bler. 1905.

15. Weeksw, Blgr. 1902.

16. plagiostoma, Bley. 1898.

17. tumifrons, Blgr. 1902.

18. Wilverthi, Bley. 1898.

19. discorhynchus, Peters, 1852.

20. Petherict, Blgr. 1898.

21. Budgetti, Blgr. 1904.

22. psittacus, Blgr. 1897.

5. Stomatorhinus, Blgr. 1898.

1. puncticulatus, Blgr. 1899.

2. Walker, Gthr. 1867.

3. humilior, Bley. 1899.

4, Corneti, Blgr. 1899.

5. polylepis, Blgr. 1899.

6. microps, Bley. 1898.

6. Myomyrus, Blgr. 1898.

1. macrodon, Blgr. 1898.

7. Gnathonemus, Gill, 1863.

. niger, Gthr. 1866.

. leopoldianus, Blgr. 1899.

. Bentleyi, Blgr. 1897.

. Fritel, Pellegr. 1904.

Livingstonit, Blgr. 1898.

. Moorv, Gthr. 1867.

. Lambouri, Pellegr. 1904.

. fuscus, Pellegr. 1901.

10. pictus, Marcus. 1864.

ll. Schilthuisia, Blgr. 1899.

12. cyprinoides, L. 1766.

13. senegalensis, Stdr. 1870.

14. Bruyerti, Pellegr. 1904.

15, angolensis, Blgr. 1905.

16. Stanleyanus, Blgr. 1897.

iz. mento, Blgr. 1890.

18. Monteiri, Gthr. 1873.

19. Petersiz, Gthr. 1862.

20. longibarbis, Hilg. 1888.

21 Guill, Blgr. 1904.

92, Ussheri, Gthr. 1867.

23. Abadii, Bley. 1901.

24. Greshoffi, Schilth. 1891.

25, kutuensis, Bley. 1899.

26. tamandua, Gthr. 1864.

CO CONT? OTR Co ND

. macrolepidotus, Peters, 1852.

S. Cameroon to Congo.

Sierra Leone to Congo.

Lower Niger.

Old Calabar, Congo.

Mayumba.

Lagos, Congo.

Congo.

”

Senegal, L. Chad.

Angola.

Nile.

Angola.

White Nile.

Congo.

re Ld

”

Zambesi, L. Nyassa.

White Nile, Blue Nile.

Lower Niger.

Congo,

Congo.

Ogowe.

Congo.

Gambia.

Congo.

Rovuma.

Zambesi, Katunga.

S. Cameroon to Congo.

Congo.

Upper Nile, White Nile.

Congo.

Nile, L. Chad, Niger, Congo.

Senegal, Gambia, L. Chad.

Ivory Coast.

Angola.

Congo.

Liberia, Gaboon.

Congo.

Niger, Calabar, Congo.

L. Victoria.

Lower Niger.

Liberia, Gold Coast.

Upper Niger.

Congo.

”

Niger, Calabar, Congo.

Freshwater

7. Gnathonemus (con.).

Fishes of Africa. 39

Congo.

27. mirus, Blgr. 1898. g

28. elephas, Blgr. 1898. L. Chad, Congo.

29. rhynchophorus, Blzr. 1898. Congo.

30, curvirostris, Blgr. 1898. is

31. zis, Bler. 1902. a

32. numenius, Blgr. 1898.

8. Genyomyrus, Blgr. 1898.

1. Donny?, Blgr. 1898. Congo.

9, Mormyrus, L. 1766.

1. Hasselquisti, C. & V. 1846. Nile.

2. Anchiete, Guim, 1884. Angola.

3. Lacerde, Casteln, 1861. L. Ngami.

4, Guentheri, Blgr. 1898. Niger.

5. macrophthalmus, Gthr. 1866. 5

6. ovis, Blgr. 1898. Congo.

7. caschive, Hasselq. 1757. Nile, L. Chad, Senegal to Congo.

8. rume, C. & V. 1846. Senegal.

9. niloticus, B]. 1801. Nile.

10. longirostris, Peters, 1852. Nile, Congo, Zambesi, L. Mweru.

11. Boze, Pellegr. 1903. Congo.

12, kannume, Forsk. 1775. Nile, L. Victoria, Webi Shebeli.

. caballus, Bley. 1898.

16.

10. Hyperopisus, Gill, 1862.

1. bebe, Lacep. 1803.

2. tenuicauda, Pellegr. 1904,

11. Gymnarchus, Cuv. 1829.

1. niloticus, Cuv. 1829.

Fam. 3.

. Notopterus, Lacep. 1800.

1. afer, Gthr. 1868.

. Xenomystus, Gthr. 1868,

1. nigrt, Gthr. 1868.

. Mildebrandti, Peters, 1882.

. proboscirostris, Blgr. 1898.

tenuirostris, Peters, 1882.

Athi R. (Ukamba).

Congo.

Athi R. (Ukamba).

Nile, L. Chad, Senegal, Gambia, Niger.

L. Chad.

White Nile, L. Chad,

Senegal to Niger.

NororPTERID».

Gambia to Calabar, Congo.

Bahr el Gebel, Liberia to Congo.

Fam, 4. OsTEOGLOSSIDZ.

. Heterotis, Cuv. 1829.

1. niloticus, Cuv. 1829.

Nile, L. Chad, Senegal, Gambia, Niger.

Fam. 5, PANTODONTID&.

. Pantodon, Peters, 1876.

1. Buchholz, Peters, 1876.

Low. Niger to Congo.

Fam. 6. PHRACTOL®MID®.

. Phractolemus, Blgy. 1901.

1. Ansorgu, Blgr. 1901.

Fam. 7

. Clupea, L. 1766.

1. finta, Cuv. 1829.

14 ,

Low. Niger, Congo.

. CLUPEID2.

N. Africa *.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

. Pellonula, Gthr. 1868.

1. vorax, Gthr. 1868. Senegal to Congo.

2. acutirostris, Blgr. 1899. Congo.

. Microthrissa, Blgy. 1902.

1. Royauzxi, Blgr. 1902. Congo.

. Odaxothrissa, Blgr. 1899.

1. losera, Blgr. 1899. Congo.

. Pellona, C. & V. 1847.

1. indica, Swains. 1838. Kingani*.

. Chanos, Lacep. 1803.

1. mossambicus, Peters, 1852. Quisonga (Mozambique).

Fam. 8. SALMONIDZ.

. Salmo, L. 1766.

1. trutta, L. 1766. Atlas of Algeria,

Fam. 9. CRoMERIID.

. Cromeria, Blgr. 1901.

1. nilotica, Blgr. 1901. White Nile.

Subord. I. OSTARIOPHYSIL

Fam. 1. CHARACINIDZ.

. Sarcodaces, Gthr. 1864.

1. odoé, Bl. 1794. Senegal to Congo, L. Chad, L. Ngami.

. Hydrocyon, Cuv. 1817.

1. Forskalit, Cuv. 1817. Nile, Senegal, Niger.

2. lineatus, Blkr, 1863. Blue Nile, White Nile, Liberia, Niger,

Congo, L. Tanganyika and Mweru,

Zambesi, Limpopo, L. Ngami(?). ~

3. vittiger, Bler. 1898, Congo.

4. gohath, Blgr. 1898. 1

5. brevis, Gthr. 1864, Nile, L. Chad, Senegal, Gambia.

. Bryconethiops, Gthr. 1873.

1. microstoma, Gthr. 1873. Cameroon, Congo.

2. Vseuat, Blgr. 1899. Congo.

. Alestes, M. & T. 1846.

1. macrophthalmus, Gthr. 1867. Gaboon to Congo, L. Tanganyika,

L. Mweru.

2. Liebrechtsti, Blgr. 1898. Congo.

0. baremose, Joann, 1835. Nile, L. Rudolf, L. Chad, Senegal to

Niger.

4. dentex, L. 1766, Nile, L. Chad, Senegal to Niger.

5. Stuhlmanni, Pfeff. 1896, Kingani.

6. Tholloni, Pellegr. 1901. Congo.

7. intermedius, Blgr. 1903. Cameroon.

8, nurse, Riipp. 18382. Nile, L. Victoria, L. Rudolf, Senegal to

Cameroon.

9. humilis, Blgr. 1905. Angola.

10. amberi, Peters, 1852. Wami to Zambesi, Angola.

11. lateralis, Blgr. 1900. L. Dilolo, C. Africa.

12. senegalensis, Stdr. 1870. Senegal.

18. Lemairi, Blgr. 1899. L. Mweru.

14. natalensis, Blgr. 1904. Durban.

15. longipinnis, Gthr. 1864. Sierra Leone to Congo,

16. Chapert, Sauv. 1882. Gold Coast.

Freshwater Fishes of Africa. 41

4, Alestes (con.).

17. affinis, Gthr. 1894. Webi Shebeli to Tana.

18. teniurus, Gthr. 1867. Cameroon, Gaboon.

19. Fuchsii, Blgr. 1899. Congo.

20. bimaculatus, Blgr. 1899. x

21. Kingsleye, Gthr. 1896. Ogowe.

22. opisthotenia, Blgr. 1903. Cameroon.

23. brevis, Bler. 1903. Gold Coast, Lagos.

24, macrolepidotus, C. & V. 1849. Nile, L. Chad, Senegal to

Ogowe, L. Tanganyika.

25. grandisquamis, Bley. 1899. Congo.

26. Batesi, Blgr. 1903. Cameroon,

5. Micralestes, Blgr. 1899.

1. acutidens, Ptrs. 1852. Nile, Omo, Niger, Congo, Rovuma,

Zambesi.

2. humilis, Bler. 1899. Congo.

3. holargyreus, Gthr, 1873. ”

4, altus, Blgr. 1899. np

5. Stormst, Blgr. 1902. %

6. interruptus, Bler. 1899. ”

6. Petersius, Hilgend. 1894.

1. conserialis, Hilgend. 1894. Kingani.

2. occidentalis, Gthr. 1899. Gold Coast.

3. caudalis, Bley. 1899. Congo.

4, Leopoldianus, Blgr. 1899. »

5. Hilgendorfi, Blgr. 1899. -

6. modestus, Bley. 1899. 3

7. major, Blgr. 1905. Cameroon,

7. Eugnathichthys, Blgr. 1898.

1. Eetveldii, Blgr. 1898. Congo.

2. macroterolepis, Blgr. 1899. ”

8. Paraphago, Blgy. 1399.

1. rostratus, Bler. 1899. Congo.

9, Mesoborus, Pellegr. 1900.

1. crocodilus, Pellegr. 1900. Congo.

10. Phago, Gthr. 1865

; 1. loricatus, Gthr. 1865. W. Africa.

2. intermedius, Bler. 1899, Congo.

3. Boulengert, Schilth. 1891. a

11. Neoborus, Blgr. 1899.

1. ornatus, Blgr. 1899. Congo.

2. quadrilineatus, Pellegr. 1904. Casamanza.

12. Ichthyoborus, Gthr. 1864,

1. besse, Joann. 1855, Nile, White Nile, L. Chad.

13. Hemistichodus, Pellegr. 1901.

1. Vaillanti, Pellegr. 1901. Ogowe.

. Nannethiops, Gthy. 1871.

1. unitenatus, Gthr. 1871. White Nile, Gold Coast to Congo.

. Neolebias, Stdr. 1894.

~ 1. univittatus, Stdr. 1894, Liberia, Cameroon.

2. trilineatus, Blgr. 1899. Congo,

. Distichodus, M. & 'T. 1845.

1. notospilus, Gthy. 1867. Cameroon to Congo.

2. affims, Gthr. 1873. Congo.

3. altus, Bler, 1899. L. Chad, Congo.

4, nobolt, Bler. 1899. , Congo.

5, hypostomatus, Pellegr. 1900. Ogowe.

42 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

16. Distichodus (con.).

6. maculatus, Blgr. 1898. Congo.

7. Petersii, Pfeff. 1896. Kingani R.

8. Antonit, Schilth. 1891. Congo.

9. atroventralis, Blgr. 1898. 5

10. fasciolatus, Blgr. 1898. es

11. mossambicus, Peters, 1852. Zambesi.

12. brevipinnis, Gthr. 1864. White Nile, L. Chad, Senegal, Niger.

13. rostratus, Gthr. 1864. Nile, L. Chad, Senegal, Niger.

14, niloticus, L. 1766. Nile, White Nile, L. Rudolf.

15. engycephalus, Gthr. 1864. Nile, Blue Nile, Niger.

16. seafasciatus, Blgr. 1897. Congo.

17. lusosso, Schilth. 1891. 2

17. Nannocharax, Gthr. 1867.

1. brevis, Blgr. 1902. Congo.

2. fasciatus, Gthr. 1867. Gold Coast, Gaboon, Congo.

3. intermedius, Blgr. 1903. Cameroon.

4. niloticus, Joann. 1835. Nile, White Nile.

5. elongutus, Bley. 1900. Congo.

6. tenia, Blgr. 1902. >

7. dimidiatus, Pellegr. 1904. Casamanza.

18. Xenocharax, Gthr. 1867.

1. spilurus, Gthr. 1867. Cameroon to Congo.

2. crassus, Pellegr. 1900. Congo.

19. Citharidium, Bley. 1902.

1. Ansorgi, Bley. 1902. Low. Niger.

20. Citharinus, Cuv. 1817.

1. citharus, Geoflr. 1809. Nile, L. Chad, Senegal, Gambia, Niger.

2. congicus, Blgr. 1897. Congo.

3. macrolepis, Blgr. 1899. on

4. latus, M. & T. 1846. Nile, Senegal, Niger, Kingani ().

5. gibbosus, Blgr. 1899. Congo, L. Tanganyika.

Fam. 2. CyPpRiNIDZ.

1. Labeo, Cuv. 1817.

1. niloticus, Forsk. 1775. Nile.

2. horie, Heck. 1846. Nile, L. Albert, L. Chad, Senegal,

Gambia, Niger.

3. Steindachnert, Pfeff. 1896. Kingani.

4. altivelis, Peters, 1852. Zambesi, L. Nyassa.

5. Rose, Stdr. 1894. Limpopo R.

6. mesops, Gthr. 1868. L. Nyassa.

7. lineatus, Blgr. 1898. Congo.

8. velifer, Blgr. 1898. *

9. longipinnis, Blgr. 1898. 9

10. coubie, Rupp. 1832. Nile, L. Chad, Senegal, Gambia, Niger.

11. congoro, Peters, 1852, Zambesi.

12. Gregori, Gthr. 1894, Juba to Rovuma.

13. Newmanni, Blgr. 1908. Webi Shebeli,

14. Darlingi, Blgy. 1902. Rhodesia.

15. victorianus, Bley. 1901. L. Victoria.

16, Fuelleborni, Hilg. & Pappenh. 1908. L. Rukwa.

17. cyclorhynchus, Blgr. 1899. Ogowe, Congo,

18. falcipinnis, Blgr. 1908. Congo.

19. Kirkii, Blgr. 1903. ; Royuma.

20. Forskali, Riipp. 1885. Nile.

21. cylindricus, Peters, 1862. Hawash to Zambesi, L. Baringo.

Freshwater Fishes of Africa. 43

1, Labeo (con.).

22. macrostoma, Blezr. 1898. Congo.

23. nasus, Bler. 1899. 73

24. Greenii, Blgr. 1902. ”

25. brachypoma, Gthr. 1868. Lagos, Gold Coast.

26. annectens, Bley. 1903. Cameroon.

27. chariensis, Pellegr. 1904. L. Chad.

28. Lukule, Blgr. 1902. Congo.

29. parvus, Blgr. 1902. ”

30. barbatus, Bigr. 1898. +

31. capensis, A. Smith, 1841. Orange R., Limpopo R.

32. umbratus, A. Smith, 1841. Orange R.

2. Discognathus, Heck. 1845.

1. dembeensis, Riipp. 1837. L. Tsana, Nairobi R. (Kilimandjaro).

2. Johnstoni, Blgr. 1901. L. Victoria.

3. Vinciguerre, Blgr. 1901. Upp. Nile, White Nile.

4, Blanfordii, Blgr. 1901. Eastern watershed of Abyssinia,

Erythreea.

5. Hindi, Bler. 1905. Nyiro R.

6. makiensis, Blgr. 1905. Maki R. (Lake Zwai).

7. quadrimaculatus, Riipp. 1887. L. Tsana, Hawash R.

3. Varicorhinus, Rupp. 1837.

1. beso, Riipp. 1857. L. Tsana, Atbara R., Hawash R.

2. tanganice, Blgr. 1900. L. Tangauyika.

3. maroccanus, Gthr, Morocco.

4. Barbus, Cuv. 1817.

1. callensis, C. & V. 1842. Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia.

2. nasus, Gthr. 1868. Morocco.

3. serra, Peters, 1864. Oliphants R.

4. setivimensis, C. & V. 1842. Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia.

5. Vineiguerre, Pfeff. 1896. Wembere R. (Usambara),

L. Rukwa (?).

6. Welwitschii, Gthr. 1868. Angola.

7. Mattox, Guimar. 1884. 9

8. argenteus, Gthr. 1868. =

9. kurumant, Casteln. 1861. Kuruman R.

10. macropristis, Blgr. 1904. L. Victoria.

11. taitensis, Gthr. 1894. Taita district, inland of Mombasa.

12. paludinosus, Peters, 1852. Hawash to Zambesi, Durban.

13. longicauda, Blgr, 1905, Mozambique.

14, thikensis, Blgr. 1905. Thika (Tana System).

_ 16. Pfeffer, Blgr. 1905°. Unyamwesi district and Kingani.

16. tetraspilus, Pfetf. 1896. Upp. Ituri (Congo System).

17. zanzibaricus, Peters, 1868. Mombasa.

18. Newmayeri, Fisch. 1884. Neuruman (Masai district).

19. carpio, Pfeff. 1896. L. Albert.

20. Percivali, Blgr. 19038. Nairobi (Rufu).

21. lumiensis, Blgr. 1908, Lumi (Rufu).

22. laticeps, Pfeff. 1893. Wami R.

23. Kerstenii, Peters, 1868. | Between Mombasa and Kilimandjaro.

24. salmo, Pfeft. 1896. Pangani.

25. Kesslert, Stdr. 1866. Angola.

26. eutenia, Bler. 1904. =

27. holotenia, Blgr. 1904. Cameroon to Congo.

28. serrifer, Blgr. 1900. L. Tanganyika.

29. Ansorgit, Bley. 1904. Angola.

1 B, altus, Pfeft. 1896, nee Gthr.

4, Barbus

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

(con.).

30. miolepis, Blgr. 1902. Congo.

31. Guirali, Thomin. 1886. Cameroons, Beuito.

32. pleurogramma, Bler. 1902. L. Tsana.

33. Fritschii, Gthr. 1868. Morocco.

34. Rothschildi, Gthr. 1901. 9

35. Waldoi, Bley. 1902. A

36. atlanticus, Blgr. 1902. %

37. Harterti, Gthr. 1901. es

38. Riggenbachi, Gthr. 1902. ;

39. ksibi, Blgr. 1905. s

40. microterolepis, Blgr. 1902. Maki R. (L. Zwai).

41, macronema, Blgr. 1902, Maki R., Hawash.

. Lueppelli, Blgr. 1902.

3. Holub, Stdr. 1894.

. surkis, Rupp. 1857.

. Harrington, Blgr. 1902.

46. jarsinus, Blgr. 1902,

47.

48.

49,

50,

dl.

52.

55.

54.

55.

56.

57.

58.

59.

60.

61.

62.

63.

64.

65.

66.

67.

68.

69.

70.

(pe

72.

73.

74.

75.

76,

78.

79.

80.

81.

82.

85.

84.

intermedius, Rupp. 1887.

fergussona, Bley. 1901.

eduurdianus, Blgr. 1901.

Breyert, M. Web. 1897.

plagiostomus, Bley. 1902.

plutystomus, Bley. 1902.

gorguart, Rupp. 1837.

bynnt, Forsk. 1775,

kassamensis, Bley, 1902.

gananensis, Vincig. 1895,

brevibarbis, Blgr. 1902.

leptosoma, Bley. 1902.

oreas, Blgr. 1902.

altianalis, Blgr. 1900.

Erlangeri, Blgr. 1908.

marequensis, A. Smith, 1841.

Duchesnii, Bley, 1902.

Radch fit, Bigr. 1903.

mento, Bler. 1902.

Gregort, Blgr. 1902.

hursensis, Bler. 1902.

affinis, Rupp. 1837.

Degen, Bigr. 1902.

nedgia, Riipp. 1837,

labiatus, Bler. 1902,

Reinii, Gthr. 1874,

LTinnelli, Lonnb. 1904.

Bates, Bler. 1903.

tanensis, Gthr. 1894,

Hindi, Blgr. 1902.

oxyrhynchus, Pfett. 1889.

perplevicans, Bley, 1902.

micronema, Bley. 1904.

Compinei, Sauy. 1879.

trimaculatus, Peters, 1852.

nummifer, Blgr. 1904.

Jacksoni, Gthr. 1889,

Pappenheimi, Bier. 1905

Hawash.

Orange R.

L. Tsana.

Hawash.

Jerrer R., near Harrar (Webi Shebeli).

I. Tsana.

L. Albert Edward.

Head-waters of Limpopo.

Hawash.

L. Tsana.

Nile, L. Baringo.

Hawash.

Ganana R. (Jubi).

L. Tsana.

Jerrer R., near Harrar (Webi Shebeli).

L. Kivu and Rusisi.

Head-waters of Webi Shebeli.

“ Tnterior of S. Africa.”

L, Tsana, Mogre (Blue Nile).

L. Victoria.

Hawash R.

Nyuki R. (L. Baringo), Tana R.

Hawash R.

L. Tsana, Hawash, Maki.

L. Tsana.

LE)

Tana.

Morocco.

Cameroon.

”

Tana, Athi R.

” ”

Rufu (Pangani).

Tana.

Cameroon.

Ogowe.

Zambesi, L. Nyassa, Limpopo.

L. Victoria.

Head-waters of Rufu R. (Pangani).

L. Rukwa.

* Jacksoni, Hilg. & Pappenh. nec Gthr.

Freshwater Fishes of Africa.

4. Bar bus (con.).

101.

102.

103.

104,

105.

106.

107.

108.

109.

110.

TIDE

INE

nas

114.

115.

116.

118.

119.

120.

PAL

5. katange, Blgr. 1900.

. platyrhinus, “Bler. 1900.

. capensis,

. Burchelli, A. Smith, 1840.

. Trevelyant, Gthr. 1877.

. Gurney?t, Gthr. 1868.

. Bowkeri, Blgr. 1902.

2. rhodesianus, ‘Bler. 1902.

. uniteniatus, Gthr. 1867.

. lagoensis, Gthr. 1868.

. inermis, Peters, 1852.

}. zambesensis, Peters, 1852.

98.

99.

100.

A. Smith, 1840.

progenys, Blgr. 1903.

golnoides, C. & V. 1842.

ablabes, Blky. 1863.

camptacanthus, Blky. 1868.

teniurus, Blgr. 1903.

Thollonianus, Thomin. 1886.

niyeriensis, Blgr. 1902.

trispilus, Blkr, 1863.

Walkert, Bley. 1904.

Fasciolatus, Gthr. 1868.

guadripunctatus, Pfett. 1896.

Pagenstecheri, Fisch. 1884.

tnnocens, Pfetf. 1896,

lineomaculatus, Bley. 1903.

amphigramma, Bler. 1903.

vulneratus, Casteln. 18617.

viviparus, M. Web. 1897.

perince, Rupp. 1837.

trispilopleura, Blgr. 1902.

humulis, Blgr. 1902.

neglectus, Blgr. 1903.

caudovittatus, Bler. 1902.

congicus, Blgr. 1899.

radiatus, Peters, 1852.

humeralis, Blgr. 1902.

22. Wernert, Blgr. 1905.

1238:

124.

125.

126.

127.

128.

129.

130.

131.

132:

138.

Dogyetti, Blgr. 1904.

pleuropholis, Blgr. 1899.

rapax, Stdr. 1894.

tropidolepis, Blgr. 1900.

afer, Peters, 1864.

anoplus, M. Web. 1897.

anema, Blgr. 1903.

stigmatopygus, Blgr. 1905.

pumilus, Blgr. 1901.

Brazz@, Pellegr. 1902.

je, Blgr. 1903.

5, Rasbora, Blky. 1859.

1. zanzibarensis, Gthr. & Playf. 1866.

6. Phoxinellus, Heck. 18438.

Chargnoni, Vaill. 1904.

Lofoi (Katanga).

L. Tanganyika.

Oliphants and Berg R.

Cape Colony.

Berg R., Buffalo R.

Durban.

Zambesi.

Angola.

Lag os.

Zambesi.

Cameroon.

Cape of Good Hope.

Liberia, Gold Coast, Gaboon.

Fernando Po, Cameroon,

Benito R.

Cameroon.

Benito R.

L. Niger.

Gold Coast, Liberia (¥).

Gold Coast.

Angola.

Rutu R.

Mt. Kilimandjaro.

Wami, L. Rukwa.

Lumi (head-waters of Rufu R.).

Nairobi ( \E

Cape of Good Hope.

Natal.

Nile.

L. Tsana.

Les

Nile.

Congo.

Mozambique.

Congo.

Nile, L. Rudolf, Rovuma.

L. Victoria.

Congo.

KE. Cape Colony, Limpopo.

L. Tanganyika.

Cape C nlony.

Orange R., Klip R., Natal.

Nile.

White Nile.

Congo.

S. Cameroon.

Royuma.

Algerian and Tunisian Sahara.

1 multimaculatus, Stdr. 1870.

46 MerG. A. B

7, Alburnus, Weck. 1843.

1. callensis, Guich. 1850.

8. Leptocypris, Blgr. 1900.

1. modestus, “Bler. 1900.

9. Barihus, Ham. Buch. 1822.

: niloticus Joann. 1835,

. Weeksu, Blgr. 1899.

. longirostris, Blgr. 1902.

. microlepis, Gthr. 1864.

. tangamnce, Blgr. 1900.

. Guentheri, Bley. 1896.

. senegalensis, Stdr. 1870,

. Loati, Blgr. 1901.

. Kingsleye, Bigr. 1899.

. Buchholz, Peters, 1876.

. Moor, Bley. 1900.

. ubangensis, Pellegr. 1901.

. Weynsit, Blgr. 1899.

. zambesensis, Peters, 1868.

16. sardella, Gthr. 1868,

10. Chelethiops, Bler. 1899.

1. dibie, Joann, 1835.

2. elongatus, Bley. 1899.

Neobola, Vincig. 1895.

1. Bottegt, Vincig. 1895.

11.

2. argentea, Pellegr. 1904.

. Nemachilus, Hass. 1823.

1. abyssinicus, Blgr. 1902.

. microcephalus, Gthr. 1864.

oulenger on the

Algeria.

Congo.

Nile, Omo, Niger.

Congo.

1G, Nyassa,

L. Tanganyika.

L. Nyassa.

Upp. Shiré.

Senegal.

Nile, Bahr el Gebel, Omo.

Cameroon, Ogowe, Congo.

Ovzowe.

L Tanganyika, L. Rukwa.

Cameroon, Congo.

Congo.

Zambesi.

Shiré, L. Nyassa.

Nile, White Nile, Bahr el Gebel,

Webi Shebeli.

Congo.

Dana and Ganana R. (Juba), Omo,

LL. Rudolf.

L. Victoria.

L. Tsana.

Fam. 3. SILURIDZ.

1. Clarias, Gron. 1781.

1. lazera, C. & V. 1840.

Syria, Nile, L

. Albert Edward, L. Vic-

toria, Senegal, Niger, L. Chad , Congo,

L, Ngami (?).

2. Moorii, Blgr. 1901. L. Albert.

3. mossambicus, Peters, 1852. Mozambique, L. Rukwa.

4, Robecchit, Vincie. 1893. Abyssinia to Zanzibar, lL. Tanganyika.

5. Vinciguerre, Blgr. 1902. Hawash.

6. senegalensis, C. & V. 1840. Senegal, Niger,

7. Budgetti, Blgr. 1900. Gambia.

8. anguillaris, L. 1766. Nile, White Nile.

9. capensis, C. & V. 1849. Cape of Good Hope.

10. gariepinus, Burch. 1822. Zambesi and Katanga to Orange R.

and Natal.

11. tsanensis, Bley. 1902. IL. Tsana.

12. liocephalus, Blgy. 1898. L. Tanganyika.

13. longiceps, Blgr. 1899. Congo.

14. submarginatus, Peters, 1882. Gaboon (?).

15. breviceps, Blgr. 1900. Mayumba.

16. platycephalus, Blgr. 1902. Congo.

17. angolensis, Stdr. 1866. L. Niger to Angola.

. LAberiensis, Stdr. 1894.

Liberia, Sierra Leone, Cameroon,

Benito R.

oO co -~

“I

10.

19%

Freshwater Fishes of Africa. 47

Clarias (con.).

19. Walkeri, Gthr. 1896.

20. bythipogon, Sauv. 1878.

21. macromystax, Gthr, 1864.

22. Dumerili, Stdr. 1866.

23. Carsonii, Blgr. 1903.

24, leviceps, Gill, 1862.

25. pachynema, Blgr. 1903.

26. Buettikofert, Stdr. 1894.

27. Sale, Hubr. 1881.

28. Theodore, M. Web. 1897.

29. ampleavicauda, Blgr. 1902.

. Allabenchelys, Blgr. 1902.

1. brevior, Bler. 1903.

2. longicauda, Bigr. 1902.

. Clariallabes, Blgr. 1900.

1. melas, Bley. 1887.

. Gymnallabes, Gthr. 1867.

1. typus, Gthr. 1867.

. Channailabes, Gthr. 1873.

1. apus, Gthr. 1873.

. Heterobranchus, Geoffr. 1809.

1. bidorsalis, I. Geoftr. 1827.

2. senegalensis, C. & V. 1840.

3. longifilis, C. & V. 1840.

4. laticeps, Peters, 1852.

5. tsopterus, Blkr. 1863.

. Plotosus, Lacep. 1803.

1. arab, Forsk. 1775.

. Eutropius, M. & T. 1849.

. congolensis, Leach, 1818.

. Grenfelli, Blgr. 1900.

. Adansonii, C. & V. 1839.

. liberiensis, Hubr. 1881,

. altipinnis, Stdr. 1894.

. niloticus, Rupp. 1829.

. Bocagivi, Guimar. 1882.

. Debauwi, Blgr. 1900.

. mentalis, Blgr. 1901.

CO CO NTO) Or B® CO hor

10. depressirostris, Peters, 1852.

11. mandibularis, Gthr. 1867.

12. Mebit, Pfeff. 1896.

13. laticeps, Blgr. 1899.

Schilbe, Cuv. 1817.

1. wranoscopus, Riipp. 1832.

2. Emini, Pfetf. 1895.

3. mystus, L. 1766.

4. senegalensis, C. & V. 1839.

Siluranodon, Blkr. 1858.

1. auritus, Geoffr. 1809.

Physailia, Blgr. 1901.

1. pellucida, Blgr. 1901.

2. somalensis, Vincig. 1897.

3. occidentalis, Pellegr. 1901.

Cameroon, Gabcon, Ogowe.

Calabar to Congo.

Gambia.

Angola.

L. Victoria, N. Nyassaland.

Gold Coast.

Cameroon.

Liberia.

Natal.

Congo.

Cameroon.

”

Congo.

Low. Niger, Old Calabar.

Congo, Angola.

Nile.

Nile, L. Chad, Senegal, Nigert

Nile!

Congo, Mozambique.

Gold Coast.

Zanzibar, Madagascar *.

Congo.

C. Chad, Congo.

Senegal, Cameroon.

Liberia, Gaboon, Ogowe.

Liberia to Congo.

Nile, Niger, Old Calabar.

Kwanga R. (Angola).

Congo.

Gold Coast, Cameroon.

Juba, Tana, Zambesi, Katanga,

Limpopo.

Liberia, Gold Coast.

Kingani R.

Congo.

Nile.

Uniamwesi Country.

Nile, L. Chad, Niger to Congo, L. Mweru,

L. Rukwa.

Senegal, Gambia, Niger,

Upp. Zambesi,

Low. Nile.

Upp. Nile.

Ganana (Upp. Juba).

Oowwe.

48 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

12. Parailia, Blgy. 1899.

1. congica, Blgr. 1899. Low. Niger, Congo.

2. longifilis, Bler. 1902. Congo.

13. Bagrus, Cuv. 1817.

1. bayad, Forsk. 1775. Nile, L. Chad, Senegal, Niger.

2. urostiyma, Vincig. 1895. Ganana (Upp. Juba).

3. orientalis, Bley. 1962. Pangani.

4, docmae, Forsk. 1775. Nile.

5. ubangensis, Blgr. 1902. Congo.

6. meridionalis, Gthr. 1894. Upp. Shiré.

14, Clarotes, Blky. US5s-

Ml laticeps, Riipp. 1829. Upp. Nile, White Nile, Bahr el Gebel,

40) Chad, Juba, Tana, Niger.

15. Chrysichthys, Blky. 1858.

1. furcatus, Gthr. 1864. Senegal to Congo.

2. Sharpi?, Blgy. 1901. L. Mweru.

3. Cranchit, Leach, 1818. Congo, L. Tanganyika.

4. ornatus, Blgr. 1902. Congo.

5. myriodon, Bler. 1900, L. Tanganyika.

6. brachynema, Bler. 1900. 55

7. punctatus, Blgr. ~ 1899. Congo.

8. Delhexi, Bler. 1859 Bs

9. Wagenaari, Bier. 1899. as

10. auratus, I. Geoffr, 1829. Nile, L. Chad, Niger, Gold Coast.

11. cameronensis, Gthr. 1899, Gambia, Cameroon.

12. Buettikoferi, Stdr. 1894. Liberia, Gold Coast, Niger.

13. Walkert, Gthr. 1899. Gold Coast.

14. coriscanus, Gthr. 1899. Corisco Island.

15. Kingsleye, Gthr. 1899. Ogowe.

16. nigrodigitatus, Lacep. 1803, Senegal, Gambia, Niger.

17. nigrita, Lacep. 1€03. Senegal.

18. acutirostris, Gthr. 1864. Angola.

19. brevibarbis, Bley. 1899. Congo.

20. longibarbis, Bler. 1899. A

16. Gephyroglanis, Blgr. 1899.

: congicus, Bler. 1299. Congo.

2. Sclaterz, Bler. 1901. Vaal R.

3, agoensis, Pellegr. 1900. Ogowe.

4. longipinnis, Bler. 1899. Cameroon to Congo.

17. Lemunema, Sauv. 1884.

1. borbonica, Sauv. 1884. Madagascar, Mauritius.

18. Amphilius, Gthr. 1864.

1. wranoscopus, Pfeff. 1889. Upper ranges of Wami R.

2. grandis, Bley, 1905. Head-waters of Tana System.

3. plutychtr, Gthr. 1864. Head-waters of Rufu R., between

L. Tanganyika and re Nyassa,

Sierra Leone (?).

4, longirostris, Blgr. 1901. S. Cameroon.

5. atesuensis, Bley. 1904. Gold Coast.

6. brevis, Blgr 1902. S. Cameroon, Congo.

7. angustifrons, Blgr. 1902. Congo.

19. Leptoglanis, Blgr. 1902.

1. aenognathus, Blgr. 1902. Congo,

20. Auchenoglanis, Gihr. 1865.

1. biscutatus, 1. Geoffr. 1829. Nile, L. Chad, Senegal.

2. occidentalis, C. & V. 1840. Nile, Senegal to Congo, if Rudolf,

L. Tanganyika.

21,

22,

23,

Ann.

Freshwater Fishes

. Auchenoglanis (con.).

3. punctatus, Blgr. 1902.

4. ubangensis, Blgr. 1902.

5. Ballayi, Sauv. 1873.

6. guttatus, Lonnb. 1895.

Notoglanidium, Gthr. 1902.

1. Walkeri, Gthr. 1902.

Ancharius, Stdr. 1880.

1. fuscus, Stdr. 1880.

Arius, C. & V. 1840.

1. biseutatus, Gthr. 1864.

2. Heudeloti, C. & V. 1840.

3. Parki, Gthr. 1864.

4. Kirkit, Gthr. 1864.

5, faicarius, Richards. 1845.

. Galeichthys, C. & V. 1840.

1. felceps, C. & V. 1840.

. Synodontis, Cuy. 1817.

. caudalis, Blgr. 1899.

. Depauwt, Bley. 1899.

. Tholloni, Blgr. 1901.

. multimaculatus, Bley. 1902.

. granulosus, Bley. 1900.

. schall, Bl. Schn. 1801.

. polyodon, Vaill. 1895.

. omias, Gthr, 1864.

. acanthomias, Blgr. 1899.

10. xiphias, Gthr. 1864.

11. humeratus, C. & V. 1840.

12. angelicus, Schilth. 1891.

13. frontosus, Vaill. 1895.

14. caudovittatus, Blgr. 1901.

15. nigrita, C. & V. 1840.

16. oceliifer, Blgr. 1900.

CO CONT SD Or i OO ND he

of Africa. 49

Congo.

Cameroon to Congo.

Cameroon, Congo.

Gold Coast.

Madagascar.

Fernando Po to Congo *.

Senegal *.

Liberia, Lagos, Niger *.

Zambesi *,

Pangani R. *

S. Africa *.

Congo.

”

Ozowe, Congo.

Congo.

L. Tanganyika.

Nile, Senegal, L. Rudolf and Stephanie.

Ogowe.

Niger.

Congo.

Niger.

Upp. Nile.

Congo.

White Nile, Omo R.

White Nile.

White Nile, Senegal, Gambia.

Gambia.

17. zambesensis, Peters, 1864. WebiShebeli to Zambesi, L. Rukwa,

18. multipunctatus, Blgr. 1898.

19. gamhiensis, Gthr. 1864.

20. nebulosus, Peters, 1852.

21. obesus, Blgr. 1898.

22. Greshoffi, Schilth. 1891.

23. eupterus, Blgr. 1901.

24, Afro-Fischeri, Hilgend. 1883.

25, Alberti, Schilth. 1891.

26. serratus, Riipp. 1829.

27. geledensis, Gthr. 1896.

28. filamentosus, Blgr. 1901.

29. labeo, Gthr. 1865.

30. Vaillanti, Blgr. 1897.

31. longirostris, Blgr. 1902.

32. guttatus, Gthr. 1865.

33. Robbianus, J. A. Smith, 1875.

34. Soloni, Blgr. 1899.

35. Smiti, Bler. 1902.

36. ornatipinnis, Blgr. 1899.

37. Fuelleborni, Hilg. & Pappenh. 1905.

38, melanopterus, Blgr. 1902.

L. Nyassa.

L. Tanganyika.

Gambia, Niger.

Zambesi,

Old Calabar, Cameroon, Gaboon.

Congo,

White Nile.

L. Victoria.

Congo.

Nile.

Webi Shebeli.

White Nile.

Niger.

Congo.

”

Lagos, Niger, Gaboon.

Gold Coast, Niger, Calabar.

Congo.

= ”

Congo, Angola.

L. Rukwa.

Low. Niger.

& Mag. N. list. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. L

25. Synodontis (con.).

39. notatus, Vaill. 1895.

40. nummifer, Blgr. 1899.

41. sorex, Gthr. 1864.

42. pleurops, Bley. 1897.

45. clarias, Li. 1766.

44. decorus, Blgr. 1899.

45. resupinatus, Blgr. 1904.

46. batensoda, Riipp. 1882.

47. membranaceus, Geoffr. 1809.

Microsynodontis, Blgr. 1903.

1. Batesiz, Blgr. 1903.

Chiloglanis, Peters, 1868.

1. Deckenit, Peters, 1868.

2. modjensis, Blgr. 1908.

3. cameronensis, Blgr. 1904.

;

26.

27.

. niloticus, Blgr. 1900.

. brevibarbis, Blgr. 1902.

Batesvi, Blgr. 1904.

Luchilichthys, Blgr. 1900.

1. Guentheri, Schilth. 1891.

2. Royauat, Blgr. 1902.

3. Dybowskit, Vaill. 1892.

9. Atopochilus, Sauv. 1878.

1. Savorgnant, Sauv. 1878.

. Mochocus, Joann. 1835.

1. niloticus, Joann. 1835.

31. Doumea, Sauv. 1878.

1. typica, Sauv. 1878.

. Lhractura, Blgr. 1900.

1. Bovet, Perugia, 1892.

2. Ansorgu, Blgr. 1901.

3. lindica, Blgr. 1902.

4. longicauda, Blgr. 1903.

28.

5. scaphirhynchura, Vaill. 1886.

3, Paraphractura, Blgr. 1902.

1. tenwecauda, Blgr. 1902.

. Trachyglanis, Blgr. 1902.

1. minutus, Bley. 1902.

. Belonoglanis, Bley. 1902.

1. tenwis, Bler. 1902.

. Andersonia, Blgr. 1900.

1. leptura, Blgr. 1900.

. Malopterurus, Lacep. 1803.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

m |

Congo.

White Nile.

Congo.

Nile, L. Chad, Senegal, Gambia.

Congo.

Upp. Niger.

White Nile, L. Chad, Senegal,

Gambia, Niger.

White Nile, Senegal, Niger.

Cameroon.

Rufu R. (Pangani).

Modjo R. (Webi Shebeli).

S. Cameroon.

Upp. Nile.

Mathoiya R. (Tana).

S. Cameroon.

Congo.

Ogowe.

Upp. Nile, White Nile, L. Rudolf.

S. Cameroon, Ogowe.

Congo.

Low. Niger.

S. Cameroon, Congo.

5. Cameroon.

Congo.

Upp. Nile.

1. electricus, Gm. 1789. Nile and Senegal to Congo and Zambesi.

Subord. {1I]. APoDES.

Fam. ANGUILLIDZ.

1. Anguilla, Cuv. 1817.

1. vulgaris, Turt. 1807.

. virescens, Peters, 1852.

. Delalandii, Kaup, 1856.

one) Ee WS)

. Mildebrandti, Sauy. 1891.

. bengalensis, Ham. Buch. 1822.

. amblodon, Gthr. & Playf. 1866.

N. Africa *,

E. Africa, Natal *.

E. Africa *,

Madagascar, S. Africa *,

Seychelles *,

Madagascar *.

Freshwater Fishes of Africa.

Subord. 1V. HaPpLomrt.

Fam. 1. GALAXIID.

1. Galavias, Cuv. 1817.

1. zebratus, Casteln. 186].

2. punctifer, Casteln, 1861.

Cape of Good Hope.

” ”

Fam. 2. KNERIID#.

1, Kneria, Stdr. 1866.

1. angolensis, Stdr. 1866.

2. Spekii, Gthr. 1868.

Angola.

Coast of Zanzibar.

Fam, 3. CyPRINODONTID2.

1. Cyprinodon, Lacep. 1803.

1. calaritanus, Bonelli, 1829.

2. zberus, C. & V. 1846.

3. dispar, Riipp. 1828.

2. Tellia, Gerv. 1855.

1. apoda, Gerv. 1853.

3. Fundulus, Lacep. 1803.

1. divittatus, Lonnb. 1895.

. Loennbergri, Bler. 1903.

. nisorius, Cope, 1877.

. capensis, Garm. 1895.

. orthonotus, Peters, 1844.

. Guenther, Pfeff. 1893.

. melanospilus, Pfeff. 1896.

. tenopygus, Hilg. 1891.

. gularis, Bley. 1901.

10. Sjostedti, Lonnb. 1895.

11. microlepis, Vincig. 1897.

4. Haplochilus, McClell. 1859.

. sptlauchen, A. Dum. 1859.

. Chevahert, Pellegr. 1904.

. macrurus, Blgr. 1904.

. Chaperi, Sauv. 1882.

. Schellert, Bley. 1904.

. senegalensis, Stdr. 1870.

. Marni, Stdr. 1881.

. bifasciatus, Stdy. 1881.

. Loati, Blgr. 1901.

. atripinnis, Pfeff. 1896.

. Johnstont, Gthr. 1893.

. singa, Blgr, 1899.

. Decorsit, Pellegr. 1904.

. Petersii, Sauv. 1882.

. elegans, Blgr. 1899.

. sexfasciatus, Gill, 1865,

. fasciolatus, Gthr. 1866.

. homalonotus, A, Dum, 1861.

6 OO ~1S Or > Co bo

20.

21.

cameronensis, Blgr, 1903.

Antinori, Vincig. 1883.

. nuchimaculatus, Guich. 1866.

Algeria (N. and 8. of Sahara),

Low. Egypt, Somaliland.

Algeria.

Syria and borders of the Red Sea.

Atlas of Algeria.

Cameroon.

S. Cameroon.

Gaboon.

False Bay.

Mozambique.

Zanzibar coast and island.

Zanzibar coast, Seychelles.

L. Victoria.

S. Nigeria.

Cameroon.

Somaliland.

Senegal to Congo.

Congo.

Angola.

Gold Coast.

Low. Egypt.

Senegal.

White Nile.

Upp. Nile, White Nile.

White Nile.

KE. Africa (?).

L. Nyassa.

Congo.

”

Gold Coast.

Congo.

S. Nigeria to Congo.

Sierra Leone.

Madagascar.

”

S. Cameroon, R. Benito,

L. Arsadé (Shoa).

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

4. Haplochilus (con.).

22. Playfairci, Gthr. 1866. Seychelles,

23. tanganicanus, Blgr. 1898. L. Tanganyika.

5. Procatopus, Bley. 1904.

1, nototenia, Bley. 1904. S. Cameroon,

Subord. V. CATOSTEOMI.

Fam. 1. GASTROSTEIDA,

l. Gastrosteus, L. 1766.

1. aculeatus, L. 1766. Algeria.

Fam. 2, SYNGNATHIDA.

1. Syngnathus, L. 1766.

Ll. algeriensis, Playf. 1871. Algeria.

2. zambesensis, Peters, 1855. Zambesi.

2. Celonotus, Peters, 1855.

1. argulus, Peters, 1855, Johanna (Comoro Is.),

Subord. VI. PERCESOCES,

Fam. 1. ScomMBRESOCID.

1. Hemirhamphus, Cuy. 1817.

1. Commersonit, Cuv. 1817. Licuare R. (Mozambique) *,

Fam. 2. ATHERINIDA,

1. Atherina, Art. 1738.

1. mocho, C. & V. 18365. Algeria, Low. Egypt *.

2. gabonensis, H. W. Fowler, 1904. Gaboon *,

2. Bedotia, Regan, 1903.

1. madagascariensis, Regan, 1903, Madagascar.

Fam. 3. Muaiipm.

1, Mugil, Art. 1738.

1. cephalus, L. 1766. N. and W. Africa *,

2. grandisquamis, C. & V. 1836. Senegal, Gambia *.

3. Constantia, C. & V. 1836. S. Africa *.

4. robustus, Gthr. 1861, Madagascar *,

5. capito, Cuv. 1829. N.W. and S. Africa *,

6. auratus, Risso, 1810. N.W, and 8. Africa, Madagascar *,

7. multilineatus, A. Smith, 1840. S. Africa *.

8. Smithii, Gthr. 1861. S. Africa, Madagascar *.

9. hypselopterus, Gthr. 1861. Niger, Gaboon *,

10. cephalotus, C. & V. 1836. Madagascar *,

11. fuleipinnis, C. & V. 1836. Senegal to Congo *,

2, Agonostomus, Benn. 1830.

Telfairit, Benn. 1830. Mozambique, Comoro Is., Madagascar *.

dobuloides, C. & V. 1836. Madagascar *,

Fam. 4. PonyNEMID&.

1. Pentanemus, Art. 1758.

quinquarius, L. 1766. W. Africa *,

Freshwater lishes of Africa Oo

. Polynemus, L. 1766.

1. quadrifilis, C. & V. 1829. W. Africa *.

. Galeoides, Gthr, 1860.

1. decadactylus, Bl. 1793, W. Africa *.

Fam, 5. SPHYRENIDA,

. Sphyrena, Art. 1738

1. guachancho, C. & V. 1829. W. Africa *,

Fam. 6, OPHIOCEPHALID®.

. Ophiocephalus, Bl. 1793.

1. obscurus, Gthr. 1861. White Nile, Bahr el Jebel, L. Chad,

Gambia to Congo.

2. insignis, Sauv. 1884, Ogowe, Congo.

3. africanus, Stdr. 1879. Lagos, Niger, “Old. Calabar.

Fam. 7. ANABANTIDZ&.

. Anabas, Cuv. 1817.

1. capensis, C. & V. 1881. Cape of Good Hope.

2. Bainsi, Casteln. 1861.

3. multispinis, Peters, 1846, "Mozambique.

4. nigropannosus, Reichen. 1875. Gaboon to Congo.

5, Pellegrini, Bley. 1902. Congo.

6. congicus, Blgr. 1887. oy

7. maculatus, Vhomin. 1886. S. Cameroon, Gaboon.

8. multifasciatus, Thomin. 1886. S. Cameroon to Congo.

9, fasciolatus, Blgr. 1899. Congo.

10. Petherici, Gthr. 1864. Bahr el Jebel.

ll. Kingsleye, Gthr. 1896. Senegal to Congo.

12. Weeks, Blgr, 1896. LL, Chad, Congo.

13. ocellatus, Pellegr. 1899. Congo.

14, oxyrhynchus, Blgy. 1902. -

Subord. VII. ACANTHOPTERYGII.

Fam. 1. CeENTRARCHID.

_ Kuhlia, Gill, 1861.

1. rupestris, Lacep. 1802. Zanzibar, Madagascar *.

2. tenura, C. & V. 1829. K. Africa, Natal, Seychelles *.

3. caudovittata, Lacep. 1802. Madagascar *.

Fam. 2. NANDID@.

. Polycentropsis, Blgr. 1901.

1. abbreviata, Blgr. 1901. Low. Niger.

Fam. 3. SERRANID ®.

. Morone, Mitchill, 1814.

1. punctata, Bl. 1792. Low. Nile, Senegal *.

. Plesiops, Cuv. 1817.

1. negricans, Rupp. 1828, Johanna (Comoro Is.) *,

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

. Lates, C. & V. 1828.

1. niloticus, Hasselq. 1757. Nile, L. Chad, Senegal, Niger, Congo.

2. microlepis, Bler. 1898. L. Tanganyika.

. Ambassis, C. & V. 1828.

1. Commersonii, C. & V. 1828. Pangani R., Madagascar *.

2. urotenia, Blk. 1852. Seychelles *.

. Apogon, Lacep. 1802.

1. hyalosoma, Blkr. 1851. Seychelles *.

. Therapon, Cuv. 1817.

1. servus, BI. 1790. Mozambique *.

Fam. 4. Scla#NIDZ.

. Otolithus, Cuy. 1829.

1. senegalensis, C. & V. 1833. Senegal to Congo *.

Fam. 5. PristrrPoMATID2.

. Pristipoma, Cuy. 1829.

1. Jubelini, C. & V. 1830. Senegal to Congo *.

. Diagramma, Cuv. 1829.

1. macrolepis, Blgr. 1899. Senegal to Congo *,

Fam. 6. SPARIDZ,

. Chrysophrys, Cuy. 1817.

1. vagus, Peters, 1852. Mozambique *.

Fam. 7. ScoRPIDIDZ.

. Psettus, C. & V. 1831.

1. sebe, C. & V. 1831. Senegal to Congo *.,

2. argenteus, L. 1766. 8. Africa *.

3. falciformis, Lacep. 1802. pee es

Fam. 8. OSPHROMENIDZ.

. Micracanthus, Sauy. 1878.

1. Marchi, Sauv. 1878. Ogowe.

Fam. 9. CICHLIDZ.

. Hemichromis, Peters, 1857.

1. fasciatus, Peters, 1857. Senegal to Congo, L.Chad, Transvaal (?).

2. bimaculatus, Gill, 1862. Sahara, Nile, L. Chad, Senegal to

Congo.

3. angolensis, Stdr. 1865. Angola.

4, Frederici, Casteln. 1861. L. Ngami.

. Paratilapia, Blky. 1868.

1. Polleni, Blk. 1868. Madagascar.

2. Pfeffer’, Blgr. 1898. L. Tanganyika.

3. Moffati, Casteln, 1861. Transvaal.

4, dorsalis, Pellegr. 1902. Congo.

5. cerasogaster, Bilger. 1899. e

6. multicolor, Schoell. 1903. Lower Egypt.

7. longirostris, Hilg. 1888. L. Victoria.

8. Luebberti, Hilg. 1902. S.W. Africa,

9. Demeusii, Blgr. 1899, Congo.

Freshwater Fishes of Africa. 55

2, Paratilapia (con.).

10. moeruensis, Bley. 1899.

11.

12.

13.

14,

15.

16.

WZ:

18.

19.

20.

21,

22,

24,

25.

26.

28.

29)

30.

ol.

32,

33.

afra, Gthr, 1893.

vittata, Bler. 1901.

Carlotte, Bler, 1905.

modesta, Gthr. 1893.

nototenta, Bler. 1902.

dimidiata, Gthr. 1864.

serranus, Pfeff. 1896.

victoriana, Pellegr. 1904,

robusta, Gthr. 1864.

macrocephala, Bley. 1899.

cavifrons, Hilg. 1888.

retrodens, Hile. 1888.

Thumbergi, Casteln. 1861.

Schwebischi, Sauv. 1884.

calliura, Bley. 1901.

intermedia, Gthr. 1864.

longiceps, Gthr. 1864.

ventralis, Bley. 1898.

Dewindti, Bler. 1899.

leptosoma, Bler. 1898.

nigripinnis, Bier, 1901.

stenosoma, Bler. 1901.

Surcifer, Bler. 1898.

3. Nanochromis, Pellegr. 1904.

di.

nudiceps, Bler. 1899,

dimidiatus, Pellegr. 1900.

4. Pelmatochromis, Stdr. 1894,

1. lateralis, "ler. 1898.

: Jentinkt, Stdr, 1894,

. polylepis, Bley. 1900.

. Kingsleye, Bley, 1898.

. Guentheri, Sauy. 1882.

WwW elwitscht, Bley. 1898.

» Pellegrini, Bler. 1902.

: nigrofasciatus, Pellegr. 1900.

. longrrostris, Bley. 1903.

. Boulengeri, Lénnb. 1903.

. subocellatus, Gthr. 1871.

. Ansorgit, Bler. 1901.

. pulcher, Bley. 1901.

. tenatus, Bier. 1901.

- macrops, Blgr. 1898.

. auritus, Bler. 1901.

s multidens, Pelle er, 1900.

; Buettikoferi, Stdr. 1894,

. congicus, Bley, 1897.

5. Gyrtecara, Bigr. 1902.

Moorw, Blgy. 1902.

6, Lamprologus, Schilth. 1891.

1. tetracanthus, Blgr. 1899.

D St Coho

; tretocephalus, Blgr. 1899.

. modestus, Bler, 1898.

. tumbanus, Blgr. 1899.

. Mocquardi, Pellegr. 1903.

. congolensis, Schilth, 1891,

L. Mweru.

L. Nyassa.

L. Kivu.

Zambesi.

L. Nyassa and Shivé.

L. Nyassa.

L. Nyassa and Shiré.

L. Victoria.

+P)

L,. Nyassa, Katanga, Zambesi.

L. Mweru.,

L. Victoria.

L. Ngami.

Ogowe,

1D Tanganyika.

L. Nyassa, Shiré.

1a Tangan yika.

Congo.

”?

Congo.

Liberia, Gambia.

L. Tanganyika.

Gaboon, Ogowe.

Gold Coast.

Angola.

Low. Niger.

Cameroon to Congo.

Cameroon.

Gaboon.

Low. Niger.

”

L Ulaneanesk

1. Tanganyika.

)

C ongo.

Liberia, Congo.

Congo.

L. Nyassa.

L. Tanganyika.

”

Congo.

56 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

6, Lanpr ologus (con.).

(We)

7. Lemairii, Blgr. 1899.

8. Moorii, Bler. 1898.

9. Hecqui, Blgr. 1899.

10, fasciatus, Bier. 1898.

11. brevis, Blgr. 1899.

12. compressiceps, Bler. 1898.

13. fureifer, Bler. 1898.

14. elongatus, Blor. 1898.

wf . Julidochromis, Bley. “1898,

Ik ornatus, Bler. 1898.

. Telmatochromis, Bler. 1898.

1. temporalis, Blgr. 1898.

2. vittatus, Bler. 1898.

. Tilapia, A. Smith, 1840.

1. Moorti, Bler. 1901.

. Linnellit, Lonnb. 1908.

Bloyet?, Sauv. 1883.

Wingati, Bler. 1902.

. Guiarti, Pellegr. 1904.

. Livingston, Gthr. 1893.

. Johnstont, Gthr. 1893.

. microlepis, Bley. 1899.

10. Huntert, Gthr. 1889.

11. negra, Gthr. 1894,

12. shirana, Bley. 1896.

13. mossambica, Ptrs. 1852.

14. nilotica, L. 1766.

CO OIG CUE ood

. Desfontainesi, Lacep. 1802.

L. Tanganyika.

mm =

L. Tanganyika.

”

L. Tanganyika.

Cameroon.

Algeria, Tunis.

Wami and Kingani R., L. Kivu.

Bahr el Jebel.

L. Victoria,

L. Nyassa and Shiré.

27 99

L. Tanganyika.

Crater lake of Kilimandjaro.

Kibwesi.

Upp. Shiré.

Coast of Zanzibar to Zambesi.

Nile, L. Victoria, L. Albert, L. Tsana, L.

Abeia, L. Kivu, E. Africa to Pangani R.,

Senegal to Niger, L. Chad.

15. natalensis, M. Web. 1897.

16. tanganice, Gthr. 1893.

17. galilea, Art. 1762.

18. flavomarginata, Bley. 1899.

19. Heudelot?, A. Dum, 1859.

20. nigripinnis, A. Dum. 1859,

21. macrocephala, Blky. 1862,

22. Dumerili, Stdr. 1864.

23. lepidura, Blgr, 1899.

24. Boulengeri, Pellegr. 1903.

25, sguamipinnis, Gthr, 1864.

26. Sparrmani, A. Smith, 1840,

27. ovalis, Stdr, 1866.

28. Burtoni, Gthr. 1893.

29. humilis, Stdr. 1866,

30. vorax, Pfeff. 1893.

31. Buettikoferi, Hubr. 1881.

32. Maria, Bley. 1899.

33. dubia, Lonnb. 1904.

34. Cabre, Bley. 1899.

5. Thollon?, Sauv. 1884.

6. crassa, Pellegr. 1903.

7. bilineata, Pellegr. 1900.

8. polyacanthus, Bley. 1899,

Co &8 TE

Coast of Zanzibar, L. Mweru, Congo,

Katanga, Zambesi, Natal.

L. Tanganyika.

Nile, Senegal, Gambia, Niger.

Ogowe, Congo.

Senegal to Congo, L. Chad.

Gaboon.

Gold Coast.

W. Africa (?).

Congo, Angola.

Congo.

L. Nyassa, Shiré.

Angola, Katanga, Zambesi to

Orange R.

Angola, Katanga, Bechuanaland.

ibe Kivu, ii Tanganyika.

Angola.

Zam besi.

Liberia.

Low. Niger.

Cameroon (Crater Lake),

Chiloango.

Ogowe.

Congo.

L. Mweru.

Freshwater Fishes of Africa.

Tilapia (con.).

39, Zilli, Gerv. 1848.

40, kotte, Lonnb. 1904. .

41. Horii, Gthr. 1893.

42, Jalle, Bley. 1896.

43. melanopleura, A. Dum. 1859.

44, busumana, Gthr. 1902.

45, Dotlloi, Blgr. 1899.

46, guineensis, Blkx. 1862.

47, pleurotenia, Blgr. 1901.

48. trematocephala, Blgr. 1901.

49, Williamst, Gthr. 1893.

50. calliptera, Gthr. 1895.

51. Kirkit, Gthr. 1893.

52. strigigena, Pfetf. 1893.

53. lethrinus, Gthr. 1893.

54. pectoralis, Pfett. 1895.

55. nuchisquamulata, Hilg. 1888.

56. fasciata, Perugia, 1892.

57. Stormst, Blgr. 1902.

58. philander, M. Web. 1897.

59. acuticeps, Stdr. 1866.

60. Fuelleborni, Hilg. & Pappenh. 1903.

61. Livingstonii, Gthr. 1899.

62. Giardi, Pellegr. 1905.

63. Levaillanti, Casteln. 1861.

64, Andersoni, Casteln. 1861,

65. Dardenni, Bley. 1899.

66. zebra, Bler. 1899.

67. aurata, Blgy. 1897.

68. labiata, Blgr. 1898.

69. rostrata, Blgr. 1899.

70. boops, Blgr. 1901.

fae grandoculis, Bler. 1899.

72. oligacanthus, Blky. 1868.

. Hemitilama, Blgr. 1902.

ik oxyrhynchus, Bler. 1902.

. Stmochromis, Blegr. 1808.

1. diagramma, Gthy. 1898.

. Astatoreochromis, Pellegr. 1904.

1. Alluandi, Pellegr. 1904.

. Tropheus, Blgr. 1898,

ie Moorii, Bler. 1898.

2: annectens, Bler. 1900.

. Docimodus, Bler. 1896,

lis Johnstoni. Bler. 1896.

. Corematodus, Bley. “1896,

ie shiranus, Blegr. 1896.

. Steatocranus, Bler. 1899.

1. gibbiceps, Bler, 1899,

. Petrochromis, Bler, 1898.

1. tanganice, Gthr. 1893.

2. Andersoni, Blgr. 1901,

5. polyodon, Blgr. 1898.

4. nyasse, Bley. 1902,

N. Africa to Niger, L. Chad, White Nile,

L. Rudolf.

Cameroon (Crater Lake).

L. Tanganyika.

Zambesi.

Senegal to Congo, L. Chad,

Zambesi.

Gold Coast.

Gaboon, Congo.

Ashantee.

L. Tanganyika.

1b "Ny asSa.

L. Nyassa, Shiré.

White Nile, Wami.

L. Nyassa.

Rufu,

L. Victoria.

Congo.

”

Transvaal, Natal.

Angola, Zambesi.

L. Rukwa.

Zambesi.

”

L. Ngami.

”

L. Tanganyika.

L. Nyassa.

”

L. Tanganyika.

L. Nyassa.

L. Tanganyika,

Madagascar.

L. Nyassa.

—

4. Tanganyika,

L. Victoria,

L. Tanganyika.

Shiré.

Congo.

L. Tanganyika.

L. Albert.

4. Tanganyika.

L. Nyassa.

—

58 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

18. Chilochromis, Blgr. 1902.

1. Duponti, Blgr. 1902. Congo.

19. Asprotilapia, Bler. 1901.

1. leptura, Blgr. 1901. L, Tanganyika.

20. Paretroplus, Blkr. 1868.

1. Dam, Blir. 1868. Madagascar.

2. polyactis, Blky. 1870. 5

21. Eretmodus, Bler. 1898.

1. eyanostictus, Bley. 1898. L. Tanganyika.

22. Spathodus, Blgy. 1900.

1. erythrodon, Blgr. 1900. L. Tanganyika.

23. Perissodus, Bley. 1898.

1. microlepis, Bley. 1898. L. Tanganyika.

24, Plecodus, Blgr. 1898.

1. paradoxrus, Blgr. 1898. L. Tanganyika.

25. Xenochromis, Blgr. 1899.

1. Hecequi, Bley. 1899. L. Tanganyika.

26. Bathybates, Bley. 1898.

1. ferox, Blgr. 1898. L. Tanganyika.

2. fasciatus, Blgr. 1901. ”

27. Trematocara, Blgr. 1899.

1. marginatum, Blgr. 1899. L. Tanganyika.

2, unimaculatum, Bler. 1901. ne

28. Grammatotria, Bley. 1899,

1. Lemairi, Bley. 1899. L. Tanganyika.

29. Ectodus, Blgr. 1898.

1. Descampsii, Blgr. 1898. L. Tanganyika.

2. melanogenys, Blgy. 1898. a

3. longianalis, Bler. 1899. 3

30. Xenotilapia, Blgr. 1899.

1. sima, Blgr. 1899. L. Tanganyika.

2. ornatipinnis, Bley. 1899.

Fam. 10. PLEURONECTID.

1. Citharichthys, Blky. 1862.

1. spilopterus, Gthr. 1862. Niger, Gaboon *.

2. Cynoglossus, Ham. Buch. 1822.

1. senegalensis, Kaup, 1858. Senegal to Ogowe *,

Fam. 11. Gonirp”.

1. Lileotris, Gron. 1763.

1. ophiocephalus, C. & V.1887. Madagascar, Comoro, Seychelles *.

2. senegalensis, Stdr. 1870. Senegal to Ogowe.

3. Lebreton, Stdr. 1870. Senegal, Angola.

4, daganensis, Stdr. 1870. Senegal.

5. Fornasinit, Bianc. 1850. Mozambique.

6. madagascariensts, C. & V. 1887. Madagascar *,

7, fusca, Bl. Schn. 1801. Pangani, Madagascar, Comoro,

Seychelles *.

8. butis, Ham. Buch. 1822. Johanna (Comoro).

9. pectoralis, Regan, 1908, Madagascar.

10, Pisonis, Gimel. 1789. Liberia *.

11. Buettikoferi, Stdr. 1894. Liberia, Gaboon.

12. Monteiri, O’Sh. 1875, Gaboon, Angola.

Freshwater Fishes of Africa. 59

1, Lleotris (con.).

(de)

13. africanus, Stdr. 1880, Sierra Leone, Gaboon, Congo *.

14. nanus, Blgy. 1901. Upp. Nile, White Nile.

Gobius, Art. 1788.

1. rhodopterus, C. & V. 1837. Algeria *,

2. giuris, Ham. Buch. 1822. EK. and 8. Africa, Madagascar *.

3. spectabilis, Gthr. 1861. Natal.

4. gymnauchen, M. Web. 1897. Df

5. Dewaalii, M. Web. 1897. 5

6. Gichristi, Blgr. 1898. Cape of Good Hope.

7. paganellus, Li. 1766. Algeria *,

8. Schlegelu, Gthr. 1861. Gold Coast, Niger.

9. eneofuscus, Peters, 1852. Zambesi.

10. guineensis, Peters, 1876. Niger to Ozowe.

1]. macrorhynchus, Blky, 1875. Madagascar.

12. madagascariensis, Blky. 1875. %

13. sambiranoensis, Blkr. 1875. 5

14. hypselosoma, Blkr. 1875. $

15. polyzona, Blky. 1875. as

16. macrorhynchus, Blkr. 1875. ”

17. ocellaris, C. & V. 1837. eed:

Fam. 12. BLENNIIDZ.

. Blennius, Art. 1788.

1. vulgaris, Pollini, 1816. Algeria *.

. Alticus, Blkr. 1875.

1. monochrous, Blkr. 1875. Madagascar *.

. Cristiceps, C. & V. 1886.

1. argentatus, Risso, 1810. Algeria (?) *.

Subord. VIII]. OpistTHomt..,

Fam. MAsTACEMBELIDZ.

. Mastacembelus, Gron, 1781.

1. paucispinis, Blgr. 1899. Congo.

2. frenatus, Blgr. 1901. L. Tanganyika.

3. Moorit, Bler. 1898. c.

4. Marchit, Sauv. 1879. Ozowe.

5. Selatert, Bler. 1903. S. Cameroon.

6. cryptacanthus, Gthr. 1867, Cameroon.

7. congicus, Blgr. 1856. Congo.

8. hberiensis, Blgr. 1898. Liberia.

9. Loennbergit, Blgr. 1898. Niger, Cameroon, L. Chad.

10. Ansorgit, Bley. 1905. Angola.

11. marmoratus, Perugia, 1892, Congo.

12. goro, Blgr. 1902.

138. ellipsifer, Blgr. 1899. L. Tanganyika.

14, tanganice, Gthr. 1898. 93

15. shiranus, Gthr. 1896. L. Nyassa, Shiré.

16. victoria, Blgr. 1904. L. Victoria.

17. teniatus, Blgr. 1901. L. Tanganyika.

18. brachyrhinus, Blgr. 1899. Congo.

19. Greshoffi, Blgr. 1901. =

20. niger, Sauv. 1879, Ogowe.

60 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Dishes of the

1, Mastacembelus (con.).

21. flavomarginatus, Bley. 1898. Cameroon, Gaboon, Ozowe.

22. ngromarginatus, Blgr. 1898. Ashantee.

23. ophidium, Gthr. 1893. L. Tanganyika.

Subord. IX. PLECTOGNATHI.

Fam. TETRODONTID&.

1. Tetrodon, L. 1766.

1. fahaka, Hasselq. 1757. Nile, L. Chad, Senegal, Niger.

2. mbu, Blgr. 1899. Congo.

3. pustulatus, Murr. 1857. Old Calabar, Gaboon.

4, miurus, Bley. 1902. Congo.

VII.—A Revision of the Fishes of the American Cichlid Genus

Cichlosoma and of the Allied Genera. By C. Tarr Regan,

ISgAG

I GRATEFULLY acknowledge the kind assistance given to me

in the prepartion of this paper by Dr. Steindachner, to

whom I am indebted for information as to the number of

gill-rakers in the typical examples of Cichlosoma bifasciatum,

C. lentiginosum, C. altifrons, and C. Sieboldii,and by Dr. Th.

Gill, through whose intervention the British Museum has

acquired typical specimens of Cichlosoma centrarchus, C. bal-

teatum, C. rostratum, and C. basilare. Dr. S. Garman has

very kindly given me information as to the number of gill-

rakers and the length of the dorsal spines in C. pavonaceum.

In the descriptions of the species the number of scales in

a longitudinal series is counted from above the origin of the

lateral line to the base of the caudal fin, in a transverse

series from the base of the first dorsal spine to the lateral

line and thence to the middle of the abdomen. The number

of scales in a transverse series between the lateral line and

the base of the soft dorsal fin does not include the scales

forming the sheath which is usually present at the base of

the fin. The length of the last dorsal spine is measured

from its tip to its actual base, not to the free edge of the

scaly sheath at its base. The caudal peduncle is messured

from the level of the base of the last anal ray to the actual

base of the middle caudal rays, a point which is easily ascer-

tained by bending tlhe fin laterally. I have given a list of

the specimens in the British Museum collection on which

my descriptions are founded, with the total length in milli-

metres of cach,

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 61

The relations of the genera here dealt with are shown in

the following synopsis :—

Dorsal fin without notch between spinous and soft portions; anal fin

with more than 3 spines; gill-rakers short or of moderate length,

in small or moderate number.

I. Dorsal with XIII-XX 10-16 rays, anal with IV-XII 7-16.

A. Teeth all conical or cylindrical, not compressed.

Posterior (ascending) processes of preemaxillaries shorter

Gear Hepneme sey aio ey tfe, cho) « «9ioay Sea teats «il oped) eh Cichlosoma.

Posterior processes of preemaxillaries as long as the head. Petenza.

B. Teeth mostly conical, but the median teeth of the outer series

compressed, pointed in the young, truncate in the adult.

Herichthys.

C. Teeth all- rather broad and strongly compressed; scales

large, those of the lateral line of the same size as the others.

Teeth entire, with pointed or rounded apices ........ Paraneetroplus.

Teeth entire, truncate, incisor-like.............0+.0. Neetroplus.

Teeth tricuspid, except the median ones of the outer

series, which are entire, truncate, incisor-like .... Herotilapia.

D. Teeth slender, compressed, pointed in the young, rounded in

the adult ; scales rather small, those of the lateral line larger

CHM HE OLHERS erAca ys occas reeds sk cele s Varu.

Il. Dorsal with VIII-XIII 24-31 rays, anal with V-IX 24-82;

teeth conical.

Teeth confined to the anterior part of each jaw ...... Symphysodon.

Teeth extending on to the sides of the jaws.......... Pterophyllum.

CICHLOSOMA.

Cichlasoma, Swains. Nat. Hist. Fish. i. p. 280 (1839); Eigenm. &

Bray, Ann. Ac. N. York, vii. 1894, p. 615; Jord. & Everm. Proc.

U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898, p. 1514; Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. France,

xvi. 1903, p. 202 (1904); Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian Mus. v. 1904,

204

p- 204.

Acara (part.), Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p. 538; Giinth. Cat.

Fish. iv. p. 276 (1862); Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixxi. 1875, p. 65.

Heros, Heck. t.c. p. 862; Gunth. t. c. p. 285; Jord. & Everm. ¢. c.

p. 1526; Pellegr. ¢. c. p. 226.

Hoplarchus, Kaup, Arch. f. Nat. 1860, p. 128.

Theraps, Ginth. ¢. c. p. 284.

Mesonauta, Giinth. t. c. p. 300.

Archocentrus, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1877, p. 186.

Petenia (part.), Eigenm. & Bray, ¢. c. p. 614; Pellegr. ¢. c. p. 243.

Astronotus (part.), Kigenm, & Bray, ¢. ¢. p. 615.

Astatheros, Pellegr. t. ce. p. 203.

Thorichthys, Meek, t. c. p. 222.

Body deep or elongate, compressed ; scales large or mode-

rate, usually ctenoid. Two lateral lines. Jaws with bands

of small conical teeth, the outer series more or less enlarged

and sometimes forming canines. Mouth small or moderate.

62 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

Premaxillary processes shorter than the head; maxillary

exposed or not. Upper surface of head scaly to the level of

the orbits or beyond; cheeks and opercular bones scaly ;

preeoperculum entire. Gill-rakers rather short and few

(6-15 on the lower part of anterior arch). A single dorsal

fin, with XIV—XIX 7-15 rays; no notch between spinous

and soft portions. Anal with IV—XII 6-14 rays. Pectoral

asymmetrical, with 12-18 rays; ventrals below or a little

behind the base of the pectorals. Caudal rounded, truncate

or emarginate.

Numerous species from Mexico, Central and South

America.

I have examined the skeleton in four species, in which

the number of vertebree is as follows :—

Ci guttulatum 9. ost 14-16 =30,

Ce CeLracanthus @n obsess. lotro oe

C.octofasciatum. ~. . . 184+16=29)

C. Saint (sa) ae oe loo 25,

The ribs are subsessile. The supraoccipital crest is high

and extends forwards on to the frontals, which are hollowed

out anteriorly for the reception of the preemaxillary processes.

In C. guttulatum and C. octofasciatum these are compara-

tively short and the supraoccipital crest extends forward

nearly to the level of the anterior margins of the orbits. In

C. tetracanthus and C. Salvini the premaxillary processes

are longer and the supraoccipital crest terminates above the

middle of the orbits. The parietal crests are well developed

and extend forward to above the middle of the orbits. The

pelvic bones do not diverge anteriorly. In C. tetracanthus

the lower pharyngeals are strongly developed, they are

firmly united by a very sinuous suture, and bear large obtuse

teeth; the fourth vertebra bears a moderately developed

inferior apophysis. In the other three species the suture

between the lower pharyngeals is straight, the teeth are

pointed, whilst the inferior apophysis is feeble or wanting.

The genus Cichlosoma stands in the same relation to Acara

that the African Lamprologus does to Paratilapia, and, as

far as external characters are concerned, it is more difficult

to distinguish between Cichlosoma and Lamprologus than

between Acara and Paratilapia. C. Dovii, for example,

presents considerable similarity to L. congolensis in general

form, structure of the fins, structure of the mouth, dentition,

&e. The most notable difference is that in Lamprologus the

scales on the cheeks and opercular bones are usually

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 63

deciduous or wanting and the scales on the upper surface of

the head and of the anterior part of the body and on the

lower part of the abdomen are very small, which is not the

case in Cichlosoma. A comparison of the skeletons shows

that the African genus is distinguished by certain features of

specialization, such as the low occipital crest, the absent

parietal crests, the attachment of the ribs near the free ends

of the parapophyses, and the anterior divergence of the

pelvic bones.

A natural arrangement of the numerous species of this

genus is a matter of considerable difficulty. I have tried to

group the species according to their relationships and at the

same time to so define the various sections that they may be

mutually exclusive.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Teeth of the outer series in the upper jaw usually more or less

distinctly and regularly increasing in size anteriorly (the anterior

pair not strongly enlarged unless “the lips are exceptionally thick).

Teeth of the outer series in the lower jaw either. similar to those

of the upper jaw or with the anterior 2 to 6 on each side enlarged,

subequal, and rather distinct from the smaller lateral teeth.

A. Scales of the lateral line of the same size as those below it on the

side of the body.

1. D. XITV-XVI9-11. A.IV(? V or VI) 8-9. Scales of thoracic

region not much smaller than those on the side of the body.

1. bomaculatum.

2. D. XIV-XVI 10-12. A. VITI-IX 10-12. Body increasing in

depth to below posterior part of dorsal fin.

2. festivum.

3. D. XV—-XIX 7-14. A. VI-XII 6-11. 6 to 8 gill-rakers on

the lower part of the anterior arch. Body ovate. Pectoral

extending to above the origin of anal or beyond. Soft dorsal

scaly at the base. Lips normal.

a. D, XV-XVII 9-11. A. VI-VIII 7-9. 1 or 12 scales be-

tween lateral line and base of anterior part of soft dorsal.

Depth of body 13-21 in the length; fold of the

lower lip not ‘continuous ; ; pectoral extending

toabove origin of anal”. 8 sc uccus sce oss 3. facetum,

Depth of body about 2 in the length ; fold of the

lower lip continuous; pectoral extending a

little beyond origin of arial Olathe HS.) 4, autochthon.

Depth of body 2? in ‘the HOMO CHHT oes: urate a ae ote 5. oblongun.

b. D, XVI-XVIII 11-14, A. VI-VHI 9-11.

21 scales between lateral line and base of anterior

mactot colt, dondal) tu.t ts ss 5, «cits Seven, 6. temporale.

4 scales between lateral }:je and base of anterior

part of soft dorsa} . coryphenoides.

e. D, XVII-XIX 7-10. A. VIII-XII 6-9

D. XVII-XVIIV 8-9, -A. VITI-X 6-8, Snout

much shortey than postorbital part of head.. 8. nigrofasciatwm.

64 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

D. XVITI-XIX 9-10. <A. VIII-X 7-8. Snout

not shorter than postorbital part of head.... 9. spilurum.

SV ERE 78. AS I 8 oe os igein 10. spinosissimum.

EP NOVA Xe xO 105 As Xe Oe ae cee pon iene re ll. immaculatum.

4, D. XVI 8-9. A. X-XI 8-9. 15 gill-rakers on the lower part

Of the anterior archin....- cme eel 12. centrurchus,

5. D. XV-XVIII 10-15. A. IV-VII 8-11. Scales of thoracic

region considerably smaller than those on the side of the

body. Either less than 11] gill-rakers on the lower part of

anterior arch ov the depth of body 4 or less than Z its length.

Pectoral not extending to above the anal. Soft dorsal more

or less distinctly scaly at the base.

a. Caudal truncate or rounded.

a. Last dorsal spine 3-3 the length of head; lower jaw

shorter than the upper; depth of body 23-23 in the

length. D. XVII-XVIII 12-15. A. V-VI 8-10.

Length of head 31-83 in the length of the fish... 13. Ezgenmanni.

Length of head 33-4 in the length of the fish .. 14. nebuliferum.

B. Last dorsal spine 2~2 the length of head; jaws equal

anteriorly.

+ Depth of body 13-2 in the length; caudal peduncle 3-$

as long as deep.

D. XVI-XVII-12-14. A. VI-VII 9-10. Last

dorsal spine more than 3 the length of head.

A large dark blotch on the caudal peduncle.. 15. maculicauda.

D. XVII-XVIII 11-13. A. VI-VII 8-9. Last

dorsal spine 4 the length of head. Dark

cross-bars and a dark band from operculum

to ‘base jot caudal. 2A. .c. - cian puis dasa 16. fenestratum.

++ Depth of body 2 in the length; caudal peduncle as long

as deep; last dorsal spine § the length. of head.

1D. VATS. ACME ON ace 17. bifasciatum.

+tt+ Depth of body 21-22 in the length ; caudal peduncle

from 3 to as long as deep; last dorsal spine 2-3 the

length of head.

* 8 to 10 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior

arch; anal with 6 or7 spines. 18. guttwlatum.

** 7 or 8 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior

arch ; anal with 4 to 6 spines.

t Fold of the lower lip continuous.

19. microphthalmus.

t{ Fold of the lower lip not continuous or sub-

continuous.

§ Caudal peduncle 3 as long as deep.

20. sexfasciatum.

§§ Caudal peduncle from } to as long as deep.

3 scales between lateral line and base of anterior

part of soft dersai; interorbital width 23-8

in the length of head; 2 dark longitudinal

bands or series of spots, one above the upper

lateral line, the other from the middle of side

to fhe base of cad@all oc.) <2. lin sc tee one 21> melanurum.

3 scales between lateral line and base of anterior \

part of soft dorsal; interorbital width 2}-2? \

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 65

in the length of head ; dark cross-bars and a

dark longitudinal band from operculum to

Rimsencaee ee APRIL PMc erate acon ss eaten vin ats © 5:9 22. Gadovit.

2 or 24 scales between lateral line and base of

anterior part of soft dorsal; a broad dark

band from operculum to middle of side and

thence running upwards to the dorsal fin..,, 23. intermedium.

tttt Depth of body 23-25 in the isagity

eee VLU TS 5 AVL O10 os Sees Sat ne avis 24. Guenthert.

Bee WE ra VE Os tes aie ols Sots ole ass le thea 2 25. pavonaceum.

y- Last dorsal spine 3 the length of head; depth of body

24-23 in the length.

D. XVII11. A. V8. Depth of body 23 in the

Rope ote ens sechie s aeee se onc nb ant 26. Steboldiz.

D. XVI_XVU 12-13. A.V 10. Depth of body

aoe WW HO LONE. 3)5, < 4/5, o:0! a's ia, « AP See 27, Godmanni.

6. Last dorsal spine 3-% the length of head; depth of body

3-33 in the length. D. XV-XVII 12-14. A. IV-V 9-10.

28. wregulare.

6. Caudal emarginate, with rounded lobes.

29. lentiginosum.

6. D, XVIUI-XIX 10-11. A. VII-VII 7-9. 9 or 10 gill-rakers

on the lower part of the anterior arch. Pectoral ex-

tending to above the origin of anal or beyond.

Interorbital width 3 in the length of head; pec-

toral extending to above the origin of anal.. 380. balteatum.,

Interorbital width 31 2% in the length of head ,

pectoral extending a little beyond the origin

Dia aerler, pets SAA“ a-U Nupad ures al aed wie doer sis 31. nicaraguense.

7. D. XIV-XVII 10-14. A. V-VII 8-10. 9 to 13 gill-rakers on

the lower part of the anterior arch. Depth of body ? its

length or more. Pectoral extending beyond origin of anal or

11 to 13 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch.

Soft dorsal more or less distinctly scaly at the base. Lips

normal.

a. Fourth to sixth dorsal spines longer than the rest.

D; XVI 10-11. A. VI 8-9.

Pectoral extending to above the middle of anal.. 32. Rodertsoni.

Pectoral extending to the posterior end of anal... 33. longimanus.

b. Dorsal spines either subequal from the fifth or sixth or

increasing in length throughout.

a. D. XIV-XV 12-15. A. V8-9. Snout shorter than post-

orbital part of head.

Pectoral extending beyond the origin of anal.... 34. macracanthus.

Pectoral not extending beyond the origin of anal. 35, heterodontus.

8. D. XVI 11. A. V 8-9. Snout longer than postorbital

part of head; pectoral extending nearly to the origin of

Bi ine Caer ideprs econ 36. altifrons.

y. D. XVI-XVII 11-12. A. VII 8-9.

+ -Pectoral extending to above the last anal spine.

37. rostratum.,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. a

66 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

++ Pectoral extending to aboye the third or fourth anal

spine.

Caudal slightly emarginate, with rounded lobes.. 388. margaritiferum.

Caudal rounded ..........00¢ ee porn Seok 39. citrinellum.

8. D. XVII 11-12. A. VII-VIII 8-9. Pectoral extending be-

yond the origin of anal. Lips exceptionally thick.

a: Laps subuormalys oot «2d ne 40. erythreum.

b. Each lip produced as a long fleshy triangular flap.

Depth of body 2} in the length, length of head

TLC HURLY Siu ns ote ies cielo (alec fore ater ein ieee ieee 41. lobochilus.

Depth of body 23 in the length, length of head

ee le ahaa: ies eRe eae el oA. eeleree ete eer 42. labiatum.

9, D. XV-XVII 8-12. A. VI-IX 6-9. Dorsal fin entirely scale-

less. Caudal slightly emarginate, with pointed lobes.

a, Last dorsal spine 3 the length of head; pectoral extending

beyond origin of anal.

Snout not longer than postorbital part of head .. 43. awreum.

Snout longer than postorbital part of head...... 44, affine.

b. Last dorsal spine 2 the length of head or less; pectoral ex-

tending to above originof anal.... 46. cadllolepis.

10, D. XV-XVII 13-14. A. VII-VIII 12-14. Body ovate.

46. severum.

B. Scales of the lateral line larger than those below it on the side of

lite) seri MA aia Hole aie Heid. Rana se 47. psittacum.

Il. Teeth of the outer series in the upper jaw increasing in size ante-

riorly, with the anterior pair more or less distinctly differentiated

as canines. Anterior pair of teeth in the lower jaw, if present,

smaller than the next 1 or 2 pairs, which are more or less strongly

enlarged and canine-like. Lipsnormal. Scales of thoracie region

small.

A. D. XV-XVI 10-12. A. IV 8-10.

Caudal peduncle nearly as long as deep ........ 48. adspersum.

Caudal peduncle 2-3 as long as deep .......... 49, tetracanthus.

B. D. XV-XVI 10-18. A. V (1V-VI) 7-10.

1. Snout nearly equal to postorbital part of head (in the adult) ;

caudal peduncle as long as deep.

Depth of body 22-23 in the length; jaws equal

auberionly er. ei = eee teeters er een eenee 50. estlanum.

Depth of body 23-23 in the length; lower jaw

PKOPERIMO con tere tal a eile gee arse 51. Bartont.

2, Snout shorter than postorbital part of head (in the adult) ;

lower jaw projecting.

Depth of body 2-23 in the length; caudal pe-

duncle 2 as long ‘as deep. <. ce. <1.) demise Sel 52. Beant.

Depth of body 23-2¢ in the length; caudal pe-

duncle as long as deep’... ats: aujerace eine 53. mento.

3. Snout longer than postorbital part of head (in the adult) ;

depth of body 23-3 in the length.

Lower jaw slightly projecting (in the adult) ;

caudal peduncle deeper than long.......... 54. Feste.

Lower jaw a little shorter than the upper (in the

adult) ; caudal peduncle as long as deep.... 55. ornatum.

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 67

C. D. XVII-XIX 8-10. A. VIII-X 7-8. Przmaxillary processes

extending to above the anterior margin of eye.

56. octofasciatum.

D. D. XV-XVIII 9-12. A, VI-IX 7-10.

1. Preemaxillary processes extending to above anterior 4 of eye.

D. XV-XVII 10-12. A. VI18-8.... 57. urophthalmus.

2. Premaxillary processes extending to above middle of eye or

beyond.

a. Last dorsal spine 3 or nearly 3 the length of head; maxillar

extending to below anterior margin of eye; D. XVI-XVII

9-12.

Snout shorter than postorbital part of head (in the

aha, Uo WEE BUUISE) Teale Sh sear eesee 58. trimaculatum.

Snout as long as postorbital part of head (in the

adult). A. VIDI-IX 7-9 ...., ACs a eee 59. Salvint.

6. Last dorsal spine about 2 the length of head; maxillary ex-

tending to below anterior } of eye; D. XVIII10. A. VII-

VU 8-9; depth of body 23-23 in the length; caudal

peduncle 3-2 as long as deep...... 60. multifasciatum.

c. Last dorsal spine about 3 the length of head.

a. Maxillary extending to below anterior margin or anterior

4 of eye; D. XVII-XVIII 9-11. A. VII-VII 8-9;

depth of body 22-22 in the length.

Caudal peduncle 2 as long asdeep ; depth of prae-

orbital 3-2 the diameter of eye (in specimens

of 120-130 mm. in total length) .......... 61. Friedrichstahli.

Caudal peduncle 3-4 as long as deep; depth of

preeorbital 2 the diameter of eye (in a speci-

men of 115 mm.) or equal to it (in the adult

UD RPE Aranda CY <)'s( o's wie. d uae! gre late ain aiehaiaichel 62. motaguense.

8. Maxillary extending to below middle ofeye. D. XVIII 10.

AE BEEP ios -c seat arent ci sve glans cos ake 63. managuense.

y. Maxillary extending to below anterior 3 of eye.

D. XVIIT 12. A. VI9-10 .... 64. Dovit. :

d, Last dorsal spine 3 or nearly 3 the length of head ; maxillary

extending to below the middle of eye.

D. XV 12-13. A. VI 9-10; scales above lateral

line of the same size as those below it...... 65. spectabile.

D. XV-XVI 10-11. -A. VI 8-9; scales above

lateral line smaller than those belowit .... 66. Kraussiv.

Subgenus CrcHLosoma.

In the more generalized forms the teeth of the outer series

in both jaws rather small, scarcely increasing in size ante-

riorly. In more specialized forms the teeth of the outer

series stronger, regularly and distinctly increasing in size

anteriorly. Sometimes the anterior 3 to 6 teeth on each

side in the lower jaw enlarged, subequal and rather sharply

differentiated from the smaller lateral teeth. In 3 very

specialized species (with exceptionally thick lips) the anterior

pair of teeth im the upper jaw very strong, the anterior 2

pairs in the lower jaw strongly enlarged, subequal.

68 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

Section 1 (Cichlosoma).

Body ovate ; scales of lateral line of the same size as those

above and below it; scales of thoracic region scarcely

smaller than those on the side of the body. Mouth rather

small, moderately protractile; maxillary not exposed; teeth

of the outer series rather small, scarcely increasing in size

anteriorly. Dorsal X1V-XVI 9-11, the soft fin scaly at the

base. Anal IV (? V or VI) 8-9. Caudal rounded.

The single species, from South America, is undoubtedly

closely allied to Acara portalegrensis. On the other hand, it

shows clear affinities with Cichlosoma facetum and its allies.

1. Cichlosoma bimaculatum.

Sciena bimaculata, Linn. Mus. Ad. Fried. i. p. 66 (1754),

Labrus bimaculatus, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) p. 285 (1768).

Labrus punctatus (part.), Linn, 7. ¢.

Labrus punctatus, Bloch, Ausl. Fische, vi. p. 20, pl. eexey. (1792) ;

Schneider, Bloch’s Syst. Ichth. p. 251 (1801).

Perca bimaculata, Bloch, t. ec. p. 82, pl. ecex.

Cichla bimaculata, Schneider, o. c. p. 338.

Chromis tenia, Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1. 18380, p. 112; Storer,

Mem. Ac. Amer, ii. 1846, p. 520.

Acara margarita, Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p. 338.

Acara marginata, Heck. t. c. p. 350.

Acara punctata, Heck. t. e. p. 560,

Acara Gronovii, Heck. t. c. p. 361.

Cychlasoma tenia, Gill, Ann, Lye. N. York, vi. 1858, p. 388,

Heros bimaculatus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. xxiii. 1872, p. 254.

Acara (Heros) bimaculata, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixxi. 1876, p. 82.

Astronotus (Cichlasoma) bimaculatus, Higenm. & Bray, Ann. Ac. N.

York, vii. 1894, p. 618.

Cichlasoma bimaculatum, Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903,

p. 204 (1904).

Depth of body 1}-2! in the length, length of head 23-3.

Eye much nearer to tip of snout than to extremity of oper-

culum, its diameter 23-4 in the length of head, interorbital

width 2-23. Depth of preorbital equal to the diameter of

eye or less. Maxillary extending to the vertical from ante-

rior margin of eye; premaxillary processes extending nearly

to above anterior margin of eye; jaws equal anteriorly ;

fold of the lower lip not continuous ; cheek with 3 series of

scales; 6 or 7 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch.

Scales 25-27 *, 2 between lateral line and base of anterior

part of soft dorsal. Dorsal XIV-XVI 9-11, commencing

above the opercular cleft, the spincs slightly increasing in

length to the last, which is 2 the length of head. Anal

IV (V-VI1) 8-9. Pectoral as long as the head, extending to

Aimerican Cichlid Geaus Cichlosoma, 69

above the anal spines; ventral often extending to posterior

end of anal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle about ?

as long as deep. Brownish, with 8 dark cross-bars, the third

bearing a blotch below the lateral line; a dark spot below

the posterior part of eye and another on the upper part of

the base of caudal; a longitudinal band from eye to lateral

blotch; each scale of the lower half of the body with a light

spot at its base ; each scale of the posterior half of the body .

with a dark spot; soft dorsal, anal and caudal spotted.

Brazil; Guiana; Trinidad.

1-2. (72 and 83 mm.) Demerara. Dr. Hancock.

3-5, (83-121 mm.) British Guiana. Sir R. Schomburgk,

6-14. (73-141 mm.) Guiana. Berlin Museum.

15. (150 mm.) Trinidad. Zoological Society.

16-17. (93 and 107 mm.) Bahia. Dr. Wucherer.

18-21. (41-56 mm.) Demerara. F. G. Beckford, Esq.

22-56, (40-92 mm.)

37-89, (70-112 mm.) Berbice. F. G. Beckford, Esq.

40-42, (50-105 mm.) Demerara.

43-46, (144-156 mm.) British Guiana.

47. (180 mm.) Trinidad. F. W. Urich, Esq.

48-52. (134-171 mm.) Trinidad. L. Guppy, Esq.

53-64, (72 and 88 mm.) Tabatinga. Mus. Comp. Zool.

All agree in having 4: anal spines, and the numbers 5 and 6

are evidently quite exceptional.

Section 2 (Mesonauta).

Body increasing in depth to below the postcrior part of

the dorsal fin; scales of lateral line of the same size as those

above and below it; scales of thoracic region not very much

smaller than those on the side of the body. Mouth small,

moderately protractile; maxillary very slightly exposed

distally ; teeth of the outer series distinctly increasing in

size anteriorly. Dorsal XIV-XVI 10-12, the soft fin scaly

at the base. Anal VIII-IX 10-12. Caudal rounded.

The single species, from South America, shows relationships

with C. bimaculatum and C. autochthon.

2. Cichlosoma festivum.

Heros festivus, Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p. 376.

Heros insignis, Heck. t. c. p. 378. ; Ne me

Chromys acora, Casteln, Anim. Am, Sud, Poiss. p. 17, pl. ix. fig. 1

(1855). . |

Mesonauta insignis, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 800 (1862).

Acara (Heros) festiva, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixxxi. 1875, p, 93.

Mesonauta festivus, Kigenm. & Bray, Ann, Ac. N. York, vii. 1le04,

p- 619.

Cichlasoma insigne, Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1908, p. 221

(1904),

70 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

Depth of body 13-2 in the length, length of head 23-3.

Snout longer than postorbital part of head. Diameter of

eye 22-3} in the length of head, interorbital width 24-24.

Depth of preorbital equal to diameter of eye (adult) or less

(young). Maxillary extending to a little beyond the nostril ;

premaxillary processes not extending to above the eye ; jaws

equal anteriorly ; fold of the lower lip not continuous ; cheek

with 3 series of scales ; 5 or 6 gill-rakers on the lower part

of anterior arch. Sess 27-29 — 34-4 between lateral

line and anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal XIV-XVI

10-12, commencing above or behind axil of pectoral, the

spines increasing in length to the last, which is 3—? the length

of head, the soft fin pomted, much produced in the adult.

Anal VIII-IX 10-12. Pectoral 3-4 the length of head,

extending to above the fifth anal spine; ventral, in the

adult, extending to the caudal. Caudal rounded. Candal

peduncle $ as long as deep. Brownish, with an oblique

blackish stripe from the snout, through the eye, to the tip of

soft dorsal; a dark ocellated spot on the upper 4 of base of

caudal; dorsal and caudal fins spotted.

Guiana; R. Amazon; R. de la Plata.

1. (90 mm.) 3 Zoological Society.

2. (102 mm.) Demerara. F. G. Beckford, Esq.

3. (147 mm.) Rio Negro. Mr. J. C. Antony.

4, (72 mm.) Descalvados, Matto Grosso, Dr. Ternetz.

5-7. (45-56 mm.) Carandasiiho, J Matto Grosso. Dr. A. Borelli.

8. (106 mm.) Tocantins, Brazil. Paris Museum.

Section 3.

Body ovate ; scales of lateral line of the same size as those

above and below it; scales of thoracic region not very much

smaller than those on the sides of the body. Mouth rather

small, moderately protractile; maxillary very slightly ex-

posed distally ; teeth of the outer series moderate, distinctly

enlarged anteriorly. Dorsal XV-XVII 9-11, the soft fin

scaly at the base. Anal VI-VIII 7-9. Pectoral extending

to above the origin of anal or a little beyond. Caudal

rounded.

The three species, from South America, show relationship

to C. bimaculatum in their general form and in the compara-

tively large size of the scales of the thoracic region.

3. Cichlosoma facetum.

Chromis facetus, Jenyns, Voy. ‘ Beagle,’ Fishes, p. 104 (1842).

Heros facetus, Giinth. Cat. Fish, iy. p. 200 (1862) ; Steind. Sitzb. Ak.

Wien, lx. 1869, p. 290, pl. i.

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 71

Heros Jenynsit, Steind. t. c. p. 292, pl. ii.

Heros acuroides, Hensel, Arch. f. Nat. xxxvi. 1870, p. 54.

Acara faceta, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixx. 1874, p. 506.

Cichlasoma facetum, Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903,

p. 217 (1904).

Depth of body 13-2! in the length, length of head 23-3.

Eye nearer to tip of snout than to the extremity of oper-

culum, its diameter 3-44 in the length of head, interorbital

width 22-24. Depth of preorbital equal to diameter of eye

(adult), or a little more than } diameter of eye (young).

Maxillary not or scarcely reaching the vertical from anterior

margin of eye; preemaxillary processes extending to above

anterior margin of eye; jaws equal anteriorly ; fold of the

lower lip not continuous ; cheek with 4—5 series of scales,

the lower 1 or 2 rows often deciduous in the adult; 7 or 8

gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. Scales

26-28 a 14 between lateral line and base of anterior rays

of soft dorsal. Dorsal XV—X VII 9-11, commencing above

the opercular cleft, the spines increasing in length to the

last, which is nearly half the length of head, the soft fin

pointed, when laid back extending to or beyond the middle

of caudal. Anal VI-VIII 7-9. Pectoral ?-+* the length

of head, extending to above the origin of anal; ventral

extending to origin of anal or beyond. Caudal rounded.

Caudal peduncle 2—} as long as deep. Olivaceous, with 6 or

7 dark cross-bars; a dark spot at the base of caudal; fins

dusky.

Rio de la Plata; Rio Grande do Sul.

1. (158 mm.) Buenos Ayres. Mr. White.

2-8,9-11,12-14. (50-122mm.) Rio Grande do Sul. Dr. H. von Ihering.

15-16, (182 &152mm.) Rio Parana. Mr, Salmin,

4. Cichlosoma autochthon.

Heros autochthon, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 299 (1862); Kner, Novara

Fische, p. 265 (1869); Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1908,

p. 235 (1904).

Acara (Heros) autochthon, Steind. Sitzb, Ak. Wien, Ixx. 1874, p. 502,

pl. i.

Depth of body about 2 in the length, length of head

about 24. Eye much nearer to tip of snout than to extre-

mity of operculum, its diameter 8-34 in the length of head,

interorbital width about 24. Depth of preorbital 3-3

diameter of eye. Maxillary not or scarcely extending to the

vertical from anterior margin of eye ; preemaxillary processes

extending to above anterior } of eye; lower jaw usually

slightly projecting ; fold of the lower lip continuous ; cheek

72 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

with 3 series of scales ; 7 or 8 gill-rakers on the lower part

of anterior arch. Scales 26-28 2*, 1 between lateral line

and base of anterior part of soft dorsal. Dorsal XV-XVI

(XVII) 9-10, commencing above the pera cleft, the

spines increasing in length to the last, which is $ the length

of head or more; the soft fin pointed, when laid back ex-

tending to the extremity of caudal. Anal VI-VII (VIII)

7-8. Pectoral as long as the head, extending to above the

third or fourth anal spine; ventral extending beyond origin

of anal, sometimes nearly to the caudal. Caudal rounded.

rae ‘peduncle 1-2 as long as deep. Olivaceous, with 6

7 dark cross-bars; a dark spot at the base of the caudal ;

fing dusky.

Eastern Brazil.

1-3. (123-128 mm.) Brazil. Lord Stuart.

4, (113 mm.)

5-6. (82and 123mm.) Theresopolis. ' Dr, E, A. Gotdt.

7. (89 mm.) Porto Real, Prov. Rio M. Hardy du Dréneuf.

Janeiro.

5. Cichlosoma oblongum.

Chromys oblonga, Casteln, Anim, Am. Sud, Poiss. p. 14 (1855),

Heros oblongus, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 299 (1862); Pellegr Mém.

Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 286 (1904).

Depth of body 2? in the length, length of head 22. Snout

as long as eye, the ‘diameter of which is 34 in the ‘length of

head, ‘interorbital width 31. Depth of “ preeorbital 2 the

diameter of eye. Maxillary extending nearly to below the

eye ; premaxillary processes extending to above anterior 1 of

eye; Jaws equal anteriorly ; fold of the lower lip subcon-

pee cheek with 14 series of scales, its lower part naked ;

eas rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales

26 =, 15 between lateral line and base of anterior rays of

soft dorsal. Dorsal (XV) XVI 10, commencing above the

opercular cleft, the spines subequal from the fourth to the

twelfth, thence increasing to the last, which is $ the length

of head ; soft fin, when laid back, extending nearly to middle

of caudal. Anal VI9 (VII 7). Pectoral nearly as long as

the head, extending to above the fourth anal spine; ventral

extending a little beyond origin of anal. Caudal slightly

rounded. Caudal peduncle } as long as deep. Brownish,

with about 7 dark cross-bars ; fins blackish.

Southern and Eastern Brazil; Argentina.

J, (101 mm.) Argentina. Captain Vipan.

According to Pellegrin, the type of Chromys oblonga, from

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 73

Tocantins, is in bad condition, but the species is closely allied

to C. autochthon. As the specimen described above agrees

well enough with his description of H. oblongus, I provi-

sionally refer it to that species.

Section 4.

Body ovate; scales of lateral line of the same size as those

above and below it; scales of thoracic region considerably

smaller than those on the sides of the body. Mouth moderate

or rather large (maxillary extending to or nearly to below

the eye, snout longer than postorbital part of head), mode-

rately protractile ; maxillary very slightly exposed distally ;

teeth of the outer series moderate, well developed laterally,

distinctly increasing in size anteriorly. Dorsal XVI-X VIII

11-14, the soft fin scaly at the base. Anal VI-VIII 9-11.

Pectoral extending to above the origin of anal. Caudal

rounded.

The two species, from South America, are modified from

the type represented by C. facetum.

6. Cichlosoma temporale.

Heros temporalis, Ginth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 287 (1862).

Acara (Heros) crassa, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxxi. 1875, p. 88, pl. v.

Heros Goeldit, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, xx. 1897, p. 298;

Goeldi, Boll. Mus. Para, ii. 1898, pl.

Cichlasoma temporale, Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1908,

p. 218 (1904).

Depth of body about 12 (13-2) in the length, length of

head 24-8. Snout longer than postorbital part of head.

Diameter of eye 34-3} in the length of head, interorbital

width 24-23. Depth of preorbital equal to diameter of eye.

Maxillary nearly extending to the vertical from anterior

margin of eye; premaxillary processes not extending to

above the eye ; Jaws equal anteriorly ; fold of the lower lip

not continuous; cheek with 4 or 5 series of scales; 7 or 8

gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales

30-382 —7 23 between lateral line and base of anterior part

of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVI-XVII 11-12, commencing above

the opercular cleft, the spines slightly increasing in length to

the last, which is nearly } the length of head; the soft fin

pointed, when laid back extending beyond the middle of

caudal. Anal VI-VII (VIII) 9 (10). Pectoral 4 the length

of head, extending to above the origin of anal. Ventral

extending to middle of anal or beyond. Caudal rounded.

Caudal peduncle } as long as deep. Brownish, with 3

74 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

blackish spots or blotches, one behind the eye, the second on

the middle of the side, and the third on the upper half of the

base of caudal; a blackish stripe connecting the spots. Fins

dusky.

Brazil ; Guiana.

1. (161 mm.) type of the species, Zoological Society.

2. (159mm.) typeof H. Goeldit, RioCounani,French Dr. E. A. Géldi.

Guiana.

7. Cichlosoma coryphenoides.

Heros coryphenoides, Weck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p. 873; Ginth.

Cat. Fish. iv. p. 296 (1862).

Heros niger, Heck. t. c. p. 875.

peter coryphenoides, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxxi. 1875,

Grehlasamna coryphenoides, Pellegr. Mém, Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903,

p. 219 (1904).

Depth of body 2 in the length, length of head 28. Snout

longer than postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye 33-3?

in the length of head, interorbital width 22-22. Depth of

preorbital 2—} the diameter of eye. Maxillary extending to

the vertical from anterior margin of eye; pramaxillary pro-

cesses not extending to above the eye ; jaws equal anteriorly ;

fold of the lower lip shghtly interrupted ; cheek with 5 series

of scales; 7 or 8 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior

arch. Scales 31-33 - 4 between lateral line and base of

anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVI 12-13 (14), com-

mencing above the opercular cleft, the spines subequal from

the sixth to the thirteenth, thence increasing to the last,

which is more than 4 the length of head ; soft fin, when laid

back, extending beyond middle of caudal. Anal VI (VII)

9-10 (11). Pectoral 2 the length of head, extending to

above origin of anal; ventral extending to middle of anal.

Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle $ as long as deep.

Brownish, with obscure darker cross-bars ; a blackish blotch

or vertical bar above the lateral line and below the eleventh

to thirteenth dorsal spines ; fins blackish.

Rio Negro.

1-2. (121 and 127 mm.) Rio Negro. Mr. J. C. Antony,

Section 5 (Archocentrus).

Body ovate; scales of lateral line of the same size as those

above and below it; scales of thoracic region considerably

smaller than those on the side of the body. Mouth rather

small, moderately protractile; maxillary not or slightly

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 75

exposed ; teeth of the outer series distinctly enlarged ante-

riorly. Dorsal XVII-XIX 7-10, the soft fin scaly at the

base. Anal VIII-XII 6-9. Pectoral extending beyond the

origin of anal. Caudal rounded or subtruncate.

The five species, from Guatemala and Nicaragua, are

probably derived from the type represented by C. facetum.

8. Cichlosoma nigrofasciatum.

Heros nigrofasciatus, Ginth. Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. 1869, p. 452, pl. Lxxiv.

fig. 3.

Cichlasoma nigrofasciatum, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii.

1898, p. 1525; Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 223

(1904).

Depth of body 2-24 in the length, length of head 23-3.

Snout considerably shorter than postorbital part of head.

Diameter of eye 22-34 in the length of head, interorbital

width 23-3}. Depth of preorbital }—4 the diameter of eye.

Maxillary extending to the vertical from anterior margin of

eye ; premaxillary processes extending to just above anterior

margin of eye ; jaws equal anteriorly ; fold of the lower lip

not continuous ; cheek with 4 or 5 series of scales; 7 or 8

gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales

28-31 545, 2 or 24 between lateral line and base of anterior

part of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVII-XVIII 8-9, commencing

above the opercular cleft, the spines subequal from the sixth

to the fourteenth, thence increasing to the last, which is 2

the length of head ; soft fin, when laid back, extending to

the middle of caudal. Anal VIII-X 6-8. Pectoral a little

shorter than the head, extending to above the third or fourth

anal spine; ventral extending beyond origin of anal,

Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle 3-3 as long as deep.

Brownish, the body with 7 or 8 black cross-bars which extend

on to the dorsal fin ; a dark bar at the base of caudal.

Guatemala.

1-15, (43-82 mm.) types of the Lake Amatitlan. O. Salvin, Esq.

species.

9. Cichlosoma spilurum.

Heros spilurus, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 289 (1862), and Trans. Zool.

Soe. vi. 1869, p. 451, pl. Lxxiii. fig. 1.

Cichlasoma spilurum, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898,

p. 1520; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1908, p. 222 (1904).

Depth of body 2 in the length, length of head 3. Snout

as long as or longer than postorbital part of head. Diameter

76 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

of eye 3 in the length of head, interorbital width 22-3.

Depth of przorbital equal to the diameter of eye or less.

Maxillary not extending to below the eye; premaxillary

processes just extending to above anterior margin of eye ; jaws

equal anteriorly ; fold of the lower lip not continuous ; cheek

with 4 or 5 series of scales ; 6 or 7 gill-rakers on the lower

part of anterior arch. Scales 28-30 eis 2 or 24 between

lateral line and base of anterior part of soft dorsal. Dorsal

XVIII-XIX 9-10, commencing above the opercular cleft,

the spines subequal from the sixth to the sixteenth, thence

increasing to the last, which is 3-2 the length of head; soft

fin, when laid back, extending to middle of caudal. Anal

VIII-IX (X 7) 8. Pectoral as long as or longer than the

head, extending to above the third to fifth anal spines ;

ventral extending to middle of anal. Caudal rounded or

subtruncate. Caudal peduncle $-2 as long as deep. Body

with 7 dark cross-bars ; a dark spot or vertical bar on the

base of caudal ; vertical fins dusky, sometimes spotted.

Guatemala.

1-4. (75-90 mm.) types of the Lake Yzabal. O. Salvin, Esq.

species.

5. (92 mm.) Rio Motagua. O. Salvin, Esq.

10. Cichlosoma spinosissimum.

Heros (Cichlasoma) spinosissimus, Vaill. & Pellegr. Bull. Mus. Paris,

1902, p. 87.

Cichlasoma spinosissimum (part.), Pellegr. Mém, Soc. Zool. France, xvi.

1903, p. 224 (1904).

Depth of body 17 1n the length, length of head 3. Diameter

of eye 33 in the length of head. Maxillary not extending to

below the eye; fold of the lower lip not continuous; cheek

with 5 series of scales ; 6 gill-rakers on the lower part of

anterior arch. Scales 28 ;4.. Dorsal XVIII-XIX 7-8,

14-15"

the spines subequal from the fourth, the eighth } the length

of head. Anal XI-XII 7-8. Pectoral # the length of head.

Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle } as long as deep.

Olivaceous, with small dark spots on the body and soft

vertical fins; a dark longitudinal band from the eye to the

middle of the side ; posterior part of body with 4 or 5 dark

cross-bars ; a dark spot on the base of caudal.

Rio Polochic, Guatemala.

The types (four specimens) measure from 78-100 mm.

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 77

Very similar to Herotilapia multispinosa, but especially

distinguished by the absolutely conical teeth.

11. Cichlosoma immaculatum.

Cichlasoma spinosissimum, var. immaculatum, Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool.

France, xvi. 1903, p. 225 (1904).

Very similar to the preceding species. Dorsal XVIII-

XIX 9-10. Anal IX 9. Scales 29... Cheek with 5or6

13-14"

series of scales. 8 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior

arch. Uniformly greyish.

Rio Polochie.

Since two specimens agree in these characters, it seems to

me best to regard them as belonging to a distinct species.

12. Cichlosoma centrarchus.

Heros centrarchus, Gill & Bransford, Proc. Ac, Philad. 1877, p. 185.

Cichlasoma centrarchus, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii.

1898, p. 1526; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 224

(1904).

Depth of body nearly 2 in the length, length of head 3.

Snout 2 as long as postorbital part of head. Diameter of

eye 33 in the length of head, interorbital width 24. Depth

of preorbital 3 the diameter of eye. Maxillary not ex-

tending to below the eye; preemaxillary processes extending

to above the anterior margin of eye ; jaws equal anteriorly ;

fold of the lower lip continuous (? or not) ; cheek with 4 or

5 series of scales ; 15 gill-rakers on the lower part of the

anterior arch. Scales 29 = 2 between lateral line and base

of anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVI (8) 9, com-

mencing above the opercular cleft, the spines subequal from

the fifth to the fourteenth, the last more than } the length

of head. Anal XI 8(X 9). Pectoral as long as the head,

extending to above the fifth anal spine; ventral extending

to middle of anal. Caudal subtruncate. Caudal peduncle 4

as long as deep. Olivaceous, with 7 or 8 dark brown cross-

bars ; a dark spot at the base of caudal; fins dusky.

Lake of Nicaragua.

1. (140 mm.) one of the types L, Nicaragua. Smithsonian Inst.

of the species.

[To be continued. }

78 Canon A. M. Norman—Revised Nomenclature of

VIII.—Revised Nomenclature of the Species described in Bate

and Westwood’s ‘ British Sessile-eyed Crustacea. By

Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.

THE work of Bate and Westwood from the first presented

great difficulties to the student of the Amphipoda and [sopoda

in consequence of the unsatisfactory figures and inadequate

descriptions of many of the species. Moreover, with in-

creasing knowledge of these Crustacea extensive changes in

nomenclature have become necessary. Hence there lies a

heavy stumbling-block in the way of any carcinologist who

commences the study of the species represented in our fauna,

and only an adequate knowledge of all that during recent

years has been written on the subject can at the present time

enable the species described in this work to be correctly

named.

The object of the present paper is to remove, at any rate

partially, this difficulty and bring the nomenclature of Bate

and Westwood into juxtaposition with the names which are

now employed for the several species. I have, of course,

availed myself of all that has been written on the subject by

carcinologists, such as the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, Mr. A. O.

Walker, and others in our own country, and by Professor

G. O. Sars and M. Chevreux and others on the Continent, and

I trust that I shall moreover be able to throw fresh light on

the relationship of certain species which have hitherto not

received full elucidation.

There have been very large additions to our knowledge of

the species of these two orders which inhabit our seas during

recent years, but with such additions these notes have nothing

to do.

One new genus is here introduced—Coremapus (kopnpa, a

brush, and zrovs, a foot). Allied to Microdeutopus ; first

gnathopods the largest, complexly subchelate in male and

simply subchelate in female as in that genus, but the second

gnathopods in both sexes narrow, scarcely subchelate,

terminating in a minute nail, the limb forming a brush, the

meros, carpus, and manus being densely setose, especially the

meros, which is much produced over the carpus. ‘Type,

Coremapus (Microdeutopus) versiculatus, Bate.

In the earlier part of this paper the species are taken in the

order in which they are arranged in our authors’ work; the

nomenclature, where necessary, is corrected and a number

prefixed.

In the latter part the species with their corrected names

Crustacea described by Bate and Westwood. 79

are arranged as in the existing leading works upon the

subject, those of Professor G. O. Sars, and the affixed number

is that under which the species occurs in the previously given

list.

The Species described in Bate and Westwood, with correction

OO bt

lie

of names where such correction is required.

Vout. I.

. Talitrus locusta (Linné), p. 16,= Talitrus locusta (Pallas).

. Orchestia littorea (Montagu), p. 27.

. —— mediterranea (Costa), p. 31.

. ~— Deshayesii, Audouin, p. 36,=Orchestoidea Deshayesii

(Audouin) (Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. v.

p. 189).

. Allorchestes Nilssonii (Rathke), p. 40,= Hyale Nilssoni (Rathke).

imbricatus, Bate, p. 43,= Hyale Lubbockiana (Bate), 3.

. Nicea Lubbockiana, Bate, p. 47,= Hyale Lubbockiana (Bate), 2 .

. Montagua monoculoides (Montagu), p. 54,=Stenothoe monocu-

loides (Montagu).

marina, Bate, p. 58,=Stenothoe marina (Bate).

. —— Alderi, Bate, p. 61,= Metopa Alderi (Bate), 9.

pollexiana, Bate, p. 64,= Metopa norvegica (Lilljeborg)

(Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. vi. p. 41).

. Danaia dubia, Bate, p. 68,= Cressa dubia (Bate).

. Lysianassa Coste, Bate and Westwood (nee Milne-Edwards),

p. 74,=Lysianax septentrionalis, Della Valle.

—— Audouiniana, Bate, p. 79,=Perrierella Audouiniana

(Bate).

atlantica, Bate and Westwood (? Milne-Edwards), p. 82,=

Ambasia Danielssent, Boeck (Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 7, vol. v. 1900, p. 144).

longicornis, Bate and Westwood (nec Lucas), p. 85. The

entire figure and the urosome probably taken from Orcho-

mene humilis (Costa), gd, the other dissections from Lysianax

septentrionalis, Della Valle, 6 (see Walker, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist., Feb. 1892; and Norman, ibid. ser. 7, vol. v.

p. 142).

Anonyx longicornis, Bate, p. 91,=Lepidepecreum longicorne

(Bate), 3.

Edwardsi, Bate (nec Kroyer), p. 94,=Orchomene humilis

(A. Costa) (see Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7,

vol, v. 1900, p. 202).

19.

20.

aL.

22,

23.

Canon A. M. Norman—Revised Nomenclature of

Anonyx obesus, Bate, p. 98,= Acidostoma obesum (Bate).

denticulatus, Bate, p. 101,=Hippomedon denticulatus

(Bate).

Holbolli, Bate and Westwood (nec Kroyer), p. 104,=

Haplonyx cicada (Fabricius).

minutus, Bate and Westwood (nec Kroyer), p. 108. Per-

haps a young male of Orchomene humilis (Norman, Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. v. p. 204).

plautus, Bate and Westwood (nec Kroyer), p. 111, =

Menigrates obtusifrons, Boeck.

longipes, Bate, p. 118,= Tryphosites longipes (Bate), 2.

ampulla, Bate and Westwood (nec Kroyer), p. 116,=

Tryphosites longipes (Bate), 3.

. Callisoma crenata, Bate, p. 120,=Callisoma Hoper, Costa.

. Ampelisca Gaimardi, Bate and Westwood (nec Kroyer), p. 127,

= Ampelisea typica (Bate), 3.

Belliana (Bate), p. 135,= Ampelisca brevicornis (A. Costa).

. Phoxus simplex, Bate, p. 140,==Phowxocephalus simplex (Bate).

Holbotli, Kroyer, p. 143, = Phowocephalus Holbélli (Kroyer).

. —— plumosus, Bate and Westwood (nec Kroyer), p. 146,=

Harpinia neglecta, G. O. Sars.

. Graia imbricata, Bate, p. 152,= Amathilla angulosa (Rathke),

young. I do not, however, consider A. angulosa to be a

distinct species from A. homari (Fabricius).

. Westwoodilla cecula, Bate, p. 155.

hyalina, Bate, p. 158.

Both these Westwoodille, which are the same species, were

so erroneously described that even Bate himself could not

recognize his own genus or species, and the very next species

is called Gdiceros parvimanus. The name to be used for

the species should be therefore, I think, that by which the

species was properly described and by which it could be

recognized, and the species should be called Halimedon

parvimanus (Bate and Westwood).

. Ediceros parvimanus, Bate and Westwood, p. 161, = Halimedon

parvimanus (Bate), =H. Miillerr, Boeck.

. Monoculodes carinatus, Bate, p. 165.

Stimpsoni, Bate, p. 168, = Monoculodes carinatus, Bate.

. Kroyera arenaria, Bate, p. 173,= Pontocrates arenarius (Bate).

altamarina, Bate and Westwood, p. 177,=Pontocrates

altamarinus (B. & W.).

. Amphilochus manudens, Bate, p. 180.

. Darwinia compressa, Bate, p. 184,=Laphystius sturionis,

Kroyer

Crustacea described by Bate and Westwood. 81

. Suleator arenarius, Bate, p. 189, = Haustorius arenarius

(Slabber).

43. Urothoe Bairdi, Bate, p. 193,= 3 of U. marinus.

44, -—— marinus, Bate, p. 195, 9.

45. brevicornis, Bate, p. 198, 2.

46. elegans, Bate, p. 200, ¢.

47.

48.

49,

The species of Urothoe require further working out.

Liljeborgia pallida, Bate, p. 203, = Lilljeborgia pallida, Bate.

shetlandica, Bate and Westwood, p. 206,= Cheirocratus

Sundevalli (Rathke), ¢.

Pheedra antiqua, Bate, p. 209. Unknown; might be an

Apherusa, if it were not that it has a secondary appendage

to the antenne.

50. Kinahani, Bate, p. 211,=Lilljeborgia Kinahani (Bate).

51. Isea Montagu, H. Milne-Edwards, p. 215.

52.

53.

54,

55.

56.

Iphimedia obesa, Rathke, p. 219.

eblane, Bate, p. 221.

Otus carinatus, Bate, p. 224, Odius carinatus (Bate).

Pereionotus testudo (Montagu), p. 228.

Acanthonotus Oweniit, Bate, p. 232, = Epimeria cornigera

(Fabricius).

57. Dewvamine spinosa (Montagu), p. 237.

58. tenuicornis, Bate and Westwood (nec Rathke), p. 240,=

Dexamine thea, Boeck.

59. vedlomensis, Bate and Westwood, p. 242,=Taratylus

vedlomensis (B. & W.).

60. Atylus Swammerdamiu (H. Milne-Edwards), p. 246,= Paratylus

Swammerdanit (H. Milne-Edwards).

61, gibbosus, Bate, p. 248, = Tritwta gibbosa (Bate).

62. —— bispinosus, Bate, p. 250,= Apherusa bispinosa (Bate).

68.

69.

. Pherusa bicuspis, Bate (nec Kroyer), p. 253,=Apherusa cirrus

(Bate), ¢ ,=Apherusa borealis, Boeck.

. — fucicola, Leach, p. 255,=Gamimarella brevicaudata,

H. Milne-Edwards, 2 (Walker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 6, vol. vii. p. 418).

. Calliope leviuscula (Kroyer), p. 259,= Callhopius leviusculus

(Kroyer). é,

Ossiani, Bate, p. 261,=Parapleustes latipes (M. Sars).

. — Fingalli, Bate and Westwood, p. 263,= Parapleustes latipes

(M. Sars), adult.

— grandoculis, Bate, p. 265, = Calhiopius leviusculus

(Kroyer), ¢.

Eusirus helvetiv, Bate, p. 267,=Lusirus longipes, Boeck,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 6

Canon A. M. Norman—Revised Nomenclature of

. Leucothoe articulosa (Montagu), p. 271,=Leucothoe spincarpa

(Abildgaard).

furina (Savigny), p. 274, =? Leucothoe furina (Savigny).

. Gossea microdeutopa, Bate, p. 277. ‘“ Appears to be Apherusa

Jurinii, M.-Edw.” (Walker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. xv. 1895, p. 469).

. Aora gracilis, Bate, p. 280.

. Stimpsonia chelifera, Bate, p. 285, = Stimpsonella chelifera (Bate).

. Mierodeutopus gryllotalpa, Bate (nec Costa), p. 289,= Micro-

deutopus damnoniensis, Bate.

76. Websteri, Bate, p. 291,=Lembos Websteri, Bate.

be anomalus, Rathke, 9, p. 293. @ of M. damnoniensis, if

not of M. anomalus.

78. versiculatus, Bate, p. 295, = Coremapus versiculatus

(Bate), 2.

79. Protomedeia hirsutimana, Bate, p. 298,—Leptocheirus pilosus,

Zaddach.

80. Whitei, Bate, p.300,= Cheirocratus Sundevallhi (Rathke), ° .

81. Bathyporeia pilosa, Bate and Westwood (nec Lindstrom), p. 304,

= Bathyporeia Guilliamsona (Bate),=B. norvegica, Sars.

82. —— Robertsoni, Bate, p. 307, 3.

83. pelagica, Bate, p. 309, 3.

84, Niphargus aquilex, Schiddte, p. 315,=Niphargus subterraneus

(Leach).

85 fontanus, Bate, p. 319.

86. Kochianus, Bate, p. 323.

87. Crangonyx subterraneus, Bate, p. 327.

88. Gammarella brevicaudata (H. Milne-Edwards), p. 330, ¢.

89. Normanni, Bate and Westwood, p. 333,= Gammarella

brevicaudata (H. Milne-Edwards), 2.

90. Melita palmata (Montagu), p. 337.

91. obtusata (Montagu), p. 341, ¢.

92. —— proawima, Bate, p. 344,= Melita obtusata (Montagu), ¢.

93. gladiosa, Bate, p. 346.

94. Mera grossimana (Montagu), p. 350.

98.

. Eurystheus erythrophthalmus (Lilljeborg), p.354, = Gammaropsis

maculatus (Johnston), g.

bispinimanus, Bate, p. 357,=Gammaropsis maculatus

(Johnston), 2.

. Amathilla Sabini (Leach), p. 861,=Amathilla homari (Fabri-

cius), var. Amathilla angulosa (Rathke).

Gammarus marinus, Leach, p. 370.

campylops, Leach, p. 375.

Crustacea described by Bate and Westwood. 83

100. Gammarus locusta (Linné), p. 378.

LOL. tenuimanus, Bate, p. 384,=? Mera Batei, Norman (see

Walker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv. 1895, p. 471).

102. Edwardsii, Bate, p. 386 (not as yet recognized by any

other author),

103. pulex (De Geer), p. 388.

104, dubius, Johnston, p. 397, =?

105. maculatus, Johnston, p. 899,=Gammaropsis maculatus

(Johnston).

106. Megamera semiserrata, Bate, p. 401,=Ceradocus semiserratus

(Bate).

107. longimanus (Leach, MS.), p. 403,=Mera othonis (H.

Milne-Edwards), 3.

108. othonis (H. Milne-Edwards), p. 405,= Mera othonis (H.

Milne-Edwards), 9.

109. —— Alderi, Bate, p. 407,= Melita obtusata (Montagu), 9.

brevicaudata, Bate, p. 409, = Elasmopus rapaa, Costa.

111. Hiscladus longicaudatus, Bate and Westwood, p. 412,= Photis

longicaudata (Bate and Westwood).

112. Amphithoe rubricata (Montagu), p. 418.

littorina, Bate, p. 422,=Amphithoe rubricata (Mon-

tagu), 2.

114. —— albomaculata, Bate and Westwood (nec Kroyer), p. 426.

The specimen figured is in my collection. It is Podoceropsis

excavata, Bate, 2. The long sete of the antenne and the

first gnathopods as drawn agree with Podoceropsis, but the

specimen shows nothing of the strong upturned third segment

of metasome or the Amphithoe-like last uropod of Bate and

Westwood’s figure.

gammaroides, Bate, p. 427,= Pleonexes gammarordes,

Bate, 3.

116. Sunamphithoe hamulus, Bate, p. 430,= Pleonexes gammaroides,

Bate, 2.

117. -— conformata, Bate, p. 432,=Swnamphithoe pelagica (H.

Milne-Edwards).

118. Podocerus pulchellus (Leach), p. 4386,= Bruzeliella * falcata

(Montagu), ¢.

* T have examined the types of the genera Podocerus and Jassa in the

British Museum, and fully confirm what Messrs. Stebbing and Walker

have written upon them, that Podocerus variegatus, Leach (as interpreted

by Milne-Edwards’s figure in ‘Régne Animal de Cuvier,’ but not

P. variegatus, B, & W.), is Platophium Darwinii, and that Jassa pelagica,

Leach (but not of B. & W.), is the same as Podocerus capillatus, B. & W.

Bruzelius long ago restricted the use of Jassa to the species last men-

tioned, which has only a rudimentary appendage (scarcely visible with a

high power) to the antennules. This use must be maintained, and not

Parajassa as suggested by Stebbing. I have therefore found it necessary

to institute a genus Bruzeliella, with B. falcata, Montagu, as its type.

115.

119;

120.

Canon A. M. Norman—Revised Nomenclature of

Podocerus variegatus, Bate and Westwood (nec Leach), p. 439, =

Bruzeliella pusilla (Sars), Q .

capillatus, Rathke, p. 442,=Jassa pelagica, Leach (nec

Buc Ww):

falcatus (Montagu), p. 445,= Bruzehella falcata (Mon-

tagu), ¢ junior.

pelagicus (Bate and Westwood) (nec Leach), p. 447,=

Bruzeliella falcata (Montagu), 2.

ocius, Bate, p. 450,= Bruzeliella ocia (Bate).

. Cerapus abditus, Templeton, p. 455,=LHrichthonius abditus

Templeton, ¢.

difformis (H. Milne-Edwards), p. 457,= EHrichthonius

difformis, H. Milne-Edwards, ¢.

. Dercothoe punctatus, H. Milne-Edwards, p. 461,= Hrichthonius

difformis, H. Milne-Edwards, 9.

127. Siphoneecetes typicus, Bate and Westwood (nec Kroyer), p. 465,

Siphoneecetes Whiter (Gosse), 3.

128. —— Whitei, Gosse, p. 467,=Siphonacetes Whitei (Gosse), 9,

= 0. Colletti, Boeck.

129. crassicornis, Bate, p. 469,= Cerapus crassicornis (Bate).

130. Nenia tuberulosa, Bate, p.472,= Podoceropsis Sophie, Boeck, 3.

131. rimapalnata, Bate, p. 474,= Podoceropsis excavata (Bate),

132 excavata, Bate, p. 476, = Podoceropsis excavata (Bate), 9 -

133 undata, Bate, p. 477,= Podoceropsis Sophie, Boeck, 9.

134

. Cyrtophium Darwinti, Bate, p. 481,—=Platophium variegatum

(Leach) *.

Cratippus tenuipes, Bate, p. 485,= Colomastix pusilla, Grube.

. Dryope irrorata, Bate, p. 488,= Unciola irrorata (Bate), 2.

crenatipalma, Bate, p. 490,= Unciola irrorata (Bate), 3g.

. Corophium longicorne, Latreille, p. 493,= Corophium volutator

(Pallas), 3.

Bonelli, Bate and Westwood (nec Milne-Edwards),

p- 497,= Corophium affine, Bruzelius, °.

crassicorne, Bruzelius, p. 499, ¢.

. Chelura terebrans, Philippi, p. 503.

Vot. II.

. Listrigonus exulans, Kroyer, p. 5,= Hyperia galba (Montagu),

3 junior.

* I think that, considering the inadequate description of the genus

Podocerus and its erroneous use for nearly one hundred years, the name

ought to be excluded from an altered use.

143.

144.

145.

146.

147.

148.

149.

150,

151.

152.

153.

154.

155.

156.

157.

158.

159.

160.

161.

162,

163.

164.

165.

166.

167.

168.

169.

170.

Wil.

172.

Crustacea described by Bate and Westwood. 85

Listrigonus Kinahant, Bate, p. 8,=Hyperia galba (Montagu),

do mature.

Hyperia galba (Montagu), p. 12, 2.

oblivia, Bate and Westwood (nec Kroyer), p. 16,=

Euthemisto gracilipes (Norman),

Phronima sedentaria (Forskaal), p, 23.

Dulichia porrecta, Bate, p. 31, 3.

falcata, Bate, p. 33, 3.

Proto pedata, Abildgaard, p. 38,= Phtisica marina, Slabber, 9? .

Goodsiri, Bate, p. 42,= Phtisica marina, Slabber, ¢.

Protella phasma (Montagu), p. 45,=Pseudoprotella phasma

(Montagu).

Caprella linearis (Linné), p. 52.

lobata (Miiller), p. 57,=Caprella linearis (Linné), 3.

acutifrons (Latreille), p. 60.

hystrix (Kroyer), Bate and Westwood, p. 63,= Cuprella

septentrionalis, Kroyer, var. nodifera, Mayer.

acanthifera, Leach, p. 65.

— tuberculata, Guerin, p. 68.

equilibra, Say, p. 71.

typica, Kroyer, p. 75,= Periambus typicus (Kroyer).

Cyamus ceti, Martens, p. 85,=Cyamus mysticeti, Liitken.

ovalis, Roussel de Vauzime, p. 91, not British.

gracilis, Roussel de Vauzéme, p. 94, not British.

Thompsoni, Gosse, p. 96,=Platycyamus. Thompsoni

(Gosse).

IsopopDa.

Tanais vittatus (Rathke), p. 125,= Tanais Cavolini, H. Milne-

Edwards.

Dulongit (? Audouin), p. 129.

Leptochelia Edwardsu (Kroyer), p. 134,= Leptochelia Savignit

(Kroyer).

Paratanais forcipatus, Bate and Westwood (nec Lilljeborg),

p. 138,= Puratanais Batei, G. O. Sars.

— rigidus, Bate and Westwood, p. 141,= Leptognathia

rigida (Bate and Westwood).

Apseudes talpa (Montagu), p. 148.

Latrellii, H. Milne-Edwards, p. 153 (vide Norman, Ann,

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iii. p. 327).

Anthura gracilis (Montagu), p. 160, °.

Paranthura Costana, Bate and Westwood, p. 165,= Paranthura

mgropunctata (Lucas), 2.

173.

Canon A. M. Norman—Revised Nomenclature of

Anceus mavillaris (Montagu), p. 187,=Gnathia mawvillaris

(Montagu).

Edwardii, Bate, p. 201,= Gnathia ovyurea (Lilljeborg).

Halidaii, Bate and Westwood, p. 203,= Gnathia formica

(Hesse).

. Bopyrus squillarum, Latreille, p. 218.

. Gyge galathee, Bate and Westwood, p. 225,= Gyge branchialis,

Cornalia and Panceri. The specimen which is described

and illustrated at p. 225 was procured by me from Upagebia

stellata, and not, as erroneously recorded by the authors,

from a Galathea.

hippolytes, Kroyer, p. 230,= Bopyroides hippolytes

(Kroyer).

. Phrywxus abdominalis (Kroyer), p. 234.

180. fusticaudatus, Bate and Westwood, p. 238,= Athelges

paguri, Rathke, young.

181. paguri, Rathke, p. 240,= Athelges paguri (Rathke).

182. —— Hyndmanni, Bate and Westwood, p. 243,= Pseudione

Hyndmanni (Bate and Westwood).

183. longibranchiatus, Bate and Westwood, p. 246,= Pleuro-

crypta longibranchiata (Bate and Westwood).

184 galathee, Bate and Westwood (nec Hesse), p. 249,=

Pseudione confusa (Norman).

185. one thoracica (Montagu), p. 255.

199.

200.

. Cryptothiria pygmea (H, Rathke), p. 261,=Liriopsis pygmea

(H. Rathke).

balani (Bate), p. 267,= Cryptothir balani (Bate).

. Adiga bearinata, Leach, p. 278,=4%ga rosacea, Risso. A

doubtful British species (see Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 7, vol. xiv. 1904, p. 433).

tridens, Leach, p. 281.

psora (Pennant), p. 283.

monophthalma, Johnston, p. 286.

. Rocinela danmoniensis, Leach, p. 291.

. Cirolana Cranchii, Leach, p. 296.

spinipes, Bate and Westwood, p. 299,= Cirolana borealis,

Lilljeborg.

. Conilera cylindracea (Montagu), p. 304.

. Eurydice pulchra, Leach, p. 310.

. Jera albifrons (Montagu), p.317,=Jera marina (Fabricius).

Nordmanni (Rathke), p. 320.

Munna Kroyer, Goodsir, p. 326, 3.

Whiteana, Bate and Westwood, p. 329, = Munna Kroyeri,

Goodsir, 9.

Crustacea described by Bate and Westwood. 87

. Leptaspidia brevipes, Bate and Westwood, p. 333. I think

that this must be Paramunna bilobata, Sars, and should have

precedence of that name.

. Janira maculosa, Leach, p. 338.

. Asellus aquaticus (Linné), p. 348.

. Limnoria lignorwm (Rathke), p. 351.

. Arcturus longicornis (Sowerby), p. 365,= Astacilla lonyicornis

(Sowerby), 2.

intermedius (H. Goodsir), p. 371, = Astacilla intermedia

(H. Goodsir).

gracilis (H. Goodsir), p. 373,=Astacilla longicornis

(Sowerby), ¢.

. Idotea tricuspidata, Desmarest, p. 379,=Jdotea balthica

(Pallas).

pelagica, Leach, p. 384.

emarginata (Fabricius), p. 386.

. —— linearis (Pennant), p. 388.

parallela, Bate and Westwood, p. 391,=Zenobianu

prismatica (Risso).

acuminata, Leach, p. 394,=Stenosoma acuminatum,

Leach.

appendiculata (Risso), p. 396,=Stenosoma lanciferwin

(Leach).

. Spheroma serratum (Fabricius), p. 405.

. — rugicauda, Leach, p. 408.

. — Hookeri, Leach, p. 410.

. —— curtum, Leach, p. 412,= Cymodoce truncata (Montagu),

Prideauxianum, p. 415, = Cymodoce truncata (Mon-

tagu), 2.

. Dynamene rubra, Leach, p. 419, = Nesa bidentata (Adams), 2.

viridis, Leach, p. 421,= Nesa bidentata (Adams), 9.

. —— Montagui, Leach, p. 423,=?? young of Nese bidentata

(Adams), ¢.

. Cymodocea truncata, Leach, p. 426, 3,= Cymodoce truncata,

Leach, 3.

. — emarginata, Leach, p. 428,=C. truncata, Leach, ¢

variety.

. Nesa bidentata (Adams), p. 451, ¢.

. Campecopea hirsuta (Montagu), p. 4384, 3.

Cranchu, Leach, p. 436,= Campecopea hirsuta (Mon-

tagu), 2.

. Ligia oceanica (Linne), p. 444.

229.

230.

231.

232.

233.

234.

235.

236.

237.

238.

239.

240.

241.

Canon A. M. Norman— Revised Nomenclature of

Philoscia muscorum (Scopoli), p. 450.

Couchii, Kinahan, p. 452.

Philourgria riparia (Koch), p. 456,= Trichoniscus pusillus,

Brandt.

vwida (Koch), p. 458,= Trichoniscus vividus (Koch).

rosea (Koch), p. 460,= Trichoniscus roseus (Koch).

Platyarthrus Hoffmannseggii, Brandt, p. 464.

Oniscus asellus, Linné, p. 468.

fossor, Koch, p. 471,= Oniscus asellus, Linné.

Porcellio scaber, Latreille, p. 475.

dilatatus, Brandt, p. 478.

putus, Brandt, p. 480.

levis, Latreille, p. 483.

armadilloides, Lereboullet, p. 485,= Cylisticus conveaus

(De Geer).

pruinosus, Brandt, p. 487,=Metoponorthus pruinosus

(Brandt).

cingendus, Kinahan, p. 489,—= Metoponorthus cingendus

(Kinahan),

. Armadillo vulgaris, Latreille, p. 492,= Armadillidium vulgare

(Latreille).

APPENDIX.

. Orchestia brevidigitata, Bate and Westwood, p. 498, = Orchestia

littorea (Montagu), ¢ young.

. Montagua clypeata, Bate and Westwood (nec Kroyer), p. 499,

= Metopa abscisa, Norman.

norvegica, Bate and Westwood (nec Lilljeborg), p. 500,

= Metopa Alderi (Bate), ¢.

. Opis leptochela, Bate and Westwood, p. 501,= Zuonyzx chelatus,

Norman.

quadrumana, Bate and Westwood, p. 503, = Normanion

quadrimanus (Bate and Westwood),

. Ampelisca laevigata, Bate and Westwood (nec Lilljeborg),

p. 904,= Ampelisca tenuicornis, Lilljeborg.

. Haploops tubicola, Lilljeborg, p. 505.

. Monoculodes longimanus, Bate and Westwood, p. 507,= Peri-

oculodes longimanus (Bate and Westwood).

. Kroyera brevicarpa, Bate and Westwood, p. 508,=Synche-

lidium haplocheles (Grube).

. Lepidepecreum carinatum, Bate and Westwood, p. 509,=

Lepidepecreum longicorne (Bate and Westwood), ?.

. Nicippe tumida, Bruzelius, p. 511.

Crustacea described by Bate and Westwood. 89

256. Cheirocratus mantis, Norman, p. 513,= Chirocratus assimilis

(Lilljjeborg), 3.

257. Megamera multidentata, Bate and Westwood, p. 515,= Mera

Batei, Norman.

258. Unciola leucopes, Bate and Westwood (nec Kroyer), p. 517,=

Unciola planipes, Norman.

259. Hyperia tauriformis, Bate and Westwood, p. 519, = Hyperoche

tauriformis (Bate and Westwood).

260 prehensilis, Bate and Westwood, p. 520,=? Hyperia

tauriformis, Bate and Westwood, young (vide Norman, Aun.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. v. 1900, p. 130).

261. cyanece (Sabine), p. 521,=??

262. Themisto crassicornis, Kroyer, p. 522,=LZuthemisto lbellula

(Mandt).

263. Vibilia borealis, Bate and Westwood, p. 524.

264. Tessarops hastata, Norman, p. 530,= Tiron acanthurus, Lillje-

borg.

265. Eriopis elongatus, Bruzelius, p. 530, = Hriopisa elongata

(Bruzelius). ~

266. Mera Loveni, Bruzelius, p. 530.

267. —— Batei, Norman, p. 530.

268. Helleria coalita, Norman, p. 530,= Guernea coalita (Norman).

269. Microprotopus maculatus, Norman, p. 530.

270. Cirolana truncata, Norman, p. 530, = Hurydice truncata

(Norman).

271. Anilocra mediterranea, Leach, p. 530,=Anilocra physodes

(Linné).

Species described by Bate and Westwood in accordance with

present Nomenclature, and arranged after the Monographs

of Professor G. O. Sars *.

I, AMPHIPODA.

Tribe I. Hypuripea.

Hyperia galba (Montagu), 142 and 143 ¢, 144 9.

cyanee, Sabine, 261 ?

Hyperoche tauriformis (B. & W.), 259 (and ? 260),

Juthemisto libellula (Mandt), 262.

gracilipes (Norman), 145,

* The numbers appended to the names are those prefixed to the species

in the preceding list of Bate and Westwood’s species.

90 Canon A. M. Norman—Revised Nomenclature of

Phronima sedentarva (Forskaal), 146.

Vibilia borealis, B. & W., 263.

Tribe Il. GamMaripra.

Talitrus locusta (Pallas), 1.

Orchesteu littorea (Montagu), 2, 245.

mediterranea (Costa), 3.

Orchestoidea Deshayesii (Audouin), 4.

Hyale Nilssoni (Rathke), 5.

Lubbockiana (Bate),6 5,7 2.

Normanion quadrimanus (B. & W.), 249.

Acidostoma obesum (Bate), 19.

Lysianax septentrionalis, Della Valle, 18 and part of 16.

Ambasia Danielsseni, Boeck, 15?

Perrierella Audouiniana (Bate), 14.

Callisoma Hopei, Costa, 26.

Hippomedon denticulatus, Bate, 20.

Orchomene humilis (Costa), 18 and part of 16, and ? 22 junior.

Try phosites longipes (Bate), 24 9,25 ¢.

Haplonyx cicada (Fabricius), 21.

Menigrates obtusifrons, Boeck, 23.

Lepidepecrewm longrcorne (Bate), 17 3, 254 9.

Euonyx chelatus, Norman, 248.

Bathyporera Guilliamsonia (Bate), 81 2.

Robertsoni, Bate, 82 6.

pelagica, Bate, 83 S.

Haustorius arenarius (Slabber), 42.

Urothoe marinus, Bate, 44 9,43 ¢.

brevicornis, Bate, 45 2.

elegans, Bate, 46 S.

Phowocephalus Holbolli (Kroyer), 30.

simplex (Bate), 29.

Harpinia neglecta, G. O. Sars, 31.

Aimpelisca typica (Bate), 27.

—— brevicornis (Costa), 28.

tenuicornis, Lilljeborg, 250.

Huaploops tubicola, Lilljeborg, 251.

Amplhilochus manudens, Bate, 40.

Stenothoe marina (Bate), 9.

monoculoides (Montagu), 8.

Crustacea described by Bate and Westwood.

Metopa Alderi (Bate), 10 9, 247 o.

norvegica (Lilljeborg), 11.

abscisa, Norman, 246.

Cressa dubia (Bate), 12.

Leucothoe spinicarpa (Miller), 70.

——? furina (Savigny), 71.

Monoculodes carinatus, Bate, 36, 37.

Perioculodes longimanus (B. & W.), 252.

Pontocrates arenarius (Bate), 38.

altamarinus (Bate), 39.

Synchelidium haplocheles (Grube), 253.

Halimedon parvimanus (B. & W.), 33, 34, 35.

Parapleustes latipes (M. Sars), 66, 67.

Epimeria cornigera (Fabricius), 56.

Iphimedia obesa, Rathke, 52.

eblane, Bate, 53.

Pereionotus testudo (Montagu), 55.

Odius carinatus (Bate), 54.

Laphystius sturionis, Kroyer, 41.

Tiron acanthurus, Lilljeborg, 264.

Nicippe tumida, Bruzelius, 255.

Eusirus longipes, Boeck, 69.

Apherusa bispinosa (Bate), 62.

cirrus, Bate, 63 3.

Jurinii (H. M.-Edw.) ?, 72.

Calliopius laeviusculus (Kroyer), 65, 68 ¢.

Paratylus Swammerdamii (H. M.-Edw.), 60.

vedlomensis (B. & W.), 59.

Dexamine spinosa (Montagu), 57.

thea, Boeck, 5%.

Triteta gibbosa (Bate), 61 2.

Guernea coalita (Norman), 268.

Amathilla homari (Fabricius), 32 young, 97.

Gammarus marinus, Leach, 98.

campylops, Leach, 99.

locusta (Linné), 100,

—— pulew, De Geer, 103.

— Hdwardsii, Bate ?, 102.

—— “ dubius, Johnston,” 104.

Melita palmata (Montagu), 90.

obtusata (Montagu), 91 and 92 g,109 9.

92 Canon A. M. Norman—Zevised Nomenclature of

Melita gladiosa, Bate, 93.

Eriopisa elongata (Bruzelius), 265.

Niphargus subterraneus (Leach), 84.

fontanus, Bate, 85.

Kochianus, Bate, 86.

Crangonyx subterraneus, Bate, 87.

Mera othonis (H. M.-Edw.), 108 9,107 o.

Loveni (Bruzelius), 266.

— Batei, Norman, 101 ?, 257, 267.

grossimana (Montagu), 94.

Ceradocus semiserratus (Bate), 106.

Elasmopus rapax, Costa, 110.

Gammarella brevicaudata, 64 9, 88 5,89 @.

Cheirocratus Sundevalli (Rathke), 48 3g, 80 2.

assimilis (Lilljeborg), 256 3.

Lilljeborgia pallida, Bate, 47 9°.

Kinahani, Bate, 50.

‘“* Phedra antiqua, Bate,” 49.

Iswa Montagui, H. M.-Edw., 51.

Microdeutopus anomalus (Rathke)?, 77 9.

damnoniensis (Bate), 75 3.

Aora gracilis, Bate, 73.

Stimpsonella chelifera (Bate), 74.

Lembos Websterii, Bate, 76.

Coremapus versiculatus (Bate), 78.

Leptocheirus pilosus, Zaddach, 79.

Gammaropsis maculatus (Johnston), 95 3,96 9, 105.

Microprotopus maculatus, Norman, 269.

Photis longicaudata (Bate), 111.

Podoceropsis Sophie, Boeck, 1380 3,183 9.

excavata (Bate), 1381 g§,132 9,114.

Amplhithoe rubricata (Montagu), 112 ¢,113 9.

Pleonexes yammaroides, Bate, 115 ¢,116 @.

Sunamphithoe pelagica (H. M.-Edw.), 117.

Bruzeliella falcata (Montagu), 121 $ junior, 118 g, 122 9°.

pusilla (G. O. Sars), 119 9.

ocia (Bate), 123.

Jassa pelagica, Leach, 120.

Erichthonius abditus (Templeton), 124 3.

difformis (H. M.-Edw.), 125 ¢, 126 9.

Cerapus crassicornis (Bate), 129.

Orustacea described by Bate and Westwood.

Siphonecetes Whitei (Gosse), 127 5,128 2.

Corophium volutator (Pallas), 138 ¢.

affine, Bruzelius, 139 9.

crassicorneé, Bruzelius, 140 3.

Unciola irrorata (Bate), 186 9,137 ¢.

planipes, Norman, 258.

Chelura terebrans, Philippi, 141.

Platophium variegatum (Leach), 134.

Dulichia porrecta, Bate, 147 3.

falcata, Bate, 145 3.

Colomastiv pusilla, Grube, 135.

Tribe III. Capriniipra.

Phtisica marina, Slabber, 149 9,150 6.

Pseudoprotella phasma (Montagu), 151.

Periambus typicus (Kroyer), 159.

Caprella linearis (Linneé), 152 9, 153 ¢.

septentrionalis, Kroyer, var. nodifera, Mayer, 150.

equilibra, Say, 158.

acanthifera, Leach, 156.

——- acutifrons (Latreille), 154.

tuberculata, Guérin, 157.

Cyamus mysticeti, Lutken, 160.

? ovalis, Roussel de Vauzéme, 161.

? gracilis, Roussel de Vauzeme, 162.

Platycyamus Thompsoni (Gosse), 163.

Il. Isopvopa.

Tribe I. CHE LiFERa,

Apseucdes talpa (Montagu), 169.

Latrellii (H. M.-Edw.), 170.

Tanais Cavolini, H. M.-Edw., 164.

Dulonguv (? Audouin), 165.

Leptochelia Savignit (Kroyer), 166.

Paratanais Batei, G. O. Sars, 167.

Leptognathia rigida (B. & W.), 168.

Tribe I]. FLABELLIFERA.

Anthura gracilis (Montagu), 171.

Paranthura nigropunctata (Lucas), 172.

94 Crustacea described by Bate and Westwood.

Gnathia maxillaris (Montagu), 173.

oxyurea (Lilljeborg), 174.

formica (Hesse), 175.

Anilocra physodes (Linné), 271.

Aiga tridens, Leach, 189.

psora (Pennant), 190.

monophthalma, Johnston, 191.

—-? rosacea, Risso, 188.

Rocinela danmoniensis, Leach, 192.

Cirolana Cranchii, Leach, 193.

borealis, Lilljeborg, 194.

Conilera cylindracea, Leach, 195.

Eurydice pulchva, Leach, 196.

—— truncata (Norman), 270.

Limnoria lignorum (Rathke), 204.

Spheroma serratum (Fabricius), 215.

rugicauda, Leach, 216,

Hookeri, Leach, 217.

Cymodocea truncata, Leach, 218 and 219 9, 223 and 224 ¢.

Nesa bidentata (Adams), 220 and 221 9, 225 ¢.

Montagu, Leach ?, 222.

Campecopea hirsuta (Montagu), 226 ¢, 227 9.

Tribe III. Varvirpra.

Astacilla longicornis (Sowerby), 205 9, 207 3.

intermedia (Goodsir), 206.

Idotea balthica (Pallas), 208.

pelagica, Leach, 209.

emarginata (Fabricius), 210.

linearis (Pennant), 211.

Zenobiana prismatica (Risso), 212.

Stenosoma acuminatum, Leach, 213.

lanciferum (Leach), 214.

Tribe IV. AseEttora.

Asellus aquaticus (Linné), 203,

Janira maculosa, Leach, 202.

Jera marina (Fabricius), 197.

Nordmanni (Rathke), 198.

Munna Kroyeri, Goodsir, 199 g, 200 ¢.

Leptaspidia brevipes, B. & W., 201.

Dr. F. Baron Nopesa on Kerunia. 95

Tribe V. OnIscorppa.

‘a oceanica (Linné), 228.

honiscus pusillus, Brandt, 231.

— - vividus (Koch), 232.

roseus (Koch), 233.

Oniscus asellus, Linné, 235, 236.

Philoscia muscorum (Scopoli), 229,

Couchii, Kinahan, 230,

Platyarthrus Hoffmannseggvi, Brandt, 234.

Porcellio scaber, Latreille, 237.

dilatatus, Brandt, 238.

prtus, Brandt, 239.

levis, Latreille, 240.

Metoponorihus pruinosus (Brandt), 242.

emngendus (Kinahan), 243.

Cylisticus convexus (De Geer), 241.

Armadillidium vulgare (Latreille), 244.

Tribe VI. Errcartpa.

Bopyrus squillarum, Latreille, 176.

Pseudione Hyndmanni (B. & W.), 182.

confusa (Norman), 184.

Pleurocrypta longibranchiata (B. & W.), 188.

Athelges paguri (Rathke), 181 and 180, the young.

Phry«us abdominalis (Kroyer), 179.

Lone thoracica (Montagu), 185.

Liriopsis pygmea (Rathke), 186.

Cryptothir balani (Bate), 187.

IX. — Kerunia, a Symbiosis of a Hydractinian with a

Cephalopod. By Dr. Francis Baron Nopcsa, Member

of the Hungarian Geological Society.

[Plate IIL]

DurRING arecent visit to Qasr-el-Sagha, in the Fayum district

of Egypt, I succeeded in obtaining a large number of

specimens belonging to the Eocene genus Kerunia uniting

characters which have hitherto not been properly described.

96 Dr. F. Baron Nopesa on Kerunia.

In the first description of Kerunia, given by Professor Mayer-

Eymar, this fossil was regarded as a Cephalopod, but in a

later paper by Dr. Paul Oppenheim it was placed among the

Hydractinians. Remarkable peculiarities in the structure of

this fossil have brought about this discrepancy of views as to

its systematic position in the animal kingdom; but after a

careful study of a fairly complete set of specimens I find

myself in accordance with Mayer-HKymar, as well as with

Oppenheim, and consider Kerunia to be both a Hydractinian

and a Cephalopod.

(A) Kerunia inhabited by a Cephalopod.

Contrary to Oppenheim’s criticism on Mayer-Eymar’s

reconstruction of Kerunia, an examination of several ex-

amples in the British Museum, in the Museum of the

Egyptian Geological Survey at Cairo, in my own collection,

as well as a specimen portrayed in one of Oppenheim’s figures

(Oppenheim, loc. crt. p. 46, fig. 1), all exhibit the accuracy

of Mayer-Eymar’s views, although between the different

specimens there exists a good deal of what may perhaps be

termed individual variation. Kerunia is a bilateral, calca-

reous, mostly recrystallized mass, always showing, however,

a rapidly augmenting, strongly bent, cone-like, median cavity

(Pl. ILI. fig. 6), the outer wall (convex) of which carries

in its median line a row of lofty spines (fig. 9), while from

each side wall of the cavity mentioned one long spine-like

projection is given off (fig. 38). The cone-like cavity, which

evidently contained the soft parts of the animal, shows on its

internal (convex) side a projecting lip, forming the margin of

its opening (fig. 1). The opening itself is sometimes large

and somewhat lobate (fig. 1), although quite as frequently

round and rather constricted (fig. 4). In one case, to be

referred to later on, it is perfectly closed (fig. 10). As shown

in figs. 1-10 of Plate III., Aerunta is a perfectly regularly

built organism, and Oppenheim’s aggressive phrase, “ Ks

bedarf daher eigentlich kaum einer Versicherung, dass auch

mir nichts Aehnliches vorliegt, und dass es die Phantasie des

Autors, nicht wie dieser meint, diejenige der Natur war,

welche geschiftig dieses Fabelwesen geschaffen hat,” is

entirely without foundation,

Looking over my specimens of Kerunia with Mr. R. Bullen

Newton, of the British Museum, to whom all students of

Dibranchiata are greatly indebted for his very useful paper

(written in conjunction with Mr. G. F. Harris) “ A Revision

of the British Kocene Cephalopoda,” he at once indicated to

Dr. F. Baron Nopesa on Kerunia. 97

me the great resemblance that existed between Kerunza and

the Middle Eocene Belosepia found in the Bracklesham beds

of England. Belosepia seems to differ from Kerunia mainly

by the absence of lateral horns and by the fact that the front

median spines of AKerunda are represented in Belosepia by

several rows of irregular tubercles. The last and principal

horn of Kerunia is, however, present in the British Hocene

genus.

Fig. 1. Longitudinal section of Belosepia ({ nat.). Fig. 2. Longitudinal

section of Kerunia (2 nat.).

The unshaded surface indicates the calcareous substance and lines of

growth; the shaded surface (in fig. 2) is the region where the lateral

spines are given off; the black surface shows the chamber containing

the soft parts of the animal. L=ventral lip; S= principal spine in

Kerunia (=rostrum in Belosepia); ch=chamber. (The parts

marked in fig. 2 by dotted lines are not preserved.)

To prove the morphological resemblance of Kerunia and

Belosepia I have thought it best to figure two cross-sections

representing both organisms together (text-figs. 1 & 2).

These exhibit the turned-back ventral lip, separated from the

first spine by a deep transverse cleft, and beyond this first

spine in Belosepia rugosities are visible, while in Merunéa

Ann. & May. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 7

98 Dr. F. Baron Nopesa on Kerunia.

some more spines are developed. Internally both fossils are

furnished with the bent cone-like chamber which in Beloseptia

has a much shorter ventral side than characterizes Kerunta ;

therefore in this latter genus the cone appears to be much

more complete and more involute than in Lelosepia. Thus,

though the lateral horns of Keruwnia are absent in Belosepza,

still the similarity is striking. Moreover the bilobate opening

of Kerunza (Pl. III. fig. 1) is fairly safe evidence that the

internal chamber of thisorganism wasinhabited by a Belosepta-

like animal. The growth of Kerunia occurred by thin layers

of calcareous matter superimposed one above the other over the

whole body, so that at the same time the oral opening was

shifted forwards and the different spines augmented in height

and length. No new layers were formed on the inside wall

of the chamber, except close by the mouth, where sometimes

a constriction resulted. That the formation of new layers

was influenced by the animal living in the cone-like chamber

is clearly shown by the fact that in the same degree as the

oral aperture was shifted forward new spines were developed

in the median line, one in front of the other. In some cases,

however, double spines were developed, that 1s, one or two

on each side of the median line (fig. 4).

As the new layers which augmented the size of Kerunia

showed different thicknesses, the first small dorsal spines

slowly got covered up, and it is thus explainable that the

hindermost free spine of the dorsal row (the one nearest to

the ventral lip) is always the strongest, while the more

posterior spines form a breast-like projection. In large or

old specimens the lateral spines show branch-like protu-

berances or outgrowths (fig. 5), and as the number of these

outgrowths augments an irregular body is formed resembling

somewhat the horns of an elk with its pointed ends turned

upwards (fig. 6). On such occasions it also happens that

the basal region of the lateral branches in medium-aged

specimens (fig. 1), which exhibit a certain amount of flat-

tening, becomes perfectly flat and united with the breast-like

projection (fig. 7). Then it is that remarkable asymmetry

occurs, the dorsal spines branch off in quite a posterior

direction high above their base, and frequently again become

irregularly united (fig. 8).

Taking all these facts into consideration, I am unable to

acknowledge Kerunda as a Hydractinian: first, because of its

regular shape; secondly, on account of its external resem-

blance to Belosepia ; and, thirdly, from its regular growth on

the plan of a Belosepia-like organism.

The regular shape of Kerwnda and its external resemblance

Dr. F-. Baron Nopesa on Kerunia. 99

to Belosepia, as well as the continuous development of new

spines near the shifting oral opening, are characters which

prevent us from assuming that it is the result of a Hydrac-

tinian covering some Gastropod or other animal in the

manner quoted by H. J. Carter and others, because in such

cases irregular masses are the only result.

(B) Kerunia a Hydractinian.

Though it was rather easy to prove in the previous remarks

that Kerunia could not be a simple Hydractinian, it is

probably easier to demonstrate that this organism could have

been nothing else. The internal structure of Kerunia

throughout the entire fossilized body, as shown by different

sections, is everywhere exactly the same and without any

sign whatever of a shell-like centre. Agreeing altogether

with Hydrozoan structure and perfectly unlike the dense shell

of Belosepia*, Kerunia is built up of concentric layers, showing

a tubular structure (fig. 11). The tubule of the different

layers are always directed so as to point vertically towards

the external surface of the more internal layer, and through

irregular tubes of similar size they are in communication

with each other. The outermost layer is capable of covering

Balanids and other animals that adhere to its surface, forming

another fact which forcibly reminds us of Hydractinian

affinities.

As already remarked by Oppenheim, there can be distin-

guished on the external surface of Kerunta low spine-like

defences, pits for the single individuals, and small channels

corresponding to the sarcorhiza. The tubercle-like defences

show clearly small convergent riblets, and are mostly accumu-

lated on the bottom or more flattened surface, the pits are

more numerous on the top, while the dense network formed

by the sarcorhiza seems equally spread out over the whole

body ; but none of these elements appear to be present in

the cone-like chamber. Since Oppenheim’s sketch gives but

a poor representation of the delicate surface-sculpture of our

animal, it is considered necessary to introduce a micro-

drawing of a portion of the surface of Kerunia (fig. 12), where

a great resemblance will be observed to Vinasso de Regny’s

illustration of the external structure of Cyclactinia + tncrus-

tans. At the same time it should be observed that Cyclactiniu

incrustans is the single Hydractinian species giving off

Kerunia-like ianieaeione

* Beloptera seems to be less dense in its shell-structure.

+ This genus, according to Oppenheim, belongs to Hydractinia,

100 Dr. F. Baron Nopesa on Kerunia.

A specimen of Kerunza in the British Museum collected by

Dr. C. W. Andrews has the aperture of the conical chamber

not only constricted but perfectly closed up by Hydractinian

structure (fig. 10), proving that the outer layer continued

growing and developing even after the death of the proble-

matical organism that occupied the cavity. In this case,

therefore, the Hydractinian growth along the oral opening

developed irregularly over the surface of the fossil as charac-

terizes a true Hydractinian.

The study of such an example of irregular growth amply

proved by its microscopical structure, both internal and

external, leads to the inference that the animal which formed

these calcareous masses must have been a Hydractinian.

There is only one way of merging these two results as set

out in the A and B divisions of this paper, and that is by

assuming that Kerunia resulted from a remarkably close

symbiosis of a Belosepia-like Cephalopod with an encrusting

Hydractinian, in which case symbiosis went so far that the

Hydractinian overtook the labour of building up the protec-

tive shell of the Cephalopod which fixed or controlled to a

certain extent the growth of the Hydractinian.

Only by the death or incapacity of the Cephalopod could the

Hydractinian develop in an irregular, and in consequence

also an asymmetrical, manner.

Perhaps the symbiosis of Hydractinians with Pagurus may

also throw some light on these biological questions.

This explanation of Kerunia is of necessity only a hypo-

thesis, and yet it seems more probable than any other theory

we can advance, since the phenomenon of symbiosis may be

traced among recent Hydractinians, as, for example, H. levi-

spina, which has the tendency to destroy the Gastropod shell

on which it settles. Besides, the symbiosis hypothesis only

can account for the otherwise most remarkable fact that

among the numberless Kerunias I have examined no two

specimens were precisely alike.

The locality where I found the Kerunias here described

and figured was the second low terrace above the temple

ruins of Qasr-el-Sagha. The specimens occur in great quan-

tities in an oyster-bed (Alectryonia Clot-Beyi, Bellardi) and

are always found with their oral openings and the flattened

side downwards, so that the dorsal spines and the ends of the

somewhat twisted lateral horns are turned upwards as weapons

Dr. I’. Baron Nopesa on Kerunia. 101

of defence. Such an occurrence would make it possible that

during life Aerunta existed on a sea-bottom with its head

downwards.

Before finishing this short note I would like to express my

hearty thanks to Mr. K. B. Newton for the great kindness

he has shown by giving me many valuable ‘suggestions as

well as by undertaking ‘ite very tedious work of revising the

manuscript and proof-sheets of this paper.

Literature.

I. E. Epwarps. ‘A Monograph of the Eocene Mollusca of England.

—Part I. Cephalopoda.” Palzeontographical Society, 1849.

H.J. Carter. “ Transformation of an Entire Shell into Chitinous

Structure by the Polype Hydractinia.”. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

1878, ser. 4, vol. xi. p. 1, pl. 1.

R. B. Newron and G. F. Harris. “A Revision of the British

Eocene Ce Pe Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 1894, vol. i

pelo pla

C. Mayer-Eymar. “ Un ‘singulier Céphalopod de l’Eocéne d’Eeypte

er unia cornuta |.” Eclogze Geologice Helvetiz, 1900, vol. vi.

no. 2, p. 120.

——. “Interessante neue Gastropoden ausdem Untertertiaér Ngyptens.”

Vierteljahr. nat. Ges. Ziirich, 1901, vol. xlvi. p. 30, pl. il.

P.E. Vinassa pt Rea@ny. “Studi sulle Idractinie fossili.” Atti

Real. Accad. Lincei (Roma), Mem. vol. iii. 1901, p. 107, pls. 1.~iii.

P. OPPENHEIM. “ Ueber Kerunia cornuta, Mayer- -Ey mar, aus dem

Kociin Aegyptens.” Centralblatt min. eeol. ‘Paleont. 1902, p. 44

(woodcut figures).

TF. Norcsa. “ Remarques sur Kerunia cornuta.” Bull. Soc. géol.

France, 1905 (in manuscript).

IsXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Tig. 1. Kerunia, basal view, showing ventral lip and large oral

opening.

Fig. 2. The same, posterior view, showing section of median part of

chamber and fractured surface for main dorsal spine.

Jag. 35, Another specimen, showing breast-like projection and constricted

oral opening.

fig. 4. Another specimen, showing perfectly preserved oral opening

with fractures of numerous symmetrically placed spines.

. Distal end of a lateral spine exhibiting ramification.

An irregular specimen, showing internal chamber and complex

ramification of both lateral branches, dorsal aspect.

The same, giving basal view and showing flattened internal

surface.

Part of a dorsal spine of another specimen exhibiting ramification.

Dorsal aspect of small example, showing dorsal and lateral

spines.

OM N Qr

102 Miscellaneous.

Fig. 10. Front view of same specimen, showing a perfectly closed oral

opening.

Fig. 11. Longitudinal median section of another specimen, illustrating

tubular structure, enlarged.

Fig. 12. Enlarged surface-drawing of the specimen figured in figs. 1

and 2,

The figures are drawn half the natural size of the specimens with the

exception of 11 and 12, which represent magnified structures. Figures 9,

10, and 11 refer to specimens in the British Museum, the remainder being

in the Author's collection.

MISCELLANEOUS.

The Nomenclature of Types in Natural History.

By Cuartes Scuucuerr and 8. 8. Bockman.

Practica work on the arrangement and cataloguing of “ types”

and other museum material has shown us that the present nomen-

clature is not yet sufficient for critically distinguishing all the

different classes of such specimens. Further, some of the terms

which have been proposed for the purpose are already employed in

other ways—for instance, homotype is in use in biology, monotype

is the name of a printing-machine, autotype is the term for a

printing-process. | We wish, therefore, to submit the following

system of nomenclature, and we hope that in making it more com-

plete we have provided a scheme which will render efficient service

in the labelling and registration of types and typical material.

The terms printed in broad-faced letters are the additions or

modifications for which we are at present responsible. A fuller

explanation of all the terms will be found in the ‘ Catalogue of the

Types and Figured Specimens of Invertebrate Fossils in the U.S.

National Museum,’ a work which has been prepared by Charles

Schuchert and is now passing through the press. The present

article gives a synopsis of the terms which it has been found neces-

sary to use in connexion with that and similar work.

We now make another suggestion. After the different terms we

have placed in circles the contractions which we propose should be

used in the actual marking of small specimens, to which it is

impossible or inadvisable to affix the full label. Our plan for such

contractions is this :—For types of the first class two capital letters ;

for those of the second class one capital and one small letter; for

typical specimens two small letters.

In the definitions which follow, the term description indicates

either a description by words or by a picture, or by both combined.

For the sake of accuracy, we suggest that the original description

by words (type-description) be called the protolog, the original

Miscellaneous. 103

description by a picture (type-figure) the protograph. It is

obviously more easy to identify actual types from the latter than

from the former.

Primary Types (Proterotypes).

Material upon which original descriptions of species are based.

Holotype Gn) The only specimen possessed by the nomenclator

at the time; the one specimen definitely selected or indi-

cated by the nomenclator as “the type”; the one specimen

which is the basis for a given or cited protograph.

Syntype (more correct than Cotype) . A specimen of the

original series, when there is no holotype.

Paratype (2) A specimen of the original series, when there is

a holotype.

Lectotype m) A syntype chosen, subsequently to the original

description, to take the place which in other cases a holotype

occupies. (Aexrods, chosen, picked.)

Suretementary Typrs (Apotypes, vice Hypotype in use).

Material upon which supplementary descriptions of species

are based.

Heautotype (vice Autotype, in use) . A specimen identi-

fied with an already described and named species, selected

by the nomenclator himself in illustration of his species,

such specimen not being recognizable as one of the protero-

types. (éavréu, of his own.)

Plesiotype (s.) A specimen idéntified with an already described

and named species, but not selected by the nomenclator

himself.

Neotype (st) A specimen identified with an already described

and named species, selected to be the standard of reference

in eases when the proterotypes are lost, destroyed, or too

104 Miscellaneous.

imperfect for determination, such specimen being from the

same locality and horizon as the holotype or lectotype of

the original species.

Typrcat Specimens (Icotypes). (ét0s, what is like *.) -

Material which has not been used in literature, but serves a

purpose in identification.

Topotype A specimen of a named species from the locality

of the holotype or lectotype—in paleontology from the same

locality and horizon.

Metatype A topotype identified by the nomenclator himself.

Idiotype ( it. ). A specimen identified by the nomenclator

himself, but not a topotype. (técos, one’s own.)

Homeeotype (vice Homotype, preoccupied) (ns) A specimen

identified by a specialist after comparison with the holotype

or lectotype. (é6poos, resembling.)

Chirotype A specimen upon which a chironym is based.

©)

(Chironym, a MS. name, Coues, 1884.)

In addition to the above we have the use of the word “ type” in

connexion with genera—a given species is the type of the genus.

The classification of such types is as follows :—

Typrs or GENERA (Genotypes).

Genoholotype. ‘The one species on which a genus is founded ;

of a series of species on which a genus is founded, the one

species stated by the author to be “ the type.”

Genosyntype. One of a series of species upon which a genus is

founded, no one species being the genoholotype.

Genolectotype. ‘The one species subsequently selected out of

genosyntypes to become “the type.”

* eixds (gen, étxdtos), ecko—for evkoro,—to make Icotype for euphony,

Ann.& Mag Nat Hist... 7 Vol XVL PLL.

EW.L.Holt del.

GM Woodward Lith. Katerythrops Oceanae.

‘ecoydeuevdeap eisneydoyyeun

“yatL paempoom’ WD

“divry rremme NTS 8M ‘TPP HTM 3e80ueedn Oo TSTy

eae ff LMM K IKI In 4

IT ARES AMEGARAG A RK,

Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist. §.7 Vol. XVI PLA

co plbe GAIG

Bale & Danielsson 1'4imp

P Highley del.et lith .

KERUNIA CORNUTA, Mayer -Eymar from the Eocene of Egypt .

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[SEVENTH SERIES,]

No. 92. AUGUST 1905.

X.—A List of the Batrachians and Reptiles collected hy

Dr. W. J. Ansorge in Angola, with Descriptions of new

Species. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

[Plate IV.]

THE collection made in 1903-1905 by Dr. Ansorge has

considerably added to our knowledge of the Batrachians and

Reptiles of Angola, the study of which has been pursued for

so many years by Professor Barboza du Bocage. Travelling

under somewhat unfavourable conditions for the preservation

of specimens in spirit, Dr. Ansorge has been so fortunate as

to discover as many as four new species. As a contribution

to the knowledge of the exact distribution, a full list of the

species represented in the collection is here given.

Dr. Ansorge has supplied me with the following notes on

some of the localities visited by him :—

Ambaca.—A station of the Loanda to Lucalla railway. Was

visited by Livingstone in 1854, and is mentioned by

him. Is now a very insignificant place, consisting of

some official quarters and half a dozen small shops.

April-May 1903.

Bange Ngola.—The Portuguese were erecting a fort here

when I visited it (end of 1903). It is named, as usual

with African natives, after the important chief who lives

here. In maps the whole of this north-eastern part of

the Loanda province is called the “Jinga country,”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 8

106 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

ruled by a number of petty native chiefs apparently

independent of each other.

Bango.—The village of another petty chief in the Jinga

country. End of 1903.

Bihé.—A district in the north-east of the occupied portion of

the Benguella province; roughly only the eastern half

of the Benguella province is only nominally Portuguese.

End of 1904.

Bingondo.—A locality in the northern part of Bihé. The

country is wooded, interspersed with large open glades,

and well populated. October 1904.

Canhoca.—An important station on the Loanda to Lucalla

railway. Nov. 1903—-Feb. 1904.

Duque de Braganga.—Some hundreds of years ago this was

an important Portuguese fort, now it is an insignificant

military station with a dozen shops. It lies on the south

side of the Lucalla River. End of 1903.

Fort Don Carlos.—The most northern fort of the Loanda

province, and in process of erection when I visited it.

It lies at the junction of the Cambo and Cuango rivers.

End of 1903.

Golungo Alto—A rich agricultural district, with a town of

the same name, visited by Livingstone in 1854. Miles

and miles of coffee-plantations are going to waste.

Jan. 1904.

Marimba.—Just conquered by the Portuguese from rebellious

Jingos when I visited it towards the end of 1903. A

fort was being built. Near here is a small lake which I

named ‘‘ Sarmento,’ where I caught the new Cyprino-

dontid fish named Haplochilus macrurus (Blgr. Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiv. 1904, p. 19).

Pungo Andongo.—A famous spot for hundreds of years,

known also as the “ pedras nigras” or “ black rocks,”

to which prisoners were transported from Lisbon.

Similar to our “ Botany Bay ” as an exile for prisoners.

It consists of quaint and curious gigantic rocks, hundreds

of feet high, rising suddenly out of the level plain. It

is still important, owing to the sugar-plantations in the

plain. The village of the same name consists of official

quarters, a few shops, and an American Mission. June

and July 1908.

Quilenges.—A district, not far from the ocean, in the south-

western corner of Benguella province. The ruins of an

old fort of the same name still serves as the official

quarters of the officer in charge of the district. It isa

Batrachians and Reptiles from Angola. 107

basin-like depression at the western foot of a lofty chain

of hills. January and February 1905.

Tembo Aluma.—A native village about two hours on foot

from Fort Don Carlos. End of 1903.

BATRACHIA.

ECAUDATA.,

1. Xenopus levis, Daud.

Pungo Andongo.

I have carefully compared the specimens brought home by

Dr. Ansorge with one from Benguella received from Prot.

Barboza du Bocage and with others from various parts of

South Africa, with the result that I cannot regard X. Petersi’,

Bocage, as more thana small race of X. levis.

2. Bufo regularis, Reuss.

Duque de Braganea, Pungo Andongo, Locomi, Canhoca,

Marimba, between Benguella and Bihé.

3. Hemisus marmoratum, Peters.

Semba Acendu.

4. Rana ornatissima, Bocage.

Bingondo in Bihé. Caught in the forest in Brune

In the breeding male a brown callous pad is present on

the inner side of the forearm at the base of the second and

third fingers; similar callosities cover the upper surface of

the three inner fingers. In all other characters this fine frog

agrees with ft. Budgetti as described by me in 1903, and I

must therefore now regard the Gambia specimens as repre-

senting merely a colour-variety of the species previously

described by Barboza du Bocage. R. moeruensis, Blgr., is

also very closely allied to &. ornatissima, but differs in the

inner finger extending beyond the second,

5. Rana mascareniensis, D. & B.

Between Benguella and Bihé.

6. Rana Ansorgit, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 1.)

Vomerine teeth in two short transverse series close to the

inner front edges of the choanee. Head once and a_ half

108 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

as long as broad; snout acutely pointed, longer than the

diameter of the orbit, very strongly projecting beyond the

mouth; canthus rostralis feebly marked; loreal region

slightly concave; nostril midway between the eye and the

end of the snout ; interorbital space narrower than the upper

eyelid ; tympanum distinct, three fourths the diameter of the

eye. Fingers moderate, obtusely pointed, first not extending

quite as far as second; toes very long and slender, barely

half webbed ; subarticular tubercles moderate ; a small, oval,

inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches

far beyond the tip of the snout. Foot nearly two thirds the

length of head and body, tibia rather more than two thirds.

Back with eight glandular longitudinal folds, outer strongest ;

a glandular fold from beneath the eye to the shoulder.

Greyish olive above, with black spots; limbs with regular

blackish cross-bars; a black band on the side of the head,

passing through the eye and covering the temple; a vertebral

stripe, the outer glandular fold, and a streak on the upper

lip, from the end of the snout to the shoulder, yellowish

white; lower parts white, edge of lower jaw and side of

throat black.

From snout to vent 40 mm.

A single female specimen from between Benguella and

Bihé.

This new species is intermediate between 2. mascareniensis

and £. stenocephala, Blgr.

7. Rana angolensis, Bocage.

Pungo Andongo.

8. Rana o«yrhynchus, A. Smith.

Duque de Braganga, Cuanza R.

9. Phrynobatrachus natulensis, A. Smith.

Bange Ngola.

10, Arthroleptis xenochirus, sp.n. (Pl. IV. figs. 2, 2a.)

Head moderate, as long as broad; snout obtusely pointed,

projecting beyond the mouth; nostril a little nearer the end

of the snout than the eye; interorbital space as broad as the

upper eyelid; tympanum moderately distinct, two thirds the

diameter of the eye. ‘Third finger extremely long, three

times the length of the second ; toes free ; tips of fingers and

toes very slightly swollen; subarticular tubercles strong; a

small, oval, inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal

Batrachians and Reptiles from Angola. 109

articulation reaches the tympanum. Skin smooth ; sides and

lower belly granulate; a strong fold across the chest.

Greyish brown above, with a vase-shaped dark marking

from between the eyes to the sacral region; some dark spots

on the temple and above the shoulder; rather irregular dark

brown bars across the fore limb and the tibia; lower parts

white. Male with a subgular vocal sac.

From snout to vent 19 mm.

A single male specimen from Marimba.

The longer third finger distinguishes this species from

A, macrodactylus, Blgr.

11. Arthroleptis parvulus, sp.n. (PI. LV. figs. 3-3 0d.)

Head moderate, as long as broad ; snout rounded, projecting

beyond the mouth, shorter than the diameter of the orbit;

nostril a little nearer the end of the snout than the eye; inter-

orbital space a little broader than the upper eyelid ; tympanum

hidden. Fingers moderate, third about once and a half as

long as second ; toes one fourth webbed; tips of fingers and

toes very slightly swollen; subarticular tubercles strong ; a

tarsal and two metatarsal tubercles, small and round. The

tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Skin smooth or

with small warts on the back. Greyish brown above, with

blackish spots and a triangular blackish marking between the

eyes, with or without a light vertebral line, or with a broad

whitish area, edged with black, covering the top ot the head

and the back; limbs with dark cross-bars ; a white, dark-

edged streak along the back of the thighs ; lower parts white,

with or without brown spots on the breast.

From snout to vent 13 mm.

Four specimens from Bange Ngola.

Closely allied to A. dispar, Peters. Distinguished by the

shorter snout, the more distinct web between the toes, and

the less distinct digital expansions.

12. Rappia marmorata, Rapp.

Tembo Aluma, Bango, Bange Ngola, Locomi, Canhoca,

Golungo Alto, between Benguella and Bihé.

13. Rappia cinnamomeiventris, Bocage.

Canhoca.

This species is, perhaps, not separable from &. picturata,

Peters (ol’vacea, Peters).

110 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

14. Rappia Bocagit, Std.

Canhoca.

15. Rappia cinctiventris, Cope.

Bange Ngola, Nana Meya.

16. Rappia microps, Gthr.

Fort Don Carlos, Marimba, Bange Ngola.

17. Rappia nasuta, Gthr.

Bange Ngola, Canhoca.

18. Hylambates Anchiete, Bocage.

Between Benguella and Bihé.

REPTILIA.

LACGERTILI A,

1. Hemidactylus mabuia, Mor.

Pungo Andongo.

2. Pachydactylus ocellatus, Cuy.

Cuanza.

3. Agama armata, Peters.

Cuanza, between Benguella and Bihé, between Bihé and

Quilenges.

4. Agama planiceps, Peters.

Pungo Andongo, Ambaca, between Benguella and Bihé,

between Bihé and Quilenges.

5. Agama atricollis, A. Smith.

Duque de Braganca, Bange Ngola, Pungo Andongo,

Cuanza R.

6. Varanus niloticus, L.

Cunga R.

7. Ichnotropis capensis, A. Smith.

Duque de Braganca, Bange Ngola, between Benguella and

Bihé,

Batrachians and Reptiles from Angola. iff

8. Eremias lugubris, A. Smith.

Cuanza R.

9. Gerrhosaurus validus, A. Smith.

Between Bilié and Quilenges.

The single specimen measures 2500 mm. from snout to

vent.

10. Gerrhosaurus nigrolineatus, Hallow.

Dnque de Braganca, Pungo Andongo, between Bihé and

Quilenges.

The frontal shield varies much in form and the frontonasal

is sometimes in contact with the rostral, but the prefrontals

constantly form an extensive suture on the median line.

Femoral pores 14 to 18 on each side.

11. Mabuia quinqueteniata, Licht.

Pungo Andongo.

12. Mabuia Bayonii, Bocage.

Duque de Braganga, Ambaca.

13. Mabuia varia, Peters.

Pungo Andongo, between Benguella and Bihé.

14. Mabuta striata, Peters.

Between Benguella and Bihée.

15. Ablepharus Wahlbergit, A. Smith.

Between Benguella and Bihé.

16. Sepsina angolensis, Bocage.

Pungo Andongo, between Benguella and Bihe.

17. Feylinia Currori, Gray.

Golungo Alto.

RHIPTOGLOSSA.

18. Chameleon gracilis, Hallow.

Duque de Braganga, Pungo Andongo, Canhoca, Marimba.

112 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

19. Chameleon quilensis, Bocage.

Cuanza R.

20. Chameleon dilepis, Leach.

Between Bihé and Quilenges.

OPHIDIA.

21. Typhlops punctatus, Leach.

Golungo Alto.

22. Glauconia scutifrons, Peters.

Golungo Alto.

23. Tropidonotus olivaceus, Peters.

Pungo Andongo.

24. LHelicops bicolor, Gthr.

Duque de Braganga.

25. Boodon lineatus, D. & B.

Pungo Andongo.

26. Lycophidium capense, A. Smith.

Between Benguella and Bihé.

27. Chlorophis heterolepidotus, Gthr.

Duque de Braganea.

28. Chlorophis irregularis, Leach.

Pungo Andongo.

29. Chlorophis ornatus, Bocage.

Between Benguella and Bile.

30. Dasypeltis scabra, L.

Pungo Andongo.

The specimen (a female), which belongs to the var. pal-

marum, Leach, has 27 scales across the body, 244 ventrals,

and 63 caudals.

31. Leptodira hotamleia, Laur.

Canhoca.

Batrachians and Reptiles from Angola. 113

32. Rhamphiophis acutus, Gthr.

Between Benguella and Bihé.

Upper portion of rostral shield considerably shorter than

its distance from the frontal. Ventrals 168-183, caudals

53-59.

33. Psammophis sibilans, L.

Duque de Braganea, Pungo Andongo.

54. Psammophis Ansorgii, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 4.)

Snout but slightly longer than the eye. Rostral a little

broader than deep, just visible from above; nostril between

two or three shields; internasals two thirds the length of

the prefrontals ; frontal twice as long as broad, longer than

its distance from the end of the snout, as long as the

parietals ; loreal barely once and a half as long as deep ; one

preocular, in contact with the frontal; two postoculars ;

temporals 2+2; seven upper labials, third and fourth

entering the eye; four lower labials in contact with the

anterior chin-shields, which are shorter than the posterior.

Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 153; anal divided; sub-

caudals 76. Grey above, with a very indistinct streak of

rusty along each side of the back ; no markings on the upper

surface of the head; pre- and postoculars yellowish; a

white black-edged streak on the upper lip, the upper outline

crossing the rostral, the lower half of which is white; lower

parts uniform white.

Total length 700 mm. ; tail 165.

A single male specimen from between Benguella and Bihé.

This very distinct species is most nearly related to the

South-African P. crucifer, Daud., from which it differs in

the larger eye, the shorter snout, and the coloration.

35. Dispholidus typus, A. Smith.

Between Benguella and Bihé.

36. Xenocalamus Mechovit, Peters.

Between Benguella and Bihé.

A single male specimen, measuring 395 mm., tail 30.

Ventrals 217, caudals 25. The two postoculars confluent into

one. Black above, with white spots forming more or less

regular cross-bars ; upper lip, two outer rows of scales, and

lower parts white, each ventral and subcandal shield with

crowded black dots forming cross-bars.

114 On Batrachians and Reptiles from Angola.

37. Miodon collaris, Peters.

Golungo Alto.

A single female specimen, with 233 ventrals and 17 caudals.

88. Aparallactus Bocagit, Blgr.

Between Benguella and Bihé,

A single female specimen, measuring 330 mm., tail 45.

Ventrals 175, caudals 35.

39. Nadia melanoleuca, Hallow.

Pungo Andongo.

40, Nata nigricollis, Reinh.

Golungo Alto.

41. Causus rhombeatus, Licht.

Pungo Andongo, Canhoca, between Benguella and Bihé.

Some of the specimens from between Benguella and Bihé

belong to a colour-variety described by Barboza du Bocage

(Herp. d’ Angola, p. 146), a pair of light lines running along

the back and dividing the large transverse dark dorsal spots.

Specimens of this variety, for which I propose the name

bilineatus, appear to have constantly 17 or 18 rows of scales

only. Ventrals 128-144; caudals 23-30.

42. Bitis Peringueyt, Blgr.

Between Benguella and Bihé.

A single female specimen of this little-known Viper,

measuring 340 mm., tail37. Scales in 27 rows; ventrals 131,

caudals 27. 12 or 14 scales round the eye; two series of

scales between the eye and the upper labials, which are 12 in

number. Coloration as figured by Bocage ( Vipera heraldica),

but the mid-dorsal region and the lateral round spots are

reddish brown.

43, Atheris squamiger, Hallow.

Golungo Alto.

A single female specimen, with 17 scales across the body,

171 ventrals, and 53 caudals.

44, Atractaspis congica, Peters.

Duque de Braganga and Golungo Alto.

Scales 19-21; ventrals 224-235; caudals 18-22.

On the Internal Parasites of the Tweed Salmon. 115

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Rana Ansorgit, p. 107, natural size.

Fig. 2. Arthroleptis venochirus, p. 108, natural size.

Fig. 2a. Arthroleptis wenochirus, lower aspect of hand, x 4.

Figs. 3,34, Arthroleptis parvulus, p. 109, natural size.

Fig. 3b. Arthroleptis parvulus, lower aspect of foot, x 4.

Fig. 4. Psammophis Ansorgit, p. 113, upper and side views of head and

anterior part of body, natural size.

XI.—On the Internal Parasites of the Tweed Salmon. By

JAMES R. Tosu, M.A., D.Sc., Assistant Professor and

Lecturer on Natural History in the University of

St. Andrews.

[Plate V.]

SPECIMENS of the parasites mentioned below were. collectod

during the net-fishing season of 1895 at the premises of the

Salmon Fishing Company, Berwick-on-Tweed.

The distinctly marine character of the parasitic guests of

the salmon is an indication of the nature of its food. Fresh-

water parasitic forms are very rare in the salmon, and the

fact that they are practically absent in well-grown fishes

seems to point to the conclusion that salmon do not feed in

the fresh water of a short river like the Tweed except under

extraordinary conditions, when a prolonged stay is imposed

upon them.

The following is a list of Entozoa observed :—

Ascaris capsularia, Rud. Echinorhynchus angustatus, Red.

acuta, Miill. Bothriocephalus intundibuliformis,

obtusocaudata, Zed. Rud.

Distoma varicum, Lud. Tetrarhynchus grossus, Rud.

ocreatum, Rud. macrobothrius, Rud.

Miescheri, Zschokke. Tetrabothrium minimum. Larva.

Echinorhynchus acus, Rud. sp. Larva.

proteus, Westrumb. Tenia sp. Larva.

Ascaris capsularia, Rud. Entoz. t. ii. i. p. 179.

This form occurs very plentitully encapsuled on the pyloric

cxca and mesenteries. ‘lhe average length is about 26 mm.

It is very active when taken out. The usual infection is

trom 20 to 50 in each fish.

Ascaris acuta, Mill. Zool. Dan. vol. iii. p. 53.

This is the parasite that occurs most frequently in the

116 Dr. J. R. Tosh on the

almon, usually in the stomach, seldom below the pylorus.

Many are sexually mature, and if kept in fresh water will

often extrude their eggs, which undergo a direct development.

Ascaris obtusocaudata, Zed., Rud. Entoz. t. i. 1. p. 177.

Only one specimen was obtained from the stomach. It

measures 6 mm. Others may have been overlooked.

Distoma varicum, Rud. Entoz. t. ii. 1. p. 396.

This well-known form is the most constant parasite of the

salmon. It varies in size from 2-3 mm. and occurs as

noticeable yellow specks on the walls of the cesophagus and

stomach, rarely in the intestine. The colour is from the

yellow-brown ova in the uterus. The usual infection is up

to 40 or 50.

Distoma ocreatum, Rud. Entoz. t. ii. i. p. 397.

Large infections of this species were occasionally found

floating in a watery mucus in the stomach above the bend.

It was not observed attached to the stomach-walls like the

preceding species. It occurs more frequently in the sea-trout

than in the salmon, and especially after a diet of herring.

Distoma Mieschert, Zschokke, Verhand. naturforsch. Gesell.

Basel, viii. Theil, 3 Heft.

A few solitary specimens in the gullet adhering to the

mucous membrane. Brown in colour, with stalked ventral

sucker, it varies in length from 9-17 mm. _ The species is

described and figured by Prof. Zschokke from the Rhine

salmon.

Echinorhynchus acus, Rud. Entoz. t. i. i. p. 278.

£. acus was found attached in the lower intestine. The

specimens varied in length from 12-31 mm. Not common.

Echinorhynchus proteus, Westrumb. De Helm. Acanth. p. 37,

no. 66.

E. proteus has been described under many names. It

occurred in the lower intestine with the proboscis buried up

to the neck and with the bulb expanded but out of sight.

Length 6-9 mm. Commoner than £. acus.

Echinorhynchus angustatus, Rud. Hntoz. t. ii. i. p. 266.

E. affinis is given by Rudolphi as a synonym. My

Internal Parasites of the Tweed Salmon. 1g

specimens agreed better with the description of the latter.

Found occasionally in smolts and once in a small salmon.

Length 7-9 mm. A freshwater form.

Bothriocephalus infundibuliformis, Rud. Entoz. t. i. 1. p. 46.

Same as B. proboscideus, Rud. This tapeworm, which

has a wide distribution among marine fishes, is in appearance

the most formidable parasite of the Tweed salmon. It does

not seem to be seriously harmful to its host, and is to be

found in the largest and best-fed fishes, usually in numbers

ranging from 1 to half a dozen. The great infections of

from 100 upwards mentioned by Zschokke as occurring in

the Rhine salmon have not been observed in the case of the

Tweed fishes, but have been noted in the sea-trout of the

same river. In one sea-trout as many as 150 specimens, all

very young, were counted. The head of the tapeworm is

almost invariably attached near the bottom of a pyloric

cecum.

Appended is a table giving the occurrence of this tapeworm

as noted in tlie fishes observed at the Berwick-on-'weed

Salmon Company’s Fish House in 1895 :—

Male Grilse, |Female Grilse.| Male Salmon. Female

Salmon.

7a |S me. | GP RR r= ey Rete a ra

a S| & a a A Az, BS)

=| ise eS fe =| ha = SF

a 8 8 aa a 8 8 4 aa

o 95 Oo 5) 3 o o8 o 25

3 oe 3 BE 5 5B 5 a -

2 20 2 2o 2 Qo 2 = 8

5 ae| 2 a&| g ga| 8 Ea

3 54 =| 54 3 a4 s a+

ZA Zi Z Zi Zi Z A Zi

March....| .. ue ae at 3 1 12 3

70) yl Ue ee Py: i - 15 10 67 92

May os. 5 re ae a 23 8 106 | 34

UNM 8 1 114 3} 18 9 fi) |) BB

uly 2 thie 786 a 20 2 ay. 9 88 94

August ..| 42 5 24 3) 13 5 65 92

September.) 138 G 1 3 4¢ oe ll

October ..| 21 4 3 Ae 34 6 3 4

November.| 12 4 Ay, 20 5 45 | 14

137 ay 69 9 154 53 do2 157

118 Dr. J. R. Tosh on the

Of a total of 892 fishes examined 236, or 26:4 per cent.,

were infected with tapeworm. It would be interesting to

know if the falling off about October were at all constant,

and, if so, whether the rise in November was connected with

a final feast before the dash for the river.

Tetrarhynchus grossus, Rud. Synops. pp. 129 & 448, .pl. i.

fies -o.c0, 105 (Pay)

This form, known to the salmon-fishermen of Berwick-on-

Tweed as a “ flatty,”’ occurs in the abdominal cavity of both

salmon and sea-trout, and is more often dead than alive,

The live form is found almost invariably attached by its

proboscides to the outside of the lower intestine near the

vent. It is cream-coloured and soft, with parallel strize on

the flattened body behind the head. If touched or detached

it contracts actively. When preserved the striated part

becomes rugose and sometimes almost tuberculated. A

preserved specimen sent by the late Dr. Johnston from

Berwick-on-T'weed was described and figured by Dr. Baird

as T’. rugosus *.

If unable to pass to the intestine of another host, e. g.

shark, where it would most likely become sexual, the worm

after some time seems to die, loosens its hold, drifts forward

in the body-cavity, and usually becomes embedded in a soft

organ, such as the liver. There it is pressed out of shape,

becoming often triangular in section or bent on itself. The

head retains most of its former bulk, but the body becomes

stiff and attenuates. Sometimes specimens are found with

the flesh coming away in irregular layers from the body.

The surrounding tissue is often affected by this process of

degeneration. Specimens in this stage were described and

figured by Drummond as 1. solidus T.

In the accompanying Plate the process of degeneration is

illustrated. Fig. 1 is 7. grossus from a preserved specimen ;

fig. 2 has a head and body of TJ. solidus and a tail of

T. grossus, and shows the papilla where the strobila would

have budded.

Von Siebold considers his 7. claviger } to be identical with

T. grossus, and most likely all the species listed by him on

p. 235 (loc. cit.) are synonyms; but he places the ZY. solidus

* Catal. Entoz. Brit. Mus. p. 69, tab. 11. fig. 5.

+ Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ii. (1838).

{ Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. Bd. 11.

Internal Parasites of the Tweed Salmon. we

of Drummond with TJ. megacephalus, which is distinctly

separated from T. grossus by its tapering proboscides. In

the dead form the proboscides are rarely altogether retracted,

and they still resemble those of .7’. grossus.

Tetrarhynchus macrobothrius, Rud. Synops. pp. 131 & 453.

Length 3-8 mm. Specimens occurred free in the body-

cavity, oftenest in the region of the liver and also encysted

on the outer wall of the cesophagus. When liberated from

cysts they were yellow, almost orange-coloured. Those in

the body-cavity were creamy white. '. megabothrius, Rud.,

and T. appendiculatus, Rud., may be the same as the species

in question.

The larva of Tetrabothrium minimum occurred in the mucus

of the pyloric ceca.

Tetrabothrium sp.

A few larval forms were found in fluid in the rectun—

probably more advanced forms of the last species.

Tenia sp.

One larva was observed.

The list of parasites of the Tay salmon given by Prof.

M‘Intosh* corresponds to the above in its thoroughly

marine character.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews,

March 31, 1905.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Tetrarhynchus grossus, Rud. Length 30 mm.

Fig. 2. Ditto, Length 38 mm.

Fig. 3. Ditto. Length 29 mm,

Tig. 4. Ditto. Length 24 mm.

Fig. 5. Ditto. Length 30 mm,

All from spirit-specimens.

* Journ, Proc. Linn. Soc. vol. vil. pp. 145-154, 2 woodcuts,

120 Mr. H. B. Fantham on

XII.—On Hermaphroditism and Vestigial Structures in the

Reproductive Organs of Testudo greca. By H. B.

FantHam, B.Sc. Lond., A.R.C.S., University College,

London.

[Plate VI.]

AMONG the various groups of the Vertebrata from time to

time there occur cases of true hermaphroditism, or of the

persistence of some of the genital organs of the opposite sex,

especially in the male. Such occurrences are of interest, and

as apparently few (if, indeed, any) instances have hitherto

been described among the Chelonia, I considered the following

two cases, which recently came under my notice, worthy of

record.

Last summer, while dissecting a specimen of Testudo

greca, an abnormal development of the genitalia was

noticed. Further examination showed that the specimen in

question was hermaphrodite, after comparison with male and

female specimens of this tortoise procured and dissected.

Since that date other adult specimens of Testudo greca have

been examined, about a dozen altogether, of which all but

two possessed the external characters of the male. Among

those with male external features was one showing the

persistence of the Miillerian ducts as slender rudimentary

tubes. ‘To distinguish between these two tortoises, each with

abnormal reproductive organs, the hermaphrodite specimen

first found may be denoted by A, and the second one (a

male with vestigial oviducts) by B. The anatomy and

histology of each may then be dealt with, as far as possible.

I. External Characters and Anatomy.

The external features aiding in the determination of the

sex of atortoise are, according to Gadow [4], as follows :—

The male is slightly smaller in size, has a long tail, and

possesses a concave plastron. ‘The plastron of the female is

flat. Another point of difference between the sexes that I

noticed was in the shape of the posterior end of the plastron,

as viewed ventrally (see text-figures).

Concerning the anatomy of the tortoise, no easily accessible

detailed account in English is known to me. I have used

Bojanus’s figures and explanations of Hmys europea [2].

In Sedgwick’s recently published “ Vertebrata” [10] of

his ‘Student’s Text-book of Zoology, however, g good

general account of the anatomy of the Chelonia jg given,

Hermaphroditism &c. in Testudo greeca. 121

At first it does not appear easy to delineate the relation of

the gonad and the kidney in Testudo. The latter organ

(kidney) is very dorsal and posterior in position and needs

careful dissection, being covered ventrally by a black pig-

mented body. This is the epididymis, lying naturally on

FEMALE

QI-

A marked indentation or angle at x in the case of the exoskeleton of the

male. The female is more rounded than the male, especially at Y.

the top of the kidney, from the ventral aspect, in a closely

ensheathing and darkly pigmented mesentery (cf. Pl. VI.

fig. 2, ep.). In this mesentery vasa efferentia pass from the

testis, and by it the testes are attached to the kidneys. The

testes (fig. 2, ¢.) are normally brownish-yellow bodies, ovoid

in shape, about 1°6 to 1:8 cm. long, 1:2 to 1:3.cm. broad, and

1 cm. thick. The kidneys (fig. 2, k.) are dark brown,

showing a convoluted ventral surface. There is a slight

orange supra-renal body on the ventral or inner surface of

each kidney, partly covered in the natural position by the

epididymis and testis. The supra-renal body of each side is

apparently the “Ren succenturiatus”’? of Bojanus in his

figures of Emys europea.

Tortoise A.—This specimen in external features possessed

a slightly concave plastron (rather less concave than in the

normal male), had a long tail, and was a little smaller in size

thanthe female specimens compared (though, of course, thismay

be merely a question of age). It had well developed gonads—

the left one of which, at any rate, might be termed an ‘ ovo-

testis’ (see below)—and well developed oviducts (Miillerian

ducts), in addition to well-marked epididymes, vasa deferentia,

and penis, which are, of course, essentially male genitalia.

The epididymes of this specimen were slightly larger than in

some of the normal males examined. The gonads (PI. VI.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 9

122 Mr. Hl. B. Fantham on

fig. 1, g.) attracted attention as soon as seen, being yellowish

brown in colour, rather elongate ovoid in shape, and slightly

larger, darker, and more pointed anteriorly than the testes in

normal male specimens. The gonads were approximately equal

in size and general shape, about 1:9 em. long, 1:1 cm. broad,

and 1 cm. thick. Especially noteworthy was the presence of

a conspicuous yellow egg (fig. 1, 0.) on the ventral surface of

the posterior third of the left gonad (hence use of term

“ ovotestis ” for this gonad). This egg was ‘3 cm. in diameter,

but those found in females of 7. gre@ca were often larger.

The Miillerian ducts were well developed and lay ventral

and to the outer side of each gonad (fig. 1, m.). They were

light yellow in colour and approximately equal in length. and

their external diameter varied from *3 em. anteriorly to

‘6 cm. in the uterine portion. They were attached by a

mesentery posteriorly to the epididymis of either side, and

anteriorly by the broad ligament to the lungs. Hach opened

in front by an ostium, apparently ciliated (fig. 1, 7.), into

the ccelom, considerably in front of the gonads. No eggs,

however, were noticed free in the body-cavity, nor in the

Miillerian ducts, the lumen of each of the latter being con-

tinuous throughout. ‘These oviducts opened into the neck of

the cloaca] bladder, slightly behind and ventral to the ureters

and vasa deferentia, as shown in Pl. VI. fig. 1. The

foldings of these ducts were chiefly confined to their anterior

third.

Tortoise B.—This specimen exhibited all the external

characters of the male, the concavity of its plastron being

well marked. The genitalia (Pl. VI. fig. 2) were of the

normal size, shape, and appearance common to the male

tortoise, each testis being 1°6 cm. long, 1°2 cm. broad, and

1 cm. thick. But in addition there were rudimentary

Miillerian ducts present (fig. 2, m.), opening anteriorly into

the ccelom, that of the left side being slightly longer than that

of the right, but rather narrower in its posterior sixth and

at its entrance to the cloaca (P]. VI. fig. 2). The hinder

portion of the right oviduct being wider (‘3 cm. in external

diameter), its posterior fifth was found to contain functionally

mature spermatozoa, which, however, were not found in the

more constricted hinder part of the left oviduct. Apparently

the basal part of the right rudimentary oviduct functioned as

a sort of vesicula seminalis (¢/. Howes’s observations [6] on a

specimen of Lacerta viridis), the spermatozoa having pro-

bably migrated into it from the vas deferens. Unfortunately

the oviducts of specimen A were not examined for spermatozoa

when fresh, for reasons given below.

Hermaphroditism &e. in Vestudo greca. 12:

II. Histology.

Tortoise A.—Sections of each of the gonads of this speci-

men were prepared and examined. Unfortunately the

material was not fixed immediately after death, the alimentary

canal and vascular system overlying the genitalia ventrally

having been first dissected and examined in detail. On

microscopic examination of the sections the material showed

somewhat poor fixation, as was to be expected under the

circumstances. Delafield’s hematoxylin or iron-hematoxylin

was used for staining, together with eosin or acid fuchsin.

A few transverse sections of a portion across the end of the

anterior third of the right gonad were made, and longitudinal

sections of the whole of the rest of this gonad were cut.

Testicular seminiferous canals and developing spermatozoa

were seen in all the sections, but no developing ova could be

made out with certainty. In longitudinal section the tissue

was seen to be denser in the anterior part of this right

gonad than in the posterior portion.

The left gonad was carefully sectionized longitudinally, as

it showed on its ventral surface an apparent egg. ‘This latter

was, in section, found to be an ovum, the nucleus and yolk

being seen (Pl. VI. fig. 3, n. & y.). Slightly anterior

and dorsal to this ovum, and so within the substance of the

left gonad, another was found developing, after examining a

series of sections. Further, a few groups of bodies resembling

developing “ovarian ova” were seen scattered in separate

groups (follicles) among otherwise testicular tissue, more

Sr a the periphery of the anterior portion of the

gonad (PIP Vi; fie. /4,. ov.).\ The rest “of ‘this organ

consisted of seminiferous canals, connective-tissue stroma, and

a few blood-vessels. I very much regret that circumstances

do not permit of my giving a longer and more detailed account

of the histology of the left gonad, owing to unavoidable delay

in fixation.

The oviducts were lined internally by a glandular epi-

thelium, as is normally the case in the female, the walls being

highly muscular.

Tortoise B.—The right gonad was carefully fixed in corrosive

sublimate and acetic “acid, and sectionized. The left gonad

was teased up. In neither case were any traces of ova found,

only seminiferous canals and developing spermatozoa. The

fact of mature spermatozoa being found in the right rudi-

mentary oviduct directly after death has been already

mentioned. These oviducts, the lumen of each of which was

in some parts very narrow but continuous, were lined by a

glandular epithelium, though the walls were thin.

124 Mr. H. B. Fantham on

Tortoise A, according to the classification of Taruffi (quoted

by Windle [14]), would be a bilateral hermaphrodite.

Tortoise B would perhaps be regarded by him as _ pseudo-

hermaphrodite. However, specimen B was without doubt

functionally a male, while A had a preponderance of male

characters.

IJI. Note on Hermaphroditism in the Vertebrata.

It may at once be said that this is rare, especially in the

Amniota. It occurs in Myeine, which is protandrous. It

occurs casually in some Selachians and in the Sturgeon.

Among Teleostean fishes it constantly occurs in Serranus

and Chrysophrys, while it is occasionally met with in the cod,

herring, mackerel, &c.

Among the Amphibia it is known in Triton (Molge)

teniatus and some frogs. Thereis the remarkable “ Bidder’s

organ” in toads. Among frogs the possession of well-

marked rudiments of Miillerian ducts is fairly common,

while specimens with complete Miillerian ducts or oviducts

are sometimes found together with hermaphrodite gonads

(cf. Marshall [9] and others). Remains of Miillerian ducts

may occur in Lmys europea, Lacerta viridis (cf. Howes [6]),

and L. agilis (cf. Jaquet [8]) among Reptiles, and herma-

phroditism has been recorded in the chaffinch among birds.

A remarkable case of hermaphroditism in the common fowl

was, | believe, lately exhibited at the Royal Society’s Con-

versazione, showing secondary characters of both sexes in

addition to a strictly hermaphrodite gonad.

Professor Howes in 1891 described acase of hermaphroditism

in the codfish [7], and, after discussing the significance of

the phenomenon in the Vertebrates, inclined to the idea that

the ancestral vertebrate was hermaphrodite. Whether this is

likely or not is open to question. The case of Myzine is

usually considered as a secondary acquirement of hermaphro-

ditism, connected with its partially parasitic habit. The

young tadpole of the frog is at one period of its existence

indifferent, which should be carefully distinguished from

hermaphrodite. __

If hermaphroditism be considered the primitive or ancestral

condition of the Vertebrata, then the cases of tortoises A and B

are retrogressive. Stephan [11], in an exhaustive and

valuable paper on this question, inclines to the view that

hermaphroditism in the Vertebrates is not a phenomenon of

retrogression, but a secondary acquirement, substituted for the

dicecious state (Stephan, 1902, page 129).

Hermaphroditism &e. in Vestudo girxca. 125

Again, the female organ (ovary) is perhaps simpler and

more primitive than the male organ (testis), as suggested by

Marshall [9], the ovum being undoubtedly less highly

differentiated than the spermatozoon. A long theoretical

discussion on the question of hermaphroditism in the Verte-

brates would, however, be out of place in this paper.

In the foregoing note only the more commonly occurring

and well known forms of Vertebrates in which hermaphro-

ditism may be found are mentioned. A very full bibliography

and comprehensive treatment of the subject will be found in

Stephan’s paper of 1902. A few other papers, relating

especially to the Reptilia, will be cited in the appended

references,

In the present state of our knowledge only suggestions as

to the significance of hermaphroditism in forms like the

tortoise can be put forward, and the recording of such occur-

rences may be of value in developing that knowledge.

References to Literature.

(1) Acassiz, L. (1857)—Contrib. to Nat. Hist. of U.S.A. vols. i. & ii.

“ Embryology of the Turtle.”

(2) Bosanus, L. H. (1819).—‘ Anatome Testudinis Europe.’ Vilna.

(3) Bronn, H. G., and Horrmann, C. K. (1890).—Klass. u. Ord. des

Thierreichs—Reptilien, vi. 3, “ Schildkroten,” by C. K. Hoffmann.

(4) Gapow, H. (1901)—“ Amphibia and Reptiles” in the Camb.

Nat. Hist. vol. viii. p. 365. is

(5) GeeEenBavr, C, (1901).—Vergl. Anatomie der Wirbelthiere, Bd. ii.

. 533-6.

(6) Bier G. B. (1887).—*On the Vestigial Structures of the

Reproductive Apparatus in the Male of the Green Lizard,’

Journ. of Anat. & Physiol. xxi. pp. 185-9.

(7) Howes, G. B. (1891).—-“ On some Hermaphrodite Genitalia of the

Codtish,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxiii. pp. 589-57.

(8) Jaquet, M. (1895).—* Note sur un cas d’hermaphroditisme in-

complet observé chez le Lacerta agilis,’ Bibliogr. Anat. iii.

(Paris) p. 267. .

(9) MarsHarr, A. M. (1884).—“On certain Abnormal Conditions

of the Reproductive Organs in the Frog,” Journ. of Anat. &

Physiol. xviii. pp. 121-45. ‘

(10) SEpewicK, A. (1905).—“ Vertebrata,” vol. ii. of ‘A Student's

Text-book of Zoology,’ pp. 402-15.

(11) SrepHan, P. (1902).—“De Vhermaphrodisme chez les Verié-

brés,’ Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Marseille, xii.

p- 23-158, with 8 text-figures and | plate.

(12) TARUFFI (1899-1902),—“ Hermaphroditism,’ R. Ace. d. Sci.

dell’ Inst. di Bologna, 8 vols.

(13) WerpERsHErM and Parker (1897).—‘ Comparative Anatomy of

Vertebrates.’

(14) Winniz, B. C. A. (1903).—“ Thirteenth Report on recent

Teratological Literature,” Journ. of Anat, & Physiol. xxxvii.

p. 800.

126 Mr. N. Rosén—Reply to Mr. G. A. Boulenger.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

6.v. Blood-vessel. ( ov. Ovarian ovum in follicle.

el. Cloaca. | gp. Penis.

ep. Epididymis. |r. Rectum.

f.ep. Follicular epithelium. t. Testis.

Fil. Coelomic aperture in Muller- ts. Seminiferous tubules.

ian duct. | v.ef. Vasa efferentia.

g. Gonad. dS. Aperture of vas deferens

k, Kidney. | contiguous with that of

m. Miullerian duct (oviduct) | ureter.

n. Nucleus. | ©. Aperture of Mullerian duct.

o. Ovum. | y. Yolk.

Fig. 1. Tortoise A, genitalia seen from ventral surface. Cloacal bladder

removed ventrally. Left Miuillerian duct and epididymis

separated and slightly displaced to show kidney dorsal to them.

Penis turned over dorsally to show groove. Nat. size.

Fig. 2. Tortoise B, genitalia, ventral view. Round and broad ligaments

not shown (nor in fig. 1). Cloacal bladder cut away ventrally.

Nat. size.

Fig. 3. Part of a longitudinal section of the left gonad of Tortoise A,

showing an egg on the surface and the relative size of the semi-

niferous tubules of the rest of the gonad. x 12 diameters.

Fig. 4. Part of a longitudinal section of the left gonad of Tortoise A,

showing developing follicle (with ovarian ovum) wedged in

between seminiferous tubules. Slightly diagrammatic. x 100

diameters.

XIII.— Reply to Mr. G. A. Boulenger.

By Nits Rosen.

To the “ Remarks” which Mr. Boulenger in the March

number of these ‘Annals’ has made upon my paper on

snakes belonging to the Museums of Lund and Malmé, and

which at first sight may seem to many to have been totally

annihilating, I beg to give the following reply, which I hope

will fully convince all impartial readers of the groundlessness

of these ‘“‘ Remarks.”

I will begin with Mr. Boulenger’s statement that the snake

I have described as a new genus under the name of Anisodon

Lilheborgi is identical with Psammodynastes pulverulentus,

Boie, and first make a comparative survey of the most

prominent differences between them :—

Mr. N. Rosén—Reply to Mr. G'. A. Boulenger.

Anisodon Lilljeborgi (of which

there are two specimens of

exactly the same shape, one

larger than the other).

(1) Hypapophyses present through-

out the vertebral column, represented

on the posterior dorsal vertebre by a

well-developed crest, projecting below

the condyle.

(2) At least 13 maxillary teeth.

(8) Of the maxillary teeth the

fourth and fifth enlarged.

(4) The last two maxillary teeth

much enlarged and grooved.

(5) Rostral distinctly visible from

ahove.

(6) Frontal not twice as long as

broad.

127

Psammodynastes pulverulentus, Boie

(according to Mr. Boulenger’s

description).

(1) Hypapophyses absent on the

posterior dorsal vertebrae.

(2) 9-11 maxillary teeth.

(3) Of the maxillary teeth the

third or the third and fourth much

enlarged.

(4) The last mucxillary tooth en-

larged and grooved.

(5) Rostral scarcely visible from

above.

(6) Frontal twice to twice anda

half as long as broad.

(7) Temporals 2438

242).

(8) Snout short, profile truncate

or somewhat turned up in the

adult. (Head more distinct from

neck than in 4. Lilijeboryi.)

(9) With or without small

darker and lighter spots above. A

more or less distinct dark streak on

each side of the head, passing

through the eye.

(7) Temporals 2+2. (rarely

(8) Snout pointed.

(9) A dorsal series of rather

large lighter spots, edged with

black. Along the upper labials a

white streak, edged with black.

Assuming that Mr. Boulenger’s description of P. pulveru-

lentus is correct, the difference between these two snakes, as

shown by the above comparison, is so great that it seems

strange that anybody should seriously think of uniting

them. That Mr. Boulenger is, nevertheless, inclined to

do so is unintelligible, all the more so because he has himself

put forth the dentition as well as the hypapophyses as distin-

guishing characteristics of very great value for the classifica-

tion of snakes, the snakes mentioned above differing widely

from each other in these two respects. As to the hypa-

pophyses, I have (¢ Annals,’ Feb. 1905, p. 171) called atten-

tion to the fact that they are not of so much importance as

Mr. Boulenger is inclined to ascribe to them, which particularly

finds expression in his ‘Catalogue of Snakes’ concerning

Colubrine as well as Dipsadomorphinee, since he arranges the

genera of these two subfamilies in two series, ‘‘ according to the

presence or absence of hypapophyses or haemal processes on the

posterior dorsal vertebra” (Cat. Snakes, i. p. 170 segq., iii.

p- 27); and so I have of course not exclusively attached im-

portance to this difference, even if, as is quite natural, | have

128 Mr. N. Rosén—Reply to Mr. G. A. Boulenger.

given it some significance with therest. But to Mr. Boulenger,

who seems still to adhere to it, this difference should be of

such importance that he ought to be very far from thinking

that these two snakes are identical. Upon examination of

the specimens of P. pulverulentus from the Zodlogical Mu-

seum of Copenhagen, which have been kindly placed at my

disposal, I have also found that the difference between this

species and A. Lil/jeborgi, described by me, is really so

great that it is quite out of the question that they are the

same, as Mr. Boulenger maintains, and so I am of opinion

that I have the right still to adhere to its being a new genus,

although under another name (Anisodontes), as I overlooked

the fact that Anisodon has already been applied to a

fossil mammal. However, I shall please Mr. Boulenger with

the information that the difference between them has in some

degree been lessened for Aim by the observations I have

made upon P. pulverulentus. The fact is that I have seen

one specimen with well-developed hypapophyses also on

the posterior dorsal vertebree—this being quite contrary to

Mr. Boulenger’s own statements, so that I expect the

pleasure will not be altogether unmixed to him. Yet it will

be evident from what has been stated above that this has no

real importance so far as this question is concerned, while, on

the other hand, it tends to confirm my opinion that the

hypapophyses have not the great systematic value which

Mr. Boulenger maintains in his Cat. Snakes.

But enough on this subject! Just as strange as this is

Mr. Boulengei’s doubt as to the correctness of my statement

that Chrysopelea ornata sometimes has _ well-developed

hypapophyses also in the posterior region, for one can

hurdly imagine a greater inconsistency than this—first to

maintain the great importance of the hypapophyses as a

systematic characteristic, then, without changing one’s opinion

on this point, to identify one snake having hypapophyses with

another without them, and at last to doubt the statement that

with the same species these apophyses are sometimes present,

sometimes absent! Or have these apophyses a_systema-

tic value for Chrysopelea and other Dipsadomorphine and

Colubrine, but not for my Dipsadomorphine Anisodon ?

Add to this that Mr. Boulenger does not mention the other

species—Helicops modestus, Gthr., H. leopardinus, Schleg.,

and Tretanorhinus intermedius, sp. n. (pp. 170, 171)—which

I have given as a proof of the variation and comparative

unimportance of this feature for classification, and I think that

Mr, Boulenger’s “ Remarks” will appear to be unfounded.

Mr. Boulenger calls upon those who possess specimens of

On the Lizards in the Zoological Museum of Lund. 129

Chrysopelea ornata to examine how the matter stands re -

specting the hypapophyses, and to verify his statement.

An opportunity of complying with his request has kindly

been afforded me as regards specimens belonging to the

Zoological Museum of Copenhagen, and I have thereby found

my statement perfectly verified: there were several specimens,

some with, others without developed hypapophyses in the

posterior region, and I hope that Mr. Boulenger too will

succeed in finding a specimen having these apopliyses.

That Coluber fasciatus should be the same as Drymobius

Boddaertti, var. Rappii, Gthr., seems rather doubtful,

supposing one were to keep to Mr. Boulenger’s own descrip-

tion of it in Cat. Snakes.

Having shown Mr. Boulengei’s criticism in these instances

to be unjustified, | pass over his suppositions, put forward

without argument, as regards the other determinations. [ will

only mention that I have not been “ encouraged &ce.”

XIV.— List of the Lizards in the Zoological Museum of Lund,

with Descriptions of new Species. By Nits Rosin, Zool.

Inst. Lund.

[Plates VIL.-IX.]

Fam. Geckonidz.

1. Gymnodactylus marmoratus, Kuhl.

Java.

2. Gymnodactylus Miliusi’, Bory.

West Australia.

3. Phyllodactylus marmoratus, Gray.

Australia,

4. Ptyodactylus lobatus, Geoftr.

Egy pt.

5. Thecadactylus rapicaudus, Houtt.

West Indies.

6. Hemidactylus frenatus, D. & B.

Java.

7. Hemidactylus Bowringti, Gray.

130 Mr. N. Rosén on the Lizards in the

8. Hemidactylus platyurus, Schn.

Java.

9. Gehyra mutilata, Wiegm.

Java.

10. Gehyra variegata, D. & B.

West Australia.

11. Gehyra australis, Gray.

Australia.

12. Spathoscalabotes mutilatus, Gthr.

Java. Collected (1897) by Dr. Hj. Mdller.

13. Naultinus elegans, Gray.

New Zealand.

14. Gecko verticillatus, Laur.

Java.

15. Gecko monarchus, D. & B.

16. LPtychozoon homalocephalum, Crev.

Java,

17. Tarentola tuberculata, sp. n.

(Pl. VII. fig. 1; woodcut, fig. 1.)

A supraorbital bone. Snout longer than the distance be-

tween the eye and the ear-opening. Jostral scarcely twice

as broad as high. The nostril is pierced between the first

labial and three shields (woodcut, fig. 1). A median cleft in

the upper part of the rostral. ‘T’en upper labials, posterior

very small. Mental not twice as long as it is broad in the

middle. Three chin-shields on each side, in contact with

the lower labials; latter eight or nine. Anterior border of

ear-opening not denticulated. Neck, back, and limbs covered

with large pyramidal tubercles and smaller conical ones: on

the back they are more or less distinctly arranged in twelve

longitudinal rows; the largest tubercles on the back mostly

surrounded by smaller ones. The tail for about two thirds of

its length* with posteriorly directed large spine-like tubercles,

decreasing in size. Greyish brown above, more or less

marbled with darker and lighter.

Algiers (C. Ask, 1895-96).

* In one specimen nearly to the end.

Zoological Museum of Lund. 131

One specimen, with rudiments of claws on the first, second,

and fifth digits.

This new species is very closely allied to 7’. mauritanica,

L. (Boulenger, ‘Catalogue of Lizards,’ i. p. 196). It differs

in the following points :—

(1) The nostril is pierced between the first labial and three

shields ; in 7’. mauritanica, L., and, so far as I know,

in all the other species of Yarentola, it is pierced

between the first labial and two shields.

(2) The median cleft in the upper part of the rostral is

more distinct in this species.

(3) A much greater number of larger tubercles on the

body as well as on the limbs and the tail.

Fig. 1.

Tarentola tuberculata, sp. nu. Upper view of snout,

18. Yarentola annularis, Geoftr.

Egypt.

19. Spherodactylus argus, Gosse.

Fam. Pygopodide.

20. Delma Fraseri, Gray.

Victoria (Australia).

21. Delma lineata, sp.n. (PI. VIII. fig. 1;

woodcut, fig. 2.)

Snout not prominent, a little shorter than the distance

between the orbit and the ear-opening. Tail a little more

than twice as long as head and body. Rudimentary limbs

small, Rostral triangular. Nostril pierced in the lower

portion of the nasal, which forms a suture with its fellow on

the snout. ‘The anterior part of the nasal fused with the

first upper labial. No supranasals. A pair of large plates

between the nasals and the prefrontal; the latter seven-sided,

not so broad as the frontal. Three enlarged scales on the outer

IsZ Mr. N. Roséu on the Lizards in the

side of each parietal. A large loreal. Four small plates in

a line between the orbit and the nasal and some small ones

between the loreal and the orbit. Two supraorbitals. Seven

upper labials; fourth elongate and situated below the orbit,

from which it is separated by a row of small scales. Mental

large, triangular, broader than long. Five lower labials, the

Delma lineata, sp.n. a. Lower view of snout. b. Upper view of

head. c. Side view o head.

first separated from its fellow by a small scale behind the

mental. Sixteen longitudinal rows of scales round the middle

of the body. The enlarged ventral scales decreasing in width

posteriorly, the anterior at least twice as broad as long;

they form 51 pairs. Two large anal scales.

Olive above, lighter beneath, the anterior part of the lower

surfaces yellowish. A broad light (grey ? in spirit!) vertebral

line extending to the end of the tail. The edges of the scales

lighter, on the back forming small longitudinal lines between

the rows of scales.

mm,

Waidthiothead+., ssn cieun ate ase une 5

Mromisnout towvelue +. «cise ces eee fis)

Daal ee fat eR Oe ae 160

Zoological Museum of Lund. 133

Victoria (Australia).

A single specimen.

This species seems to be allied to D. ¢mpar, Fisch.*

(‘ Catalogue of Lizards,’ i. p. 244), from which it differs by

having 16 rows of scales round the middle of the body, the

first lower labial not in contact with its fellow. In D.impar,

Fisch., the prefrontal is a little larger than the frontal,

whereas this lizard has the frontal larger than the preefrontal.

In the coloration there is also some difference. This new

species differs from all previously described species of Delma

by having the anterior part of the nasal fused with the first

upper labial (perhaps an individual character).

Fam. Agamide.

22. Draco volans, L.

Java.

23. Draco fimbriatus, Kuhl.

24. Gonyocephalus Kuhli, Schleg.

Java.

Supraorbitals more or less distinctly keeled. Total length

300 mm.

25. Calotes cristatellus, Kuhl.

Java.

26. Calotes jubatus, D. & B.

Java.

27. Calotes tympanistriga, Gray.

Java.

28. Calotes versicolor, Daud.

29. Calotes ophiomachus, Merr.

30. Calotes aberrans, sp.n. (PI. VIII. fig. 3.)

Upper head-scales rather large, irregular, smooth or feebly

keeled. A rather large tubercle behind the superciliary

edge and a smaller one on its anterior end. A pair of

tubercles on the occiput. Tympanum scale-like. A slight

nuchal crest, composed of a few small spines. No transverse

gular fold. No oblique fold in front of the shoulder.

Dorsal crest indistinct ; a very slightly serrated ridge. 36

* Pseudodelma impar, Fischer, Archiv f. Naturgeschichte, 48 Jahre.

(1882) p. 286.

134 Mr. N. Rosén on the Lizards in the

scales round the middle of the body. Dorsal scales very

large, much larger than the ventrals, pointing backwards and

downwards, smooth. The median series of the dorsal scales

keeled, forming a slight ridge. Ventral scales strongly

keeled, larger on the sides of the belly than on the middle.

The adpressed hind limb reaches the shoulder. Fourth

finger as long as the third or very slightly longer. Tail

compressed, with aslight upper ridge. Caudal scales strongly

keeled.

The specimen is preserved in spirit. The coloration is

indistinct, bluish, marbled white (?}.

mm.

‘otalicngth 2 cone kee ee ee eee 200

Head-is coke SS eee eee ee 19

Tkexoveabfevavounjy 10) Why gausooansboaotoce 81

oredimb:sc ee pace eee ot eee 31

Find dimb ee ee eee eee Eee 3

SPAT GS Be Ay oa eeecta ec kote eee ea EN 119

Java. <A single specimen, collected by Dr. Hj. Moller

(1897).

This species is characterized from all the others by its

short hind limbs. It seems to be most allied to C. tympani-

striga (Gray), from which, however, it is quite distinct.

31. Agama pallida, Reuss.

Egypt.

32. Agama mossambica, Ptrs.

33. Agama stellio, L.

Sinai.

34. Amphibolurus maculatus, Gray.

West Australia. Collected by Dr. N. Holst (1896-97).

Seems to differ a little in coloration.

35. Amphibolurus Holsti*,sp.n. (Pl. IX.)

Head moderately large. Snout as long as the diameter of

the orbit, with subangular canthus rostralis. ‘Tympanum

large. Nostril below the canthus rostralis, much nearer the

eye than the tip of the snout. Upper head-scales subequal,

strongly keeled, smallest on the supraorbital region. Gular

* J take the liberty of naming this lizard after the Swedish geologist

Dr. N. Holst, who has made yery valuable collections of reptiles in

West Australia.

Zoological Museum of Lund. 155

scales much smaller than ventrals, feebly keeled. A dorso-

lateral crest on each side of the neck. A _ well-developed

dorsal crest, beginning on the neck and extending on the

anterior part of the tail, composed of closely-set compressed

spines. Body covered above with very strongly keeled scales,

largest and more strongly keeled on the middle of the back,

not intermixed with enlarged scales. The keels converge

towards the vertebral line. Ventral scales very distinctly

keeled. The hind limb stretched forwards reaches beyond

the orbit. Limbs with keeled scales. About 55 pores, ex-

tending along the whole length of the thighs, scarcely inter-

rupted on the preanal region. Caudal scales equal, keeled.

Brown above, head and body with irregular dark spots

and lines. Four large dark spots on the middle of the ante-

rior part of the back. Tail uniform brown. Lighter beneath.

Lower surface of head with smaller black spots and a large

one in the middle line reaching from snout to the gular sac.

The anterior part of belly and the middle of chest black.

Lower surface of fore limbs black.

mm.

ebeaben et bia ct ater denorcy a) ole i's abs, 0-5 cf ate 350

1 8 [ENG WERE errr a en Dee ae een a 30

1B oe Un ENE RnR COC DROU ACO temeCe 80

Barer Wri hep ts cl eeacev or henesa-oh cic, axek oeehaan ss 42

Utter Mera yo see ey hers see oie a a Se 90

SUUER Ie sen ee eee step ais ay ot errmne ity nica grav er ss « 240

West Australia. A single specimen, collected by Dr. N.

Holst (Dec. 1896).

This species seems to find a systematic position between

A. cristatus, Gray (Cat. Liz. i. p. 383), and A. caudi-

cinctus, Gthr. (Cat. Liz. 1. p. 384). To A. eristatus, Gray, it

is allied by the dorsal crest and the keeled ventral scales, but

these characters are more developed in this new species. In

A. cristatus, Gray, the crest is composed of a few widely

separated spines, the ventral scales are smooth or very feebly

keeled. ‘This species has the crest composed of many spines,

_ «tn contact with each other, the ventral scales distinctly keeled.

In these points it is well separated from A. caudicinctus,

which has a very small nuchal crest, a slight dorsal ridge,

and smooth ventral scales—With A. caudicinctus, Gthr., it

agrees in having the dorsal scales not intermixed with

scattered enlarged scales, asin A. cristatus.

36. Amphibolurus caudicinctus, Gthr.

West Australia. Collected by Dr. N. Holst (1896-97).

Seems to agree with the description of A. caudicinctus,

136 Mr. N. Rosén on the Lizards in the

Gthr. (Cat. Liz. i. p. 384), except the coloration. Lighter

beneath. ‘Tail dark, with narrow indistinct lighter (white ?)

rings. In the ‘ Catalogue of Lizards’ A. caudicinctus, Gthr.,

is described as having regular black rings, narrower than the

interspaces between them.

37. Amphibolurus reticulatus, Gray.

West Australia (VV. Holst, 1896-97).

Twenty-three specimens (all from West Australia) are

preserved in the collections. They vary very much, forming

a continuous series, from such as have no trace of a nuchal

crest to those in which it is distinct and rather well-developed.

In some specimens the ventral scales are feebly but distinetly

keeled. The coloration also is very variable. In other

characters they agree with the description of A. reticulatus,

Gray.—I have not been able to separate them into varieties

or species, and I have therefore referred them all to A. retécu-

latus, Gray.

38. Amphibolurus muricatus, White.

West Australia.

39. Amphibolurus barbatus, Cuv.

Australia.

40. Tympanocryptis cephalus, Gthr.

West Australia (N. Holst).

41. Uromastix spinipes, Daud.

Egypt.

42. Moloch horridus, Gray.

Australia.

Fam. Iguanide.

43. Anolis cristatellus, D. & B.

44, Anolis Leachit, D. & B.

West Indies.

45. Norops auratus, Daud.

46. Polychrus marmoratus, L.

47. Ophryoessa superciliosa, L.

48. Liolemus pictus, D. & B.

Chili.

Zoological Museum of Lund.

49. Amblyrhynchus cristatus, Bell,

Galapagos Islands.

50. Iguana tuberculata, Laur.

D1. Lguana delicatissima, Laur.

52. Sceloporus spinosus, Wiegm.

23. Phrynosoma cornutum, Harl.

N. America,

Fam, Anguide.

54. Ophisaurus apus, Pall.

55. Anguis fragilis, L.

Europe.

Fam. Varanide.

56. Varanus salvator, Laur.

Java,

57. Varanus niloticus, L.

Egypt.

58. Varanus Gouldit, Gray.

59. Varanus caudolineatus, Bler.

W. Australia (Dr. NV. Holst, 1896).

Fam. Teiide.

60. Tupinambis teguixin, L.

S. America.

61. Ameiva surinamensis, Laur.

W. Indies.

62. Ameiva edracantha, Bocourt.

Ecuador.

63. Cnemidophorus lemniscatus, Daud.

Fam. Amphisbenida.

64. Amphisbena fuliginosa, L.

Ecuador.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7, Vol. xvi.

13 Mr. N. Rosén on the Lizards in the

65. Trogonophis Wiegmanni, Kaup.

Algeria.

Fam. Lacertide.

66. Tachydromus sevlineatus, Daud.

Java.

67. Lacerta ocellata, Daud.

Algeria.

In the ‘Catalogue of Lizards’ (iii. p. 13) a variety of

L. ocellata is described (var. pater), inhabiting Algeria and

Tunis, and characterized by having the dorsal scales more

distinctly keeled and the occipital shield smaller, viz. as broad

as or a little narrower than the frontal. The number of

scales across the middle of the body and the number of

femoral pores seem to be mostly a little larger. Boulenger

says respecting it:—‘‘In some Spanish specimens the occipital

is quite of the same size as in ‘ L. pater, and also the

other characters given as distinctive are by no means constant ;

therefore the Algero-Tunisian form can, in my opinion,

not be specifically separated from the European.”—In the

specimens (from Algeria) in the collections these characters

vary considerably, so that I have not been able to distinguish

the var. pater from the European form.

Spec. a.... 17 femoral pores; occipital broader than frontal.

b. 16-18 ,, os

” ” »

Orage AGsiber a se narrower a

Te SAND ” ” ” ” ”

DEA oS] A 5 broader ss

ienine AS i, ” ” ” ”

68. Lacerta viridis, Laur.

Europe.

69. Lacerta agilis, L.

Europe.

70. Lacerta vivipara, Jacq.

Europe.

71. Lacerta muralis, Laur.

Europe.

72. Psammodromus algirus, L.

Algeria.

Zoological Museum of Lund. 139

73. Acanthodactylus pardalis, Licht.

Algeria.

74, Acanthodactylus boskianus, Daud.

Algeria.

75. Eremias guttulata, Licht.

Algeria.

Fam. Scincidz.

76. Egernia tnornata, sp. n.

(Pl. VII. fig. 2; woodcut, fig. 3.)

Head moderate. Curved groove behind the nostril absent

or very feebly marked. No distinct suture below the nostril.

Fronto-nasal large, larger than the prefrontals, forming

a suture with the rostral, separated from the frontal.

Preefrontals forming a median suture. Frontal about twice

as long as broad, considerably longer than the fronto-parietal.

6 supraoculars, third largest, first and sixth small. 7 upper

Egernia inornata, sp. n. Upper view of head.

labials, fourth, fifth, and sixth below the eye; fourth largest.

3 large temporals. One pair of nuchals. Har-opening with

four obtuse lobules anteriorly. Scales smooth, 42 round the

middle of the body. ‘The adpressed limbs overlap. Fourth

toe long. ‘Tail slightly compressed. Caudal scales

smooth. Upper surface yellowish brown, with irregular

dark brown spots, most numerous on the sides. Yellowish

beneath,

10*

140 Mr. N. Rosén on the Lizards in the

Rotallongth oops essere cero ee 160

Head) nc inces occ ob 15

Wiaidthiofshead see ee eee reli

Rromisnontitowente see eee reer ee 74

Bore dlimb:\...4:5.s¢sleoe eee eee 22

Bind limb: Cites sence eee 32

Tail sae ctiecisenoh sae eeee Ceomene 86

West Australia (Dr. V. Holst, 1897). A single specimen.

Seems to be allied to Z. Whitt, Lacép.

77. Egernia depressa, Gthr.

W. Australia (Dr. N. Holst, 1896).

In one specimen (four spec. in the Museum) some dorsal

scales with five keels and spines.

78. Trachysaurus rugosus, Gray.

Australia.

79. Mabuia Perrotetii, D. & B.

80. Mabuia multifasciata, Kull.

Java.

One specimen with feeb/y keeled subdigital lamellae. Hind

limbs a little longer. In other respects it seems to agree

with MW. multifasciata, Kuhl.

81. Mabuia siamensis, Gthr.

82. Mabuia Sloanit, Daud.

83. Lygosoma (Hinulia) teniolatum, White, var. maculata,

noy. (Pl. VEU dig. 2.)

Rostral and prefrontal narrowly in contact; the pre-

frontals -separated. Hight upper labials, the last three

largest.

Brown above. A narrow vertebral line, edged with white

(in spirit). On each side of the body two longitudinal lines

(white in spirit), between which small spots of the same

colour arranged in a regular line. White beneath.

West Australia.

Two specimens, collected by Dr. N. Holst (1896).

I have not been able to find any structural characters

distinctly separating this lizard from the L. teniolatum,

White, and therefore I believe that it is only a colour-

variety of that species.

Zoological Museum of Lund. 141

34. Lygosoma olivaceum, Gray.

Java.

35. Lygosoma ornatum, Gray.

New Zealand.

$6. Lygosoma Temmincki, D. & B.

Java.

$7. Humeces Schneider’, Daud.

$8. Scincus muscatensis, Murray (?).

89. Chalcides ocellatus, Forsk.

(a) A (Cat. Liz. iii. p. 401).

Algeria, Egypt.

(5) B (Cat. Liz. ii. p. 401).

90. Chalcides tridactylus, Laur.

(a) A (Cat. Liz. iii. p. 404).

Algeria.

(>) B (Cat. Liz. ii. p. 404).

Italy.

pair broken up.

Algeria.

Fam. Chamaleontide.

91. Chameleon vulgaris, Daud.

Algeria, Sinai.

92. Chameleon senegalensis, Daud,

93. Chameleon gallus, Gthr.

Madagascar.

CORRIGENDUM.

Since I finished my descriptions of these lizards, the Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. for December 1904 has been published,

in which Boulenger has described (p. 414) a new lizard

from Western Australia (Amphibolurus Webstert). The

142 Col. C. Swinhoe on

Amphibolurus Holst’, which I have described in this paper

as new, agrees with his species, and therefore the name

“* [Tolstt (sp. n.) ” must be changed to “ Websteri, Blgr.”

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuaTeE VIL.

Fig. 1. Tarentola tuberculata, sp. n.

‘ig. 2. Egernia tnornata, sp. n.

Prate VIII.

Fig. 1. Delma lineata, sp. un.

Fig. 2. Lygosoma teniolatum, White, var. maculata, nov.

4g. 3, Calotes aberrans, sp. 1.

PuateE IX,

Amphibolurus Holsti, sp. n.

XV.—Notes on Eastern and Australian Heterocera, with

Descriptions of One new Genus and Thirteen new Species.

By Colonel Cares Swinuog, M.A., F.L.S., &c.

Family Eupterotide.

]. Melanothrix fumosa, nov.

?. Of a uniform dull smoky brown, shafts of the antennze

with an ochreous tinge; palpi blackish above: fore wings

with a broad, white, discal, transverse band, with even sides,

very broad on the costa a little beyond the middle, occupying

at least a fifth of the wing, gradually narrowing hindwards

to the hinder angle, where it is about one eighth of an inch

broad; no other markings. Underside as above, general

tint of colour paler, costal line of fore wings slightly ochreous.

Expanse of wings 2,4, inches.

Brunei, Borneo; one example.

Allied to M. alternans, Pag. Iris, iii. p. 13, from Palawan,

but the white band on the fore wings is much broader and

there are no markings on the hind wings.

Family Drepanulide.

2. Oreta figlina, nov.

¢. Palpi, head, frons, and legs crimson ; antenne, body,

Eastern and Australian Heterocera. 143

and wings above of a uniform brick-red colour: fore wings

with some grey marks on the basal half of the costa, a brown

ence near the apex, and another at one fifth from the APEX 5

a yellow thick line from the apex to the hinder margin

beyond the nnddle, rather concave in shape; a broad shadowy

grey band on the inner side of this line, which is continued

across the centre of the hind wings. Underside more

ochreous and brighter in colour; fore wings and costal

portion of the hind wings with brown striations.

Expanse of wings 14 inch.

Java; one example.

Same shape as O. bicolor, Warren, from Malacca, but

that has no indications of any median band.

Family Arctiide.

3. Diacrisia sumatrana, nov.

¢. Ofauniform dull ochreous brown: fore wings with

faint indications of antemedial, medial, and discal transverse

bands: hind wings with better-defined medial and_post-

medial bands, the latter more or less macular. Underside

slightly paler in colour; a brown mark at the end of each

cell, no other markings; shaft of the antenne pale; legs

without markings ; abdomen with dorsal and lateral indistinct

blackish spots.

Expanse of wings 1,4, inch.

Soekaranda, Sumatra; two examples.

Received under the above name, but I can find no record

of its description; is allied to D. landaka, Moore, from

Java, but that form has crimson sides to the abdomen and

distinct markings, especially on the underside.

Family Lithosiide.

4, Hugoa crassa.

Lyclene crassa, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 114 (1862).

Eugoa crassa, mpsn. Phal. ii. p. 547, pl. xxxiv. fig. 28 (1900).

Khasia Hills; two examples.

The type, from Sarawak, is im Mus. Oxon.; the outer

portion of the fore wings beyond the discal band is darker

than usual, but otherwise it appears to me to be identical.

5. Chionema axiologa, nov.

¢. Frons, head, and thorax white ; thorax with lateral

scarlet bands; abdomen grey, with scarlet hairs; antenne

144 Col. C. Swinhoe on

red : fore wings white, bands scarlet, first subbasal and erect,

second antemedial, outwardly curved, banded with black on

the inner side, third postmedial extending from the costa,

where it is nearly bifurcate, towards outer margin below the

middle, then down straight to the hinder margin about one

sixth from the angle, banded with black on the outer side,

fourth band marginal and is continued round the apex and

on the costa till it ends in the arm which nearly forms the

bifurcation of the third band; a large black spot at the upper

end of the cell: hind wings scarlet, with the costal space

broadly white. Underside pale scarlet, the lower portion of

fore and costa of hind wings white, the two lobes on the

fore wings smeared with white; fore legs brown, with white

bands, the other legs and body white.

Expanse of wings 1,5, inch.

Nias; one example.

Resembles C. Plateni, Elwes, from N. Celebes, but that has

two discoidal spots on the fore wings and the subbasal band

of that species is of a different and very abnormal character.

6. Chionema subornata.

Bizone subornata (9), Walker, 11. 550 (1854).

Chionema subornata (2), Hmpsn. Phal. i. p. 821 (1900).

Ceylon; type ? in B. M., Andaman Islands.

The male (hitherto unknown) is very like C. obliquilineata,

Hmpsn., from Sikkim, the type of which is also in the B. M.;

the lobe on the underside distorts the upper surface of the

fore wing and bends the ante- and postmedial bands, and

there are also some indications of the diffused fuscous patch

below the costa towards apex ; it is otherwise marked like

the female. I have received in a collection from Kandy one

iwmale and two females, and | have both sexes from Port Blair,

Andamans, collected by Wimberly.

Family Zygenide.

7. Thyrassia aprepes, nov.

d. Palpi, frons, and collar ochreous; antenne, body, and

wings black ; thorax with an ochreous spot behind; abdomen

with ochreous band: fore wings with an obscure semidiapha-

nous whitish streak from the base, running beneath the

median vein ; a large wedge-shaped hyaline streak at the end

of the cell, four thin streaks beyond it, and three broader

ones below it: hind wings with the basal half hyaline.

Underside: body and legs black.

Eastern and Australian Leterocera. 145

Expanse of wings ,° inch.

Key Island; one example.

Allied to T. Rafflesii, Moore, from Java.

Family Chalcosiide.

8. Soritia bicolor.

Devanica bicolor (2), Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 355,

Soritia bicolor, Hmpsn. Moths India, iv. p. 469 (1896).

Soritia viridivena (9), Hmpsn. J. ¢. i. p. 253 (1892)..

Soritia nigribasalis (go), Hmpsn. /. ec.

Cachar, Silhet, Khasia Hills.

The type from Cachar is in the Indian Museum, Calcutta ;

the type of viridivena from Silhet isin the B, M.; Sir George

Hampson has compared the two together, and found them to

be identical. The type of nigribasalis from Sikkim is in

Coll. Elwes—by some printer’s error it was described as a

female. I have received a good many examples of both

sexes of this species from the Khasia Hills,

9. Soritia Bocki, nov.

3 ?. Antenne, head, and abdomen black ; thorax with

the fore half scarlet, the hinder half black: fore wings with

a band at the apex and a large space on the hinder margin

blackish brown, leaving a large ochreous band tinged with

scarlet, which occupies more than half the wing-space, from

the base running along the upper half and bending down to

the outer margin, occupying the whole space below the apical

band : hind wings uniform blackish brown, without markings.

Underside same as above; body and legs black.

Expanse of wings 1, inch.

Hsipaw, Burma. ‘Types in B. M.

Some examples have a stronger suffusion of scarlet on the

band on the fore wings than the types; there are altogether

_three males and two females in the National Collection from

Hsipaw, a male from Hong Kong, and a female from

Shanghai. I have in my own collection a male from Kiang-Si,

which I received as Pidorus Bocki, but I can find no reference ;

it is allied to S. costata, Walker, of which there are many

examples from Northern and Western China; the wings of

that species are much longer, the coloration is deep black

with a bright scarlet narrow band, the head and collar

scarlet, the thorax wholly black.

146 Col. C. Swinhoe on

10. Soritia costimacula.

Soritia costimaculata (3), Auriv. Ent. Tidsk. xv. p. 169 (fig.) (1894) ;

Pag. Semon’s Forschungsreisen, v. pl. xiii. fig. 2 (1895).

Soritia leptalinoides (@ ), Auriv. Lc. (fig.).

Java.

I cannot but believe that these are sexes of the same

species ; the fore wings of the male have the basal streak of

the female, the subcostal discal spot, and a costal spot, indi-

cating the commencement of the medial transverse band, and

on the underside of the hind wings the same peculiar macular

submarginal band; the other differences are no more than is

usual between the sexes in this extraordinary family: the

types of both came from Java, and I have three males and a

female from the same locality.

ll. Pidorus ericydes, nov.

?. Shafts of antenne, frons, head, thorax, and first two

segments of the abdomen bright metallic blue-green; re-

mainder of abdomen dull ochreous; wings white; plumes of

the antennz and basal portions of both wings black, the

latter being well covered with bright metallic blue-green

scales, and on the fore wings is extended along the costa and

joins the large outer black band, which occupies quite a third

of the wing and contains a white subcostal spot near the

apex and two white spots close together near the outer margin

a little above the middle: hind wings with a black outer

marginal band about half the width of the band of the fore

wings, the band narrowing hindwards and terminating in a

point before reaching the anal angle. Underside: body and

legs with metallic blue-green scales: wings as above; both

wings with metallic blue-green scales covering the basal

patch, and similar scales, forming marginal bands.

Expanse of wings 2,°, ‘inches.

Woodlark Island; two examples in B. M., including the

type.

12. Cyclosia papilionaris.

Noctua papilionaris (2), Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. ii. fig. 4 (1773).

Eterusia ferrea (3), Walker, 11, 451 (1854),

China.

Drury’s type came from China; Walker’s type of ferrea

in the B. M. is from Hong Kong, I have it from Tonkin ;

Drury’s figure is a very good representation of the Chinese

insect, which is very different to the various Indian forms in

Eastern and Australian Fleterocera. 147

both sexes. The allied form C. australinda, Hmpsn., from

S. India, was bred by T. R. Bell and found to be the female

of Pintia latipennis, Hmpsn.

13. Cyclosia venaria.

Phalena venaria, Fabry. Syst. Ent. p. 627 (1775).

Cyclosia papilionaris, Hmpsn. (nec Drury), Moths India, i. p. 269

(1892).

Sikkim, Khasia Hills.

The male is much like ferrea, Walker, but the white spots

are larger and more prominent ; the female has a much more

glossy sheen than papilionaris, Drury ; the white spots beyond

the cell of the fore wings are much broader than in that

species and are spear-shaped ; the black on the hind wings

forms a regular marginal border, instead of running into the

wing above vein 2, right up to the cell, as is the case in the

Chinese form. The type is in the Banksian Cabinet in the

B. M.; it is quite as distinct from papilionaris as are niyres-

cens, Moore, parvula, Butler, australinda, Hmpsn., enodis,

Swinhoe, chartacea, Swinhoe, from each other and from both

papilionaris and venaria.

14. Cyclosia castigata.

Cyclosia castigata (2 ), Walker, xxxi. 115 (1864).

Pintia cyanea (3), Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat, Hist. (5) xii. p. 160

(1883).

Sumatra, Borneo.

The type from Sumatra is in Mus. Oxon.; Butler’s type

from the same locality is in the B. M.; there are three

females and one male from Borneo in the National Collection

and onein mine. The allied form metachloros, Walker, from

Java, was bred by Horsfield, the sexes showing the same

characteristic differences.

15. Cyclosia sordida.

Pidorus sordidus (2), Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vi. p. 98 (1862);

Swinh. Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. i. p. 67, pl. ii. fig. 4 (1892).

Pintia insularis (3), Swinhoe, /. e. p. 76.

Codane obscurata, Snellen (nee Walker), Tijd. voor Ent. xly. p. 209,

pl. xiv. figs. 4 9,8 ¢§ (1902).

Borneo, Sumatra, Singapore.

The type from Sarawak is in Mus. Oxon., as also is the

type of insularis from Singapore ; there are six males and

two females from the latter locality in the B. M. and one

male from Sumatra: I have males from Singapore, Johore,

148 Col. C. Swinhoe on

Makassar, Celebes, and females from Palembang, Sumatra,

and from Nikko, Japan; the last, collected by Mr. Sanson,

in no way differs from the other Island examples. Piepers

appears to have bred these in Java: I had put them together

in my collection long before I saw Snellen’s paper; by some

curious mistake, though he has figured correctly Walker’s

type of sordida, he has printed a wrong name and a wrong

reference both of the text of Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. and of

the number of the figure on the plate.

16. Cyclosia distincta.

a rare distincta (2), Guér. Voy. Deless. p. 85, pl. xxiv. fig. 3

ea ee (3), Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. ii. p. 321, pl. viii. a,

fig. 3 (1859).

Eterusia osseata (9), Walker, xxxi. 120 (1864).

Java, Borneo, Sumatra, Mergui.

From all the above localities in the B. M.; in my collec-

tion from Jelebu, Singapore, Sarawak, and Sandakan ; they

are undoubtedly sexes of the same species. Moore’s type

from Java is in the B. M., Walker’s type from Sumatra in

Mus. Oxon. Guérin’s locality Assam is undoubtedly wrong ;

at all events, it has never since been recorded from India

proper. There is an example, however, in Mus. Oxon., taken

by Mouhot in Cambodia, Siam.

17. Isbarta pieridoides.

Epyrgis pieridoides, Herr.-Schaff. Ausser. Schmett. 1, p. 5 (1853),

Java, Borneo, Sumatra, Nias.

The type came from Java. Only females have heretofore

been known; the male is glaucous blue, about half the size of

the female ; it somewhat resembles Jsbarta glauca, Walker,

has the same kind of yellow band on the abdominal margin

of the hind wings below, but otherwise the markings above

and below are identical with those of the other sex except

for some black suffusion on the outer third of the fore wings

above and white submarginal spots: it has heretofore been

mixed up with g/auca in collections ; the female of that form

is not yet known. There is a form of pierzdoides in Sumatra

and another in the island of Nias, in which the females are

very similar, but the males have the thick black vein-

markings on the hind wings very obscure and more white

spots on the fore wings. There are in the B. M. and in my

own collection examples of both sexes of all three forms.

Eastern and Australian Heterocera. 149

18. Isbarta Binghami.

Epyrgis Binghami (9), Butler, Aun, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) x. p. 374

(1882),

Isbarta cyanescens (3), Hmpsn. Trans, Ent. Soc, 1895, p. 284.

Tenasserim, Burma.

There can be no doubt these are sexes of the same species ;

the types of both are in the B. M. from Tenasserim, also

three other females from the same locality ; I have a female

in my own collection from the same place.

19. Isbarta curiosa.

7) vi. p. 305 (1900).

Isbarta curiosa, Swinhoe, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7)

33, pl. xiv. fig. 3.

Isbarta aspasia, Snellen, Tijd. yoor Ent. 1902, p. 18

Java.

Types (¢ 2) in B. M. Snellen’s types are from the same

locality.

Genus Psapuis.

Walker, ii. p. 433 (1854).

20. Psaphis camadeva.

Gynautocera camadeva (¢), Doubl. Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. xix,

p. 75 (1847).

Euschema semiplena (2), Walker, xxxi, 177 (1864).

Penang, Malacca, Borneo.

Doubleday’s type from Penang is in the B. M.; Walker’s

type without locality, from Coll. Norris, is not in the National

Collection, but there is one example from Malacca and

another from Borneo. Rothschild’s species gloriosa, a female

from Sumatra *, must come under this genus; the male,

when found, will certainly resemble camadeva; there is a

female example from Kuching in the B. M.

Family Callidulide.

21. Cleis aureola, nov.

?. Antenne, palpi, frons, and pectus golden yellow;

head, body, and wings above dark chocolate-brown ; fore

wings with a short submarginal band from near the

hinder margin, and hind wings with a broader marginal

band, golden yellow ; the latter is crescent-shaped and does

not touch the margin. Underside: body and legs golden

yellow ; wings same as above, but the golden-yellow band on

* Noy. Zool. vii. p. 275, pl. v. fig. 6.

150 Col. C. Swinhoe on

the fore wings is complete and circles outwardly from the

costa beyond the middle to near the hinder margin, where it

narrows somewhat.

Expanse of wings 14 inch.

Obi Island ; one example.

Nearest to C. posticalis, Guérin, but that has a large

golden-yellow spot near the hinder angle of the fore wings

above and below, and the band on the hind wings is much

broader.

Family Lymantriide.

22. Anthela epicrypha, nov.

2. Pale cinnamon-grey, with a slight pinkish tinge, very

uniform in colour; indications of an antemedial outwardly

curved grey line; a brownish spot at the end of each cell; a

discal sinuous grey line, immediately followed by a crenulate

grey line contaiing dull spots on the veins, both lines bent

inwards on to the costa; on the hind wings these two lines open

out a little towards the costa, and the inner line corresponds

to the outer line of the fore wings. Underside: paler lines as

above, the inner line on both wings thicker and more even ;

an obscure small spot inside each cell in addition to the

spot at the end.

Expanse of wings 3,5 inches.

New South Wales; one example.

I have had this example in my collection for years ; it is

in fine condition, I have carefully gone through the

descriptions of all the described species, examples of which

are not in the B. M., but cannot find any description that fits

it; the nearest is Darala succinia, Lucas (Proc. Linn. Soc.

N.S. W. 1891, p. 290) ; there is nothing like it in the B. M.

Family Hadenide.

23. Polia illoba.

Agrotis illoba, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 162 (1878).

Polta tlloba, Hmpsn, Phal. y. p. 151 (1905).

Khasia Hills.

Not mentioned by Hampson as from India; the type from

Hakodaté, Japan, is in the B. M.; I haveit from Yokohama

and Nikko.

Eastern and Australian Heterocera. 15h

Family Acontiide.

24. Bryophila khasiana.

Bryophila khasiana, Umpsn. Moths India, ii. p. 299 (1894).

Apamea repetita, Swinh. (nec Butler), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xv.

p. 499 (1905).

Khasia Hills.

Type in Coll. Elwes. Sir George Hampson informs me

that I misidentified this moth. Since writing the above

paper I have received another example from Cherra Punji.

25. Malattha marginalis.

Acontia marginalis, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. vil. p. 49 (1864).

Maliattha marginalis, Swinh. Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. ii. p. 51, pl. i. fig. 9

(1900).

Matattha stolasa, Swinh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xv. p. 154 (1905),

Khasia Hills.

The type is in Mus. Oxon. from Sarawak. I overlooked

it when describing stolasa. It is new to the Indian fauna,

Family Sarrothripide.

26. Blenina solomonis, nov.

¢. Palpi brown above, white below and at the sides ;

head, body, and fore wings white, thickly irrorated with dark

grey: fore wings with basal, medial, and submarginal grey

irregular bands, the first outwardly margined by an outwardly

rounded sinuous brown line ; the medial band margined on

both sides in a similar manner, the band much contracted

below the middle and narrow downwards to the hinder

margin; the submarginal band narrow, bifurcate below the

costa, and outwardly margined by a deeply sinuous thick

brown line, the sinuations forming three blunt outward

dentations: hind wings dark brown, without markings.

Underside uniform sordid brown, with some darker shading

in the interior of the fore wings.

Expanse of wings 1,%; inch.

Solomon Islands ; one exainple.

Somewhat similar in the colour and markings on the fore

wings above to B. lichenopa, Meyrick, which I have from

Queensland, but very different on the underside,

152 Col. C. Swinhoe on

Family Gonopteride.

27. Beara nubiferella.

Beara nubiferella, Walker, xxxy. 1704 (1866).

Port Blair, Andamans.

The type from Java is in the B. M. I have it also from

Muok-Lek, Siam, Goping, Perak, Sarawak, and Mackay,

Queensland. It is not mentioned by Hampson.

Genus Erizapa.

Erizada, Walker, xxxii. 506 (1865).

Tinosoma, Umpsn. Moths India, ii. p. 426 (1894).

28. Erizada semifervens.

Gadirtha (?) semifervens, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vii. p. 163 (1864).

Tinosoma semifervens, Swinh. Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon, ii. p. 101 (1900).

Erizada lichenaria, Walker, xxxii. 507.

Tinosoma hyperythrum, Hmpsn. J. e.

Borneo, Java, Siam, Naga Hills.

The type from Sarawak, Borneo, is in Mus. Oxon., the

types of lichenaria from Java in the B. M., and of hypery-

thrum from the Naga Hills in Coll. Elwes; I have it also

from Siam.

Family Quadrifide.

29. Ophiusa rubida.

Ophisma rulida, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vii. p. 179 (1864).

Ophiusa rubida, Swinh. Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. ii. p. 144 (1900).

Khasia Hills, Jaintia Hills; three examples.

The type from Sarawak, Borneo, is in Mus. Oxon. I have

it also from Java. It is not mentioned by Hampson.

30. Hypetra tepescens.

Athyrma tepescens, Walker, xiv. 1417 (1858).

Port Blair, Andamans.

The type from Penang is in the B. M.; I have it also

from Goping, Perak, Singapore, and Key Island. It is not

mentioned by Hampson.

31. Oromena noduna, nov.

9. Palpi brown above, ochreous grey beneath; head

and thorax brown, speckled with white; abdomen ochreous

Eastern and Australian [leterocera. 153

grey: fore wings with the ground-colour white, irrorated

and thickly marked in parts with blackish brown ; an ante-

medial sinuous brown line, the space inside it with two

brown marks on the costa, one in the middle and a brown

suffusion on the hinder margin which extends to the middle

of the wing; a deep black lunule at the end of the cell;

postmedial, sinuous, double line, with a white centre; the

outer portion of the wing suffused with blackish brown and

containing discal and submarginal white dentated lines ;

cilia brown, with whitish patches; four whitish spots on the

costa near tlie apex: hind aS ochreous grey; a brown

lunule at the end of the cell, indications of a discal sinuous

grey line, and the outer margin broadly brown. eo

ochreous grey ; a brown lunule at the ‘end of each cell ;

grey sinuous discal line and broad brownish- grey borders to

both wings ; legs brown; tarsi with white bands.

expanse of wings 1 ,‘5 inch.

Ceylon.

Allied to O. reliquenda, Walker, from India.

Genus Drtocoma, noy.

¢. Antenne long, two thirds length of costa, with curved

bristles and cilia; palpi upturned, second joint broad,

uniform in width, moderately hairy, reaching vertex of head,

third one third length of second, smooth and blunt ; thorax

with rather long hairs abdomen smooth, extending a little

beyond the hind wings; a sharp frontal tuft; fore tibiz

with long, thick, brush-like hairs; mid and hind tibiz

smooth, the former with one pair, the latter with two pairs

of spurs ; costa of fore wings straight, arched before apex,

which is subfalcate; outer margin slightly rounded ; hinder

margin curved before base: hind wings with the costa arched,

apex acute, outer margin slightly rounded; anal angle

bluntly acute; the wing more or less triangular; neuration

normal.

-Allied to the genus Azazia, Walker.

32. Delocoma marmorea, nov.

gd. Palpi black on the outer and grey on the inner sides ;

body and wings dark lavender-brown; top of head, outer

third of fore wings, and apical third of hind wings lavender-

grey, giving the insect a peculiar marbled appearance : fore

wings with a brown lunule at the end of the cell; ante-

medial, medial, and postmedial highly sinuous dark brown

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. At

154 On Eastern and Australian [leterocera.

lines ; the medial line running through a dark brown fascia

which crosses the middle of both wings, the third line dentate ;

a submarginal sinuous fascia from the costa before apex to

the hinder angle: hind wings with a dentate but not simuous

discal line and a submarginal sinuous line, which does not

enter the white apical space; cilia of both wings whitish.

Underside brown, smeared with whitish scales; a straight

thick brown line, outwardly edged with white, from the costa

of fore wings one fourth from apex to the abdominal margin

of hind wings a little beyond the middle; indications of a

discal band; a thin, brown, marginal band and whitish cilia.

Expanse of wings 2,4, inches.

Sawangan, N. Celebes ; six examples.

In markings unlike anything I have ever seen.

Family Focillide.

33. Zethes subapicalis, nov.

3. Of a uniform ochreous fawn-colour ; first two joints

of palpi brown; thorax blackish brown in front: fore wings

with a small black patch on costa at the base; a black dot

in the middle of the cell, one at the upper and another at

the lower end; a large rounded subapical patch of greyish-

white scales on the outer margin, with some black suffusion

in its interior, and four black dots marked with white close

to the outer margin within the patch; some very minute

dots on the outer margin hindwards ; indistinct sinuous

transverse lines, medial and postmedial: hind wing with a

black dot at lower end of cell, the discoidal vein faintly

marked with black; a medial, indistinct, sinuous line, a

prominent black spot below its commencement on the outer

margin, also some black points along the margin. Underside

brighter and paler, fhe interior of the fore wings and the

whole of the hind wings whitish, the discoidal marks and

rather prominent, discal, sinuous lines pinkish.

Expanse of wings 1,3, inch.

Silchar, Cachar ; one example.

Family Boarmiida.

34. Thinopteryx preétoraria.

Urapteryx pretoraria, Felder, Reise Nov. pl. cxxii. fig. 18 (1873).

N. Celebes ; five pairs.

Type in Coll. Rothschild ; in ‘ Reise Novara’ it is said to

be a male from the East Indies. Dr. Jordan, in answer to

On a new [River-Crab from Yunnan. 155

my enquiries, has kindly informed me that the type is really

a female. It bears two labels: on one there is only the

name of the collector, “ Lorquin”; on the other in red ink

there is the name of the insect, reference to the plate in

‘Reise Novara,’ and the locality “ Molluk ?” ; but he agrees

with me that as Lorquin collected in the Celebes as well as

in other places, the type probably came from that locality.

It is citron-yellow above and below, and my females exactly

resemble the figure; but the male is very differently coloured,

it is ochreous brown above and black below, with yellow

borders, like a large example of 7. nebulosa, Butler, from

India, but the sexes of that form are alike. There is alsoa

citron-yellow form in India, common in the Khasia Hills,

sexes also alike—Z7’. citrina, Warren, Nov. Zool. i. p. 401.

Family Thyridide.

35. Rhodoneura fallax.

Pharambara fallax, Warren, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 229

(1896).

Khasia Hills.

The type came from New Guinea. I have it also from

the same locality. They are identical.

XVI.—On a new Species of River-Crab from Yunnan, By

W. T. Catman, D.Sc., British. Museum (Natural History).

Tue British Museum has recently received two specimens of

a new species of river-crab collected by Mr. John Graham

from the lake at Yunnan Fu. The species appears to be

most nearly allied to the genus (or subgenus) Parathelphusa,

though differing remarkably from any species hitherto

described from Asia and resembling in some characters the

African group of species forming the subgenus Acantho-

thelphusa of Ortmann. The lake from which the specimens

were taken is situated at an altitude of 6000 feet above sea-

level and drains into the Yang-tze river-system. No species

of Potamonide appear to have been recorded from this part of

Yunnan, although Wood-Mason described three species of

Potamon from Western Yunnan, a district belonging to the

river-system of the [rawady.

156 Dr. W. T. Calman on a .

Parathelphusa spinescens, sp. 0.

Carapace four fifths as long as broad, the greatest breadth

a little in front of the middle, only slightly convex antero-

posteriorly and from side to side. Surface smooth and

polished, with very minute punctuations. The inter-regional

grooves nearly obsolete, the median portion of the cervical

groove not extending beyond the branchio-cardiac grooves on

each side. The distance between the external orbital angles

is a little less than two thirds of the greatest breadth. ‘The

front is rather steeply deflexed, with the margin slightly

everted, extending a little in front of the external orbital

Fig. 1.

Parathelphusa spinescens, §. Nat. size.

angles as seen from above, with a distinct and moderately

deep median notch. Seen from in front it is convex. The

transverse diameter of the orbit is equal to half the width of

the frontal margin. The frontal margin and the upper orbital

margin are granulated. ‘The lower orbital margin is more

distinctly granulated than the upper; its inner angle is not

produced, but there is a prominent, rounded, internal sub-

orbital lobe. The postfrontal crest is nearly obsolete. It is

only represented by the obscurely defined epigastric lobes

which are very slightly rugose in front and are separated by

a shallow mesogastric furrow, showing only in one specimen

a trace of bifurcation.

The antero-laterei margin is convex and is about as long

new River-Crab from Yunnan. Lay

as the postero-lateral. The extra-orbital tooth is flattened,

with a slightly convex and minutely serrate outer edge. It

is followed by five or six teeth, which may be unsymmetrical

on the two sides of the carapace. ‘They are slender, spini-

form, nearly straight, widely separate from each other, and

standing nearly at right angles to the margin. The third or

fourth is the longest, and the last is very small or may be

absent on one side.

The lower surface of the carapace is nearly smooth and the

hepatico-branchial groove is ill-defined.

Fig. 2.

Parathelphusa spinescens. a. Abdomen of male. 6, Third maxilliped.

The ischium of the third maxillipeds (fig. 26) has a well-

marked longitudinal groove. The merus is distinctly broader

than long, the antero-external angle rounded and the anterior

margin slightly convex.

Abdomen of male (fig. 2a) with straight sides, converging

but little to the base of telson, which has nearly the form of an

equilateral triangle, the apex rounded and the sides concave.

Merus of chelipeds with a series of granules on its upper

edge, leading to a subterminal spine; lower edge rounded off,

with some obsolescent granules and a subterminal tubercle.

Carpus bearing two stout unequal spines internally. The

right chela of the male is quite smooth, its height equal to

the length of the fingers and two thirds of its length. he

dactylus is slightly arched, so that the fingers gape a little

wien closed, and is very obscurely furrowed. ‘The left chela,

like both chela of the female, has the dactylus nearly

straight and the fingers about three fourths the length of the

palm. ‘The ambulatory legs are moderately long, the merus

without a spine on the upper edge. ‘he dactylus of the

second pair is equal to the propodus, those of the other pairs

are distinctly shorter, and all are strongly spinulose on the

upper surface.

‘The carapace of the male specimen is 29°5 mm. in length

and 37 mm. in breadth ; that of the female is a little smaller.

The colour (in spirit) is yellowish, and the upper surface

158 On a new River-Crab from Yunnan.

of carapace, chelipeds, and legs is abundantly marbled with

orange-red.

This species is distinguished from all the Asiatic represen-

tatives of the genus hitherto described by the possession of

more than four antero-lateral teeth on the carapace and by

having two spines instead of one on the carpus of the

chelipeds. Further, the antero-lateral teeth are much more

slender and spiniform and their number is variable, whereas

Wood-Mason remarks that in this genus these teeth ‘in

point of number and form are as constant for the several

species as are those of the Portunide” *. In all these points

the new form approaches the African group of species referred

to Parathelphusa by A. Milne-Edwards f, but regarded as

forming a subgenus of Potamon, under the name Acantho-

thelphusa, by Ortmann $. But in some, if not all, of the

African species the merus of the chelipeds has a spine on the

anterior and none on the upper edge, and, further, most of

them have a strong and continuous postfrontal crest. Ac-

cording to Ortmann’s arrangement, the chief character sepa-

rating Parathelphusa from Potamon (with its subgenus

Acanthothelphusa) is the less deflexed front. ‘This, however,

is an ill-defined and variable character, and in some un-

doubted species of Parathelphusa (e. g. P. Dayana), as in the

present form, the front is quite as much deflexed as in many

species of Potamon.

Had the present species been found in Africa there can be

little doubt that most carcinologists would have referred it to

Acanthothelphusa. Nevertheless, I do not believe that it 1s

necessary to assume any special relationship between it and

the African species. ‘The differences separating it from some

of thé other Asiatic species of Parathelphusa are compara-

tively small, and the distance is not great even to some of

those species of Potamon in which the antero-lateral margin

is coarsely granulated, as in P. Atkinsonianum and P. denti-

culatum. 'Vhroughout the whole family of the Potamonidze

the generic and specific characters are often very elusive,

phylogenetic conclusions are more than usually hazardous,

and our knowledge of the group appears to be somewhat

inadequate to bear the weight of the geographical speculations

which Ortmann has recently based upon it.

* Wood-Mason, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvii. 1876, p. 120.

t¢ A. Milne-Edwards, Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, x. 1886, p. 148; and

Ann. Sci. Nat. (7) iv. 1887, p. 140.

{ Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Abth. f. Syst. x. 1898, p. 300. It is remark-

able that not only in this, but also in a later paper (Proc. Amer. Phil.

Soe. xli. 1902, p. 800), Ortmann appears to have overlooked the second

of Milne-Edwards’s papers quoted above, in which the African species

are figured.

On new Parasiiic Llymenoptera from Borneo. 159

XVII.—On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic

Hymenoptera from Borneo. By P. Cameron.

Evaniide.

Pristaulacus eruthrocephalus, sp. n.

Black ; the head, pro- and mesothorax, antennal scape,

and fore legs red; wings fuscous violaceous, the hinder

pair paler, almost hyaline behind, the stigma dark testaceous,

the recurrent nervure interstitial. ¢ ?.

Length 18-19 mm.; terebra the same.

Kuching, Borneo (R. Shelford, M.A.).

Claws with four teeth, the apical small; the two

middle teeth longer than the basal. Head smooth, shining,

almost bare. Clypeus depressed at the apex in the centre ;

the sides rounded, narrowed to a point; in the centre is a

narrow tooth as viewed from the front, but it is broad

as seen from the sides. The narrowed basal part of the

prothorax is smooth, impunctate, shining; the rest rugosely

punctured; on the sides, at the base of the dilated apical

part, is a stout tooth. Mesonotum rugosely reticulated.

Scutellum with five stout, clearly separated keels, the apex

being also bordered by one. Postscutellum obliquely raised

in the centre ; smooth, the sides stoutly, irregularly striated.

Basal depression of metanotum crenulated ; the rest of it

coarsely transversely reticulated. Pleure reticulated, the

metapleurz more coarsely than the rest. Sternum irregularly

weakly punctured, the central furrow wide, deep, crenulated.

Abdomen smooth and shining: the second transverse cubital

nervure is roundly curved; the first recurrent nervure is

interstitial, the second received shortly behind the base of

the apical third. Legs long, slender; the tibiz sparsely,

the tarsi thickly spinose. The pedicle of antenne is about

three times longer than thick ; the following joint distinctly

shorter than the next, it and the pedicle together being

nearly as long as the third. The hind coxe are finely

transversely striated, weakly at the base, more strongly

towards the apex. Temples wide, rounded.

Braconidae.

Epyia, gen. nov.

Ilind femora stout, but not dilated, the middle irregularly

serrate ; the hind cox about three times longer than thick ;

160 Mr. P. Cameron on new

the basal joint of hind tarsi not longer than the following

two united; calcaria short, claws cleft. Wings with three

cubital cellules—the radial cellule long, the second cubital

cellule behind shorter than the first, narrowed in front,

the transverse cubital nervures converging in front, straight,

oblique; the recurrent nervure is received near the base of

the apical third of the first cubital cellule. Transverse basal

nervure almost interstitial, anal nervure not interstitial.

Middle lobe of mesonotum clearly raised. Metanotum

areolated. Apex of clypeus transverse. Labrum projecting,

rounded. Lower part of frontal depression bordered by a

curved keel; in the centre isa short stout keel, not reaching

to the middle above. Head cubital; temples wide, occiput

margined. Thorax about four times longer than wide.

First abdominal segment ‘broad, longer than the following

two united. Antenne pilose, the first joint of the flagellum

not much shorter than the second. Palpi very long, the

maxillary reaching to the middle coxve, 5-jointed.

The affinities of this genus are with Huscelinus, also from

Borneo. ‘The latter has the hind femora greaily thickened,

the thorax shorter and broader, and the recurrent nervure is

received in the second, not in the first cubital cellule.

Edyia annulicornis, sp. 0.

Black ; a broad ring on the middle of the antenne; the

four front legs except their coxze, basal half (or nearly) of

hind tibize and their tarsi whitish yellow. Wangs hyaline,

the stigma and nervures black. @.

Length 8 mm.

Kuching, August (R. Shelford, M.A.).

Antennz stout, densely pilose, longer than the body.

Head above the antennz smooth, coarsely rugosely punctured,

almost reticulated below. The depressed base of pronctum

is coarsely, irregularly striated, the raised upper part smooth

and shining. Apex of middle lobe of pronotum coarsely,

irregularly reticulated. Scutellum flat, longish, punctured.

Postscutellum with two square aree at the base and two

longer and deeper ones at the apex. ‘There are three rows

of areze on the metanotum, the central longer and narrower

than the others, the central is the longest, the basal the

shortest ; there is a large, irregular, spiracular area, rugose

and irregularly striated. Metapleurz coarsely, closely reti-

culated ; mesopleurze smooth in the centre, strongly

punctured above and below, as is also the case with the

propleure. First abdominal segment irregularly wrinkled ;

Parasitic Hymenoptera from Borneo. 161

there are two keels on the basal half, bordering the ceutre.

The white ring on the antenne is longer than the basal or

apical part. There are five or six small teeth on the

underside of the hind femora in the middle; they are

widely separated and the middle ones are larger and sharper

than the others.

Neotrimorus ? luteus, sp. n.

Luteous, densely covered with long pale hair ; the antenne,

ocelli, and hind tarsi black ; the wings smoky, the basal third

yellowish hyaline, stigma black. Face rugosely punctured,

the rest of the head smooth and shining. Pronotum in front

closely rugosely punctured ; lower part of pleurze bordered

above by a keel, the centre with some stout irregular strive.

Mesothorax smooth, the pleural lower furrow crenulated.

Metanotum finely reticulated; the reticulations round for

the most part ; the metapleuree much more coarsely, irre-

gularly reticulated. The first and the second abdominal

segment to near the apex closely, longitudinally striated, as is

also the base of the third and fourth segments. 2.

Length 8; terebra 4 mm.

Kuching (R. Shelford, M.A.).

In the ‘Records of the Albany Museum,’ i. p. 168, I

described two species of Braconidee under the name of

Trichiobracon, but gave no generic description ; as I was not

sure but that the species might be referred to Acanthobracon,

Szép., non Kriech. There seems to be considerable

structural differences between the species, and it is probable

that they might be split up into two genera. Trimorus,

Kriech., is regarded by Szépligeti* as identical with his

Acanthobracon, but Kriechbaumer says nothing about the

coxee being toothed. The third longitudinal nervure in the

hind wings may be broadly rounded, or geniculated as it is

in T. rujus, Cam. I give a generic description of the

Bornean species meutioned above :—

Radial cellule long, lanceolate. Transverse median

nervure received before the transverse basal; the recurrent

nervure in the first cubital cellule ; accessory nervure inter-

stitial. Hind wings with a third longitudinal nervure

issuing from the lower part of the transverse prebrachial

nervure and reaching close to the apex of the wing; there is

D>?

a large basal cellule. Head cubital, not margined behind.

* Gen. Insect., Braconidie, p. 64.

162 Mr. P. Cameron on new

Eyes oval; the malar space is nearly as long as them.

Mesonotum 38-lobate. Scutellum flat. Median segment

longer than wide; its apex transverse; it is closely reti-

culated. Abdomen sessile; the basal segments closely

striated ; the suturiform articulation deep. Ovipositor long.

Maxillary palpi long. Base of hind coxe with a large

tooth.

The occiput is sharply margined on the lower side. The

mesosternum is bordered by a distinct furrow. Legs short

and stout; their claws simple. Body and legs densely

covered with long hair. Pterostigma lanceolate; the radius

issues from beyond its middle. The second transverse

furrow on the abdomen is distinct. The centre of the

second segment is raised, clearly separated by furrows, which

shape it into a large, transverse, raised, oval area. Sides of

median segment projecting into a blunt tubercle.

Ichneumonide.

JorpPpinNt.

CNOJOPPA, gen. nov.

Scutellum obliquely raised at the base, the apex with a

sharper, steeper slope; the base as long as broad, flat, the

sides and apex bordered by a raised high keel. Areola

widely separated from the base of the segment, 6-angled,

narrowed towards the apex, which is transverse; it is longer

than wide ; the three basal arew are confluent at the base ;

the sides bear longish teeth. Head cubital, about as wide

as long ; the occiput widely, deeply incised; temples as long

as the eyes. Face and clypeus flat; the latter separated at

the sides only, its apex bluntly rounded, very slightly

projecting in the middle. Mandibles long, thick at the base,

largely projecting downwards on the outer side; on the inner

side are two large, sharp-pointed, widely separated teeth.

Malar space large. Petiole long, narrow; postpetiole dilated,

smooth, impunctate; the second and following segment

punctured, the others smooth ; the ventral keel extends to

the apex of the fifth; there are seven segments, the last

being large. Legs long; the hind tarsi twice the length of

their tibiw. Areolet 5-angled; discocubital nervure with

a minute stump of anervure. Antenne longer than the body,

broadly ringed with white, serrate at the apex. Mesonotum

reticulated in the middle. Fore cox small.

Comes near to /meria, Cam.,and Xenojoppa, Cam. (cf. Ann. -

& Mag. Nat. Hist. 1903, xi. p. 174).

Parasitic Hymenoptera from Borneo. 163

Cenojoppa longitarsis, sp. n.

Black; the face, clypeus, orbits (largely below on the

onter), mandibles, palpi, a narrow line on the pronotum, a

broader one on the lower part of the propleure, tegule, a

mark (longer than wide) on the mesonotum, scutellums,

metanotal spines and the part surrounding them, a broad

line on the lower side of the mesopleure, a large square

mark on the apex of metapleurz, the narrowed basal part of

the first abdominal segments and the apices of all broadly,

yellow. Legs yellow; the hind femora fulvous; the hind

coxee (except for a broad mark in the centre above), apex of

hind trochanters below, base and apex of femora and apex of

tibiz, black. Wings hyaline, the stigma and nervures

black) oS:

Length 12 mm.

Kuching, June (R. Shelford, M.A.).

The space separating the mandibular teeth is broad and

rounded. Mesonotum, except on the reticulated central

apical part, closely, shallowly punctured. Scutellum

impunctate. Metanotum smooth at the base, the rest more

or less strongly transversely striated ; the striz on the apex

strong and curved. Propleurz stoutly striated at the base ;

the oblique keel stout ; the meso- and metapleurz for the

greater part striated, the striz on the latter closer, oblique,

and intertwining. Gastrocceeli deep, shining, more or less

irregularly striated; the part between smooth, shining,

irregularly, finely striated.

DrvsEi4, gen. noy.

Scutellum pyramidal, obliquely raised from the base to

the top, which ends in two stout teeth ; the apex has a much

shorter, steeper slope than the base. Metanotum regularly

areolated ; the sides in the middle with longish stout teeth ;

the areola twice longer than wide; the base rounded, the

apex slightly bent inwardly ; there is a longish basal area,

gradually narrowed towards the apex. Spiracles linear,

narrow. ‘Temples long, obliquely narrowed ; occiput deeply

incised. Clypeus transverse at the apex, its sides broadly

rounded. Labrum projecting. Abdominal petiole long,

slender ; the postpetiole gradually dilated towards the apex.

Areolet narrow, five-angled; discocubital nervure not

broken by a stump of a nervure.

The abdomen is sharply narrowed at the base and apex ;

closely punctured; gastroceli shallow, indistinct ; sheaths

164 Mr. P. Cameron on new

of ovipositor as long as the apical three segments united.

Antennz thickened and dilated beyond the middle. Face

and clypeus flat. Hind tarsi much longer than their tibie.

The abdomen is not much longer than the head and thorax

united. Malar space nearly as long as the antennal scape.

The flat face and clypeus in one line, sharply pointed

abdomen with its long projecting ovipositor, stoutly spined

scutellum and metanotum, and violaceous wings should

distinguish this genus readily.

Druseia quadridentata, sp. n.

Black; the face (except for a line in the centre, which

becomes gradually wider from the narrowed top to the apex),

base of labrum, scutellar spines, apex of scutellum below, and

the apices of the three middle segments of the abdomen

narrowly, pale yellow. Wings fuscous violaceous, highly

iridescent, the posterior paler. Basal three segments of

abdomen red. Legs black ; the greater part of the four front

cox, trochanters, tibize and tarsi, and the calcaria whitish

yellow ; the hind coxe, except at the base below, red ; the

rest of the hind legs black, except for a broad pale yellow

line on the base of the tibie behind. 2.

Length 14 mm.

Kuching, March (R. Shelford, M.A.).

Head smooth. Thorax for the greater part finely punc-

tured ; apical slope of metanotum thickly covered with white

hair; the centre transversely, the sides more strongly

obliquely striated; the plenre for the greater part striated.

Petiole smooth ; its base broadly yellow. Transverse median

nervure almost interstitial.

XORIDINI.

Cyanoxorides rufomaculatus, sp. n.

Black, tinged with blue; the thorax, except the mesonotum,

scutellum, and a line down the centre of metanotum red ;

head black, the face, a line on the inner orbits, a broad one

on the lower half of the outer, whitish yellow; the clypeus,

labrum, and malar space dull reddish; the base of first

abdominal segment, a line, dilated at the base in the centre

of the apex, a longish ovate longitudinal mark in the middle

of the second, the apices of the others narrowly and the

ventral surface, white. Four front legs red, the tarsi and

tibiz pale; the middle tibia infuscated behind; hind legs

black, their coxee red; a narrow band on the base of the

Parasitic HTymenoptera from Borneo. 165

tibiz and the tarsi, white. Wings hyaline; the nervures

and stigma black, the latter white at the base. Scape of

antenne and a broad ring on the middle of flagellum

white. @.

Length of body and ovipositor 18 mm.

Kuching (R. Shelford, M.A.).

Face punctured, covered with white pubescence; the

middle near the top projecting ; the black on the front and

vertex distinctly tinged with blue and violaceous tints.

Palpi pale fulvous. Base of mandibles rufous. Base and

sides of mesonotum closely minutely punctured, the rest

reticulated-striated ; the apex in the centre depressed, marked

with four or five longitudinal striz. Scutellum roundly

convex; its apex striated. Postscutellum with the sides

stoutly keeled; its centre with a stout keel. Metanotum

irregularly transversely striated, the base more finely than

the rest; there is one narrow area, coarsely transversely

striated and extending from the base to the apex of the

segment, it is of equal width; there are three lateral aree,

the basal is the larger, the middle is almost square, the

apical triangular. Basal segments of abdomen finely, closely

punctured ; the apex of the first is bounded laterally by a

curved keel, commencing at the sides and reaching close to

the middle at the apex, the oblique furrow on the sides at

the base extending from the inner to the outer and the

furrow nearer the middle extending from the outer to the

inner side are deep; the similar furrows on the third segment

are wider and not so deep, the space between is more raised.

The upper part of the metapleure is bounded by keels ;

except at the base, it is irregularly reticulated; the lower

half is smooth and bounded by a keel below.

Cyanoxorides ceruleus, sp. 0.

Blue, tinged with purple, the antenne broadly ringed with

white; the penultimate abdominal segment for the greater

part clear white ; the four front legs brownish, tinged with

purple; the hinder purple, with the cox reddish fulvous.

Wings hyaline, a cloud along the transverse basal and

median nervures and a larger one in the radial and cubital

cellules. Head smooth; the face keeled in the centre,

sparsely punctured, the furrow separating it from the

clypeus deep. Thorax smooth. Basal central area on

metanctum small, triangular; the two keels running

from it are close together and lead to a longish area, acutely

pointed at base and apex; there are three lateral are on

166 Mr. P. Cameron on new

the metanotum—the basal is the longest, the apical small,

square, its angles denticulate. Basal three segments of

abdomen closely, longitudinally striated. @.

Length 13; terebra 9 mm.

Kuching (R. Shelford, M.A.).

Body and legs covered, but not thickly, with long hairs.

Recurrent nervure broadly rounded. First abdominal seg-

ment nearly as long as the following two united; it is not

keeled and has an oblique furrow on the sides at the apex.

Spiloxorides erythrocephalus, sp. un.

Black ; the head, except the vertex, and the greater part

of the four front legs red ; antennze densely covered with

longish, stiff hair, black, the basal joints reddish. Wings

hyaline, a cloud along the transverse median and the trans-

verse basal nervures (broadest below), and one on the inner

side of the transverse cubital and recurrent nervures, extending

from the hinder part of the radial cellule into the discoidal ;

stigma and costa fuscous, the nervures black. Face strongly,

transversely striated; the front and vertex smooth. The

black of the thorax has a plumbeous hue; smooth; the

propleuree stoutly striated; the apex of mesonotum stoutly

reticulated. Scutellar fovea deep, divided in the middle by

a stout keel. Sides of scutellum stoutly keeled laterally, as

is also the postscutellum. Metanotum regularly areolated,

the petiolar area three times longer than wide, of equal width

throughout; the areola is wider, more irregular, and also

about three times longer than wide; outside these are two

large arez and there are three lateral, the spiracular being

larger, wider, and more irregular than the others; the

posterior median occupies the apex, is strongly, closely,

transversely striated ; the other arez are more irregularly,

sparsely striated. Metapleurs coarsely reticulated. The

pleural furrow is bordered below, especially at the apex.

First abdominal segment irregularly reticulated, more strongly

in the middle than on the sides ; the base in the centre trans-

versely striated ; the middle segments are closely punctured ;

the depressions more or less striated. The apex of the last

segment is white. ¢.

‘Length 10 mm.

Kuching, October (R. Shelford, MA).

CrYPTINA.

LoraDA, gen. nov.

Areolet small, square. Temples not developed, the large

Parasitic Hymenoptera from Borneo. 167

eyes extending to the edge of the occiput, which is transverse.

Eyes large, parallel, not converging. Parapsidal furrows

distinct. Metathorax spined, with one (the basal) trans-

verse keel. Abdominal petiole broadly dilated at the apex.

Metapleural keel obsolete. Thorax three times longer than

wide. First joint of flagellum slightly longer than the

second. Ovipositor short. Hind legs stout, not greatly

lengthened. Claws long. The spiracles on first abdominal

seement are wider from each other than they are from the

apex. Head not wider than the thorax.

The second transverse cubital nervure is faint; the trans-

verse median nervure is received shortly behind the transverse

basal; the transverse median nervure in hind wings is

angularly broken below the middle. Scutellum roundly

convex, the sides not margined. Metathoracic spiracles

small, oval, not much longer than wide.

Of the Oriental genera of Mesostenini the present most

resembles Melcha, which may be known from it by the longer

and thinner abdominal petiole, which is not abruptly dilated

at the apex and whose spiracles are nearer to each other than

to the apex, by there being a complete metapleural keel and

one above it, and by the longer median segment with two

transverse keels. ‘The Oriental genus Skeatia, Cam., has

some affinity with Lotada; but it may be known by the

longer, narrowed, not square areolet, by the long, linear

metathoracic spiracles, by the head being distinctly wider

than the thorax, and by the scutellum being clearly longer

than wide, which is not the case with the present genus, in

which it is, if anything, wider than long.

Lotada maculiceps, sp. n.

Black, clypeus, mandibles, palpi, an interrupted line on

the inner orbits, malar space, a line on the pronotum,

tegule, tubercles, scutellar keels, scutellum, sides of median

segment, apex of basal two abdominal segments broadly, of

the fourth more narrowly, and the whole of the apical two,

yellow. Legs fulvous red; the four front cox and tro-

chanters pale yellow ; the base of hind tibie narrowly, the

apex more broadly, and apex of tarsi, black. Wings hyaline,

the stigma black. Antenne with a broad white band. @.

Length 8 mm.; ovipositor 1 mm.

Kuching (R. Shelford, M.A.).

Face strongly, closely, rugosely punctured ; upper part of

front closely, finely, obliquely striated. Mesonotum minutely

punctured-aciculated, the sides finely closely striated,

168 On new Parasitic Ilymenoptera from Borneo.

Scutellum smooth. Base of metanotum closely punctured,

more or less striated; the rest strongly, closely reticulated ;

spines broad; the apical lateral edges serrate. Propleure

above obliquely rugosely striated, the lower part with stout,

clearly separated keels; the mesopleuree closely rugosely

reticulated- punctured, more or less striated at the apex ; the

metapleurz closely, strongly, obliquely striated-reticulated.

Postpetiole smooth, the middle segments closely punctured.

OPHIONINI.

TRICHIONOTUS, gen. Nov.

Transverse median nervure in hind wings unbroken.

Transverse median nervure in fore wings received shortly

beyond the transverse basal. Scutellum roundly convex ;

its sides keeled. Mesonotum and mesopleure reticu-

lated, the former without parapsidal furrows. Antenne

as long as the body. Basal joint of hind tarsi longer than

the others united. Apex of clypeus rounded. Thorax densely

pilose. Metanotum reticulated, the reticulations hid by the

dense pile. Basal joint of hind trochanters as long as the

second. Discoidal cellule at the apex twice its width at the

base. Eyes large, slightly converging below. Ovipositor

shorter than the apical 1 two segments of the abdomen united.

Mandibular teeth almost equal. Hinder calearia as long as

the second tarsal joint, clearly longer than the breadth of

the apex of the tibiz. Claws pectinated.

Comes close to Trichomma, which may be known from it

by the hairy eyes, strongly converging below, by the basal

joint of the trochanters being more than double the length

of the second, and by the flatter, more oblique, not reti-

culated scutellum, by the more narrowed at the base brachial

cellule, the transverse discoidal nervure being broken farther

up the middle than it is in the present genus, which has

further strongly pectinated claws, while in Trichomma the

spines are very few, if any. The only other genus with

which it could be confounded is Atrometus, but that has the

discoidal cellule sharp-pointed at the base (cf. Schmiede-

knecht, Zeit. f. Hym. u. Dipt. 1902, p. 361).

Trichionotus reticulatus, sp. n.

Black, the four front legs, hind coxe, apical joint of

trochanters, basal three fourths of hind tibie, and the

calcaria, pale yellow; the mandibles, face (except in the

middle above and below), the inner orbits and the lower

On Mammals from Angolu. 169

fourth of the outer of a bright yellow colour ; the basal half

of the first abdominal segments all round and the apical

below yellow, tinged with fulvous ; the greater part of the

ventral segments, the top and the sides of the middle,

testaceous. ‘Thorax, and especially the median segment,

densely covered with long, pale fulvous pubescence; the

second and following abdominal segments densely covered

with a fulvous pile. Wings hyaline, the stigma testaceous,

the nervures black. ?.

Length 14 mm.; ovipositor 1] mm.

Kuching, March (R. Shelford, M.A.).

Face irregularly rugosely punctured, keeled down the

middle, the lower part with two short, stout keels on either

side of the middle. Clypeus irregularly punctured. Front

with some irregular striz. Centre and sides at the base of

the mesonotum irregularly stoutly reticulated; the sides

raised into a stout keel. Scutellum apparently irregularly

rugose (the sculpture hid by the dense pubescence); the

sides stoutly keeled, and there are two keels on the apical

central half. Median segment coarsely, irregularly rugose.

Upper part of propleure strongly longitudinally striated ;

the mesopleure strongly longitudinally striated all over, the

striz curved and almost forming reticulations in the middle.

Middle tarsi blackish at the apex.

XVIII.—On a Second Collection of Mammals obtained by

Dr. W. J. Ansorge in Angola. By OLDFIELD THOMAS

and Rk. C. WrouGuton.

In the ‘Annals’ for last year * an account was given of the

mammals obtained during 1903 in Northern Angola by

Dr. W. J. Ansorge, and the present paper is based on a

series formed by the same collector during 1904 in the central

part of that country.

Dr. Ansorge was not able to devote so much attention to

mammals as on his previous trip, but the series he obtained

is still a very valuable one and adds considerably to our

knowledge of Angolan mammals. It consists of about 90

specimens belonging to 34 species, of which we have found it

necessary to describe 5 as new, the most notable being the

fine rodent-mole we have named Georychus Ansoryet.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiii. p. 405 (1904).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 12

170 =Messrs. O. Thomas and R. C. Wroughton on

1. Galago Monteiri, Bartlett.

g- 15. Ndongo, Benguella.

Very similar in colour to the Nyasan G. Kirkii, Gray.

2. Galago mohoh, Smith.

Benguella.

3. Epomophorus Dobson, Boe.

dé. Kalonga, Bihé. Alt. 6200 feet.

The skull of this interesting species is very different in the

proportions of the palate from that of any other member of

the genus.

4, [hpposiderus caffer, Sund.

9. 58. Caiala.

5. Macroscehdes brachyurus, Boe.

g. 32; 9. 19,33. Caconda, Benguella. Alt. 5700 feet.

6. Macroscelides Schinz’, Noack *.

o. 82,83; 9. 80. Fort Quillenges, Benguella.

7. Crocidura sp.

6. 62.- Caconda.

8. Cynelurus jubatus, Schr.

Benguella.

9. Herpestes Bocaget, sp. n.

=H. gracilis punctulatus, Boc. (nec H. punctulatus, Gray, 1849).

9.17. Caconda, Benguella. Alt. 5700 feet.

This specimen agrees excellently with the description

given by Bocage of his H. g. punctulatus (except that the

head, though dark, is not “presque noire”’), but differs

entirely from H. punctulatus, Gray, the type of which is in

the British Museum. Indeed it much more resembles

HT. ochraceus, Gray. In the true A. punctulatus the speckled

effect produced by the annulation of the individual hairs is

present on the tail both above and below quite to the black

* Macroscelides brachyrhynchus, var. Schinz’, Noack (Zool. Jahrb. 1889,

iy. p. 198).

Mammals from Angola. 171

tip and also on the whole under surface of the body, while in

HZ. ochraceus, as shown by the type, the annulation of the

hairs ceases on the distal half of the tail and is entirely absent

on the belly. The claws, too, are as in ochraceus and in

strong contrast to the much longer, stouter claws of punctu-

latus. In Bocagei the hairs on the cheeks are ringed black

and white, the tips being white; on the crown and nape the

white gives place to brown, while on the back the hairs,

which are 10-15 mm. long, have the basal third or half pale,

then a ring, 3 mm. broad, black, a similar ring pale brown,

and, finally, the tip black; on some of the longer hairs there

is a second black ring with its accompanying brown ring.

This annulation of the hairs is continued on the proximal

third of the upper surface of the tail; the remainder of the

upper surface and the whole under surface of the tail, ex-

cepting the black tip, is chestnut-brown. The under surface

of the body is a reddish buff, the “ roux-orangé uniforme ” of

Bocage’s description ; in ochraceus it is straw-colour or dirty

white.

The skull of Bocaget in size approximates to that of

ochraceus, but in shape it distinctly resembles that of punctu-

latus ; it is narrow and long-snouted, instead of broad and

snub-nosed as in ochraceus, and, moreover, is more delicately

built than in the latter species in all details. The posterior

portion from the parietal suture is unfortunately missing in

the type, but we record the following measurements :—

punctulatus. ochraceus, Bocaget.

Length from parietal suture to mm. mm. mm.

end of nasals............ 38 33 34

Width at the fronto-maxillary

SIGUE SG Gooood aooom oD 12 12 10

Width at the constriction be-

hind the postorbital process. 11 14 12

Length of palate from hen-

SelNOT DT tepsete area crate 38 27 29

Type. 2. B.M. no. 5.5. 9.13. Original number 17.

Taken September 3rd, 1904.

10. Helogale sp.

Young 2. Quillenges.

11. Canis sp. (probably C. adustus, Sund.).

Quite young.

12*

172 Messrs. O. Thomas and R. C. Wroughton on

12. Ictonyx sp.

. Bulu Bulu, Bihé.

The specimen is apparently immature and the skull is

missing.

13. Pecilogale albinucha, Gray.

. 51. Pedreira, Bihé.

14. Funisciurus congicus flavinus, Thos.

. 86, 87,91; 2. 84,92. Quillenges.

. 6. Usolo River, Benguella.

. 1,2. Busolo, Benguella.

. 3. Sand-pits, Benguella.

.4; 9.5. Katenge, Benguella.

. 11. Cabeea de Ladroes, Benguella.

. 10. Eland’s Water, Benguella.

These specimens agree very fairly with the type. The

five specimens from Quillenges, however, show a rather

duller colour and broader lateral black stripe.

Oy Oy OY OY 40 Fy OY

15. Graphiurus Kelleni, Reuvens.

gd. 47; 9.46. Pedreira, Bihé.

We provisionally identify these specimens with @. Kelleni,

described by Reuvens * from Damaraland.

16. Graphiurus angolensis, de Winton.

&. 45. Pedreira, Bihé.

A young individual.

17. Tatera sp.

3. 77,93; 92. 72, 73, 74, 76. Quillenges.

Closely allied to, if not identical with, 7. Lobengula,

de Winton t. Much smaller than 7. valida, Bocage, which

Dr. Ansorge obtained on his previous expedition.

18. Dasymys nudipes, Peters.

@. 14. Kupa, Benguella. Alt. 3000 feet.

19. Arvicanthis pumilio, Sparrm.

gd. 21,24; 2. 16, 27, 63, 64. Caconda.

* ¢ Myoxide,’ 1890, p. 35.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ii. p. 4 (1898).

Mammals from Angola. 173

Approaching in its dark coloration A. pumilio dilectus,

de Wint., rather than A. p. cinereus, Thos. & Schw.

20. Pelomys campane, Huet.

9.9. Eland’s Water.

?. 12,13. Kupa, Benguella. Alt. 3000 feet.

21. Pelomys frater, Thos.

3d. 52. Pedreira, Bihé,

22. Dendromus Ansorget, sp. n.

dé. 89. Caiala, Bihé.

9. 23. Caconda.

A small species without dorsal stripe. Hair of the back

soft and long (7-8 mm.), shorter and more sparse on the belly.

General colour of upperside of body near ‘ ochraceous buff”

(Ridgway), but the long hair, which is slaty at the base and

fulvous terminally, is easily disarranged, and the animal then

looks darker and duller in colour than it really is. Under

surface only differing from the upper in being rather paler.

Face of the same colour as the body, cheeks rather paler, chin

and throat white. Ears large, only very sparsely covered

with short hairs. Tail long and slender, dark above, pale

below.

Skull short and broad, the orbit very broad anteriorly, so

that the zygomata are parallel in their whole length.

Dimensions of type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 60 mm.; tail 72 ; hind foot 17; ear 10,

Skull: greatest length 19; basilar length 11°5; greatest

breadth 10; nasals, length 7; interorbital breadth 3;

diastema 4°5; length of upper molar series 3:2.

Hab. Caconda, Benguella.

Type. 2. B.M. no. 5. 5. 9. 52. Original number 23.

Collected September 7th, 1904. A second specimen was taken

at Caiala, Bihé, alt. 5600 feet, on the 17th October,

This species most resembles D. messorius, ‘Thos.*, from

the Cameroons. It differs from that species by its smaller

size, longer looser coat, and by the coloration of its under

surface, which is little lighter than the upper, instead of

being nearly white.

23. Dendromus sp.

6. 54. Pedreira, Bihé.

* Ann, & Mag, Nat, Hist. (7) xii. p. 340 (1903).

174 Messrs. O. Thomas and R. C. Wroughton on

This specimen is quite young, but belongs to a form with

black dorsal stripe.

24. Steatomys Bocaget, Thos.

g. 40. Bingondo, Bile.

9. 57. Chiffamba, Bihé. Alt. 4900 feet.

25. Steatomys minutus, sp. n.

3. 81. Fort Quillenges, Benguella.

Smaller than any form of Steatomys as yet described.

Hairs of the back soft, 5-6 mm. long. General colour of

upper surface of the body near “hair-brown” (Ridgway),

paling to drab on the sides ; a sharp line marking the change

to the pure white of the underside. Individual hairs of the

back slate-coloured at their bases, paling to buff and tipped

with black; those of the belly white to their bases. Face

coloured like the back, cheeks and area behind the eyes to the

base of the ears paler. Chin, lips, and “ whisker-patch”

white. Ears moderate, a tuft of fulvous hairs at their base

in front ; a narrow white margin to the conch behind. Fore

legs white, as are also the inner side of the thigh and hind

feet. Tail short, dark above, pale below, especially at its

base.

Dimensions (those of the body taken in the flesh) :—

Head and body 85 mm.; tail 33 ; hind foot 13 ; ear 12.

Skull: greatest length 21:5; nasals 8; interorbital

breadth 4; greatest breadth 11:5; basilar length 17;

diastema 6; palatal foramina 4°5 ; upper molar row 3:4.

Hab. Quillenges, Benguella.

Type. &. B.M. no. 5. 5. 9. 56. Original number 81.

Taken January 11th, 1905.

The nearest ally of this little species seems to be S. pent-

onyx, Scl.*, from the Cape Peninsula.

26. Mus rattus, L.

g. 66; ¢. 65. Caconda, Benguella.

27. Mus. sp. (multimammate).

3. 41. Bingondo, Bihé. Alt. 5100 feet.

g. 48. Pedreira. Bihé. Alt. 5200 feet.

3S. 28,31; 2.29. Caconda, Benguella. Alt. 5700 feet.

* Malacothrix pentonyx, W. Sclat. Ann, 8. Afr. Mus. i. p. 202 (1899) ;

Mamm. 8S. Afr, i. p. 36 (1901).

Mammals from Angola. 17

28. Leggada minutoides, Smith.

$. 55; 9%. 44,49, 50,56. Pedreira, Bihé. Alt. 5200

feet.

¢@. 61. Caconda, Benguella.

9.7. Usolo River, Benguella.

29. Cricetomys Ansorger, Thos.

d. 67; ¢. 20,60. Caconda, Benguella.

30. Georychus Ansorget, sp. n.

3&6. KukemaR., Bihé. Alt.5900 feet. 5th October, 1904.

BME novo). 97.74. . Type.

A very large species of a buffy-yellowish colour, with short

velvety fur.

Size very large, the skull decidedly larger than that of

G. Mechowi, the largest species of the genus hitherto described.

Fur close, short, and crisp; hairs of back about 7 mm. in

length. A few scattered longer bristles present on sides and

rump. General colour above uniform buffy (between buff

and clay-colour of Ridgway), the hairs whitish at their

extreme bases, then dull slaty, then buffy, their extreme tips

inconspicuously darker. Under surface dull greyish white,

with a silvery gloss, not defined at all from the colour of

the sides, the hairs whitish to their roots. Head like body,

but the muzzle darker, with soiled patches on each side of

the mouth, as in G. Mechowi. Upper surface of hands and

feet almost naked, the few hairs whitish. ‘Tail-hairs long,

dull whitish ; extreme tip of tail naked, warty, but whether

this is natural or due to accident we are not able to say.

Skull as compared with that of G. Mechowi decidedly

longer, although in the single specimen the basilar suture is

not closed, while it is in the two adult specimens of G. Mechow?

before us. Nasals broad and heavy. Supraorbital region

rounded, broad, and expanded, the region just behind the

rudimentary postorbital processes markedly inflated; as a

result the greatest interorbital breadth is greater than the

least breadth across the brain-case above the meatus, the

converse being the case in G. Mechow?. Zygomata broadly

expanded, thicker and heavier than in the allied species.

Anteorbital foramina about equally broad and high. Palatal

foramina minute, situated about a quarter of an inch in front

of the anterior cheek-tooth (close to it in G, Mechow?).

Posterior palate short, parallel-sided. Bulle with the part

176 = Messrs. O. Thomas and R. C. Wroughton on

which appears on the occipital surface narrow and high, not

broadly rounded. Lower jaw with its angular region far

broader than in G. Mechowi.

Teeth large and heavy, the incisors very broad.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 260 mm.; tail 24; hind foot, s. u. 40,

c. u. 44,

Skull: greatest length in middle line 58; __ basilar

length 49; zygomatic breadth 43°5; nasals 23°3 x 7:4;

interorbital breadth 19; breadth across postorbital processes

20°6 ; intertemporal constriction 11°3; least breadth above

meatus 19; palate length 37; diastema 22; combined

breadth of two upper incisors 8; height of angular region

of lower jaw, from top of condyle, 27.

Hab. and Type as above.

This fine species may be readily distinguished from

G. Mechowt, Peters, its only near ally, by its larger size,

more inflated interorbital region, and the other details above

recorded. The type of G. Mechowi came from Malanje in

Northern Angola, quite near to Duque de Braganza, whence

Dr. Ansorge obtained in his previous collection the examples

we have used in making the above comparisons.

31. Georychus sp.

6.43; 2. 53. Pedreira, Bihé, 5200 feet.

3-71; ¢. 70. Salamunjamba, Quillenges, Benguella.

9. 34. Bunlhe, Benguella, 6200 feet.

These specimens are smaller than the type of G. Bocogez,

de Wint.*, which is, however, a very old individual.

32. Lepus angolensis, Thos.

gd. 59. Chiyuka, Bihé. Alt. 6000 feet.

33. Lepus Ansorget, sp. n.

a. 37. Caiala, Bihé.

6. 35 (young). Chingwari.

A somewhat larger and more brightly coloured animal than

Lepus angolensis, ‘Thos.

Underfur copious; hair rather harsh, about 20 mm. lonz on

the back. General colour above “ wood-brown ” (Ridgway),

irregularly mottled with dark brown (so dark as to seem black

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx. p. 323 (1897).

Mammals from Angola. Aig

in most lights), the mottling almost absent on the sides.

Individual hairs pale for their basal halves, blackish brown

above with a bright pale buff subterminal ring; underfur

pale slate-colour at its base, merging into a pinkish buff

(near ecru-drab of Ridgway) and ending in a black tip.

Below, the belly and chest are white; the hairs white to

their bases. Face and crown coloured like the back, but the

mottling finer; an obsolescent white frontal patch. Upper

lip and base of whiskers buffy brown. Chin white ; the

hairs with slaty bases. Ears shorter than in angolensis ;

anterior half of their outer surface, for its basal half, coloured

like the head, darker at the tip, at the back of which is a

small black patch; fringe dull buffy, changing to black

about an inch from the tip; posterior edge narrowly edged

with white. Nuchal patch very large, extending along the

median line of the back as far as the points of the ears when

these are laid back. Throat clothed with long hair (27-

30 mm.) forming a cinnamon-coloured ruff (the individual

hairs with short black tips). Fore legs pale brown on the

outer, white on the inner side. Inner side of hind legs white,

a distinct black patch down the centre of the back of the

thigh. ‘Tail black above, white below.

Skull, as compared with that of ZL. angolensis, longer and

narrower, with much more lightly built postorbital wings, of

which the anterior and posterior processes are unusually

slender. Projecting “shoulders” of anterior zygoma-root

much less developed than in the allied species. Bulle

markedly smaller, their antero-posterior diameter 10 mm. as

compared with 12 mm, in the fresh specimen of L. angolensis.

Incisors with the same additional enamel line as described

by Thomas in ZL. angolensis: this line is no doubt present

more often than has been recorded.

Dimensions of the type (the external ones taken by

collector) :—

Head and body 460 mm.; tail 75; hind foot 106; ear 111.

Skull: greatest length 87; basilar length 67; nasals,

diagonal length 388; interorbital breadth 17; greatest

breadth 40; diastema 25; length of upper molar tooth-

row 15.

Hab. Caiala, Bihé. Alt. 6000 feet.

Type. 3. BM. no, 5. 5.9.80. Original number 37.

Collected October 8th, 1904.

This species differs from L. angolensis, Thos., which is also

found in Bihé, by its more rufous coloration, shorter ears,

Jarge nuchal patch, and by the skull-characters mentioned

above. The only other hare described from Angola is

178 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

L. Sale, Jentink *, from Mossamedes; but from the description

this seems to be a more brightly coloured animal with a much

shorter tail, and a skull smaller in all dimensions except

breadth.

34. Cephalophus Grimmiui, L.

ZG bike:

XIX.— Descriptions of Three new Snakes discovered in South

Arabia by Mr. G. W. Bury. By G. A. BouLenGcer,

F.R.S.

Glauconia Burit.

Head not broader than neck; snout rounded; rostral

broad, more than half the width of the head, extending to

between the eyes; nasal completely divided, in contact with

prefrontal; supraocular present, a little larger than the

frontal; no enlarged parietal; ocular bordering the lip,

between two labials, the first of which is very small and

scarcely deeper than broad. 14 scales round the body.

Diameter of body 52 times in the total length, length of tail

152 times. Caudal spine strong. Pale brown above, yellow

beneath.

Total length 210 mm. ; tail 15.

A single specimen from El Kubar, Upper Hushabi, near

Yemen frontier.

This species is allied to G. Blanfordii, Blgr., from Sind

and Baluchistan, and G. Nursi?, Anders., from Aden. It

differs from both in the much broader rostral and in the

absence of enlarged parietal shields.

Zamenis vartabilis.

Head short; snout truncate, strongly projecting. Rostral

a little broader than deep, the portion visible from above

measuring one third or two fifths its distance from the

frontal; internasals as long as or a little shorter than the

prefrontals ; frontal much broader than the supraocular, once

and one fourth to once and one third as long as broad, longer

than its distance from the end of the snout, shorter than the

parietals ; loreal longer than deep ; one przocular, forming a

* Notes Leyd. Mus. ii. 1880, p. 57.

Three new Snakes from South Arabia, 179

suture with the frontal, with a subocular below it; two

postoculars ; temporals 2+2 or 2+3; eight upper labials,

fourth and fifth entering the eye ; four or five lower labials

in contact with the anterior chin-shields; posterior chin-

shields as long as the anterior and separated from each other

by two series of scales. Scales smooth, in 17 rows. Ventrals

155-169 ; anal divided ; subcaudals 80-90.

Total length 380 mm. ; tail 110.

The specimens at hand, ten in number, exhibit a surprising

amount of colour-variation. They may be arranged under

seven heads :—

A. Olive-grey above, with a dorsal series of large, brown, dark-edged,

transverse spots and a lateral series of similar spots alternating with

them ; two dark bars on the head, the first across the eyes, the

second across the temples and the parietal shields; a third bar

across the nape; lower parts white.

dg. V.157. OC. 88. El Kubar.

@. V.162. C. 84. Schaf Ravine.

. Similar to the preceding in the markings, but reddish brown, with a

bright red vertebral stripe; ventral shields spotted with red on the

sides.

ce. ¢. V.157. C.? Schaf Ravine.

C. Body orange, with a bright red vertebral stripe, the scales and shields

edged with brown; no spots; head olive-grey above, the temples

and nape black.

Q. V.161. C.? El Kubar.

loop | bea

jo ag

. Scales brown or black, with yellowish or pale olive centres ; ventral

and subcaudal shields whitish, edged with brown or blackish; head

olive-grey in front, black behind.

et. ¢ (V. 159, 157; C. 83, 83) & Q (V. 165, 169, 165; C. 80, 89, 82).

El Kubar.

E. Olive-grey above, the scales edged with blackish ; whitish or grey

beneath, the shields edged with dark grey or blackish.

k-l. g. V. 155,161. C.?, 90. El Kubar.

F, Black, scales and shields speckled with white ; head and nape olive-

grey.

m. 9. V.161, C.? El Kubar,

G. Black above, dark grey below; throat and anterior ventral shields

white.

n. 9. V.168. C. 82. El Kubar,

In the low number of its ventral shields Z. variabilis agrees

with Z. brevis, Blgr., from Somaliland, which differs in the

less prominent snout, the smaller rostral shield, the narrower

frontal, the upper labials nine in number, and the scales in

19 rows.

180 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

Atractaspis Andersontt,

Snout very short. Portion of rostral seen from above

nearly as long as its distance from the frontal; suture

between the internasals about half as long as that between

the prefrontals ; frontal large, once and one fifth to once and

one fourth as long as broad, much longer than its distance

from the end of the snout, as long as the parietals; one pre-

and one postocular ; temporals scale-like, 2-+3 or 3+4; six

upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye, fourth

largest ; first lower labial forming a suture with its fellow

behind the symphysial; three lower labials in contact with

the chin-shields. Scales in 23 or 25 rows. Ventrals 219-

243 ; anal entire ; subcaudals 28-29, single. Uniform black.

Total length 550 mm. ; tail 45.

Five specimens from E] Kubar.

This species, named in memory of Dr. John Anderson, the

author of several contributions to Arabian herpetology, is

closely allied to A. lewcomelas, Blgr., trom Somaliland, from

which it differs in the broader frontal shield.

In addition to the new snakes here described, Mr. Bury’s

collection contains examples of the following species new to

Arabia:—Boodon lineatus, D. & B., Dasypeltis scabra, L.,

and Nata hate, L.

XX.—Descriptions of new Tarlless Batrachians in the

Collection of the British Museum. By G. A. BOULENGER,

F.R.S.

Arthroleptis Seimundi.

Tongue with a conical median papilla. Head broader than

long ; snout short, broadly rounded, not prominent ; canthus

rostralis distinct ; loreal region slightly concave ; interorbital

space much broader than the upper eyelid ; tympanum very

distinct, two thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers slender,

with swollen tips, third very long, nearly twice as long as

second, first and second equal ; toes slender, with swollen tips

and arudiment of web; arather large, oval, compressed inner

metatarsal tubercle ; no outer metatarsal tubercle ; no tarsal.

tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Skin

smooth, granular on the lower belly and on the back of the

thighs. Dark brown above, sides speckled with white; a light

Tailless Batrachians tn the British Museum. 181

line on theeanthus rostralis; loreal and temporal regions black;

a white streak, formed of numerous small spots, from below the

eye to the fore limb, and prolonged on the upper surface of

the latter to a little beyond the elbow ; throat blackish, breast

and limbs dark brown dotted with white, belly and lower

surface of thighs brownish white.

From snout to vent 36 mm.

A single specimen from Fernando Po, collected by Mr. E.

Seimund during the expedition carried out under the auspices

of the Duke of Bedford, the Hon. Walter Rothschild, and

Mrs. Percy Sladen.

This species is intermediate between A. macrodactylus,

Blegr., and A. variabilis, Matsch.

Atelopus tumifrons.

Habit stout, toad-like. Head a little broader than long;

snout very short, not projecting beyond the mouth, above

with a strong rounded swelling extending to between the

eyes ; interorbital space nearly twice as broad as the upper

eyelid. Fingers moderate, with a slight rudiment of web,

first a little shorter than second; toes short, barely half-

webbed ; subarticular tubercles distinct, some double; two

small metatarsal tubercles. The tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches the shoulder. Skin warty, spinulose; the largest

warts, at the angles of the mouth and around tie vent, conical.

Blackish ; sides of snout, tips of digits, lower surface of hands

and feet and of arms, three spots on the chin and throat, and

a large blotch covering the lower belly and the lower side of

the thighs yellow.

From snout to vent 29 mm.

A single female specimen from Pernambuco, presented by

Dr. F. Werner.

Closely related to A. Stelznerit, Weyenb.

OocoRMUS, gen, nov. Cistignathidarum.

Pupil horizontal. Tongue circular, entire, free behind.

Vomerine teeth in a long transverse series behind the choane.

Tympanum hidden under the skin. Fingers and toes free,

the tips not dilated. Outer metatarsals bound together.

Sternum without bony style. Habit stout, Engystoma-like.

Oocorm us m icrops.

Vomerine teeth forming a very open chevron, which is

searcely interrupted in the middle and the branches of which

182 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

are slightly curved. Tongue large, covering the whole floor

of the mouth. Head much broader than long; snout very

short, broadly rounded, not projecting beyond the mouth;

eye very small, as large as the tympanum ; interorbital width

more than twice as great as the width of the upper eyelid.

Fingers short, slightly swollen at the end, first and second

equal; subarticular tubercles well developed. ‘Toes short,

perfectly free, not margined, with slightly swollen tips and

strong subarticular tubercles; a large oval inner and asmaller

rounded outer metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articula-

tion reaches the tympanum. Skin smooth and shiny; a

strong fold from the eye to the shoulder, forming an angle

behind the tympanum; a feebly marked glandular fold on

each side from the upper eyelid to the sacral region, con-

verging towards its fellow on the scapular region, where it

forms an angle. Brown above, with symmetrical darker

markings, viz. a chevron pointing backwards between the

eyes, an angular band on the outer side of the dorsal glandular

fold, a M-shaped band on the posterior part of the back, an

oblique band on the side, and cross-bars on the limbs; dark

brown beneath.

From snout to vent 34 mm.

Four specimens from the Organ Mountains, Brazil,

presented by Messrs. Wagner Brothers.

Hyla Steinbachi.

Tongue circular, entire or indistinctly nicked, slightly free

behind. Vomerine teeth on a level with the posterior borders

of the very large choane, in two slightly curved oblique

series forming a chevron pointing forwards. Head moderate,

as long as broad; snout rounded, as long as the orbit;

canthus rostralis feeble, slightly curved; loreal region oblique,

concave ; nostril near the tip of the snout ; interorbital region

as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, three fifths

the diameter of the eye. Outer fingers with a rudiment of

web ; no distinct rudiment of pollex; toes two-thirds webbed ;

disks barely half the diameter of the eye; subarticular

tubercles well developed ; no tarsal fold. 'Tibio-tarsal articu-

lation reaching a little beyond the tip of the snout. Skin

smooth above, granular on the belly and under the thighs;

heel with a pointed dermal appendage. Pale pinkish grey

above, with scattered darker dots and rather indistinct wavy

longitudinal bands ; a purplish-brown vertebral line, and

another line of the same colour on the canthus rostralis and

Tailless Batrachians tn the British Museum. 183

temple, sometimes continued along the side of the body;

limbs with ill-defined dark cross-bars ; lower parts white.

From snout to vent 35 mm.

Three specimens from the Province Sara, Department

Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Bolivia, collected by Hr. J.

Steinbach.

Most nearly allied to H. boans, Daud., and H. Spegazzintt,

Bler.

Hyla platydactyla.

Tongue subcircular, entire, slightly free behind. Vomerine

teeth just behind the level of the moderately Jarge choana, in

two slightly oblique series converging forwards. Head

moderate, much depressed, a little broader than long; snout

rounded, hardly as long as the orbit; canthus rostralis

distinct ; loreal region very oblique, concave; nostril near

the tip of the snout; interorbital region a little broader than

the upper eyelid ; tympanum rather indistinct, one third the

diameter of the eye. Fingers much flattened, with a short

basal web which extends as a fringe to the disks; toes short,

much flattened, with a deeply notched web extending to the

disks ; latter about half the diameter of the eye; subarticular

tubercles feeble; no tarsal fold. Tibio-tarsal articulation

reaching the eye. Skin smooth above, granular on the belly

and under the thighs. Purplish above, closely dotted with

darker ; upper surface of arms and thighs white, with a

median stripe of closely set dark purple dots; lower parts

white. Male with a feebly developed subgular vocal sac.

From snout to vent 32 mm.

A single male specimen from Merida, Andes of Venezuela,

collected by Sefior Bricefio.

Allied to H, Vilsoniana, Cope (creolica, Werner).

Hyla graminea.

Tongue heart-shaped, free behind. Vomerine teeth in two

widely separated short transverse groups between the very

large choane. Head rather large, much depressed, a little

broader than long; snout rounded, as long as the orbit ;

canthus rostralis indistinct; loreal region very oblique,

slightly concave ; nostril near the end of the snout; inter-

orbital space twice as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum

very distinct, three fourths the diameter of the eye. Fingers

much flattened, nearly entirely webbed; toes also much

flattened and entirely webbed; disks nearly as large as the

1S4 Mr. G. B. Sowerby on new

tympanum ; subarticular tubercles feeble; an outer tarsal

fold. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the tip of the snout.

Skin smooth, finely granulate on the head, coarsely on the

belly and under the thighs; deep wrinkles form an areolation

on each side of the anterior part of the body. Bright green

above, yellowish white beneath; hand and arm, tarsus and

foot, and upper eyelid with a white edge ; arm and thigh

colourless, the latter with a narrow green band in the middle.

From snout to vent 52 mm.

A single specimen from Northern British New Guinea,

altitude 900 feet.

ie nearly allied to H. gracilenta, Peters, and H. chloris,

gr.

XXI.—Deseriptions of new Species of Marine Shells, chiefly

from Ceylon. By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S.

THE shells here described formed part of the collection of the

late Mr. Hugh Nevill. As very few of them were labelled,

it is impossible to fix their habitats with any certainty, but

the probability is that most, if not all, of them are from

Ceylon.

Fam. Trochide.

Calliostoma planiliratum, sp. n.

Testa conica, elata, angustissime rimata, albida, rufo-fusco et olivaceo

dense strigata et variegata; anfractus 83, primi 2 leves, rotun-

dati, deinde planato declives, liris 7 confertis planulatis cingulati,

cingulis duobus infernis magis elevatis; anfractus ultimus levis-

sime concavus, liris duplicatis; basis planulata, vix convexa,

liris 9, angustis, rotundatis, albo-fusco articulatis, interstitiis

oblique striatis; apertura oblique subtrigona, intus margari-

tacea, haud lirata; columella brevis, rectiuscula, leviter callosa.

Alt. 13, diam. 10 mm.

A high conical shell with an almost flat base. It has very

close flattened spiral ridges, which in the last whorl are some-

times, as in the type, divided by a groove. The colouring

of olivaceous brown, reddish here and there, is mostly dis-

posed in close broad longitudinal streaks, which on the upper

whorls are broken up into square spots, giving the ridges an

articulated appearance.

Although of a not uncommon form, I know of no species

Species of Marine Shells. 185

to which this shell bears a sufficiently close resemblance for

comparison.

In writing the diagnosis of the type specimen I have said

that the lire: of the last whorl are duplicated, or divided by a

groove, but I find this is not a constant character.

Calliostoma Nevilli, sp. n.

Testa conica, solidiuscula, imperforata, albida, fulvo radiata ; spira

elatiuscula, acuta, vix convexa; anfractus 7, planato declives ;

liris 7, confertis conspicue granatis spiraliter cingulati; inter-

stitiis angustis, fulvis; sutura inconspicua; anfractus ultimus

curtus, obtuse angulatus, supra angulum levissime convexus;

basis planato convexa, liris granatis 8 instructa ; columella brevis,

crassa ; apertura oblique subquadrata, intus levis ; labrum crenu-

latum.

Alt. 7?, maj. diam. 7 mm.

A regularly conical shell, the whole surface of which is

covered with closely and beautifully beaded spiral ridges,

The base is not so flat as in the preceding species, and the

spire less elevated.

The shell bears some resemblance to C. scobinatum (Zizi-

phinus scobinatus, Reeve, as of A. Adams), but it is more

broadly conical, and the bead-like pustules are larger and

closer together. Compared with C. fragum, Philippi, it is

also broader, and the beaded ridges are closer together and

more numerous, with very narrow interstices.

Clanculus crassilabrum, sp. n.

Testa turbinata, subovalis, anguste perforata, crassa, albida, maculis

paucis pallide fulvis conspersa; spira elata, leviter convexa;

anfractus 44, primus levis, rotundatus, sequentes convexi, rotun-

dati, dense grano-lirati; liris 8, crassis, pustulis numerosis con-

fertis gemmuliformibus ornatis ; interstitiis angustis, crenulatis;

sutura inepte canaliculata; anfractus ultimus rotundatus, liris

pustulosis circ. 15 instructus ; apertura rotundata; labrum

crassum, crenulatum, intus valde liratum ; columella breviter

expansa, planulata, bidentata, dente postico late rotundato,

antico oblique elongatim producto.

Alt. 7, diam. 64 mm.

A shell of an unusually oval form for the genus, approach-

ing some of the forms of Huchelus, the surface being similar

to that of the much larger Huchelus baccatus, Menke. It has

a much smaller umbilicus than is common in the genus

Clanculus, and is further distinguished by its narrow

obliquely-produced anterior columellar tooth.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 13

156 Mr. G. B. Sowerby on new

Clanculus acutidentatus, sp. 1.

Testa breviter conoidea, profunde umbilicata, rufo-fusca, albo macu-

lata; spira late conica, convexiuscula ; anfractus 5, convexi, liris

spiralibus 5 crenulato-pustulatis cingulati; interstitiis latiuseulis,

oblique striatis; sutura canaliculata; anfractus ultimus brevis,

latiusculus ; basis planato conyexa, liris 9 rugosis instructa;

umbilicus angustus sed profundus, ad marginem crenulatus;

columella obliqua, ad basin acute unidentata; apertura postice

quadrata, antice rotundata, intus lirata; labrum crassiusculum,

crenulatum.

Alt. 5, maj. diam. 6 mm.

Compared with C. ceylanicus, Nevill, this shell is broader

in proportion to its height, and is distinguished from that

species, to which in other respects it is somewhat similar, by

its sharp narrow columellar tooth.

Euchelus cavernosus, sp. n.

Testa globoso-turbinata, crassiuscula, anguste umbilicata, albida;

spira obtusiuscula, convexa; anfractus 5, apicales 2 leves, pel-

lucens, sequentes convexl, tricarinati; carinis rctundatis, nodoso

crenulatis ; interstitiis profundis, liris validis, decussatis ; sutura

canaliculata; anfractus ultimus amplus, rotundatus, carinis 7,

nodulosis, interstitiis profunde foveolatis; apertura subcircularis ;

columella arcuata, levis.

Alt. 73, diam. 74 mm.

A small globular white shell, very conspicuously and _pro-

foundly pitted between the rounded nodulous keels.

The species is similar to #. fuveolatus, A. Adams, but

larger, more globose, and with more nodulous lira.

Omphalius eusculptus, sp. n.

Testa depresse orbicularis, rubro-carnea, fuseo maculata, ad apicem

alba; spira paulo elevata; antractus 43, primi 2 leves, deinde

tricarinati, carinis rotundatis, crenulatis; interstitiis latiusculis,

spiraliter anguste triliratis, eximie oblique decussatim striatis ;

sutura canaliculata; basis convexiuscula, sex-lirata; umbilicus

rotundus, profundus, mediocriter latus; apertura oblique sub-

quadrata, intus plicata, labrum crenulatum ; columella obliqua,

levis.

Alt. 6, maj. diam. 84 mm.

A pretty pink shell with brown spots and a white apex.

The sculpture between the keels is very fine, minute, close-

set, raised, slightly granular strize obliquely traversing three

narrow spiral ridges.

Species of Marine Shells, 187

The shell rather closely resembles T'rochus plebetus, Plil.

(= Clanculus nodiliratus, A. Adams), the principal difference

being that the margin of the umbilicus is smooth, not nodu-

lous or dentate.

Minolia eucoronata, sp. 1.

Testa depresse orbicularis, tenuis, late umbilicata, fulvescens, fusco

strigata ; spira obtusa, vix elevata ; anfractus 31, concavi, bicari-

nati; carinis eximie tuberculosis, sutura indistincta; anfractus

ultimus depressus, granoso triliratus, ad peripheriam carina acuta

crenulata vix nodulosa ; basis convexa, extus levis, area mediana

quadrisuleata et radiatim plicata; umbilicus latus et profundus,

circularis, ad marginem tuberculatus,

Alt. 27, diam. 42 mm.

A little depressed shell, with two beautifully beaded keels

to each whorl, the last whorl exhibiting 3 granular lire

between the keels, the margin of the umbilicus being strongly

nodulous.

I know of no species with which to compare this beautiful

little shell.

Ethalia Nevill, sp. n.

Testa depressa, circularis, alba, pellucida, perforata ; spira convexo-

depressa ; anfractus 5, primus minutissimus, ceeter] leviter con-

vexi, spiraliter minute striati; penultimus puncturatus ; ultimus

striis partim fere obsoletis sculptus, ad peripheriam rotundatus ;

basis convexa, spiraliter leviter striata, striis in regione umbili-

cali magis conspicuis et confertis; umbilicus parvus, circularis,

profundus ; apertura suboblique ovalis, intus levis, peristoma

simplex ; columella brevis, oblique arcuata, leviter incrassata,

Alt. 2, diam. 44 mm.

This species appears to belong to the little group which,

according to Pilsbry, is allied to Te¢nostoma, and erroneously

referred to Hthalia. In the absence of further evidence than

that furnished by the shell, I think it best, however, to place

it in the latter genus. It may belong to Fischer’s subgenus

Pseudorotella, although the umbilicus is open, and not covered

by a callus as in the type of that group (2%. semistriata, Orb.).

Teinostoma pellucidum, sp. n.

Testa minuta, albo-nitens, perdepressa, tenuis, pellucida, imper-

forata; spira convexo-planulata; anfractus 5, leves; sutura

anguste canaliculata; basis planato-convexiuscula, in regione

umbilicali callo lato albo depresso munita; apertura parviuscula,

ovato-subcircularis, yix obliqua; labrum tenue.

Alt. 1, diam. 2} mm.

13*

188 Mr. G. B. Sowerby on new

A little pellucid white shell, with an opaque white callus

covering the umbilical region. Itis very like 7. cancellatum,

Tate, but thinner, and without the sculpture.

Solariella tenuis, sp. n.

Testa conico-orbicularis, depressiuscula, tenuis, late umbilicata,

albida, pallide aurantio strigata; spira obtuse conica, gradata ;

anfractus 4, rotunde-conyexi, spiraliter lirati, liris in anfractu

penultimo 3, in anfractu ultimo numerosis, evanidis; sutura late

impressa ; basis rotunde convexa ; umbilicus perspectivus ; aper-

tura circularis; peristoma continuum, tenue.

Alt. 2, diam. 23 mm.

A delicately coloured, thin, globosely conical shell with a

perspective umbilicus.

I know of no species very similar to this; it might easily

be mistaken for one of the minute Cyclostomide, having some-

thing the look of a Cyclotopsis.

Fam. Littorinide.

Fossarina lineata, sp. n.

Testa oblique ovata, perforata, luteo-albida, lineis virido-fuscis

duplicatis spiraliter cincta, hic illic irr egulariter fusco maculata ;

spira brevis, obtusa; anfractus 4, rotundati, oblique minutissime

striati; anfractus ultimus late obliquus; basis convexa, area

umbilicali alba, oblique late excavata, conspicue filo-striata ;

umbilicus profundus ; apertura subcircularis, ampla, intus viridis,

lineata, levis; labrum tenue; columella arcuata, leviter incras-

sata, alba, postice tenuiter effusa.

Alt. 4, diam. 4 mm,

This shell partakes of the form and general characters

common to the genus Fossarina. It is rounder and less

oblique than /’. Braziert, Angas, and principally characterized

by its greenish-brown spiral lines.

Fam. Fossaride.

Fossarus oblongus, sp. ni.

Testa oblongo-ovata, alba, tenuis, subpellucida, angustissime rimata;

spira brevis, obtusa ; anfractus 33, convexi, supra obtuse angulati,

supra angulum leviter planulati, sutura impressa sejuncti; ultimus

oblongus, spiraliter multiliratus, leviter oblique plicatus ; apertura

elongato-ovata ; labrum tenue; columella planulata, leviter effusa.

Alt, 34, diam. 27 mm.

Species of Marine Shells. 189

An oblong, thin, white, almost transparent shell. It seems

to belong to the same section as F’, reticulatus, S. Wood, but

larger, with a more obtuse spire, and longitudinal plications

much less distinct and more oblique.

Fam. Scutellinide.

Scutellina nobilis, sp. n.

Testa capuliformis, subcircularis, tenuis, lutescens, elatiuscula, antice

valde arcuata, postice concaviuscula, apice acuto, postice inclinato ;

costellis radiantibus numerosis nodulosis, et liris concentricis dis-

tantibus cancellata, ad marginem crenulata.

Long. 28, lat. 26, alt. 17 mm.

This is the largest known species of the genus. Compared

with S. erenudata, Brod., it is much larger, more elevated in

form, and has more distant and much less closely nodulous

ribs. It is further distinguished by the presence of con-

centric rather distant lire crossing the radiating ribs.

Only one specimen found in the Nevill Collection.

Fam. Columbellide.

Columbella perlevis, sp. n.

Testa ovato-fusiformis, aurantia, ad suturam rufo-fusco pauci-

maculata, ad apicem albida; spira elata, acute conica; anfractus 71,

convexi, leves, ultimus supra obtusissime angulatus, infra leviter

contracta, suleata ; apertura oblonga, postice angusta, antice latior ;

labrum leviter incrassatum, rectiusculum, postice angulatum, intus

dentatum ; columella rectiuscula, ad marginem tuberculis ovalis

circ. 7 munita, intus bi-tuberculata; canalis brevis, latiusculus,

vix recurvus.

Long. 13, diam. 63 mm.

A typical Columbella, with a sharply acuminated spire ;

colour bright orange, with a few reddish-brown spots at the

suture and near the base. It differs from C. rustica, Linn.,

in colour, in the relative height of the spire, in the slight but

characteristic angularity of the top of the body-whorl, and in

other respects.

Columbella (Atilia) Macandrewi, sp. n.

Testa acute pyramidata, pallidissime cinerea, longitudinaliter pallide

aurantio strigata, ad suturam et peripheriam albo interruptim

balteata; spira elatissima, acuta; anfractus 9, leves, vix con-

vexi, sutura anguste canaliculata sejuncti; anfractus ultimus

190 Mr. G. B. Sowerby on new

convexus, infra contractus, ad basin valde sulcatus, vix rostratus;

apertura mediocriter lata, intus paucilirata; labrum acutum,

extus incrassatum ; columella rectiusenla ; canalis brevissimus.

Long. 63, diam. 23 mm.

A small very delicately-coloured shell allied to C. eaimia,

Reeve, compared with which species it is smalier, very dif-

ferent in colour and pattern, shorter at the base, and its spire

is more regularly pyramidal.

Fam. Neritide.

Nerita constellata, sp. n.

Testa oblique ovata, solidiuscula, levis, purpurascens, maculis parvis

albidis inzequalibus conspersa; spira brevissima, planulata, fere

immersa; anfractus ultimus rotunde convexus, concentrice ob-

scurissime striatus, subobsolete spiraliter sulcatus; apertura

semicircularis, intus levis; labrum acutum; area columellari

levis, leviter convexa, ad marginem minute irregulariter denti-

culata.

Alt. 63, diam. 9 mm.

This shell bears some resemblance to a large Neritina

fluviatilis, while in form and substance it might almost be a

miniature Nerita Rumphi, Recluz, but the specimens, which

are fairly numerous, are very uniform in size, colour, and

general characters.

The interior of the aperture is quite smooth.

Fam. Scalariide.

Scalaria octogona, sp. n

See 8 p=

Testa pyramidalis, alba, levis; spira elata, acuta; anfractus 8,

rotundati, costis 8 acutis erectis leviter obliquis instructi ; aper-

tura circularis.

Long. 123, diam. 6 mm.

A white Sealaria of simple pyramidal form, with eight

erect sharp scarcely reflexed ribs.

Scalaria interstriata, sp. n.

Testa acuminata, alba, multicostata ; spira acute turrita ; anfractus 9,

convexi, primi 2—3 leves deinde gradatuli, costis elevatis circ. 25,

leviter reflexis, superne acute angulatis instructi, spiraliter striati;

apertura subcircularis ; peristoma mediocriter crassum, postice

angulatum.

Long. 9, diam, 33 mm.

Species of Marine Shells. 191

This species is easily distinguished by the large number

of its prominent slightly reflexed ribs, which are acutely

angularly raised near the suture, the interstices being spirally

striated.

Fam. Buccinide.

Tritonidea (Cantharus) fuscopicta, sp. n.

Testa ovato-acuminata, crassiuscula, alba, maculis parvis fuscis

transversim clongatis picta; spira elata, acuta; anfractus 7,

leviter convexi, spiraliter lirati, liris rotundatis, in anfractu

penultime 4, interstitiis spiraliter striatis; anfractus ultimus

mediocriter amplus, superne leviter inepte canaliculatus, liris

circiter 12 partim leviter crenulatis instructus, ad basin leviter

contractus ; apertura oblongo-ovata, intus lirata ; labrum crassum,

arcuatum, utrinque uni-tuberculatum; columella arcuata, ad

basin plicato-contorta; canalis brevissimus, leviter recurvus.

Long. 14, diam. 7 mm.

I know of no species bearing any near resemblance to this

prettily marked little shell. In proportion to the size of the

body-whorl, its spire is rather unusually long and sharp for

the genus, and the oblong brown markings on the spiral

ridges are very striking.

Fam. Ungulinide.

Dipiodonta Nevill, sp. n.

Testa suborbicularis, tenuis, albida, epidermide tenuis olivacea

induta, leviter inflata, concentrice confertim striata; umbones

obtusi ; margo dorsalis posticus convexo declivis, anticus brevior,

rotundatus ; margo ventralis arcuatus; ligamentum parvum,

immersum. Pagina interna luteo-cinerea; impressiones muscu-

lares indistincti ; cardo normalis.

Diam. antero-post. 16, umbono-marg. 16, crass. 10 mm.

Compared with the typical Diplodonta (D. rotundata),

the umbones are more obtuse and rather more central, the

posterior dorsal margin more sloping; the shell is of a much

thinner substance, and covered with a light olivaceous

epidermis.

Diplodonta (Felania) crebristriata, sp. n.

Testa subtrigono-rotundata, compressiuscula, tenuis, albida, den-

sissime concentrice striata; umbones acutiusculi, elatiuseul,

autice leviter inclinati; margo dorsalis posticus rotundato decliyis,

192 On a new Shell from the Cape Verd Islands,

anticus valde declivis vel subtruncatus ; margo ventralis arcuatus ;

cardo normalis.

Diam. antero-post. 12, umbono-marg. 113, crass. 7 mm.

A thin white shell of simple form and character, more elate

than the typical form of Diplodonta, and with the whole

surface of the valves finely and closely concentrically striated.

The types of all the species described in this paper are in

the British Museum.

XXIL.— Description of a new Shell from the Cape Verd

Islands. By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S.

Gibbula Murchlandi, sp. n.

Testa perspective umbilicata, late conoidea, rosaceo-albida, maculis

grandibus, minoribus, et minutis, rufo-fuscis ornata; spira sub-

gradata, mediocriter elata, ad apicem acutiuscula; anfractus 6,

ubique spiraliter conferte lirati, primi 3 convexe declives, czeteri

angulati, ad angulum plicato-nodulosi, supra angulum leviter

planulati, infra levissime convexi ; anfractus ultimus latus, curtus,

biseriatim nodosus; basis convexa, oblique striata, spiraliter

valde lirata, liris circ. 10, retrorso complanatis ; umbilicus pro-

fundus, mediocriter latus, spiraliter profunde canaliculatus, funi-

culo elevato crassiusculo reflexo munitus; apertura oblique

subquadrata, intus argentea, levis; labrum acutum; columella

supra arcuata, deinde leviter undulata vel rectiuscula.

Alt. 14, diam. 16 mm.

flab. St. Vincent, Cape Verd Islands.

At first sight this pretty and interesting shell has much

the appearance of a small Gzbbula magus, but it is more elate,

the body-whorl is more nearly rectangular, the base is much

more strongly ridged, and the spiral funicle eutering the

umbilicus much more elevated.

This species has some affinity with Gibbula fanuloides,

Fischer, which belongs to Adams’s subgenus Forskalia, but

it distinctly connects that group with T’rochus magus, Linn.,

which stands as the type of the genus Gzbbula, showing that

the subgenus proposed by H. & A. Adams is not needed.

The specimens were taken in the above-named locality by

Mr. R. Murchland, after whom I have pleasure in naming

the species.

The type is in the British Museum.

On new Species of Land- Shells. 19

XXIII.—Descriptions of new Species of Land-Shells from

British New Guinea, and Remarks on Two Species from the

Solomon Islands. By Enear A. Situ, 1.8.0.

THE specimens described in this paper were collected by

Mr. A. S. Meek, partly at Choiseul Island, one of the

Solomon Group, in December 1903, and partly during the

first three months of the present year, at Owgarra on

the Anabunga River, “ two days” beyond Mafulu (or

Mafoola), in the Owen Stanley Range, British New Guinea,

at an elevation above 8000 feet.

Papuina Meekiana.

Testa breviter conica, acute carinata, roseo-purpurea, flavo plus

minus obtecta, ad apicem nigrescens; anfractus 5, celeriter

crescentes, tres superiores convexi, leves, cxteri planiusculi,

oblique tenuiter corrugati, ultimus ad peripheriam acute albo-

carinatus, antice prope aperturam subito descendens, infra plani-

usculus, corrugatus, lineisque incrementi radiatim striatus;

apertura intus nigro-purpurea; peristoma saturate nigrum,

nitens, marginibus callo roseo-purpureo tenui junctis, superiore

bisinuato, columellari lato, planato, antice tuberculo parvo

munito.

Diam. maj. 29 mm., min. 23, alt. 19.

Hab. British New Guinea.

This species belongs to the same group as P. naso, Martens,

P. gemina, Fulton, P. Tayloriana, Ad. & Rve., and P. jucunda,

Fulton. With regard to the peristome, it is very like P. naso,

Papuina Meekiana.

but the snout of the body-whorl is more pointed, and the

anterior part of the basal margin of the peristome is quite

different and bears a small tubercle. It is a much smaller

species also. In colour it is very similar to certain forms of

P. Tayloriana, but is subject to some variation. Sometimes

the dark purple ground-colour is almost concealed by a

yellowish coating which shows a disposition to be in some-

what obscure spiral zones, both on the upper and lower

194 Mr. E. A. Smith on

surfaces. In P. naso and P. gemina the last whorl is pecu-

liarly produced beyond the black lip. The present species

has a similar kind of inflation of the keel behind the lip, but

it does not project beyond the peristome. Named in honour

of Mr. Meek, who at considerable personal risk collected in

this dangerous country.

Chloritis (Sulcobasis) globosa, Preston, var. major.

Testa globosa, umbilicata, solidiuscula, saturate fusca, lineis in-

crementi oblique arcuatis striata, sub lente undique microscopice

granulata ; spira breviter convexe conoidea, ad apicem obtusa;

anfractus 5, convexiusculi, ultimus magnus, globosus, antice

prope aperturam breviter descendens; apertura obliqua, late

lunata, intus purpureo-fusca ; peristoma album, mediocriter ex-

pansum et reflexum, marginibus callo tenui junctis, columellari

dilatato, supra umbilicum partim expanso, niveo,

Diam. maj. 40 mm., min. 32, alt. 30. Apertura cum perist.

25 longa, 20 alta.

Hab. British New Guinea.

Like the type of C. globosa, Preston (Proc. Malac. Soc.

vol. v. p. 17, fig.), but larger, the body-whorl being larger in

proportion to the spire and the peristome more widely

expanded. Occurring in a different district from that of the

typical form, which was described from the “ Northern

Coast” of British New Guinea, C. stiruphora, Smith,

another allied form, occurs near Cloudy Bay on the south-

eastern extremity of the island.

Rhyssota bisculptilis.

Testa depresse globosa, mediocriter tenuis, anguste perforata, supra

fuscescens, haud nitida, infra flavescens, in medio pallide fusces-

cens, polita, epidermide tenui, flavo-olivacea, undique induta ;

spira depresse convexa, ad apicem obtusa; anfractus 5, supra

parum conyexi, striis minutis incrementi elevatis confertis pul-

cherrime sculpti, ultimus supra plus minus etiam malleatus, ad

peripheriam obsolete obtuse carinatus, infra striis concentricis

minutis confertis undulatis, et incrementi lineis concinne sculptus ;

apertura obliqua, late lunata, intus fuscescens ; peristoma leviter

incrassatum, simplex, dilute fuscescens, marginibus remotis,

columellari ad insertionem breviter dilatato et reflexo.

Diam. maj. 35 mm., min. 29. Apertura 19 longa, 16 alta.

Hab. British New Guinea.

Nanina campylonota, 'Vapparone Canefri (Ann. Mus. Stor.

nat. Genova, 18838, vol. xix. p. 199, pl. v. fig. 11), appears to

be very similar in form to the present species, but is

new Species of Land- Shells. 195

described as a white shell, and no mention is made of the

beautiful concentric strize on the under surface, nor is

the dullness of the upper side referred to in contrast to the

glossy base.

Hemiplecta Jansoni.

Testa orbicularis, carinata, perforata, supra rufo-fusca, vix nitida,

incrementi lineis striata, striisque minutis costulatis microscopice

sculpta, infra medium versus sensim pallidior, subnitens, striis

incrementi tenuibus sculpta, aliisque concentricis prasertim circa

umbilicum concinne ornata; spira valde depressa, conoidea,

planata; anfractus 5, supra fere plani, supra suturam sub-

depressi, ultimus acute carinatus, haud descendens, supra sulcis

2-3 spiralibus, fere obsoletis, inconspicue impressus; apertura

obliqua, angulatim lunata, purpureo-fusca; peristoma tenue, ad

marginem pallidum, marginibus remotis, columellari leviter in-

crassato, ad insertionem breviter expanso et reflexo.

Diam. maj. 35 mm., min. 28. Apertura 19 longa, 14 alta.

Hab. British New Guinea.

Nanina Cairni, Smith (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1887, vol. ix.

p- 417, pl. xv. fig. 5), is closely related to the present species.

The latter has a flatter, more depressed spire, a sharper

peripheral keel, and stronger concentric spiral strize on the

lower surface. Owing to the depression of the spire, the

form of the aperture is different. Named after Mr. Oliver

Janson, through whose agency the Museum was fortunate in

obtaining this and the other interesting species described

in the present paper.

Hemiplecta ougarrana.

Testa parva, anguste perforata, orbicularis, supra subplana, fusca,

infra pallidior, umbilicum versus albida; anfractus 5-52, lente

accrescentes, fere plani, ad suturam filo-carinati, minute oblique

costulato-striati, quasi sericati, ultimus ad peripheriam acute et

compresse carinatus, haud descendens, infra politus, incrementi

lineis tenuibus striatus; apertura obliqua, angulatim lunata,

intus lilacea; peristoma tenue, pallidum, marginibus remotis,

columellari ad insertionem breviter expanso et reflexo.

Diam. maj. 22°5 mm., min. 20), alt. 10°5. Apertura 11-5 longa,

7°5 alta.

Hab. British New Guinea.

Distinguished by its small size, flattened spire, carinate

suture, and very small perforation. Within the aperture

and near the peristome there is a slight shelly thickening

which is peculiar.

196 Miss G, Ricardo on the Tabani from the

H. infelix (Smith *) appears to be the nearest ally of this

species. Its spire, however, is more raised, the peripheral

keel even more acute, the umbilical perforation a trifle

larger, and the form of the aperture rather different.

Papuina lilium, Fulton.

Hab. Choiseul, one of the Solomon Islands.

The exact locality of this species has not hitherto been

recorded. It is remarkable that this very distinct species

should have been considered by Dr. Cox (Proc. Zool. Soc.

1873, p. 567) as a variety of P. wanthochila, Pfr., quoted by

Pilsbry as from Bougainville Island.

The difference in the number of volutions pointed out by

Mr. Fulton is not constant, for both the two specimens in

the Museum have six whorls (not 54). Both are much

finer than the shell figured by him and resemble that

represented in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, pl. xlviil. fig. 7.

Papuina Dampieri (Angas).

Helix (Geotrochus) Dampieri, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 47,

pl. ii. fig. 6.

Papuina Dampieri, Pilsbry, Man. Conch. vol. vii. p. 11.

Hab. Choiseul Island (Meek) ; Louisiade Archipelago

(Angas) ; Choiseul Bay, Bougainville Straits (Guppy) ;

Bougainville Island (Fulton, in Brit. Mus.).

I am inclined to think that the original locality assigned

to this species must be erroneous, for its occurrence at such

a remote place separated by three hundred miles of sea is

most improbable.

XXIV.—Notes on the Tabani from the Palearctic Region in

the British Museum Collection. By GrrrrupE Ricarpo.

Wuite going through the Tabani from the Palearctic Region

in the British Museum Collection I ascertained several

particulars as regards the species described by Walker, and

identified various species in the collection of Diptera from

Algeria by the Rev. A. E. Eaton, and append a few notes

which may be of use. Brauer’s work on the European

Taubani is, of course, of the greatest use, but, as has been

* ¢The Conchologist,’ vol. ii. p. 10); ‘ Journal of Malacology,’ vol. v.

p- 22, pl. ii. figs. 6, 7

Palearctic Region in the British Museum, 197

remarked by others, I cannot follow him satisfactorily in

many of his minute differences, chiefly in the shape of the

palpi and the length of the forehead; in the females they do

not seem marked enough for the identification of species

such as, for example, solstitialis and tropicus.

The following species have been found in Algeria, collected

by the Rev. A. E. Eaton :-—

Atylotus tomentosus, Macq.; Atylotus alexandrinus, Wied. ;

Atylotus rusticus, F.; Tabanus autumnalis, L.; Tabanus

cordiger, Mg.; Tabanus pulchellus, Loew; and one new

species described below.

Atylotus tomentosus, Macq.

One male “near Biskra, along the route of ‘des Zibans’

in the cornfields, on ‘ Ammin Visnoga,’ 18.° v. 93” (Eaton),

94. 114.

One female from Constantine, 28. v. 95 (Haton), 96. 137.

One female ‘from Constantine, on the edge of the pine-

plantations on the top of the hill north of Mansoura,

11. vi. 94” (Haton), 95. 34.

The male agrees with the figure in Explor. d’Algér.

(Lucas) ; the figure in Macqguart’s Dipt. Exot. is different

and apparently depicts a female specimen.

Atylotus alexandrinus, Wied.

One male from Colonne Voirol, Algiers, 5. vi. 93 (Haton),

94. 114.

There is also a male from Tunis (F. Moore), 68. 4.

The third joint of the antenne is wanting; the first

posterior cell of the wings is narrowed at its apex, which

is not mentioned as a characteristic of A. alexandrinus

by any authors ; otherwise these specimens agree with the

description.

Atylotus rusticus, L.

? flaviceps, Zett.; P ruralis, Zett.; Rousselii, Macq.

Two females “ from Constantine, on the edge of the pine-

plantations on the top of the hill north of Mansoura ; visits

The Tabanus Rousselii, Macq., a species from Algiers, is,

I consider, a synonym of Atylotus rusticus, F.

These specimens differ from the description of Atylotus

rusticus only by the apex of the third joint of the antenne

being blackish ; the markings on the forehead, which seem

198 Miss G. Ricardo on the Tabani from the

to be variable in this species, appear thus on these speci-

mens :—Frontal callus yellowish brown, oblong, furrowed,

the middle one smaller, oblong, black ; in some females from

Hungary these callosities are both black, and smaller. The

shape of the antenne and palpi agrees with those of

A. rusticus.

Atylotus Eatoni, § 2, sp. 0.

Male (type) ‘from Constantine, Algeria, along the route

de la Corniche, visiting ‘ Ferula scabra, 2. vi. 95”’ (Eaton),

96. 137.

Male from the same place “along the Arab cliffs path

between 9.15 and 10 aM., 22. vi. 947 (Eaton), 94. 114.

Male from the same place “ between the railway and the

route de la Corniche, 18. vi. 95” (Haton), 96. 137.

Male “from Bone, Algeria, by the Bone-Gmelma railway,

23. v. 96” (Eaton), 96. 136.

Female (type) “near the Colonne Voirol, Algiers, among

bushes near the route Madeleine on ‘ Ferula communis,’

18. v. 95” (Eaton), 94. 114.

This species may be distinguished from Afylotus ater,

Rossi, and Atylotus anthracinus, Mg., by the much smaller

tooth of the autenne ; from Aéylotus umbrinus, Mg., by the

absence of any brown cloud or spot on the wings behind the

stigma; from Atylotus alexandrinus, Wied., by the hyaline

wings and the short-haired eyes ; from Atylotus Letourneuzi,

Bigot, by the wholly black tibiz, not “ widely whitish yellow

at base,” as Bigot describes is the case in his species.

Black. Eyes hairy, the upper facets only very slightly

larger; the third joint of the antennz with a small tooth.

Wings hyaline.

Male.—Head not larger than in the female. Eyes with

no band, the facets on the upper part on each side of the

forehead slightly larger; the pubescence is sparse, the

ocelligerous tubercle inconspicuous, yellow-haired, the hind

part of the head with long yellow hairs ; the frontal triangle

is rather protruding, brownish, with silver-grey tomentum.

Antenne black, reddish brown at the base of the third joint ;

the first joint cylindrical, stout, with black hairs; the second

cup-like in shape, with black hairs on each margin; the

third joint with a moderate tooth, the annulate portion as

long as the basal portion. Face blackish, with some grey

tomentum near the eyes, with black hairs intermixed with

some white ones on the inner side; beard blackish brown,

white below; palpi black, with long black hairs. Thorax

Palearctic Region in the British Museum. 199

black, with grey tomentnm and fine short rufous hairs on

the dorsum, some black hairs intermixed, greyer at the sides

and on shoulders, breast- sides blackish brown ;_ halteres

reddish brown. Legs black, the extreme apices ‘of femora

yellowish ; the pubescence is black, long on the cox and

femora. Abdomen black, shining ; pubescence black, the

hairs at the sides black, fulvous on the last two segments, the

underside black. Wings hyaline, narrowly yellow ish brown

on the fore border, the veins reddish brown ; no appendix ;

the first posterior cell not narrowed at its apex.

Length 16, width of head 5 mm.

Female. —Very similar to the male. Frontal stripe

blackish, with grey tomentum; the frontal callus black,

shining, oval, not reaching the ey es, prolonged as a narrow

stripe beyond the middle of the forehead, which is about four

times as long as it is broad; no ocelligerous tubercle; the

frontal triangle is black, shining, with a grey middle line

and grey at the sides, rather protuberant. Hind part of the

head with a black tuft of hairs in the centre and shorter

yellowish hairs beyond. Palpi black, with grey tomentum

and black hairs; the second joint long, rather stouter at

the base, gradually tapering to a point, almost straight.

Abdomen broader than in the male, with plum-coloured

tomentum on the basal segments, most noticeable on the

second one; the fulvous hairs on the last segments are more

numerous ard distributed over the dorsum of the segments ;

and is fainter coloured, nearly white. The hairs on the

thorax are also greyer than i in the male.

Length 15, width of head 5 mm.

Tabanus autumnalis, L.

One female “from Biskra, on the dunes 64 miles from the

town, 18. v. 93” (Eaton), 94. 114.

Tabanus cordiger, Meig.

One female “from Biskra, cn the dunes, caught between

7.15 and 9.30 a.m., 64 miles from the town, 31.2 v. 93”

(Haton), 94, 114.

One female “from Biskra, near Hammam as Salahm,

14. iv. 95” (Eaton), 94. 114.

This species does not appear to have been recorded before

from North Africa,

200 Miss G. Ricardo on the Tabani from the

Tabanus pulchellus, Loew.

One male from Biskra, 28. v. 94 (Haton), 94. 114.

One female from Biskra, 28. v. 94 (Haton), 94. 114.

Two females “from Biskra on the dunes, 7.15—9.30 a.m.,

61 miles from the town, 31. v.? 93 ” (Eaton), 94. 114.

The type came from Asia Minor. ‘These specimens answer

to the description, but the femora are entirely yellow in the

male and female; there are a few black hairs on the palpi of the

female. In the table of the males Brauer places the species

conditionally under the section with long hairs on the back of

the head; this is correct as far as concerns these specimens

from Algeria. Brauer remarks that this species makes the

genus Atylotus no longer tenable, as this species is near

A. rusticus, L., but on account of the naked (or nearly naked)

eyes it must belong to Tabanus in sensu stricto. A note on

the female gives the eyes as light sage-green in life; Brauer

describes them thus, viz. as glass-green.

Tabanus albifacies, Loew.

Two females from Moghara, Egypt, March 1901 (Dr. C. W.

Andrews), 1902. 20, answer to the description given by

Loew; they have a narrow black, not very noticeable, band

below the eyes, not mentioned by Loew.

This species, pulverifer, Wlk., and pulchellus, Loew,

are all near cordiger. These differ by having an appendix

to the wing, and may be distinguished from pulverifer and

pulchellus by their black antenn and darker legs.

The type came from Asia Minor.

The Walker types of Tabanus macrops, nigrifer, and siccus

from Egypt, of Vabanus terminalis from Mount Sinai, and

of Tubanus pallescens and politus from Arabia are not to be

found in the British Museum Collection, and are unknown

to me.

The Tabanus transiens, Walker, from an unnamed locality,

is missing now from the Collection; it was probably a

synonym of T'abanus ater, Rossi, and might in any event be

now expunged from the Catalogue of Tabani.

The specimen named Tabanus connexans, 2, Saunders

Coll., 68. 4, by Walker, from an unknown locality, is nothing

but a specimen of Tabanus bromius, L., and should be added

to the synonyms of that species.

The specimen named Tabanus depressus, 2, by Walker,

from unknown locality, badly preserved, is, I believe, an

Palearctic Region in the British Museum. 201

example of Therioplectes luridus, Fall., and should be added

to the synonyms of Th. luridus.

Tabanus pulverifer, § 2, Walker.

Male (type) from Turkey in Asia (Loftus), 50. 105.

Three females from the same locality (co-types) are nearly

related to Tabanus cordiger, Mg., but belong to a distinct

species ; they differ in the following particulars :—

Antenne wholly red, black at the apex; frontal callus

reddish brown. Coxe and femora reddish yellow, as are the

tibiz, only the anterior tibiz with a brown apex; tarsi

reddish brown, all with white pubescence. The underside

of abdomen has no median black stripe. The species is

much lighter in colour and slighter in form than cordiger ;

the four specimens vary in size from 12-14 mm. In the

female the band under the eyes is narrow and yellowish

brown. In the male the black hairs on the hind part of the

head are not present; the underside of the abdomen is

reddish, greyer at the apex.

Tabanus polygonus, 6 2, Walker.

Male (type) from Bagdad (W. K. Loftus), 50. 105; and

another male from the same locality.

Female (type) from same locality.

The males would come in Brauer’s table near autumnaiis,

spectabilis, and rectus. The female, which is much smaller,

may possibly not belong to the same species and has a slight

resemblance in appearance to Atylotus rusticus, Z.

A redescription may prove of use :—

Reddish-brown species, with grey median triangular spots

on the abdomen. Eyes bare; no long hairs on the hind part

of the head.

Male.—Head large; facets of eyes unequal, sharply

divided, the large facets yellowish, extending over more than

half the eyes, surrounded by a narrow zone of small facets

above and a broad zone on the basal half. Frontal triangle

grey, reddish at apex. Antenne red, with the apex darker;

the third joint with a small tooth, long and slender, the annu-

lated portion not so long as the basal joint ; the ocelligerous

tubercle small, brown. Face whitish, with white hairs ;

beard white ; palpi white, the second joint oval, with white

pubescence. Thorax blackish, with four grey stripes and

greyish pubescence; the shoulders red; the sides reddish,

with black hairs above and whitish ones below ; scutellum

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 14

202 On Vabani from the Palearctic Region.

black, with grey tomentum. Abdomen long and narrow,

reddish, with a row of median grey triangular spots, which

on the second and last segments are surrounded by black

margins; the hind borders of the segments narrowly white,

the pubescence black ; the underside brighter red, with some

irregular black markings. Legs red; the coxee and femora

with longish white hairs ; the tibize with short black pubes-

cence on the sides and some whitish-yellow hairs on their

flat surfaces ; tarsi with black pubescence, pulvilli yellow.

Wings longer than the abdomen, hyaline, the stigma and

veins yellow ; no appendix.

Length 18, width of head 5 mm.

Female.—Kyes not large, the facets equal, with two bands

(in the male I can see no trace of bands). Frontal callus

reddish brown, almost square, a little wider at its base, nearly

touching the eyes ; frontal stripe grey, with black markings

(probably denuded), the middle callus being a black stripe

not joining the frontal callus; tle vertex blackish ; no ocelli-

gerous tubercle. Antenne at base red (the rest wanting).

Frontal triangle grey. Face grey, with white hairs; beard

white ; palpi pale yellow, the second joint long and slender,

at the base stouter, gradually tapering to a point, nearly

straight, with a few black hairs. On the abdomen the grey

triangular spots are replaced by a broad stripe of greyish

tomentum, the black pubescence is longer, the abdomen not

so pointed as in the males. Wings with the first posterior

cell distinctly narrowed at the apex (this is not the case in

the male).

Length 14, width of head 4 mm.

There are several species of Tabani from Japan: a long

series of Tabanus trigonus, Coq., male and female; this is a

very nearly related species to the European Jdovinus and

sudeticus, the brighter yellow colour of the autenne and the

larger tooth of the third joint, with an appendix to the wings,

being the most striking differences. Another species (males

and females) from Korea is very nearly allied to Tabanus

bovinus, Lw., but the tooth of the antenne is larger and

brighter yellow and the wings possess an appendix ; the eyes

of the males having facets all equal in size distinguish it

from Tabanus trigonus, Coq.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 203

XXV.—Rhynchotal Notes—XXXIV. By W. L. Disranr.

Fam. Cicadide (continued from p. 35).

Subfam. 7rercrvrva (continued).

Division PARNISARIA.

This division or large group of genera is allied to that of

Taphuraria, from which it primarily differs by the size and

position of the eyes, which do not project (or, at least, not

distinctly so) beyond the anterior angles of the pronotum ;

the abdomen is usually short, except in a few cases, not

longer than the space between the apex of head and base of

cruciform elevation.

Parnisaria includes a number of genera widely but sparingly

distributed in all the great zoogeographical regions; in the

Palearctic region apparently confined to its extreme eastern

area.

Henicotettix, the type of which I have not seen, probably

comes in this group of genera, but is to be recognized by the

character—“ Tibize anticze ultra insertionem tarsorum in

spinam producte.”

Synopsis of Genera.

1. Tegmina and wings with reticulate venation, giving

the appearance of numerous cellular areas ........ Arcystasia,

2. Tegmina with six, wings with four apical areas .... Derotettix.

3. Tegmina and wings with the venation normal, not

reticulate.

A. Wings with six apical areas.

a. Head (including eyes) more or less narrower than

base of mesonotum.

6. Tegmina about or nearly three times as long

as greatest breadth, costal margin above

radial area neither curved nor gibbous; basal

cell generally about twice as long as broad.

ec. Head with front not prominently projecting,

about as broad as length of vertical margins;

margins of both more or less continuous,

d. Tegmina with the first and second apical

areas longer than eighth.............. Quintilia.

dd. Tegmina with the first and second apical

areas very short, not longer than eighth. Pszlotympana.

cc, Head with front strongly projecting, nar-

rower than length of vertical margins,

which are convex ; margins of both discon-

tinuous, almost at right angles to each other.

e. Tegmina about twice as long as broad ;

abdomen longer than space between apex

14*

204 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

of head and base of cruciform elevation ;

opercula in male reaching base of first

abdominal segment ; rostrum reaching

ANECTTNECIAGE COR uals ys oieulely eee Diemenia.

ee. Tegmina about three times as long as

broad; abdomen about as long as space

between apex of head and base of eruci-

form elevation; opercula in male not

reaching base of abdomen; rostrum

passing intermediate cox ............ Koranna,

ece. Head with front strongly projecting,

broader than the length of vertical margins,

which are subangulate Apa ha Oar ee Abagazara,

bb. Teomina little more than twice longer than

ja brentest breadth.

. Costal margin of tegmina above radial area

neither curved nor ‘cibbous Side en eb . Gudanga.

b?, Costal margin of tegmina above radial area

more or less curyed and gibbous.

f. Head with front not prominently produced,

margins of front and vertex continuous.

g. Tegmina with the first and second ulnar

areas narrow, very much longer than

broad ; basal cell broader at base than

apex, not twice as long as broad . Masupha.

ff. Head with front prominently produced,

margins of front and vertex discon-

tinuous.

gg. Tegmina with the first and second ulnar

areas broad, only moderately longer

than broad, placed somewhat obliquely

to each other; basal cell about twice

2s LONE BS DTOAG! 76 .h- sine einer ee . Platypedia.

B. Wings with five apical areas.

h. Ocelli well separated from hase of head.

7. Tegmina with postcostal area narrow, but

distinct.

k. Head with the margins of front and vertex

more or less continuous, front not promi-

mently, projecking To, er ececmei ait Oita Taipinga.

kk. Head with front prominently projecting, the

margins of front and vertex discontinuous

and at right angles to each other........ Adenia.

0. es Tee with posteostal area not distinct . Calyria.

7. Tegmina with postcostal area very broad and

Cele oe sale 3.5.5 silo eee ae ate ieee Parnisa.

hh. Ocelli placed close to base of head

C. Wings with four apical areas.

l. Head with front not prominently produced ; mar-

gins of front and vertex more or less continuous. M, apondera.

Wl. Head with front prominently triangularly pro-

duced; margins of front and vertex discon-

tinuous, somewhat at right angles to each other. Prunasis.

bide gh aianats Callipsaltria.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 205

Genus QUINTILIA.

Tibicen, subgen. Quintilia, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 28 (1866).

Type, Q. rufiventris, Walk. (Czcada).

Quintilia mogannia, sp. n.

3. Body above black, finely greyishly pilose ; head with

a central line to front, and anterior lateral margins to vertex,

pronotum with the margins, and a central longitudinal fascia

(widened posteriorly, where it contains two small black spots) ,

mesonotum with two central, discal, wedge-shaped fasciz,

the lateral margins, cruciform elevation, and abdomen

with the posterior segmental margins, testaceous; body

and head beneath, sternum, legs, and opercula piceous ;

lateral margins of face and streaks to sternum and femora

testaceous ; intermediate and posterior tibia annulated

apically and basally with pale ochraceous; abdomen beneath

testaceous, with central and marginal piceous spots ; tegmina

and wings hyaline, their basal areas pale fuscous brown,

the venation fuscous; tegmina with the costal membrane

and claval area, and wings with the extreme base, testaceous ;

opercula piceous, with their margins narrowly testaceous ;

rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe; head (including

eyes) a little narrower than base of mesonotum; transverse

vein at base of second apical area to tegmina nearly vertical ;

face moderately centrally sulcate.

?. Body beneath more testaceous than in male, and

abdomen without the piceous spots.

ihoue-, exe). teem., G 15, 9 18 mm. exptegm:, d 9;

40-44 mm.

Hab. China: Hong Kong (J. C. Bowring, Brit. Mus.).

Quintilia maculiventris, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum black; head with a

small central longitudinal spot at base, pronotum with the

margins and a central longitudinal fascia, mesonotum with

two fascie on each lateral area (one marginal, the other and

narrower nearer centre), and the cruciform elevation ochra-

ceous ; abdomen above ochraceous, its base and a central

series of segmental spots black, the margins of the segments

bright testaceous ; body beneath and legs ochraceous; face,

space between face and eyes, spots to acetabule, and central

abdominal segmental spots black, segmental margins paler

testaceous than above; tegmina and wings hyaline ; tegmina

with the veins somewhat broadly margined with fuscous, the

206 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

costal membrane ochraceous ; wings pale hyaline, unspotted ;

head (including eyes) a little narrower than base of meso-

notum ; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe; transverse

vein at base of second apical area to tegmina oblique.

Long., excl. tegm., J 19, ? 16 mm.; exp. tegm., g 39,

9 37 mm.

Hab, Transvaal (Coll. Dist.) ; Natal (Coll. Dist.).

This species has a wonderful resemblance to Melampsalta

leucoptera, Germ.

Genus PSILOTYMPANA.

Psilotympana, Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) i. p. 620 (1861).

Type, P. signifera, Germ. (Cicada).

ABAGAZARA, gen. nov.

9. Head considerably longer than pronotum, front longly

and broadly projecting, longer than vertex, and broader than

the length of the lateral margins of vertex, which are a little

discontinuous; ocelli a little nearer to each other than to

eyes; pronotum narrow, transverse, the posterior angles

widely outwardly ampliate ; mesonotum (including cruciform

elevation) shorter than head and pronotum together ; abdomen

about as long as space between apex of head and base of

cruciform elevation; tympana entirely exposed; posterior

tibize spined on each side; anterior femora spined beneath ;

tegmina and wings hyaline, the first nearly three times longer

than greatest breadth, and with eight apical areas; wings

with six apical areas.

Type, A. bicolorata, Dist. (Callipsaltria).

DIEMENIA, gen. nov.

Head with the front strongly convexly projecting, narrower

than length of the vertical margins, which are convex, margins

of both discontinuous, almost at right angles to each other,

ocelli a little nearer to each other than to eyes, head (including

eyes) a little narrower than base of mesonotum; pronotum

about as long as head, lateral margins a little laminate and

slightly convex, posterior angles spatulately produced; meso-

notum (including cruciform elevation) almost as long as

pronotum and head together; abdomen robust, centrally

ridged above, beneath with the disk convex, the marginal

areas recurved, longer than space between apex of head and

base of cruciform elevation; tympana entirely exposed;

opercula in male transverse, about reaching base of first

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 207

abdominal segment ; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxee ;

tegmina almost half as broad as long, the postcostal area

broad, basal cell about twice as long as broad, apical areas

eight; wings with six apical areas.

Type, D. coleoptrata, Walk. (Cicada).

KORANNA, gen. nov.

Head with the front strongly projecting, about as broad as

length of the vertical margins, which are convex, margins of

both discontinuous, almost at right angles to each other, head

(including eyes) narrower than base of mesonotum ;_pro-

notum about as long as head, the lateral margins slightly

laminate and convex, the posterior angles strongly spatu-

lately produced ; mesonotum almost as long as pronotui and

head together; abdomen short, robust, as long as space

between apex of head and base of cruciform elevation;

tympana completely exposed ; opercula in male short, trans-

verse, not reaching base of abdomen ; abdomen above convex,

beneath with the disk convex, the lateral areas strongly

recurved ; rostruin passing the intermediate coxe ; tegmina

about three times as long as broad, postcostal area broad,

basal cell broad and about twice as long as broad, apical areas

eight; wings with six apical areas.

Type, K. analis, Dist.

Koranna analis, sp. n.

6. Body above black; head with the vertical margins,

inner margins of eyes, and three small basal spots ochraceous ;

pronotum with the margins, sometimes three central longitu-

dinal spots, and a spot on each lateral area ochraceous ; meso-

notum with two small discal spots (really the apices of two

obsolete obconical spots), lateral margins (narrowly), a spot

at anterior angles, two lateral spots, and base of cruciform

elevation ochraceous ; abdomen with the anal segment and

appendage stramineous, the first with a basal black spot;

body beneath stramineous or pale ochraceous ; face, space

between face and eyes, rostrum (excluding base), lateral areas

of sternum and abdomen piceous and greyishly pilose ;

femora and tibiz pale castaneous, tarsi piceous ; tegmina and

wings semihyaline ; tegmina talc-like, the venation fuscous, a

broad fuscous angulate fascia crossing bases of apical areas,

and small fuscous spots at apices of longitudinal veins to

apical areas ; wings with about basal halves pale ochraceous,

outwardly margined with fuscous, small fuscous spots at

apices of longitudinal veins to apical areas.

208 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Long., exc]. tegm., g 17 mm. ; exp. tegm. 47-50 mm.

Hab. 8. Africa (Dr. Smith and Drége, Brit. Mus.).

GUDANGA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) a little narrower than base of meso-

notum, the front broad, depressed, broader than long, almost

continuous with lateral margins of vertex, shorter than

vertex ; pronotum about as long as head, its lateral margins

nearly straight, its posterior angles ampliated ; mesonotum

(including cruciform elevation) a little shorter than head and

pronotum together; abdomen in male longer than space

between apex of head and base of cruciform elevation ;

tympana entirely exposed ; opercula in male short, transverse,

widely separated, not extending beyond basal segment of

abdomen ; rostrum almost reaching posterior coxe ; tegmina

semiopaque, a little more than twice longer than greatest

breadth, costal margin neither arched nor gibbous, basal cell

about twice as long as broad, apical areas eight; wings with

six apical areas (in the typical specimen on which the genus

is founded one wing has six, the other five apical areas) ;

anterior femora not prominently spined beneath.

Type, G. Boulayz, Dist.

Gudanga Boulayi, sp. n.

&. Body black, greyishly pilose; narrow anterior and

posterior margins and a central longitudinal fascia to pro-

notum, cruciform elevation, posterior abdominal segmental

margins both above and beneath, margins of face, and base of

rostrum ochraceous ; opercula greyish; legs piceous; cox

and intermediate and posterior femora beneath more or less

ochraceous; tegmina pale fuscous, mottled with darker

fuscous, the venation paler, the claval area sanguineous at

base, the venation fuscous.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 16 mm.; exp. tegm. 36 mm.

Hab. West Australia: Champion Bay (4. du Boulay,

Brit. Mus.).

Genus MASUPHA.

Masupha, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ix. p. 817 (1892).

Type, J. ampliata, Dist.

Masupha Dreget, sp. n.

3. Body above black; head with the margins of front

broadly castaneous, a small spot on each vertical margin and

Mr, W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 209

three small spots at base ochraceous; pronotum with the

margins (narrowly),a central discal longitudinal fascia,and the

incisures ochraceous ; mesonotum with two obsolete central

obconical spots, only denoted by their outer margins and

apices, lateral margins (narrowly) and anterior angles and

centre of cruciform elevation ochraceous; abdomen above

black (apex mutilated in type) ; body beneath stramineous;

face piceous ; space between face and eyes, and many irre-

gular spots to sternum, black; legs pale castaneous, apices

to femora ochraceous ; tegmina and wings semihyaline talc-

like, tegmina with the venation brownish ochraceous and

on basal area spotted with fuscous, two angulated fuscous

fascize on apical areas; wings with angulated fuscous spots

on outer area, the outer margin pale hyaline ; costal tegminal

membrane, and extreme bases of both tegmina and wings,

ochraceous.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ (abdomen mutilated) ; exp. tegm.

49 mm.

Hab, South Africa (Drege, Brit. Mus.).

Genus PLATYPEDIA.

Platypedia, Uhler, Ent. Am. iv. p. 23 (1888).

Type, P. areolata, Uhler (Cicada).

Genus ARCYSTASIA.

Arcystasia, Dist. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 133.

Type, A. Goddefroy?, Dist.

Genus DEROTETTIX.

Derotettix, Berg, Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. xiv. p. 11 (1882).

Type, D. mendosensis, Berg.

Derotettix Wagnert, sp. n.

Head and thorax above olivaceous green; vertex of head,

margins of pronotum, and cruciform elevation pale testaceous ;

area of the ocelli, a central longitudinal fascia to pronotum,

two central, anterior, obconical spots to mesonotum, and dis k

of cruciform elevation black; abdomen pale olivaceous,

thickly greyishly tomentose, segmental margins pale testa -

ceous, and a central longitudinal fascia (broadest at base )

piceous; body beneath and legs ochraceous, greyishly

tomentose ; face olivaceous ; posterior margin of metanotum,

210 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

and apices of rostrum and tarsi, piceous ; tegmina and wings

hyaline; tegmina with the costal membrane, postcostal

margin, basal cell, and base and margins of claval area

virescent, venation (excluding that of apical areas) virescent ;

a transverse spot beneath radial area, an irregular transverse

fascia crossing from end of radial area, longitudinal veins to

apical area, and the apical and outer margins pale fuscous;

a basal streak pale sanguineous ; wings with a pale sangui-

neous basal streak, and the outer margins of the apical areas

pale fuscous.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 11 mm. ; exp. tegm. 26 mm.

Hab. Chaco dé Santiago del Estero, Bords du Rio Salado

(H. . Wagner, Paris Mus.).

TAIPINGA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) a little narrower than base of meso-

notum, front very much shorter than vertex, which is distinctly

longitudinally sulcate at base, margins of front and vertex a

little discontinuous, breadth of front about equal to length of

margins of vertex ; pronotum about equal to, or slightly

longer than, head, the lateral margins slightly ampliate and

convex, the posterior angles ampliate; mesonotum (including

cruciform elevation) about equal in length to head and pro-

notum together ; abdomen longer than space between apex of

head and base of cruciform elevation; tympana_ entirely

exposed ; opercula in male about reaching base of abdomen ;

tegmina and wings hyaline, the first with the postcostal area

moderately broad, the basal cell about twice as long as broad,

and with eight apical areas; wing with five apical areas.

Type, TZ. nana, Walk. (Cicada).

This genus may be divided into two sections by the length

of the upper apical area to the tegmina, which is either longer

than eighth or about the same length. Further generic

division may be necessary when more material can be

examined.

ADENIA, gen. nov.

Head with the front very prominent, broadly conically

produced, very much shorter than vertex, which is sub-

quadrate and with its anterior and lateral margins straight, the

first completely at right angles with front; ocelli slightly

farther apart from each other than from eyes and well separated

from base of head; pronotum about as long as head, its

posterior angles very widely ampliate ; mesonotum (including

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 2

cruciform elevation) as long as pronotum and head together,

globosely convex; abdomen somewhat broad, moderately

constricted at base, convex above, flattened beneath, the

second, third, and fourth segments very broad, flat, and tale-

like in appearance, fifth and sixth segments very compressed

and short ; opercula in male very short and transverse, not

reaching base of abdomen; tympana entirely uncovered ;

rostrum short, scarcely reaching intermediate coxee; tegmina

and wings hyaline, the first nearly three times as long as

broad, the postcostal area narrow but distinct, costal membrane

broad and somewhat sinuate, apical areas eight, the upper-

most very short and narrow; wings with five apical areas.

Type, A. Yerburyi, Dist.

Adena Yerburyi, sp. n.

Head and thorax above piceous, thickly greyishly pilose ;

front of head, margins and a central longitudinal fascia to

pronotum, and the margins of two obconical spots to meso-

notum obscurely ochraceous; abdomen above ochraceous,

greyishly pilose, basal area piceous, margins of segments

stramineous, and with a central darker longitudinal fascia ;

head beneath, sternum, and legs ochraceous and _ thickly

greyishly pilose; abdomen beneath with the second, third,

and fourth segments broad and talc-like, their margins and

a central longitudinal fascia pale ochraceous ; tegmina and

wings hyaline, the venation brownish ochraceous ; costal

membrane to tegmina dull ochraceous.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 16 mm.; exp. tegm. 40 mm.

flab. Aden (Col. Yerbury, Brit. Mus.).

Genus CALLIPSALTRIA.

Calopsaltria, Stal, Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) i. p. 620 (1861),

Calhpsatria, Stal, Hem. Afr, iv. pp. 9 & 49 (1866),

Type, C. longula, Stal (Cicada).

Genus CALYRIA.

Calyria, Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. ii. p. 22 (1858).

Type, C. cuna, Walk. (Cicada).

Genus PARNISA.

Parma, Stl, Rio Jan. Hem, ii. p. 21 (1858),

Type, P. proponens, Walk. (Cicada).

212 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

MAPONDERA, gen. nov.

Allied to Tatpinga, but differing principally by the venation

of the wings, which possess only four apical areas,

Type, I. pulchella, Stal (Cicada).

In this genus I include the Tibicen (Quintilia) abdominals,

Stal, of which by the kindness of Dr. Aurivillius I have had

the opportunity to examine a co-type which possesses four

apical areas to the wings. Stal (Hem. Afr. iv. p. 37) writes

of this species: ‘Ale areis apicalibus numero varialibus,

tribus; quattuor vel quinque”; but he appears to have been

misled by the striking similarity in colour and markings of

several African species belonging to different genera, ‘These

I hope to figure in my ‘ Insecta ‘Transvaaliensia.’

Genus PRUNASIS.

Prunasis, Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. ii. p. 22 (1858).

Type, P. viridula, Walk. (Cicada).

Stal, in his synopsis of the genera of Cicadide (Hem. Afr.

iv. p. 9, 1866), gives as a distinguishing character of

Prunasis: “ Alis areis apicalibus sex.” This is erroneous, and

he had previously (supra) correctly given in his diagnosis

“ Ale areolis apicalibus quattuor.”

Division CHLOROCYSTARIA.

In this division the abdomen in the males is always more

or less inflated or dilated, with a central longitudinal dorsal

ridge, and longer than the space between the apex of head

and base of cruciform elevation ; the head (including eyes) is

a little narrower than base of mesonotum; tegmina always

longer than body, their greatest width only about a third of

their length.

Synopsis of Genera.

A. Tegmina with eight apical areas.

a, Wings with six apical areas.

6. Opercula in male of ordinary structure.

c. Lateral margins of pronotum obliquely

straight, posterior angles very slightly

amplhate.

d. Head with front not produced and

much broader than long, margins of

front and vertex continuous ...... Stagira.

dd. Head with front much subconically

produced, as long as broad at base,

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 213

margins of front and vertex dis-

PTI NMOUS I Salat ot cia stecay sh oy aisha eas s Bavea.

ce, Lateral margins of pronotum a little

convexly sinuate, posterior angles

more or less strongly ampliate.

ddd. Head with front triangularly pro-

duced, as long as broad at base,

margins of front and vertex dis-

continuous.

e. Basal segment of abdomen strongly,

centrally, conically produced. . Musoda.

ee. Basal segment of abdomen not

conically centrally produced . Muda.

dddd, Head with front a little pr oduced,

a little broader than long, margins

of front and vertex discontinuous... Beturia,

bb. Opercula in male convex and inflated,

projecting beyond the lateral margins

of the abdomen.

f. Head with the front short and broad,

much broader than long, margins of

front and vertex continuous ........ Gymnotympana.

Jf. Head with the front narrow, about as

long as broad, margins of front and

vertex discontinuous ..........s00 Kumanga.

aa. Wings with five apical areas ............ Conibosa.

B. Tegmina with thirteen apical areas.

g- Wings with six apical areas .........4.. Chlorocysta.

C. Tegmina with eleven apical areas.

gg. Wings with five apical areas.

h, Apical areas of tegmina and wings of

modorate length: oases. dasee nas se Mardalana.

ggg. Wings with seven apical areas.

hh. Apical areas of tegmina and wings very

POU vartssy geass Seis nainls i slamareaytd Thaumastopsaltria,

DD: Tegmina with the venation of apical two

thirds reticulate, apparently forming nume-

rous cells ; wings with nine apical areas.... Cystopsaltria *.

Genus STAGIRA.

Stagira, Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) i. p. 621 (1861).

Type, S. s¢mplex, Germ. (Cicada).

Stagira Darwint, sp. n.

Body pale testaceous ; head beneath, sternum, femora, and

a basal spot to tegmina beneath ochraceous ; tarsi fuscous ;

tegmina and wings hyaline, the venation and costal mem-

brane to tegmina “ochraceous ; lateral areas of the last two

abdominal segments piceous ; rostrum reaching the inter-

mediate cox; space between costa and radial vein r ochraceous;

* I only know this genus from the description and figure (partial) of

Goding and Froggatt,

214 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

seventh apical area to tegmina considerably longer than the

eighth ; apical ventral segment centrally carinate, moderately

apically produced.

Long., excl. tegm., g 18 mm.; exp. tegm. 38 mm.

Hab. Mauritius (C. Darwin, Brit. Mus.).

BAVEA, gen. nov.

9. Head (including eyes) narrower than base of meso-

notum, as long as pronotum, the front broadly subconically

produced, about as long as vertex, both centrally longitu-

dinally sulcate, their margins discontinuous, ocelli rather

nearer to eyes than to each other, front ocellus near anterior

margin of vertex, anterior lateral margin of vertex convexly

rounded ; pronotum with the lateral margins obliquely straight,

posterior angles very slightly ampliate ; mesonotum (including

cruciform elevation) much shorter than head and pronotum

together; abdomen (¢) moderately inflated; tegmina and

wings hyaline ; tegmina with eight apical areas and the basal

cell twice as long as broad; wings with six apical areas.

Type, B. concolor, Walk. (Cephaloxys).

Walker gave no habitat to his species which forms the type

of the genus, but the specimen (? ) is labelled South Africa

(Dr. Smith).

Genus Musopa.

Musoda, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxv. pp. 112 & 128 (1890).

Type, Jf. favida, Karsch.

The name flavida is based on faded or discoloured speci-

mens; fresh examples are bright grass-green.

Genus B&TURIA.

Beturia, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 9 (1866).

Type, B. conviva, Stal (Cicada).

Genus Mupa.

Muda, Dist. Ann, Mus. Civ. Genoa, (2*) xvii. p. 384 (1897).

Type, M. concolor, Dist.

Genus GYMNOTYMPANA.

Gymnotympana, Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) i. p. 619 (1861),

Type, G. strepitans, Stal (Cicada).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 215

IKUMANGA, gen. nov.

Head with the front narrow, about as long as broad, includ-

ing eyes narrower than the base of mesonotum; pronotum

narrowed anteriorly ; mesonotum (including cruciform eleva-

tion) slightly shorter than head and pronotum together ;

abdomen in male longer than the space between apex of head

and base of cruciform elevation ; tympana entirely exposed ;

opercula completely covering the sonorous cavities and pro-

jecting beyond the lateral margins of the abdomen as seen

from above; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe ; tegmina

and wings hyaline ; tegmina with eight apical areas, seventh

and eighth about equally long, basal cell about twice as long

as broad; wings with six apical areas.

Type, K. sandaracata, Dist. (Beturia).

CONIBOSA, gen. nov.

Head as long as breadth between eyes, front triangularly

produced, as long as broad at base, its lateral margins and

those of vertex discontinuous, vertex longer than front, ocelli

well separated from basal margin and nearer to each other

than to eyes; pronotum a little longer than head, its lateral

margins straight, its posterior angles very little ampliated ;

mesonotum (including cruciform elevation) scarcely longer

than pronotum ; abdomen somewhat strongly dilated in male,

centrally arched and carinate, longer than space between

apex of head and base of cruciform elevation ; tympana

entirely exposed ; opercula in male type mutilated ; rostrum

reaching the intermediate cox; lower anal appendage to

male long, projecting beyond apex of abdomen; anterior

femora armed with three spines beneath ; tegmina and wings

hyaline ; tegmina with eight, wings with five apical areas ;

basal cell to tegmina not twice as long as broad.

Type, C. oecidentris, Walk. (Cephalorys).

Genus CHLOROCYSTA.

Cystosoma, subgen. Chlorocysta, Westw. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (2)

vii. p. 208 (1851).

Type, C. vitripennis, Westw. (Cystosoma [Chlorocysta]).

MARDALANA, gen. nov.

Chlorocysta, God. & Frogg. (part.), Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1904,

p. 658.

Allied to Chlorocysta, Westw., but tegmina with eleven,

and wings with five apical areas; front of head more pro-

duced and less continuous with lateral margins of vertex ;

216 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

ocelli much nearer to each other than to eyes ; lateral margins

of pronotum straighter, posterior angles much less (only

slightly) ampliated ; abdomen in male less inflated.

Type, I. congrua, Walk.

Mardalana congrua.

Cicada congrua, Walk. Journ. Ent. 1. p. 803 (1862).

Chlorocysta macrula, Stal, Tr. Ent. Soc. (3) i. p. 575 (1863); God. &

Frogg. Proc, Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1904, p. 660.

Although I am deferring all synonymical notes for the pub-

lication of my ‘ Catalogue of the Cicadide,’ I think it right to

mention that in reply to Mr. Froggatt’s enquiry I stated that

I could not find Walker’s C. congrua in the Pascoe Collection

(cf. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1904, p. 657). It has

since been discovered, and proves to be a female specimen of

Stal’s species, and therefore takes precedence in nomenclature.

Genus THAUMASTOPSALTRIA.

Aecrilla, Stal, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) i. p. 575 (1863), nom. preeoce.

Thaumastopsaltria, Kirk. Entomologist, 1900, p. 242, n. nom.

Type, ZT. adipata, Stal (Acrilla).

Genus CYSTOPSALTRIA.

Cystopsaltria, God. & Frogg. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1904,

p. 661.

Type, C. immaculata, God. & Frogg.

XXVI.—Descriptions and Records of Bees.—1.

By T. D. A. Cocxrrety, University of Colorado.

Excrpr where the contrary is stated, it is to be understood

that all the Australian species discussed in this series of

papers are in the collection of the British Museum, and all

others in my own collection.

Melissodes kallstremia, sp. n.

3 .—Length about 115 mm.

Black, with the abundant pubescence of the vertex and

thorax above orange-fulvous, without any black; that of

cheeks, face, and pleura whitish ; facial quadrangle not so

broad as long; eyes (dry) silvery grey; clypeus (except

Records cf Bees. PA 7

a black spot on each side) and a large patch on base of

mandibles bright lemon-yellow ; labrum yellowish white.

Antenne long (about 83 mm.) ; third jomt hardly longer

than second ; flagellum entirely very bright fulvous beneath;

fourth joint (first long joint of flagellum) long, much longer

than fifth; joints entirely without longitudinal keels. Meso-

thorax densely punctured; tegule fulvous, with fulvous

hair; hair of legs pale ochraceous (no black), that of hind

tibize and tarsi strongly but briefly plumose; hair on inner

side of tarsi ferruginous ; apices of middle and hind femora,

apices of all the tibiz, and the tarsi entirely, ferruginous ;

hind tibiz and basal joint of tarsi with black specks. Wings

strongly smoky, yellowish basally, nervures and stigma

rather dark ferruginous; second submarginal cell very large,

very nearly as large as the first, receiving the recurrent

nervure near the end; third submarginal cell narrowed

much more than half to marginal. Abdomen rather narrow,

with abundant coarse hair, erect and fulvo-ochraceous on

first segment ; ochraceous on second to fourth, but these

segments have also black hair on the apical middle, and the

fourth has black hair at base; fifth and sixth segments, and

apex, entirely black, with black hair, but pale hair from the

venter showing as a tuft on each side ; apical plate dark red;

hair of yenter pale, with a good deal of black on middle of

fourth and fifth segments, the apical segment dark reddish,

fringed with black. Easily known from M. aurigenia by

the colour of the abdominal pubescence ; from M. grindelie

by the longer antennz, colour of pubescence, &e.

Hab. Mesilla Park, New Mexico, at flowers of Kail-

stremia; July 27 (Cockerell).

It had previously visited an asclepiad, as shown by pollen-

masses adherent to two of the legs.

Melissodes kallstremie, var. phenacoides, nov.

&.—Abdomen broader, with the ochreous pubescence

replaced by white, except that the first segment has the hair

faintly yellowish ; the fifth segment has, in addition to the

black, a few long white hairs; the hair of the vertex and

thorax above is pallid, faintly tinged with ochraceous; the

third antennal joint is a little longer; the nervures are clear

ferruginous ; the claws are larger, those on the hind legs

being very large.

Hab. las Cruces, New Mexico, Aug. 25, 1894 (Cockerell,

2027).

This is the insect which has gone in the New Mexico list

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 15

218 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

as M. communis, Cresson, having been so determined by

Mr. Fox. The total absence of black hair on the thorax,

the very large second submarginal cell, and the entirely

ferruginous tarsi, separate it sufficiently from VM. communis

of the Eastern States. The variety differs from the type

much as M. agilis differs from M. aurigenia.

Xenoglossodes gutierrexi@, sp. n.

?.—Agrees with X. eriocarpi (Ckll.), except in the

following characters :—

Larger (length 10 mm. or rather more) ; flagellum black,

and rather longer; mandibles with no yellow spot or patch ;

upper margin of yellow on clypeus straight ; labrum black ;

hind margin of first abdominal segment much more nar rowly

pallid.

Hab. Fillmore Cajion, Organ Mts., New Mexico, at

flowers of Gutierreziea (the hind Jegs are loaded with the

bright orange pollen), Aug. 29 (C. H. T. Townsend).

Diadasia enavata, Cresson.

At Mesilla, New Mexico, July 18, I took three females at

flowers of Helianthus annuus.

Crocisa Wallacei, sp. n.

$.—Length 9 mm. (but abdomen much retracted in

specimen measured) ; wing 9} mm.

Belongs to the group of C. histrio (scutellum with W-like

margin, abdomen with lateral marks not divided), and has

the blue patches consisting of very bright and shining scales,

in the manner of C. ceruleifrons. Ditters from C. nitidula

by having two blue spots on the scutellum, and the first

abdominal segment with very large quadrangular lateral

blue patches, leaving a black median band and the hind

margin, like a reversed T. The entirely black tarsi, without

any blue scales, and the smaller size separate it from

C. abdominals, Friese (from Java). The abundant blue

spotting on the thorax and other characters separate it

from C. nana, Friese. Apical half of labrum ferruginous ;

clypeus except anterior margin (which is broadly black and

densely punctate) and sides of face up to level of ocelli

covered with very brilliant silvery blue-green scales; middle

of front black and punctured, the punctures of two sizes,

not dense ; antenne black, the flagellum greyish; third

antennal joint a little shorter than fourth; front and vertex

Records of Bees. ZN

with black hair; thorax with blue or greenish-blue patches

as follows: avery large one on upper and a small trans-

verse one on lower part of pleura; a transverse one on each

side of prothorax above, joining one on contiguous part of

mesothorax; an elongate one on anterior middle, a round

one on each side, and an axe-shaped one at each hind corner

of mesothorax; a speck on each axilla; two spots on

scutellum ; interrupted bright blue bands on abdominal

segments 1 to 5, that on 1 as already indicated; venter of

abdomen entirely black, strongly punctate; apex truncate,

faintly subemarginate; tibie largely blue on outer side ;

tegule black, very densely punctured; wings fuliginous,

with a violet lustre.

Hab. Ternate; with numbers 6263 and 92-44.

Named after Dr. A. R. Wallace. In British Museum

Collection. It has a strong suyerficial resemblance to

C. ceruleifrons.

Crocisa lamprosoma, Boisd.

Queensland (/. Saunders) ; three.

Crocisa ceruleifrons, W. F. Kirby.

Friese makes this a synonym of C. quartine, Gribodo, but

Mr. Kirby’s name appears to have priority. It is recorded

from Timor Laut and Celebes; the Australian specimens

before me appear to be certainly the same species, but they

offer varietal or racial characters :—

Var. a.—A little larger; thoracic spots well-defined ; hair

of middle of occiput black, with white on each side ;

apex of male abdomen more narrowly truncate.

Queensland (H. Saunders),2 9,1.

Var. 8. Darwini.—Smaller, not over 9 mm. long; thoracic

spots greenish and less defined, confluent on anterior

part of mesothorax in ¢; occiput with a complete

conspicuous fringe of white hair; apex of male abdomen

more broadly truncate, the truncation concave ; wings

rather paler. The scutellum and tarsi are without

blue. Port Darwin, N. Australia, no. 90-126; one of

each sex. :

Crocisa tincta, sp. n.

? .— Length about 15 mm.

With the abdomen rather long and acuminate; upper

wings dark fuscous, lower hyaline; light spots consisting of

15*

220 Mr. ‘I’. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

hair or elongated scales, which are not shiny; those on head,

thorax, and legs white or practically so, on abdomen pale

blue; margin of scutellum W-like; lateral abdominal patches °

not divided. A species of the C. histrio group, easily known

by its large size, and the absence of light marks on scutellum

or tarsi. Mandibles with a blunt tooth within; eyes straw-

yellow; face, cheeks, and occiput with much white hair;

front strongly and densely punctured; third antennal joint

conspicuously longer than fourth; wae part of pleura

covered with white hair, lower part nude, strongly and

closely punctured, with a small spot of white hair; meso-

thorax with anterior margin except in middle, and extending

on to prothorax, covered with white hair; lateral margins,

and posterior ones except in middle, a median stripe an-

teriorly, and a spot on each side, also marked with hair ;

tibize with large light patches ; tegument of abdomen slightly

purplish on middle of first two segments ; abdominal bands

all very broadly interrupted in middle, that on first segment

forming a large U-like mark on each side, that on fifth

reduced to a pair of large round spots ; venter without light

markings.

Hah. Toowoomba, Australia, no. 93. 189.

T'wo specimens. The locality is in 8.E. Queensland,

Trigona canifrons, Smith.

Adelaide River, Australia, no. 92-4. New to Australia.

The specimen differs from Bingham’s description of cani-

frons in having the hair of the pleura pale cinereous, and

the stigma and nervures fuscons; but a series of 7. canifrons

from Ceylon, received from Mr. Green, shows these charac-

ters, just as in the Australian insect. Judging from the

description, I suspect that 7. biroi, Friese, is a synonym.

Trigona essingtoni, sp. n.

Worker; length 4 mm.

Black (the abdomen brown-black), smooth and shining,

with pale yellow markings as follows: mandibles (except

ferruginous tips), labrum, clypeus (except narrow, black,

anterior and posterior margins, and two large red-brown

spots on disc), wedge-shaped lateral face- marks extending to

level of antenne, ‘tubercles, narrow stripe on each side of

mesothorax, extending to axill, all of scutellum, and apex

of abdomen, the last being thinly pubescent with white hair.

Antenne reddish brown, the flagellum ferruginous beneath ;

Records of Bees. 221

anterior knees with a yellow spot; small joints of tarsi

fulvous; face with a scanty pale pruinose Ole eae

thorax with very scanty pale hair; wings hyaline, nervure

and stigma flavous. Mandibles at apex with a concave

truncation, or minutely bidentate.

Hab. Port Essington, N. Australia, with no. 42. 1.

Two specimens. Easily known from T. australis, Friese,

by the entirely yellow scutellum, pale apex of abdomen,

markings of clypeus, &c.

Nomioides perditellus, sp. n.

? .—Length about 5 mm.

Head and thorax bluish green, shining ;_ pubescence

scanty, white, more abundant on apex and underside of

abdomen ; eyes strongly emarginate; clypeus light yellow

with two broad black bars (sometimes practically “obsolete) ;

mandibles yellowish with ferruginous tips; tubercles and

adjacent upper border of prothorax, and tegule, light

yellow; wings clear, nervures pale testaceous, first recurrent

nervure joining second transverso-cubital ; antenne dark

above and light beneath; femora black, with the knees

yellow ; tibice and tarsi yellow, the middle and hind tibize

largely clouded with black or brown ; abdomen broad,

piceous, with a large transverse yellow mark on each side

of segments 2 to 5, those on 5 nearly meeting to form a

coutinuous band; venter brown.

Hab, Queensland, marked “ Seaf. 1/90,” 438, at 92-16,

two specimens. A third i is marked Queensland, 2200, 75. 39.

Very distinet by the marking of the abdomen ; “es genus

is new to Australia. It is extraordinarily lke some of the

species of the American genus /erdita, agreeing even in

the details of the marking on the clypeus and abdomen ;

but the venation agrees with Halictus.

Thaumatosoma Duboulayi, Smith.

Port Darwin, N. Australia, 92-44; Bandin I., 91-82.

The latter specimen has the fourth and fifth abdominal

segments broadly margined with red.

Celioxys regine, sp. n.

2 .—Length a little over 11 mm.; expanse 195 mm.

Black, even to the tarsi; pubescence on eyes very short

elypeus shining, with extremely large close punctures ;

face covered with white hair ; vertex, mesothorax, and

222 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

scutellum with extremely large punctures, as close as

possible on scutellum, but well separated on middle of

mesothorax ; lateral teeth of scutellum well-developed,

broad and pointed, not or hardly curved; sides of meta-

thorax, tubercles, and margins of pleura with snow-white

hair; cheeks and occiput also with white hair, but vertex

bare; a small white hair-spot on each side of thorax above

and behind tegulz, and two short white stripes in scutello-

mesothoracie suture ; tegule black; wings strongly in-

fuscated on apical half, the basal part nearly clear; hair on

inner side of hind tarsi fulvous. Abdomen shining, with

strong punctures, quite close at the sides, but widely

separated above; lateral hind margins of the segments with

white hair-bands, which are not continued across the disk,

though on the ventral surface the bands are entire; last

dorsal segment with close minute punctures, strongly keeled

for rather more than two thirds of its length, the keel

abruptly failmg anteriorly, outline of the segment conical,

the apex not turned upwards, and falling far short of the

apex of the last ventral segment; last ventral segment

acuminato-conical in outline, not greatly narrowed or pro-

duced, but conspicuously notched on each side, shghtly con-

cave beneath; penultimate ventral segment with the anterior

part strongly and closely punctured, the posterior part finely

rugose.

Hab. Queensland ; with nos. 320 and 92-16.

Smith long ago remarked that it was singular that

Celiorys should be absent from Australia, while Megachile

is so abundant. It is therefore of special interest to record

two species from that country. W. A. Schulz has recently

described a species (C. Weinlandi) from New Guinea; it is

considerably larger than C. regine, and the last ventral

segment is very slender, hairy at the sides, and not notched.

Celioxys albolineata, sp. n.

2 —Length a little over 9 mm.

Similar to C. regine in appearance, but smaller, and

differmg as follows: middle of mesothorax shinirg, with

sparse small punctures, much smaller than those at the sides ;

scutellum flattened and somewhat concave, shining, and with

very sparse punctures, the disk nearly impunctate, and the

middle hind margin with a deep rounded notch ; on each side of

disk of scutellum, anteriorly, is a rather large oblique patch of

white hair; legs with conspicuous white hair; wings not so

dark ; atdomen with five entire, though narrow, white hair-

Records of Bees. 223

bands ; dorsal punctures sparser; last dorsal segment

narrower, with the keel shorter and less distinct; last ventral

segment not notched at the sides; penultimate ventral segment

with rather sparse, rather elongated punctures all over, or

they may be dense posteriorly.

Hab. Queensland (H. Saunders), with nos. 93-49 and 320.

Another bears no locality-label, but simply the number

1904-27.

Megachile cleomis, var. lippie, Ckll.

Mr. Wilmon Newell kindly sends me a female collected

by Mr. F. Beltran at Monterey, Mexico, where the species

is very destructive to rose-bushes. This extends the known

range about 600 miles S.E. The specimen is peculiar in

having the punctures of the middle of the mesothorax larger

and less dense than normal, and the ventral scopa lacks the

yellowish tinge. Possibly a series would prove that the

Monterey insect should be subspecifically separated.

Bombus gilgitensis, sp. n.

9.—Length about 23 mm.; wing about 16; abdomen

nearly parallel-sided, about 9 mm. (or a little over) wide and

almost 15 long.

Black, with black, dull white, and bright fulvo-ferruginous

hair; hair of head all black, except that on occiput it has a

purplish-brown tint ; hair of legs black, the apices of the tarsal

joints with short deep red spine-like bristles, hair on inner side

of basal joint of hind tarsi a very dark reddish ; thorax in front

with abundant dull white hair, a very broad band of purplish-

black hair between the wings; scutellum with dull white

hair mixed with black; base of abdomen with dull white

hair, covering first segment and basal halt of second, except

at sides, the rest, including apex, black, except the fourth

and fifth segments, which are covered with long fulvo-

ferruginous hair, the base of the fourth being overlapped by

the black of the third; ventral segments with very thin

fringes of long hair, black on the first three segments, fulvo-

ferrugmous on the fourth and fifth. Wings strongly clouded,

with a warm red tint. Head not elongated; malar space

broader than long. Middle of mesothorax with a large nude

shining impunctate area, the region surrounding it strongly

and closely punctured.

Hab. Gilgit, Kashmir; collector unknown tome. (British

Museum Collection.)

224 Descriptions and Records of Bees.

Allied to B. tunicatus, Smith, but the black bands on

thorax and abdomen are broader, and the last abdominal

segment has black hair instead of red. The upper level of

the black of the abdomen, which in twnicatus is straight, in

gilgitensis is strongly concave. The apical segment in gilgit-

ensis is bare above, minutely roughened but not noticeably

punctate, not carinate; at the sides the segment is densely

covered with brown-black tomentum. The wings are not so

dark as those of B. orientalis, Smith.

AXylocopa varipuncta, Patton.

Texas, no. 1977, g. (Colorado Agricultural College

Collection.) New to Texas.

Xylocopa bryorum (Fabr.), subsp. dimidiata (Lep.).

Six 2s, Queensland (E. Saunders) ; Condillac I1., W. Aus-

tralia; Port Darwin. One @, Queensland (EH. Saunders).

The male is a little over 21 mm. long, and the middle tibiz

and tarsi are without dark hair. The female is of the same

size; the yellow pubescence spreads on to the occiput and

the upper part of the pleura, but not at all on to the basal

segment of the abdomen. ‘This insect appears to be inter-

mediate between X. bryorum and X. estuans, as defined by

Bingham ; it is probable that it should be recognized as a

subspecies, In which case the name dimidiata, Lep., is

apparently available.

Lestis erata, Smith.

3 38, Queensland (E. Saunders) ; Sydney. 7 2s, Queens-

land (EH. Saunders) ; N.S. Wales.

Synhalonia lippie (Ckll.).

Synhalonia crenulaticornis, subsp. lippie, Ckll., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,

July 1904, p. 25.

A female collected by Prof. Townsend at the same time

and place as the original males shows that lippie@ is a distinct

species. Compared with 92 crenulaticornis it is larger (about

12 mm. long), with much longer and ampler wings, which

are not quite so dark, and the pubescence of the thorax above is

white with a very faint yellowish tinge, becoming pronounced

on scutellum, but with no fuscous or black, whereas crenu-

laticornis shows much dark fuscous hair on mesothorax and

scutellum. The abdomen also has more white tomentum,

covering the base of the second and third segments, while

On the American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 225

the apical band on the second is broadly interrupted in the

middle, and the tomentum is of a sort of bluish white, a

different tint from that of crenulaticornis. The brush at the

end of the basal joint of the hind tarsi, which is black in

crenulaticornis, is reddish brown in lippie.

I have a @S. lippie which I collected at flowers of

Phacelia congesta, at Dripping Spring, Organ Mts., New

Mexico, in August.

XXVII.—A Revision of the Fishes of the American Cichlid

Genus Cichlosoma and of the Allied Genera. By C. Varn

Reean, B.A.

[Continued from p. 77. }

Section 6 (Vheraps).

Body ovate or elongate. Upper profile of snout usually

convex. Scales of the lateral line of the same size as those

above and below it; scales of the thoracic region con-

siderably smaller than those on the side of the body.

Mouth small or moderate (maxillary not extending to below

the eye), moderately protractile (premaxillary processes not

extending to above the eye, in the adult) ; maxillary not

or slightly exposed ; teeth of the outer series moderate,

distinctly enlarged anteriorly. Dorsal XV-XVIII 10-15,

the soft fin more or less distinctly scaly at the base.

Anal IV-VII 8-11. Pectoral not extending to above the

anal. Caudal rounded, truncate, or emarginate with rounded

lobes.

Seventeen species from Mexico and Central America, one

extending into Colombia.

13. Cichlosoma Eigenmanni.

Cichlasoma Eigenmanni, Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian Mus. iii. 1902,

p: 119, pl. xxx., and vy. 1904, p. 220, pl. xvi.

Depth of body 23-23 in the length, length of head 31-3}.

Snout eqnal to or a little shorter than postorbital part of

head. Diameter of eye 34-41 in the length of head, inter-

orbital width 23-8. Depth of preorbital 1-1} the diameter

of eye. Maxillary not extending to below theeye; lower jaw

shorter than the upper ; fold of the lower lip not continuous ;

cheek with 6 or 7 series of scales; 8 gill-rakers on the lower

226 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

part of anterior arch. Scales 34-35 — 3 or 34 between

lateral line and base of anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal

XVII-XVIII 12-15, commencing above the opercular cleft,

the spines subequal from about ‘the oe to the fifteenth,

thence increasing to the last, which is 4 the length of head ;

soft fin, when laid back, extending to base of caudal.

Anal V-VI 8-10. Pectoral ? the length of head, not

extending so far as the ventral, which nearly reaches the

origin of anal. Caudal truncate. Caudal peduncle about

as long as deep. Olivaceous, with obscure darker cross-bars

and with a blackish longitudinal band from operculum to

base of caudal, where it ends in a dark spot; vertical fins

dusky.

Southern Mexico.

1-4. (112-235 mm.) tio Tonto, La Raya. Dr. H. Gadow.

14. Cichlosoma nebuliferum.

Heros nebulifer, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 318, and Cat. Fish.

iv. p. 297 (1862).

Heros gibbiceps, Steind. Denkschr, Ak. Wien, xxiii. 1864, p. 66, pl. v.

figs. 1 & 2; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898,

p. 15 36; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 232 (1904).

Cichlasoma nebuliferum, Jord. & Everm. ¢. e. p. 1524; Pellegr. ¢. ¢.

p. 216; Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian Mus. v. 1904, p. 220.

Cichlasoma teapae, Everm. & Goldsborough, Bull. US. Fish. Comm.

xxi. 1902, p. 156, fig.; Pellegr. ¢. ¢. p. 213.

Depth of body 23-22 in the length, length of head 33-4.

Snout shorter than postorbital part of head. Diameter of

eye 4—41 in the length of head, interorbital width 3. Depth

of preorbital 1-1} the diameter of eye. Maxillary not nearly

extending to vertical from anterior margin of eye; lower

jaw shorter than the upper; fold of the lower lip not

continuous; cheek with 5 or 6 series of scales; 8 or 9

gill- ao on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales

33-35 ;5°, 34 or 4 between lateral line and base of anterior

part of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVII-XVIII 12-13 (14),

commencing above extremity of operculum, the spines sub-

equal from about the seventh to the fourteenth, which are

3 the length of head, thence increasing to the last, which is

2 the length of head ; the soft fin, when laid back, extending

to base of caudal. Anal VI 9 (10). Pectoral # the length

of head; ventral as long, not quite reaching the origin of

anal. Caudal truncate or subtruncate. Caudal peduncle as

long as or longer than deep. Olivaceous, each scale with a

dark brown intra-marginal line ; a series of dark blotches

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. pA)

on the side, usually more or less confluent to form a longi-

tudinal band ; a dark spot on the base of caudal; vertical fins

dusky, the dorsal with some light spots posteriorly.

Southern Mexico.

1-8. (147-172 mm.) types of the species. Mexico. M. Salle,

15. Cichlosoma maculicauda, sp. n.

Heros parma (part.), Guoth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 285 (1862), and Trans.

Zool. Soe. vi. 1869, p. 449.

Cichlasoma parma (part.), Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii.

1898, p. 1519.

Cichlasoma fenestratum, var. parma, Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France,

xvi. 1903, p. 210 (1904).

Depth of body 12-2 in the length, length of head 23-31.

Snout as long as the postorbital part of head (in the aault),

or a little shorter (in the young). Diameter of eye 3-4? in

the length of head, interorbital width 21-23. Depth of

preorbital 2-1} the diameter of eye. Maxillary extending

to between nostril and eye; jaws equal anteriorly; fold of

the lower lip not continuous ; cheek with 4 or 5 series of

scales; 8 or 9 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior

areh. ene 32-35 a ae 4 between lateral line aud base of

anterior part of soft dorsal. Dorsal* XVI-XVII 12-14,

commencing above the extremity of operculum, the spines

only slightly i increasing after the sixth, the last 2 or nearly

2 the Ween of head; soft fin, when laid back, extending to

oeete + (young) or beyond the middle (adult) of conde

Anal VI-VII 9-10. Pectoral a little shorter than the head,

extending to above the vent; ventral extending to the

origin of anal or beyond. Caudal subtruncate. Caudal

peduncle 3-? as long as deep. Sides of body and vertical

fins usually with dark spots; a large dark blotch on the

caudal pedunele.

Central America.

1-4, (185-189 mm.) types of the Lake Yzabal. O. Salvin, Esq.

species.

5, (223 mm.) Rio Motagua. O. Salvin, Esq.

6-10. (205-301 mm.) Rio Chagres, O. Salvin, Esq.

11-13. (68-90 mm.) Rio Chagres, O. Salvi in, Esq.

16. Cichlosoma fenestratum.

Chromis fenestrata, Giinth. Proce. Zool. Soe. aut p. 318.

Heros parma (part.), Giinth, Cat. Fish. iv. p. 285 (1862), and Trans.

Zool. Soe. vi. 1869, p. 449.

* Of 13 specimens 10 have XVII 13, 2 have XV II 12, and 1 has

XVI 14 dorsal rays. 8 have VI 10, 4 rae VI 9, and 1 has VII 10

anal rays.

226 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

Heros fenestratus, Giinth. t. ce. p. 286; Steind. Denkschr. Ak. Wien,

xxill. 1864, p. 68, pl. i. fig. 2.

Cichlasoma fenestratum, Jord. & Everm. Bull. US. Nat. Mus. xlvii.

1898, p. 1518.

Cichlasoma parma (part.), Jord. & Everm. t. ec. p. 1519.

Cichlasoma fenestratum (part.), Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi.

1903, p. 210 (1904).

Se parma, Meek, Zool. Pub, Columbian Mus, v. 1904, p. 218,

p . XV.

Depth of body 13-2 in the length, length of head 23-81.

Snout shorter than the postorbital part of head. Diameter

of eye 31-42 in the length of head, interorbital width 21-232.

Depth of preorbital 2-14 the diameter of eye. Maxillary

extending to between nostril and eye ; jaws equal anteriorly ;

fold of the lower lip not continuous ; cheek with 5 or 6

series of scales ; 8-10 gill-rakers on the lower part of the

anterior arch. Scales 31-83 2, 3 or 34 between lateral

line and base of anterior part of soft dorsal. Dorsal *

XVII-X VIII 11-13, commencing above the opercular cleft,

the spines only slightly increasing after the sixth, the last

3 the length of head ; soft fin, when laid back, extending to

anterior part (young) or beyond the middle (adult) of

caudal. Anal VI-V1I 8-9. Pectoral a little shorter than

the head, extending to above the vent; ventral extending

nearly to origin of anal or slightly beyond. Caudal sub-

truncate. Caudal peduncle }—} as long as deep. Brownish,

usually with 6 to 8 dark cross-bars aud with a dark longi-

tudinal band from operculum to the basal part of caudal.

Sometimes this band is very strongly marked, and the cross-

bars may then be confined to the upper part of the body, or

may be wanting.

Mexico.

1-2. (98 and 145mm.) types Mexico. M. Salle.

of the species.

8-5. (77-103 mm.) Mexico. M. Sallé.

6-8. (186-228 mm.) types Mexico. Berlin Mus.

of H. parma.

9, (57 mm.) Chimalapa. Dr. A. C. Buller.

11-16. (52-181 mm.) Rio Tonto, La Raya. Dr. H. Gadow.

17. (128 mm.) Motzorongo. Dr. H. Gadow.

17. Cichlosoma bifasciatum.

Heros bifasciatus, Steind. Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xxiii. 1864, pt. ii.

. 60, pl. i.

aan ee bifasciatum, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii.

1898, p. 1521; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 217

(1904).

* Of 17 examples 8 have XVII 12, 3 have XVII 11, 2 have XVII 13,

3 have XVIII 12, and 1 has XVIII 18 dorsal rays. 10 have VI 9,

5 have VI 8, one has VII 8, and one VIL 9 anal rays.

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma, 229

Depth of body 2 in the length, length of head 34. Snout

as long as the postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye 5

in the length of head. Depth of preorbital 14 the diameter

of eye. Maxillary not extending to below the eye; jaws

equal anteriorly; fold of the lower lip not continuous ;

cheek with 5 or 6 series of scales ; 9 or 10 gill-rakers on the

lower part of the anterior arch. About 34 scales in a longi-

tudinal series. Dorsal XVII 138, commencing above the

opercular cleft, the spimes subequal from the sixth, the last

g the length of head. Anal VI 9. Pectoral not extending

to above the anal. Caudal truncate. Caudal peduncle as

long as deep. Two broad dark longitudinal bands, the

upper from a little behind the origin of the lateral line to

the end of the base of the dorsal fin, the lower from the

pectoral to the base of the caudal.

Mexico.

The type measures 240 mm. in total length.

18. Cichlosoma guttulatum.

Heros guttulatus, Giiuth. Proce. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 152, and Trans.

Zool. Soc. vi. 1869, p. 466, pl. Ixxviii. fig. 3.

Cichlasoma guttulatum, Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903,

p- 214 (1904).

Depth of body 23-23 in the length, length of head 25-32.

Snout as long or nearly as long as the postorbital part of

head. Diameter of eye 8—42 in the length of head, inter-

orbital width 23-24. Depth of preeorbital 3-14 the diameter

of eye. Maxillary not extending to the vertical from

anterior margin of eye ; jaws equal anteriorly ; fold of the

lower lip not continuous; cheek with 5 series of scales ;

8-10 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales

31-34 2%,, 33-43 between lateral line and base of anterior

part of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVI-XVIII 12-14, com-

mencing above or in front of the axil of pectoral, the spines

subequal from the fifth or sixth to the fourteenth or fifteenth,

which are 4 the length of head, the last 2 the length of

head ; the soft fin, when laid back, extending to anterior |

of caudal. Anal VI-VII 9-10. Pectoral 3 the length cf

head, not extending as far as the ventral, which nearly or

quite reaches the origin of anal. Caudal subtruncate or

rounded. Caudal peduncle as long or nearly as long as

deep. Brownish, a broad dark band extending from above

pectoral to base of caudal; sides of head spotted; body

often spotted ; sometimes 5 or 6 cross-bars on the upper

part of the body, or a series of blotches along the lateral

line; vertical fins dusky, often with dark spots.

Guatemala ; Southern Mexico.

230 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

1-9. (69-176 mm.) types Lake Amatitlan. O. Salvin, Esq.

of the species.

10. (150 mm.) Nr. Pacific Coast of O. Salvin, Esq.

C. America.

11-19, 20-25. (62-221 mm.) Lake Nacasil. O. Salvin, Esq.

26, (211 mm.) tio de Sarabia. Dr. A. C. Buller.

19. Cichlosoma microphthalmus.

Heros microphthalmus, Giinth, Cat. Fish, iv. p. 295 (1862), and Trans.

Zool. Soc. vi. 1869, p. 464; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus.

xlvii. 1898, p. 1586; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903,

p. 282 (1904).

Depth of body 24-23 in the length, length of head 31—

Snout veal as long as postorbital part of head. Dice

of eye 44-5} in the jength of head, interorbital width 22-23.

Depth of prieorbital 14 -1? the diameter of eye. Maxillary

extending to the vertical from anterior mar gin of eye; jaws

equal anteriorly ; fold of the lower lip continuous; cheek

with 5 or 6 series of scales; 7 or 8 gill-rakers on the lower

part of the anterior arch, Scales 32-34 7", 34 or 4: between

lateral line and base of anterior part of soft dorsal. Dorsal

XVIII 11-13, commencing above the axil of pectoral, the

spines subequal from the seventh to the fourteenth, which

are + the length of head, thence increasing to the last, which

is more than. 2 the length of head; the ‘soft fin, when laid

back, extending to anterior part or middle of caudal. Anal

V-VI* 9-11. Pector al # the length of head, not extending

so far as the ventral, which does not reach the origin of anal.

Caudal subtruncate. Caudal peduncle #-¢ as long as deep.

Brownish, usually with 4 or 5 irregular dark cross-bars ; a

dark spot on the base of caudal; vertical fin with series of

dark spots or dark undulating lines.

R. Motagua, Guatemala.

1-3, 4-5. (165-195 mm.) types of the RR. Motagua. _O. Salvin, Esq.

species.

20. Cichlosoma sexfasciatum, sp. n.

Depth of body 2} in the length, length of head 32. Snout

as long as postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye 5} in

the length of head, interorbital width 2}. Depth of pre-

orbital 13 the diameter of eye. Maxillary extending to

between nostril and eye; jaws equal anteriorly; fold of the

lower lip not continuous; cheek with 6 series of scales;

7 or 8 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch.

* One specimen only has 5 anal spines.

American Cichlid Glenus Cichlosoma. 231

Scales 334, 33 between lateral line and base of anterior

part of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVIII 11, commencing above

the extremity of operculum, the spines slightly increasing in

length to the last, which is a little more than 2 the length of

head ; soft fin, when laid back, extending to anterior } of

caudal. Anal VI 9. Pectoral ? the length of head, not

extending to above the vent; ventrals extending to the

vent. Caudal subtruncate. Caudal peduncle 2 as long as

deep. Olivaceous, with small dark spots; 6 dark cross-bars

on the side, and a dark longitudinal band from operculum to

base of caudal.

Guapote, Mexico.

1, (223 mm.) type of the species. Guapote. Mexico Mus,

21. Cichlosoma melanurum.

Heros melanurus, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 288 (1862), and Trans. Zool.

Soe. vi. 1869, p. 450, pl. lxxii. fig. 3.

a ee Steind, Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xxiii. 1864, p. 72,

.1. fig. 8.

Ghuins melanopogon, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii.

1898, p. 1523.

Cichlasoma melanurum, Jord, & Kverm. J. c.; Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool.

France, xvi. 1903, p. 212 (1904).

Depth of body 23-22 in the length, length of head 3-31,

Snout as long as postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye

3-5 in the length of head, interorbital width 23-3. Depth

of preorbital 2-1} the diameter of eye. Maxillary not

extending to below the eye; jaws equal antcriorly ; fold of

the lower lip subcontinuous or not continuous; cheek with

5 or 6 series of scales ; 7 or 8 gill-rakers on the lower part

of anterior arch. Scales 31-34 no 3 between lateral line

and base of anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal (XVI)

XVIT-XVIII 11 (12), commencing above the opercular

cleft, the spines subequal from about the sixth to the tenth,

thence sometimes slightly decreasing to the fourteenth or

fifteenth and increasing again to the last, which is 2-1 the

length of head; soft fin, when laid back, extending a little

beyond base of caudal. Anal V-VI 8-9. Pectoral about Pi

the length of head, extending about to above the vent ;

ventral extending to origin of anal. Caudal subtruncate.

Caudal peduncle #—3 as long as deep. Olivaceous, with

2 series of blackish spots which may unite to form con-

tinuous longitudinal bands, the first below the spinous dorsal

and above the lateral line, the second from the middle of

the side to the base of caudal ; vertical fins dusky.

Guatemala ; Southern Mexico.

1-5, (85-260 mm.) types of the species. Lake Peten. O. Salvin, Esq.

Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

22. Cichlosoma Gadovii, sp. n.

? Cichlasoma melanurum (non Giiuth.), Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian

Mus. y. 1904, p. 219.

Depth of body 24-22 in the length, length of head 3-3}.

Snout a little shorter than postorbital part of head:

Diameter of eve 4-4} in the length of head, interorbital

width 21-22. Depth of preorbital 1-1} the diameter of eye.

Maxillary not extending to below the eye; jaws equal

anteriorly ; fold of the lower lip not continuous; cheek with

5 series of scales ; 2 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior

arch. Seales 302 =» 8 between lateral line and base of

anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVI-XVII 12, com-

mencing above the extremity of operculum, the spines sub-

equal from the sixth or seventh to the thirteenth or four-

teenth, thence increasing to the last, which is a little less

than } the length of head ; the soft fin, when laid back,

extending to anterior $ of caudal. Anal VI 9. Pectoral 2

the length of head, extending nearly to above the vent ;

ventral extending nearly to origin of anal. Caudal sub-

truncate. Caudal peduncle }-+ as long as deep. Olivaceous,

with obscure darker cross-bars “and a dark longitudinal band

from operculum to base of caudal; vertical fins dusky.

Southern Mexico.

1-2. (190 and 241 mm.) types of Motzorongo. Dr. H. Gadow.

the species.

23. Cichlosoma intermedium.

Heros intermedius, Gunth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 298 (1862), and Trans.

Zool. Soe. vi. 1869, p. 468, pl. xxviii. fig. 1.

Heros angulifer, Giinth. lc. and t.¢. p- 469, pl lixv. sie ae

Acara rectangular, Steind. Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xxiii. ” 1864, py Ot;

pla figs 1.

Guilasoice rectangulare, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii.

1898, p. 1515: Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 205

(1904) ; Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian Mus. v. 1904, p. 216.

Cichlasoma anguliferum, Jord. & Everm. t. e. P. 1517.

Cichlasoma inter medium, Jord. & Everm. 7. c.; Pellegr. t. c. p. 209.

Depth of body 21-23 in the length, eh of head 3-3}.

Snout as long or nearly as long as postorbital part of head.

Diameter of eye 37-5 in the length of head, interorbital

width 24-24. Depth of preorbital 3-12 the diameter of

eye. Maxillary not extending to the Vertical from anterior

margin of eye; jaws equal anteriorly ; ; fold of the lower lip

not continuous ; cheek with 4-6 series of scales ; 7 or 8 gill-

rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. ee 31-33 2,

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 233

2 or 24 between lateral line and base of anterior part

of soft dorsal. Dorsal (XVI-XVII) XVIII 10-12 (13),

commencing above the axil of pectoral, the spines subequal

from about the seventh to fourteenth, which are about } the

length of head, thence increasing to the last, which is ? the

length of head or more; the soft fin, when laid back, ex-

tending to anterior } of caudal. Anal (IV) V—VI 8-10 (11).

Pectoral #-3 the length of head, usually not extending so

far as the ventral, which does not quite reach the origin of

anal. Caudal subtruncate. Caudal peduncle a little deeper

than long. Brownish, with a broad dark band running

from the operculum to the middle of the side and then

upwards to the posterior part of the spinous dorsal ; vertical

fins usually with dark stripes or series of spots.

Guatemala.

a. C. intermedium.

Scales forming the dark band each light at the base and

with a blackish vertical stripe near the posterior margin; a

narrow longitudinal band from the angle of the broader

band to the base of caudal, where it forms a vertically

expanded spot.

1-3. (183-155 mm.) types of the Lake Peten. Q. Salvin, Esq.

species.

b. C. anguliferum.

Scales forming the dark band nearly uniformly blackish ;

a dark blotch on the caudal peduncle.

1-2. (96 and 113 mm.) types Rio de Santa Isabel. —O.. Salvin, Esq.

of H. angulifer.

3-5, (134-177 mm.). R. Sta, near Cajabon. J.C. Sarg, Esq.

24. Cichlosoma Guenthevi.

Heros oblongus (non Casteln.), Giinth. Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. 1869, p. 464 ;

Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898, p. 1535.

Cichlasoma Giintheri, Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xv 1903,

p. 215 (1904).

Depth of body 22-23 in the length, length of head 3}-32.

Snout as long or nearly as long as postorbital part of head.

Diameter of eye 32-43 in the length of head, interorbital

width 24-3. Depth of preorbital 1-1} the diameter of eye.

Maxillary not extending to the vertical from anterior margin

of eye; jaws equal anteriorly ; fold of the lower lip con-

tinuous or not; cheek with 5 series of scales; 7 or 8 gill-

rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales 32-33 =

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 16

234 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

34 or 4 between lateral line and base of anterior part of soft

dorsal. Dorsal XVIII 13, commencing above or slightly

before axil of pectoral, the spines subequal from about the

sixth to the fourteenth, which are } the length of head,

thence increasing to the last, which is more than 2 the

length of head; soft fin, when laid back, extending to

anterior part or even to middle of caudal. Anal VI 9 10.

Pectoral 4 the length of head, not extending as far as the

ventral, which nearly or quite reaches the origin of anal.

Caudal subtruncate. Caudal peduncle nearly as long as

deep. Brownish, with 5 or 6 obscure darker cross-hars,

and with a more or less distinct longitudinal band ending in

a dark spot on the base of caudal; vertical fins with series

of dark spots or dark undulating lines.

Rio Motagua, Guatemala.

1-2. (186 and 209 mm.) types of Rio Motagua. O. Salvin, Esq.

the species.

3-4, (108 and 131 mm.) Rio Motagua. O. Salvin, Esq.

25. Cichlosoma pavonaceum.

Heros pavonaceus, Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. viii. 1881, p. 93 ;

Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898, p. 1538; Pellegr.

Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 250 (1904).

Cichlasoma pavonaceum, Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian Mus. v. 1904,

p- 209.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 23 in the length.

Eye large, its diameter greater than depth of preeorbital.

Maxillary not extending to below anterior margin of eye;

jaws equal anteriorly ; fold of the lower lip not continuous ;

cheek with 5 series of scales ; 7 or 8 gill-rakers on the lower

part of the anterior arch. Scales 82 ( ae Dorsal XVI 12,

the spines subequal from the fifth, the last 2-} the length of

head ; soft fin, when laid back, extending fond base of

caudal. Anal V 8. Pectoral extending to above the vent ;

ventral to or nearly to origin of anal. Caudal rounded.

Brownish, with 10 or 11 obscure dark cross-bars, and with a

series of 4—6 blackish spots, usually ocellated and vertically

expanded, below the dorsal fin in the posterior part of the

body ; a blackish ocellated spot on the upper half of the base

of caudal.

Monclova, Mexico.

The types measure from 30-85 mm. The species is said

to be allied to C. intermedium.

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma.

26. Cichlosoma Sieboldii.

Beros Sieboldii, Kner & Steind. Abhandl. Bayern Ak. x. 1864, p. 13,

pl. ii. fig. 2.

Cichlasoma Sieboldti, Jord. & Everm. Bull. 0.8. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898,

p. 1516.

Depth of body about 2} in the length, length of head

about 33. Snout as long as postorbital part of head.

Diameter of eye 4—5 in the Jength of head and 13-23 in the

interorbital width. Maxillary not extending to. below the

eye; jaws equal anteriorly; fold of the lower lip not con-

tinuous ; cheek with 5 series of scales; 8 or 9 gill-rakers

on the lower part of the anterior arch. Scales 30-32 =

24 between lateral line and base of anterior part of soft

dorsal. Dorsal XVII 11, the spines increasing in length to

the last, which is about 4+ ‘the length of head ; ‘soft fin, when

laid hack, ee nearly to middle of bard! eal V 8.

Pectoral 2—? the length of head ; ventral extending to the

vent, Caudal subtruncate or slightly rounded. Caudal

peduncle about + as long as deep. Reddish brown; each

scale with a dark spot; 5 or 6 dark cross-bars forming a

series of blotches on the upper lateral line and a second

larger series on the middle of the side; vertical fins dark

greyish with series of blackish spots.

Panama ; Colombia.

The types measure from 125 to 200 mm. in total length.

Cichlosoma Deppii, Heckel, from Mexico, appears to be

closely allied to aos species. D.XVI-XVII 10-11. A. V-

VI8. Se. 30 52; Brownish, with 5 or 6 dark cross-bars

posteriorly, the last forming a spot at the base of caudal.

The synonymy of this species is as follows :—

Heros Deppit, Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p. 382; Ginth. Cat.

Fish. iv. p. 296 (1862).

Heros Montezuma, Heck. t. ec. p. 883; Giinth. . c.

Cichlasoma Deppii, Jord. & Everm, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898,

p. 1524; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 215 (1904) ;

Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian Mus. v. 1904, p. 221.

Cichlasoma Montezuma, Jord. & Everm. f. c. p. 1528; Meek, /. ec.

27. Cichlosoma Godmanni.

Heros Godmanni, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 296 (1862), and Trans. Zool.

Soe. vi. 1869, p. 466, pi. Ixxiv. fig. 5.

Cichlasoma Godmannt, Tord, & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat, Mus. xlvii. 1898,

p. 1516; Pellegr. Mem. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p- 208 (1904).

Depth of body 22~—2} in the length, length of head 3}.

Snout slightly shorter than postorbital part of head.

Lom

236 Mr. C.'T. Regan on the Fishes of the

Diameter of eye 42 in the length of head, interorbital width

24, Depth of preorbital 14 the diameter of eye. Maxillary

not extending to the vertical from anterior margin of eye;

jaws equal anteriorly or the lower shorter than “the upper ;

fold of the lower lip continuous or not; cheek with 6 or 7

series of scales; 7 or 8 gill-rakers on the lower part of

anterior arch. Scales 32-33 a 3 or 33 between lateral

line and base of anterior part of soft dorsal. Dorsal X VI-—

XVII 12-13, commencing above axil of pectoral, the spines

slightly increasing in length to the last, which is } the length

of head, the soft. fin, w Hen laid backs extending to anterior

i of caudal. Anal V 10. Pector al 3—% the length of head,

not extending so far as the ventral, aie does not reach the

origin of anal. Caudal subtruncate. Caudal peduncle a

little deeper than long. Olivaceous, with a dark longitu-

dinal band along the middle of the side, ending in a blackish

spot on the base of the caudal; a blackish spot above the

origin of the band and below the lateral line; vertical fins

with series of dark spots.

Guatemala.

1-2. (175 and 176 mm.) types of Rio Cahabon. O. Salvin, Esq.

the species.

28. Cichlosoma irregulare.

Theraps trregularis, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 284 (1862); Jord. &

Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898, p. 1540.

Heros tirregularis, Giinth. Trans. Zool. Soe. vi. 1869, p. 467, pl. xxviii.

fig. 2.

Cichlasoma wregulare, Pellegr, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903,

p. 204 (1904).

Depth of body 3-8 in the length, length of head 31-32.

Snout longer than postorbital part “of head (in the adult).

Diameter of eye 4-5 in the length of head, interorbital

width 3-4. Depth of preeorbital je 1} the diameter of eye.

Maxillary not extending to below the eye; lower jaw shorter

than the upper; fold of the lower lip not continuous; cheek

with 6 or 7 series of scales ; 9-11 gill-rakers on the lower

part of anterior arch. Scales 33-36 a 3 between lateral

line and base of anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal X V-

XVII 12-14, commencing behind the axil of pectoral, the

spines subequal from about the fifth to the thirteenth, thence

usually mcreasing to the last, which is 4-2 the length of

head; soft fin, when laid back, not extending to base of

caudal. Anal*-IV-V 9-10. Pectoral about 2 % the length

* 4 anal spines in the type specimen oft

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 237

of head, not extending so far as the ventral, which nearly

reaches the origin of anal in the young, but not in the adult.

Caudal subtruncate. Caudal peduncle 13-12 as long as

deep. Brownish, with blackish cross-bars bearing a series

of blotches below the lateral line, which may be more or less

confluent to form a longitudinal band; some light blue spots

on the side of the head. Vertical fins dusky.

Guatemala; Chiapas.

1, (144 mm.) type of — Guatemala. O. Salvin, Esq.

the species.

2. (150 mm.) Guatemala. Q. Salvin, Esq.

3- 5. (112-124 mm.) Rio Geronimo. O. Salvin, Esq.

6. (114 mm.) Lake Yzabal. QO, Salvin, Esq.

7-12. (88-193 mm.) Rio Usamacincta. O. Salvin, Esq.

13-14, (168 and 260 mm.) Lake San Cristobal. F. C. Sarg, Esq.

29. Cichlosoma lentiginosum.

Heros lentiginosus, Steind. Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xxiii. 1864, p. 62,

pl. 1. fig. 1,

Cichlasoma lentiginosum, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii.

1898, p. 1624; Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 217

(1904).

Depth of body 23-24 in the length, length of head 3}.

Snout about as long as postorbital part of head. Diameter

of eye nearly 5 in the length of head, interorbital width 24.

Depth of przorbital 14 the diameter of eye. Maxillary not

nearly extending to below the eye ; Jaws eqial anteriorly ;

fold of the lower lip not continuous ; cheek with 6 series of

scales ; 10 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch.

Silas 34 = Dorsal XVII 13, Oe NG above the

extremity of operculum, the last spine 4 the length of head ;

soft fin, when laid back, extending a little beyond the base

of caudal. Anal VI 9. Pectoral # the length of head,

extending nearly to above the vent; ventral extending

nearly to origin of anal. Caudal slightly emarginate, with

rounded lobes. Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep.

Olivaceous, with 6 or 7 obscure darker cross- ‘bars and with

numerous small dark brown spots; vertical fins with dark

spots.

Mexico.

The typical example measures 215 mm. in total length.

Section 7.

Two species from Lake Nicaragua agree with those of the

preceding section in all essential characters, but have a

238 Mr. C. T: Regan on the Fishes of the

somewhat longer pectoral, which extends to above the origin

of the anal in one, a little beyond in the other. The teeth

of the outer series in the upper jaw are moderate, regularly

increasing in size anteriorly. In the lower jaw ‘the 5 or 6

anterior teeth on each side are distinctly enlarged and differ-

entiated from the smaller lateral teeth. Dorsal XVIII-XIX

10-11. Anal VII-VIII 7-9.

30. Cichlosoma balteatum.

Heros balteatus, Gill & Bransford, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1877, p. 184.

Cichlasoma balteatum, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii.

1898, p. 1521; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 220

(1904).

Depth of body 24 in the length, length of head 3+. Snout

a little longer than postorbital part of head. Diameter of

eye 3 in the length of head and equal to the interorbital

width. Depth of przorbital a little less than the diameter

of eye. Maxillary not extending to below the eye; jaws

equal anteriorly ; fold of the lower lip not continuous ;

cheek with 4 or 5 series of scales; 9 or 10 gull- ee on the

lower part of the anterior arch. Scales 34 = 24 between

- lateral line and base of anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal

XVIII (10) 11, the spines subequal from the sixth to the

sixteenth, the last 4 the length of head. Anal VII (7) 8.

Pectoral nearly as long as the head, extending to above the

origin of anal; ventral extending beyond the origin of anal,

Caudal truncate or slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle

nearly as long as deep. A blackish longitudinal band from

operculum to base of caudal; fins unspotted.

Lake Nicaragua.

1. (180 mm.) one of the types L. Nicaragua. Smithsonian Inst.

of the species.

31. Cichlosoma nicaraguense.

Heros nicaraguensis, Giinth, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1864, p. 153, and Trans.

Zool. Soe. vi. 1869, p. 465, pl. Ixxvii. fig. 1; Jord. & Everm. Bull,

U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898, p. 1532.

Cichlasoma nicaraguense, Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903,

p. 221 (1904).

Depth of body 21-2? in the length, length of head 31.

Snout with nearly vertical profile, shorter than postorbital

part of head. Biatover a eye 34-32 in the length of head,

interorbital width 2}- Depth “of preorbital a little

greater than diameter « eye. Maxillary extending nearly

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 239

to below the anterior margin of eye ; jaws equal anteriorly or

the lower shorter than the upper ; fold of the lower lip not

continuous; cheek with 5 or 6 series of scales; 9 gill-rakers

on the lower part of the anterior arch. Scales 35 7%, 24

between lateral line and base of anterior rays of soft dorsal.

Dorsal X VITI-XIX 10-11, commencing above the opercular

cleft, the spines subequal from the eighth to the fifteenth or

sixteenth, thence increasing to the last, which is a little

more than 4 the length of head; soft fin, when laid back,

extending to anterior + of caudal. Anal VII-VIII 8-9.

Pectoral nearly as long as the head, extending to above the

second or third anal spine; ventral extending beyond origin

of anal. Caudal truncate or slightly emarginate. Caudal

peduncle nearly as long as deep. Upper half of body

brownish, with 5 or 6 dark cross-bars; vertical fins with

dark spots.

Lake Nicaragua.

1. (176 mm.) type of the Lake Nicaragua. Capt. J. M. Dow.

species.

2. (157 mm.) Lake Nicaragua. O. Salvin, Esq.

5. (166 mm.) Lake Nicaragua. Smithsonian Inst.

Section 8 (Astatheros).

Body rather deep (depth 1}—2} in the length). Upper

profile of snout straight, oblique. Scales of the lateral line

of the same size as those above and below it; scales of

thoracic region considerably smaller than those on the sides

of the body. Mouth moderate, moderately protractile ;

maxillary shghtly exposed; teeth of the outer series in both

jaws rather small (16-22 on each side in the upper jaw),

well-developed laterally and only slightly increasing in size

anteriorly. Dorsal XIV-XVI 10-15, the soft fin more or

less distinctly scaly at the base. Anal V—VII 8-9. Caudal

rounded, subtruncate, or slightly emargimate with rounded

lobis.

Six species from Southern Mexico, Central America, and

Colombia, which resemble C. b¢maculatum in their gene-

ralized dentition.

32. Cichlosoma Robertsoni, sp. nu.

Depth of body 2} in the length, length of head 23. Snout

as long as postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye 3}

in the length of head, interorbital width 34. Depth of

preorbital nearly } the diameter of eye. Maxillary not

210 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

extending to below the eye; preemaxillary processes extending

to above anterior margin of eye; jaws equal anteriorly or

the lower very slightly projecting; fold of the lower lip not

continuous ; cheek with 6 series of scales ; iT; gill-rakers on

the lower part of anterior arch. Scales 'a9 5 =, 24 between

lateral line and base of anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal

XVI 11, commencing above the opercular cleft, the spies

subequal from the fourth to the sixth, which are the longest,

thence decreasing to the thirteenth and increasing again to

the last, which is nearly } the length of head; soft fin, when

laid back, extending to anterior } of caudal. Anal VI 9.

Pectoral nearly as long as the head, extending to above

last anal spine; ventral extending beyond origin of anal.

Caudal subtruncate. Caudal peduncle 2 as long as deep.

Olivaceous, with a blackish blotch on the side below the

lateral line and a dark spot on the upper 3 of the base of

caudal; some light blue spots on the cheek ; fins unspotted.

British Honduras.

1. (64 mm.) type of the Stann Creek. Rey. J. Robertson.

Species.

33. Cichlosoma longimanus.

Hleros ee, Giinth. Trans. Zool. Soe. vi. 1869, p. 453, pl. Ixxii.

fig. 2.

Cichlasoma longimanus, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii.

1898, p. 1520; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 212

(1904). .

Depth of body 2} in the length, length of head 23. Snout

as long as postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye 3}

im the length of head and equal to the interorbital width.

Depth of przeorbital equal to diameter of eye. Maxillary

extending nearly to the vertical from anterior margin of eye;

preemaxillary processes extending to above anterior margin

of eye ; luwer jaw very slightly projecting; fold of the lower

lip not continuous ; cheek with 4 series of scales; 12 gill-

rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales 28 2, 23

between lateral line and base of anterior rays of soft dorsal.

Dorsal X V1 10, commencing above the opercular cleft, the

fifth and sixth spines somewhat longer than the succeeding

ones and } the length of head ; the soft fin, when laid back,

extending to the middle of caudal. Anal VI 8. Pectoral

longer than the he ad, extending to the last ray of anal;

ventral extending bey ond origin of anal. Caudal slightly

emarginate, with rounded lobes. Caudal peduncle 2 as long

Americun Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 241

as deep. Olivaceous, with a large blackish blotch on the

side, connected to the orbit by an indistinct dark band ;

posterior part of dorsal with oblique stripes or series of

spots.

Lake of Nicaragua.

1, (183 mm.) type of the Lake of Nicaragua. O. Salvin, Esq.

species.

34. Cichlosoma macracanthus. |

Heros macracanthus, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 153, and Trans.

Zool. Soe. vi. 1869, p. 451.

Cichlasoma macracanthus, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii.

1898, p. 1518; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1908, p. 207

(1904).

Depth of body 13 (adult) to 2 (young) in the length,

length of head 22-3. Snout shorter than postorbital part

of head. Diameter of eye 3-4) in the length of head, inter-

orbital width 24-3. Depth of preorbital 3-1) the diameter

of eye. Maxillary not extending to below the eye; pre-

maxillary processes not extending to above the eye; jaws

equal anteriorly ; fold of the lower lip continuous or not ;

cheek with 4 to 6 series of scales; 11 gill-rakers on the

lower part of anterior arch. Scales 29-31 — 3 or 4

between lateral line and base of anterior rays of soft dorsal.

Dorsal XIV-XV 12-14, commencing above the opercular

cleft, the spines increasing in length to the last, which is

4 (young) to # (adult) the length of head; soft fin, when

laid back, extending to anterior part (young) or posterior

edge (adult) of caudal. Anal V 9-10. Pectoral as long

as the head, extending to above third anal spine; ventral

extending nearly to origin of anal. Caudal subtruncate.

Caudal peduncle ?—2 as long as deep. Olivaceous, with

6 darker cross-bars, the third bearing a blackish blotch

below the lateral line; a blackish spot on the upper part of

the base of caudal ; fins dusky. Adult with nearly uniform

coloration.

Southern Mexico ; Guatemala.

1-7. (69-168 mm.) types of the Huamuchal. O, Salvin, Esq.

species.

8-11. (188-224 mm.) Chiapas. O. Salvin, Esq.

12-18, (53 and 76 mm.) Tequesixtlan. Dr. H. Gadow.

35. Cichlosoma heterodontus.

Heros (Cichlasoma) heterodontus, Vaill. & Pellegr. Bull. Mus. Paris,

1902, p. 86.

Cichlasoma heterodontus, Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903,

p. 225 (1904); Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian Mus. y. 1904, p. 215.

Cichlasoma Evermanni, Meek. t. ¢. p. 214, fig. 70.

reg On the American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma.

Depth of body about 2 in the length, length of head

27-24. Snout shorter than postorbital part of head.

Diameter of eye 33-4 in the length of head. Maxillary not

extending to below the eye; jaws equal anteriorly; fold of

the lower lip continuous or not; cheek with 5 series of

scales ; 11] gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch.

Scales about 30 *2. Dorsal XIV-XV 12-15, the spines sub-

equal from the fifth, the last 4 the length of head; soft fin,

when laid back, extending beyond the middle of caudal, in

the adult. Anal V 8-9. Pectoral 3-4 the length of head,

extending nearly to above origin of anal; ventral extending

to origin of anal or beyond. Caudal subtruncate. Caudal

peduncle 2—} as long as deep. Olivaceous, with 6 darker

cross-bars ; a blackish spot on the upper part of the base of

caudal ; fins dusky, the vertical ones sometimes with small

dark spots.

Tehuantepec, Southern Mexico.

The specimens described by Meek measure up to 200 mm.

in total length.

As in the closely allied C. macracanthus, and in some

other species of the genus, in adult examples many of the

teeth of the outer series may be worn and end ima flat

circular surface, but this feature is not even of specific,

much less of subgeneric, value.

36. Cichlosoma altifrons.

Heros altifrons, Kner & Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Bayern, 1863, p. 223, and

Abhandl. Ak. Bayern, x. 1866, p. 11, pl. i. fig. 1; Guuth. Trans.

Zool. Soc. vi. 1869, p. 459; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus.

xlvii. 1898, p. 1538; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903,

p- 228 (1904).

Depth of body about 24 in the length, length of head

nearly 8. Snout longer than postorbital part of head.

Diameter of eye 4-5 in the length of head and 1} in the

interorbital width. Depth of preorbital greater than

diameter of eye. Maxillary not extending to below the eye ;

jaws equal anteriorly; cheek with 4 or 5 series of scales ;

12 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales

about 30 = 2} between Jateral line and base of anterior rays

of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVI 11, the spines increasing in

length to the last, which is nearly } the length of head ;

soft fin, when laid back, extending to anterior third of

caudal, Anal V 8-9. Pectoral } the length of head, ex-

tending nearly to above origin of anal; ventral extending a

little beyond origin of anal. Caudal slightly rounded. Caudal

Bats of the Rhinolophus philippinensis Group. 243

peduncle # as long as deep. Olivaceous with 5 or 6 dark

brown cross-bars; light blue spots on the body and soft

vertical fins.

The types from Colombia measure from 115 to 200 mm. in

total length.

37. Cichlosoma rostratum.

Heros rostratus, Gill & Bransford, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1877, p. 481.

Cichlasoma rostratum, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii.

1898, p. 1529.

Depth of body 24 in the length, length of head 23.

Snout longer than postorbital part of head. Diameter

of eye 4 in the length of head, interorbital width 32.

Depth of preorbital 1} the diameter of eye. Maxillary

extending to midway between nostril and eye; pre-

maxillary processes not extending to above the eye; jaws

equal anteriorly; fold of the lower lip not continuous ;

cheek with 5 or 6 series of scales; 12 or 13 gill-rakers on

the lower part of the anterior arch. Scales 33 = 33 between

lateral line and base of anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal

XVI 11, commencing above the opercular cleft, the spines

subequal from the sixth to the fourteenth, the last 2 the

length of head. Anal VII 8. Pectoral as long as the head,

extending to above the last anal spine; ventral extending

beyond the origin of anal. Caudal subtruncate. Caudal

peduncle # as long as deep. A blackish blotch below the

fourteenth to the seventeenth scales of the lateral line ; a dark

spot at the base of caudal ; soft dorsal, anal, and caudal with

alternate ight and dark bars or series of spots.

Lake Nicaragua.

1. (186 mm.) one of the types L. Nicaragua, Smithsonian Inst.

of the species.

This species is very closely allied to C. altifrons.

[Te be continued. ]

XXVIII.—On the Bats of the Rhinolophus philippinensis

Group, with Descriptions of Five new Species. By Kynup

ANDERSEN.

Tue conclusions recorded in the present paper are based

on the material in the British Museum, together with some

specimens from the United States National Museum. The

latter were sent for inspection and identification by

Mr. Gerrit 8. Miller, Jr., Washington.

244 Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats

General Characters of the Kh. philippinensis Group.

Diagnosis.—Median anterior nasal swellings large. Palatal

bridge long, on an average more than, and generally con-

siderably more than, 4 the length of the maxillar tooth-row ;

median anterior point opposite the front (or anterior half)

of p*. Posterior connecting-process extremely low and

rounded off, starting from a point considerably below the

summit of the sella. Base of central nose-leaf forming

cup-like or wing-like expansions.

Remarks.—So far as my material goes, the above diagnosis

holds good for all members of the group, the most primitive

(philippinensis, achilles), as well as the highest developed

(trifoliatus, luctus, and all their allies). In these latter the

the skull is rather modified, and some of the modifi-

cations are obviously correlated to the enormous enlar gement

of the nose-leaves and ears. The postnasal depression is

deeply hollowed out, more than in other Rhinolophi. In

front of the median anterior swellings is formed a narrow,

thin brim of bone, the object of which is evidently to increase

the surface of the facial part of the skull (which supports

the large nose-leaves) ; in Rhinolophi with nose-leaves of

normal size there is no such brim of bone, the median

anterior swellings partaking immediately in the formation of

the margin of the nasal openings. The interorbital con-

striction is narrower than in other Rhkinolophi. The cochleze

are, proportionately, slightly larger, the basioccipital, between

them, consequently slightly narrower; but neither are the

cochlez as large nor the basioccipital as narrow (linear)

as in Rh. hipposiderus and its allies.

In most, if not all, species the position of the lower p;

is individually variable (as in other primitive Rhinolophi) :

in the tooth-row, or more or less external to the row. The

upper p* is invariably in the row.

Subdivision of the Group.

The group may conveniently be divided into three

sectious :—the philippinensis section, the sedulus section,

and the ftrifoliatus section. The first of these sections is

represented by Rh. philippinensis and achilles * ; the second

by Rh. sedulus and lanosus; the third by Rh. tr ifoliatus,

solitarius, luctus, perniger, geminus, and Beddomei. They

differ as follows :—

* On Rh. mitratus and Maclaudi, see the “General Remarks” on

954

p. 254.

of the Rhinolophus philippinensis Group. 245

(1) In the philippinensis section the sagittal crest is low

in front, gently sloping towards the postnasal depression

(fig. 1). In the ¢rifoliatus section the crest is high in

front, and abruptly descending towards the postnasal

depression (fig. 2): this causes a very different side view

of the skull.

Fig. 1a. Fig. 2a.

Fig. 1. Skull of Rh. philippinensis, side view. la. The same skull,

upper view. 2. Skull of Rh. trifoliatus, side view. 2a. The same

skull, upper view. The specimens figured are of the same age (teeth

unworn). 2.

In the philippinensis section the teeth are smaller, the

maxillar width narrower, the coronoid process of the

mandible somewhat lower, the temporal fossa narrower, the

zygomatic arches, therefore, very slightly projecting laterally,

making the zygomatic width of the skull but very slightly,

or not at all, larger than the mastoid width (fig. 1a). In the

trifoliatus section the teeth are larger, the maxillar width

broader ; the stronger teeth involve an increase in size of the

temporal muscle, this again a slight heightening of the

coronoid process, a considerable widening out of the temporal

246 Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats

fossa, a projecting of the hinder part of the zygomatic arches,

making the zygomatic width of the skull considerably larger

than the mastoid width (fig. 2 a).

In the philippinensis section the base of the sella forms,

together with the internasal lobes, a cup-like expansion. In

the ¢rifoliatus section the internasal lobes are quite, or

almost quite, normal, the lateral expansions confined to the

sella and wing-like, giving the sella some resemblance to

a Trifolium leaf (hence the name “‘ ¢rifoliatus”’) or a Maltese

cross.

In the philippinensis section the wing-structure * is very

primitive, quite as in other primitive species of the genus

(megaphyllus, borneensis, minor, and many others): the

fourth metacarpal slightly longer than the fifth and the third ;

IV.2+ and V.? but slightly longer than IV." and V.*. In

the trifoliatus section the wing-structure is considerably

modified :—the third metacarpal is much shortened, the foarth

slightly lengthened, the fifth more so, making as a final

result the fi/th metacarpal decidedly the longest of all, and

very much longer than the third (supposing the length of

the forearm, in all species of the group, to be exactly

1000 mm., the fifth metacarpal, in the ¢rzfoliatus section, is

no less than 133 mm. longer than the third, in philippinensis

and achilles 18 mm. only) t. At the same time the first

phalanx of the third finger, in the ¢rifoliatus section, is much

lengthened, chiefly by a removing, in proximal direction, of

the joint between the metacarpal and the first phalanx ; in

other words, the piece by which the third metacarpal has

been shortened has been added to the length of the first

phalanx of the same finger. Thirdly, III.”, IV.’, and V.?,

in the ¢trifoliatus section, are considerably lengthened.

The mechanical reason for this modification of the wing

is, probably, the following :—A lengthening of the distal

phalanges gives a broader wing, consequently an increased

power of flight; the third finger, as being the longest of all

and the nearest to the front margin of the wing (when

expanded), has to sustain the heaviest pressure of the air ;

* The remarks on the wing-structure to be compared, point for point,

with the diagram on p. 247 and the wing-indices on p. 257.

+ For brevity’s sake I call the distal phalanges of the 3rd, 4th, and 5th

fincers III.?, IV.?, and V.?, the proximal phalanges of the same fingers

LY PV.) and V,".

{ An almost exact parallel to this modification of the wing-structure

is seen in Rh. ferrum-equinum compared with the primitive forms of

the group to which that species belongs (f. i. 2h. megaphyllus, borneensis,

&c.).

of the Rhinolophus philippinensis Group. 247

a considerable increase in the length of III.? involves, there-

fore, an increase in the length of the phalanx which supports

III.?, viz. II1.’, and this increase is effected not by a

lengthening of III.‘ in distal direction (which would make

an unproportionately long third finger), but by a lengthening

a. Forearm. d3,d4,d5. Third, fourth, and fifth fingers in the philip-

pinensis section. 93,04, 95. The same fingers in the ¢rifoliatus

section, reduced to the same length in proportion to the forearm.

Subdivisions of d and 9, in direction from left to right, indicate the

metacarpal, first and second phalanx.

in proximal direction, 7. e. by a removing backwards of the

joint between the third metacarpal and III.’, which again

makes a shorter third metacarpal.

(2) The sedulus section has the skull and the teeth

essentially as in philippinensis, but the nose-leaves and the

wing:structure as in /rifoliatus.

Only the species of the sedulus and trifoliatus sections

will be described below.

1. Rhinolophus sedulus, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—Cranial characters much as in Rh. philippin-

ensis, but postnasal depression considerably deeper. Nose-

leaves and wing-structure: the ¢rifoliatus type. Forearm

43°5-49°2 mm.

SkullSagittal crest and maxillar width very much as in

philippinensis ; temporal fossa but slightly larger ; postnasal

depression deeply hollowed out as in ¢rifoliatus.

Dentition (two skulls).—p; external; p. and p, almost or

quite in contact ; p? in row, cusp so minute as to be scarcely

observable.

Colour.— ¢ ad., Sarawak; distal epiphyses of metacarpals

ossified ; teeth unworn; skin: General impression a shade

of dark brown, slightly varied with greyish tips to the hairs,

215 Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats

Analysis of colour: the tips of the hairs of the upperside

have a grey iridescence; when keeping the skin so that the

reflections disappear, the true colour proves to be a deep

brown shade of ‘‘ drab”; base of hairs scarcely lighter.

Underside of the same general colour as the upperside, but

without, or almost without, grey reflection. Interfemoral

between the tip of the tail and the calcar, narrowly bordered

with yellow.

Measurements *.—On p. 257.

Type.— ¢ ad. (skin). Sarawak. Collected by Dr. A. R.

Wallace. ‘Tomes Collection (no. 19).

Distribution.—Sarawak (Brit. Mus.) ; Pahang (Un. St.

Nat. Mus.).

Remarks.—Externally this species is exceedingly like a

very small Rh. trifoliatus, but the tibia is shorter. In the

shape of the skull it is very much nearer to Rh. philippin-

ensis and achilles.

2. Rhinolophus lanosus, sp. u.

Diagnosis.—Similar to Rh. sedulus, but very much larger.

Forearm 71°5 mm.

Skull—In the shape of the sagittal crest, the small

temporal fossa, the narrow maxillar width, and the small

teeth, this very large species bears much resemblance to

Rh. philippinensis. But the postnasal depression is deeply

hollowed out as in the sedulus and trifoliatus type (corre-

sponding to the enormously developed nose-leaves).

Dentition (one skull).—p; in row; p, and p, well separated;

p’ in row, cusp extremely small.

Colour.— @ ad.; teeth slightly worn; skin: as in

Rh. sedulus.

Type.— ad. (skin). Kuatun+, N.W. Fokien, China ;

April 4th, 1898. Presented by J.D. La Touche, Esq. Brit.

Mus. no; 98. 11. I. 1.

Remarks.—As proved by the skull, this fine species is an

* Only the following measurements require some explanation :—Zars,

length from base of inner margin to tip. Second phalanx, exclusive of

the cartilaginous terminal rod. Skull, total length, inion to front of

canines. Width of brain-case, above root of zygomata. Mazxillar width,

across antero-external corner of m°. Supraorbital length, from posterior

point of postnasal depression to median anterior point of nasals. Man-

dible, condylus to front of incisors. Upper and lower teeth, exclusive of

incisors.

+ An excellent characteristic of this Chinese village and its sur-

roundings was contributed by Mr. La Touche to the Proc. Zool. Soe. for

1898 (pp. 769-70).

of the Rhinolophus philippinensis Group. 249

offshoot of the sedulus-ty pe, differing in a'l important cranial

characters from the species of the ¢ri/oliatus section. But

externally it is exceedingly like a small Rh. perniger.

3. Rhinolophus trifoliatus, Temm.

Diagnosis.—Cranial and external characters: the ¢rifoliatus-

type (above pp. 245-47). Forearm 47-55 mm.

Skull.—As described and figured above (p. 245).

Dentition (eleven skulls).—p, “vacillating”’ in position :

in row (one skull), or almost in row (one), or half in row

(two), or almost external (one), or quite external (six).

Corresponding to this, p, and p, well separated (five), or

almost in contact (one), or quite in contact (five). p” always

in row. Upper canine and p* well separated. In one

example there is a marked interspace between p* and p* (the

former place of p®, lost in all recent species of the genus).

Colour —Five skins ; ad.; teeth unworn or slightly worn :

Very light-coloured. Upperside, a ‘ wood-brown ” shade

of “ drab,’ somewhat darker on the hinder back; base of

hairs more distinctly light “drab.” Underside ‘ drab,”

somewhat varying in the intensity of the colour, and washed

with “ ecru-drab ” on the throat and breast. Interfemoral,

between the tip of the tail and the calcar, narrowly

bordered with yellow.

Size—The great variation in the size of this species

(forearm 47-55 mm.) is independent of the geographical

habitat and of the sex:—(1) The shape of the skull is

identically the same in al] the individuals examined ; (2) the

size of the skull is much less subject to variation than the

external dimensions (cf. the measurements) ; (3) the smallest

and the largest individuals examined are both from

N. Borneo; (4) the smallest individual in the series (fore-

arm 47 mm., teeth slightly worn) and one of the very

largest (54°3 mm., teeth unworn) are, both of them, males.

All the specimens are full-grown (distal epiphyses of meta-

carpals ankylosed).

Distribution—N. Borneo (Paitan, Kina Balu, Mt. Dulit,

Mt. Mulu, Sarawak); Singapore; Lower Siam (Trong) ;

Tenasserim (Mergui). ? Java (cf. below).

Technical name.—The type specimen of Rh. trifoliatus, as

described by Temminck*, is stated to be from Bantam,

W. Java. I have seen no specimen of this Bat from Java.

It is rather easy indeed to point out some discrepancies

between Temminck’s figure (natural size) and the series

* Temminck, Mon, Mamm. ii. 8° monogr. (1835) pp. 27-28, pl. xxxi.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 17

250 Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats

here under consideration :—The horseshoe is very narrow

(9 mm., as against 10°5-12°4 in the series examined by me);

the tail extremely short (about 21-23 mm., as against

29-36) ; also in the letterpress the tail is stated to be only

“de la longueur du tibia,” whereas in all the individuals I

have seen it is from } to 4 longer than the tibia. On the

other hand, the length of the forearm of the type (“ 1 pouce

10 lignes” = about 50 mm.) and of the metacarpals, pha-

langes, and tibia (on the figure) are quite as in several

Bornean specimens. Also it should be remembered that the

type is a mounted specimen and, according to Jentink *, only

“4-peu-prés adulte”’ ; the differences pointed out above are

of such kind that they may perhaps be due to shrinkage.

At allevents, in the absence of more conclusive evidence, I

think it advisable to retain the name ¢rifoliatus for the

species described above. If not identically the same as

the Bornean and Malaccan bat, the Java form is probably

extremely closely related fT.

4. Rhinolophus solitarius, sp. n.

Diagnosis —Allied to Rh. trifoliatus, but slightly smaller,

with very short tail and tibia. Forearm 465 mm.

Skull.— Smaller than in ¢trifoliatus, but proportionately

broader (compare mazillary, zygomatic, mastoid breadth,

and breadth of brain-case with the measurements of the

trifoliatus skulls, p. 257).

Dentition (one skull).—p; completely wanting, without any

trace of the alveoli (teeth but very slightly worn) ; p, and p,

in contact. This is the only imstance, within the present

group, of a complete obliteration of the middle lower premolar;

the aberration from the general rule ¢ is rather surprising,

and I must leave it open to question if it is, really, a con-

stant (or almost constant) peculiarity of the present species.

* Jentink, “ Cat. syst. Mamm.,’”’ Mus. d’Hist. nat. Pays-Bas, xii. (1888)

p. 160.

+ The following statements in the original description of Rh. trifoliatus

are, evidently, accidental errors only :—‘“ Deux grosses verrues triangu-

laires 4 la machoire supérieure” ; must be “ inférieure.” “ Dans l’adulte

point dincisives supérieures ” ; they must have been overlooked. “ Point

de petite dent anomale eutre la canine et la premiére molaire de la machoire

supérieure ”; it is extremely improbable that p*, which is present in all

species of this group and always situated in the tooth-row, should be

wanting in the type of tr¢foliatus.

{ As ageneral rule, in the genus, the lower p, does not completely dis-

appear until the dentition has arrived at the stage that the upper p? is

external, and even then it is still very often present. In all species of the

present group p* is quite in the tooth row.

of the Rhimolophus philippinensis Group. 251

Also the upper p” is slightly smaller than in ¢rifoliatus, and

consequently the interspace between the canine and p* a

little narrower.

External characters.—In all important respects as Rh. tri-

foliatus, but a trifle smaller than the smallest individuals I

have seen of that species ; tail and tibia extremely short.

Colour (of a spirit-specimen) much as in ¢rifoliatus.

Type.— $ ad. (in alcohol). Tanjong Pamuja, Banka;

June 18th, 1904. Collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Un. St.

Nat. Mus. no. 124767.

5. Rhinolophus luctus, Temm.

Diagnosis.—Trifoliatus type. Forearm 65°3-68 mm.

Skull.—As in trifoliatus, but very much larger.

Dentition (five skulls).—p; generally external (four skulls),

sometimes almost in row (one). jp, and py, separated (two),

or almost or quite in contact (three). p? always in row,

cusp rudimentary or altogether wanting. Interspace be-

tween the upper canine and p* rather narrow.

Colour.—(1) 2, rather young, but quite full-grown ; distal

epiphyses of metacarpals ossified; teeth almost unworn;

Selangor, November; skin: Above and below, an exceedingly

dark shade of “ drab,” approaching blackish ; grey iridescence

on the hairs of the upperside.

(2) Aged individuals; teeth slightly worn or well worn;

N. Borneo; four skins: Same style of colour, but decidedly

browner. Details as in Rh. sedulus.

Distribution —N. Borneo (Mt. Dulit, Baram, Lawas) ;

Singapore; Selangor (Semangton). ? Java (cf. below).

Temminck’s Rh. luctus *.—The type specimen + of RA.

luctus is stated to be from Tapos, Java. I have seen no

example of this species from Java, but the original description

of luctus, the measurements (forearm and tail only), and the

figure (natural size) agree very closely ¢ with the species

* Temminck, Mon. Mamm. ii. 8° monogr. (1835) pp. 24-26, pl. xxx.

+ According to Dr. Jentink (Cat. syst. Mamm.,” Mus. d’Hist. nat. Pays-

Bas, xii. (1888) p. 160) there are two type specimens of Rh. luctus in the

Leiden Museum. Technically only one of these examples is the “ type,”

viz. no. “b” (the adult female) ; cf. Temminck (/. c.): “ mesure et de-

scription d'une adulte femelle ” (p. 25); “nos voyageurs n’en trouvérent

quwune femelle” (p. 26). The specimens “a” and “e¢” in Jentink’s

Catalogue are, perhaps, those referred to by Temminck ina later appendix

to the description (op. cit. pp. 30, ¢, d).

{ The measurements given by Temminck are: forearm 63 mm. (“2

pouces 4 lignes”), tail 45 mm. (“1 pounce 8 lignes”). Dr. Jentink has

kindly re-examined the type, and found the length of the forearm as

stated by Temminck,

1 is

De Mr. K. Anlersen on the Bats

here under consideration. If by further examination Java

specimens should prove to differ from the Borneo—Malacca

form, the former will have to stand as RA. luctus, the latter

as Rh. morio, Gray.

Gray’s Rh. morio*.—The type (adult, Singapore ; sent

to Gray in alcohol, subsequently mounted) is in the British

Museum. The light colour, approaching that of RA. tri-

foliatus (and which caused Gray to give it a new name), is

probably due to fading in alcohol; the colour of all the

species of the present group seems to be unusually hable to

fading ; in every other respect Rh. morio is indistinguishable

from Selangor and Borneo specimens.

Alleged occurrence on the Philippine Islands. — Eydoux

and Gervais’s ‘‘ Rh. luctus, varietas rufa,’ from Manila, is

characterized by the authors as follows :—“ Dans la variété

que nous décrivons, quoique la feuille soit parfaitement la

méme [as in Temminck’s Rh /uctus|, le pelage est générale-

ment roussatre” t+. No further desc ription, no measurements,

no figure. By subsequent writers {, noue of whom seem to

have seen the specimen, the name proposed by Eydoux and

Gervais has been referred as a synonym to “ Rh. luctus” 1

very much doubt that this is correct. Neither before 1839

nor since has any bat of the ductus type been recorded from

any of the Philippine Islands. Considering the time at

which Eydoux and Gervais wrote, I should find it very

hazardous to lay much stress on the statement that the nose-

leaves were “ parfaitement ” as in ductus. Of much more

importance is, I think, the fact that in 1839 Rh. philippin-

ensis was not yet described. Perhaps “Rh. luctus, var. rufa”

is nothing but Rh. philippinensis; and, if so, the name

“rufus”? (1839) unfortunately antedates ‘ philippinensis”

(1843). An examination of the type (presumably in the

Paris Museum) would decide the matter.

6. Rhinolophus perniger, Hodgs

Diagnosis.— Allied to RA. luctus, but much larger. Fore-

arm 715-78 mm.

Skull. Quite of the ductus shape, but considerably larger

and with markedly broader nasal swellings.

* J, E. Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1) x. (Dec. 1842) p. 257,

+ Eydoux and Gervais, ‘ Voyage autour du monde ...la Favorite,’

vy. pt. 1. (1839) p. 9.

t In his “ Kritische Durchsicht der Ordnung der Flatterthiere” (SB.

Akad. Wien, Bd. lxi. Abth. i., Feb. 1870, p. 194) Dr. Fitzinger, without

having seen the example here under consideration, g gives it a new name—

Aquias FEudouxii—on account of “ die durchaus verschiedene Heimath,

so wie auch der grosse Unterschied in der Farbung.”

cf the Rhinolophus philippinensis Group. 253

Dentition (five skulls).—p, generally external (four skulls),

sometimes almost in row (one) ; pz and p, separated (three,

or almost in contact (two) ; p* in row, cusp rudimentary and

soon worn down. Interspace between the upper canine and

p* generally rather narrow.

External characters.—Considerably larger than Rh. luctus,

with, also proportionately, much longer ears and tibia. It is

in every respect the extreme of the “ ¢rifoliatus type” and

the largest species in the genus. Colour as in RA. luctus.

Distribution.—The Himalayas: Sikkim, Nepal, Masuri.

Technical name.—TVhe types of Hodgson’s Rh. perniyer *

(three adult specimens, Nepal) are in the British Museum.

Remarks.—This species has hitherto wrongly been cou-

founded with Rh. luctus.

7. Rhinolophus geminus, sp. un.

Diagnosis.—Similar to Rh. perniger, but with shorter ears

and much shorter tail. Forearm 73 mm.

Skull. —Much as in perniger, but with markedly narrower

nasal swellings.

Dentition (one skull).—p; almost in row; pz and p, well

separated ; p” in row, cusp extremely small. Interspace

between the upper canine and p* rather wide.

Colour.—The luctus style.

Type.— ? , slightly immature (in alcohol). Kediri, E.Java,

2000-3000 feet, “between March and May, 1878. Presented

by Baron v. Hiigel. Brit. Mus. no. 79. 11. 15. 10.

Remarks.—As might be expected, from the general

character of the mammalian fauna of Java, this species is

much more closely related to the Himalayan form (perniger)

than to Rh. luctus from Borneo and the Malay Peninsula.

8. Rhinolophus Beddomei, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—Allied to Rh. luctus, but rather smaller, with

excessively short metacarpals and tail. Forearm 63°8 mm.

Skull.—Ot the luctus type, but extremely small.

Dentition (one skull).—p; external; p. and p, almost in

contact; p* im row, cusp almost. imperceptible (teeth

unworn) ;

Euternal characters.—This species is almost of the same

size as Kh. luctus, but the metacarpals and tail are much

shorter.

Type.— g ad. (in aleohol). Wynaad, Mysore, S. India.

Collected and presented by Colonel Beddome. Brit. Mus.

NO. Go, Us on L.

* Hodgson, J. A. 8. B. xii. pt. 1, no. 187 (May 1843), p. 414,

254 Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats

General Remarks on the Rh. philippinensis Group *.

In the Philippine Islands and the Austro-Malayan Sub-

region we find preserved the most primitive members of the

whole group.

In all the more important points, cranial and external,

Rh. philippinensis (uuzon) and achilles + (Key Islands) are

either much like or quite on the same level as other primitive

Rhinolophi:—In the general shape of the skull; in the

narrow temporal fossa and low sagittal crest; in the long

palatal bridge; in the dentition—p* less reduced in size,

its cusp well developed, the interspace between the canine

and p* very wide; in the wing-structure—the ratio be-

tween the metacarpals, as well as the proportional length

of the distal phalanges, practically quite as in Rh. megaphyllus

(and its closer allies) or Rh. lepidus (and its modifications) ;

in the number of mental grooves—three, as in all primitive

species of the genus; in the general shape of the ears—very

blunt, emargination of outer margin below the tip very

shallow, the ear therefore not attenuated below the tip. But

the nose-leaves are peculiarly modified { and the ears

unusually large.

This type of bat has found its way to N. India: Rh. mi-

tratus (Chaibassa, on the border of Orissa and Bengal).

The same cup-like expansion of the central nose-leaf, formed

by the base of the sella and the internasal lobes; the same

shape and proportionate size of the ears. But the wing-

structure seems to be more advanced $ and the lateral

mental grooves are obliterated. The skull and dentition are

unknown.

We find the philippinensis-type so far away as Conakry

Island, off the coast of Senegambia: Rh. Maclaudi ||. Iden-

tically the same cup-like (not wing-like) expansion of the

central nose-leaf ; the same shape of the upper (not expanded)

part of the sella—very broad, parallel-margined, the summit

* To be compared with the diagram on p. 247.

+ Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. (1900) p. 145.

¢ It is worth noticing that the connecting-process in Rh. philippinensis

and achilles, although quite of the same style as in the other members of

the group, is slightly less reduced in size, consequently nearer to the

“normal” type.

§ Detailed measurements of the wing of Rh. mitratus are unknown.

According to Blyth (J. A. S. B. xii. (1844) p. 483) the length of the

forearm is 57 mm., the length of the third finger, as a whole, 84°56 mm. ;

this is sufficient to convince me that there must be a considerable

lengthening of III.’.

|| E. de Pousargues, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. nat. 1897, no. 8, pp. 858-381

(Feb, 1898).

of the Rhinolophus philippinensis Group. 255

broadly rounded off, almost truncated ; the same connect ng-

process; the same lancet — peculiarly long, narrow, cuneate ;

the same size and shape of the horseshoe; the enormously

enlarged ears—proportionately of the same size as in achilles

aud essentially of the same shape; the same ratio between

the metacarpals (third metacarpal not shortened). But the

distal phalanges are much lengthened *; the lateral mental

grooves are obliterated (asin Rh. mitratus) ; and the general

size cf the animal is much increased. The dentition of

Rh Maclaudi is more highly developed than in philippinensis

and achilles, and on the same level as in the sedulus and tri-

foliatus section—p* in the tooth-row, very small, the inter-

space between the canine and p* narrow+. The skull is

unknown.—In short: Ri. Maclaudi is an Ethiopian offshoot

of the philippinensis-ty pe, more highly developed than that

species at least in the dentition, the wing-structure, aud the

mental grooves.

The bats of the sedulus section have retained, in all

important respects, the cranial characters of philippinensis

and achilles. But the postnasal depression is deeply hollowed

out (as in the ¢trifoliatus type), and externally, 7. e. in the

nose-leaves (wing-like expansions of the sella), in the wing-

structure, in the mental grooves (one only), and in the more

pomted ears, they are lke ¢rifoliatus and luctus. Two

species only are known—kth, sedulus trom N. Borneo and

the Malay Peninsula, and RA. lanosus from 8. China.

The series of evolution culminates in the ¢rifoliacus section :

also the skull is modified. ‘The six species known are

distributed from N. Borneo to 8. India, from Banka aud

Java to the Himalayas.

* In the trifoliatus section the lengthening of III.* (as pointed out

above) has involved a lengthening of IL.’ in proaimal direction, and

consequently a shortening of the metacarpal. In hk. Maclaudi the

lengthening of III.” has involved a lengthening of ILI.’ in distal direc-

tion; consequently the metacarpal retains its original length. The great

increase in the total length of the third finger resulting herefrom seems

to have been counterbalanced by a lengthening aso of the first phalanx

of the other (fourth and fifth) fingers. ‘These remarks are based on

Pousargues’s measurements of the third and fifth fingers (those of the

fourth tinger are unknown).

+ I am indebted to M. A. Ménégaux, Paris Museum, for the above

details on the dentition of Rh. Maclaud?, as well as for the following

information :—“ M, de Pousargues s’est trompé en disant qu'il y a un

espace entre la canine supérieure et la p? | p* in this paper]; a leur base

la premiére prémolaire [ p*| touche en avant la canine, en arriére la p?

[p*].” By this important correction the dentition of Rh. Maclaudi is

siown to be perfectly in accordance with the usual scheme in the

present group,

256 Bats of the Rhinolophus philippinensis Group.

One of these modifications of the skull, in the ¢rifoliatus

section, is very instructive. When, as is the case in other

Rhinolophi beyond a certain low level of development, the

temporal muscle increases in size, the sagittal crest creeps

more forwards (as in many other Mammalia), reducing the

length of the supraorbital crests, consequently also the

length of the postnasal depression, which is bordered laterally

by the supraorbital crests. In the trifoliatus-type the shape

and size of the nose-leaves seem to require a rather long and

very deep postnasal depression; therefore the temporal

muscle, when growing larger, cannot very well push the

sagittal crest much farther forwards ; stead of that it pushes

the crest upwards, making it unusually high in front. This

accounts for the peculiar shape of the sagittal crest, as

figured on p. 245 (fig. 2).

The subjoined diagram gives a view of the probable

inter-relations of the species :—

perniger.

geminus.

luctus.

\| Beddomei.

lanosus. a

solitarius.

Maclaudi.

7 PUBS ee /

sedulus.

achilles.

philippinensis. |

—

VAN A

EE | GG TOL CGE lz Fo), CZG Tle 629 | QOOT ‘SUOLJOOS SIDY Of) PUY SIVN-PIS BUT,

Sto GG elk SG 0G OTL 986 066 #69 | OOOT |" Sappeyoo pus srsuaupddyeyd “yy

——— 3 ae = eee ae =| Ss) Se ———

3A | AN “OBJ TG | *s AI SANG ‘OVJIU YIP | Fealln TET ‘oRJOUL pag || “uAvE.L0,,

‘saaipur-huryy

§-T1 8-61 9-€T &T €1 Gl G6 60L G6 SIL 6 (eRte} |] at Oe ae Y}90} TOMOT |

¢.OT él S-GL GL | EGL T-1 L-8 1-6 L8 LIL F8 che eek tee Ramm e 30a} edd

L-61 ¥* G&G L66| 9-66 8-06 Gl 911 L&T GG 8-F1 dCs ge eae it Angas oe

Gy) GS 6 8.8 7.8 8.4 9 C9 1-9 G8 WKS) LG |" SSur[JoMs Tesvu Jo YIpIA

L8 GOL Gol Tl | 80f 66 a8 a8 bald 8-01 9-2 B.g foc yqsuey eyiqaovadns =“

GQ] 8-OL DTA 1b 4) SEVHE IL 6 1-6 G8 8-6 BL Shi} = PPORBOPUIAHIGOM Twirl ay AX Tepper U2

8: FT 8ST 69L GGL | G9 81 al LGl ¥-1T GFL LOL OL pu AGpEs orjemosdz “

LIT 9-61 GEL €L | Sel G&L 8-6 60L 4&6 611 8:8 (tc tney Peete eg os¥d-UIBIG JO UVpin

Gel al! Sol Gel | Gal “Gcl 8-01 91T 4-01 GEL OL Ga mile: ? cos Ugpia ploysvar “

LLG Ig 16S GIE Of 1-86 L1G OFG 9-66 6-08 L-16 rereeeesereeeeeees Bug] 1840} [NAG

GIE G96 G68 GGE| GE cE GIG 816 GES GLE HG tehreegny a ee ** BOT TaMOTT

ce Z.PP Zee 0g 0G er Lz 9& &.6Z i¢ Ie “a8 sane dtneincaet gdebanen say seectens - Tey

1:GG TG 8:86 LG 96 GIG G91 L-61 GT CG OG e AG GNal = ae A oh uaa ewer

FT CLT 61 Cl Ol ZF Z.0T LET Il LI LI OL ee

GOP ¢.6¢ L6G ¢.¢¢ | G9¢G 68PF 8:96 8-7 LE €-F¢ eleoine SOC ADS erie fae oe os Tuduworqeca qY4¢

€-0G 6% GG 866 | GEG 4-06 GT 0G 8-1 6-86 S:Gilw ZG: PiE |e ec eee peat alate vAUL

hal GT Ol GET cl él 6.4 €l GOL 91 8.11 @ feces rte teeeeereeeterens OAT

cP G-6G LG GCG 6G GLP G-6& Gh GSE &G Gre Tg [cc pedieowjour yp

aTe ce oe ace | &.98 Ee ¥Z ie cz Le BOT GLE [titers TTT

6-GG 9G G66 LdG | 8-96 LG GOT €66 8-L1 6-9E SE AGS |ce- as ae eee eee en

oLE G:F 8:09 9.GF OF GOP 8:66 L& &-0§ cP G08 Li ice ee ae eae 7 pedavorjaut pag

8.69 eC) Q) GL 89 «&.c9 G.9F cc Ip CLL Z.6F Ch seiseeeeenereeceeeeecseteee see TBalO

ial! ¢.GT €9L GPL | @PI < SIT FECL 8 ¢OL Ae 6-01 “OOTsSesIOY FO YI pPverq i

G86 8G 8G 9G GG G.61 8:06 GST : 8-81 Tr [poseeteeeceeeses*s UYGUOT ‘89AGOT-O80 NT

IG GG 8G 9G CG : 8-41 GL Lt : oT srr foeeesseeess’ Ugpeatq ysayvous — “

6Z GFE 68 1.98 C. og see GF GZ ad . GZS on se eee ee ne eeerreee en eeceneee yysuey ‘SUUny

“ULL “cut tut | oe OTT “uo UU “UL “Wut TUE = “UU

XU UNA | XVI OLA ey ON “XRT JOH

‘ad Ay, “od AT, ‘ST[NYS G ‘sq[NYS G ‘addy, "STTOYS T] ‘od AT, -TNyS Z

‘pe P ‘mun & “sutods 9 “surods y ‘pe P “suiods eT “pe & “suiods

‘squamainsnayy JO 290,

258 Bibliographical Notices.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Preliminary Report on the Geology and Water Resources of Nebraska,

west of the One-hundred-and-third Meridian. By N. H. Darton.

71 pages, with 43 plates and 23 text-figures. 4to, Government

Printing Office, Washington. 1903.

Tuts is one (No. 17”) of the valuable “ Professional Papers ”

issued by the U.S. Geological Survey, and designed for the supply

of information on the geologica] structure of the country, and the

prospect of obtaining underground water by boring, and surface

water in large quantity by dams and irrigation.

The subject-matters in this memoir are treated in the following

order :—

Topography, pp. 9-14.

Geology, pp. 14-43. The formations taken separately.

1. General Geology of Nebraska, pp. 14-21.

2. Geology of the region west of the 105rd meridian, pp. 21-42.

Underground water, pp. 43-47.

1. General conditions.

2. Water horizons.

3. Deep-seated waters.

Springs, p. 48; Streams, pp. 50-54 ; Irrigation, pp. 54-62.

Climate, p. 62; Timber, p. 62; List of Elevations, pp. 62-°6; Index,

p. 67.

The limits of the district concerned are first of all defined. It

is the north-western part of Nebraska; bounded on the north by

South Dakota, by Wyoming on the west, and by Colorado on the

south. The region is a characteristic part of the Great Plains,

which extend from the Rocky Mountaias eastward. It may be

referred to as having originally sloped gently to the east, and, when

uplifted in early pleistocene times, the rivers excavated valleys

across it, making the chief existing features, portions of the plain

remaining as high tablelands between the valleys.

( Alluvium.

| Sand-hills.

Puuistocens{ Loess.

| Drift.

| Equus-beds.

Ogalalla formation (Pliocene). )

Nuocene j Arikaree formation (Miocene). | = Loup Fork beds.

Gering formation (Miocene).

Eocrne Brule Clay. = White River group. Titanotherium

(Oligocene ?) | Chadron formation. robustum, pl. Xxxv.

( Laramie formation.

| Pierre Clay.

Cretaceous { Niobrara formation. | =Montana group. Inoceramuslabiatus,

| Benton Shales. | Schloth. aud Ostrea congesta Conrad,

| Dakota Sandstone. [pl. xxxvi.

{ Permian limestone.

CARBONIFEROUS + Cottonwood limestone.

Wabaunsee limestone.

Bibliographical Notices. 259

The relative positions, range, and thickness of these formations

are well illustrated by maps and sections: the geography and

geology of the region being shown in plates i. & ii. and ix, to x1,

Xxxvil. & xxxvui.; physical features being richly represented

by numerous figures in the text and in plates.

The Alluvium is chiefly noticeable in the valleys, particularly in

that of the Platte and its tributaries. The ‘‘ Great Sand-hill

district,” in Central Nebaska (of 24,000 square miles), is composed

of wind-borne sand largely derived from the Arikaree formation.

Wide plains of Loess occupy nearly one third of Nebraska, and

consist largely of Boulder-clay. The Ogalalla beds consist of

calcareous grit and pebbles; and they have formed gravel when

disintegrated. The Arikaree formation (about 430 feet) of sand

and concretions, with conglomerate at base, contains also volcanic

ash, and yields abundance of the curious Demondice or * Devil’s

Corkscrews.” The concretions are frequently tubular, and there

are channels in the sand filled with conglomerate. This formation

weathers into the frequent upstanding and isolated pinnacles, stacks,

chimneys, as well as butts and bluffs, forming remarkable and

picturesque features in the region, as shown in many of the plates

and figures. ‘The Gering Sandstone varies considerably in thickness

aud in colour and hardness, and has conglomerate at the base.

The hard pinkish Brule Clay is about 600 feet thick, thinning

eastwards. ‘Then greenish sandy clay (Chadron formation) follows

below, and is said to have yielded remains of 7%tanotherium.

Equivalents of the Laramie formation, extending for some way

under South-western Nebraska, are sandstone and clay. The

Pierre Clay, under the central-western part of the State, is at least

2000 feet thick. The Niobrara Chalky limestones and the Benton

Shales are 450 feet thick to the east and thicker to the west. The

Dakota Sandstone (with a basal Lower Cretaceous sandstone), about

400 feet thick, underlies nearly all Nebraska. “ This formation

carries the great artesian-water supplies, which are so extensively

developed by wells in eastern South Dakota, and on low lands in

Knox, Cedar, and Boyd counties, Nebraska ” (page 9).

Volcanic ash constitutes two widespread beds in the Brule Clay,

some limited and some thick beds in the Gering formation, and a

general admixture as well as several thick bedsin the Arikaree. It

is rare in the Ogalalla, and it occurs in the lower portion of the

Loess in the central and western parts of the State. The ash was

probably blown over from volcanoes in the Rocky Mountains (pages

42 & 43).

Carboniferous limestones, shales, and sandstones underlie all

Nebraska. The Cottonwood Fusulina limestone has been recognized.

In the south-eastern corner of the State the sinkings have proved

about 1200 feet, of which 200 is Permian.

At Lincoln the Lower Limestones (partly Devonian) are at 1635

feet; then Trenton Limestone to 1947. Then follow magnesian

limestones 143 feet, then red sandstone (Cambrian) and red

quartzite (Alongian, pierced for 270 feet), resting on granite.

260 Bibliographical Notices.

A yast amount of valuable information, both special and general

in character, has been collected and published by the State Survey,

as exemplified in this volume ; but it is not yet sufficiently easy to

make a complete and definite judgment on the different districts,

as to the possible underground water-supply, without the further

experience and opinion of experts.

The Land and Sea Mammals of Middle America and the West Indies.

By Davin Giravp Extior, F.R.S.E. &e. Vol. IV. Parts I. & I.

Zoological Series, Field Columbian Museum. Chicago, U.S A.,

1904.

Turse two bulky parts will prove of inestimable value to mam-

malogists, and form a lasting monument to the credit of the author.

The more carefully they are studied, the more one becomes impressed

by the amount of labour and research which must have been

expended on their production.

The present work contains a description of all the mammals

from the northern boundary of Mexico to the Province of Cauea,

S. America, including the islands of the coast, as well as of the

Bahamas and the West Indies.

A feature of these parts, as compared with that already issued

on the mammals north of the area now dealt with, is the addition

of short accounts of the habits of all the more important species,

and many new facts will be found in these statements.

The author will gain the sympathy of a large number of zoolo-

gists in that he has chosen to protest vigorously against the system

now in fashion of multiplying species—a system calculated to do an

immense deal of harm. With some systematists, in fact, it 1s carried

to the very verge of absurdity. Names, the author trenchantly

remarks, ‘“‘are useful for the recognition of specimens possessing

independent distinctive characters, but if an example has none of

these its appellation is of little assistance.” And, again, “ It is, of

course, not to be conceived .... that the mere bestowal of a

name upon a specimen would make it recognisable; and that the

act of naming examples that are separated from their fellows on

account of . ... minute variations cannot be fairly regarded as

an ‘accurate statement of the results of organic evolution.”” As

he points out, ‘‘ Many specimens have been named whose cranial

characters consist altogether in being ‘longer or shorter,’ ‘ broader

or narrower’ than the corresponding parts of some other example,

and it is easily comprehended how slight is the probability that

any specimen can be accurately determined whose characters are

such as those given (the colour of the pelage also being nearly the

same), no topotypes of the forms with which these are compared

by their describer being available, and in many instances no

measurements of the crania having been given.” The lengths to

which some have carried this principle of bestowing names on what

are at most individual variations is appalling. Evidence of this can

be found in plenty in these volumes.

Illustrations have been lavishly distributed, and many, especially

of the crania, are extremely beautiful.

Bibliographical Notices, 261

Guide to the Gallery of Birds in the Department of Zoology of the

British Museum (Natural History). Pp. 228; 24 plates and

7 text-figures. London: Printed by Order of the Trustees of

the British Museum, 1905. Price 2s. 6d.

Tue Bird-Gallery of the British Museum of Natural History is,

without doubt, one of the finest in the world; and this not on

account of any architectural beauties which it possesses, but solely

because of the remarkable character of the specimens selected for

exhibition and the method of their display. Inasmuch as the

arrangement of the Gallery is the work of Mr. W. R. Ogilvie-Grant,

it was but fitting that the preparation of the Guide thereto

should also be entrusted to him. How admirably he has fulfilled his

task will best be appreciated by those who use this book in the

Museum. But the value of this volume is by no means confined to

its use there. On the contrary, it will prove of the greatest service

even to those who have never seen the specimens herein described.

Profusely and beautifully illustrated and crammed with information,

much of which is not to be found elsewhere, it will form a welcome

addition to the library of many a bird-lover throughout the

country. Museum Curators will find it indispensable.

As the visitor works his way down the Gallery, book in hand, he

will find each Order of birds briefly diagnosed, and following this

a description of all the more important species, their habits, and

so on.

The wonderful Nesting-Series of British Birds is described

separately ; and, in addition to this, there is an appendix wherein

will be found a general introduction to the study of birds, which

should prove most valuable to those who are not experts.

The beautiful plates which illustrate this Guide have been

photographed by Mr. R. B. Lodge from specimens actually exhibited

in the Gallery.

House, Garden, and Field. By 1. C. Mratt, F.R.S.

London: Edward Arnold, 1904.

Proressor Mitr has an established reputation asa writer on Natural

History subjects, and this reputation is amply sustained in his

latest work ‘ House, Garden, and Field.’ In the space of some

three hundred pages he has crowded a vast amount of information,

in the form of short essays, on themes of the most varied

description.

Designed more especially for teachers who are compelled, without

special qualification, to give lessons in ‘ Nature Study,’ Prof.

Miall has endeavoured rather to give his readers an insight into

what to observe, and how to observe, than to provide him with

ready-made lessons. As he rightly remarks, the teacher must

himself be an observer if his teaching is to be stimulating. If, as

he says, he“ gets all his knowledge without effort, then the

so-called Nature Study which he dispenses has no more power to

262 Miscellaneous.

excite the love of nature or the spirit of enquiry than a printed

list of the Kings of England with dates.” The introduction, indeed,

to this volume forms an admirable dissertation on the teaching of

this much-abused subject, and should be carefully studied by all

those for whom it is written. The present demand for books on

Nature Study has unfortunately produced an abundant crop of

most pernicious rubbish, which, strange as it may appear, has

been greedily absorbed by those responsible for the education of our

children. Professor Miall’s book is therefore to be welcomed as an

antidote to this poisonous stuff.

We cannot do more here, by way of indicating the nature of these

essays, than particularize one or two. As especially helpful we may

mention that on ‘* A School Course on the Structure and Life of

Insects.” Though short, it is altogether admirable; and his hints

on methods of displaying insect-structures to many people at once

will doubtless be gladly adopted. School Museums; Buttercups—a

Study of Species ; Vacation Rambles; The Summer droop of Boughs ;

The Rock-Barnacle; and The Natural History Excursion, are all

essays of real excellence and full of helpful suggestions.

In short, this is a book which we most cordially reeommend—not

only to teachers, but to dwellers alike in town and country who

have a love of Nature and but little training or practice in the way

to observe.

The illustrations are numerous and good, and the size of the

volume is sufficiently small to be carried conveniently as a guide to

practical work out of doors.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on the ‘ Museum Humfredianum, 1779.

By C. Davies SHERporn.

Tue rarity of sale-catalogues of the early collections in which

zoological specimens were preserved is well-known. After diligent

search during the time I was compiling my ‘ Index Animalium,’ one

by one fell into my hands, until at last the ‘Museum Humfredianum’

was the only one to escape me.

Mentioned first by Cobres in his ‘ Delicize Cobresiane,’ 1782,

p- 148; then by Fox in his ‘Synopsis Newcastle Museum,’ 1827,

. 179; it was again listed by Engelmann in ‘ Bibl. Hist. Nat.’

1846, p. 11. These, so far as I know, are the only references to

the Catalogue, though the Museum itself has been referred to many

times (see Murray, ‘ Museums,’ 1904, ii. p. 293 etc.). There is

no doubt that Cobres actually saw the tract, for he gives the

pagination correctly, although he is in error as to the size; but it

is highly probable that Engelmann copied from Cobres. Fox, too,

Miscellaneous. 263

must have handled the book, though he misspells the name,

‘ Humphredianum.’

The reference to Fox and subsequent recovery of the tract I owe

to Dr. David Murray, whose excellent book on ‘ Museums,’ pub-

lished in 1904, I eagerly perused on its appearance as likely to

give me aclue. A letter from Dr. Murray further assisted me, and

I found the Catalogue still preserved in the Hancock Museum,

Newcastle-on-Tyne. It was no doubt the copy marked by George

Allan himself when purchasing from Humphrey’s Museum, as there

are lines in the margin as mentioned by Mr. Fox.

I much regret that I had not found Fox’s reference to this

Catalogue before, as the ‘Mus. Humf.’ has been my “ old man of

the sea” for fifteen years, and | am exceedingly thankful to be able

to shake him off. It is also a somewhat remarkable circumstance

that no one has informed me of the existence of this copy at New-

castle, more especially as I advertised every week for nearly three

years for the loan of a copy in a publication which is, or should be,

in every library or museum of importance.

Considering that I could not see this tract before publishing my

‘Index Animalium,’ it now gives me peculiar satisfaction to

announce to zoologists that the ‘Museum Humfredianum’ has no

zoological value whatsoever. It is merely an auction sale-catalogue

of a general collection of curiosities, without systematic arrange-

ment of the zoological portion, and without generic headings or

bineminal nomenclature of any sort or description.

Indeed, it is now certain that George Humphrey did not employ

definite terms in print until he published his ‘ Museum Calonnianum’

in 1797, and this fact alone will account for the rarity of the ‘ Mus.

Humf, and the comparative abundance of the ‘ Mus. Calonn.’ ‘lhe

former was useless the day after the sale, the latter, being full of

new names, became at once a book of reference.

As the Catalogue has never been properly described, I give the

following as the full text of the title :—

(No. 9, 1779.) | Museum Humrrepianum: | [a line] | A |

CATALOGUE | Of the tare and varuaste | MUSEUM | of |

Mr. Groner Humparey; | Which is presumed to be the most

capital of the kind | ever offered to public Sale in this King-

dom: | Comprehending many Thousand curious Subjects in

NATURAL | HIsToRY, collected with great Judgment and Expence,

from most | Parts of the known World, during a Course of upwards

of thirty | Years: particularly Shells, Corals, and other beautiful

Marine Pro- { ductions; Reptiles, Insects, and other Animals, both

dried and in | Spirits; most of the Species in the Fossil Kingdom ;

among them | many rare and elegant Spars, Crystals (some of them

matchless) | Marbles, Agates, and other Stones ; Ores and Minerals ;

a great | Variety of uncommon Petrefactions of Animals and

Vegetables ; | some elegant Compositions in Shell-work, consisting

of Vases with | Flowers, Temples, &c. the best and most extensive

Collection of the | Cloths, Garments, Ornaments, Weapons of War,

264 Miscellaneous,

Fishing Tackle, and | other singular Inventions of the Natives of

Otahate, Nev Zealand, | and other new discovered Islands in the

South Seas; A Variety of | Mahogany and other Cabinets, adapted

for containing Subjects in | Natural History; a large Range of

elegant Mahogany Cases of the best | Jamaica Wood, nine Feet

high, glazed with large Panes, and might | easily be altered to

Library Cases ; a Mahogany Table, near thirty | Feet long, with

large Show Glasses on the Top, and near 300 Drawers | beneath,

all glazed; a Range of Mahogany Shelves with Cabinets, | con-

taining 128 Drawers, glazed; a perpetual Motion, an artificial

Hail | Storm; sundry Books in Natural History, a Set of six

Columns four- | teen Feet high, and a great Number of other

Articles. | Which will be sold by Avcrron, | By Mr. PATERSON, |

On the Premtses, | No. 70. St. Martin’s Lane, opposite Slaughter’s |

Coffee House, | (By Order of the Asstenrns,) | On Monday, April 5,

1779, and the Twenty-nine | following Days, | To be viewed on

Monday, March the 29th, and to the | Time of Sale. | Catalogues

may be had (Price One Surtune), at | Mr. Paterson's, No. 6 BKing-

Street, Covent Garden; | and at the Museum aforesaid. |

The Catalogue is printed in quarto (not octavo, as invariably

stated), measures 9 x 5? inches, has a Titlepage wich ‘‘ conditions

of sale” on back, and pp. 1-168. The sale occupied the thirty-six

days for which it was catalogued (the titlepage being incorrect on

this point), the last day taking books, of which Humphrey had a

poor lot, the only rarities being seven copies of his own ‘Conchologie,’

of which Allan seems to have purchased one. As this book is stated

in the ‘ Mus. Humf.’ itself to be “‘ Humphrey’s Conchologie,” it con-

firms the opinion expressed in my ‘ Index Animalium,’ 1902, p. xxx,

that Humphrey, and not E. M. DaCosta, was the author of the

book.

The Council of the Hancock Museum has generously agreed to

an exchange with me for this tract, feeling, with me, that so

interesting a curiosity should be in a more accessible position. I

have therefore arranged to deposit the ‘Mus. Humf.’ in the General

Library of the British Museum (Natural History), where it can be

seen by anyone interested.

Where are the Types?

GENTLEMEN,—May I ask if any of your readers can kindly give

me information as to where may be found the types of S. P. Pratt

(Kelloway Ammonites from Christian Malford) and Young and

Bird (Lias fossils in * Geol. of Yorkshire’)? The information is

required for the purposes of the ‘ Paleontologia Universalis,’

8. 5. Buckman,

Westfield, Thame, Oxon.

aes

Ann. & Mag.Nat Hist.S.7. Vol XVI. PLIV.

del. et lith

lL. RANA ANSORGIL

3 ;ARTE

—

ROLEPTIS PARVULUS. 4 PSAMMO

roe

eee

Bale & |

XENOCHIRUS

PHIS ANS

n Lt

immgp

Bale &Danielsson imp,

ARHYNCHUS GROSSUS.

pbale

Q Ann & Mag.Nat.[Hist.$.7. Vol XV. PWV.

H.B.Fantharn, del. : Bale &Danielsson Ltd imp.

“

“—~

—

Ano Mage Nate Lists. fo Vol. XVI, Pl. VIET,

Ann. & Mag. 1 fe Vole XeV EL Pl Xe

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 93. SEPTEMBER 1905.

XXIX.—Rhynchotal Notes—XXXV. By W. L. Distant.

Fam. Cicadide (continued from p. 216).

Subfam. 7rercrwrw (concluded).

THIS communication concludes my efforts to revise and

systematize the genera of the family Cicadide. ‘here are a

few genera with which I am still unacquainted— Nosola,

Stal, Nadlistes, Karsch, Plautilla, Stal, Paectira, Karsch,

and Triglena, Fieb.,—but these will, I hope, be located in a

subsequent synonymical catalogue of the family.

Division TETTIGOMYIARIA.

Tegmina broad and short, not or scarcely longer than the

body, sometimes scarcely longer than the abdomen; abdomen

usually inflated, always thickened.

Synopsis of Genera.

A. Bases of upper vein to lower ulnar area and lower

vein to radial area distinctly and well separated at

apex of basal cell.

a, Wings with six apical areas.

6. Tegmina about as long as body.

c. Head as long as breadth between eyes; front

produced and as long as broad ............ Xosopsaltria.

ec. Head considerably shorter than space between

eyes; front not produced, short, transverse,

PARR gue UST oes, <a chala sa ote eye's aei8 6 0s Inyamana.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 18

266 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

ece. Head slightly shorter than space between

eyes; front slightly produced, about as long as

LOAM a Wise Mae des Fe em sue dunlehe eee Saticula.

aa. Wings with five, sometimes only four, apical areas.

bb. Tegmina only about two thirds the length of

body SOA AMOI HOMO AG Morr PC Oa On Gazuma.

B. Bases of upper vein to lower ulnar area and lower

vein to radial area with almost a common origin at

mpexicl PSSAL CCl a atem inc rn reir . Tettigomyia.

Genus XOSOPSALTRIA.

Pydna, Stil, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) i. p. 621 (1861), nom. preoce.

Xosopsaltria, Kirk. Entomologist, 1904, p. 280, nom. n.

Type, X. lutea, Oliv. (Cicada).

NXosopsaliria fuliginosa, sp. n.

d. Head and pronotum sordidly ochraceous ; head with

marginal and submarginal lines to front, spots at lateral

margins of vertex, and area of the ocelli, pronotum with two

central fasciee with a curved discal fascia on each side, the

incisures and lateral margins, black; mesonotum sordidly

ochraceous, with four large obconical spots (the two central

shortest), a large spot in front of cruciform elevation and the

outer margins of same, black; abdomen sordidly ochraceous,

the posterior segmental margins narrowly testaceous, with

two central longitudinal series of piceous spots ; body beneath

sordidly ochraceous; transverse striz to face, disk of sternum,

legs, and base of metasternum piceous; tibiae (excluding

apices) ochraceous ; tegmina pale shining fuliginous, be-

coming more or less hyaline i in the various areas, the venation

pale fuscous ; ; wings hyaline, the venation fuscous; tegmina

broad, not longer than’the body, their greatest breadth little

less than half their length; abdomen prominently centrally

ridged above ; opercula inwardly oblique, not passing base

of abdomen.

Long., excl. tegm., 21 mm.; exp. tegm. 45 mm.

Hab. Brit. Ef. Africa (C. S. Betton, Brit. Mus.).

INYAMANA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) almost as wide as base of meso-

notum, shorter than breadth between eyes, lateral margins of

vertex convex and projecting slightly beyond front, which is

short, transverse, broader than long,. concave, and medially

sulcate, ocelli a little nearer to each other than to eyes; pro-

notum longer than head, the lateral margins a little convex,

nearly straight, the posterior angles “broadly ampliate ;

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 267

mesonotum (including cruciform elevation) about as long as

head and pronotum together; abdomen dilated, considerably

longer than space between apex of head and base of cruciform

elevation; tympana entirely exposed; opercula in male

obliquely convex, longer than broad, not passing base of

abdomen; rostrum passing the anterior coxe; tegmina and

wings hyaline; tegmina short, broad, about as long as body ;

basal cell twice as long as broad, postcostal area moderately

broad and cell-like, apical areas eight ; wings with six apical

areas,

Type, Z. hemaris, Dist.

Inyamana hemaris, sp. 0.

Body ochraceous ; head with some small pale fuscous spots

and two short black lines at inner margins of ocelli; pro-

notum with two central longitudinal lines united posteriorly,

on each side of which is a curved discal line, the outer in-

cisures and lateral margins, piceous or black; mesonotum with

four long obconical spots, the two central shortest and placed

close together, and two small spots in front of the cruciform

elevation black ; abdomen with two central broken macular

fascisze and a lateral broken macular fascia on each side black ;

body beneath with the disk of sternum, inner areas of

opeicula, and two central, broken, macular fascize to abdomen

piceous or black ; tegmina and wings hyaline, the venation

mostly fuscous, costal membrane to tegmina ochraceous.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ ? 14-16 mm.; exp. tegm.34-35 mm.

Hab. Brit. East Africa: Samburu (C. S. Betton, Brit.

Mus.) ; Kondoa (Bloyet, Paris Mus.).

Inyamana ochracea, sp. n.

Body and legs ochraceous, concolorous; tegmina and

wings hyaline, the venation brownish ochraceous; costal

membrane to tegmina ochraceous.

Allied to L. hemaris, but smaller, colour totally different ;

osteostal area to tegmina much broader, lower apical area

much shorter.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 9, 11-14mm.; exp. tegm. 25-30 mm.

Hab. Brit. East Africa: Samburu (C. S. Betton, Brit.

Mus.).

Genus SATICULA.

Saticula, Stal, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. x. p. 172 (1866).

Cicada, 5. Gruppe, Hagen, Stett. ent. Zeit. xvii. p. 158 (1856).

Type, S. coriaria, Stal.

18*

268 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

GAZUMA, gen. nov.

9. Body elongate, robust ; head (including eyes) slightly

narrower than base of mesonotum, about as long as space

between eyes, front moderately produced, a little broader than

long, margins of front and vertex discontinuous, vertex longi-

tudinally suleate ; pronotum about as long as head, lateral

margins obliquely sinuate, posterior angles moderately

ampliate; mesonotum (including cruciform elevation) about

as long as head and pronotum together; abdomen much

longer than space between apex of head and base of cruciform

elevation ; tympana entirely exposed ; rostrum passing the

anterior coxe; tegmina and wings hyaline ; tegmina short,

broad, only about two thirds the length of body, apical areas

short, eight in number, in some specimens less; wings with

five, in some specimens only four, apical areas.

This description is founded ona series of female specimens.

Type, G. Barrette, Dist.

Gazuma Barrette, sp. n.

9. Body and legs ochraceous, concolorous; tegmina and

wings hyaline, the venation ochraceous ; tegmina with a

slight ochraceous tint, the costal membrane ochraceous ; third

ulnar area very much shorter than fourth; anterior femora

armed with three strong spines beneath.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 10-12 mm.; exp. tegm. 19-20 mm.

Hab. South Africa: Annshaw (Jhiss F. Barrett, Brit.

Mus.).

Gazuma Delalandet, sp. n.

Uniformly brownish ochraceous; tegmina and wings

hyaline, the first a little tinted with very pale brownish, the

venation and costal membrane brownish ochraceous ; wings

with the venation dull ochraceous.

Allied to G. Barrette by venation of tegmina, which are,

however, a little shorter, front of head a little more prominent ;

pronotum deeply, centrally, longitudinally sulcate.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 13 mm.; exp. tegm. 19 mm.

Hab. §. Africa (Delalande, Paris Mus.).

Gazuma pretorie, sp. n.

Closely allied to G. Barrette in general appearance, but

virescent, not ochraceous, and differing structurally from

that species by the length’of the third ulnar area, which is

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 269

nearly twice as long as in G. Barrette and almost as long as

the fourth.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 12 mm. ; exp. tegm. 21 mm.

Hab, Transvaal: Pretoria.

Genus TETTIGOMYIA,

Tettigomyia, Amy. & Serv. Hist. Hém. p. 482 (1843).

Type, 7. vespiformis, Amy. & Serv.

Division MELAMPSALTARIA.

This division, though at present containing only three

genera, embraces a large number of species. It is easily

recognized by the venation of the tegmina, in which the

bases of the upper vein to lower ulnar area and the lower

vein to radial area are fused or the first emitted at some

distance from the base of the second. ‘The distribution of

the Melampsaltaria is in the Old. World, though there is a

Nearctic representative ; but it is in Australia where the

greatest number of species is found and where the head-

quarters of the division is clearly indicated.

Synopsis of Genera.

ee taps WIth SIX APICH ALCAS. .)).t on. es oats + «cs yee Melampsalta.

Pavanps with five apical areas... ct. le cant. ieee Pauropsalta.

Cm Wangs with fourapical abeas .oj/.i0% sisa soils else aleve Urabunana.

Genus MELAMPSALTA.

Melampsalta (Melampsalte), Amy. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2) vy. p. 155

[351] (1847).

Melampsalta, Kolenati, Mél. Ent. vii. p. 27 (1857).

Type, AZ. musiva, Germ. (Cicada).

Considerable difficulty appertains as to the nomenclature

of this genus. It was first named by Amyot (scarcely

described), supra, and takes precedence of the name Cvca-

detta which he used on a succeeding page. Kolenati described

the genus, but had previously also described Cicadctta,

which, if we take Kolenati as the real founder, must have

priority. However, I follow S:al, Karsch, and other writers

in giving the name A/elampsalta precedence, as given by

Amyot. I have failed to separate Cicadetta from JMelam-

psalta: if we compare the type of the first, the Cicada montana,

Scop., with the type of Melampsalta (supra), a difference

appears in the position of emergence of the upper vein of the

lower ulnar area; but much as { endeavoured to thus break

270 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

up a congested genus, my efforts failed, and the differences

became evanescent when a long series of species were

examined,

Melampsalta Godingi.

Melampsalta umbrimargo, God. & Froge. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. §,

Wales, 1904, p. 652, t. xviii. fig. 12.

Head black; a central line to front, a spot on each lateral

margin, an elongate central basal spot, a small spot near inner

margin of each eye, and the posterior margin of vertex

ochraceous ; pronotum ochraceous ; two central fascize united

posteriorly and ampliated anteriorly, some irregular diseal

markings, inner posterior margin, and lateral and sublateral

margins black « mesonotum black; the margins of two

central obconical spots, the lateral margins, and cruciform

elevation ochraceous, the last with a black spot on each

anterior angular prolongation ; abdomen black, posterior

segmental margins ochraceous ; sternum very thickly. grey-

ishly pilose; face black, its lateral margins ochraceous ;

opercula in male greyishly yellow, bases piceous ; abdomen

beneath ochraceous, with a central and lateral segmental

series of black spots ; tegmina and wings hyaline, venation

brownish ochraceous ; tegmina with the costal membrane,

apical margin, bases of second, third, fifth, and seventh apical

areas, longitudinal veins to fifth, sixth, and seventh apical

areas, and spots at apices of longitudinal veins to upper four

ulnar areas umber-brown.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 184 mm.; exp. tegm. 56 mm.

Hab, Australia: Ardrossan, Yorke Peninsula (Tepper) ;

Gawler, S.A. (Macleay Mus.).

A much smaller species than the Cicada umbrimaryo,

Walk. ; tegmina much shorter and their apices more rounded;

colour and markings also different.

M.lampsalta ethiopica, sp. n.

Body above black, sparingly palely ochraceously pilose ;

ocelli castaneous ; lateral margins of pronotum, lateral

margins of metanotum (narrow ly}, and posterior angles of

cruciform elevation pale ochraceous; body beneath and

opercula pale ochraceous, strong suffusions to femora and

anterior and intermediate tibice, tarsi (more or less), and a

broad, central, longitudinal fascia to abdomen piceous or

black ; tegmina and wings hyaline, the venation fuscous ;

the tegmina with the costal membrane more or less casta-

neous, the upper vein of the lower ulnar area emitted at a

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 271

very short distance from base of radial area, the costal

margin moderately arched to apex of radial area, margin of

postcostal area straight; opercula in male somewhat long,

their apices convex and reaching the apex of the second

abdominal segment; rostrum just passing the intermediate

COX.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 12 mm.; exp. tegm. 30 mm.

Hab. Brit. East Africa: Zomba (A. Whyte, Brit. Mus.).

Melampsalta Waterhouset, ep. ni.

Body above black, sparingly greyishly pilose; head with

a central fascia (broadened posteriorly) to front, a small spot

on each lateral margin and one at base of vertex, ochraceous ;

pronotum much suffused with ochraceous on the disk of

each lateral area, its extreme posterior margin of the same

colour; disk of cruciform elevation, central margin (inter-

rupted medially) of metanotum, a spot on each side of anal

segment, and anal appendage (excluding base) pale ochra-

ceous ; posterior margins of third, fourth, and fifth abdominal

segments dull ochraceous ; head beneath, sternum, legs, and

rostrum piceous; streaks and apices to anterior and inter-

mediate femora, intermediate tibia, posterior femora and

tibia, opercula in male, and abdomen beneath stramineous ;

posterior femora with some piceous lines; tegmina with a

slight brownish-ochraceous tinge, the venation ochraceous,

fuscous towards apices, the upper vein of lower ulnar area

attached to lower vein of radial area at a short distance from

base; opercula in male short, transverse, not extending

beyond base of abdomen.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 13 mm.; exp. tegm. 37 mm.

Hab. Australia: Adelaide (7. Waterhouse, Brit. Mus.).

Melampsaita lactea, sp. n.

Body above black, somewhat strongly ochraceously pilose ;

head with a spot on front and the lateral margins of vertex

and a central basal incised spot to same, margins and a

central linear spot to pronotum, lateral margins of mesonotum,

and the cruciform elevation ochraceous; head beneath,

sternum, and legs piceous or black ; margins and a spot at

base of face, apices and streaks to femora, and annulations

(more or less broad) to tibiae ochraceous ; abdomen beneath

pale ochraceous, lateral marginal and central segmental

series of spots piceous; tegmina talc-like, suffused with pale

fuscous; base and apex of radial area, the last continued to

apex of lower ulnar area, postcostal area, and some pale

272 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

suffusions at bases of apical areas lacteous; a black streak in

basal cell, costal membrane, and about basal half of venation

ochraceous, remaining venation brownish ochraceous, costal

edge of postcostal area fuscous, upper vein of lower ulnar

area connected with lower vein of radial area for some distance

from base ; wings hyaline, venation ochraceous, base and

anal area lacteous ; opercula in male black, transverse, poste-

riorly rounded, not passing base of abdomen.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 17 mm.; exp. tegm. 39 mm.

Hab. Australia: Melbourne (Brit. Mus.).

Melampsalta issoides,

assotdes, Walk., MS.

Head black, with a linear spot to front and a small rounded

spot at base of vertex ochraceous; pronotum dull testaceous,

the submargins and two central lines dilated posteriorly,

black, the incisures piceous; mesonotum black, with two

very obscure central obconical spots, the margins of which

are dull testaceous, lateral margins, cruciform elevation, and

margins of metanotum, pale testaceous; posterior segmental

margins obscurely testaceous ; body beneath and legs thickly

ochraceously pilose ; tegmina and wings hyaline, the venation

fuscous, a somewhat broad (broadest at apex) oblique fuscous

fascia crossing tegmina at bases of apical areas, more or less

broken posteriorly, the upper vein of lower ulnar area emitted

at only a short distance from base of radial area; opercula in

male small, posteriorly rounded, not extending beyond base

of abdomen,

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 12 mm.; exp. tegm. 27 mm.

Hab. Australia: New South Wales; Swan River (Brit.

Mus.). West Australia: Perth (7/7. J. Turner, Brit. Mus.).

Genus PAUROPSALTA.

Pauropsalta, God. & Frogg. Proc. Linn. Soe. N. S. Wales, 1904,

p. 615.

Type, P. mneme, Walk. (Cicada),=P. leurensis, God. &

rogg.

Mr, Froggatt has very kindly sent me a number of co-types

of the species he described and identified in conjunction with

Mr. Goding in their monograph of the Australian Cicadide.

I am thus enabled to fix the exact nomenclature of the type

of their genus. All further synonymy will appear in my

synonymic catalogue. It is scarcely to be expected that

Walker’s descriptions allow identifications to be made with

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 273

certainty when his types are not available for comparison.

The figure of P. lewrensts given by Goding and Froggatt is

imperfect in the neuration of the tegmina, where the upper

margin of the lower ulnar area is represented by the artist as

emerging close to the apex of the basal cell, whereas it

bifurcates some distance from it.

Pauropsalta stigmatica, sp. n.

@. Head black; a central longitudinal line to front, a

small central spot at base, and a similar spot on each lateral

margin of vertex ochraceous ; pronotum ochraceous, with two

central, longitudinal, piceous lines, angularly united poste-

riorly ‘and ampliately united anteriorly, the incisures and

lateral margins fuscous ; mesonotum black, with two central

pale ochraceous fasciw, which are widened and inwardly

angulated on disk, the lateral margins and cruciform elevation

ochraceous, the last with a central line and apices of the

anterior angles piceous or black ; abdomen black, the poste-

rior segmental margins broadly ochraceous, that on the

posterior segment inedially interrupted ; anal segment testa-

ceous, centrally black; body beneath ochraceous; head

beneath black, lateral margins and an anterior spot to face

ochraceous ; legs more or less suffused with piceous, the

anterior legs most strongly so; tegmina and wings hyaline,

the venation mostly fuscous ; tegmina with the costal’ mem-

brane pale ochraceous, the postcostal area fuscous and

appearing as a dark stigma; wings with five apical areas.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 11 mm.; exp. tegm. 29 mm.

Hab. Adelaide (Ff. Waterhouse, Brit. Mus.).

Pauropsalta Dameli, sp. n.

3. Body above black ; central sulcation at base of vertex

ochraceous ; a spot on each lateral margin of vertex, margins

and a central fascia to pronotum, an irregular discal spot

(mutilated in type by pin) and lateral margins of mesonotum,

cruciform elevation, ‘posterior area of metasternum, abdominal

segmental margins, "and disk of anal segment, testaceous red ; ;

body beneath testaceous ; head beneath (excluding margins

of face) and discal suffusions to sternum piceous; legs,

rostrum (excluding apex), lateral margins of sternum, and

the opercula pale ochraceous ; tezmina and wings hyaline,

the venation ochraceous ; tegmina distinctly arched above

the radial area, with the costal membrane and postcostal area

ochraceous; wings with five apical areas.

Long., excl. teem., 91 mm.; exp. tegm. 22 mm.

Hab. “ Australia” @ idw. Damel, Brit. Mus.).

274 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Genus ?

Cicada complex, Walk. List Hom. i. p. 208 (1850).

The type is unlocalized, without abdomen, and with one

wing mutilated, the remnants preserved being gummed on a

card. The shape and venation of the tegmina resemble those

of Pauropsalta dubia, God. & Frogg., but the one wing

retained possesses only three apical areas. Under such

circumstances it is scarcely possible to generically identify it.

URABUNANA, gen. nov.

Head considerably shorter than pronotum, the front broad

and rounded, its margins discontinuous to, and almost at

right angles with, the lateral margins of vertex, which are

also rounded, vertex much longer than front and with a

central incision at base, ocelli a little nearer to each other than

to eyes, which project beyond the anterior pronotal angles ;

pronotum somewhat quadrangular, its lateral margins straight,

its posterior angles a little ampliated; mesonotum about as

long as pronotum; abdomen about as long or slightly longer

than space between apex of head and base of cruciform

elevation; tympana entirely exposed; opercula in male

obliquely directed inwardly, but not extending beyond the

base of the abdomen; rostrum reaching the intermediate

coxe; anterior femora strongly spined beneath ; tegmina and

wings hyaline; tegmina with eight apical areas, the upper

vein of lower ulnar area emitted at some distance from

base of radial area, where they are fused, postcostal area

moderately broad ; wings with four apical areas.

Type, U, sericervitta, Walk. (Cicada).

Urabunana segmentaria, sp. n.

Body above black, sparingly greyishly pilose; a small

spot at apex and the basal narrow margin of front, a small

spot on each lateral margin, and a central spot at base of

vertex, lateral and posterior margins of pronotum, cruciform

Sleseaon! posterior margin ofl metasternum, and lateral

margins and posterior segmental margins of abdomen ochra-

ceous; body beneath ochraceous; head beneath (excluding

margins of face), clypeus, disk of sternum, basal margins of

opercula, suffusions to coxe and femora, anterior tibie and

tarsi, and base of abdomen black; tegmina and _ wings

hyaline, bases of both narrowly ochraceous; tegmina with

the costal membrane, postcostal area, and basal veins pale

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

279

ochraceous, remaining venation fuscous ; venation of wings

ochraceous or fuscous ; wings with four apical areas ; anterior

femora with two strong black spines.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 10 mm.; exp. tegm. 24 mm.

Hab. Queensland: Peak Downs (Coll. Dist.).

Division HEMIDICTYARIA.

The principal divisional character of the Hemidictyaria is

to be found in the narrow head, which (including eyes) is

about or scarcely more than half the width of mesonotum at

base ; the abdomen (especially in the males) is more or less

globose and usually longitudinally dorsally ridged.

Lacetas, Karsch, from the figure illustrating the description,

apparently belongs to this division, but I have not yet seen

a representative of the genus, and therefore cannot locate it

in the synopsis.

Synopsis of Genera.

A. Venation of tegmina normal, not reticulate.

a. Front of head triangular, deeply and angularly in-

serted in vertex.

6. Head longer than space between eyes.

c. Ocelli placed as near eyes as to each other.

d, Apical areas of tegmina and wings almost as

long as half their | Gitiegn oe Sete 7 pee . Arfaka.

aa. Front of head conical , moderately but not angularly

inserted in vertex.

bb. Head about as long as space between eyes.

ce. Ocelli placed nearer to each other than to eyes.

dd. Apical areas of tegmina and wings shorter

than half their leneth,

e. Lateral margins of pronotum more or less

sinuate.

Jf. Fourth ulnar area of tegmina of normal

BHEDOn cs Wii Ride hebeern «peeercles wigaie's Sapantanga.

Jf. Fourth ulnar area of tegmina with its

anterior margin at base “of third ulnar

area inwardly angulated and emitting a

short rudimentary Ve VENI ee Pete teint . dacatra.

ee. Lateral margins of Prone obliquely

BuPAIO MG, ho Ste oh ee sed v otha Ore eee rots Truana.

eee. Ocelli placed as near to eyes as to each other,

g. Tegmina with the first ulnar area much longer

than third; fourth ulnar area much shorter

than radial area.

h. Norudimentary vein at base of second ulnar

US hetie ag Mees sk MORASS 2 es Dad Be 8 sisetene stds . LPrasia,

gg. Tegmina with the ‘first ulnar area about as

long as third; fourth ulnar area about or

nearly as lone, or a little longer than radial

area,

276 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

hh. Rudimentary vein at base of second ulnar

area connecting it more or less imperfectly

with apex of ‘fifth ulnar area, sometimes

almost obsolete .......... Screcea —bemogjite

B. Venation of tegmina more or less reticulate.

zt. Bases of upper vein to lower ulnar area and lower

vein of radial area not amalgamated, the first alone

emitted from end of cell, contiguous to emergence

Ofjseconde:.aeers toes ausgh oe RES tags Siem enoeerom bhoneors Cystosoma.

#. Bases of upper vein to lower ulnar area and lower

vein of radial area amalgamated.

J. Reticulated area of tegmina not more than half

their length and sharply defined by a transverse

LING =, Acopaiee a csestonmeiens Gasper renaserese fale acetone Hemidictya.

Jj. Reticulate area of teemina more than half their

length and not defined by a transverse line .... ovana.

ARFAKA, gen. nov.

Head longer than space between eyes, front long, about as

long as vertex, deeply inserted in vertex and angulate ante-

riorly and posteriorly, breadth (including eyes) little more

than half the breadth of mesonotum at base, eyes large and

oblique, ocelli almost as near to eyes as to each other ; pro-

notum about as long as head, its lateral margins moderately

convex, its posterior angles widely ampliated ; mesonotum

(including cruciform elevation) longer than pronotum ; abdo-

men moderately inflated, attenuated posteriorly, dorsally

medially ridged, longer than space between apex of head

and base of cruciform elevation ; tympana entirely exposed ;

opercula in male extremely small, leaving the cavities

almost entirely exposed; anterior femora only moderately

spined beneath; face much compressed and prominent;

rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe ; tegmina and wings

hyaline; tegmina with eight, wings with six apical areas,

which in both cases are long and occupy at least half their

length.

Type, A. fulva, Walk. (Cephalorys).

SAPANTANGA, @en. nov.

Te)

Head about as long as space between eyes, front long,

about as long as vertex, conical, not angulately immersed in

vertex, breadth (including eyes) about two thirds the width

of mesonotum at base ; pronotum about as long as head, its

lateral margins a little convex, its posterior angles moderately

ampliated ;~ mesonotum (including cruciform elevation) con-

siderably longer than pronotum; abdomen short, robust,

* Characters taken from Westwood’s figure,

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 277

attenuated posteriorly, not longer than space between apex

of head and base of cruciform elevation; tympana entirely

exposed ; opercula in male very small, the cavities almost

entirely exposed ; ; rostrum about reaching the anterior coxe ;

face moderately compressed, strongly longitudinally suleate ; :

tegmina and wings hyaline; tegmina with eight, wings with

six apical areas, which in both cases are shorter than half

their length.

Type, S. nutans, Walk. (Cephalowys).

JACATRA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) about half the breadth of base of

mesonotum, about as long as broad, front moderately pro-

duced, subtriangular, considerably shorter than vertex, its

lateral ma argins °and those of vertex discontinuous, ocelli

nearer to each other than to eyes, well separated from base of

head; pronotum about as long as head, its posterior angles

somewhat strongly ampliate ; “mesonotum (including cruci-

form elevation) longer than pronotum; abdomen robust,

centrally longitudinally ridged, longer than space between

apex of head and_ base of coe ae elevation; tegmina

hyaline, apical areas eight, first ulnar area longer than ‘third,

fourth ulnar area shorter than radial area, the transverse vein

at base of third ulnar area strongly angulated and emitting a

short rudimentary vein halfway across fourth ulnar area ;

wings with six apical areas.

Type, J. typica, Dist.

Jacatra typica, sp. 0.

Body, legs, tegmina, and wings pale dull ochraceous ;

head slightly tinged with virescent ; pronotum with the

margins and a central longitudinal fascia virescent ; meso-

notum with two anterior central obconical spots, denoted only

by their pale margins, and with a broad virescent fascia on

each lateral area; posterior segmental margins (excluding

basal and apical segments) pale testaceous ; fegmina with a

dull ochraceous tint, the venation and costal membrane a little

darker, the veins ‘also alternately marked with elongate

darker and lighter spots ; wings with a dull ochraceous tint,

the veins darker ; tegmina with the additional curved rudi-

mentary vein very distinct and perfect for halfway across the

apical area of fourth ulnar area.

Long., 3, 20 mm.; exp. tegm. 47 mm.

Habyi Java (Brit. Mus.).

278 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

TRUANA, gen. nov.

Head triangular, considerably shorter than the pronotum,

including eyes about half the width of base of mesonotum ;

front a little shorter than vertex, somewhat triangular,

centrally finely sulcate, lateral margins of front and vertex

almost continuous; vertex with two central longitudinal

ridges, exhibiting a deep sulcation between them; front

ocellus placed very near anterior margin, the other two on

each side of ridges, a little nearer to each other than to eyes,

lateral margins and eyes oblique ; pronotum narrowed ante-

riorly, lateral margins oblique, posterior angles a little

subangularly ampliate, centrally, finely, longitudinally sulcate;

mesonotum (including cruciform elevation) a little longer

than pronotum; abdomen short, prominently, centrally,

dorsally ridged; tympana entirely exposed; opercula in

male small, short, not entirely covering the sonorous apertures ;

teemina semiopaque, costal membrane somewhat broad and

concave, postcostal area broad and distinct, apical areas eight ;

wings with six apical areas.

Allied to Lacetas, Karsch, differing principally by the

number of apical veins to the tegmina.

Type, Z. sulcata, Dist.

Iruana sulcata, sp. n.

Somewhat uniformly pale ochraceous ; tegmina semiopaque,

with an ochraceous tint; wings semilyaline, with the venation

ochraceous; head and pronotum more or less centrally longi-

tudinally sulcate, the front finely, the vertex most strongly

sulcate; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe; other

characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ ¢ 15-16 mm.; exp. tegm. 48—

00 mm.

Hab. Brit. E. Africa: Lagari (C. S. Betton, Brit. Mus.).

Genus PRASIA.

Prasia, Stal, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) i. p. 574 (1863).

Drepanopsaltria, Bredd. Hem, Celebes, p. 113 (1902).

Type, P. faticina, Stal.

I am unable to follow our Prussian colleague in separating

his genus Drepanopsaltria from Prasia. (1) He relies on

the presence or absence of the opercula, and gives a figure

representing a species of Prasza without stating what that

species is. Now the type of Prasia—P. faticina, Stal—is in

the British Museum, and is a female specimen, consequently

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 279

we cannot refer to the opercula, and I have never seen a male

specimen. Stal, in describing his P. fatiloqua, certainly

writes ‘ operculis nullis,’ but this cannot be accepted as the

type of Prasia, and the true female type has ail the appear-

ance of what Breddin refers to as typical Drepanopsaltria.

(2) To add to the confusion, Breddin gives as the type of

Drepanopsaltria, Lembeja culta, ‘Dist., a species I have never

described ; but it is probable he w as referring to my Prasia

culta (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 97, 1898).

Genus LEMBEJA.

Lembeja, Dist. Mon. Orient. Cicad. pp. 103 & 147 (1892), n. nom.

Perissoneura, Dist. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1885, p. 189, nom. preoce.

Type, L. maculosa, Dist. (Perissoneura).

In reference to this genus, Herr Breddin (Hem. Celebes,

p- 113, 1902) has formulated the dogma ‘Genus Lembejam

Dist. a Prasia Stal naturaliter distingui non posse

existimo.” But this is more of a criticism on the veteran

entomologist Dr. Karsch, of his own Berlin Museum, who has

described two species in that genus.

Genus CYSTOSOMA.

Cystosoma, Westw. Arc. Ent. i. p. 92 (1842),

Type, C. Saundersi, Westw.

Genus HEMIDICTYA.

Hemidictya, Burm. Handb. ii. 1, p. 178 (1839); Amy & Serv. Hist.

Hém. p. 461 (1843),

Type, H. frondosa, Burm.

HOvANA, gen. nov.

Head triangular, about as long as the pronotum, including,

eyes about half the width of mesonotum, front and vertex

subequal in length, eyes outwardly truncate, in a line with

lateral margins of head, base of head frunentes pronotum

with the lateral margins obliquely straight, narrowing to

head, posterior angles prominent, obtusely angulate ; meso-

notum about as long as pronotum ; metanotum triangularly

posteriorly produced ; abdomen (2?) short, robust, shorter

than space between apex of head and posterior angle of

metanotum ; face obliquely compressed; rostrum robust,

reaching intermediate coxe; tegmina opaque, broad, acuminate

at apex, greatest breadth more than half their length, costal

280 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

membrane very broad, more than apical half with the venation

reticulate and forming very many cellular areas, upper vein

of lower ulnar area amalgamated at base with lower vein of

radial area; wings hyaline, with eight apical areas.

Type, H. Distant’, Brancsik (Hemidictya).

Division TETTIGARCTARIA.

A division at present only represented by one remarkable

genus, in which the pronotum differs from that in any other

genus of the family by its large size, produced posteriorly

and almost covering the mesonotum.

Genus TETTIGARCTA.

Tettigarcta, White, Eyre’s Tray. in Australia, Append. i. p. 412 (1845).

Type, 7. tomentosa, White.

APPENDIX.

TAP ur oR ARIA,

DULDERANA, gen. nov.

Head broad, eyes projecting beyond the anterior angles of

the pronotum, front broad, considerably shorter than vertex

and centrally longitudinally finely sulcate, margins of front

and vertex moderately discontinuous, ocelli nearer to each

other than to eyes; pronotum about as long as broad, its

lateral margins slightly convex, its posterior angles angu-

lately ampliate ; mesonotum (including cruciform elevation)

about as long as head and pronotum together; metanotum

posteriorly and laterally produced behind the exposed

_tympana; abdomen in male very short, not so long as space

between apex of head and base of cruciform elevation ;

rostrum reaching the posterior coxee; opercula narrow, con-

vexly transverse, obliquely curved inwardly, a_ posterior

metasternal process occupying the space between their inner

angles ; anterior femora with three strong spines beneath ;

tegmina about half as long again as the body, costal margin

suddenly arched near base, third ulnar area very broad and

long, second ulnar area very short, oblique, only about half

the greatest length of first, lower ulnar area very narrow, its

upper margin well separated from lower vein of radial area,

upper vein of penultimate ulnar area emitted at some distance

On the Bats of the Rhinolophus arcuatus Group, 281

from base of radial area, apical areas eight; wings with six

apical areas.

Type, D. truncatella, Walk. (Cicada).

The principal characters of this genus are to be found in

the structure of the tegmina.

Abricta Elseyt, sp. n.

Head black, the front castaneous, the ocelli and a central

spot at base of vertex ochraceous ; pronotum pale castaneous,

with a central longitudinal ochraceous fascia, which is much

ampliated posteriorly and a little so anteriorly, posterior

margin more or less piceous ; mesonotum ochraceous, with

four obconical castaneous spots, of which the two outermost

are much the largest and occupy the whole lateral areas,

cruciform elevation castaneous; abdomen castaneous, greyishly

pilose ; body beneath and legs castaneous, greyishly pilose,

head beneath (excluding face) black; tegmina and wings

hyaline; tegmina with the veins and costal membrane

brownish ochraceous ; wings with the venation ochraceous,

the whole anal area pale g eolden yellow, posteriorly margined

with fuscous; rostrum passing the intermediate coxe ;

opercula in male obliquely directed inwardly, but scarcely

extending beyond base of abdomen.

Long., excl. tegm., g¢ 19 mm.; exp. tegm. 60 mm.

Hab. North Australia: Victoria River (Dr. J. Rk. Elsey,

Gregory Exploration Exped., Brit. Mus.).

Allied to A. ruber, God. & Frogg., but tegmina apically

unspotted, different colour of head and anal area to wings,

shorter ulnar areas to tegmina, &c.

XX X.—On the Bats of the Rhinolophus arcuatus Group, with

Descriptions of Five new Forms. By Kxup ANDERSEN.

General Characters of the Group.

Brief diagnosis —Median anterior nasal swellings large

and abruptly projecting. Sella approximately ovate in shape.

‘Tail much shorter than tibia.

Skull—Chietly characterized by the large, almost semi-

globular, and strongly projecting median nasal swellings.

Palatal bridge rather short, between 4 and 4 the length of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ae 19

282 Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats

the maxillar tooth-row ; median anterior point opposite front

of m!, median posterior point level with middle of m’.

Basioccipital not unusually narrowed.

In Rh. arcuatus the premolars and molars are compara-

tively small, the temporal fossa narrow; the zygomatic

breadth of the skull, therefore, practically the same as the

mastoid breadth; the sagittal crest low, very gradually

passing into the supraorbital ridges, Rh. ewryotis shows the

other extreme: the larger teeth have caused a stronger

development of the temporal muscle, a widening out of the

temporal fossa, therefore a markedly larger zygomatic width

of the skull, a heightening of the sagittal crest, especially in

front, making the declivity of this latter towards the post-

nasal depression more abrupt *. These two extremes are

connected together by several intermediate stages.

Teeth —Throughout the whole group the dentition is

rather uniform. All the species have passed the primitive

stage: p; in the tooth-row, this premolar being invariably

external to the row, when not completely wanting. Asa

general rule, p, and p, are in contact, not rarely so strongly

so that their cingula overlap each other; but sometimes

individuals occur in which p, and p, are distinctly separated,

reminiscent of the time when p, was situated in the tooth-

row. ‘The upper p’ is small and always in row.

Nose-leaves.—Chief characters: the shape of the sella and

the connecting-process.

The sella is approximately ovate or ovate-pyriform. The

connecting-process strongly arcuate, almost semicircular in

outline, and starting from the very summit of the sella.

The internasal lobes slightly larger than usual in the genus.

The sella is peculiarly modified in Rh. inops, the connecting-

process in Rh. Creaghi.

There are two well-marked ‘‘ types” of horseshoe in this

group. Inthe more primitive species the median longitudinal

groove separating the two halves of the horseshoe in front is

narrow (linear); in the higher developed forms it is broad,

more or less pentangular in shape. ‘The former condition is

characteristic of the species inhabiting the Philippine Islands

and N.E. Borneo (arcuatus, subrufus, mops, Creaghi), the

latter of the forms distributed over Batchian, Amboina,

Timor Laut, and the Key Islands (euryotis and its local

representatives).

* For similar cranial differences in the Rh. philippinensis group, see

Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. for August 1905, p. 245.

of the Rhinolophus arcuatus Group. 283

Mental grooves.—No species passes beyond the primitive

stage: three mental grooves.

Wing-structure (compare the wing-indices below, on p. 287).

—It is a general rule in the genus Rhinolophus that in the

most primitive species the fourth and fifth metacarpals are

equal in length, or, if anything, the fifth a trifle shorter, and

III? less than 14 the length of III.t. All the members of the

Rh. arcuatus group exhibit the slightly more advanced stage

in which the fifth metacarpal is a little /onger than the

fourth, and III.” more than 14 the length of III.".

Tail.—The tail is extremely short, on an average but 3

the length of the lower leg.

Rhinolophus arcuatus exiguus, subsp. n.

Diagnosis.—Similar to the typical Rh. arcuatus (from

Luzon), but with narrower horseshoe and nasal swellings.

Forearm 44°8—46°2 mm.

Skull—General characters as described above (pp. 281-

282). Width of nasal swellings 5-5-2 mm., in typical arcuatus

5°6-5°7 mm.

Dentition (three skulls).—p; external (one skull, teeth

unworn), or quite wanting on one side (one, teeth slightly

worn), or on both sides (one, teeth slightly worn). p, and

ps strongly in contact, their cingula overlapping each other.

External characters.—Al\ essential points as in the typical

form, but horseshoe decidedly narrower (7:7-8°2 mm., as

against 9-10 mm.). Plagiopatagium inserted 1-2°5 mm.

above the ankle. Colour (of spirit-specimens) a shade of

dark brown, as in the dark phase of arcuatus typicus.

Type.— 2 ad. (in alcohol). Zamboanga. Collected by

A. Everett, Esq. Brit. Mus. no. 79. 5. 3. 13.

Range.—Zamboanga. Guimaras.

Rhinolophus subrufus, sp. un.

Diagnosis.—Like Rh. arcuatus, but much larger. Forearm

53°8-57 mm.

Skull—As compared with Rh. arcuatus premolars and

molars comparatively larger; temporal fossa wider, making

the zygomatic width decidedly larger than the mastoid

width ; sagittal crest somewhat higher in front.

Dentition (four skulls).—p; external; p, and p, in contact

or slightly separated.

19*

284 Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats

External characters.—In all essential points like a giant

modification of arcuatus.

Colow.—(1) Red phase. Twoskins, adult; Manila; teeth

unworn. Above and below “ cinnamon-rufous,” a little

lighter on the fore part of the back; base of hairs almost

*“ orange-rufous.”

(2) Dark phase. Oneskin, adult; Mindanao, July; teeth

practically unworn. Upperside a very dark shade of “ Prout’s

brown”; base of hairs and underside “ drab.”

Type.—Ad. (skin). Manila. Presented by J. Gould, Esq.

Brit. Mus. no. 58. 3. 29. 4.

Range.— Luzon (Manila). Mindanao.

Remarks.—This is the species described by Prof. Peters as

** Rh. rufus” *. The name rufus is preoccupied by Eydoux

and Gervais’s “ Rh. luctus, var. rufus” +.

Rhinolophus inops, sp. un.

Diagnosis —Summit of sella forming a triangular pouch.

Forearm 53°8 mm.

Skull. — The arcuatus type, but with slightly wider

temporal fossa ; sagittal crest somewhat higher in front and

a little more abruptly descending towards the postnasal

depression.

Dentition (one skull).—p; external; p, and p, in contact.

External characters—The horseshoe, the connecting-

process, and the lancet quite of the subrufus type, but

summit of sella modified into a small triangular pouch, turning

the opening downwards ; greatest depth of the pouch about

15 mm. Plagiopatagium inserted 1 mm. above the ankle.

Colour (in alcohol) a shade of dark brown.

Type.— g ad. (in alcohol). Mt. Apo, at Jodaya, Min-

danao, 4000 feet; July 8th, 1904. Collected by Dr. E. A,

Mearns (no. 5713). ‘ Bogobo name: Kohs’-set.” U.S.

Nat. Mus. no. 125314.

Remarks.—The shape of the sella, unique in the whole

genus, makes this species readily distinguishable.

* Peters, MB. Akad. Berlin, 1861, p. 710.

+ Conf. Andersen, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., August 1905, p. 252.

of the Rhinolophus arcuatus Group.

285

Measurements * of Kh. arcuatus, subrufus, and inops.

Eh. arcuatus.

| Rh. subrufus. Rh.inops.

typicus exiguu Suess Type

Bed aeceeh de Ate 4skulls, | ~7P*

2 spems., 4 spems.,

2 skulls. 3 skulls.

Min. Max.| Min. Max.| Min. Max.

mm. mm.| mm. mm.| mm mm. | mm.

TTS OME 5 eos, waa sacle s+ fae ise TOG Lie 09-7 | 29 23 | 233

», greatest breadth .......... Se AAs 14 1385 798 |) 183

Nose-leaves, length ............ 15 IgS 14’) 20 | 2188

* breadth of horseshoe.) 9 10 Th 82) | coe 2:8 12:7

MELISS oe Ti shes winyttcre ety hea 458 47:3 | 448 462 | 538 57 53°38

LICL, OREN, 4) tinea deh teen eer ea 17 17°8 | 15 16-2 | 23 2a 16

Mapes ee csc t neo athe OT DO PREG OD 26°2 29:2 24-7

Skull, totallenoth 2)... e.0856: Abe 27. \20 20°8 | 25 24:2

po EO SUGGS 14 98 102] 95 23) |) Is | 1s 11

» zygomatic width ........ 9°8 9°9 | 95 OO 12 12:4 115

», Width of nasal swellings...) 56 5:7 5 oor ee (Al 65

SLUG LN NA A oe 1445 148/134 142/178 186 17-5

BRE RECWIE ees hostels aie el» 8:2 SG) 7:9 8 IOs.) 10:7 10

PPRCMCECOUD 5 «3: talevanciaalo!n do's 4s 88 92) 85 SZ Wi eg EIS). LOO

Rhinolophus euryotis timidus, subsp. nu.

Diagnosis.—Horseshoe narrower (as compared with the

Forearm 55-57°2 mm.

typical form):

Range: Batchian.

10°2-10°7 mm.

This race is characterized externally by the narrower

horseshoe and smaller

ears.

The brain-case is slenderer,

the mandible shorter, and the teeth slightly smaller than

in Rh. e. typicus and prestans. Plagiopatagium inserted

3-45 mm. above the ankle.

Colour.—Ad. skin; teeth unworn. Next to “ Prout’s

brown ” above; base of hairs ‘ drab” ; underside brownish

“drab.” Another skin (ad., teeth unworn) is essentially of

the same colour, but more tinged with “ Mars brown”

above and with “ wood-brown”’ below.

Type.— @ ad. (in alcohol). Batchian. Collected by

Dr. A. R. Wallace. Brit. Mus. no. 60. 1. 10. 5.

* For explanation of measurements, see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist,

August 1905, p. 248, footnote.

286 Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats

Rhinolophus euryotis, Temm., typicus.

Diagnosis —Horseshoe broad: about 12 mm.

about 57 mm. Range: Amboina.

The Amboina race of Rh. euryotis differs from the Batchian

form by the broader brain-case, the longer mandible, longer

tooth-rows, broader horseshoe, and larger ears; from the

Key Island race by the smaller and slenderer skull, narrower

nasal swellings, shorter mandible and tooth-rows, and

narrower horseshoe. Plagiopatagium inserted 2-5 mm.

above the ankle.

Forearm

Rhinolophus euryotis prestans, subsp. n.

Diagnosis.—Horseshoe very broad: about 13 mm. Fore-

arm 58mm, Range: Key Islands.

This is the extreme in the size of the horseshoe and the

width of the skull and nasal swellings. Plagiopatagium

inserted very nearly on the ankle.

Type.— $ ad. (in alcohol). Key Islands.

Brit. Mus. no. 99. 12. 4, 4.

Purchased.

Measurements of Rh. euryotis and Subspecies.

Lh. euryotis.

timidus. Sf: prestans.

3 spems., Sf oe a ¢ ad.

3 skulls. : Type.

Min. Max

; mm. mm. | mm. mm.

Bars, lene ths ors ae sie eo temo 20°5 22°8 23

9» greatest breadth.......... 17 19 18

Nose-leav es Mencthe nace «teow ths 17 17°5 19

bs breadth of horseshoe.| 10-2 10-7 118 13

Harearmy. v4. ists bons! eile eis eras 55 O72 568 58

LOIRE, AEP ae ees reer rere? | 18°5 20 215

MEO CE LOD fis cuss cin ni antie sane clecle 6 257 278 28 28

Skull fotallength: - 4. . 2.00 feies 25°1 25°4

ye Mdastoid width 2... ssa Ae Las 12

»» Width of brain-case ...... 104 104 10°8 1

» zygomatic width ........ IVS. 12-24) © 12:2 12°8

oy ig dunxallar width... «im. 2s] 8:9 9 8:7 9°8

width of nasal swellings . 6°8 6°9 68 72

Mandibloget \act® ie .pc le cae | digedin ic 18 18

Uppertceth ee wemcerees a. e | Ov 9°7 10:2 10:2

Lower teeth fis sse oe neces tl 103 10% at 1l

of the Rhinolophus arcuatus Group. 287

Wing-indices.

| |

— eon Rh. Creaghi. Eth. inops. | Rh. euryotis, |

9 ae a 1 spem. lspem. | 6spcms.

Worearm.. .\.... . 1000 1000 1000 | 1000

drd metacarpal. 706 [ee O7 703 702 |

MS SS cet oe 28 286 281 292 289

U0 Ee eee 458 454 481 | 436

4th metacarpal. 728 717 725 | 721

1 ASS Cee 197 211 199 196

LSet este 270 263 | 279 265

5th metacarpal. 742 741 740 | 734.

Wir eal ctsc fe 221 217 205 | 226

Mae dst a3ds O84, i) oN awk? | 240 | 233

General Remarks on the Group.

All the species known of the Rh. arcuatus group are

so far developed as to have the median anterior nasal

swellings more abruptly projecting than usual in the

genus, the middle lower premolar (p;) situated external to

the tooth-row or quite obliterated, the fifth metacarpal

slightly longer than the fourth, and the second phalanx of

the third finger lengthened. All these are secondary

characters. We lack the direct information as to the

affinities of the group, which could have been derived from

species on a more primitive level of development. Never-

theless, there can scarcely be any doubt that ¢he arcuatus

group is more closely related to Rh. philippinensis and

Rh. macrotis than to any other now existing types of the

genus. The strong development of the nose-leaves, the size

of the internasal lobes, the shape of the connecting-process

and the lancet, the broad ears, are characters which seem to

point in that direction.

Rh. arcuatus is unquestionably the most primitive species

of the group, as proved by the slightly less projecting nasal

swellings, the small teeth, the narrow temporal fossa, the

very low sagittal crest, the normal shape of the horseshoe,

the somewhat less pronounced “ovate” shape of the sella.

Of the two local forms here discriminated the southern

(Rh. e. exiguus) is a little higher developed in dentition:

ps is very often lost; the narrow horseshoe is probably a

secondary character.

Rh. subrufus is a modification of the arcuatus type: more

288 On the Bats of the Rhinolophus arcuatus Group.

projecting nasal swellings, larger premolars and molars,

therefore wider temporal fossa and higher sagittal crest;

considerably larger size. There is a certain tendency in the

genus Rhinolophus to a development of a large and a small

representative of quite the same “type”; the difference in

size is so well marked and without any intergradation that

we cannot but recognize them as distinct “ species,”’ although

they sometimes, as in the present case, inhabit the very same

island; thus Rh. subrufus (Luzon) bears very much the

same relation to Rh. arcuatus (Luzon) as Rh. acuminatus

(Java) to Rh. minor (Java), Rh. Rouxi (Himalayas) to

Rh. borneensis, Rh. megaphyllus (Australia) to Rh. simplex

(Lombok).

Rh. Creaghi*, from the extreme north-east of British N.

Borneo (Sandakan), is very closely related to the Philippine

Rh. arcuatus: the same type of skull, if anything a trifle

more advanced in the size of the temporal fossa, but the

difference is extremely small indeed; the same shape and

size of the nasal swellings; the dentition on quite the same

stage as in arcuatus exiguus (p3; rudimentary or wanting) ;

the same shape of the horseshoe, the sella, and the lancet,

but more rounded internasal lobes ; the broad ears charac-

teristic of the group ; the three mental grooves ; the same

wing-structure ; the short tail. But it is unique in the

following points :—The connecting-process is obliterated ;

the median portion of the posterior nose-leaf is peculiarly

inflated and provided with a conical tuft of coarse hairs ;

when pressed backwards the sella leans against this hair-tuft,

which therefore practically replaces the missing connecting-

process.

Rh. inops is in every respect, cranial and external

(apart from the size), very much hke Rh. arcuatus, but

highly peculiar in the shape of the summit of the sella. The

mental grooves do not reach the free border of the lower lip;

it would seem to indicate a beginning obliteration of the

grooves.

The essential cranial character of the group, viz. the

abruptly projecting nasal swellings, culminates in the large

and broad-skulled Rh. euryotis, im which the front part of

the horseshoe is slightly modified. The species reviewed

above are confined to the Philippimes and N.E. Borneo,

Rh. euryotis to the islands between Celebes and New Guinea.

The Rh. arcuatus group, as here defined, has no represen-

tatives in the Ethiopian Region.

* Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. (1896) p. 244.

On the Bats of the Rhinolophus macrotis Group. 289

XX XI.—On the Bats of the Rhinolophus macrotis Group, with

Descriptions of Two new Forms. By Knup ANDERSEN.

Rhinolophus hirsutus, sp. n.

Diagnosis —Allied to Rh. macrotis, but with considerably

larger ears and longer tail. Forearm 44°77 mm. Had. Cen-

tral Philippine Islands (Guimaras).

Length of ears 24, greatest breadth of ears about 18 mm. ;

in two adult Rh. macrotis from Masuri the measurements

are 19-20°8 (length) and 15°5-16°5 mm. (breadth). Tail

equal to 14 the length of the lower leg (24 as against 19 mm.) ;

in Rh. macrotis scarcely equal to the lower leg (17 as against

18°8 mm.).

The skull is slightly larger than in Rh. macrotis, but quite

of the same shape. p; half in row; p? in row, with a

distinct, pointed cusp.

Type.— 2 ad. (in alcohol). Guimaras, Central Philippine

Islands. Collected by J. B. Steere, Esq. U.S. Nat. Mus.

no. 105487.

Rhinolophus Pearsoni chinensis, subsp. n.

Diagnosis.—Similar to Rh. Pearsoni from Darjeeling and

Masuri*, but with markedly shorter tibia, slightly smaller

skull, narrower maxillar width, shorter mandible and tooth-

rows. Forearm 52:'7 mm. Hab. Fokien (China).

Length of lower leg 26 mm. (in the typical form 29) ;

maxillar width 9°2 (9:7—-9°8) ; length of mandible 16°8 (17°7-

17°9); maxillar tooth-row 9:5 (9°8-10°2); mandibular

tooth-row, exclusive of incisors, 10°3 (10°8-11°1). Dentition

as in the typical form: p; external; p, and py, almost in

contact ; p? in the tooth-row.

Type.— ad. (skin). Kuatun, Fokien, April 16th, 1898.

Collected and presented by J. De La Touche, Esq. Brit.

Miss no 98s Ia. -2.

* To judge from descriptions and figures of Dobson's Rh. yunanensis,

from Hotha, Yunan (J. A. S. B. xli. pt. 2 (1872), p. 386; and Yunan

Exy. i. (1879) p. 95, pl. iv. fig. 1), and A. Milne-Edwards’s RA. larvatus,

fron. Moupin, Szetchuan (Mamm. Tibet (1872), p. 248, pl. xxxvii. fig. 1,

pl. xxxvii.c. fig. 1), these bats are indistinguishable from the typical

Ith, Pearsont. They are, at all events, different from the Chinese form

described above.

290 Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats

Wing-indices.

| : Lh. ethiops,

| a toe big Rh. Pearsoni. | Rh. HH. ildebrandti,

| 4 spems. ‘| 4 spems. Leh. fumigatus.

25 spems.

IBOTOMEE yee eater ao dsie ee 1000 1000 1000

ord finger, metacarpal . . 703 656 692

5 Ist phalanx. .| 304 333 806

“1 2nd phalanx || 371 452 537

4th finger, metacarpal . . 736 715 726

ra 1st phalanx. .) 215 213 191

,: 2nd phalanx , 245 296 349

5th finger, metacarpal . . | 754 739 742

s Ist phalanx. .| 245 239 238

rs 2nd phalanx . 243 327 | 269

General Remarks on the Rh. macrotis Group.

The skull of RA. macrotis is of the general shape charac-

teristic of all the more primitive species of the genus: very

narrow temporal fossa and low sagittal crest ; nasal swellings

not especially modified, the median anterior swellings but a

trifle larger than usual; basioccipital not more strongly

narrowed than in the majority of species. The palatal bridge

is remarkably long, equal to 4 or # of the maxillar tooth-row.

Dentition primitive: upper canine and p* widely separated ;

p” small (as usual), but with a distinct cusp.

The essential external characters are the long and broad,

almost parallel-margined (tongue-shaped) sella; the long and

dense hairing on the front face of the sella; the very slightly

projecting, rounded connecting-process, starting from a point

below the summit of the sella; the cuneate lancet ; the broad

horseshoe; the three mental grooves; the broad ears; the

quite primitive wing-structure: fifth metacarpal a trifle

shorter than the fourth, III.? (as well as the other distal

phalanges) very short.

Among the now existing types of the genus Rh. macrotis

has no closer relatives than the Rh. philippinensis group.

We find in this group an unusually long palatal bridge ; the

same tendency to enlargement of the nose-leaves ; the shane

of the sella (apart from the lateral expansions, of course)

strongly recalls that of macrotis ; the connecting-process is

broadly rounded and starting from a point below the sunimit

of the sella, as in macrotis ; the lancet long and cuneate ;

the ears very much of the macrotis type ; the mental grooves

of the Rhinolophus macrotis Group. 291

and wing-structure on practically the same stage as in

macrotis. But philippinensis has retained a somewhat more

primitive dentition (p”? unusually well developed), and the

base of the central nose-leaf is peculiarly modified.

Rh. hirsutus is but a Philippine representative of the

macrotis type; the ears are still larger, the tail longer.

Rh. Pearsoni is closely related to Rh. macrotis, but in

several respects considerably more highly developed. The

temporal fossa is decidedly wider ; the sagittal crest higher ;

the palatal bridge shortened. The shape of the nasal

. swellings very much as in macrotis. The only progress in

dentition is a slight reduction of p?; also the cusp is less

distinct ; but the tooth is still completely m row. The

lateral borders of the sella are peculiarly crenulate ; the ears

smaller; the lateral mental grooves quite obliterated. The

third metacarpalis much shortened, the fourth less so, making

the fifth metacarpal decidedly the longest of all; all the

terminal phalanges are much lengthened. On the whole

this wing-structure is rather similar to that of Rh. ferrum-

equinum, a species with which RA. Pearsoni has no closer

affinities.

Rh. ethiops (Angola), Hildebrandti (Mazoe to Uganda),

and fumigatus (Kitui to Abyssinia) are Ethiopian represen-

tatives of Rh. macrotis. There is a most striking resemblance

in the nose-leaves ; the horseshoe, the sella, the connecting-

process, the lancet, differ in nothing but the larger size;

the long and dense hairing on the front face of the sella,

characteristic of macrotis, is retained in the African species ;

the shape of the ears is the same. As in Rh. Pearsoni, the

mental grooves are reduced to one. The wing-structure

differs from that of Rh. macrotis in having the fifth meta-

carpal somewhat longer than the fourth and third (by the

combined effect of a slight shortening of these latter and a

slight lengthening of the former), and the second phalanx of

the third and fourth fingers much lengthened. The modifi-

cation of the skull noticed above when passing from Rh.

macrotis to Rh, Pearson is found again in the Ethiopian

species : wide temporal fossa, more projecting sagittal crest,

shortening of the palatal bridge. In front-of the anterior

nasal swellings is developed a very narrow thin brim of bone,

forming the upper border of the nasal openings (as in the

more differentiated members of the philippinensis group).

The dentition is extremely highly developed: p; and p*

pushed out to the external side of the tooth-row, or com-

pletely lost.

As will be observed from the above, the Ethiopian species

292 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

here under consideration are on a higher level of development

than the Oriental RA. macrotis : in several important cranial

characters, in the dentition, in the wing-structure. I have

pointed out elsewhere that also the other Ethiopian Rhino-

lophi, without any exception, have their more primitive rela-

tions in the Oriental Region. Thus the general conclusion

arrived at may now be briefly formulated as follows :—A//

the Ethiopian representatives of the genus Rhinolophus are of

Oriental origin.

- The subjoimed diagram gives a view of the probable inter-

relations of the species and groups reviewed above :—

@thiops and allies f.

Pearsoni.

arcuatus group fF.

———

macrotis and hirsutas.

philippinensis group *.

XX XII.—Descriptions and Records of Bees.—II.

By T. D. A. Cocxzrztt, University of Colorado.

Euryglossa ephippiata, Smith.

Queensland, no. 94. 61, also labelled Ridg. 11.93; 701. 2.

Except for the smaller size, it has a strong superficial

resemblance to Callomelitta picta. The character of the

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., August 1905, p. 243.

+ Supra, p. 281.

{ Op. cit. (7) xv. (1905) pp. 75-76 (“ Remarks ”).

Records of Bees. 293

relative lengths of the submarginal cells, given by authors to

separate Euryglossa from Prosopis, is hardly distinctive ;

much better is the rounded head of Euryglossa, with the

broad face lacking the characteristic markings of Prosopis.

Euryglossa rubricata, Smith.

Queensland, no. 94. 61, also labelled Ridg. 11.93 ; 859. ¢.

Close to E. ephippiata, but easily separated by the red

antenn (even the scape red), the black axillz, the light

testaceous tegule, the red tibice and tarsi (anterior tibize

with a large black spot), and the mainly dull red abdomen.

Euryglossa subsericea, sp. n.

2? Length between 7 and 8 mm.

Head and thorax shining black ; abdomen very dark blue

with a satiny gloss, hind margins of segments narrowly

black. Mandibles black, with a dark red stain in the middle ;

clypeus with scattered rather feeble punctures; front dullish,

densely striato-punctate; facial foveze linear, as in LH. ephip-

piata; antenne dark, flagellum brownish beneath, the extreme

tip reddened ; mesothorax with distinct but scattered punc-

tures, dense at the sides, the three longitudinal grooves

distinct ; tegule piceous. Wings perfectly hyaline ; stigma

dilute brown, nervures paler ; venation as in FE. ephippiata

(in both the first submarginal cell is very much longer than

second, though the second is very much broader than high).

Enclosure of metathorax smooth and shining; sides of meta-

thorax with scanty whitish hair; legs black, with white

hair; hind spur with large saw-like teeth; scanty hair at

sides of abdomen white; apical fimbria black.

Hab. Queensland, no. 94. 61, also labelled Ridg. 11.93;

702.

Close to EL. depressa, Smith, but smaller, the clypeus less

strongly punctured, the facial foveze not broad. The vertex

has a few whitish hairs (a fringe of pale yellow hairs in

depressa), and the hair on the inner side of the tarsi is

very pale. In E. subsericea, rubricata, and ephippiata the

basal nervure is strongly curved, and falls considerably

short of the transverso-medial.

Euryglossa calliopsiformis, sp. 1.

? .—Length a little over 6 mm.

Black ; head, thorax, and legs marked with bright yellow,

in the manner of a Calliopsis ; face broad, with the clypeus

(except four small black marks, one on each side and two on

294 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

the disk), a broad and low supraclypeal mark, a large suboval

mark on front, and broad band-like lateral face-marks ending

abruptly about the level of the middle of the scape, all bright

chrome-yellow ; the moderately broad and rather short facial

fovez begin where the lateral marks leave off; front granular,

dull ; clypeus shining, sparsely punctured; labrum and

mandibles (except the dark ferruginous tips, which are

bidentate) pale yellowish; posterior orbital margins very

broadly yellow; antennze dark, flagellum pale yellowish-

ferruginous beneath; upper margin of prothorax with a

yellow band (interrupted in middle), continued to tubercles,

which, with a patch below, are yellow; mesothorax dull,

gibbous, with a pair of fine yellowish streaks on the disk and

a yellowish line over each tegula; scutellum with the posterior

margin and a triangular spot on each side yellow; post-

scutellum with a median yellow spot; pleura black, with a

broad transverse yellow band beneath the wings; region

between wings and hind legs pale yellowish; the four

posterior trochanters, the hind femora, a patch on middle

femora behind, the anterior and middle knees, the anterior

and middle tibize in front and a streak behind, all yellow;

anterior and middle tarsi reddish; tegule reddish brown,

with a yellow spot. Wings clear; stigma large, it and the

nervures dilute sepia; second recurrent nervure joining

second submarginal cell a short distance before its end, first

joining the cell slightly beyond the end of its first third ;

basal nervure very strongly bent. Abdomen broad, with

a dull satiny surface, very dark brown, with a whitish

mark on each side of the first segment near the base, a

large lanceolate whitish mark at lateral bases of segments

2 to 4, and a spot in the same region on 5; no hair-bands,

but the apex and venter with a thin pale pilosity ; venter

dark ; hind spur serrate.

Hab. Queensland, no. 94. 61, also labelled Ridg. 11.93 ;

864. One ?.

Allied to E. quadrimaculata, Smith ; the two species form

a group standing apart from typical Huryglossa.

Callomelitta picta, Smith.

Victoria, no. 83. 100; and Franklin, Tasmania, nos. 91-155

and 3468.

The Victoria specimen has a red spot on the middle of the

postscutellum.

Allodape simillima, Smith.

Townsville, Queensland, 5.3.03 (I. P. Dodd); Cossack,

Records of Bees. 295

W.A., no. 91-155; Mor. [=Moreton?] Bay, 1893 (W. W.

Frog oggatt) ; Queensland, no. 319; Queensland (H. Saunders).

Allodape unicolor, Smith.

Queensland, no. 4312; Baudin I., no. 91-82; Montalivet

I., N.W. Australia, no. 90-126.

The last-mentioned specimen differs in having the second

recurrent nervure joining the second submarginal cell almost

at its tip, but it does not appear to be a distinct species.

Anthophora eruginosa, Smith.

Of this wonderful species I have before me a male from

De Freycinet I., N.W. Australia (no. 90-126), and females

from Queensland (H. Saunders, F. P. Dodd), Adelaide River,

and Port Darwin. ‘The following particulars should be added

to Smith’s description :—

? .—Green hair of vertex and above strongly mixed with

black ; pleura with light bluish-green hair ; black on clypeus

more extensive than Smith’s description suggests.

3 .—Clypeus yellow, with the upper lateral margins broadly

black.

Anthophora concinna (Klug).

Queenstown, Cape Colony (ZH. 7. Wells). 2. In British

Museum.

The second s.m. is very broad below. Superficially the

insect looks like a fulvous edition of A. eruginosa.

Lithurgus rubricatus, Smith.

Queensland (EZ. Saunders) ; nos. 93-49 and 324. ?.

Lithurgus atratiformis, sp. n.

?.—Length about 14 mm.

Black, without the distinct hair-bands or red apex of

abdomen seen in L. rubricatus. Head large and round; hair

at sides of face dull white, of region between antenne and

cheeks mixed black and white, of vertex and occiput black,

of anterior middie of clypeus long and reddish, of mandibles

(which are short and obtusely tridentate) reddish ; frontal

tubercle rather prominent, wrinkled and shining, not bifid,

its form much as in L. rubricatus ; vertex as densely punc-

tured as possible; antenne dark, flagellum faintly brownish

beneath ; hair of prothorax and anterior margin of meso-

thorax dull white, of pleura black, of sides of metathorax

296 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

partly black and partly dull white ; mesothorax anteriorly

very coarsely tuberculate, its posterior third, and the scu-

tellum, dull and densely rugoso-punctate; tegule dark

reddish brown. Wings smoky, nervures black; second re-

current nervure almost meeting second transverso-cubital.

Legs black, with black hair, hind tibiz coarsely tuberculate

on outer side; a small pulvillus present. Abdomen shining

black; the first two segments sericeous and scarcely punc-

tured, the others with minute close punctures ; hair-bands

white, but reduced to hardly visible rudiments, the most

distinct appearing as a fine line on the hind margin of

segment 5; hair of apical segment black, the extreme apex

dark ferruginous ; ventral scopa dark, appearing reddish in

sume lights, a sort of purplish black or dark brown in others ;

venter, underneath the scopa, with three rather narrow clean-

eut white hair-bands.

Hab. N.W. Coast of Australia, no. 69-59.

Allied to the Indian ZL. atratus, Smith, but larger and

more rugose.

Saropoda bombiformis, Smith.

Toowoomba, no. 93.189; 2. Queensland, “ Ridg. 2.92;

691,” and 94.61. ¢@.

The hair of the head and thorax above is strongly mixed

with black in both sexes, but this is not apparent unless the

insect is examined from the side.

Stilpnosoma levigatum, Smith.

Queensland, no. 94. 61, “ Ridgw. 11.93; 480.7 29.

Facial foveze linear, rather short. Thorax with median

and lateral linear grooves. Abdomen varying to dark

purple-blue. The imsect is not lke a Prosopis, but very

closely resembles Euryglossa, from which it appears to be an

offshoot. The venation is like that of Euryglossa, except

that the second recurrent nervure joins the second sub-

marginal cell a considerable distance from its end, whereas

in Euryglossa it joims it at the end.

Parasphecodes talchius, Smith.

Victoria, Australia, no. 85.108. ¢.

The first r. n. meets second t.-c. ; antenne entirely black.

Parasphecodes Froggatti, sp. n.

g —Length about 95 mm.

Head and thorax black, covered with white lanose pubes-

cence; face narrow; lower half of clypeus (except brownish

ltecords of Bees. 297

edge) pale yellow, this sending a pointed projection upwards

in the middle; mandibles dark, reddish in the middle;

antenne broken at fourth joint in type, but apparently all

dark except a small reddish spot at extreme base of flagellum

beneath ; thorax dull, minutely roughened; base of meta-

thorax irregularly ruguloso-plicate, with a sharp rim ;

tegul rufo-fulvous. Wi ings slightly dusky, a little yellowish,

not darkened apically ; nervures and stigma sepia-brown ;

first r.n. meeting second t.-c. Legs black, the anterior and

middle knees, the anterior tibiz broadly in front, and the

anterior and middle tarsi more or less, ferruginous ; abdomen

deep but bright chestnut-red, broad like that of a female

(much broader than in P. talchius) very closely and minutely

punctured, a suffused T-like area on first segment, a suffused

median area on third, and all of fourth and following ones

black.

Hab. Bathurst, N.S.W., Jan. 18, 18938, no. 124

(Froggatt).

Very distinct by its great hairiness and stout abdomen.

Nearest, I think, to P. altichus. The second r. n. and third

t.-c. are strong, not at all weakened as in P. tilachus.

Parasphecodes lichatus, Smith.

Perth, W. Australia ; 93-198. @.

This and the next three species are superficially very

similar; they may be distinguished as follows :—

Abdomen smooth and shining, hind legs clear red... adelaide, Ckll.

Abdomen not so shining, hind legs not red ........ R

1. Vertex and mesothorax t above with much black hair ;

AMA SHIGE VCTYIGRTIC oo ta were ge ape clin avn sty * » lichatus, Sin.

Wertex and mesothorax not 80 5 ...-..,0eccneres 2.

2. Abdomen black beyond third segment............ Loweri, Ckll.

OREUMPSEC TOO TEC <0 ge tanie! a) 4.02 Ss Reteie woh hchaiec alle Tepperi, Ckil,

Parasphecodes adelaide, sp. n.

2? .—Length about 9 mm.

Head and thorax black, with thin whitish pubescence,

dense and ochreous on margin of tubercles ; head large and

broad; clypeus very sparsely punctured, depressed in the

middle, and with a reddish spot; middle of mandibles

reddish ; flagellum dark reddish beneath ; mesothorax

shining, with very minute punctures of different sizes; area

of metathorax slightly irregularly wrinkled, but not con-

spicuously sculptured, its rim rather weak; tegule shining

dark reddish. Wings faintly dusky, not clouded apically ;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 20

298 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

nervures and stigma reddish; first r.n. joming second s.m.

almost at its end; second s.m. not far from square; second

r. nu. and third t.-c. much weakened. Anterior and middle

legs dark red, hind legs clear red, hair of legs tinged with

yellowish ; hind spur simple ; abdomen convex, shining, dark

chestnut-red strongly suffused with black, from the middle of

the third segment to the apex practically black, except the

coppery hind margins ; surtace of abdomen not punctate.

Hab. Adelaide ; 54-55.

Tn my table of Parasphecodes (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept.

1904, p. 209) this runs to P. tuchilas and P. lichatus, but it

is distinct by the very dark and shining abdomen, wherein,

as also in the weakened outer nervures, it resembles rather

P. tilachus.

Parasphecodes Loweri, sp. 0.

9 —Length about 9} mm.

Robust ; head and thorax black, rather pubescent, the hair

white beneath, yellowish cinereous above, forming a little

dense light patch on the anterior middle of the scutellum ;

head broad, but facial quadrangle longer than broad ; clypeus

shining, with numerous large punctures ; mandibles entirely

black; flagellum faintly reddish beneath; front, vertex,

mesothorax, and scutellum minutely roughened, glistening ;

area of metathorax scarcely defined, with irregular longi-

tudinal wrinkles only on the basal part; upper corners of

posterior truncation rounded ; tegule rather large, dull dark

reddish, the anterior margins narrowly hyaline. Wings with

a rather strong yellowish tinge; nervures and stigma ferru-

ginous ; first r. n. meeting second t.-c., but a little on the

inner side; second s.m. higher than broad, somewhat

narrowed above. Legs dark reddish brown, with abundant

pale pubescence; basal joint of hind tarsi with an apical

fulvous tuft; hind spur simple. Abdomen broad, thinly

pubescent, very minutely and closely punctured; first three

segments chestnut-red, the others black, first segment with a

blackish anchor-shaped mark; hind margins of first three

segments orange. The second r. n. and third t.-c. are

weakened.

Hab. Adelaide, Australia; 52. 124.

Differs from P. tuchilas by the hind margins of abdominal

segments 1 and 2 not darkened, clypeus with numerous

punctures, &c. It approaches P. melbournensis in haying the

enclosure of metathorax diversely sculptured, but differs in

other particulars.

Records of Bees. 299

Parasphecodes Tepperi, sp. ni.

? —Length about 9 mm.

Not so robust as the last species, the abdomen being

noticeably narrower. The followmg differences are also

apparent on comparison :—Head shorter ; clypeus with the

punctures hardly so strong; flagellum pallid beneath except

at base; tegule light rufo-fulvous; scutellum without a

light patch ; area of metathorax rather coarsely longitudi-

nally wrinkled all over; stigma and nervures dark reddish ;

second s.m. nearly square; abdomen rather more shiny,

entirely red, the apex faintly blackish; venter also red ; legs

black.

Hab. Adelaide, Australia; 53.56. Another is marked

simply “ Australia.”

Runs in my table to P. lacthius, Sm., but that has

rufo-testaceous legs and the fourth abdominal segment

fuscous. The names of this and the last species are given

in recognition of the work of two well-known Australian

entomologists.

Sphecodes tasmanie, sp. un.

$ .—Length about 5} mm.

Head and thorax black; head broad, facial quadrangle

broader than long ; face with yellowish pubescence ; mandi-

bles simple, black basally, pale yellowish in the middle,

ferruginous at tips; front and vertex dull, minutely

roughened ; antennz long, entirely black, scape long, joint 3

a trifle longer than 4, 5 about as long as 3 and 4 together,

flagellar joints very distinct; mesothorax and scutellum nude

except for a few pale fulvous hairs (mainly on scutellum),

smooth and shining, with scattered inconspicuous very

minute punctures, only visible with a good lens; sides of

thorax with a very thin griseous or whitish pubescence ; area

of metathorax large, semilunar, dull, with extremely fine

thread-like longitudinal striz ; tegule shining reddish,

marked with darker. Wings clear, strongly iridescent ;

stigma large, it and the nervures rufous ; first sm. much

longer than the other two united; second very narrow, much

higher than broad, narrowed above, receiving the first r.n. at

its middle ; third higher than broad, but larger than second ;

second r.n. and third t.-c. weakened, and lower boundary of

third s.m. almost obsolete. Legs bright ferruginous, the

cox, trochanters, and basal half or more of femora black ;

outer edge of hind tibiz and the last two joints of their tarsi

darkened ; abdomen shining, quite without hair-bands, black

20*

300 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

basally and apically, with the apical margin of first segment,

the second except a median stain, and the greater part of the

third chestnut-red ; apical plate red, broadly truncate, much

broader than long, suggestive of ‘the genus Proteranea ;

venter red, stained with blackish.

Hab. Hobart, Tasmania, no. 91-155.

Because of the smooth mesothorax, this cannot be the

male of S. antipodes, Smith.

The following three species of Halictus resemble Para-

sphecodes and Sphecodes in having red abdomens :—

Halictus punctatus, Smith, var. exlautus, nov.

@.—Abdomen broad, entirely orange-fulvous (apricot-

colour), except a faint dusky median stain and a small black

spot on extreme side of segments 38 and 4. Mandibles

ferruginous ; facial quadrangle about square ; mesothorax

green, dullish, with large well-separated punctures, median

and lateral grooves distinct ; metathorax black, the enclosure

large but ill-defined, covered with fine raised lines ; ; tubercles

reddish ; pleura black ; stigma very large, honey-colour ; ;

first r. n. joing second s.m. not far from its end ; outer

nervures weak as in Chloralictus ; legs red, hind spur simple.

Length about or not quite 6 mm.

Hab. Australia (no other details known), from F. Smith’s

collection (no. 79. 22).

The typical punctatus has the abdomen dark rufo-piceous

in the middle, red at the sides.

Halictus sphecodopsis, sp. 0.

$ —Very minute; length scarcely 4 mm.

Head and thorax yellowish green, the metathorax a bluer

green; face broad, covered with yellowish hair; broad

anterior margin of clypeus, labrum, and mandibles (except

ferruginous tips) cream-colour; antennze long, lively ferru-

ginous, the flagellum dusky above ; vertex and mesothorax

granular, the latter with a little yellowish pubescence, most

abundant at the anterior corners; area of metathorax

obscurely roughened and wrinkled basally, bounded by a

shining margin; tegule shining fulvous. Wings rather

narrow, clear, strongly iridescent; stigma dark reddish brown,

nervures pale ; first r. n. joiming second s.m. near its end;

outer nervures (as in Chloralictus) much weakened, in fact

almost obsolete. Legs entirely clear orange-ferruginous.

Records of Bees. 301

Abdomen small, fusiform, very shiny, bright ferruginous, the

apical third strongly infuscated ; apex broadly rounded; no

hair-bands; suture between first and second segments a

little depressed.

Hab. Queensland: no. 94.61; “ Ridg. 11.91 ; 710.”

Close to H. sphecodoides, Smith, but the colour of the head

and legs is different, and I do not feel justified in treating it

as the male of that insect, hitherto known only in the female.

Halictus vitripennis, Smith.

A @ from Queensland (Ridg. 11.93; 711) agrees with

Smith’s too brief description and my notes on the type; but

there is just a possibility that actual comparison would reveal

differences. _

XX XIII.—Descriptions and Records of Bees. —II1.

By TT. D. A. Cocxrrett, University of Colorado.

PHENACOLLETES, gen. nov.

Tongue and paraglosse as in Colletes; labial palpi small,

4-jointed, the joimts subequal, but the two middle ones

the shortest ; distance between paraglosse and labial palpi

greater than length of former; blade of maxilla about 23

times as long as wide, rounded at end; maxillary palpi very

small, not half the length of maxilla-blade, -the six joints

stout, the first not easily seen, the second and third cylin-

drical, the fourth and fifth short, the sixth narrow and

pointed ; pubescence short, very finely plumose ; abdomen

free from hair, except a very fine pruinosity, and shaped like

that of a Tachytes or Bembecid ; stigma small and narrow

(about as in Leioproctus as figured by Smith) ; marginal

cell lanceolate, tapering apically ; three submarginal cells—

the first, on cubital nervure, at least as long as the other two

together; the second large, almost square, receiving the first

recurrent nervure at the end of its first third; the third

about twice as long as the second below, but only as long

above, its outer margin regularly curved; the second

recurrent nervure enters it a little before the beginning of

its last fourth, and is practically straight, with only a slight

irregular curvature ; basal nervure falling a very little basad

of transverso-medial.

802 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Z: scriptions and

Phenacolletes mimus, sp. 1.

3 .—Length about 14 mm.; of anterior wing just over 10.

Black, with the large scutellum red varying to black;

head large, circular seen from in front; cheeks broad ;

vertex convex; ocelli well developed, in a low triangle ;

mandibles dark reddish, bidentate, but the inner tooth quite

small ; labrum with a shining elevated C placed with the back

upwards, rather suggestive of a hog’s snout ; face broad, with

the eyes practically parallel (slightly diverging below); the

whole face, up to the ocelli, covered with dense snow-white

pubescence, as also are the cheeks and occiput ; interocellar

region with a tuft of white hair; vertex and mesothorax

exposed, finely granular ; antenne short, entirely dark except

that the apical margin of the scape is reddish, or the scape

may be entirely reddish ; flagellum thick, the middle joints

broader than long, and strictly cylindrical; tubercles more or

less red; pleura, postscutellum, and metathorax with much

white hair; metathorax with a thick white fringe on each

side; its basal enclosure large, shining, and hairless, with a deep

basal pit, and bounded by a strong sulcus ; mesothorax with

three impressed lines in front, and the parapsidal lines fairly

distinct ; tegule yellowish ferruginmous. Wings variably

dusky, inclined to be yellowish; stigma and nervures dark

brown, or the stigma practically black. Legs normal, dark

reddish, with fine white pruinosity, only the anterior femora

having behind a fringe of white hair; hind knee-plates well

developed ; hind tibize rather slender and nearly cylindrical,

the hind legs being quite long ; anterior tibial spurs with a fine

comb, hind spurs simple ; abdomen rather shiny, with very

minute punctures, guite without pubescence except a fine white

pruinosity, especially noticeable at sides ; sutures not depressed ;

seventh dorsal segment with a broad flattened pygidial area;

from the apex projects a small rounded plate. The characters

italicized are likely to be of generic significance, in addition

to those given in the generic diagnosis.

Hab. Turtle Bay, 91-82; three specimens, numbered

1421, 1423, and 1424. Turtle Bay is on the coast of

Australia; I believe off the N.W. coast. The specimens

were collected by Commander J. J. Walker, R.N., on the

‘Penguin’ Expedition.

This remarkable insect caused me much perplexity. The

general appearance and structure of the abdomen resemble

those of some wasp allied to Tachytes ; the legs also are very

wasp-like. On the other hand, the venation is quite that of

a bee, and the mouth-parts are of the Colletid type, which,

Records of Bees. 303

however, is nearly the same as that of Tachytes and its

allies. With a lens, I could not detect any plumosity in the

pubescence, which is very short and like that of a wasp; but

the compound microscope shows that all the hairs are

minutely plumose, and this settles the reference of the genus

to the bees. It is by all means the most wasp-like bee I

know, and I think it affords very strong evidence in favour

of the origin of the Colletid bees from a wasp of the Tachytes-

group. It appears to follow that the bees with pointed

tongues have had a quite different origin, as I have formerly

suggested.

Lithurgus atratiformis, Ckll.

? —A specimen marked 92. 16 and 304 shows that when

quite fresh the second to fifth segments of the abdomen

have extremely narrow but conspicuous white hair-fringes.

Another, with the face narrower than the type, but clearly

the same species, is from Queensland (Gilbert Turner),

labelled also 304.

Bombus terrestris (L.).

New Zealand (H. Saunders); one worker, in British

Museum.

Bombus terrestris, var. audax (Harris).

New Zealand (#. Saunders); one female, in British

Museum.

Bombus hortorum, vay. fidens (Harris).

New Zealand (£. Saunders) ; three females and a worker,

in British Museum. There is also a female labelled

“ Queensland (H. Saunders).”

Bombus hortorum, var.

Similar to var. jfidens, but prothorax, scutellum, and

penultimate abdominal segment more or less distinctly

reddish yellow. I have not found a varietal name for this

form.

New Zealand (HE. Saunders); two females in British

Museum.

Of course, all these Bomdi are the progeny of introduced

individuals. I have credited these and other specimens

to Mr. E. Saunders, following the labels, but I gather that

304 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

Mr. Saunders did not collect them, but only presented

them to the Museum *,

Nomia tenuihirta, Ckll.

Both sexes were taken in Queensland by Gilbert Turner.

The @? is labelled “ Ridg. 4.92” and 869. It differs from

the male by its more robust form, but is in general similar.

Both spurs of the hind tibia are strongly curved at the end.

Nomia Gilberti, sp. n.

Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner) ; no. 869, and labelled

« Ridg. 3.92.”

9? .—Length about 85 mm.

Black, with white or yellowish-white pubescence, and

scattered erect black hairs on vertex and occiput ; abdomen

in a bright light appearing very dark reddish, and having

broad but rather thin white hair-bands on the broadly

depressed apical margins of segments 2 to 4, and a patch on

each side of the first segment; fringe of fifth segment dark

grey or blackish ; anterior spur of hind tibia strongly curved,

posterior spur minutely pectinate; legs black, even to the

tarsi, hair on inner side of tarsi black. Mandibles bidentate,

largely dark reddish ; face broad, with coarse yellowish-white

pubescence ; median raised line extending nearly to apex of

clypeus, the latter shining, and curiously longitudinally

ridged in an irregular way; antennz entirely dark; vertex

and mesothorax granulo-punctate. Wings faintly dusky, the

apex conspicuously smoky ; third submarginal cell much

longer than first ; second much higher than broad, but

almost or quite parallel-sided, receiving the first recurrent

nervure near its end.

Superficially, this looks exactly like N. tenuihirta, and

from the fact that the collector gave both the same number

it is probable that he regarded them as the same. They

are, however, clearly distinct, and may be separated as

follows :—

* IT learn from Mr. Chas. O. Waterhouse that all specimens in the

Australian Collection labelled 92. 44, 91.82, 91.155, and 90.126 were

collected by J. J. Walker, on the ‘Penguin’ Expedition ; all labelled

94, 61 and 93.49, from Queensland, were collected by Gilbert Turner ; all

labelled 93.198 by H. W. J. Turner ; all labelled 85. 108 by F. DuBoulay ;

all labelled 85.42 by W. R. Salter; and 1903. 356 by P. F. Dodd.

Records of Bees. 305

N. Gilberti, 9. | N. tenuthirta, 2.

Basal enclosure of metathorax | Basal enclosure of metathorax

nearly or quite as broad (antero- = almost linear at sides; dull,

posteriorly) at sides as the width — granular, without distinct cross-

of the second submarginal cell ;

shining, with irregular but very

distinct cross-ridges.

Tegule piceous, with a whitish Tegule pale testaceous, fuscous

spot on outer margin, basally, and with a whitish

patch posteriorly.

taised facial line hardly invading

ridges,

Raised facial line extending far

down clypeus. clypeus.

Stigma honey-colour, | Stigma dark reddish-piceous.

Wings more hyaline, with the apex | Wings more dusky, the apex uni-

obviously darkened. form with the rest.

In N. Gilberti the triangular area forming the lower

extension of the metathoracic enclosure is perfectly smooth

and shining, and cut off from the ridged area by a transverse

keel ; in N. ¢enuthirta this part is minutely granular like the

rest, and not conspicuously cut off from it.

Nomia semiaurea, sp. n.

? —Length about 10 mm.

Rather broad, the abdomen top-shaped ; black, with some-

times a green tint on middle of first abdominal segment ;

pubescence entirely fulvous or golden, except a very few

scattered dark hairs on mesothorax. Face not very broad ;

inner orbital margins strongly concave above; clypeus

densely covered with elongate punctures (strawberry-

surface) ; face with fulvous tomentum ; supraclypeal area

convex ; longitudinal line very fine, extending from middle

ocellus to beyond middle of clypeus; mandibles bidentate,

more or less stained with dark reddish; flagellum dull dark

brown, delicately pruinose, light at tip; vertex and front

with very minute punctures; mesothorax only sparingly

hairy, the pubescence quite inconspicuous, its surface

minutely roughened but rather shining, with the punctures

large and deep, close at the sides, larger and more separated

in the middle; tubercles densely covered with fulvous

tomentum, as also the postscutellum (which may, however,

be denuded) ; sides of metathorax with long pale fulvous

hair; posterior face very well-defined, shining, with strong

large punctures, and only covered with a very fine tomentum ;

upper part bare and strongly and closely punctured, but the

true enclosure is reduced almost to nothing ; tegule rather

large, orange-fulvous. Wings dusky, especially the apical

part, stigma and nefvures brown; second submarginal cell

306 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

small and narrow, receiving the first recurrent nervure a

little before its end; third with an appendicular apical point.

Tarsiand knees red, and tibi largely so; basal joint of hind

tarsi very broad and flat ; abdomen shining, but strongly and

quite closely punctured, hind margins of segments 1 to 4

broadly depressed and fulvous, those of segments 2 to 4 with

bands of golden-orange appressed hair; fifth segment with a

redder band.

It is not altogether impossible that this may be the 9? of

N. rufocognita, Ckll., but in that species (¢) the middle of

the mesothorax is densely punctured all over, and the first

abdominal segment is much more coarsely and _ closely

punctured. The enclosure of the metathorax in rufocognita,

though a mere line laterally, is divided by little ridges,

which makes it look beaded; this is not at all the case in

semiaured.

Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner) ; two, both labelled

Ridg. 4.91 and 617.

From the description, this must be near to Nomia cincta,

Smith, discovered by Wallace on Great Key Island.

Nomia halictella, sp. n.

?.—Length about 8} mm.

Looking very much like a small Halictus calceatus ; the

shining, fulvous-banded abdomen broad in the middle and

narrowing basally, so that in some positions it looks sub-

clavate. Black, with rather light ochreous pubescence ;

head broad, eyes strongly converging below; mandibles

dark reddish in the middle; antennze dark, the flagellum

red at apex; median raised line extending downwards only

to level of antenne; front below ocelli delicately striatulate ;

mesothorax dull, very minutely and closely punctured,

appearing quite hairy when seen from the side, but not so

when seen from above, except at the extreme lateral margins,

and at the scutello-mesothoracie suture, which is full of

ochreous tomentum ; upper border of prothorax, tubercles,

and postscutellum covered with ochreous tomentum ; basal

area of metathorax very narrow (short), with numerous very

fine cross-ridges; posterior face of metathorax dull and

granular, bounded laterally by a ridge only below; tegule

shining rufous, fuscous basally. Wings strongly dusky ;

stigma and nervures light dull brown, stigma large ;

marginal cell very blunt and broadly rounded at apex; first

submarginal cell longer than third; second quite large,

somewhat broader than high, receiving the first recurrent

Records of Bees. 307

nervure near the beginning of its last third. Tarsi dark

reddish ; hair on inner side of basal joint of hind tarsi

(which is rather broad, with the outer apical corner produced

to an acute angle) shining ochreous; second joint of hind

tarsi triangular, the apex produced like that of first joint.

Abdomen shining, with a rather sericeous surface, the

punctures obscure; hind margins of segments rufescent,

those of third and fourth with broad, dense, entire fulvo-

ochraceous hair-bands; on the first and second these bands

only appear laterally, or the band may be nearly complete on

the second; fringe on fifth segment redder; ventral seg-

ments frmged with very long hair.

Hab. Queensland, four specimens (Gilbert Turner). They

all bear the collector’s number 313.

Nomia halictella, var. triangularis, nov.

? .—A little larger (expanse of wings 18 mm.). Stigma

dark reddish; basal enclosure of metathorax much larger in

the middle, being produced behind to form a large triangle,

which is covered with longitudinal ridges, which are not so

fine as those of the type.

This insect is a very puzzling one: the enclosure of meta-

thorax is so different from that of typical halictella, that one

would take it for a distinct species ; but in all other respects

the insect is essentially halictella.

Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner), marked 311 Hy.

Halictus urbanus baudinensis, subsp. n.

?.—Length about5 mm. Similar to uwrbanus, with the

same peacock-green mesothorax ; but tibiz and tarsi, and

apical third or fourth of femora, all bright ferruginous ;

hind spur with two long spines ; hind femora somewhat

deformed, appearing as though bent near the middle ; stigma

very dark reddish brown; first r. n. meeting second t.-c. ;

tegule shining fulvous; abdomen beyond the first segment

delicately white-pruinose.

Hab. Baudin I., N.W. Australia (J. J. Walker, 675).

Collected on the ‘ Penguin’ Expedition.

This is very hkely a distinct species, but it is very close to

H. urbanus, and may be treated as a subspecies until more

material has been collected. It has the outer nervures

weakened, as in Chloralictus.

Paracolletes obscurus (Smith).

? .—W. Australia (C. M. Worsfold). The locality is an

308 Mr. O. Thomas on new Neotropical

unexpected one, but the insect runs to obscurus in the table

I made from the types, and agrees sufficiently with Smith’s

description. ‘The abdomen, however, has a narrow white

marginal hair-band on segments 2 to 4. The long black

hair of the head and thorax above is very strongly plumose.

University of Colorado,

Boulder, Colorado, U.S.A.,

May 23, 1905.

XXXIV.—New Neotropical Chrotopterus, Sciurus, Neacomys,

Coendou, Proechimys, and Marmosa. By OLDFIELD

THOMAS.

Chrotopterus auritus guiane, subsp. n.

Ends of wings broadly white for more than an inch at their

tips, both the terminal phalanges of the middle finger and

the membrane itself white, contrasting markedly with the

dark colour of the rest of the membrane; the edge of the

membrane between the fourth and fifth digits also white, and

a slight trace of a whitish edging to the membrane leading to

the foot. Base of thumb almost without hairs. Fur of body

and forearms not extending on to the membranes, which are

practically naked throughout.

~ Other characters as described by Peters, Tomes, and Dobson.

Forearm of type 82 mm.

Hab. Venezuela and Guiana. Type from La Vuelta,

Lower Orinoco, Venezuelan Guiana.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 4. 5. 7. 20. Collected 24th

April, 1903, by Mr. 8. M. Klages.

Chrotopterus auritus australis, subsp. n.

White tipping to wings much reduced as compared with

C. a. guiane; the terminal phalanx of the third digit only

whitened, and the membrane only lighter, not white, for about

half an inch at the tip; no whitish line extending along the

hinder edge of the wing-membrane beyond the end of the fourth

digit. Base of thumb with a distinct patch of woolly fur on

the metacarpus. Fur of body extending on to the wing-

membrane behind the elbows below, and on the interfemoral

membrane above behind the thighs and knees.

Forearm of type 83 mm.

Chrotopterus, Sciurus, Neacomys, cc. 309

Hab. Paraguay and Southern Brazil. Type from Concep-

cion, Paraguay; alt. 300 m.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no, 1. 8.11.1. Collected 6th

May, 1900, by Mr. J. Insley. Several specimens also

obtained in Paraguay by Mr. W. Foster.

The differences above described in the amount of white

on the tips of the wings and in the distribution of the fur

seem to be so constant as to indicate a local difference

between the specimens from Guiana and Southern Brazil.

I have seen no examples from Mexico, whence came Peters’s

type, but in his most careful and detailed description he

mentions no white at all on the tips of the wings, nor is any

shown in the plate, and I therefore conclude that the Mexican

Chrotopterus is again different from either of the two races

now described, as was indeed to be expected.

The specimen described and figured by Tomes in 1861*,

and recently acquired with the Tomes collection, proves to be

the southern form, with but little white at the ends of the

wings.

Sciurus Boothie annalium, subsp. n.

General characters as in S. Boothie, but belly grey instead

of white.

Colour of body above as in true Boothie, but less heavily

blackened. Under surface and inner sides of limbs uniformly

dull grizzled greyish (between “ drab-grey”’? and “hair-

brown ’’), not defined laterally from the colour of the sides.

Ears with a narrow black edging ; the small patch behind

their posterior bases dull greyish white. Upper surface of

hands and feet black. Tail-hairs black, annulated along the

middle line below with dull whitish, and tipped with white,

but less broadly than in true Boothie.

Skull as in true Boothie.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the skin) :—

Head and body 250 mm.; tail 250; hind foot, s. u. 51,

c.u. 55 (the second specimen larger: hind foot, s. u. 57,

Gn. GL).

Length of upper tooth-row, exclusive of small premolar, 10.

Hab. Honduras.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 45. 8. 5. 12. Collected by

D. Dyson. Two specimens.

These specimens are those referred to by Gray in his

second description of S. Boothiey, but are so markedly

different, by their greyish bellies, from the type and from a

* P. Z.S. 1861, p. 102, pl. xviii.

+ Ann. & Mag, Nat, Hist. (3) xx. p. 424 (1867).

310 Mr. O. Thomas on new Neotropical

number of adult examples that I have lately had the oppor-

tunity of examining that I think they should receive a special

subspecific name. In his admirable monograph of Central

American Squirrels Mr. Nelson has also referred to these

specimens *,

Neacomys guiane, sp. n.

Very similar to N. spinosus, but conspicuously smaller.

Fur of medium length; hairs and spines of back about

8 mm. long. General colour dark fulvous, heavily lined with

blackish; head and fore-quarters darker; sides brighter

fulvous, especially in front of the hips. Lower flanks greyer,

an ochraceous line edging the white of the belly. Under

surface pure sharply detined white throughout, the hairs white

to their bases. Lips and chin also white. Outer side of

fore limb greyish fulvous, of hind limb clearer fulvous ; inner

side of limbs white. Upper surface of hands and feet dull

white. Tail of medium length, nearly naked, brown above,

whitish below proximally, darkening terminally.

Skull similar to that of N. spinosus, but smaller

throughout.

Dimensions of type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 64 mm.; tail 67; hind foot 18°5.

Skull: greatest length 20; basilar length 15; length of

nasals 7; interorbital breadth 4; breadth of brain-case 10 ;

diastema 5:5; palatal foramina 3; length of upper molar

series 2°5.

Hab. Demerara River, British Guiana. Alt. 120 feet.

Type. Old male. Original number 27. Collected 21st

July, 1905, by Mr. S. B. Warren. One specimen.

The occurrence of Neacomys in Guiana is quite a new

discovery, the nearest locality from which the genus has been

recorded being Bogota. The species may be readily

recognized by its small size, and especially by its small skull

and teeth.

Coendou pruinosus, sp. 0.

A small thickly furred black-and-grey species, with two

sorts of spines as in C, vestitus.

Size about asin C. coudy. Pelage consisting of (1) the

normal spines, about 25 mm. in length, confined to the upper

surface and sides, not occurring on the belly ; (2) long bristle-

spines, attaining 100 mm. in length, at base nearly as thick

as the true spines, but tailing off terminally into a long

* P, Wash, Acad, Sci. i. p. 78 (1899).

Chrotopterus, Sciurus, Neacomys, &c. all

slender point far overtopping the fur; and (3) a thick coat of

woolly hair some 50 mm. in length. General colour of the

animal, as a whole, hoary blackish, the fur (which entirely

hides the spines) uniformly blackish brown, but profusely

lined by the long whitish ends to the bristles. Individually,

on the body, (1) the spines are straw-yellow with blackish

ends ; (2) the bristles are yellowish white basally, have a

broad blackish ring rather beyond their middle, their long

ends being white or yellowish white, contrasting markedly

with the dark fur; (3) the fur is light brown basally,

darkening to blackish brown, and tipped slightly on the dorsal

and broadly on the ventral surface with hoary whitish.

Head with its spines whitish for their basal halves, then

with a broad black ring followed by a white one, the extreme

tip again black; bristles shorter than on the body, their

median dark ring extending downwards nearly to their bases.

Hands and feet blackish, more or less lined with hoary grey.

Tail-base yellowish white above, from the broad whitish ends

to the numerous bristles; below black; the thinly haired

terminal point brown or blackish brown all round.

Skull, as usual, most variable, no two examples resembling

each other, but the dimensions below will give an idea of its

size and shape.

Dimensions of the type (measured by Sr. Bricefio in the

flesh) :—

Head and body 380 mm. ; tail 190; hind foot, s. u. 40,

c. u. 50.

Skull: greatest length 68; basilar length 59; greatest

breadth 40; nasals 20X11:5; interorbital breadth 20;

breadth of brain-case 29; palate length 30; diastema 18 ;

palatal foramina 6 ; length of upper tooth-series 15.

Hab. Merida, Venezuela (Montahas de la Pedregosa).

Alt. 2500 m.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 5. 7. 5. 9. Original

number 4. Collected 14th January, 1905, by Sr. Bricefio.

Five specimens.

This well-marked porcupine agrees with C. vestitus, Thos. *,

alone of all described species in the possession of long

spinous bristles in addition to both the normal short spines

and a thick coat of woolly fur. From that animal, however,

it may be readily distinguished by the light colour of the

long ends to these bristles, which in C. vestetus are black.

* Ann, & Mag. Nat, Hist. (7) iv. p. 284 (1899).

312 Mr. O. Thomas on new Neotropical

Proechimys Warrent, sp. 0.

A small species related to P. Cherriei, Thos.

Size quite small, as in P. Cherriec, the hind foot con-

spicuously shorter than in the better-known species of the

P. trinitatis group. Spines thick and strong, about 1°38 mm.

broad by 19 mm. long, very numerous on the back, but

practically absent on the rump and lower flanks. General

colour of the usual dark fulvous, heavily lined with blackish,

the hairs with fulvons subterminal rings, and the spines

greyish white basally, black terminally. Head more greyish

brown. Under surface pure sharply defined snowy white, as

are the hips and inner sides of the limbs. Areas along inner

aspect of forearms and of lower leg thinly haired, almost

naked. Upper sides of hands and feet white. ‘Tail fulvous

like body for its basal inch, then blackish brown above and

white below, the two colours more sharply separated than in

P. Cherrie’; thinly haired, the hairs two or three scales in

length.

Skull very like that of P. Cherriei, agreeing with it in size

and in the smoothness of the brain-case, there being, even in

the oldest specimens, no trace of ridges running across the

parietals. But the palatal foramina are much shorter, widely

open mesially, tapering posteriorly as well as anteriorly,

ending further from the molars, and without any raised

parallel ridges leading back from their edges towards the

front of p*. Pterygoid processes spatulate, about 0°38 mm. broad

at their basal neck, broadening out to 2 mm. at their widest

point ; in P. Cherriet they are almost equally narrow through-

out (U'8 mm. at the neck, 1-0 mm. at broadest point).

Molars rather small, all quadrilaminate as usual.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 228 mm.; tail 185; hind foot (s. u.) 41;

ear 25.

Skull: greatest length 51; basilar length 36°8; greatest

breadth 24°5; nasals 19°5 ; interorbital breadth 11-3; diastema

16°2; palatal foramina 5°1 x 33; length of upper cheek-

tooth series 7.

Hab. Comackka, 80 miles up the Demerara River, British

Guiana. Alt. 50 feet.

Type. Old male. Original number 17. Collected 1st

July, 1905, by Mr. S. B. Warren. Five specimens.

This series of old and young specimens is of interest as

confirming the status of P. Cherriei, which was founded on a

single specimen, whose small size and smooth skull suggested

youth, though the molars were fully worn, From the

Chrotopterus, Sciurus, Neacomys, cc. 313

Orinocan species P. Warreni, though very closely allied, may

be distinguished by its shorter, unrimmed palatal foramina

and broadly spatulate pterygoid processes.

Marmosa cinerea nicarague, subsp. n.

Similar to the Costa Rican MZ. c. Alstonz, Allen *, in size

and general characters. Fur shorter and closer, hairs of back

about 8-9 mm. in length, instead of 11-14, and those of tail-

base only about 7 mm. in length as compared with 12-14.

General colour above greyish brown (nearest to sepia of

Ridgway). Under surface cream-buff, tie hairs of the chest,

middle line of belly, and of inguinal region buffy to their

bases. Hands and feet pale greyish white. Tail very long,

decidedly longer than in A/stonz, dull blackish for about three

fifths of its length, then white, the junction of the two colours

gradual, without marbling ; in Alston? only about one third

of the tail is blackish.

Skull as in the Costa Rica form.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 167 mm.; tail 281; hind foot, s. u. 28°5,

Gu. 30's ear 29:

Skull: basal length 42°7; greatest breadth 25 ; combined

length of three anterior molariform teeth 7°7.

Hab. Bluefields, Nicaragua: sea-level.

Type. Adult male. Original number 5. Collected 9th

January, 1905, by Mr. G. Palmer.

Compared with half a dozen Costa Rican specimens—

practically topotypes—of Dr. Allen’s M/Z. Alston7, this Marmosa

is readily distinguishable by its shorter fur, especially on the

furry tail-base, its longer tail, and the much greater extension

of the black down the latter organ.

Marmosa cinerea demerare, subsp. n.

Size a little smaller than in the other members of the

cinerea group. Fur of medium length ; hairs of back about

10 mm. long. General colour above as usual, near “ broccoli-

brown.” Under surtace broadly washed with ‘‘ cream-buff,”

not sharply defined laterally, the hairs on the chin and down

the centre of the abdomen buffy to their bases. Dark orbital

rings narrow and ill-defined. Muzzle and cheeks pale buffy.

* Caluromys Alstoni, Allen, Bull. Am, Mus. xiii. p. 189 (1900). Iam

still of the opinion that ezmerea and its allies should be placed in Marmosa

rather than in Caluromys. Yor the time being also I prefer to treat both

the Central American forms as subspecies of the Brazilian cinerea.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 21

314 Mr. O. Thomas on a

Hands and feet dull buffy whitish. Tail very long; the

hairs of the basal furry part comparatively short, about as

in M. c. nicarague; naked part brown to within 65 mm.

of the tip, then abruptly white.

Skull as usual, but the molar teeth decidedly smaller than

in the other subspecies.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 166 mm.; tail 250; hind foot (s. u.) 24.

Skull: greatest length 41; basal length 37°3 ; zygomatic

breadth 23°5; combined length of three anterior molariform

teeth 7:1.

Hab. Comackka, 80 miles up Demerara River, British

Guiana.

Type. Adultfemale. Original number 16. Collected 29th

June, 1905, by Mr. 8. B. Warren.

This local representative of the JM. cinerea group differs

from true e¢nerea by the greater extent of the brown part of

its tail and by its smaller teeth. In the former character it

agrees with the Nicaraguan race described above, but by its

small teeth it differs from that as from the other members of

the group. It was quite to be expected that a special race of

M. cinerea should be found in Guiana.

XXXV.—On a remarkable new Squirrel from Burma.

By OLprieLp THOMAS.

Tue British Museum owes to the kindness of Capt. H.

H. Harimegton, of the 90th Punjabis, two specimens, from the

Upper Chindwin River, of a very remarkable squirrel, quite

unlike anything we have seen before. I would propose to

eall it

Sciurus [Haringtont, sp. n.

A pale creamy-buff species with a buffy belly and a whitish

tail.

Size medium. Fur of back rather over 20 mm. in length.

General colour of upper surface “ cream-buff” along the

dorsal area, the buff fading out on the sides, which are dull

whitish. Individually the hairs of the back are whitish grey

basally, with a broad cream-buff subterminal band and a

minute black point. Head creamy whitish, with a slight

buffy suffusion on the crown; the cheeks dull white. Ears

new Squirrel from Burma. 315

whitish, both outside and in. Under surface, from chin to

anus, bright sharply contrasted ochraceous buff (in the type;

the second specimen nearer tawny ochraceous). Lateral line

of demarcation very sharply marked in both specimens, and in

the type emphasized by a blackish line which runs from the

middle of the front of the forearm, across the shoulders, down

the sides and legs to the back of the heel. Fore limbs on

outer side above this line of demarcation creamy whitish,

like the flanks; beyond it, including the hands and the

whole of the inner aspect, ochraceous buffy like the belly, or

slightly paler. Back of upper part of hind leg whitish like

body ; inner side, ankles, and feet buffy like belly, rather

paler on the digits. Tail above and below creamy buff

proximally (the extreme tips of the hairs blackish), lightening

to white terminally.

Skull of the general proportions of that of S. Finlaysont,

erythreus, &c., but there is only one upper premolar in the

single specimen of which the skull has been preserved. This

has the milk-premolar still in place, and the large permanent

premolar just coming up below it, but no trace of the small

p, which usually at this stage is readily discernible.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 250 mm.; tail 265; hind foot (s. u.) 54;

ear 22.

Skull: zygomatic breadth 32; back of postorbital process

to tip of nasals 82°5 ; nasals 16:4 x 7:2; interorbital breadth

18; palate length 23; length of upper tooth-series 10.

Hab. Upper Chindwin River, Burma. Type from

Moungkan; a second specimen from Homalin. About 25°N.,,

95° E.

Type. Immature male. B.M.no. 5. 8.11.1. Collected

14th December, 1904, and eee ‘by Capt. Hii. Ee

Harington.

This very peculiar squirrel is so entirely unlike any known

species that I do not know with what to compare it. Its pale

creamy-buff colour and whitish tail are quite unique, while

no other Oriental squirrel of its size is without the small

upper premolar. This latter character also indicates that

Sciurus Haringtonz is not merely a partially albinistic variation

of some known species, an explanation which its pale colour

might at first sight suggest.

Capt. Harington i is to be congratulated on the discovery of

so striking a new form,

21%

316 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

XXXVI.—A Revision of the Fishes of the American Cichlid

Genus Cichlosoma and of the Allied Genera. By C. Tare

Reean, B.A.

(Continued frem p. 245.]

Section 9.

Two species from Central America agree in most respects

with those of the preceding section, but differ in the some-

what fewer teeth, which are more distinctly enlarged

anteriorly. Dorsal XVI-XVII 31-12. Anal VII 8-9.

38. Cichlosoma margaritiferum.

Heros margaritifer, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 287 (1862), and Trans,

Zool. Soe. vi. 1869, p. 450, pl. Ixxi. fig. 2.

Cichlasoma margaritiferum, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xtvii.

1898, p. 1519; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi, 1903, p. 211

(1904).

Depth of body 2} in the length, length of head 3. Snout

slightly longer than postorbital part of head. Diameter of

eye 41 in the length of head, interorbital width 3. Depth

of preorbital 14 the diameter of eye. Maxillary not ex-

tending to the vertical from anterior margin of eye; prie-

maxillary processes not extending to above eye; jaws equal

anteriorly ; fold of the lower lip slightly interrupted ; cheek

with 5 series of scales; 12 gill-rakers on the lower part of

anterior arch. Scales 31 <, 3 between lateral line and base

of anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVII 11, commencing

above the opercular cleft, the spines subequal from the sixth,

the last less than } the length of head ; the soft fin, when

laid back, extending to the anterior part of caudal. Anal

VII 9. Pectoral a little shorter than the head, extending

to the third or fourth anal spme; ventral extending to

second anal spine. Caudal slightly emarginate, with rounded

lobes. Caudal peduncle deeper than long. Brownish, with

6 or 7 dark cross-bars and a dark spot at the base of caudal ;

each scale of the side of the body with a white pearl-like

spot; tins, except the pectoral, dusky, the dorsal with some

oblique stripes, the caudal with clear spots.

Guatemala.

1. (164 mm.) type of the species. Guatemala, O. Salvin, Esq.

39. Cichlosoma citrinellum.

Heros citrinellus, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 153, and Trans. Zool.

Soc. vi. 1869, p. 458, pl. xxi. fig. 1; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S, Nat.

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 317

Mus. xvii. 1898, p. 1534; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi.

1903, p. 237 (1904).

Heros tohochilus (part.), Giiath. Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. 1869, p. 457.

Heros basilaris, Gill & Bransferd, Proc. Ac. Philad. Me ige p. 182

Pellegr. t. ¢. p. 258.

Cichlasoma basilare, Jord. & Tiverm. f. ¢. p. 1532

Depth of body 2-21] in the length, length of head 24-3.

Snout a little shorter than postorbital part of head.

Diameter of eye 37-44 in the length of head, interorbital

width 22-3. Depth of preorbital about equal to the dia-

meter of eye. Maxillary not extending to below the eye;

preemaxillary processes extending to above anterior margin of

eye ; Jaws equal anteriorly ; fold of the lower lip continuous

or subcontinuous; cheek with 4 or 5 series of scales; 9 or

10 gill- es on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales

31-33. om wp 21-3} between lateral line and base of anterior

rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVI-XVII 11- 12, commencing

above the opercular cleft, the spines subequal from the sixth

to the fourteenth, thence increasing to the last, which is

2 the length of head ; soft fin, when “laid back, extending to

the middle of caudal or beyond. Anal VII 8-9. Pectoral

as long as the head, extending to above the third or fourth

anal spine ; ventral extending beyond the origin of anal.

Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle 2 3-4 as long as deep.

Olivaceous or yellowish, the back darker, the dark colour

sometimes extending as cross-bars on the sides of the body ;

sometimes a dark blotch on the middle of the side and a dark

spot at the base of the caudal. Fins pale yellow or wholly

or partly dark, sometimes spotted or barred.

Nicaragua.

1-3. (175-189 mm.) types of — Lake Nicaragua. QO. Salvin, Esq.

the species.

4. (190 mm.) Lake Managua, Capt. J. M. Dow.

5. (180 mm.) one of the Lake Nicaragua. Smithsonian Inst.

types of HZ, basilaris.

6, (188 mm.) Lake Nicaragua, Smithsonian Inst.

Section 10.

Three species from Nicaragua have the general form of

those of the two preceding sections and are evidently closely

allied to C. citrinellum, from which they differ in the excep-

etionally thick lips and in the dentition. Upper jaw with the

anterior pair of teeth strongly enlarged ; lower jaw with the

two anterior pairs strong, subequal. Dorsal XVII 11-12.

Anal VII-VIII 8-9. Caudal rounded or subtruncate.

318 Ma@sl: ee on the Fishes of the

40. Gintosem erythreum.

Heros erythreus, Giinth. Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. 1869, p. 457, a Ixay;

fig. 2; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898, p-. 16381;

Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 239 (1 904).

Depth of body 23 in the length, length of head 24. Snout

as long as postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye 4) in

the length of head, interorbital width 3. Depth of pre-

orbital equal to diameter of eye. Maxillary not extending

to below the eye ; preemaxillary pr ocesses extending to above

anterior + of eye; jaws equal anteriorly ; lips thick, the

lower with a continuous fold; cheek with 5 series of scales ;

8 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales 31 ig

3 between lateral line and base of anterior rays of soft

dorsal. Dorsal XVII 12, commencing above the opercular

cleft, the spines subequal from the sixth to the fifteenth,

thence increasing to the last, which is a little more than 4

the length of head. Anal VII 8. Pectoral nearly as long as

the head, extending to above the fourth anal spme; ventral

extending beyond origin of anal. Caudal peduncle 2 as long

as deep. Brownish, obscurely marbled with darker, and

with some dark spots on the posterior part of the body ; fins

pale yellow.

Lake Managua, Nicaragua.

1, (180 mm.) type of the species. Lake Managua. Capt. J. M. Dow.

41. Cichlosoma lobochilus.

Heros lobochilus (part.), Giinth. Trans. Zool. Soe. vi. 1869, p. 457,

pl. Ixxv. fig. 1; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898,

p- 1530; Pellegr. Méin. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 240 (1904).

Depth of body 24 in the length, length of head nearly 3

Snout as long as postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye

41 in the length of head, mterorbital width 3. Depth of

preorbital equal to diameter of eye. Maxillary not extend-

ing to below the eye; premaxillary processes extending to

above anterior 4 of eye; jaws equal anteriorly ; upper and

lower lip each forming a large fleshy triangular flap ; cheek

with 5 series of scales; 9 gill-rakers on the lower part of

anterior arch. Scales 31,4, 24 between lateral line and base

of anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVII 11, com-

mencing above the opercular cleft, the spines subequal from

the seventh to the fourteenth, thence increasing in length to

the last, which is 4 the length of head; soft fin, when laid

back, extending to middle of caudal. Anal VII 9. Pectoral

nearly as long as the head, extending to above third anal

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. O19

spine ; ventral extending to middle of anal. Caudal rounded.

Caudal peduncle 2 as long as deep. Olivaceous, with 7 dark

cross-bars, the fourth bearing a darker blotch below the

lateral line; a dark spot on the upper 3 of base of caudal ;

vertical fins dusky, the soft dorsal with “obscure darker spots.

Lake Managua, "Nicaragua.

1. (196 mm.) type of the species. Lake Managua. Capt. J. M. Dow.

42. Cichlosoma labiatum.

Heros labiatus, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 27, pl. iv. fig. 1, and

Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. 1869, p. 456; Jord. & "Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat.

Mus. xlvii. 1898, p. 1530 ; Pellegr, Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi.

1903, p. 259 (1904).

Depth of body 24 in the length, length of head 23-23.

Snout as long as or longer than postorbital part of head.

Diameter of eye 44-42 in the length of head, interorbital

width 3-32. Depth of preeorbital equal to or a little more

than diameter of eye. Maxillary not extending to below the

eye ; premaxillary processes extending to above anterior 4

of eye; jaws equal anteriorly ; upper and lower lip each

forming a large fleshy triangular flap ; 4 or 5 series of scales

on the cheek ; 11 or 12 gill-rakers on the lower part of

anterior secha Seales 30 au 3 between lateral lime and

base of anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVII 11-12,

commencing above the opercular cleft, the spines subequal

from the seventh to the fourteenth, thence i imcreasing to the

last, which is 1-3 the length of head - isortifiny when laid

back, extending to posterior part of caudal. ‘Anal VII-

VII 8-9. Pectoral + the length of head, extending to

above the fourth or fifth anal spine ; ventral extending

beyond origin or nearly to middle of ell Caudal rounded

or subtruncate. Caudal peduncle 7-4 as long as deep.

Some specimens uniformly pale yellow, others brownish

with obscure darker cross-bars and dark spots on the vertical

fins.

Nicaragua.

1-8. (178-190 mm.) types of Lake Nicaragua. Capt. J. M. Dow.

the species.

4-5. (162 and 178 mm.) Lake Managua. Dr. P. L. Sclater.

Section 11 (Thorichthys).

Body deep or moderately elongate (depth 2-22 in the

length). Upper profile of snout straight, oblique. Scales

of the lateral line of the same size as those above and below

320 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

it; scales of thoracic region considerably smaller than those

on the side of the body. Mouth moderate, moderately

protractile ; maxillary slightly exposed ; teeth of the outer

series small or moderate, in the upper jaw moderately in-

creasing in size anteriorly, in the lower with 4 or 5 anterior

teeth on each side distinctly enlarged. Dorsal XV-X VIL

8-12. Anal VI-IX 6-9. Dorsal and anal fins entirely

scaleless. Caudal slightly emarginate, with pointed lobes.

Three species from Mexico and Central America are allied

to C. macracanthus &c., but differ from all other members

of the genus in the scaleless dorsal and anal fins and in the

form of the caudal.

45. Cichlosoma aureum.

Heros aureus, Gunth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 292 (1862), and Trans. Zool.

Soc. vi. 1869, p. 455, pl. Ixxiii. fig. 2; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S.

Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898, p. 1533; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France,

xvi, 1903, p. 238 (1904).

Heros Helleri, Steind. Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xxiii. 1864, p. 64, pl. iv.

figesk:

Heros maculipinnis, Steind. t. ¢. p. 69, pl. iv. fig. 2; Jord. & Everm.

Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898, p. 1530 ; Pellegr. ¢. ¢. p. 240.

Cichlasoma Helleri, Jord. & Mverm. t. c. p. 1521; Pellegr. t. e. p. 220.

Thorichthys Hellert, Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian Mus. vy. 1904, p. 225.

Thorichthys Elliott, Meek, 1. ¢. fig. 72.

Depth of body 2-22 in the length, length of head 23-8.

Snout straight, as long as postorbital part of head. Diameter

of eye 22-34 in the length of head, interorbital width 3-33.

Depth of preorbital equal to the diameter of eye or less.

Maxillary not quite extending to below the eye; preemaxillary

processes extending to above anterior 4 of eye; jaws equal

anteriorly ; fold of the lower lip continuous or not; cheek

with 4-6 series of scales ; 9 or 10 gill-rakers on the lower

part of anterior arch. Scales 29-32 a 2 or 3 between

lateral line and base of anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal

XV-XVII 9-12, commencing above the opercular cleft, the

spines subequal from the sixth, the last about 5 the length

of head; soft fin, when laid back, extending to anterior 4 or

middle of caudal. Anal VII-VIII 7-8 (VI-IX 6-9).

Pectoral as long as the head, extending to above middle anal

spines; ventral extending beyond origin of anal. Caudal

slightly emarginate with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle a

little deeper than long. Olivaceous, with 6 dark cross-bars,

the third bearing a blackish blotch on or below the lateral

line ; suboperculum usually blackish ; head and anterior part

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 321

of the body with blue spots; vertical fins dusky, often with

clear spots.

Guatemala; Southern Mexico.

1. (108 mm.) type of the Lake Yzabal. O. Salvin, Esq.

species.

2. (95 mim.) R. Motagua, O. Salvin, Esq.

3. (44 mm.) Mexico. M. Sallé.

4, (126 mm.) R. de Sarabia. Dr, A..C. Buller.

5. (92 mm.) San Domingo de Dr. A. €. Buller.

Guzman.

6-9. (83-113 mm.) Motzorongo. Dr. H. Gadow.

10-11. (80 and 109 mm.) R. Tonto. Dr. H. Gadow.

44, Cichlosoma ajjine.

Heros affinis, Gunth, Cat. Fish. iv. p. 292 (1862), and Trans. Zool. Soe.

vi. 1869, p. 455, pl. Ixxix. fig.1; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus.

xlvii. 1898, p. 1529; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903,

p- 241 (1904).

Depth of body about 21 in the length, length of head

23-27, Snout longer than postorbital part of head. Dia-

meter of eye 31-32 in the length of head, interorbital width

34-32. Depth of preorbital I-14 the diameter of eye.

Maxillary not extending to the ver tical from anterior margin

OL eve. premaxillary processes not extending to above the

eye; lower jaw projecting ; fold of the lower. hp coutinuous

or not; cheek with 4 or 5 series of scales; 11 or 12 gill-

rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales 27-29 3;

2 between lateral line and base of anterior rays of soft dorsal.

Doisal XVI-XVII 8-9, commencing above the opercular

cleft, the spines subequal from the fifth, the last nearly 1 the

length of head; the soft fin, when laid back, extending to

anterior 1 of caudal. Anal VIII-IX 7-8. Pectoral as long

as the head, extending to first soft ray of anal; ventral

extending bey ond origin of anal. Caudal slightly emarginate,

with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle a little deeper than long.

Olivaceous, with 6 dark cross-bars, the third bearing a large

blackish blotch on the lateral line ; ; suboperculum usually

blackish ; blue spots on the head and anterior part of body ;

fins, except the pectoral, dusky, the unpaired ones with light

bluish spots enclosed in dark rings.

Guatemala; British Honduras.

1-4, (98-130 mm.) types Lake Peten. O. Salvin, Esq.

of the species.

45. Cichlosoma callolepis.

TTeros callolepis, Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7 ) xiii. 1904, p. 258 ;

Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. Fiance, 3 xvi. 1903, p. 238 (1904).

Depth of body about 22 in the length, length of head 3.

322 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

Snout longer than postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye

34 in the length of head and equal to the interorbital width.

Depth of przeorbital equal to diameter of eye. Maxillary not

extending to below the eye ; preemaxillary processes extending

to above anterior margin of eye ; jaws equal anteriorly ; fold

of the lower lip continuous or not ; cheek with 4 or 5 series

of scales; 10 gill- saere on the lower part of anterior arch.

Scales 28-29 1s 2 between lateral line and base of

anterior rays of soft Monee Dorsal XV 9-10, commencing

above or behind axil of pectoral, the spines subequal from the

filth, the last 2 the length of head or less; the soft fin, when

laid back, extending to. anterior 4 of caudal. Anal VI-VII

7-8. Pectoral 3 ihe length of head, extending to above

origin of anal; ventral extending beyond origin of anal.

Caudal slightly emarginate, with pointed lobes. Caudal

peduncle as long as deep. Brownish, with faint traces of

darker cross-bars and with a dark blotch on the lateral line

below the last dorsal spines; small hight blue spots on the

head and at the base of each scale on the body ; fins, except

the pectoral, dusky.

San Domingo de Guzman, Mexico.

1-2. (93 and 100 mm.) San Domingo de Guzman. Dr. A. C. Buller.

types of the species.

Section 12 (Heros).

Body deep. Scales of the lateral line of the same size as

those below it, but rather larger than those above it; scales

of thoracic region considerably smaller than those on the side

of the bedy. Mouth rather small, moderately protractile ;

maxillary slightly exposed ; teeth of the outer series moderate,

distinctly increasing im size anteriorly. Dorsal XV-XVII

13-14, the soft fin scaly at the base. Anal VII-VIII 12-14.

Pectoral extending beyond origin of anal. Caudal sub-

truncate.

The single species, from Brazil and Guiana, is probabiy

derived from the type represented by C. facetum. It leads

to the genera Symphysodon and Pterophyllum.

46. Cichlosoma severum.

Heros severus, Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p. 562

Heros corypheus, Heck. t. c. p. 364.

Heros modestus, Heck. t. ¢. p. 366.

Heros spurius, Heck. t.c. p. 868; Giinth. Cat. Hee iv. p. 293 (1862) ;

Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 256 (1904).

Heros efasciatus, Heck, ¢. c. p. 372; Ginth. ¢. c. p. 294.,

Chromys appendiculata, Casteln, Anim. Am. Sud, Poiss. p- 15, pl. vii.

tig, 3 (1895).

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 323

Chromys fasciata, Casteln. 0. e. p. 17, pl. ix. fig. 2.

Uaru centrarchoides, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1872, p. 253, pl.

fig. Dh.

Acara (Heros) spuria, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixx. 1874, p. 507, pl. iv.

and Ixxi. 1875, p. 83.

Astronotus ( Cichlasoma) severus, Eigenm. & Bray, Ann. Ac. N. York,

vii. 1894, p. 619.

Depth of body 13-14 in the length, length of head 24-3.

Snout longer than postor bital part of head. Diameter of eye

3-33 in the length of head, interorbital width 2 22. Depth

of preorbital #-11 the diameter of eye. Maxillary not

extending to below the eye; praemaexillary processes not

extending to above the eye (in the adult); jaws equal

anteriorly ; fold of the lower lip continuous, somewhat

produced; cheek with 5 or 6 series of scales; 9-11 gill-

rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales 36-42

i» 28-30 in a longitudinal series below the lateral line,

4 or 5 between lateral line and base of anterior rays of soft

dorsal. Dorsal (XV) XVI-X VII 13-14, commencing above

the opercular cleft, the spines subequal from the seventh or

slightly increasing in length to the last, which is }—? the

length of head; soft fin, when laid back, extending to

posterior part of caudal. Anal VII-VIII 12-13 (14).

Pectoral as long as the head, extending to above the fifth

anal spine; ventral extending to middle of anal. Caudal

subtruncate. Caudal peduncle }-? as long as deep. Oliva-

ceous, with obscure darker cross- -bars ; ; a blackish bar from

soft dorsal to posterior part of anal, i sometimes another

on the base of caudal; head and body with spots or vermi-

culations ; vertical fins with dark stripes or series of spots.

Brazil; Guiana.

1-2. (89 and 158 mm.) Rio Cupai.

3. (163 mm.) Guiana. Sir R. Schomburek.

4, (131 mm.) Zoological Society.

5-6. (174 and 192 mm.) Teffé. Prof. A. Agassiz.

7-8. (81 and 111 mm.) Teffé. Dr. J. Bach.

9. (190 mm.) Deffé. Paris Museum.

Section 13 (Hoplarchus).

Body ovate. Scales of the lateral line larger than those

above and below it. Dorsal XV 12-13. Anal V 8-10.

The single species, from South America, appears to be

related to C. severum. It leads to the genus Uaru.

47. Cichlosoma psittacum.

Heros psittacus, Heck. Ann. Wien Mus. ii. 1840, p. 869; Gunth. Cat.

Fish. iv. p. 290 (1862) ; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1908,

p. 242 (1904).

S24 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

Pomotis fasciatus, Schomb. Fish. Guiana, ii, p. 169, pl. xvii. (1843).

Poplanchus pemtacunthus. Kaup, Arch. Nat. 1860, p. 129, pl. vi. fig. 1.

Acara (Heros) psittacus, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, 1xxi. 1875, p. 87.

Beat of body about 2 in the length, length of head

about 23. Diameter of eye 3-4 in the length ‘of head and

nearly equal to the interorbital width. Depth of preorbital

equal to diameter of eye. Maxillary not extending to below

the eye; fold of the lower lip continuous; cheek with 10-14

series of scales; 7 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior

arch. Scales 44-48 (probably more if counted above the

lateral line) ;23. Dorsal XV ne the spines increasing

in length to the last, which is } the length of head. Anal

V 8-10. Pectoral nearly as ioe as the head. Caudal

rounded. Caudal peduncle deeper than long. Yellowish or

reddish, with a dark longitudinal band from eye to base of

caudal, where it forms a spot.

R. Amazon ; R. Orinoco.

Heckel’s type measures 130 mm. in total length.

PARAPETENIA, subgen. nov.

Typically with larger, more oblique and more protractile

mouth than in other groups of Cichlosoma and usually with

maxillary more distinctly exposed distally ; but none of these

features are constant. Upper jaw with the anterior pair of

teeth siightly enlarged in the more generalized forms, strongly

enlarged in the more specialized ones. Lower jaw with the

3 anterior teeth on each side more or less canine-like, with

the anterior pair somewhat smaller than the others (corre-

sponding to the enlargement of the anterior pair in the upper

jaw) in the more generalized forms. The anterior pair

wanting, the next pair strong, and the third pair forming

very strong canines in the more specialized forms. Scales

of lateral line of the same size as those below it on the side

of the body; scales of the thoracic region much smaller than

those on the side of the body. Dorsal XV-XIX 8- 13%

posterior part of spinous dorsal and soft fin with a scaly

sheath at the base and with short series of scales on the

interradial membranes. Anal 1V—X 7-10. Caudal rounded

or subtruncate.

48. Cichlosoma adspersum.

Acara adspersa, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 282 (1862).

Heros adspersus, Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 227

(1904).

Depth of body 2? in the length, length of head 2+. Snout

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 325

as long as postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye 51 in

the length of the head, interorbital width 34. Depth of

preorbital 12 the diameter of eye. Maxillary slightly

exposed, extending nearly to below the eye; premaxillary

processes extending to above anterior } of eye; jaws equal

anteriorly, the anterior pair of teeth in the upper jaw the

largest and in the lower jaw somewhat smaller than the next

2 on each side, which are slightly enlarged; fold of the

lower lip continuous; cheek with 7 series of scales ; 2 gill-

rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales 31 2, 34

between lateral line and base of anterior rays of soft derek

Dorsal XV 12, the spines subequal from the sixth to the

twelfth, thence increasing to the last, which is a little more

than } the length of head ; so‘t fin, when laid back, extending

to middle of caudal. Anal 1V 10. Pectoral less than 2 the

length of head, not extending to above the anal ; ventral

extending to origin of anal. Caudal rounded. Caudal

peduncle nearly as long as deep. Olivaceous, with numerous

small blackish spots on head, body, and dorsal and caudal

fins.

Barbadoes.

1, (218 mm.) type of the Barbadoes, Sir R. Schomburgk.

species.

49. Cichlosoma tetracanthus.

Centrarchus tetracanthus, Cuy. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. vii. p- 460

(1881).

Chromis fuscomaculatus, Guichen. Hist. Cuba, Poiss. p. 78, pl. ii. fig. 8

(1853).

Acara fuscomaculata, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 282 (1862).

Acara tetracanthus, Steind. Denkschr. Ak. Wi len, xxiii. 1864, p. 60.

Heros tetracanthus, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898,

p- 1539; Eigenm. Bull. U.S, Fish. Comm. 1902, p. 2380, figs. 12

& 13,

Heros fusecmaculatus, Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 227

(1904).

Heros tetracanthus torralbasi, Kigenm. 1. ¢. fig. 11.

Heros tetracanthus griseus, Eigenm. ¢ bc Cups 233, fie. 14,

Hervs tetracanthus latus, Eigenm, t. C. p: iat fic. “15.

Heros tetracanthus cinctus, Eigenm. l. c. fig. x. 16,

Heres nigricans, Eigenm. tc. p- 285, fig. 17.

Depth of body 2-23 in the length, length of head 2

Snout shorter than postorbital part of head. ne of

eye 3-44 in the length of head, interorbital width 31-33

Depth of prorbital 2 —4 the diameter of eye. Maxillary

slightly exposed, extending to below anterior margin of eye ;

premaxillary processes extending to above anterior 1 of eye;

jaws equal anteriorly, or the lower slightly projecting; ‘anterior

326 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

pair of teeth in the upper jaw and 2-3 on each side in the

lower enlarged, forming weak canines ; fold of the lower lip

continuous ; cheek with 7-10 series of scales; 8-10 gill-

neers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales 28-381

mals a 3 or 4 between lateral line and base of anterior rays of

soft dorsal. Dorsal XV-XVI 10-12, the spines slightly

increasing in length to the last, which is 1—? the length of

head, or sometimes the middle pes subequal ; soft fin,

when laid back, ee to anterior 4 of caudal. Anal*

IV 8-10. Pectoral 2— 3-3 the length of head, usually not

extending to above “ ar ventral not extending to origin

of anal. Caudal subtruncate or rounded. Caudal peduncle

3-3 as long as deep. Olivaceous, with dark spots on head,

body, and vertical fins; sometimes dark cross-bars on the

body and a dark spot below the origin of the lateral line,

another on the middle of the side, and a third on the base of

the caudal.

Cuba.

* (151 mm.) Cuba. Zoological Society.

2. (86 mm.) Puiar del Rio. Protons Eigenmann.

3-4. (80 and 97 mm.) Calabazar. Prof. C Ee Eigenmann.

5-6. (98 and 118mm.) San Antonio. Prof. C. H. Eigenmann.

7-12. (102-154 mm.) Palacios. Prof. C. H. Eigenmann.

13-27. (64-121 mm.) San Cristobal. Prof. C. H. Eigenmann.

50. Cichlosoma istlanum.

? Cichlasoma Steindachneri, Jord. & Snyder, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. xix,

1899, p. 143, fig. 20; Jord, & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii.

1900, Dp 3173; “Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 206

(1904) ; Meek, Zool. ‘Pub. Columbian Mus. v. 1904, p. 211, fi. 67.

Heros istlanus, Jord. & Snyder, t. c. p. 144; Jord. & Everm. t. ¢.

p. 3174; Pellegr. t. c. p. 228.

Cichlasoma istlanum, Meek, é. c. p. 213, fig. 69.

Depth of body 22-22 in the length, length of head 23-24.

Snout as long as postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye

41 in the length of head, interorbital width 33-34. Depth of

preorbital a little less than the diameter of eye. Maxillary

slightly exposed, not extending to below tlie eye; pre-

maxillary processes extending nearly to above middle of

eye; jaws equal anteriorly ; fold of the lower lip sub-

continuous ; upper jaw with the 2 anterior teeth of the outer

series more or less distinctly differentiated as a pair of

canines ; lower jaw with 2 or 3 pairs of rather weak canines ;

* Two specimens from San Cristobal have curiously malformed anal

fins. In each case the posterior part of the fin is w anting ; in one there

are 10 spines and no soft rays, in the other 8 spines and 3 soft rays,

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma, 327

cheek with 6 series of scales; 8 gill-rakers on the lower part

of the anterior arch. Scales 30-31 =a 21 between lateral

line and base of anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVI 10,

the spines subequal from about the sixth to the thirteenth,

thence increasing to the last, which is 2 the length of head ;

soft fin, when laid back, extending to middle of caudal.

Anal V 8. Pectoral 3 the length of head or more, not

extending to above the anal; ventral extending to origin of

anal or a little beyond. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle

as long as deep. Olivaceous, each scale with a small dark

spot at the base; obscure traces of dark cross-bars; a dark

spot below the origin of the lateral line and another on the

middle of the side ; vertical fins with small dark spots.

Rio Ixtla, Mexico.

1-2. (187 and 145 mm.) co-types Rio Ixtla. Dr. D. S. Jordan.

of the species.

With these I have compared several small examples (30-

40 mm.), co-types of C. Steindachneri from the Rio Verde,

which appear to me to present all the characters which might

be expected in young specimens of C.istlanum. The general

form of the body and the number of scales and fin-rays seem

to be the same. The larger eye, shorter snout, smaller

mouth, less produced soft dorsal and anal fins, &c. are

differences due to size. ‘There are several dark cross-bars on

the body and an interrupted longitudinal band bearing a dark

blotch on the middle of the side. The lower lip has the same

structure as in the larger specimens named C. istlanum. I

have retained the name C. istlanum until actual comparison

of adult fish from the two rivers has been made.

51]. Cichlosoma Bartoni.

Acara Bartont, Bean, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1892, p. 286, pl. xliv. fig. 3.

Cichlasoma Bartoni, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898,

. 1515, fig. 587 ; Peller. Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, i 206

(1904); Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian Mus. v. 1904, p. 211, fig. 68.

* Heros (Cichlasoma) labridens, Pellegr. Bull. Mus. Paris, 1903, p. 122.

Cichlasoma labridens, Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 207,

pl. vi. fig. J (1904).

Depth of body 2}—22 in the length, length of bead 23-3.

Snout nearly as long as postorbital part of head. Diameter

of eye 43-53 in the length of head. Depth of przorbital

ereater than diameter of eye. Maxillary not extending to

below the eye; lower jaw projecting ; ; fold of the lower lip

* In placing Heros labridens in the synonymy of C. Bartoni, I follow

Dr. Meek, who has examined a number of specimens.

328 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

not continuous ; anterior teeth forming canines ; cheek with

5 or 6 series of scales; 7 gill- rakers | on the lower part of

anterior arch. Scales about 30 5. Dorsal XV-XVI

10-11, the spines increasing in length to the last, which is

2 the length of head ; soft fin extending a little beyond base

of caudal. Anal V (IV-VI) 8-9. Pectoral 2 the length of

head, not extending to above the anal; ventral extending to

the vent. Caudal rounded. Caudal. peduncle as lone as

deep. Brownish, with about 6 indistinct cross-bars on the

sides ; a dark spot at the base of caudal.

Rio Panuco and its tributaries, Mexico.

The types of the species measure from 90-180 mm. in total

length, those of C. labridens 200-220 mm.

52. Cichlosoma Beani.

Heros Beant, Jord. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1888, p. 322, and Proe. Cal. Ae.

Sci. 1895, p. 473; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898,

p. 1538 ; Pelleor. “Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 250 (1904).

Cichlasoma Beant, Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian Mus. v. 1904, p. 210.

Depth of body 2-23 in the length, length of head 23-3,

Snout more than 4 the length of head (in the adult), less in

the young. Diameter of eye 33-5 in the length of head,

interorbital width 38-84. Depth of preeorbital a little greater

than diameter of eye (adult), 2 diameter of eye (young).

Maxillary slightly exposed, not extending to below the eye ;

preemaxillary processes extending nearly to above middle of

eye; lower jaw slightly projecting ; fold of the lower lip

continuous ; upper jaw with the 2 anterior teeth of the

outer series more or less distinctly differentiated as a pair of

canines; lower jaw with the 2 or 3 anterior teeth on each

side forming more or less distinct canines; cheek with 6 or

7 series of scales; 8 or 9 gill-rakers on the lower part of

anterior arch. Scales 30-31 = Se, 3 between lateral line and

base of anterior rays of soft docal Dorsal X VI 11-12, the

spines slightly increasing in length to the last, which is about

2 the length of head, or the middle spines sometimes sub-

eae soft fin, ly laid back, extending to anterior } of

caudal or bey ond. Anal V 8-10. Pectoral nearly # ‘the

length of head, not extending to above origin of anal ; ventral

extending to origin of anal. Caudal subtruncate or rounded.

Caudal peduncle about 2 as long as deep. Olivaceous, each

scale with a brown spot ; a dark spot on tlie lateral line below

the posterior dorsal spines and another on the upper part of

the base of caudal; about 8 dark cross-bars in the young ;

vertical fins with small dark spots.

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 329

Rivers of Sinaloa and Jalisco, Mexico.

1. (67 mm.) co-type of Rio Presidio. Dr. D. 8. Jordan.

the species.

2-4. (104-180 mm.) Rio Presidio. Herr A. Forrer.

53. Cichlosoma mento.

Heros mento, Vaill. & Pellegr. Bull. Mus. Paris, 1902, p. 83; Pellegr.

Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 229 (1904).

Cichlasoma mento, Meek, Zool. Pub, Columbian Mus. v. 1904, p. 207.

Depth of body 2}—2£ in the length, length of head 24-3.

Snout shorter than postorbital part of head. Diameter of

eye 4-4} in the length of head and 1} in the interorbital

width. Maxillary not extending to below the eye; lower jaw

projecting ; anterior teeth forming canines; fold of the lower

lip continuous ; cheek with 6-8 series of scales; 8 gill-rakers

on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales 29-30 =. Dorsal

XVI 10, the spines only slightly increasing in length after

the fifth, the last } the length of head. Anal V 7-8. Pec-

toral 2 the length of head. Caudal rounded. Caudal

peduncle as long as deep. Violaceous; soft vertical fins

spotted.

Southern Mexico.

The types, from the Rio Negro, measure from 98 to

180 mm.

54. Cichlosoma Feste.

Heros Feste, Bouleng. Boll. Mus. Torin. xiv. 1899, No. 335, p. 6;

Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 250 (1904).

Depth of body 22 in the length, length of head 23. Snout

nearly 4 the length of head. Diameter of eye 52 in the

length of head, interorbital width 3. Depth of preorbital

1} the diameter of eye. Maxillary exposed distally, not

extending to below the eye; premaxillary processes ex-

tending to above anterior 4 of eye; lower jaw slightly

projecting ; fold of the lower hp continuous; upper jaw

with the 2 anterior teeth of the outer series differentiated as

a pair of canines ; lower jaw with the anterior 2 or 3 teeth

on each side forming distinct canines ; cheek with 5 or 6

series of scales, with a naked area between the lowest series

and preoperculum (probably covered in the young with

1 or 2 additional series of scales) ; 9 gill-rakers on the lower

part of anterior arch. Scales 30 = 33 between lateral line

and base of anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal X VI (11) 12,

the spines subequal from the sixth to the fourteenth, thence

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 22

330 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

inereasing to the last, which is $ the length of head; the

soft fin, when laid back, extending nearly to middle of

caudal. Anal V (8) 9. Pectoral # the length of head,

extending to above origin of anal; ventral extending to

origin of anal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle a little

more than 3 as long as deep. Brownish, with 8 blackish

cross-bars ; a blackish ocellated spot on the upper 4 of base

of caudal; vertical fins dusky, the soft dorsal with some

indistinct light spots.

W. Ecuador.

1. (255 mm.) one of the types Rio Guayas, Guayaquil. Dr. H. Festa.

of the species.

55. Cichlosoma ornatum, sp. n.

Depth of body 23 (young)—2% (adult) in the length,

length of head 24-24. Snout nearly } the length of head

(in the adult). Diameter of eye 33-6 in the length of head,

interorbital width 3-34. Depth of preeorbital 3-12 the

diameter of eye. Maxillary slightly exposed, not extending

to below the eye; premaxillary processes extending to above

anterior 1 of eye (adult) or a little beyond (young) ; jaws

nearly equal anteriorly (in the young), or the lower a little

shorter than the upper (in the adult) ; fold of the lower lip

continuous ; upper jaw with the 2 anterior teeth of the outer

series differentiated as a pair of canines; lower jaw with the

2 or 3 anterior teeth on each side forming canines; cheek

with 6 series of scales, the lowest deciduous in the adult;

8 or 9 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch.

Scales 30-32 2, 21-3 between lateral line and base of

anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal XV—XVI 12-13, the

spines subequal from the sixth or seventh to the twelfth to

fourteenth, thence increasing to the last, which is about

4 the length of head (3 in the young, 7 im the adult), the

soft fin, when laid back, extending uearly to middle of

caudal. Anal V 9. Pectoral #-2 the length of head, ex-

tending nearly to above origin of anal; ventral extending to

origin of anal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long .

or nearly as long as deep. Olivaceous, with some blackish

cross-bars on the sides of the body; sides of the head with

light blue spots ; each scale with a light blue spot, the spots

of the lower part of the body larger and almost white ;

a blackish spot at the base of pectoral and another on the

upper 4 of the base of caudal; 3 large blackish spots on

the basal part of the dorsal fin, the first at the base of the

9th to 1]th spines (absent in one specimen), the second at

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 331

the base of the last 2 spines and the first soft ray, the third

on the posterior soft rays; vertical fins with light spots.

N.W. Ecuador.

1-3. (118-300 mm.) types of the Rio Durango. Mr. Rosenberg,

species.

4, (119 mm.) St. Javier. Mr. Rosenberg.

In the adult examples the teeth are obtuse, many ending

in a flat circular surface. On dissection the stomach was

found to be full of broken shells.

These specimens had been referred by Boulenger to

C. Feste, but they differ considerably from that species in

coloration and in the more slender caudal peduncle. More-

over, in C. Feste, when the mouth is closed, the anterior

canines of the upper jaw fit in between the anterior teeth of

the lower jaw ; in C. ornatum, on the contrary, the anterior

teeth of the upper jaw are external to those of the lower

when the mouth is closed, this being especially marked in

the adult fish. In C. Feste the occipital region is more

elevated and convex, and this difference is due neither to

age, sex, nor method of preservation, for the largest specimen

of C. ornatum is a male, and in both cases the occipital crest

can be felt just beneath the skin. Young examples of

C. ornatum (118 to 119 mm. in total length) resemble the

adult of C. Feste in so far as they have a deeper body

and longer dorsal spines than have the adult specimens of

their own species, but the differences between adult examples

of the two species will be evident from the following

measurements :—

C. Feste (3). C. ornatum (S),

mm. mm,

Length to base of caudal .......... 205 245

Wepriot Bod y2 ) sficiscgaiv’ vcsart sstech-s 86 86

MICH PB OLMMCAD Oh 2155 anew a\a's aa 4A sad aia 76 87

Length of caudal peduncle .......... 22 30

Depth of caudal peduncle .......... 50 30

ast dorsal spmMen yes. seins he ss) 5,<eloe 28 25

56. Cichlosoma octofasciatum.

Heros octofusciatus, Regan, Revue Suisse Zool. xi. 1903, p. 417,

pl. xiii. fig. 1 ; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiii. 1904, p. 258.

Cichlasoma octofasciatum, Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903,

p- 223 (1904) ; Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian Mus. y. 1904, p. 218.

Cichlasoma Hedricki, Meek. t. ec. p. 208, fig. 66.

Depth of body 2-2? in the length, length of head 23-3.

Snout shorter than postorbital part of head, Diameter of

eye 3-44 in the length of head, interorbital width about 3,

22%

332 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

Depth of preorbital 3-4 the diameter of eye. Maxillary

scarcely exposed, extending to below the anterior margin of

eye; premaxillary processes extending to above anterior

margin of eye or a little beyond; jaws equal anteriorly or

the lower slightly projecting; fold of the lower lip in-

terrupted or subcontinuous ; upper jaw with the 2 anterior

teeth of the outer series more or less distinctly differentiated

as a pair of canines ; lower jaw with the 3 anterior teeth on

each side forming more or less distinct canines ; cheek with

5 or 6 series of scales; 7 or 8 gill-rakers on the lower part

42-52

of anterior arch. Scales 28-31 33", 33 or 4 between lateral

line and base of anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal X VII-—

XIX 8-10, the spines subequal from about the sixth to the

fourteenth, thence increasing to the last, which is about

2 the length of head ; soft fin, when laid back, extending to

middle of caudal or beyond. Anal VIII-X 7-8. Pectoral

3—4 the length of head, extending to above third anal spine ;

ventral extending well beyond origin of anal. Caudal

rounded. Caudal peduncle $—2 as long as deep. Body with

about 8 dark cross-bars, which become obscure in the adult,

the third bearing a blackish blotch below the lateral line ;

sometimes a longitudinal band from eye to lateral blotch ;

usually some light blue spots on the head and one on each

scale of the side of the body ; a dark spot, often ocellated,

on the upper part of the base of caudal; vertical fins with

series of dark spots.

Southern Mexico; British Honduras (? Jamaica).

1-14, 15-18. (61-150 mm.) British Honduras. Rey. J. Robertson.

19-22, (81-107 mm.) Rio de Sarabia. Dr, A. C. Buller.

57. Cichlosoma urophthalmus.

Heros wrophthalmus, Giinth, Cat. Fish. iv. p. 291 (1862), and Trans.

Zool. Soe, vi. 1869, p. 454, pl. Ixxu. fig. 1; Steind. Denkschr, Ak.

Wien, xxiii. 1864, p. 66, pl. v. fig. 3; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S.

Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898, p. 1557 ; Everm. & Goldsborough, Bull. U.S.

Fish. Comm. xxi. 1902, p. 157, fig.; Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. France,

xvi. 1903, p. 258 (1904).

Heros Troscheli, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, ly. 1867, p. 524, pl. iv. ;

Jord. & Everm. l. c.; Pellegr. /. ¢.

Depth of body 2-23 in the length, length of head 22-27,

Snout as long as eye, the diameter of which is 31-32 in the

length of head, interorbital width 3-38}. Depth of pre-

orbital 2—% the diameter of eye. Maxillary more or less

exposed distally, extending to below anterior margin of eye ;

premaxillary processes extending to above anterior 1 of

eye or slightly beyond; lower jaw slightly projecting ; fold

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 333

of the lower lip continuous ; upper jaw with the anterior

pair of teeth distinctly differentiated as canines ; lower jaw

with the 2 or 3 anterior teeth on each side forming similar

canines ; cheek with 6 series of scales; 8-10 gill-rakers on

the lower part of anterior arch. Scales 28-31 —- 24 or 3

between lateral line and base of anterior rays of soft dorsal.

Dorsal XV—X VII 10-12, the spines subequal from the sixth,

or else slightly decreasing from the sixth to the fourteenth

and increasing again to the last, which is nearly } the length

of head; the soft fin, when laid back, extending to anterior

4 of caudal or beyond. Anal VI 8-9. Pectoral 4-2 the

length of head, extending to above origin of anal or anterior

anal spines; ventral extending to origin of anal. Caudal

rounded. Caudal peduncle about 2 as long as deep. Oliva-

ceous, with 6 or 7 blackish cross-bars ; a blackish ocellated

spot on the upper half of the base of caudal; vertical fins

dusky.

Guatemala; British Honduras; Yucatan.

1-4, (121-171 mm.) types Lake Peten. O. Salvin, Esq.

of the species.

5. (92 mm.) British Honduras. Rey. J. Robertson.

58. Cichlosoma trimaculatum.

Heros trimaculatus, Ginth. Trans. Zool. Soe. vi. 1869, p. 461, pl. Ixxvi.;

Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898, p. 1529; Pellegr.

Mém. Soe. Zool. Frauce, xvi. 1903, p. 239 (1904).

Depth of body 12 (adult)-24 (young) in the length,

length of head 23-3. Snout shorter than postorbital part

of head. Diameter of eye 34-43 in the length of head,

interorbital width 23-33. Depth of preorbital equal to

(adult) or 5 (young) the diameter of eye. Maxillary exposed

distally, extending to below anterior margin of eye; pre-

maxillary processes extending to above middle of eye or

beyond ; lower jaw slightly projecting ; upper jaw with the

2 anterior teeth of the outer series differentiated as a pair of

canines ; lower jaw with the anterior 2 or 3 teeth on each

side the strongest, forming canines; cheek with 5 or 6 series

of scales ; 8 or 9 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch.

Scales 30-51 = 24 or 3 between lateral line and base of

auterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVI-X VII 11-12, the

spiues subequal from about the sixth to the fourteenth,

thence increasing to the last, which is 4 or nearly 4 the

length of head; soft fin, when laid back, extending to

middle (young) or posterior end (adult) of caudal. Anal

VI-VII1 8-9. Pectoral 3-7 the length of head, extending

334 Mr. C. 'T. Regan on the Iishes of the

to above origin of anal; ventral extending a little beyond

origin of anal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle nearly

4 as long as deep. Olivaceous, with a blackish spot above

the origin of the lateral line, another on the middle of the

side, and a third on the upper part of the base of caudal ;

vertical fins dusky.

Guatemala ; Southern Mexico.

1. (280 mm.) type of the species. Chiapas. O. Salvin, Esq.

2-4, (68-225 mm.) Huamuchal. O. Salvin, Esq.

59. Cichlosoma Salvini.

Heros Salvini, Giinth, Cat. Fish. iv. p. 294 (1864), and Trans. Zool. Soe.

vi. 1869, p. 460, pl. xxiii. fig. 8; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France,

xvi. 1903, p. 241 (1904).

Heros triagramma, Steind. Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xxiii. 1864, p. 70,

pl. ii. fig. 2.

Cichlasoma Salvini, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898,

p. 1528; Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian Mus. y. 1904, p. 207.

Cichlasoma Moja, pe ce. p. 217, fig. 71.

Depth of body 24-2? in the length, length of head 23-22.

Snout as long as ee era part of head (in the adult).

Diameter of eye 3-4 in the length of head, interorbital

width 8-83. Depth of preeorbital 3-7 the diameter of eye.

Maxillary exposed distally, extending about to below anterior

margin of eye; premaxillary processes extending to above

middle of eye or beyond; lower jaw projecting ; ‘fold of the

lower lip continuous ; upper Jaw with the 2 anterior teeth of

the outer series forming a strong pair of canines; lower

jaw with 2 pairs of strong canines; cheek with 5 series of

scales; 8 or 9 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch.

Scales 28-31 = 2 or 24 between lateral line and base of

anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal * XVI-XVII 9-12, the

spines subequal from the sixth to the fourteenth, thence

increasing in length to the last, which is 4 or nearly 4 the

length be head; the soft fin, hee laid “back, extendme

about to middle of caudal. Anal + VIII-IX 7-9. Pectoral

2 the length of head, extending to above anterior anal spines;

ventral extending beyond origin of anal. Caudal rounded.

Caudal peduncle 4-3 as long as deep. Brownish, with

darker cross-bands which form a series of blackish blotches

along the base of the dorsal and another series below the

lateral line, the latter usually confluent in the adult to form

a longitudinal band from eye to caudal; blue spots on the

* Dorsal with 16 spines in 1 specimen only.

+ Anal with 9 spines in 2 specimens only.

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 339

cheeks ; sometimes a blackish spot on suboperculum ; vertical

fins often with small dark spots.

Young specimens have the cross-bars more prominent and

the blotches less distinct, except for one on the middle of the

side and another on the base of the caudal.

Guatemala; Southern Mexico; British Honduras.

1-3. (86-115 mm.) types Rio de Santa Isabel. O. Salvin, Esq.

of the species.

4-7, (83-120 mm.) Lake Peten. O. Salvin, Esq.

8-10. (159-155 mm.) Nr. Cajabon. F. C. Sarg, Esq.

11-14. (70-92 mm.) British Honduras. Rey. J. Robertson.

Cichlasoma mojarra, Meck, is founded on a very small

specimen with malformed spinous dorsal. I have carefully

compared the smallest examples in the British Museum

Collection with Dr. Meek’s figure, and I am quite certain as

to the identity of C. mojarra with C. Salvini.

60. Cichlosoma multifasciatum, sp. 1.

Heros Friedrichstahli (part.), Giinth. Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. 1869, p. 459.

Depth of body 24-23 in the length, length of head 23-24.

Snout as long as or shorter than eye, the diameter of which

is 8-32 in the length of head, interorbital width 35-33.

Depth of preorbital 1-1 the diameter of eye. Maxillary

exposed distally, extending to below anterior 4 of eye;

premaxillary processes extending to above posterior } of

eye; lower jaw projecting ; fold of the lower lip continuous ;

upper jaw with a pair of stroug canines situated close

together ; lower jaw with 1-2 pairs of canines, which are

well-se} arated ; cheek with 7 series of scales; 8 gill-rakers

on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales 30-31 SS:

24 between lateral line and base of anterior rays ot soft

dorsal. Dorsal XVIII 10, the spines slightly increasing in

length to the last, which is 2 the length of head or a little

more ; the soft fin, when laid back, extending to anterior 4

of eaudal or beyond. Anal VII-VIII 8-9. Pectoral ? the

length of head, extending to above anterior anal spines;

ventral extending beyond origin of anal. Caudal rounded,

Caudal peduncle 4-3 as long as deep. Olivaceous, with

about 10 blackish cross-bars; a more or less distinct dark

stripe from upper part of eye to operculum and another

from lower part of eye to suboperculum; cheeks and

opercular bones, lower part of body and vertical fins with

dark spots.

Guatemala; British Honduras.

336 Mr. ©. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

1 2. (91 and 134 mm.) types Lake Peten. O. Salvin, Esq.

of the species.

5. (68 mm.) Stann Creek, British Rev. J. Robertson,

Honduras.

61. Cichlosoma Friedrichstahli.

Heros Friedrichstahli, Heck. Ann. Mus, Wien, ii. 1840, p. 881; Ginth.

Cat. Fish. iv. p. 294 (1862).

Heros Friedrichstahti (part.), Giinth. Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. 1869, p. 409.

ae motaguensis (part.), Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool, France, xvi. 1903,

984 (1904).

Depth of body 23-22 in the length, length of head 23—

2%. Snout only a little longer than eye, the diameter of

which is nearly 4 in the length of head, and ee to the

interorbital width. Depth of preorbital 4 3-3 diameter of

eye. Maxillary exposed distally, extending to below

anterior margin of eye ; premaxillary processes extending

to above posterior 4 of eye; lower jaw projecting ; fold of

the lower lip continuous; upper jaw with a pair of strong

canines situated close together; lower jaw with 2 pairs of

canines, which are well-separated; cheek with 7 series of

scales ; 6 or 7 gill-rakers, sometimes preceded by 2-3 ae

ments, on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales 30 2;

23 between lateral line and base of anterior rays of soft

dorsal. Dorsal XVIII 9-10, the spines slightly mcereasing

in length to the last, which is a little more than it the length

of head; the soft fin, when laid back, extending to anterior

4 of caudal. Anal VII-VIII 8. Pectoral 2 - the length of

head, extending to above origin of anal ; eae extending

to origin of anal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle 2 as

long as deep. Olivaceous, with 7 or 8 irregular dark cross-

bars forming a series of blotches below the lateral line; a

dark stripe from upper part of eye to operculum, and another

from lower part of eye to suboperculum ; cheeks, opercular

bones, and lower part of body with dark spots; vertical fins

with dark spots.

Lake Peten, Guatemala.

1-2. (121 and 129 mm.) Lake Peten. O. Salvin, Esq.

62. Cichlosoma motaguense.

Heros Boleig HeAES, Ginth. Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. 1869, p. 462, pl. Ixxvii.

fig.2; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898, p. 1534.

Heros motaguensis (part.), Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903,

p- 234 (1904).

pep of body 22-23 in the length, length of head 23-3.

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 337

Snout longer than eye, the diameter of which is 4—5 in the

length of head, interorbital width 32-34. Depth of pre-

orbital 3 the diameter of eye (young) or equal to it (adult).

Maxillary more or less exposed distally, extending to below

anterior margin or anterior } of eye; praemaxillary processes

extending to above posterior 4 of eye ; lower jaw projecting ;

fold of the lower lip continuous ; upper jaw with a pair of

strong canines, situated close together ; lower jaw with 1 or

2 pairs of canines, which are well-separated ; cheek with 7

or 8 series of scales; 7 or 8 gill-rakers on the lower part of

anterior arch. Scales 82 ;;%5, 2 or 24 between lateral line

and base of anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal X VII-

XVIII 10-11, the spines slightly increasing in length to

the last, which is } the length of head; the soft fin, when

laid back, extending to anterior } of caudal or beyond.

Anal VII-VIII 8-9. Pectoral rather more than % the

length of head, extending nearly to above origin of anal in

the young, but not in the adult ; ventral extending to origin

of anal or beyond. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle

2-4 as long as deep. Olivaceous, with dark cross-bands

forming a series of blotches, which may unite to form a

continuous longitudinal band, below the lateral line; a dark

stripe from upper part of eye to operculum, and another

from lower part of eye to suboperculum ; cheeks, opercular

bones, lower part of body, and vertical fins usually with

dark spots.

Guatemala.

1, 2-4, (115-240 mm.) types Rio Motagua. O. Salvin, Esq.

of the species.

5. (137 mm.) Pacific Slope of Cen- Smithsonian Inst.

tral America.

63. Cichlosoma managuense.

Heros managuensis, Giinth, Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. 1869, p. 463, pl. Ixxvii.

fig. 3; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus, xlvii. 1898, p. 1533.

Heros motaguensis (part.), Pellegr. Mém, Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903,

p. 234 (1904),

Depth of body 23 in the length, length of head 22. Snout

only a little longer than eye, the diameter of which is 44-13

in the length of head, interorbital width 31-33. Depth of

preorbital 2-3} the diameter of eye. Maxillary scarcely

exposed distally, extending to below middle of eye; pre-

maxillary processes extending to above posterior margin of

eye; lower jaw projecting; fold of the lower lip continuous ;

upper jaw with a pair of rather strong canines situated

598 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

close together ; lower with 1 or 2 pairs of canines, which are

well-separated ; cheek with 8 or 9 series of scales; 8 gill-

rakers and 2 rudiments on the lower part of anterior arch.

Seales 33-34 a 24 or 3 between lateral line and base of

anterior part of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVIII 10-11, the

spines slightly increasing in length to the last, which is }

the length of head; tle soft fin, when laid back, extending

to anterior } of caudal. Anal VII 8. Pectoral 2 the length

of head or a little more, extending to above origin of anal;

ventral extending to origin of anal. Caudal rounded.

Caudal peduncle a8 as long as deep. Olivaceous. with 7

irregular dark brown cross-bars forming a series of blotches

below the lateral line; a dark stripe from upper part of eye

to operculum, and another from lower part of eye to sub-

operculum ; vertical fins with dark spots.

Lakes Managua and Nicaragua.

1. (187 mm.) type of the species. Lake Managua, Capt. J. M. Dow.

2. (195 mm.) Lake Nicaragua. Smith-onian Inst.

64. Cichlosoma Dovit.

Heros Dovii, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 154, and Trans. Zool.

Soe. vi. 1869, p. 461, pl. lxxiii. fig. 4; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S.

Nat. Mus. ae 1898, p. 1535 ; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France,

xvi. 1903, p. 234 (1904).

Depth of body equal to length of head, 23 in the length.

Snout longer than eye, the diameter of which is 4—44 in the

length of head and oes than the interorbital width.

Depth of preorbital —-? diameter of ae Maxillary exposed

distally, extending to below anterior 4 of eye ; premaxillary

processes extending to above posterior margin of eye; lower

jaw projecting ; fold of the lower lip continuous ; upper

jaw with a pair of strong canines situated close together -

lower jaw with 1 or 2 pairs of canines, which are well

separated ; cheek with 10 series of scales; 8 gill-rakers on

the lower part of anteriorarch. Scales 34-35 5 >: 34 between

lateral line and base of anterior rays of soft dei mall Dorsal

XVIII 12, the spines increasing in length to the last, which

is 4 the length of aoe the soft fin, when laid back,

extending to anterior 4 4 of caudal. Anal VI 9-10. Pectoral

2 the length of head, extending nearly to above origin of

anal ; ventral extending to origin of anal. Caudal rounded.

Caudal peduncle 4-3 as long as deep. Brownish, with

darker cross-bars forming a series of blotches below the

lateral line; a dark stripe from upper part of eye to

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma. 339

operculum, and another from lower part of eye to sub-

operculum ; vertical fins obscurely spotted.

Lake Nicaragua.

1-2. (140 and 144 mm.) types —— Lake Nicaragua. O. Salvin, Esq.

of the species.

65. Cichlosoma spectabile.

Petenia spectabilis, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixxi. 1875, p. 96, pl. iv.

Kigenm. & Bray, Ann. Ac. N. York, vii. 1894, p. 615; Pellegr.

Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 244 (1904).

Depth of body 12-2 in the length, length of head 23-22.

Snout as long as eye, the diameter of which is 34-4 in the

length of head and equal to the interorbital width, Depth

of preorbital } the diameter of eye. Maxillary exposed,

extending to below the middle of eye; premaxillary pro-

cesses extending about to above posterior margin of eye ;

lower jaw projecting ; anterior canines strong ; cheek with

7 or 8 series of scales. Scales 30 2%. Dorsal XV 12-13,

11-12"

the last spine § the length of head, the soft fin in great part

covered with small scales. Anal VI 9-10. Pectoral nearly

as long as the head. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle

about 2 as long as deep. A large dark spot on the middle

of the side,’a smaller one on the upper part of the base of

caudal.

R. Amazon.

The types measure up to about 160 mm. in total length.

This species is closely allied to C. managuense and C. Dovii,

and must certainly be regarded as congeneric with them.

66. Cichlosoma Kraussi.

Petenia Kraussi, Steind. Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xxxix. 1879, p. 28,

pl. ii; Eigenm. & Bray, Ann, Ac. N. York, vii. 1894, p. 615;

Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 244 (1904).

Depth of body 21-21 in the length, length of head 23-22.

Snout a little longer than eye, the diameter of which is

3-44 in the length of head, interorbital width 34-4

Depth of preorbital $ the diameter of eye. Lower jaw

projecting; maxillary exposed, extending to below middle of

eye; preemaxillary processes extending to above the anterior

part of operculum ; anterior canines strong. Cheek with

7 or 8 series of scales; 10 or 11 gill- rakers on the lower

part of anterior arch. Scales above the lateral line smaller

than those below it, about 42 in a longitudinal series above,

about 30 below the lateral line; scales in a transverse

340 Mr. G. Lewis on

bie

series == . Dorsal (XV) XVI (10) 11, the last spine a

little less than $ the length of head, the soft fin scaly at the

base. Anal VI (8) 9. Pectoral nearly as long as the head.

Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle about 3 as long as deep.

Body with obscure dark cross-bars; a dark spot on the

origin of the lateral line, another on the operculum, a third

on the middle of the side, and a fourth on the upper part of

the base of caudal; vertical fins with dark spots.

Colombia; Venezuela.

1-2. (128 and 188 mm.) Baranquilla, Colombia. Kay Thomson, Eq.

[Te be continued. ]

XXXVII.— On new Species of Histeridie and Notices of others.

By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

[Plate X.]

THE object of this paper—the twenty-fifth of the series—is to

make a few observations on the ‘ Catalogue of the Histeridee ”

published last March, to describe a few species of interest,

and to explain the contents of the Plate now published.

In the ‘ Catalogue’ I did not include the “ catalogue-names”

of Dejean or Marseul. Marseul gave over fifty duplicate

names to species in his Catalogue of 1862, because he con-

sidered that no two species of the same family should bear

similar names; but this rule only obtains generally as

regards genera. The names of Dejean and Marseul are

entered in the Munich Catalogue. Some authors, again,

have given varietal names to specimens, often unique, and

therefore names of individuals, not of races; these names

were treated as synonymic.

I think that Marseul did not always attach sufficient

importance in his arrangement of the genera to the form of

the mesosternum in the Histeridz ; he placed, for instance,

Fachycrerus and Phelister, which have a projecting meso-

sternum, between Platysoma and Omalodes, in which the

mesosternum 1s emarginate; but by associating the two

former genera with Probolosternus and Monoplius, as I have

done, the species seem to occupy a more natural position.

When we find an emarginaticn in the mesosternum of a

species of this family we see an insect with a different mode

of life to those in which the mesosternum is acuminate or

bisinuous, and we can understand the several advantages

new Species of Histeridee. d41

attached to these structures. The mechanical action of the

emarginate mesosternum is that a species, such as those

of Hololepta, Fister, and Paromalus, can move the thorax

easily sideways, as the rounded-off base of the prosternum

works freely to and fro in the mesosternal incision ; and

the mechanical utility of a projecting mesosternum with a

corresponding incision in the keel of the prosternum, such as

that in Trypaneus and Pachycrerus, is that by the close

fitting of the segments the one in the other the column of the

body is strengthened in forcing a way in a direct line through

any obstructed passage they may seek to enter. T'rypanwus

especially finds obstacles in the holes of the Platyp: and other

wood-boring species on which they feed. Marseul, in his

monograph, at first placed the “ Trypanéens” after the

“© Sapriniens,’? but in 1862 he installed them after the

*¢ Fololeptiens,” leaving the genus Teretrius in the “ Abrézns” ;

but I think Teretrius and its allies cannot be separated from

the Trypanez.

I have not overlooked the fact that the genus Hister, as

now constituted with its 365 species, has sometimes a truncate

mesosternum, sometimes a sinuous outline, and sometimes it

is markedly emarginate. Thomson founded the genus

Atholus, of which Hister corvinus, Germ., is the type, but he

associated with it other very different species, such as

HT. bimaculatus, L., and these, I think, cannot be set together.

Hister truncatisternus, Lew., from Central America, 1. obtusi-

sternus, Sch., from Hast Africa, and others from widely

distant places have truncate sterna, but are very dissimilar to

H. corvinus. In the genus Hester the mesosternum varies in

form; in other genera, as in Omalodes, it is similar in all the

species.

Hister orientalis, Payk. (Mon. p. 17, pl. xiii. fig. 7, 1811),

a common species in India and Ceylon, was omitted by an

oversight in my Catalogue.

List of Species, arranged generically.

Hololepta obtusipes, Mars. Eblisia tenuipes, sp. n.

Pygoceelis sp. Macrolister striatisternus, sp. n.

Teretriosoma sexuale, Schaeffer. Hister dauphini, sp. n.

Pleesius hamatus, sp. n. Coryphzeus violaceus, sp. n.

asperimargo, sp. n. Notodoma saturum, Lew.

striatipectus, sp. n. Lissosternus gracilipes, sp. n.

Platysoma rime, sp. n. Saprinus sinaiticus, Crotch.

Cylistosoma epilissum, sp. n. Abrezeus fakir, sp. n.

aie Mr. G. Lewis on

Hololepta obtusipes, Mars.

Marseul only knew the female of this species ; the male

has a carina on the mentum, but it has no thoracic fossettes.

It occurs in Java, Sumatra, and in the Malay Peninsula.

Pya@oca is, Lewis.

The first species of this genus came from Togoland,

Kamerun, and German East Africa, and I have now a species

from Madagascar. A genus extending over so wide an area

is likely to contain very numerous species.

Teretriosoma sexuale, Schaeffer, Journ. N. York Ent. Soc.

x11. p. 203 (1905).

This species differs from 7. conigerum, Lew., in the punc-

tuation of the sternal plates, and it is more robust. The

paper containing the description did not reach me in time

for a reference to it in my Catalogue.

Plesius hamatus, sp. 1.

Oblongo-ovalis, subdepressus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria interrupta ;

pronoto stria marginali antice juncta, laterali valida antice

hamata; elytris striis 1 dorsali integra, 2-5 apicalibus, margine

postice punctulata ; propygidio in medio sparse punctato ; pygidio

dense punctato ; prosterno bistriato; mesosterno antice profunde

marginato.

L. 103-11 mill.

This species is similar to P. levigatus, Mars., but it is

larger and broader; the frontal stria is distinctly interrupted

and widens out on either side of the interruption into a shallow

and rather rugose depression ; the thorax is straighter along

the sides than that of leviégatus and the lateral stria or suleus

reaches as far again round the anterior angle; the elytral

striz, the outer humeral is complete and not widened out like

that of /evigatus, the inner humeral is apical and evanescent

near the middle, the first dorsal is complete and less crenulate,

the other striz are Jess defined but do not differ much from

those of lavigatus, the apices are distinctly but rather

narrowly punctulate ; the propygidium is much less closely

punctured in the middle ; the prosternum has a few punctures

on its lobe and the striw are wider apart than those of devi-

gatus; the mesosternal margination 1s closely similar in both

species,

new Species of Histeride. 343

This is the third species known with a deep marginal stria

or furrow in the mesosternum.

Hab. Tongking (A. Weiss, 1901). ‘Two examples in the

Museum of Paris and one in my own collection.

‘Plesius asperimargo, sp. 0.

Oblongus, subconvexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte transversim punctata,

stria obsoleta; pronoto lateribus conspicue rugoso-punctato ;

elytris striis dorsalibus, 1 integra, 2 striato-punctata; propygidio

utrinque grosse, in medio minor, punctato ; prosterno bistriato,

lobo grosse et profunde punctato.

Ee ii mill,

This species differs from P. Mouhot’, Lew., in being more

oblong and less convex, and the sculpture of the lateral

thoracic margin is close and rugose, resembling that figured

for Platysoma frontale, Payk., in Marseul’s Mon. fig. 13

(1853), and the second dorsal stria and the inner humeral

stria are more punctiform. The thoracic punctuation of

P. Mouhoti is scattered and irregular. The general outline

of P. asperimargo is similar to Placodes caffer, Kr. It is the

eleventh species of Plesius now known,

Hab. Burma.

Plestus striatipectus, sp. n.

P. cossyphi simillimis, sed prosterno bistriato et propygidio

pygidioque multo minus punctatis.

L. 93-103 mill.

This species is extremely similar to P. cossyphus, Mars.,

but the frontal striz are less marked, the lateral thoracic stria

is less deep, the first dorsal stria is represented by punctures

at the base of the elytra, the apical margin of the elytra is

less punctulate, the pygidia are finely and more moderately

punctured, and the prosternum is bistriate.

The trivial name points to a very important character.

Hab. New Britain (A. Willey, 1895-97). ‘Two examples.

Platysoma rime, sp. n.

Oblongum, depressum, nigrum, nitidum ; fronte punctulata in medio

impressa ; pronoto lateribus punctato; elytris striis 1-3 integris,

4-5 brevissimis; mesosterno marginato; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

L. 33-32 mill.

Oblong, depressed, black and shining; the head, surface

finely punctulate, the transverse stria is somewhat obscure

344 Mr. G. Lewis on

but complete; the thorax, the lateral stria is feebly sinuous

and hamate at the basal angle, anteriorly it continues behind

the head, but is obscurely broken behind the eyes, laterally

the thorax is distinctly punctulate ; the elytra, the humeral

strize are wanting, dorsal 1-3 complete, 4—5 apical and very

short and partly panctiform ; the propygidium is impressed

on either side and its punctures are irregular in size and

placement ; the pygidinm is less distinctly impressed on each

side, but the punctuation is more regular, there is no raised

rim; the prosternum, keel is without striz ; the mesosternum

is marginate and widely sinuous; the anterior tibiz are

4-dentate.

This species, with P. r¢marium, Er., and P. novum, Lew.,

belong to an Indian section of the genus in which the thorax

is punctured laterally. P. rime is distinctly less broad than

P. rimarium.

Hab. N.W. India (#. P. Stebbing). Many examples.

Cylistosoma epilissum, sp. n.

Cylindricum, parum elongatum, nigrum, nitidum; fronte excavata,

stria late interrupta ; pronoto stria marginali integra ; elytris striis

brevissimis, suturali evanescenti ; tibiis anticis 4—5-spinosis.

L. 3 mill.

Cylindrical, somewhat elongate, black and shining; the

head, forehead, and clypeus are excavated and the lateral

stria ceases at the edge of the excavation, the surface has a

few fine punctures and a few large ones irregularly mingled

together ; the thorax, marginal stria is complete and some-

what carinate at the base, the surface is punctured like the

head, and there is a fine antescutellar puncture a little distant

from the edge; the scutellum is narrow, elongate, and trian-

gular; the elytra, outer humeral stria is interrupted in the

middle, inner very short, rather deep, and basal, the first

dorsal is basal and nearly dimidiate, 2-3 are represented by

two punctures at the base, the sutural stria is apical, very

faint, and composed of fine points, which cease near the

middle of the dorsum; the pygidia have fine and large

scattered points; the prosternum is bistriate; the meso-

sternum is widely sinuous, not margined anteriorly, but

laterally there is a well-marked stria; the metasternum is

canaliculate ; the tibize are all 4-5-spinose.

There are two species in the Museum of Paris similar to

the above in structure and sculpture ; one of them is coloured

above like a species of Pachycrerus and the other is some-

what metallic.

new Species of Histeride. 345

Hab. Imanombo, Madagascar (Pr. J. Decorse, 1901). In

the Museum of Paris and my own collection. Six examples.

Eblisia tenurpes, sp. n.

Oblonga, parallela, depressa, picea, nitida; fronte impressa, tenuiter

punctulata ; pronoto antice biimpresso; elytris striis 1-4 integris,

5 basi abbreviata, suturali nulla ; pedibus brevibus.

L. 34 mill.

Oblong, parallel, depressed, piceous and shining ; the head

is very finely punctulate, impressed in the middle, the lateral

stria is well marked, but it does not reach the anterior angle

of the head, the frontal stria is much less distinct and abbre-

viated on either side; the thorax is wider than long, the

lateral stria is sinuous, shallow, and there are slight impres-

sions and rugosities along its course, the stria is continued

behind the head, where it is irregularly crenulate ; the elytra,

there are two fine epipleural strie, but no humeral, the dorsal

strie 1-4 are complete, 5 is parallel to the suture, shortened

before the base, where there is a small puncture; the pro-

pygidium is feebly impressed on either side and its punctures

are shallow, not closely set, and some are oval; the pygidium

is more evenly punctured, punctures are circular and on each

side it is somewhat deeply impressed, with the outer rim

raised ; the prosternum has a fine marginal stria round its

base, but the stria does not pass the cox; the mesosternum

‘is emarginate behind the keel and has a fine marginal stria;

the anterior tibize are 5-dentate, the tarsal groove is short

and shallow, and not curved, corresponding in length to the

tarsi, which are all somewhat short ; the legs are rather long

and slender.

I cannot compare this species with any other known. It

is convenient at present to place it in the genus dlisia on

account of its tarsal grooves; but Hdlis¢a and its members

require revision.

flab. Yunnan (Donckier). One example.

Macrolister striatisternus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; fronte levi, stria

integra antice subrecta; pronoto striis lateralibus integris, stria

interna haud interrupta ; elytris striis 1-3 integris, suturali basi

abbreviata; propygidio pygidioque dense punctatis ; prosterno

inter coxas bistriato; mesosterno emarginato; tibiis anticis

3-dentatis,

L. 11 mill.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi.

346 Mr. G. Lewis on

Oblong-oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head

is smooth, with the frontal stria complete and nearly straight

anteriorly and somewhat lightly impressed ; the thorax is

slightly ciliate on the lateral edges, the two lateral strie are

parallel to each other and well marked, the inner stria con-

tinues, and is rather fine, behind the head; the elytra, striz,

inner humeral apical and dimidiate, 1-3 complete and strong,

with the edges feebly crenulate, 4 short, apical, and almost

obsolete, sutural fine, shortened apically, and scarcely reaches

the middle; the pygidia are densely punctured ; the prosternum

has two striee between the coxee, which widen out behind, but

do not reach the base, and apparently join base anteriorly ;

the mesosternum is emarginate and the stria is complete and

rather fine, and it does not follow the outline of the emargina-

tion ; the anterior tibiz are strongly 3-dentate.

In outline this species agrees with J. ¢ntrepidus, Lew.,

but the dense punctuation of the pygidia and the prosternal

strie are good distinguishing characters.

Hab. Bihé, Angola.

Hister dauphini, sp. n.

Breviter ovatus, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; stria frontali

integra antice subrecta; pronoto stria laterali externa brevi,

interna integra; elytris striis validis, 1-3 dorsalibus integris,

humerali interna dimidiata, ceteris nullis ; propygidio pygidioque

parce punctatis; mesosterno emarginato, stria integra; tibiis

anticis 3-dentatis.

L. 8 mill.

Shortly oval, somewhat convex, black and shining ; the

head impunctate and very feebly impressed on its vertex,

siria complete and strong, almost straight in front; the

thorax smooth, outer lateral stria is short and confined to the

anterior angle, inner complete, somewhat deep and a little

sinuous, continued and somewhat crenulate behind the head ;

the elytra, inner humeral stria strong, apical, and dimidiate,

1-3 dorsal similarly strong but complete, 4 is represented by

an apical puncture, all the striz have crenulate edges; the

propygidium and pygidium are moderately punctured; the

prosternum is smooth; the mesosternum is emarginate in

the middle, with a rather fine marginal stria; the anterior

tibie are strongly 3-dentate.

This species is considerably larger than H. sikore, Lew.,

also from Madagasca:.

Hab. Diego Suarez, Madagascar.

new Species of Histeridee. 347

Corypheus violaceus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, subconvexus, violaceus, nitidus, haud_pilosus ;

pedibus antennisque brunneis; fronte in medio foveolata ; pro-

noto lateribus conspicue rugoso-punctato ad angulos levibus ;

elytris striis humerali interna brevi arcuata, dorsalibus 1-3

integris ; pygidio leviter punctulato; prosterno bistriato.

L. 6 mill.

Oblong-oval, somewhat convex, violet-blue, shining, not

pilose ; legs and antennw obscurely brown, with the thighs

slightly bluish; the head is foveolate on its vertex, with the

frontal stria strong and complete and angulate at the eyes,

surface finely punctulate except in the fovea and in two

anterior impressions, where the points are large; the thorax,

median area very finely punctulate, with a broad lateral band

of “ grater-like ” punctures, the punctures continue narrowly

behind the neck, but the anterior angles are free of points ;

the elytra, surface finely punctulate, striz, inner humeral

well-marked, short and bent, dorsal 1-3 complete and rather

strong, 4 traceable throughout but punctiform on the posterior

half, 5 obsolete, sutural wanting ; the pygidia are very finely

punctulate, with a few larger points in the middle of the base

of the propygidium ; the mesosternum is obscurely marginate ;

the prosternum, anterior lobe markedly sinuous on the ante-

rior edge, bistriate, striz meeting anteriorly.

Corypheus Wallacet, Mars., the type of the genus, is from

. Dorei, N. New Guinea, and it is also recorded by Marseul

from the Fly River; it has five dorsal striz complete and

the sutural stria is entire also, but not well marked at the

base. I have a fourth species of this genus, but the specimen

is not in good condition and the locality is not known to me.

flab, Mount Kina Balu, N. Borneo.

Notodoma saturum, Lew. (Pl. X. fig. 9.)

This species is figured chiefly to show the metasternal

arched stria. WV. bullatum, Mars., has no such stria, and in

N. nigrum, Lew., the only other dark-coloured species

known, the metasternal stria is represented by punctures

only. In Marseul’s description of N. globatum, the type of

the genus, this important character is not noticed, nor is it

given in his figure of the species.

LISSOSTERNUS, gen. nov.

Body ovate, convex ; head retractile; mandibles large and

incurved, acuminate at the tips; antenn, scape dilated,

23%

348 Mr. G. Lewis on

joint 1 globose, 2-7 small and gradually becoming more

transverse, club oval and somewhat elongate ; thorax widest

at the base, suleate laterally; elytra feebly striate; pro-

pygidium rather wide and semicircular in outline ; pygidium

nearly circular ; the prosternum, the keel is relatively wide

and the base has an arched outline to receive the meso-

sternum, which is obtusely projected ; the legs are long, with

the tibiz slightly dilated, tarsal grooves scarcely traceable.

Lissosternus gracilipes, sp.n. (Pl. X. fig. 10.)

Ovatus, convexus, rufo-brunneus; fronte antice sinuata; pronoto

minute tuberculato, stria laterali valida impressa; elytris striis

tenuissimis ; prosterno yix lato, bistriato.

L. 1 mill.

Oval, convex, reddish brown, and shining; the head is

sinuous anteriorly in outline ; the thorax, anterior edge bi-

sinuous, lateral stria well marked, with the outer edge clearly

punctured, on the vertex there are a few minute tubercles,

the four in front of the scutellum are set transversely; the

elytra, the dorsal stria are very faint and shortened, except

the sutural, which is more marked and complete; the pro-

pygidium is semicircular posteriorly, with small tubercles

along the edge and some less defined on its surface; the

prosternum is rather wide, the keel is smooth and polished,

with two lateral strise, which widen out towards the base, the

anterior lobe has shallow punctures ; the mesosternum, along

the anterior edge are a few punctures and on either side a

very fine stria which terminate in a small excavation behind

the acumination, laterally there are two very fine striz and

there is no visible suture to it and the metasternum.

_ The figure of this species is an excellent drawing ; the

insect is probably formicicolous.

Hab. Bahia.

Crotch reported a species of Saprinus from Syria in the

‘Ordnance Survey of Sinai,’ published at Southampton in

1869, in these words :—

“ Saprinus sinatticus, sp. n. The only difference that I

can discover, from description [between it and S. figuratus,

Mars. |, is in the punctuation of the thorax ; in figuratus there

are three separate defined smooth patches, here all three are

united into one, showing only faint indentations to indicate

its possible division.”

At present it is best to consider S. s¢naiticus a nondescript.

The prosternal strie in §. figuratus are so peculiar that I

new Species of UHisteride. 349

think Crotch would have found good specific characters in

the sterna if his species was really distinct ; but there is no

evidence that Crotch examined the undersides of his specimens.

Abreus fakir, sp. n.

Circularis, convexus, niger, subnitidus, supra dense subrugose punc-

tatus, setulis erectis seriatim; antennis pedibusque obscure

rufo-brunneis; fronte punctata haud impressa ; mesosterno

postice crenulato, laterali marginato; metasterno in medio

tenuissime canaliculato.

L, 13-13 mill.

Body nearly circular in outline, convex, black, densely and

somewhat rugosely punctate, with erect sete arranged in lines

on the upper surface ; the head is less coarsely punctured than

the thorax and is not impressed on its vertex ; the thorax,

the basal transverse line is vaguely shown by the disposition

of the punctures; the propygidium is setose, like the elytra,

but the pygidium is without sete and the punctuation is

smaller and clearer; the prosternum is wide and nearly

straight at the base; the mesosternum is crenulate along its

basal edge, the crenulations are about twelve in number, it is

marginate laterally, and the marginal stria continues half

down the metasternum; the metasternum is very feebly

canaliculate longitudinally in the middle ; all the sterna have

simmar large punctures, which are somewhat densely set.

This species may be placed near A. coheres, Lew., but it

is smaller and has a crenulate edge to the base of the meso-

sternum. Paykull’s Indian species extlis has a fine dorsal

punctuation, but it is a species I have not seen.

Hab. Khandesh District, India (T. R. Bell, 1903).

Many examples.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

. Chalcurgus brevipennis, Lew.

. Notodoma saturum, Lew.

rig 10. Lissosternus gr acilipes, sp. n.

Fig. 11. Saprinus inversus, Lew. | Outlines of the sulci in the pygidia of

Fig. 12. aterrimus, Er, the females.

Except for the new species the references will be found in the

Catalogue published last March,

Fig. 1. Hololepta Fee, Lew.

Tig. 2. Lioderma intersectum, Lew.

fig. 3. Hister aino, Lew.

tig. 4. latistrius, Lew.

Lig. 5, Pachycrerus sulcicollis, Lew.

fig. 6. Ditto. Side view of pygidia.

Ing. 7. Pachycrerus princeps, Lew.

350 Dr. A. G. Butler on

XXX VITI.—WNotes on the Satin Bower-bird (Ptilonorhynchus

violaceus), By ArtHur G. BuTier, Ph.D., F.L.5.,

HZ 5, ee:

In a paper which I published in the ‘ Zoologist’ for July,

1902, p. 257, I called attention to a statement made by

Mr. A. A. C. Le Souéf, Director of the Zoological Gardens

at Melbourne, and stated that the idea that the males of this

species only assumed their full plumage in old age was con-

trary to all our experience of bird-life ; and on pp. 251, 252,

I suggested that the birds studied by Mr. Le Souéf were not

cocks, but old hens which had assumed male plumage owing

to abortion of the functional ovary, a circumstance not

uncommon in birds in captivity, and possibly less so than in

wild birds,

Mr. Le Souéti’s statement is as follows (vide Campbell’s

‘Nests and Eggs of Australian Birds,’ p. 192, footnote) :—

‘“‘ Many years ago I caged a number (at least a dozen) of these

birds at the gardens here, young green birds, caught at

Gembrook, and it was only after the expiration of nearly

etyht years they began to change colour. I think four or five

birds put on the beautiful blue-black plumage, and in a year

or two died off. It is therefore evident that the birds only

come to their full plumage in old age, and that accounts for

the fact that in a flock of say one hundred birds, which we

often used to see at Gembrook, some years ago, there would

be only a very few, not half a dozen, black ones among them.

They die off shortly after the change.”

It is well known that during certain months of the year

many birds travel about in flocks consisting wholly of one

sex, which would explain the occurrence of only six per cent.

hens in male plumage in a flock, without the necessity for

arriving at so improbable a conclusion as that the male of

this species (unlike all others) assumed its attractive plumage

towards the end of its life.

My own experience of Ptilonorhynchus is directly opposed

to Mr. Le Souéi’s view:—On September 18th, 1899, I

purchased a pair of young Satin Bower-birds in the spotted

green plumage, which vaguely resembles the adult hen

plumage (only the latter is not of the same pale-spotted

character). By the end of the following September (1900)

both sexes had attained their full adult plumage—the male

blue-black, the female olive-green, cinnamon, and yellow ;

both sexes with brilliant ultramarine eyes.

The late Mr. Abrahams was of opinion that this species

assumed its full plumage when three years old; but judging

the Satin Bower-bird. 351

by the size of the birds when I bought them and the slight,

though perfectly noticeable, increase of size during the year

in which they emerged from their nestling dress, [ am more

inclined to believe that the adult feathering is perfected by

the end of the second year.

If Mr. Le Souét’s view were correct, my cock bird ought

to have died in 1901 or 1902, yet we are well advanced in

1905, and he shows not the least symptom of failing vigour ;

but, how about the hen?

In the years 1901-4 the cock bird frequently picked up

sticks and straws and pursued the hen, singing vigorously

and going through all the comical contortions and wing-

flappings, side-jumps and dances, peculiar to the species ;

occasionally the hen would chase the cock, with very similar

actions and song: but the aviary in which I kept the pair was

too small for them to make up their minds to serious nest-

building, although they made several attempts to construct a

bower by driving twigs into the earth in two rows converging

at the top.

In 1904 the cock bird began to render the life of the hen

unpleasant by frequently pulling out her flight-feathers.

After pursuing her for a time, if he succeeded in catching

her upon the earth, she would immediately turn upon her back

and oppose him with beak and claws: he would then lie on

his side close to her; and as she turned each would grasp the

other’s claws and pluck viciously at the wings and breast. [

never knew any other bird to fight in this curious fashion.

In the present year the tables were completely turned, the

hen had perfect mastery over the cock, and plucked every

feather out of his wings and tail, so that I had to cage him up

to preserve his life, as the constant drain on his strength was

beginning to make him weak on his legs. In July the hen

began to assume male plumage, which is rapidly developing ;

tlle median and greater coverts are already black, forming a

broad belt across the wings, and the underparts are splashed

with black blotches. It will not surprise me if this bird dies

within the next year or two, but the cock shows no indications

of impending dissolution.

The difference in plumage between nestling and adult birds

is much greater than Gould’s description would lead one to

suppose, the under surface not only being yellower, but

having a distinctly pale-spotted character, owing, perhaps,

to greater width and diffusion of the crescentic markings on

the feathers; moreover, this difference is not confined to the

males, but is, I believe, found in all young birds: I have

examined eight or nine at various times.

352 Canon A. M. Norman on Cucumaria Montagui.

XX XIX.—On Cucumaria Montagu, Fleming.

By Canon A. M. Norman.

[Plate XI.]

In 1808 Montagu described from the coast of Devon a

Holothurian which he named Oucumaria pentactes, var.

In 1828 Fleming, in his ‘ Hist. Brit. Anim., named this

Uolothurian Cucumaria Montagut.

In 1841 Forbes, in his ‘ Hist. Brit. Starfishes, &c.,’ made

Cucumaria Montagui a synonym of Cucumaria pentactes ;

and the left-hand figure of his woodcut possibly represents

the species of Fleming. In 1892 this lead was followed by

Jeffrey Bell in his ‘Cat. British Echinoderms in B.M.’

In 1893 I published a paper “ Cucumaria Montagui (Flem-

ing) and its Synonymy” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. xii. p. 469). In that paper I described what I believed

to be this species with great minuteness, especially as regards

the spicula; and inasmuch as I found considerable differences

between the spicula of the largest and the smaller examples,

those differences were pointed out. I presumed that the

smaller specimens were the young state of the larger, though

I purposely abstained from making the direct statement that

they were so, leaving it to future observers to clear up this

matter.

Mr. S. Pace has recently written a paper entitled “ Note

on two Species of Cucumaria from Plymouth, hitherto con-

fused as C. Montagui, Fleming: C. Normand, n. sp., and

C. saxicola, Brady and Robertson” (Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc.

vol. vii. Dee. 1904, p. 305). I much regret the publication

of that paper, and did what I could to bring Mr. Pace to my

view as regards my specimen A (= C. Montagut) ; and when

he wrote to ask if he might name it after me, my reply was

that of course he could do so if he wished ; but I feared it

would necessitate my committing the act of “ Felo de se.”

That act I am about to be guilty of. I cannot call it “ happy

despatch ” ; for I unwillingly criticize Mr. Pace’s paper as I

am compelled to do.

Mr. Pace writes: “ [Holothuria Montagui, Fleming, affords

a remarkable instance of how much confusion may gather

around a specific name; the species was itself founded on a

misconception, and almost every author who has since made

use of Fleming’s name, or who has attempted to unravel its

synonymy, has but made matters rather more involved.”

Janon A. M. Norman on Cucumaria Montagui. 353

Yet still more involved by the publication of Mr. Pace’s

paper.

Mr. Pace writes: ‘ In 1808 Montagu described and figured

as ‘ Holothuria pentactes, var., a species of Cucumaria which

he had found on the south coast of Devonshire. This species

from Montagu’s excellent description must certainly have

been one of the two forming the subject of this paper; and

which has among other names been known as C. Montagut,

Fleming. Now whatever C. Montagui really may be, it

certainly is not conspecific with Montagu’s supposed variety

of C. pentactes. Of course, it was undoubtedly Fleming’s

intention to honour Montagu by bestowing his name upon

the species discovered by that naturalist, but, unfortunately,

the description of C. Montagut is based. upon specimens of

another species collected in the Firth of Forth. Fleming

makes reference under the name Montagui to Montagu’s

description of the Devonshire Cucumarian, but Montagu’s

actual form is probably the one that is described as Ho/othurta

pentactes in the ‘ History of British Animals.’ Fleming’s

name appears to have dropped into almost complete disuse

until revived by Dr. A. M. Norman. Norman, however,

overlooked the fact that Fleming was not dealing with the

same species as Montagu: and in addition he has failed to

realize that there are two species of Cucumaria of somewhat

similar outward appearance living upon the South Devon

coast. Norman’s Cucumaria Montagui is, in fact, a complex,

and it is mainly as a result of this that: subsequent authors

have experienced so much difficulty in reconciling their ideas

as to the identity of C. Montagui.”

It is inconceivable to me how such a view of Fleming’s

species could have been entertained by Mr. Pace in the

presence of the passages I now proceed to quote from the

descriptions of Montagu and Fleming. From the former

author the passages only are given which bear upon the

description of Fleming; but the passage from Fleming

includes all that he wrote upon the subject, and embraces all

that is important in the description by Montagu.

Montagu, 1808.—Cucumaria pentactes, var. “ Cylindric,

white, covered with a mottled film or epidermis... The

anterior end for an inch or more is of a purplish-brown, and

furnished with eight large and two very small contiguous. . .

tentacula. . . When the animal was alive it was observable

that one of the least arms, or tentacula, was always covering

the mouth, and for that purpose were alternately in motion

... the lips or margin of the aperture white ; the posterior

304 Canon A. M. Norman on Cucumaria Montagu.

end is furnished with a small pentangular opening of a red

colour.”

Fleming, 1828.—JHolothuria Montagu. ‘ Tentacula eight,

with two small contiguous subsidiary ones. Mouth simple.”

(Here reference to Montagu.)

‘The body is cylindric, white, covered with a mottled cuticle ;

towards the head the whole becomes purplish-brown ; margin

of the mouth white; while alive the two small subsidiary

tentacula are alternately in motion, covering the mouth ;

vent pentangular, red. The divisions of the tentacula are

not so numerous as in the preceding species.”

Thus the whole of the description of the species is actually

a quotation from Montagu down to the word “red,” and

then, as though Fleming intended to signify this fact, the

first full stop occurs after “red”; and a capital letter com-

inences the sentence “ The divisions of the tentacula are not

so numerous as in the preceding species.” He gives a locality

cc Hinthseot | dlorths Mir..iNeley ss sbutosut may “be questioned

whether Fleming ever himself saw a specimen which he

would refer to Montagu’s Holothurian, for the sentence

respecting the tentacula might well be written from a com-

parison of Montagu’s figure with the tentacles of the species

which he (Fleming) called Holothuria pentactes. Mr. Pace

writes of ‘ Montagu’s excellent description”; but “ the

description of C, Montagut is based upon specimens of another

species collected in the Firth of Forth.’ It is unnecessary

to write more.—Cucumaria Montagut (Fleming) stet. Cucu-

maria Nermant, Pace, dele.

In my former paper I carefully described the spicula of

Cucumaria Montagut. That description need not be repeated ;

but I have here given illustrations of the spicula, both lower

and upper, of the dermis together with those of the feet and of

the tentacles. Fig. la, 0, and c (Pl. XI.) are normal and

characteristic examples of the spicula of the lower layer.

Specimens B and C,

What are the specimens which in my paper I called B and

C? Are they the young of C. Montagu, or are they a distinct

species as Mr, Pace considers them to be? Pl. XI. fig. 5

represents a specimen, slightly enlarged, which was sent to

me from Plymouth by Mr. Pace himself. Fig. 6 represents

the body-spicula and fig. 7 the spicula of the feet. Of these

figures, fig. 6 a, 6, c represent the spicula with six openings

which distinguish this condition, and are not found, so far as

1 have observed, in full-grown C. Montagu. g, h, 2, k are

Canon A. M. Norman on Cucumaria Montagui. 355

irregular forms ; c, d, e spicula with openings as in C. Mon-

togui, cand d showing also the characteristic nodulation.

Mr. Pace suggests that the nodulous spicules had got into

my preparation by accident. This might have been, but was

not the case, as is proved by the fact that whereas the spicule

fig. 6d is one from my original slide of spicula of speci-

men B, fig. 6 e is drawn from a mounting of the spicula of the

specimen fig. 5 which was sent to me by Mr. Pace himself ;

but only very few of these spicula are present in either

specimen.

But while Mr. Pace would reject these nodulous spicula

with four perforations he substitutes for them another; and

says that in specimens similar to my B and C he has found

‘ quite typical ‘ tables,’ which being few in number are easily

overlooked.” They have been overlooked by myself though

diligently sought for, since, if found, they would form an

entirely new feature in the spiculation of Cucumarians, for

there would exist two distinct types of primary body- spicules

in a species, a feature hitherto unknown. May I suggest to

him a source of possible error? When Iwas at Plymouth in

Sept. 1903, two species were brought to me as the two

Cucumarians which besides C. dactea were known at the

Station. On examining one of these and boiling down the

spicule I found the species was no Cucumarian, but Phyllo-

phorus Drummond?, W. Thompson, with its characteristic

“tables.” Perhaps spicules of this species have by some

accident got into Mr. Pace’s mounting; and it is even possible

that he may have employed the very test-tube in which JI had

boiled the £/yllophorus and which may not have been cleaned

with sufficient care *.

The question remains, Are the specimens which I described

as B and Ca mature form, and, if so, are they referable to

Cucumaria saxicola of Brady and Robertson? Let us take

the last part of this question first. I did not neglect to take

C. saxicola into consideration when engaged on my former

paper ; and I wrote to Professor Brady to enquire if he would

allow me to see the type or a mounting of its spicula, but he

no longer had either in his possession. Examining his

description and figures, I came to the conclusion that it was

uot the same as my Band C: Ist, because of the presence

of the stellate-formed upper spicules ; and 2nd, because I saw

no reason to regard it as the same species as my specimens,

* T left a mounting of the spicules of Phyllophorus Drummondi at the

Station together with the specimen itself, but I see that the species is

not inserted in the list of Plymouth Echinoderms published at the end of

last year (Journ. Marine Biol. Assoc. vol. vii. p. 2U6).

356 Canon A. M. Norman on Cucumaria Montagui.

any more than to refer it to the young of C. Planci, Maren-

zeller, to which latter species it appeared to me more likely

to be referable *.

As I told Mr. Pace gn Litt., when young specimens of

C. Montagui, say 14 mm. long, should be found having

spicules agreeing with those of the adult, my view that

B and C are young forms of that species would require to be

reconsidered,

The colours of the two forms are stated by Mr. Pace to

somewhat differ, but not materially. The podia are, he says,

more numerous and in two parallel rows in Montagui, but in

B and C so few as to appear in a single series; this is a

strong point in favour of the latter being immature t+. Again,

he writes: “In sp. 1” (= Montagut) “ the test, being densely

crowded with spicules, is very tough and coriaceous, and its

surface is much wrinkled ; while in sp. 2”? (=my B and C)

“the surface of the body is extremely smooth and delicate,

marked only with transverse strize due to the encircling fibres

of the superficial layer.” Here, again, is a difference such as

is usual and might be expected between mature and immature

examples.

But the main question still remains to be answered: On

what grounds do I presume to suggest that B and C, the

majority of the spicules in which have six perforations, are the

young of a species in which the number of perforations is

almost invariably four, and never six ?

Ist. In Montagut the plate-spicula form a dense regular

layer, over which are developed the campanulate

spicules, but in B and C the spicules are not disposed

in a layer. They are comparatively very few in

number, and are developed at different depths in the

* The spicules of C. Planci are figured by Jeffrey Bell, Cat. Brit.

Echin. B. M. pl. ii. fig. 2; but it is, I think, obvious that there is an

error in the connecting-lines to figures on the plate, and that the three

bottom figures lettered a and also the feet-spicules lettered b on the

middle of the plate, which are joined by connecting-lines with the

spicules of C. Planci, belong to C. Hyndmanni figured on the same plate,

the feet-spicules of which species are peculiarly characteristic. Specimens

in my collection have been examined from Trieste (cotype from Von

Marenzeller), Naples (specimens received many years ago, when the

Holothurians were not well known there, from the Zool. Stat., under the

names C. communis and C. doliolum), Gairloch, Firth of Clyde (Dr. D.

Robertson).

+ It will be seen by my figure 5 (which, slightly magnified, was sent

to me by Mr. Pace, and is the largest specimen known to me having the

spicula of B) that the podia are in double rows, thus showing signs of

more mature growth.

Canon A. M. Norman on Cucumaria Montagui. 357

dermis. This is a difference known to me from the

study of the old and young in other species.

2nd. It is a known fact that spicula found in the young of

certain species (e. g. C. frondosa) entirely disappear

in the adult, or a spicule of another form takes its

place.

3rd. Spicules which are entirely free from nodulation in

some young Cucumarians become highly nodulous or

greatly incrassated in old examples. I will take as

an instance a species I have already referred to,

C. Hyndmanni. The plate-spicules as figured by

Bell, pl. ii. fig. 1a, and also a at bottom of the

plate, show from two to sixteen perforations and are

searcely thickened. I should not have been able to

say positively that these spicula belonged to C. Hynd-

manni had it not been for the peculiarly characteristic

foot-spicules; for the plates of the old specimens are

often all extraordinarily massive, their thickness being

subequal to the breadth; yet other specimens I have,

especially a young one, which have spiculation corre-

sponding with Bell’s figures.

4th. The ventral ambulacra in both A and B bear closely-

set double rows of feet ; dorsal ambulacra with few

irregularly arranged papille or feet. Thus some

authors would place the species in the subgenus

Colochirus.

To sum up my views as regards B and C: I am of opinion

that the figures I give, fig. 6 a, b, f, g, h, 1, k, represent the

primary spicules of the young scattered at depths in the

dermis, which will at a later stage be absorbed; while ce, d,

and e represent some of the earliest spicules developed of

those which will at a later stage constitute the dermal

layer.

I may add that I have studied the spiculation of the Holo-

thuroidea for at least forty years ; that I have mountings of

spicula (often many mountings) of almost all Huropean

shallow-water species and some abyssal forms; and that

while recognizing spiculation as the truest guide to the

determination of species, I know full well that allowance should

be made for variations in respect of individuals and also in

regard to age; and that on these points there remains a

valuable field for study.

After the foregoing was actually printed I happened to

turn to EK. von Marenzeller, ‘ Résultats Camp. scient. Prince

358 Canon A. M. Norman on Cucumaria Montagui.

de Monaco, Contrib. 4 Etude des Holothuries de Atlantique

Nord, 1893, p. 15, and there, under Cucumaria Montagui,

found a reference to a paper of Prof. Jeffrey Bell which had

escaped my memory and to which no reference is made in

that author’s more recent publication ‘Cat. Brit. Echin, in

B.M’ On turning to this paper by Bell, “ On the Spicules of

Cucumaria Hyndmanni and calcigera and two allied Forms,”

Journ. R. Micros. Soc. ser. 2, vol. iii. 1883, I learnt that

types of Montagu’s Cucumarian were in existence in the

British Museum.

I at once went up to the Museum, and with the kind

assistance of Professor Bell examined these interesting speci-

mens, with the following most satisfactory results. The

names and other remarks which I enclose in inverted commas

are in the handwriting of Leach, while the name annexed

has been written on a more recent label.

Bottle 1. “ Holothuria Montagui, 8. Devon, G. Montagu,

Esq., Mus. Leach.” (C. Planez.

This is a large specimen, about six inches, but I

did not measure it. It is my A, with extremely

numerous four-holed spicules in the lower layer, and

with plenty of the characteristic campanulates in the

upper.

Bottle 2. “‘ Holothuria decollata, South Devon, G. Montagu,

Esq., Mus. Leach.” Pentacta Montagut, Gray.

This is a much smaller specimen, agreeing with my

B in spiculation, but smooth four-holed and dumbell

forms most frequent, only a few with six perforations.

Bottle 3. “ Cucumaria communis, South Coast of Devon,

Mus. Leach.” C. Planci.

The spiculation of these three or four small speci-

mens is In entire agreement with my form B.

Thus striking facts confirmatory of my views come out :—

Ist. That at each of three places where adult C. Montagui

have been found—South Devon (Aontagu), Polperro (Norman),

Plymouth (Pace)—there also small specimens have been

found with the spiculation of my B and C.

2nd. That in the British Islands Cucumarians with the

spiculation of B and C have only been found at these three

places.

3rd. That no small examples are known to occur having

the same spiculation as the adult C. Montagu.

I give in the list below some synonymy, but do not refer

to continental authors, leaving them to reconcile differences

now that they will have full illustrations of the spicula of

C. Montagut. In 1886 I sent specimens agreeing with B and

Canon A. M. Norman on Cucumaria Montagui. 359

C to the Vienna Museum as C. Montagui, for I had only one

adult example in my collection, and therefore Marenzeller’s

writings refer to these younger stages, and not to the adult.

Koehler states that he had received a specimen from

Plymouth under the name “ C. pentactes”’ ; this he rightly

referred to C. Montagu?, but he would have been more correct

had he written the young of C. Montagui.

Cucumaria Montagu?, Fleming.

1808. Holothuria pentactes, var., Montagu, Linn. Trans. vol. ix. p. 112,

pl. vii. fig. 4.

1828. Holothuria Montagui, Fleming, Hist. Brit. Anim. p. 483.

1848. Pentacta Montagui, J. K. Gray, List Brit. Animals in B.M. pt. i.

Centroniz, or Radiated Animals, p. 11.

1893. Cucumaria Montagu, Norman, Ann. & Mag, Nat. Iist. ser. 6,

vol. xii. p. 469,

1904. Cucumaria Normani, Pace, Journ. Marine Biol. Assoe. vol. vii.

p. 305.

The Young.

1848. Holothuria decollata, Leach, MS. name only, J. E. Gray, under

Pentacta Montagui as above referred to.

1883. Holothuria decollata=C, Montagut, Bell, Journ. R. Mier. Soc.

ser. 2, vol. iil. p. 3 (separate copy), pl. viii. figs. 4, 4 a.

1893. Cucumaria Montag, specimens B and C, Norman, /. c.

1893. Cucumaria Montagu, Marenzeller, Résultats Camp. scient.

Prince de Monaco, Contrib. 41’ Etude des Holothuries de l’A tlantique

Nord, p. 15, and Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii. p. 335,

1904. Cucumaria saxicola, Pace (nec Brady and Robertson), /. e.

Of synonyms which I gave in my former paper, Semperia

Drummondii, Hérouard (nec Thompson), has spicules exactly

like those of adult C. Montagui; but C. Lefevre’, Bonnier, is

stated by Koehler not to have the feet arranged as in Colo-

chirus, and therefore to be different from C. Montagui, and

Marenzeller has made it a synonym of C. Koellikeri. I may

add that Marenzeller refers Colochirus Lacazei, Hérouard, as

a synonym to C. Montagut; but I do not think that this can

possibly be the case if fig. 8 of Hérouard correctly represents

one of the upper layer of spicules, and, moreover, there seems

to be considerable difference in other spicules also.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

» Cucumaria Montagui (Fleming). Spicules of the lower layer of

the adult, a, 6, c being the normal forms.

Ditto. Spicules of sides of feet.

Ditto. Spicules of tentacula.

Ditto. Campanuliform spicules of upper layer of dermis.

Ditto. Immuature “B and C,” slightly enlarged,

Ditto. Dermal spicules: a, b, f, 9,h, 7, k, primary spicules chavac-

teristic of the young; c, d, e, secondary spicules characteristic of

the adult layer.

Fig. 7, Ditto. Spicules of the feet.

—

G2 SUES CORD

360 Canon A. M. Norman on Ophiopsila annulosa.

XL.—Ophiopsila annulosa (M. Sars), a British Ophiurid.

By Canon A. M. Norman.

Ophiopsila annulosa (M. Sars).

1857. Ophianoplus annulosus, M. Sars, Middelhavets Littoral-Fauna,

p. 79, pl. i. figs. 2-7.

1859. Ophiopsila annulosa, Liitken, Addit. ad hist. Ophiuridarum, pt. ii.

. 133.

1869. Ophionoplus annulosus, Brady and Robertson, “ Week’s Dredging

in the West of Ireland,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iii.

p- 356, pl. xxii. figs. 1-6.

1904. Ophiopsila aranea, Allen and Pace (viv Forbes), Journ, Marine

Biol. Assoc. vol. vii. pp. 169, 171, and 209,

Although it is thirty-six years ago since Ophiopsila

annulosa was added to our fauna, it remains the most recent

addition to the Ophiuroidea to be met with in our inshore

waters. A few words on its distribution as now known may

not be out of place, as I am able to give two additional

habitats.

1. In 1868, Professor G. 8. Brady and the late Dr. D.

Robertson, when dredging in Birterbuy Bay, Ireland, pro-

cured a single arm of an Ophiurid unknown to them, and

they sent it to mefor determination. This arm (/.¢. pl. xxii.

fig. 1) was figured by them, together with reproductions of

five figures from the plate of M. Sars, and thus the- species

was fully illustrated, and a translation of Sars’s description

given in full.

In 1874, accompanied by my friend Dr. D. Robertson, I

went on a dredging-excursion to the west of Ireland. Round-

stone was one of our quarters; my chief object in going

there was to rediscover the gigantic form of Acera (Acera

bullata, var. Farrani, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 6, vol. vi. p. 68) which Dr. Farran, many years before,

had taken there, and, secondly, to procure Ophiopsila annulosa.

We were not rewarded with the Acera, but procured the

Ophiopsila. Dr. Robertson remembered the place where the

arm had been dredged. It was just at the entrance of

Birterbuy Bay on the west side, and very near the rocks.

A considerable time on two occasions was spent on this spot :

again and again the dredge would catch in the rocks; then,

when we imagined we had passed over a small scrap of sand,

arms and parts of arms would now and then reward us, and

at last a single disk with broken arms came up.

2. Mr. A. G. More was also at Roundstone at the time,

and on seeing the Ophiopsila he said that he had dredged a

On Fishes from Southern Mexico. 361

similar arm in a bay much nearer to Galway. That arm he

subsequently kindly sent me.

3. When at the Biological Station at Plymouth in the

autumn of 1903 I saw a number of fine and perfect specimens

which had been procured and some of these I purchased. The

species had been found to be not uncommon in crevices of the

red sandstone, “ especially in old Pholadidia crypts”’ in 15-

25 fathoms on Mewstone Ledge and Stoke Point Grounds.

It would thus appear to be a lover of hard ground anda

clinger to rocks, which is what we might have been led to

expect from its sturdy build and short and strong arm-spines—

reminding us of species of similar habit, such as the genera

Ophiopholis and Ophiactis. If, therefore, the specimens

dredged by us at Birterbuy were, as we imagined, on sand,

they had probably crept out temporarily from the rocks

close by.

4. I found the Ophiopsila in a fourth locality in the spring

of last year, having dredged a portion of an arm outside

Dartmouth Harbour,

I regard Ophiopsila aranea, Forbes, as a distinct species.

It is of smaller size, and, besides other differences, the arm-

spines are both fewer in number and more slender. The

species inhabits the Adzean and Mediterranean Seas.

XLI.—A Collection of Fishes made by Dr. H. Gadow in

Southern Mexico. By C. Tare Reagan, B.A.

THE collection of fishes made by Dr. H. Gadow, F.R.S., in

Southern Mexico in the summer of 1903 was brought to the

British Museum by him and worked out by me in the autumn

of that year. Publication of the results obtained was held

back in the expectation that another collection would be

received from Dr. Gadow as the result of his visit to Mexico

in 1904. Unfortunately, however, the season proved to be

unfavourable for fish collecting during this second visit.

The Cichlids collected by Dr. Gadow have already been

dealt with in my revision of the genus Cichlosoma. They

include examples of a new species, C. Gadovit, and of two

others, C. Higenmanni, Meek, and C. heterodontus, Pellegr.,

new to the British Museum. Also new to the British

Museum are specimens of Platypecilus Nelsont, Gambusia

fasciata, Heterandria Lutzi, and Pomadasys Temple, species

described by Dr. Meek in his recent work on the fishes of

Mexico.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 24

362 On Fishes from Southern Mexico.

Below I describe a new Cotylopus and make some remarks

about Pseudoxiphophorus bimaculatus and P. pauctradiatus.

Cotylopus punctatus, sp. n.

Depth of body 62 in the length, length of head 53. Snout

14 as long as eye, the diameter of which is 54 in the length

ot head and 11 in the width of the osseous interorbital space.

Lower jaw shorter than the upper; maxillary extending to

below posterior border of eye. Dorsal VI, 1 10; all the rays

of the spinous dorsal, except the first, produced as filaments,

the fourth the longest, when laid back extending beyond the

middle of the second dorsal; rays of the second dorsal in-

creasing in length posteriorly, the last, when laid back, reaching

the caudal. Anal I 11, opposite to the second dorsal; last

anal ray, when laid back, extending 3 of the distance from

its base to the caudal. Pectoral a little longer than the head ;

ventral 2 the length of head. Caudal rounded. 95 scales in

a longitudinal series, 25 between second dorsal and anal fins;

abdomen with a median naked area extending forward from

the vent. Caudal peduncle 12 as long as deep. Head

covered with small dark spots; each scale on the body

bearing a similar spot; very small dark spots on the dorsal

fins and on the base of the pectoral.

A single specimen, 132 mm. in total length, from

‘Tequesixtlan.

‘he outer series of teeth of the lower jaw are completely

concealed in a fleshy pad; but examination of other species

of Cotylopus and Sicydium shows that the extent to which

these teeth are exposed varies considerably and that this

feature must not be regarded as characteristic of the species.

Pseudoxiphophorus pauciradiatus, Regan.

Dr. Meek regards this species as a synonym of Pseudo-

wiphophorus bimaculatus, Heck., but it seems probable that

he has seen specimens of the latter species only.

I have examined a large number of specimens of Pseudo-

atphophorus bimaculatus from Southern Mexico, Guatemala,

and British Honduras. ‘The number of rays in the dorsal

fin is usually 15, but varies from 14 to 17, whilst the head,

snout, and caudal fin appear to be slightly, but constantly,

longer and the anal fin considerably deeper than in P, pauci-

radiatus. Of this latter species I have seen the eight typical

examples from Orizabaand six others collected by Dr. Gadow *,

* Of six specimens of P. pauciradiatus from Orizaba, collected by

Dr. Gadow, one has 13, three have 12, and two have 11 dorsal rays. Of

On new Fishes from Japan. 363

also from Orizaba, which are exactly similar to the types.

The number of rays in the dorsal fin is usually 12, but varie:

from 11 to 13. Each scale on the body has a rather broad

blackish marginal or intramarginal crescent.

In the following table, based only on female specimens,

are given in the first column (A) the number of dorsal rays

and in the others the following measurements in millimetres :—

(B) total length, (C) length to base of caudal, (D) length of

head, (E) distance from tip of snout to origin of dorsal,

(2) longest anal ray.

Ae Bod, C.D, Net.

P. pauciradiatus, two of the types, 13 75 63 15 365 9

from Orizaba. 12 42 36 95 20 55

P. pauciradiatus, two of the speci- (47 72 69 14 365 9

mens from Orizaba, collected E 67 57 135 33. «9

by Dr. Gadow. 7 ny Maley ete

P. bimaculatus, four of the speci- - ie o ibe a e

mens from the Rio Tonto,,;5 79 58 15 30 12

collected by Dr. Gadow. Tas) GOB 13 287° A

P. bimaculatus, two specimens from lazt 2 74 Gl. vi6.. Sint) Ae

San Domingo de Guzman ere ier

Boece i Ao Caller, |? 59 16 30 1

In the typical form of P. bimaculutus the scales of the body

have narrow dark edges, forming a network which usually

fades out below. In five specimens from San Domingo de

Guzman, collected by Dr. A. C. Buller, the scales of the

middle series have very broad dark edges, giving the appear-

ance of a blackish longitudinal band from operculum to base

of caudal. This well-marked variety may be called Pseudo-

viphophorus bimaculatus, var. teniaius.

XLU.—Deseriptions of Three new Fishes from Japan, collected

by Mr. R. Gordon Smith. By C. Tate Recan, B.A.

Since the publication of my report on the fishes collected by

Mr. R. Gordon Smith in the Inland Sea of Japan* the

British Museum has received a further series from him, which

contains examples of three species which appear to be new to

science.

fifteen specimens of P. bimaculatus from the Rio Tonto, also collected by

Dr. Gadow, three have 16, seven have 15, and five have 14 dorsal rays.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xv. 1905, p. 17.

364 On new Fishes from Japan.

Diagramma aporognathus.

Depth of body 31-34 in the length, length of head 33-34.

Snout as long as or ’ slightly longer than eye, the liowaee of

which is 3? in the length of head, interorbital width 34-32.

Jaws equal, or the lower very slightly projecting ; lower jaw

without pores; maxillary extending to below the anterior

margin of eye. 24 gill-rakers on the lower part of the ante-

rior arch. Scales 110-116 25%. Dorsal XIV 17, the fourth

to the seventh spines the longest, } 3-3 the oneal of head ;

rays of the soft fin subequal in length, $ the length of head.

Anal III 8. Pectoral nearly as long as the head. Caudal

apparently emarginate (broken in each specimen). Caudal

peduncle 2} as “long as deep. Greyish, with dark oblique

undulating stripes along the series of scales.

‘T'wo specimens, 260 ‘and 270 mm, in total length, from the

Inland Sea.

Gobius (Ctenogobius) atriceps.

Depth of body 43 in the length, length of head 34. Snout

longer than eye, the diameter of which is 54 in the length of

head and a little less than the interorbital width. Jaws

equal anteriorly ; maxillary not extending to below the

middle of eye. Head naked; nape covered with small

scales. Scales in a longitudinal series 38, in a transverse

series between second dorsal and anal 13. Dorsal VI 12;

rays of the spinous dorsal produced into filaments; rays of

the second dorsal slightly imcieasing in length to the last,

which is 3 the length of head and, when laid back, reaches

the caudal. Analll. Pectoral 4 the length of head; ventral

8 the length of head, extending a little more than 4 of the

distance from its base to the origin of anal. Candal rounded.

Caudal peduncle longer than deep. Olivaceous; head

blackish ; fins dusky, the dorsal and anal light at the base,

the pectoral with a pale transverse bar on its basal part.

A single specimen, 80 mm. in total length, from the

Inland Sea.

Achilognathus longipinnis.

Pharyngeal teeth 5—8S, sickle-shaped, the sides with trans-

verse striz, the edges entire. Depth of body 2-24 in the

length, length of head 4-44. Snout $ the diameter of eye,

which is 24-22 in the length of head and equal to the inter-

orbital width. Lower jaw a little shorter than the upper ;

maxillary hardly reaching the vertical from the anterior

Bibliographical Notice. 365

margin of eye; no barbels. Scales 85-38 = 5L or 6

between lateral line and root of ventral. Dorsal II 14-15,

originating at a point equidistant from tip of snout and base

of caudal; anterior branched rays as long as the head.

Anal II 14-15. Pectoral nearly as long as the head, ex-

tending to the root of the ventral. Ventral 8-rayed, a little

shorter than the pectoral, extending a little beyond the origin

of anal. Caudal deeply forked. Caudal peduncle longer

than deep. Olivaceous above, silvery below; lower parts of

abdomen blackish ; vertical fins dusky, the dorsal and caudal

with some dark spots on the rays, the anal with a blackish

edge; ventral blackish, with the outermost ray white.

Four specimens, 62 to 78 mm. in total length, from the

Yamasabu River, Lake Biwa.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India.—Paleontologia Indica.

Series XV. Himalayan Fossils. Vol. lV. The Fauna of the Spite

Shales. By Dr. Vicror Unuie, Professor of Geology in the

University of Vienna. 132 pages, 18 plates, and 10 text-cuts.

Folio. 1904. Geol. Surv. Office, Calcutta; Kegan Paul & Co.,

London ; and Friedliuder, Berlin.

Tue important fossiliferous strata which constitute the basis of this

elaborate and well-illustrated Monograph by Dr. Victor Uhlig, of

Vienna, are met with in limited areas among the much denuded

rocks of the Central Himalaya, especially in the Spiti Valley,

latitude N. 32° 5’, longitude E. 78° 15’, and lat. N. 28° 51’, long.

E. 77° 36’. The beds consist of dark grey and black shales, 300 feet

thick, lying over a limestone and under a sandstone. The former

(part of the Lower Gondwana system) is referred to the Jurassic

epoch, and the latter or Giusmal Sandstone (6U0 feet thick) belongs

to the Upper Gondwana and is referred to the Neocomian. ‘The

relative age of the “ Spiti Fossils” has been the subject of much

controversy, and several eminent palwontologists have assisted the

Geological Survey of India in this investigation with both head and

hand.

In the Introduction Dr. Uhlig makes careful mention of the many

geologists who have advanced our knowledge, special and general,

of the Spiti Fauna through the clouds of doubt and difficulties

encountered in former days; and he gratefully thanks his fellow-

workers and friends in India, Europe, and Britain, by whose help

this comprehensive and really valuable memoir has been perfected

and published. The talented artists and the friendly translator of

his MS. are especially thanked. Indeed everybody who has been

engaged in this good work has to be congratulated on the complete

suecess of their labours,

366 Bibliographical Notice.

The description of the species occupies pages 4 to 132, and in the

Introduction (p. 3) this is apparently referred to as Part I. of the

work, the notes on the natural history of the fossils, their rela-

tionships, stratigraphical position, and discovery being intended for

Part II., but these particulars appear to have been incorporated

with the description of each species.

In his systematic treatment of the species of Ammonites from the

Spiti strata, Dr. Uhlig introduces the Ammonidea (p. 4) by ecare-

fully explaining that, not binding himself to the modern definition

of the genera, he draws up the description of each of the forms with

extreme minuteness, and indicates its ‘‘ apparent position in the

most generally accepted system.” Thus he prefixes his view of the

generic characters at the commencement of the account given of

each group of species,

The classification of the species can be casually seen in the

several tabular lists at pages 77, 82, 83, 89, 93, 95, 96, 98, 99,

101,102, 106, 107, 110, 122,114, 115, 117, U9) 21, tae

126, 127, 129, 1380. The reference-numbers here annexed to the

species, which are arranged according to their natural affinities, will

be of some use to student and reader, especially as there is no

Index issued with this edition of the Memoir.

The following and some other Ammonites (see pages 107-111,

112-118, 119-125, 126-130, 130-132; and the table, infrd, page 368)

from the Spiti beds are described, besides those mentioned at pages

4 to 74 :—

Hoptoceras, Zitie/, p. 18.

AMMONIDEA. : :

: Dieneri, sp. nov., p. 19.

Puytioceras, Suess, p. 4. indicum, sp. noy., p. 21.

plicatum, sp. nov., p. 4. Hecricocrras, Bonarelli, p. 23.

strigile, Blanford, sp., p. 6. Kobelli, Oppel, sp., p. 25.

Lyroceras, Suess, p. 8. latistrigatum, sp. nov., p. 27.

exoticum, Oppel, sp., p. 14. sp. nov. indet., p. 29.

OrrrLia, Waagner, p. 30.

The Oppelie of the Spiti fauna are classified in four groups

according to their lobal structure, as below. It is noted by the

author that ‘‘ the name Oppelia (sensu stricto) should be reserved

for the group of subradiata, as Waagner, in establishing the genus,

had that group of forms above all in his mind.” The generic aspect

is that of a smooth or feebly costate discoidal Ammonite.

I. Group of Oppelia Adolphi, Oppel, p. 31 (Ammonites pictus, Quenstedt ;

Group of the Tenwilobata, Oppel; Streblites, Hyatt), represented by the

under-mentioned forms :—

Page

Oppelia (Streblites) Adolphi, Opp. ...............ssc0esess 42

= 3 Kerafitisas pa OV. mie ceeceeesoreeneeee 44

+ - Griesbachis sp 0 OVela.--c--eaeee ee 47

i * planopictasispanOva .eccsecaseesese: 47

- 5 BPsMOV ING Ob. paso. <.--eewacoet once sete 50

. is MMcOpicta,(spPmnOVawess-heereaasaeees 52

s. Ae inimallayanasisp: MOVse- nsec sesnceeees 51

- Pe substriata, ‘Oppel, sp. .....0.cs0s:0. 54

4 7 Iymamni, Oppel, Spx tenses sens. arene d6

Bibliographical Notice. 367

Page

Oppelia (Streblites) n. sp. indet. aff. Lymani, Oppel ... 56

= f punctatopicta, sp. nOv................ 59

A Bs sphenodoma, sp. nov. ............-.- 58

. Kj platydoma, sp. nov. ............... pO

Ee arr e471 LepLON OMA, Sp) HOVE 8120.9- Ars eo 58

4 i domocrenata, sp. NOV. .............+ 64

4 % PY EULA SPAN OVd ec ececsann<eecsson'- 65

oe a AGUNA ta, SP: OVA ctecvesesccsossyseces 63

. = SP yNOye Wi Oba d- magsied 9-2 haere soe 67

The Adolphi group are closely connected with the European

Tenuilobata by their concordance of the lobal structure, ornamenta-

tion, external shape of the test, development of the carina, and the

form of the body-chamber.

II. Group of Oppelia acucincta (Oppelia, sensu stricto), represented by only

one species: Oppelia acucincta, Strachey, sp. (p. 40).

III. Group of Oppelia nivalis (Neumayria, Bayle), represented by only one

species: Oppelia (Newmayria) nivalis, Stoliczka, sp. (p. 41).

IV. Group of Oppelia (cotraustes) adela, represented by only one species:

Oppelia (Ecotraustes) adela, sp. nov. (p. 41).

In comparing the Spiti Tenwilobata with the European, Dr. Uhlig

finds (pp. 37-38) that the former group had multifarious ramifica-

tions very partially known to us, while in Europe the group is also

manifold, but more closely knit, and there are some analogies and

some divergent characters ; these two geographically distinct series

do not appear to have followed a similar and quite parallel course

of evolution, but were affected “ by partial and provincial tendencies

to mutation, and admitted, even along the same lines of mutation,

of the development of vicarial forms (as, for example, Opp. indupicta

and Frotho).” It is not necessary to ask for a land-barrier to

account for this isolation, for a wide range of ocean may well be

occupied by various and different creatures. It is thought possible,

however, that one at least of the Cutch (Katrol) Ammonites (Opp.

plicodiscus, Waagner) might serve as an intermediate.

Following the genus Oppelia comes the genus <Aspidoceras,

Zittel (pp. 74, 75), represented by Aspidoceras avellanoides, sp. nov.,

founded on a specimen regarded by Stoliczka, in 1865, as Ammonites

liparus, Oppel, and proved on re-examination to be Aspidoceras of

the /nflati group Physoderoceras, Hyatt).

The genus Holostephanus, Neumayr, is recorded next to Aspido-

ceras in order (page 77). In external form it has a thick and costate

shell, tuberculate along the umbilical border. It is divisible into

several groups, one of which has a single representative in the

Spiti Shales (//. Schenkz), while the other groups ‘exhibit an un-

exampled variety of forms.” The alliances of some of these have

been very differently regarded by different writers. Taking Holo-

stzphanus spitiensis (Blanford) as the type of a new subgenus

(Spiticeras, pp. 77 & 82), Dr. Uhlig describes it carefully, and

defines its species in the following order :—

368 Bibliographical Notice.

I. Forms with a broad saddle and slightly pendent, feebly developed,

auxiliary lobes.

(a) Forms of larger growth.

No. Page Page Page

12. Spiticeras Stanleyi (Oppel)......cecsceesseseeee 77 82 107

Lo. PP IMGjSVATI, p> NOV: lercss-cscecncseece 77 82 110

(6) Forms of medium and smaller growth.

1. Spiticeras spitiense (Blanf.) ......ssc..00. Boas STUAd 82 89

3. + subspitiense, Sp. NOV...ececeesseees 77 i) 8!

2, 55 Grote (Oppel) parecescesonesceteee 77 82 92

4, 3 bilobatum, sp. NOV. .........e0.0. 77 82 96

5. i; subbilobatum, sp. nov. ............ 77 2 98

8. 3 binodigrum, sp. NOY. ..+....0+.seeee 77 82 101

ee 5 planamysp, DOWau cesses e-ne-ee ace 77 82 99

9. - CONSELVADS, SP. NOV. ces.sesesee0s-. 11 82 102

10. 3 @autleys(Oppel)ee cer eeeeee hal 82 104

dali: a subcautleyi, sp. NOV. ........-...+« 77 82 106

16. “s Griesbachinisp. WOVe cree cree ee 77 82 114

14. - SELMP LUI) (SU-ACMs)lnansesteceecacsees Maat 82 t12

15. F bulliformie; sp 3moye cs. s-ss-2e- a 2 114

II. Forms with narrow slashed saddles and deeply pendent,

strongly developed, auxiliary lobes.

20. Spiticeras obliquelobatum, sp. nov. ......... Ch 83 122

19. es OppelizapamOvae-scccceshensesersetes 77 83 121

Pele a MG HOTEMAT | NON Boechasconsedasboc 77 83 «124

18. es guttabum (Strach.)........-.--..-+.- (tf 83) eg

17. 3 Bp; HOV. tNdeL, “canteen scersvaseosee Ut” So" AE

III. Isolated and extreme forms.

22. Spiticeras eximium, sp. NOV. ...coe..-ssoeesees 77 83 126

23. x: SpeclOSuM, SP. NOV. «.....2.eseeee- 77 83 127

24, 9 MOVRINGESLs Geos Resse ceasnasesacee sees 7A 83 129

The “important and oft-quoted” Holostephanus (Astieria) Schenki,

Jppel, sp., is refigured and described anew from Oppel’s restoration

of the 'Tobeta specimen, and another fragment is mentioned (pages

130-132). Some observations are made on the standing of the

species among its allies, also on the relationship of some South-

African Ammonites to one of the groups of Holostephanus.

Besides the shape and ornamentation of the shell and the

peculiarities of the septa, the naturalist has to note their successional

features (due to phases of growth), in establishing specific and other

divisions in Ammonites. In estimating the relative value of their

many features and characters, Dr. Uhlig finds breaks and puzzling

contrasts, and it will be quite possible that other Cephalopodists,

following their own views of the relative value of the evidence, may

be unable to accept the classification proposed in this Monograph,

but at all events they will highly appreciate the value of its great

store of illustrated information, so carefully collected and systema-

tically arranged.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist..S.'% Vol_ XVI FLX.

G Lewis.

West,Newman imp.

H. Knight ad nat lith

Histerida.

1, PUXI.

LX\

Ann. & Mag. Nat Hhist..S.7.Vo

Tig aan

een hth.

{

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 94. OCTOBER 1905.

X LITT.—Descriptions of new Species of Noctuidiein the British

Museum. By Sir Georce F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S., &e.

EurELianZ.

Ingura glauca, sp. nu.

Head, thorax, and abdomen grey, tinged with pale olive-

yellow and irrorated with black, the last with subdorsal and

subventral series of small black spots. Fore wing grey,

largely suffused with pale olive-yellow and slightly irrerated

with black, more thickly on medial area; a black spot at base

of cell with striga from costa above it ; an antemedial black

line angled outwards below costa, then slightly waved and

with traces of an olive line before it; orbicular and reniform

small with olive centres and grey annuli, the former round

or elongate elliptical, sometimes confluent with the latter,

which has its lower extremity produced to a point ; a diffused

waved black medial line; postmedial line double, bent out-

wards below costa, then the inner line excurved in interspaces

and angled inwards on the veins, very oblique below vein 4,

the outer line reduced to black points and a prominent

lunule above inner margin, followed by an oblique olive band

from costa to vein 4, then incurved and reduced to spots ;

some black points on costa towards apex ; an oblique olive

band across apical area from costa to vein 6; a grey and

black apical patch with a pale curved line on its inner edge

and a waved black line on termen; a series of black points

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 25

370 Sir. G. F. Hampson on

just before termen and more prominent spot at submedian

fold; cilia intersected with black near apex. Hind wing pale

suffused with fuscous on the veins and terminal area and

with olive on inner area, more uniformly fuscous in female.

Underside of fore wing with the costal and terminal areas

whitish; hind wing whitish, with traces of medial line, post-

medial series of black points, diffused waved subterminal line,

and waved terminal line.

Hab. Venuzveta, Aroa,1 g type; Br. Guiana, Potaro R.

(Kaye),1 9. Kzxp. 28 mm.

Ingura griseifusa, sp. 0.

Antenne of male bipectinate, the apical part simple.

&. Head and thorax grey, tinged with rufous and irrorated

with a few black scales; abdomen grey irrorated with black.

Fore wing grey-white irrorated with fuscous and slightly

tinged with brown ; a waved black antemedial line ; orbicular

and reniform moderate, rounded, defined by black ; an mdis-

tinct waved medial line; postmedial line double, bent

outwards below costa and incurved below vein 4, with another

indistinct line beyond it; short black streaks above middle

of veins 5, 6; a dark patch from costa before apex; a

crenulate line just before termen. Hind wing fuscous brown,

the interspaces of basal and inner areas paler ; a slight pale

mark above tornus and some black strize on inner margin.

near tornus; the underside paler except terminal area, traces

of waved medial, postmedial, and subterminal lines.

?. Fore wing with the outer edge of reniform indented ;

the line before termen reduced to a series of points.

Hab. Brazit, Rio Janeiro, 1 g type, Organ Mts., Tijuca

(Wagner),1 S$, 1 9; Paracuay, Sapucay (Foster), 1 ¢.

Kap. 32 mm.

Ingura nyctichroma, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate, the apical part simple.

6. Head and thorax dark red-brown irrorated with black ;

tegulee with diffused black medial line; patagia with short

black streaks ; prothorax with pair of white points; pectus

with some white hair; tarsi ringed with white; abdomen

red-brown with dorsal and subdorsal series of black points,

the second and third segments with lateral white lines. Fore

wing red-brown suffused with fuscous; a double minutely

waved antemedial black line ; orbicular absent; reniform a

greyish bar with red-brown line in centre; a waved line from

lower angle of cell to inner margin; postmedial line black,

new Species of Noctuide. 371

slightly bent outwards below costa, angled outwards above

vein 6 and incurved below vein 4, with traces of a waved line

before it; a slight black streak above middle of vein 5; traces

of a pale subterminal line defined on each side by brown

slightly angled outwards at vein 7 and below vein 3 forming

two whitish dentitions ; a whitish patch at apex with short

black streak below it; a series of oblique black strize just

before termen; a fine dark terminal line. Hind wing dark

reddish brown, the interspaces of inner area pale towards

base ; some black striz on inner margin towards tornus; a

fine pale line at base of cilia; the underside grey irrorated

and suffused with brown, a medial line strongly excurved at

middle, traces of a double waved postmedial line with series

of points on the veins and a diffused subterminal line.

Hab. Panama, La Chorrera (Dolby-Tyler), 1 ¢ type.

Exp. 30 mm.

Ingura leucotrigona, sp. n.

9. Head and tegule ochreous tinged with rufous ; thorax

rufous mixed with grey; pectus and legs ochreous tinged

with rufous ; abdomen brown suffused with grey, the anal

tuft and ventral surface whitish tinged with rufous. Fore

wing ochreous tinged with rufous ; the base rufous suffused

with grey ; a triangular white subbasal patch between cell

and vein | before a diffused rufous band from cell to inner

margin with incurved red-brown line on its inner edge; a

red-brown line from below costa beyond middle oblique to

near termen below vein 7, below vein 5 strongly incurved, then

obliquely sinuous to inner margin, the area beyond it dark

brown suffused with grey; a series of black strie before

termen. Hind wing whitish tinged with brown, the terminal

half suffused with dark brown; a diffused grey subterminal

line excurved below costa; a series of dark points just before

termen and striz on termen; the underside yellowish,

irrorated with red-brown ; a brown discoidal lunule, an ill-

defined medial line, an indistinct waved postmedial line with

brown suffusion between it and the diffused grey subterminal

line.

Hab. Borneo, Kuching (Shelford), 1 2? type. Hap.

38 mm.

Ingura poliotis, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate, the apical part simple.

6. Head and thorax rufous mixed with grey and fuscous ;

abdomen rufous tinged with grey and irrorated with black,

slight dorsal black marks on the two medial segments. Fore

372 Sir G. F. Hampson on

wing with the basal and costal areas ochreous suffused with

rufous and irrorated with fuscous, the rest of wing grey,

suffused in parts with rufous; a fine strongly incurved ante-

medial line from submedian fold to inner margin, with some

diffused brown beyond it; postmedial line indistinct and very

oblique from costa to below vein 7, then prominent, blackish,

strongly incurved below vein 5 and oblique to inner margin,

with traces of a dentate line beyond it; a grey patch on

apical part of terminal area ; a series of black strie before

termen ; some white points on costa towards apex. Hind

wing fuscous brown, the basal and inner areas rather paler;

a diffused pale subterminal mark towards tornus ; the under-

side grey irrorated with black and suffused with red towards

apex, a discoidal bar, slight sinuous postmedial line, and

diffused subterminal band.

?. Fore wing with the incurved postmedial line less

distinct, the dentate line more prominent; an indistinct

waved subterminal line angled inwards in submedian fold.

flab. Stncarore (Ridley), 1 3,3 9 type. Exp. 28 mm.

Eutelia chrysoterimina, sp. un.

3. Head and thorax deep red-brown mixed with a little

grey, the head and a patch on metathorax redder ; palpi pale

in front ; hind tarsi with black spot at base; abdomen pale

red, the basal half darker with a red patch at base, the crests

and subdorsal series of small spots blackish. Fore wing

deep red-brown suffused with grey on basal half of costal

area, the terminal area below vein 6 broadly golden yellow

suffused with some red, on inner margin extending to before

middle; a subbasal grey striga from costa; an indistinct

highly curved dark antemedial line, below the cell bounding

the dark area; reniform defined by white at sides, very

narrow and constricted at middle; postmedial line almost

obsolete towards costa, below the cell fine double defined

by red-brown on inner side, very oblique and minutely waved,

another line beyond it very oblique from costa to vein 6 near

termen, then inwardly oblique and rather diffused; a

prominent white subterminal bar from costa to vein 6, the

area beyond it deep chocolate with two black lunules defined

by white on termen, the subterminal line then indistinct,

yellow and slightly sinuous; a fine slightly sinuous brown

subterminal line. Hind wing pure white; the costal area

dark brown ; the terminal area below vein 5 fiery red with

sinuous yellow subterminal line; a black spot on inner

margin beyond middle; the underside with the costal and

new Species of Noctuide. 373

terminal areas suffused with fiery red, some black suffusion

in base of cell, an oblique elliptical black discoidal spot

defined by white and with black bar from costa just beyond

it; an indistinct dark postmedial line with blackish spot

below vein 6, an indistinct sinuous yellow subterminal line,

some black points on termen towards apex.

Hab. Fr. Guiana, St. Jean Maroni (Schaus), 1 3g type,

St. Laurent Maroni. Lap. 32-34 mm.

Eutelia caustiplaga, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax bright chocolate-red mixed with a

little grey; palpi with the second joint in front and tuft on

basal joint of antennz white ; pectus, base of legs, and tarsi

white, the tibize with white bases, the tarsi with black spot on

first joint ; abdomen red with deep chocolate-red subdorsal

patches at base, with a little grey before each, the ventral

surface pale grey-brown. Fore wing red with some grey

suffusion in places; the median nervure and veins rising

from it white; subbasal line represented by a grey striga

from costa; antemedial line fine, grey, very oblique from

costa to median nervure, then inwardly oblique, a diffused

oblique grey-white fascia beyond it from costa to lower angle

of cell and a chocolate-red patch on inner area followed by a

triangular white patch with some yellow and a dark striga on

it; reniform narrow, constricted at middle, chocolate-red

with white annulus, a white striga above it from costa, and

a large chocolate-red patch beyond it with a little yellowish

in centre; postmedial line unusually near termen, white,

obliquely curved to vein 6, then inwardly oblique, below vein

3 indistinct, dark, slightly waved, with a white point on its

outer edge at vein 5 and some whitish suffusion below vein 3;

some white points on costa towards apex, which is grey with

a white line across apical area to termen at vein 5; a grey

subterminal line from the white point on postmedial line

angled inwards below vein 4 and below vein 3 incurved,

prominent and white, the area beyond it deep chocolate-red ;

some triangular black points on apical half of termen ; a fine

white line at base of cilia. Hind wing pure white, the

terminal area brown suffused with fiery red; a white

subterminal line from vein 3, angled outwards to near termen

at submedian fold; a fine white line at base of cilia; the

underside with the costal and terminal areas grey; a black

discoidal spot, a small spot at middle of submedian fold ;

traces of two waved postmedial lines with some red on them

at discal and submedian folds, some black points ov termen.

374 Su G. F. Hampson on

Hab. Cussa, Santiago (Schaus), 1 g type, Matanzas.

Exp. 36 mm.

Eutelia pyrastis, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate, the apical part simple.

¢. Head rufous; palpi and basal joint of antennz in front

white ; tegule and prothorax grey, the rest of* thorax

suffused with rufous; abdomen grey slightly tinged with

rufous, rufous dorsal patches on second and third segments and

a point on fifth segment. Fore wing grey suffused in part

with rufous ; the basal area rufous except costal area ; subbasal

line represented by a whitish striga from costa; antemedial

line oblique from costa to median nervure, then obliquely

curved, a yellow patch beyond it on inner area; the veins of

terminal half shghtly streaked with white ; an oblique dark

striga from middle of costa; reniform a narrow lunule

constricted at middle, with dark centre and whitish annulus ;

postmedial line with small white and brown mark on costa,

then indistinct, strongly bent outwards below costa, excurved

and slightly waved to vein 4, then strongiy ineurved and

almost obsolete ; a rufous triangle defined by white from costa

before apex to vein 6, with three small white-defined blackish

marks below it followed by a white line to tornus ; the apical

half of termen grey, the inner half rufous; some black points

on termen. Hind wing with the basal half whitish, the veins

and terminal half brown; some black striz on inner margin

towards tornus; a white bar above tornus; the termen

tinged with red, with some white and three black points at

middle; the underside white slightly irrorated with fuscous,

a small discoidal lunule, indistinct waved medial and post-

medial lines and terminal series of points.

? rather more rufous.

Hab. U.S.A., Florida, Miami (Schaus),1 ¢; Banamas,

Nassau (Sir G. Carter), 1 8,21 2 type. Hapaigiae.

9 386 mm.

Eutelia leucographa, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate, the apical part simple.

Palpi white, the first two jomts and the third joint near

tip brown at sides ; frons white with the frontal tuft tipped

with brown; vertex of head and antenne black; thorax

black with a few white scales and white spot on metathorax ;

pectus white behind ; legs black banded with white ; abdomen

black-brown slighily variegated with white, the ventral

new Species of Noctuidee. 375

surface mostly white. Fore wing red-brown variegated

with white especially on antemedial area and on postmedial

area from vein 3 to inner margin, the white areas with dark

strie; subbasal line represented by a white striga from

costa ; antemedial line unusually near base, strong, black,

slightly angled in cell, then oblique and not quite reaching

inner margin; orbicular an ill-defined white spot with dark

points on it; reniform an elliptical white patch with black

spots in its upper and lower parts; medial line indistinct

except at costa and inner margin, oblique from costa to cell,

then inwardly oblique and obscurely double ; postmedial

line strong, black except between veins 3 and 1], oblique

from costa to vein 6, incurved between veins 3 and 1, defined

on outer side by a fine white line from costa to vein 3;

subterminal line white from costa to vein 3, with a black

band on its inner side expanding towards costa and vein 3,

oblique to vein 6, then outwardly oblique and irregular,

below vein 3 represented by a black spot above tornus ; cilia

chequered brown and whitish. Hind wing white, the

terminal area fuscous, extending to middle at costa and

narrowing to tornus, a slightly waved white subterminal

band from vein 6 to tornus, the area beyond it browner,

two black striz above tornus; a fine crenulate black line;

cilia white at base, blackish at tips; the underside white

irrorated with black, the apical area suffused with brown,

two black discoidal bars, a waved medial line excurved at

middle, double minutely waved postmedial line and traces of

a subterminal line.

?. Fore wing less variegated with white.

Hab. Br. EF. Arrica, El Quaso, Masai (Betton), 3 g,1 2

type; Care Cotony, Steynsberg,2¢. Hap. 36-40 mm.

Eutelia diplographa, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate, the apical part simple.

¢g. Head and thorax grey mixed with brown and fuscous;

palpi with the second joint blackish at sides ; tegule black

at base, with brown medial line and dark tips ; abdomen

grey suffused with fuscous, the ventral surface paler. Fore

wing grey-white suffused with brown especially on basal and

costal areas; subbasal line represented by two striz from

costa; antemedial line double, oblique, the ner line brown,

diffused, the outer strong, black ; orbicular a slight brown

annulus ; reniform defined by fuscous and with some brown

in centre ; medial line strongly excurved round the reniform ;

postmedial line double, the inner line black, the outer brown,

376 Sir G. F. Hampson on

excurved from costa to vein 4, then incurved ; subterminal

lme represented by blackish patches, forming bars from

costa to vein 7 and vein 3 to inner margin, excurved between

those points; a fine waved terminal line; cilia chequered

white and brown. Hind wing white, the terminal area

suffused with brown; the underside white, the costal and

terminal areas irrorated with brown, a discoidal annulus,

crenulate postmedial line with slight streaks on the veins,

traces of subterminal line, and terminal series of points.

2 whiter.

Hab. Stxuim (Pilcher), 13; Perak, Larut Hills (S. S.

Flower), 19 type. Ezp. 40 mm.

Eutelia mesogona, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax ochreous mixed with reddish brown ;

palpi with the second joint brown at sides, the third ochreous,

long and dilated at extremity ; tegule with dark upper edge ;

patagia black at extremity ; pectus whitish; legs whitish,

brown and black ; abdomen whitish tinged with brown and

with small brown subdorsal spots. Fore wing reddish brown

tinged with greenish fuscous ; subbasal line represented by

a slight striga from costa; antemedial line indistinctly

double, slightly waved, oblique from costa to median nervure,

then incurved and with the inner line strong, black; a

medial ochreous band, its outer edge defined by the double

postmedial line, oblique from costa to vein 6, where it is

avutely angled, inwardly oblique below the cell ; orbicular

represented by a small ochreous spot on the dark area, the

reniform slightly defined by brown and rather triangular,

on the ochreous area; traces of a waved medial line; a

somewhat trilobate whitish mark between veins 4 and 2,

with some ochreous below it, before the subterminal line,

which is whitish and very oblique from costa to vein 6, then

ochreous, waved, excurved to vein 3; some white points on

costa towards apex and a whitish apical patch; a terminal

series of small black lunules with ochreous striz beyond

them. Hind wing brown, the basal and inner areas paler ;

some black and whitish striz in submedian fold and on inner

margin towards tornus ; a whitish waved line from vein 3 to

termen near tornus ; ; small black lunules defined by whitish

on termen from apex to submedian fold ; the underside with

the costal half reddish brown, the inner half whitish, a small

black discoidal spot, curved medial line, and three slight

minutely waved lines on terminal area.

Hab. Mavacascar, Betsileo (Cowan), 1 3 type. Eup.

36 mm.

new Species of Noctuide. oT

Eutela gerea, sp. n.

Antenne of male strongly serrate and fasciculate, the

apical part simple.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish brown suffused

with grey, the last with the dorsal crests small, dark. Fore

wing brownish grey with some dark irroration ; a dark point

at base of cell; antemedial line oblique to subcostal nervure,

hardly traceable except at costa; orbicular represented by a

small spot ; reniform well developed, rounded, rufous defined

by blackish ; medial line oblique from costa to lower angle

of cell, then incurved ; postmedial line indistinctly double,

minutely waved, excurved from below costa to vein 4, then

incurved; a triangular chocolate patch defined by grey on

costa before apex, the subterminal line arising from it and

represented by small rufous dentate marks, excurved at

middle ; a terminal series of small chocolate lunules. Hind

wing rufous, the basal and costal areas paler; the underside

rufous, the inner area whitish, a black discoidal lunule,

curved postmedial and subterminal lines showing through to

upperside.

?. Head, thorax, and fore wing grey-white, the last with

the markings much more distinct, some rufous suffusion

between medial and postmedial lines.

Hab. Mauritius, Curepipe (Tullock), 1 3, 1 2 type.

Exp. 26 mm.

Eutelia flaviluna, sp. n.

Antenne of male serrate and fasciculate.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey tinged with brown

and irrorated with black ; pectus and legs blackish, the

tarsi ringed with white. Fore wing reddish brown suffused

with grey and irrorated with black ; antemedial line double,

the outer line strong, black, oblique from costa to subcostal

nervure where it is angled, then slightly incurved ; orbicular

represented by a slight black streak, the reniform a pro-

minent ochreous lunule defined by black ; medial line rather

indistinct, oblique from costa to median nervure, then

incurved ; postmedial line double, sinuous, oblique from

costa to vein 6, then inwardly oblique; subterminal line

indistinct, ochreous defined by somewhat dentate blackish

marks on inner side, waved, angled inwards to discal fold

and outwards on vein 3; a fine waved black terminal line.

Hind wing fuscous, the inner area slightly paler ; an ill-

defined ochreous line from vein 5 to tornus ; the underside

whitish suffused with brown and irrorated with fuscous, a

378 Sir G. F. Hampson on

small black discoidal spot defined by whitish, a curved medial

line and diffused subterminal band outwardly defined by

whitish on inner half.

Hab. Sincavore (Ridley), 1 g type. Exp. 30 mm.

Eutelia furcicauda, sp. n.

Antenne of male serrate and fasciculate.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen brick-red tinged with

grey ; palpi in front to near end of second joint, pectus, the

greater part of legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white ;

the lateral anal tufts long. Fore wing brick-red suffused

with grey ; conjoined yellowish-white spots defined by red

and with red centres above and below vein 1 at middle of

inner margin ; a fuscous medial line angled outwards below

costa and ending at the spots on inner margin ; minute

points at angles of cell; a faint postmedial line, excurved

from costa to vein 4, then incurved to near the medial spots ;

costa red towards apex with some yellow points on it; a

slight red streak above vein 7 with two outwardly oblique

yellow strize defined by red from its imner side to vein 5;

subterminal line indistinct red, sinuous, with two obliquely

placed yellow points on it below costa and ending above

tornus; termen strongly angled at vein 3, then oblique,

waved. Hind wing yellowish white, the terminal area brick-

red, brownish at tornus; a yellow point at extremity of

vein 2; termen slightly crenulate, angled at vein 2, then

excised; cilia yellowish and red. Underside of fore wing

with the basal areas of costa and inner margin yellowish, the

disk fuscous irrorated with grey, the terminal area blue-grey,

costa red from middle to near apex, some reddish beyond

cell and a deeper red spot beyond postmedial line; hind

wing white with some black irroration at base of costa and

lower angle of cell, a small red discoidal spot, postmedial

line defined by small red spots before and beyond it, terminal

area suffused with red, some black points on termen.

Hab. Sincavore (Ridley), 3 g type. Lap. 30 mm.

Eutelia cautabasis, sp. n.

Antenne of male minutely serrate and fasciculate.

3. Head and thorax ferruginous red ; patagia with deeper

red patches at shoulders; palpi blackish at base; tarsi

fuscous ringed with white; abdomen pale rufous with some

deeper red on dorsum and some greyish hair at base, the

ventral surface deep rufous. Fore wing with the basal area

new Spccies of Noctuide. 379

yellowish with small deep rufous patch below base of costa

and large patch from subcostal nervure to inner margin,

bounded by a red-brown band expanding into a triangular

patch on costa; the rest of wing greenish grey with as slight

rufous tinge ; an indistinct waved rufous medial line excurved

from costa to vein 2 ; postmedial line faint with dark points

on the veins, bent outwards below costa, then slightly curved ;

a small triangular red-brown patch on costa before apex ;

some brown suffusion before termen between veins 4,3; a

terminal series of points; termen angled at vein 3, then

oblique, waved. Hind wing reddish brown, the basal and

inner areas yellowish white; an obliquely curved whitish

medial line ; some slight dark marks on extremity of vein 2

and at tornus ; a fine waved terminal line; cilia rufous; the

underside rufous slightly irrorated with brown, the inner

area whitish, a small discoidal lunule and faint minutely waved

medial and postmedial lines.

Hab. Oup Catasar (Crompton), 1 3 type. Lup.38 mm.

Eutelia holocausta, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, and base of abdomen fiery rufous ;

tegule with blackish patches at base ; palpi long; abdomen

rufous tinged with grey, with small lateral phocolatemred

spots on third and fourth segments. Tore wing fiery rufous

slightly tinged with grey and irrorated with fuscous; traces

of an antemedial red line, oblique below the cell ; a fiery-red

spot in middle of cell; a faint pale discoidal lunule; traces

of a double postmedial line oblique from costa to vein 6 and

below vein 4; a chocolate-red patch on costa before apex

outwardly defined by an oblique white line with some fuscous

beyond it ; traces of a subterminal line excurved at middle,

then strongly incurved, with minute dentate chocolate marks

before it above and below vein 5, and shght rufous marks

above and below vein 2; termen angled at vein 4, then

oblique. Hind wing fiery rufous, with small chocolate-red

spots on inner margin towards tornus; the underside with

chocolate discoidal spot and minutely waved medial, post-

medial, and subterminal lines, obsolescent on costal half.

Hab, Niceria, Sapele (Sampson), 19 type. Hap. 32 mm.

Eutelia metasarca, sp. 0.

Antenne of male serrate and fasciculate, the apical part

ciliated.

Head, thorax, and abdomen pale red-brown tinged with

380 Sir G. F. Hampson on

grey; palpi black at base ; abdomen with sublateral and two

ventral series of black points on medial segments. Fore

wing grey tinged with pale rufous; a black point in base of

cell; antemedial line indistinct, double, slightly angled out-

wards below costa, then oblique ; a minute annulus in middle

of ecll; reniform D-shaped with brownish centre and white

annulus defined by black ; traces of a medial line; post-

medial line double, oblique from costa to vein 6, then

inwardly oblique, waved ; traces of a pale waved subterminal

line, whiter and with brown shade before it at costa; a ter-

minal series of small black lunules; the termen slightly

angled at vein 4. Hind wing flesh-red, the basal and inner

areas slightly paler ; a terminal series of dark lunules; the

underside whitish irrorated with rufous, a black discoidal

spot on a slightly waved medial line and maculate post-

medial line.

Hab. Nigeria, Sapele (Sampson),1 3,2 2 type. Ezp.

20 mm.

Eutelia melanopis, sp. 1.

Antenne of male serrate and fasciculate, the apical part

simple.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen brown suffused with grey;

palpi black at base ; tarsi black with whitish rings; abdomen

with the small dorsal crests black, and paired ventral black

points on basal and three medial segments. Fore wing grey

tinged and irrorated with brown ; antemedial line indistinct,

oblique from costa to submedian fold and with small black

spot on costa beyond it ; a minute annulus in middle of cell;

reniform narrow, black with white annulus and with oblique

black striga above it from costa ; a medial line from cell to

inner margin; postmedial line indistinct, double filled in

with whitish, with black mark on its outer side at costa,

oblique to vein 6 where it is angled, angled at vein 4, then

incurved to below end of cell ; a conical deep chocolate patch

with white points on costa before apex, the subterminal line

arising from its outer side, very indistinct, pale slightly

defined on each side by brown, white at costa, irregularly

waved ; a terminal series of black points ; the termen slightly

angled at vein 4. Hind wing grey-brown; a fine waved

terminal line from apex to submedian fold; some dark

points on inner margin near tornus and on extremity of

vein 2; the underside grey tinged with rufous and irrorated

with fuscous, a black discoidal spot, minutely waved double

postmedial line, and traces of subterminal line with small

black spot at tornus.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Cator),1 3 type. Exp. 24 mm.

new Species of Noctuidee. 3381

Eutelia chlorobasis, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax whitish, mixed with brown; palpi

black at base; abdomen grey, with slight subdorsal series of

fuscous points, small lateral black spots on fourth segment,

and some sublateral spots, the ventral surface suffused with

red and with series of white points. Fore wing pale reddish

brown, slightly irrorated with fuscous; the basal area

suffused with greenish grey ; an oblique blackish antemedial

line, defined by white on inner side except towards costa; a

slight medial line from cell to inner margin ; orbicular and

reniform greenish white defined by fuscous, the former a

minute spot, the latter elliptical, with grey centre; post-

medial line double filled in with grey, oblique from costa to

vein 6, where it is angled, then minutely waved, incurved

below vein 4, some grecnish-grey suffusion beyond it on

costa ; a black patch defined on outer side by a white striga

on costa before apex, the slight grey subterminal line arising

from its outer edge, excurved at middle and incurved below

vein 3, traversing a patch of fuscous suffusion on terminal

area from vein 5 to inner margin; a fine waved black

terminal line. Hind wing brown, suffused with fuscous, with

fine waved dark terminal line. Underside of fore wing with

the terminal area brick-red, with oblique white subapical

striga; hind wing suffused with rufous, a black discoidal

point, fine waved medial and postmedial lines, and terminal

series of lunules.

Hab. Nicerta, Sapele (Sampson), 1 2 type. Ezp.

22 mm.

Eutelia nigridentula, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown ; palpi whitish,

black at base and on outer side of third joint ; tarsi fuscous,

ringed with white; abdomen with dorsal and subdorsal

series of slight points, the ventral surface whitish, with paired

series of black poimts. Fore wing pale or dark reddish

brown, slightly irrorated with fuscous; a whitish striga in

cell before the double antemedial line, filled in with rufous

and defined by whitish on inner side, angled outwards below

costa, then oblique; orbicular a small black spot; a slight

medial line, excurved below costa and oblique below the cell;

reniform elliptical, chocolate with ochreous annulus defined

by black; postmedial line double filled in with ochreous,

oblique from costa to vein 6, where it is angled, angled

inwards in discal fold and outwards at vein 4, then oblique

waved ; a chocolate patch on costa before apex, defined on

outer side by a whitish lunule, below which is a black dentate

382 Sir G. F. Hampson on

mark, followed by traces of a series of points ; the terminal

area rather darker, with a series of small black lunules on

termen. Hind wing fuscous brown, with fine waved terminal

dark line ; the underside greyish, suffused with rufous and

irrorated with fuscous; a small black discoidal lunule, in-

distinct minutely waved medial and double postmedial lines.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Clements), 1 9 type; Nierrta, Old

Calabar (Crompton), 1 ¢, Sapele (Sampson), 2 9. Exp.

22 mm.

Eutelia albiluna, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax white, slightly mixed with brown ;

abdomen white, tinged with fuscous except at base, where

there are some black scales, the ventral surface white, with

sublateral and two ventral series of black points. Fore wing

whitish, irrorated with fuscous and suffused with fuscous

brown on medial area and beyond the cell; some brownish

suffusion at base of costa; antemedial line indistinctly

double, angled outwards below costa, then oblique ; orbicular

a minute white spot defined by black; an oblique medial

line from cell to inner margin; reniform a prominent white

lunule; postmedial line indistinct, double, oblique from costa

to vein 6, then inwardly oblique, dentate below vein 4; a

black-brown patch below costa towards apex, its outer edge

rather dentate and defined by the whitish subterminal line,

which is definéd by fuscous on inner side, angled inwards in

discal fold, below vein 4 obliquely incurved, strongly defined

by black on inner side and with the area beyond it darker ;

a terminal series of small black lunules. Hind wing fuscous

brown, with some black and white striz on inner margin

near tornus, a black and white subterminal mark on vein 2,

and a fine waved terminal line; the underside whitish,

tinged with brown and irrorated with fuscous, a discoidal

point, slight waved medial and postmedial lines, and traces

of subterminal line.

Hab. Niceria, Sapele (Sampson), 2 9 type. Hap.

22 mm.

Eutelia leucodelta, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-white ; tegule with

slight brown medial line and brownish tips; tibiz with

slight black marks; abdomen with the basal crest tipped

with rufous, the slight dorsal crests rufous, the ventral

surface white, with sublateral and two ventral series of black

points. Fore wing grey-white, the basal and costal areas

suffused with pale olive-brown, slightly irrorated with

new Species of Noctuidae. 383

fuscous ; antemedial line prominently defined by white on

inner side except towards costa, incurved to costa, then

oblique, with a slightly rufous-tinged band beyond it and

black point at imner margin; reniform a C-shaped white

mark incompletely detined by black and with olive centre ;

some rufous suffusion beyond the cell ; postmedial line

double, indistinct, oblique from costa to vein 6, then in-

wardly oblique, dentate below vein 4; an olive patch on

costa before the indistinct, waved, white subterminal line,

which has some slight black marks on it between veins 4

and 2, the area beyond it greyer ; a terminal series of small

black lunules. Hind wing brick-red, the base and termen

whitish; some slight black marks on inner margin towards

tornus; a waved black terminal line. Underside whitish,

irrorated with rufous; fore wing with the disk suffused with

rufous, the white discoidal lunule with black centre, a waved

black postmedial line excurved from costa to vein 4, then

oblique ; hind wing with black discoidal spot, slight waved

medial and double postmedial lines.

Hab. Niceria, Sapele (Sampson), 1 ¢ type. Ezp.

30 mm.

Kutelia ochricostata, sp. un.

?. Head and fore half of thorax rufous, tips of patagia

and hinder part of thorax ochreous white, metathoracic crest

rufous ; palpi blackish at base ; abdomen brown, tinged

with grey and rufous, the dorsal reat dark, eahidoreal series

of slight dark segmental striz. Fore wing red-brown, the

basal and costal areas to near apex ochreous tinged with

rufous ; two oblique black antemedial lines from middle of

cell to inner margin, towards which they separate more

widely ; a slight oblique medial line from cell to inner margin ;

reniform a V-shaped ochreous-white mark filled in with

rufous ; postmedial line indistinct, double, minutely waved,

almost obsolete on costal area, bent outwards below costa,

excurved to vein 4, then incurved ; subterminal line ochreous,

distinct from costa to vein 6, where it is joined by an oblique

ochreous streak from beyond postmedial line, then represented

by slight ochreous and rufous strize incurved below vein 3;

apical | area fuscous grey, with black streaks above veins 6, 7 ;

a terminal series of small dark lunules; cilia with some

ochreous above and below vein 5. Hind wing brown, with

some pale and dark strize on vein 2 and inner margin towards

tornus ; a pale subterminal line towards tornus ; a terminal

series of dark lunules ; the underside suffused with rufous

384 Sir G. F. Hampson on

and irrorated with brown, a dark discoidal lunule, minutely

waved medial and double postmedial line.

Hab. Nigeria, Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 2 type. Ezp.

24 mm.

Eutelia ferridorsata, sp. un.

9. Head blackish, slightly mixed with grey; thorax

ferruginous, the tegule tinged with fuscous; pectus and

legs fuscous and greyish; abdomen pale ferruginous, the

dorsal crests and slight subdorsal segmental striz dark, the

ventral surface suffused with black. Fore wing greenish

grey, suffused with black and rufous and with numerous

dark striz ; a double waved antemedial line; reniform grey,

defined by black, and with some fuscous in centre, narrow,

irregularly elliptical ; postmedial line indistinct, defined by

rufous on outer side, minutely waved, excurved from costa

to vein 4, then incurved; a slight, minutely waved, black

subterminal line, incurved below vein 4, and with the area

beyond it greyish towards tornus ; a terminal series of small

black lunules; cilia rufous and black. Hind wing rufous,

suffused with fuscous, the inner area rather paler; some

dark striz on vein 2 and on inner margin towards tornus ;

a pale mark on termen near tornus ; cilia rufous ; the under-

side rufous irrorated with brown, the inner area whitish, a

discoidal point, medial line excurved below costa, double

minutely waved postmedial line, the inner line indistinct,

traces of a subterminal line, and a terminal series of black

lunules on whitish marks.

Hab. Nigeria, Old Calabar (Sampson), 1 9 type. Exp.

26 mm.

Eutelia cyanolopha, sp. n.

Antenne of male ciliated.

d. Head and thorax rufous, mixed with some whitish ;

tegule with blackish medial line and dark tips ; metathorax

with a pair of blue-black spots; abdomen whitish, dorsally

suffused with rufous, the first segment with a pair of blue-

black spots, the fourth with dorsal white spot. Fore wing

rufous, suffused with greyish ; the cell from near base, the

area beyond it, and the submedian interspace with rubbed

appearance ; subbasal line represented by shght double striz

from costa filled in with grey; antemedial line with two

oblique striz from costa and oblique dark bar to the lobe on

inner margin, with white bar beyond it; reniform an ill-

defined lunule with rufous tuft of scales at upper angle of

new Species of Noctuide. 385

cell; postmedial line faint, oblique, waved, from costa to

vein 6, defined’ by grey on inner side; the terminal half of

inner area with some grey and blackish striz ; some obscure

dark points just before termen and a fine terminal line.

Hind wing semihyaline whitish, the veins and terminal area

suffused with brown; some dark striz on inner margin

towards tornus, and a rufous mark at extremity of vein 2;

cilia whitish; the underside with two black discoidal points,

traces of a curved medial line, and a diffused subterminal

band.

?. Fore wing with the rubbed appearance confined to the

extremity of cell.

Hab. Gouv Coast, Aburi (Johnson), 1 g, 1 2; Br. E.

Arrica, Athi-ya- Mawe (Betton), 1 g type; MasHonaanp,

Umtali (Marshall), 2 8,4 2. Exp. 30-34 mm.

Eutelia albidisca, sp. u.

Antenne of male ciliated.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous, irrorated with

white and a few black scales; metathoracic crest white and

rufous; tarsi ringed with white; abdomen with subdorsal

tufts of white hair at base and white patch on terminal

segment, the crests dark, the ventral surface whitish. Fore

wing greyish fuscous, irrorated with white, the cell and discal

area pure white; a curved black antemedial line bent out-

wards to inner margin; a curved black medial line inter-

rupted in cell; a discoidal lunule and striga beyond upper

angle of cell; postmedial line represented by a black point

on costa, a black striga from below costa to vein 5, and an

indistinctly double sinuous line from cell to inner margin ;

subterminal line shght, white, irregularly dentate, excurved

from below costa to vein 6; a terminal series of small black

lunules. Hind wing white, the terminal area fuscous, broadly

so at costa, narrowing to tornus; the underside with the

costal and terminal areas suffused with grey and irrorated

with brown, a black discoidal lunule, and ill-defined slightly

waved medial and postmedial lines, interrupted at middle

and on inner area.

Hab. Care Cotony, Brak Kloof (Mrs. White), 1 3 type.

Exp. 26 mm.

Eutelia rufula, sp. n.

Antennee of male ciliated.

Head and thorax deep rufous; terminal half of patagia

and mesothorax greyish ochreous; pectus ochreous; legs

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 7, Vol. xvi. 26

386 On new Species of Noctuide.

brown and ochreous, the tarsi blackish with pale rings;

abdomen ochreous, dors ally suffused with rufous and grey

except at base, the slight dorsal crests dark. Fore wing with

the basal half Aaa suffused with violaceous whee ; an

obliquely curved antemedial rufous band; a dark spot in

middle of cell ; an interrupted curved medial line forming

the inner edge of the rufous terminal half; an obscure

discoidal spot defined by blackish points and some rufous ;

some violaceous suffusion before and beyond the postmedial

line, which is double, oblique from costa to vein 6, then

inwardly oblique and sinuous; subterminal line violaceous

erey, defined by obscure dark marks before and beyond it,

slightly angled outwards at vein 7 and excurved at middle ;

a fine black terminal line and whitish line at base of cilia,

which are fuscous. Hind wing fuscous brown, the interspaces

of basal half somewhat paler ; a fine dark terminal line and

pale line at base of cilia; the underside pale, a discoidal

point, curved medial and double postmedial lines.

Hab. Prax (Kiinsiler), 1 9 ; Stincarore (Ridley), 4 3,

1 2 type. Hzp. 22 mm.

Eutelia siccata, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax brown mixed with fuscous ; tegule

with black spots; abdomen grey-brown, irrorated with

fuscous, the shght dorsal crests black, small black subdorsal

spots on first three segments, and some lateral spots. Fore

wing reddish brown, tinged with fuscous, the interspaces

rather paler, giving a ‘streaky appearance ; a diffused blackish »

subbasal mark on inner area; the antemedial area rather

pale; an obscure dark discoidal mark ; the lines obsolete,

except double oblique striz at middle of inner margin, repre-

senting the postmedial line; a small white spot on imner

margin towards tornus ; traces of a subterminal series of

small dark spots; a terminal series of small black lunules.

Hind wing fuscous brown, the basal area paler ; a slight

pale mark on termen near tornus ; the underside with traces

of curved medial and double postmedial lines, the latter with

slight black streaks on median nervures; a terminal series of

small black lunules, the one near tornus with white mark

before it.

Hab. Sterra Leone (Carter), 1 2 type. Hap. 28 mm.

[To be continued. }

On the Development of an Asterid. 387

XLIV.— Some Observations on the Development of an

Asterid with Large Yolky Eggs from the Franklin Islands.

By E. H. Henpverson, M.Se., M.D., McGill University,

Montreal *.

[Plates XII. & XIII]

Tue material consisted of a brood of young starfish collected

off the Franklin Islands and belonging to the British

Museum, and the work was carried on in the Zoological

Laboratories of McGill University during the summer

vacations of the years 1902-03-04.

External Appearance.—On examination the specimens

showed evidence of being in the fixing stage, being aggluti-

nated together into masses resembling miniature bunches

of grapes. The five-rayed shape was in all cases evident

and at first sight seemed to be due in part to the pressure of

neighbouring embryos on each other, but on closer exami-

nation was seen to be really due to the assumption of that

typical form of the adult starfish.

When one of these masses was separated with a needle

into its constituent members and examined under a hand-

lens, it became evident that the individual members were

connected together in the region of the preoral lobe (this

arrangement giving them that peculiar bunched appearance),

the preoral lobes being central, while the dorsal portions of the

embryos were outermost.

The individuals themselves were of large size, measuring

almost 2 mm. in diameter ; they were hemispherical in shape,

the ventral surface being flat and showing the radial sym-

metry, the dorsal surface dome-shaped. There were only

two or three members of the collection which did not show

radial symmetry, and these proved to be only masses of

yolk surrounded by a membrane, very likely unfertilized

eggs (Pl. XII. fig. B).

Pl. XII. fig. A shows a group of three, from which others

have been detached, so as to reveal the characteristic union

of the preoral lobes.

Pl. XII. figs. C and D are drawings to represent what were

the earliest stages in the collection. The preoral lobe is still

prominent, showing little or no constriction, while the

hydroceele is just appearing as two longitudinal ridges in each

radius, The five-rayed appearance is seen only from the

* Abstract of a thesis presented for the M.Sc. degree.

388 Dr. E. H. Henderson on the Development

ventral surface, as the arms have not yet grown out and

differentiated themselves from the body, so that the embryo

from above appears spherical. In some instances (fig. D)

there could be seen distinct bosses, or projections, in each

radius along the line of, and just dorsal to, the tube-feet.

These are the arms of the future starfish.

Pl. XII. fig. E (ventral surface) shows the latest stage that

was found, and it existed in the material in great numbers.

The pentamerous arrangement is distinctly seen both from

above and below. ‘The ridges shown in figs. C and D have

developed well-marked tube-feet in fig. E. These can be

counted by a hand-lens and appear as small round white

papille, ten or twelvein each arm. At this stage the preoral

lobe is to a considerable extent atrophied, and is about to

separate off from the young starfish.

I might here state that the adherence of the preoral lobes

to each other is due rather to some agglutinative material,

which forms a coagulum between them, than to any cupping

or suction action, and that they cling to one another thus

till the stalk is excessively atrophied and ready to separate

from the body.

Having described the external appearance, I may now

briefly indicate the results of the study of sections.

Methods adopted—The great difficulty was to get these

large yolky larvee penetrated to the centre with celloidin or

paraffin, so that proper sections might be made. Both the

chloroform-paraffin and the benzol-paraffin methods were

tried, but in each case it was found to be impossible, even

with the greatest care, to get the paraffin to penetrate the

mass of yolk; when the larve were sectioned the centre

would drop out, leaving the outside tissue in the form of

a ring, and so the celloidin method had to be adopted.

Thin, medium, and thick solutions were used, since the more

gradual the change of density in successive solutions the

better is the degree of penetration. It is well to leave

them in each solution at least twenty-four hours, and a longer

time gives better results. Some of my best sections were

made last summer from material that had been lying in a

thin solution of celloidin for over a year.

The sections from a celloidin-paraftin block have a tendency

to curl, a trouble which is remedied in a large measure by

having an exceedingly sharp razor and a Bunsen flame near

by or else bright sunshine playing over the surface of the

microtome.

The sections were cut in varying thickness from 5 » to 10 pu.

of an Asterid with Large Yolky Eggs. 389

In thick sections the yolk is not nearly so apt to be broken

nor is there such a liability in folding, but there is a greater

liability to curl. The sections were then mounted on the slide

in hot water to flatten them. They were stained in hema-

toxylin, then washed in running tap-water till the excess of

stain was removed and until they took on a deep blue colour.

They were then doubly stained in eosin (watery solution).

By such procedure very successful results in staining

were attained and the differentiation between yolk and

tissue shown up clearly and distinctly.

Internal Anatomy.—The type of development conforms

exactly to that shown in Asterina gibbosa as described

by MacBride*. The chief difference is that the embryos

under discussion are much larger in size and have all the

interstices of the body gorged with yolk. The coelomic

cavities, hydrocceles (both right and left), periliemal spaces,

the stone-canal, and pore-canal all have developed in a

similar manner to that which has been described in the

case of Asterina. Pl. XII. fig. F shows the relations of the

celomic spaces. The right posterior ceelom (r.p.c.) is placed

dorsally; the left posterior ccelom (/.p.e.) with its right ventral

horn (.’p.’c.’) extends over to the right on the ventral surface.

Between these two portions of the left ceelom is seen the

remains of the old anterior cceelom, now the axial sinus (az.),

with the stone-canal (sf.c.) on its posterior wall. The develop-

ment of all these struciures is the same as in the case of

Asterina and by their further growth and changes !eads to

similar alterations in the structure of the organism.

The perihzemal spaces are deiived from evaginations of the

celom, four arising from the left posterior aud one from the

anterior celom. PI. XII. fig. F shows one (ph. 1-5) deve-

loped from the left coelom and also one ( ph. 1-2) developed

from the anterior ccelom (az.). These tongue-like projections

of cceelom insinuate themselves between the lobes of the

hydroceele and the ectoderm from either side and finally

meeting beneath the floor of the hydroccele form a septum.

Pl. XIII. fig. G serves to illustrate another point, viz. the

relation of the preoral cavity to the axial sinus. The con-

striction of the preoral lobe or stalk from the body is effected

by opposite sides of the stalk becoming approximated to each

other and folded, so that portions are invaginated into the

interior and destroyed by histolysis. This process causes

the anterior ceelom to become divided into two portions —

* E. W. MacBride, “The Development of Asterina gibbusa,” Q. J. M.S.

1806.

390 Dr. E. H. Henderson on the Development

a stalk-coclom, which is cast off, and a portion remaining

with the body called the axial sinus (a@z.).

The alimentary tract is hard to define in many sections.

No trace of either mouth or anus is found to exist. All that

can be seen of an alimentary system is an extensively folded

and eciled gut-wall lying in the interior yolk. In Pl. XIII.

fig. H I have endeavoured to show its appearance. One is

able to follow its general outline fairly well in some sections,

but the interior within the outer line of the gut-wall reveals

only a disturbed mass of broken-down yolk, portions of gut-

wall, and amcebocytes. The gut-cells are oblong or oval in

shape with irregular ends towards the lumen, and seem to be

engulfing yolk, as particles of yolk can be seen not only

among them but also in their substance. In places where

the lumen can be seen it often appears full of yolk which is

granular, showing that it is being broken up by a process,

perhaps, of digestion and absorption.

The yolk forms by far the largest part of the whole star-

fish, at least nine-tenths of the whole bulk is yolk. Stained

with eosin this becomes easily differentiated from the other

tissues. Itis composed chiefly of large globular or irregularly

shaped masses (PI. XIII. fig. J), which are closely apposed to

one another, leaving few chinks intervening. This yolk not

only fills up the centre but penetrates everywhere ; in fact,

the whole cf the tissues would seem to have been built up

around it, as, indeed, they really are. Itis found among the

ectoderm cells, between the ectodermic wall and the peri-

toneal wall of the coelomic spaces, and among the cells of the

gut-wall, while with the gut it composes the main mass of

the interior. Here it so presses on the coelomic sacs as to

almost obliterate them—the two peritoneal walls being

brought into close apposition, so that the ccelom is not seen

at all as an open space, but only as a layer of peritoneal

tissue in the midst of yolk.

Histology.—The structure of the body-wall differs on the

oral and aboral surfaces. On the dorsum the ectoderm

consists of a single layer of flattened cells, which, as the

ventral surface is approached, gradually merge into long and

narrow cells (PI. XIII. fig. H). On the dorsal surface the

ectoderm les in close relation to the peritoneum, while on

the ventral surface it is separated by a mass of yolk, among

which are found amcebocytes and tissues of the mesenchyme.

On the ventral surface beneath the hydroccele the ectoderm

cells increase in number, and become long and filamentous,

and closely compacted, so that if the section be thick there is

nothing to be seen but a mass of nuclei.

of an Asterid with Large Yolky Eggs. 391

Immediately beneath the bases of the ectoderm cells,

where these abut on the perihzemal spaces, it is possible to

trace evidence of what I conclude to be the nervous system.

This appears as a layer of exceedingly fine fibrils, which

could only be made out by a high power, and which

apparently replaces the mesenchyme intervening between the

ectoderm and the walls of the perihzemal spaces (Pl. XIII.

fig. I).

The cells of the peritoneum vary in shape from flattened

to cubical, and occasionally one sees evidence of fine myo-

epithelial cells, the beginning of muscle-formation. The

ectoderm, too, is often bent into folds, while the peritoneum

remains straight, a fact which may be regarded as evidence

of the contractile power of the latter. This is especially true

of the preoral lobe, the ectoderm of which becomes folded

into pockets, while the peritoneum of the ccelom assumes

a contracted appearauce. These folds are closed off from

the exterior and are then destroyed by amcebocytes.

The cells of the hydroceele vary in appearance from

columnar to flattened or cubical. In the radial water

vascular canal they are flat or cubical, while in the tube-feet

and terminal tentacles they are columnar and increased in

number, so that the nuclei appear several layers deep (Pl. XIII.

fig. 1). Fig. I also shows muscular elements developing

on the aboral side of the walls of the perihzemal spaces

(musc.). These muscles would serve, when in action, to

draw together the ambulacral ossicles of opposite sides and

so close the ambulacral groove in the adult.

Pl. XIII. fig. J shows a curious group of cells projecting

into the axial sinus from its posterior wall. ‘This is the ovoid

gland, and is composed of a mass of primitive germ-cells.

‘These are large and cylindrical in shape, held together by

fibres derived from the mesenchyme. In places the surface of

this group of cells is irregular and folded, and covered with

smaller cells, which are doubtless derived from the peri-

toneum of the axial sinus, which has been pushed in before

it in its growth forward. Further, it is developed from the

wall of the left posterior eccelom, which becomes thickened

and invaginated.

The foregoing are the chief points which could be made

out from the material. I have endeavoured to show, in my

thesis, of which this is an abstract, the close parallelism in

development between this organism and Asterina; while here

I have mentioned them but briefly, and rather dwelt on the

more important differences, and some points of technique,

which I have learned while doing the laboratory work.

392 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

List of Abbreviations employed.

ant.ce., anterior celom; gz., axial sinus; ect., ectoderm; Aist., a

spot on the preoral lobe undergoing histolysis ; hyd., left hydroccele ;

—-V., its five primary lobes; Lp.c., left posterior coelom ; l.'p.'c.’, its right

ventral extension; mes., mesenchyme ; musc., muscular tissue developing

from the wall of the perihemal canal; nerv., nervous fibrils ; per., peri-

toneum ; ph., rudiments of the periheemal spaces; ph. 1-5, that between

lobes I. and V. of the hydroccele ; ph. 1-2, that between lobes I. and II.

of the hydroccele; pr.germ., primitive germ-cells; rp.c., right poste-

rior ccelom ; s¢.c., stone-canal.

Pirate XII,

Fig. A. Three embryos adhering by their preoral lobes.

Fig. B. An unfertilized ege.

Fig. C. The youngest embryo in the collection, showing primary lobes of

the hydroccele.

Fig. D. A slightly older embryo. The rudiments of the arms appear as

bosses above the lobes of the hydroccele.

fig. E. The oldest embryo in the collection. The pentagonal form is

clear, and the rudiments of the tube-feet have appeared.

Fig. F. Transverse section of a comparatively young embryo, showing

relations of ccelomic cavities, the stone-canal as open grooye,

and the perihzmal cavities arising as eyaginations of the

coelom.

Puate XIII.

Fig. G. Portion of another transverse section of an embryo about the

same age as that represented in PI. XII. fig. F, showing the

formation of the axial sinus by constriction from the anterior

ceelom.

Fig. H. Another transverse section, showing gut-wall and its relation to

the yolk.

Fig. 1. Section, more highly magnified, of a small portion of the ventral

body-wall, showing the relations of a lobe of the hydroccele to

the perihemal space and the ectoderm. The beginnings of

nervous and muscular tissue are seen.

Fig. J. Section, highly magnified, of a small portion of the dorsal body-

wall, showing yolk-globules in the dermis and the first rudi-

ment (pr.germ.) of the genital stolon or “ ovoid gland.”

Zoological Laboratory, McGill University.

June 19085.

XLV.—Descriptions and Records of Bees.—1V.

By T. D. A. Cockrre.y, University of Colorado.

Bombus sumatrensis, sp. n.

? Length about 18 mm.

Head elongate, narrow, the greater part of the clypeus,

which is smooth and shining, below the level of the eyes;

Records of Dees. 393

malar space long, smooth and shining; around red tubercle

at extreme base of mandibles; labrum bituberculate, with a

median depression, its lower part with reddish and black

hair ; hair of face and cheeks long and black, that of upper

part of head mixed black and white, the white hairs being

long and mainly on occiput; antennz entirely black, scape

long, strongly curved; first joint of flagellum as long as

third or slightly longer, the second much shorter than either ;

hair of thorax long, dense, yellowish white, with no sign of

any median band or patch. Legs very dark reddish, the hind

tibiz and tarsi quite bright ferruginous; hair of legs black

and orange, the latter mainly on the distal parts; hind

metatarsi very broad. Wings strongly suffused with orange-

brown, nervures ferruginous. Hair of abdomen long, black

on first two segments, with yellowish white toward the sides,

especially on the second ; black on third segment, yellowish

white on fourth and fifth, the colours largely mixed owing to

the overlapping of the long hairs and the presence of more

or jess pale hair even amongst the black; hair of venter

black, except at apex (principally fringe of penultimate

segment), where it is yellowish.

Hab. Sumatra; marked ‘at flower, 2381. X?, 2. 5. 81.”

In collection of British Museum, received in 1892.

This is the first Bombus known from Sumatra, the B. 6elli-

cosus, Sm., supposed to be from ‘‘ Sumatra or India,” bemg

really American according to Bingham. It is closely allied

to B. Mearnsi, Ashmead, from the Philippine Islands. Un-

fortunately B. Mearnsi is known only from a worker which

has been in alcohol; but it seems to be different from the

Sumatra species, and Dr. Ashmead, to whom I showed the

insect now described, expressed the opinion that it was not

the same as his. B. rufipes, Lep., from Java, is also allied,

but is readily distinguished by the black pubescence. Among

the Indian species B. sumatrensis appears to be nearest to

B. funerarius, Sim.

Cladocerapis bipectinatus (Smith).

Lamprocolletes bipectinatus, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1856, Proc.

p- dl.

Smith described this remarkable bee as above, and then in

1862, forgetting all about the first description, redescribed

it as L. cladocerus. The species, under the latter name,

became in 1904 the type of my genus Cladocerapis.

39-4 Mr. 1’. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

ANTHOPHORA, Latr.

The Australian species before me may be separated as

follows :—

Abdomen not, or not obviously, banded;

covered with appressed fulvous hair .... 1.

Abdomen conspicuously banded ........ A

1. Tegument of abdomen black, except broad

hind margins of segments; clypeus yellow,

with two large brown patches.......... scymna, Gribodo, 2.

Tegument of abdomen red ; clypeus with a

large reversed T in y allow rsd adel! rhodoscymna, Ckll., 3.

2. Clypeus light, with a black stripe on each

side of the upper part; males.......:.. 3.

Clypeus with at least large black marks .. 6,

3. Larger, about 13 mm. long ; hair of thorax

above bright orange- -fulvous, with black

intermixed ; abdominal bands bright blue. emendata Gilberti, Cll.

Smaller; abdominal bands greenish or

ochreous or EVM tee Hod GAB pals Roig oo'45 < 4,

4, Hair of thorax above bright orange-fulvous,

with black intermixed ; abdominal bands

emerald-creen shading to blue.......... emendata, Smith.

Hair of thorax above ochreous or light

fulvous, with black intermixed ........ 5.

5. Abdominal bands very light bluish ...... zonata subcerulea (Lep.).

Abdominal bands very light greenish .... zonata subcerulea (Lep ).

6. Sides of clypeus broadly black, leaving a

light pyramid, which is macened on each

side ; abdominal bands dull white ; size

rather small: qMale: cue. tee ae seer Salteri, Ckll,

Clypeus with a lar ge reversed T in yellow,

its stem broadly truncate on upper margin ;

size rather small; males ............-- te

Clypeus with a light reversed T, its stem

tapering above, pointed ; size larger ;

fertales® 9. ccs Seon ee ics cere ere 8.

7. Hair of mesothorax light blue mixed with

Iplack. "a phe eat ee hae etd hares Beery a eee Walkeri, Ckll.

Hair of mesothorax yellow mixed with

LEYS os Sena a DoL Sooo oomaoU De adelaide, Ckll.

8. Hair of mesothorax light ereenish mixed

with black; light hair on outer side of

middle legs strongly suffused with blue;

abdominal bands Loh Wie"... were mies > = ae cingulata (Fabr.).

Hair of mesothorax light blue mixed with

black ; abdominal “bands very bright

@reemish (HUG .uremet ae oo eas i a: Walkeri, Ck.

Hair of mesothorax very bright orange-

fulvous mixed with black; light hair on

outer side of hind legs ‘orange-fulvous ;

larger than the next species .......... emendata Gilberti, Ckll.

Hair of mesothorax paler fulvous, inclining

to greenish and mixed with black ; light

hair on outer side of hind legs white.... zonata (L.).

Records of Bees. 395

Anthophora scymna, Gribodo.

Described from a single ? from Queensland. A @ before

me is from West Australia, “ 68. 6.”

Anthophora rhodoscymna, sp. 0.

3 .—Length about 12}-13 mm.

Similar to A. scymna, but differing thus: tegument of

abdomen entirely bright red, with appressed orange hair,

that on first segment more erect and with some black inter-

mixed; that on hind margins of segments pale golden,

producing faint bands; apex without dark hair; clypeus

with a light orange reversed T, the upwardly-directed stem

tapering to a point; hair of cheeks abundant and snow-

white ; of vertex and occiput pale yellowish and mixed with

black ; of thorax above light yellowish, copiously mixed with

black ; of pleura pale yellowish; tegule apricot-colour ;

wings stained with brown along the veins ; the red legs have

orange pubescence, but the thick fringe on each side of hind

metatarsus and the long inner anterior fringe of hind tibia

are black ; the hind femora have short black hair beneath.

The fourth ventral segment of abdomen has a conspicuous

median tubercle, beset with short ferruginous hair ; the fifth

segment is deeply emarginate and the apical one ends in two

rather short widely separated spines, with a low elevation,

pyramidal in outline, between.

Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner); marked “300 Hy.”

Three males.

It is not impossible that this is the undescribed male of

A. scymna, but with the evidence at present available it must

be considered distinct.

The species of the group of A. zonata are very difficult to

classify. Dours, in 1869, recognized only 4. cinctofemorata,

Sichel, with a very strongly punctured abdomen, and

A. zonata (L.), from Australia, the latter being credited with

a number of named varieties. According to the characters

given in descriptions, the various named Australian forms

may be separated thus :—

Size small, usually less than 13 mm......... uP

eyde VEE oat Boo Ghiyr ROIIC OMT Eee Cb Sind) Grane 3.

1. Hair of thorax silvery ; abdominal bands blue,

ULE SOME, SROCMGE sere e Auleis te eye ciorte steerer het | cinctofemorata, Sichel.

Hair of thorax reddish or rufo-fulvous...... 2.

2. Bands of abdomen metallic blue ; light hair of

LEQSOWEHIUGE prow nave Mate € mike teelte ides Wire tae 6 sonata (L.).

396 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

Bands bluish white; hair of thorax rufo-

LLY OUS, 5, clare.» Meee eet ete RG eee pulchra, Sm.

3. Bands blue or silvery blue; hair of legs on

OWtaide LEPNUSIMONS se fate cls chasers en a vie emendata, Sm.

Bands bluish green or pale blue, not very

metallic ; hair of legs on outside bluish.... edngulata (Fabr.).

A. cinctofemorata is clearly distinct from anything I have

seen. The species before me I classify as follows, recognizing

that some revision will probably be necessary in the light of

fuller information :—

Anthophora zonata (l..).

Three females from Queensland (Gilbert Turner, 298) and

« Australia, 95.64,” agree excellently with zonata. Curiously,

however, the two males accompanying them, collected in

Queensland by Gilbert Turner (297 Hy. and 298), are both

of the variety swbcerulea (Lep.), not hitherto reported from

Australia. The one labelled 298 has pale blue bands, the

other a sort of greenish white.

Anthophora emendata, Smith.

Queensland (Gilbert Turner, 299); 1 2,2 6.

The two males differ greatly in size, but they appear to

belong to the same species, and the collector has given them

the same number. ‘The fifth ventral segment in the maie is

more strongly emarginate than in zonata, so I do not think

emendata can be a mere colour-variety. Smith describes

the female as 6 lines long, and gives good reasons for

supposing that Dours’s measurement of 18 mm. (under the

erroneous name “ cincta, Fabr.”) is a mistake. My female

and one of the males are larger than Smith indicates, being

about 13 mm. long, but the small male agrees with ‘Smith’s

measurement. Smith says the female has the clypeus

reddish yellow, while Dours says it is marked as in zonata;

my ¢ agrees with the latter statement. Smith says that

the ventral surface of the abdomen bas fulvous hair in the

middle, white at the sides; Dours says reddish black in the

middle, white at sides; my insect has it black in the middle,

white at the sides. In view of these discrepancies | will

designate my insect var. Gilberti, taking the female and large

male as typical of the variety.

Anthophora Walkeri, sp. u.

9 .— Length just over 12 mm.

Face-markings &c. agreeing with zonata; flagellum, except

Records of Bees. 397

at base, ferruginous beneath; hair of vertex and thorax

above bluish white very strongly mixed with black, of pleura

bluish white, of cheeks and sides of metathorax white, of

legs as in zonata; abdominal bands strongly metallic, the

first emerald-green, the other three paler, with mother-of-

pearl tints; tegule dark rufous.

3 .—Length about 10 mm.

Face-marks chrome-yellow; clypeus with a large black

mark on each side, shaped like a human foot; hair of hind

tarsi entirely black; abdominal bands emerald-green, the

last two and the third at the sides largely overlaid with

white.

Hab. Baudin Island, Long Reef, Western Australia, 2 ?,

1 ¢, collected by Commander J. J. Walker on the

‘ Penguin’ Expedition.

This exquisite species is appropriately named after its

discoverer, whose collections have made such important

additions to our knowledge of the Australian insect-fauna.

It is nearest to A. cingulata, but distinguished by its smaller

size and strongly metallic bands, and in the male by the

markings of the clypeus. The structure of the male abdomen

beneath is nearly as in zonata. It is to be remarked that

the Australian A. cingulata, as described by Dours, does not

agree with the Indian cingu/ata, described by Bingham. As

the species was originally described from Australia, I take it

that the Doursian description pertains to the true cingulata,

though the length he gives (18 mm.) must be a misprint for

13. Dours says the wings are 10 mm. long, and I find them

so in a specimen 13 mm. long.

Anthophora cingulata (Fabr.).

Clare, South Australia (W. Wesche); two females taken

Nov. 20, 1904.

The hair on the outside of the front and middle legs is

largely bluish green. Froggatt states that this bee is widely

distributed over the southern part of Australia (Tr. Roy.

Soc. Austr., June 1893).

Anthophora adelaide, sp. n.

6 .—Length about 11 mm.

Looks like a variety of A. zonata or pulchra, but is distin-

guished as follows: face-marks chrome-yellow; clypeus at

upper sides with large foot-like black patches, with the heel

very long and the toe very short ; hair of head and thorax

above as in zonata, light fulvous strongly mixed with black ;

398 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

abdominal bands light yellowish with a sort of greenish tint ;

fifth ventral segment feebly emarginate, as in zonata, but

with a large, median, subapical, dull black patch where the

sculpture runs in semicircular lines; flagellum ferruginous

beneath ; legs as in zonata.

Hab. Adelaide River (J. J. Walker, 890).

Anthophora Salteri, sp. n.

¢ .—Length about 1] mm.

Looks just like A. adelaide, except that the abdominal

bands are dull white, the foot-like marks on the clypeus have

a short heel and a long thick toe, and the flagellum is only

dull dark brownish beneath. I should hardly venture to

separate it but for the entirely different structure of the fifth

ventral segment of the abdomen, which has a very broad,

deep, rounded emargination, its sides forming nearly a right

angle with the margin on each side, which is furnished with

two or three short but strong spines.

Hab. Paramatta, N.S.W. (W. R. Salter).

Prosopis, Fabr.

All the species in the following table have the abdomen

blue or green :—

First recurrent nervure meeting first trans-

verso-cubital or entering extreme apex of

first submarginal cell; abdomen dark blue.. 1.

Both recurrent nervures received by second

submareimalicells 7. foe cloaks ee onele bie eiee 3.

1. Large, about 11 mm. long; face with three

YELLOW: SEELPOS PSs oranrr om einion\ tee eer mice chiens alcyonea, Erichs., 2.

mall, Jessithan 7mm: longece sans wie ace 2

2. Face all creamy white below level of antennee. adbonitens, Ckll.

Lateral margins of clypeus dark; no light

supraclypeal marks | s82cickh soni ee eee disjuncta, Ckll.

3. Scutellum and postscutellum yellow ........ parallela, Cll.

Scutellum and postscutellum not yellow 4,

4. Tubercles conspicuously marked with yellow

OF Wille tac aatdc eee prea eeclee ee eee 5,

Tubercles not so marked, wholly metallic, or

rarely with a median non-metallic greyish

DANG. 21s. Scio ree Ocean t eee R ee 6.

5. Large; mesothorax black; face-marks and

tubercles very bright yellow.............. alcyonea, Erichs., 3.

Smaller; mesothorax green; face-marks and

mark on tubercles cream-colour .......... varicolor, Smith.

6. Head, thorax, and abdomen bright green .... perviridis, Ck11.

Mbdpmen aeepiplupesye: taka. teen eee if

7. Larger; face with three narrow cream-coloured

AtTiPCSmetee a. dey hese -s Jewkes ps eee reginarum, Ckll.

Smaller; face in male all white below an-

tenne, in female without light markings..,. Turneriana, Ckll.

Records of Bees. 399

Prosopis alcyonea, Erichs.

Albany, W. Australia (J. J. Walker, 4296),1 g ; Franklin,

Tasmania (J. J. Walker, 3469), 1 2.

The difference in venation indicated by the above table is

not specific, I believe, the insects being so similar in all

other respects. The male has the first r. n. nearer the base

of the second s.m. on one side than on the other. Erichson

described only the female; the male has most of the face

bright chrome-yellow, but there is a black band down each

side of the clypeus. The lateral face-marks narrow abruptly

just above the antenne and are then continued very narrowly

nearly to the top of the eyes. There is a yellow mark in

front of the anterior ocellus. The curious shining tubercle

at the base of the metathorax is as in the female. Evidently

P. vidua, Smith, is the male of alcyonea, as Smith himself

surmised; Smith’s type had the venation as in my female.

Prosopis varicolor, Smith.

Townsville, Queensland, 5. 3. 02 (fF. P. Dodd); also

13. 12. O1 (same collector). Both sexes.

This is evidently Smith’s species, but the face-markings

are cream-colour rather than white and the punctures of the

abdomen are quite strong. The male, not hitherto described,

is like the female, but the face-marks are ivory-white, the

lateral marks larger and longer, and the much narrower and

more elongate clypeus has a large white triangle, occupying

the greater part of its disk. The blue and green shades of

the abdomen are very brilliant.

Prosopis albonitens, sp. 0.

6 .—Length a little over 5 mm.

Very closely and minutely punctured; dark deep blue ;

light markings ivory-white, with a canary-yellow suffusion on

anterior and middle tibize. ’ace below antennze all shining

ivory-white, the white ending between the antennz in a

rounded prominence, but along the orbital margins extending

upwards, gradually narrowing to a point, the distance from

which to the top of the eye is about as great as the distance

of the latter from a lateral ocellus; mandibles and scape in

front ivory-white; flagellum brown, pale and yellowish

beneath ; mesothorax convex, very closely and minutely

punctured; hind border of prothorax continued to cover

tubercles, but interrupted in middle, white ; base of meta-

thorax with a very large area, semilunar in form, with the

400 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

ends (sides) shortened, bounded by a sharp ridge, except in

the middle line posteriorly; this area is shining and is

divided into three subequal parts by two longitudinal carine,

the lateral spaces being rather obscurely obliquely ridged.

Legs piceous brown and yellowish white ; femora dark except

the anterior knees ; tibiz light, the anterior ones wholly so,

the middle ones with a dark spot behind, the hind ones with

a very broad, dark, subapical ring; tarsi yellowish white,

with the last two joints of the middle and the last three of

the hind tarsi pale brown; tegule with a white spot in

front; abdomen rather narrow, the hardly noticeable fine

pilosity white as far as the third segment, after that black.

Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner, 713, Ridg. 11.91).

Prosopis disjuncta, sp. n.

¢ .—Length about 65 mm.

Strongly punctured, but not so closely as in P. albonitens,

the punctures of the mesothorax in particular being much

larger, more irregular, and less dense; dark blue, the head

aud thorax inclining to steel-blue, the abdomen to deep rich

purple; light markings cream-colour or a very pale primrose ;

wings hyaline, nervures dark. Clypeus light, with a dark

margin, this margin varying in breadth, so that the light

triangle may be very large or rather small; lateral face-

marks broad, bow-shaped, notched above by the antennal

sockets; mandibles and scape wholly dark; flagellum

brown, yellowish ferruginous beneath; middle of front

elevated and rugose, the elevation bounded on each side by

a sharp ridge; at each side of this elevation is a smooth

shining area; hind border of prothorax and large spot on

tubercles light, but the two light areas are not nearly

continuous; basal area of metathorax somewhat dumbbell-

shaped, broader at the sides than in the middle ; tegulze with

asmall light spot. Legs dark, slightly metallic; the anterior

tibia and metatarsus in front, a small spot at base of middle

and hind tibiz, a very small spot at apex of middle tibia,

and short line on its tarsus, yellow; abdomen with the almost

imperceptible pilosity white as far as the fourth segment,

after that black.

Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner, 717, Ridg. 11.91),

Two.

Prosopis parallela, sp. n.

2 .—Length nearly 83 mm.

Strongly punctured, the punctures very large and dense

Records of Bees. 401

on mesothorax ; bright Prussian green, the abdomen a bluer

green except near the sutures, the first two segments strongly

suffused with purple above; light markings bright chrome-

yellow, except those of the head, which are pellucid grey,

but one has the upper end of the median facial stripe yellow,

and probably the markings should all be of that colour when

fully mature; wings hyaline, nervures dark, Head elon-

gated, the facial quadrangle nearly twice as long as broad ;

inner orbital margins above gently concave; mandibles

wholly dark, strongly ridged ; light markings of head con-

sisting of a stripe behind the eyes and three nearly parallel

stripes on the face, the middle one going up to the middle

ocellus, the lateral ones failing a short distance before top of

eye; scape long and wholly dark; flagellum ferruginous

beneath ; hind border of prothorax (continuous in middle,

but not reaching tubercles), tubercles, spot on tegule,

triangular spot just below wings, scutellum and_ post-

scutellum (except lateral corners) all yellow; basal area of

metathorax triangular, not bounded by a ridge, but abruptly

defined by the absence of punctures, finely shagreened,

shining green, appearing purplish in some lights; legs

brown-black, a light yellow spot at base of anterior and

middle tibiz ; apex of abdomen with black hairs. ‘The base

of the metathorax is radically different from that of P. dis-

juncta and P. albonitens, but is of quite the same type as

that of P. varicolor, which is closely allied.

Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner, 852, Ridg. 11.93, and

272 Hy.). Two.

Prosopis perviridis, sp. 0.

? .—Length about 8 mm.

Strongly punctured, the punctures of the mesothorax well

separated on a shining ground; brilliant green, even

including the legs, except the tarsi, the metallic colour of

which is purplish ; wings hyaline, with dark nervures. Head

broad and not especially long; mandibles and scape dark,

flagellum ferruginous beneath ; median and lateral stripes on

face and stripe behind eyes light chrome-yellow ; the median

stripe is expanded on clypeal margin to look like the head of

a nail in profile; in the supraclypeal area it is represented

by a round mark, and above that it is shaped like a spear-

head, not reaching the ocellus ; the lateral stripes have a

linear extension to the top of the eyes; hind border of

prothorax with two yellow stripes, but tubercles wholly

green; a small light yellow spot just beneath the wings and

a streak on axille; tegule green in front, with no light

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 27

402 Descriptions and Records of Bees.

spot ; scutellum and postscutellum broad and flattened, the

former shining, with widely separated punctures; basal area

of metathorax triangular, large, smooth and shining, bounded

by a groove ; anterior and middle tibiz marked with yellow

at base ; abdomen rather broad, the apical segments strongly

retractile ; the abdomen recalls that of a Ceratina.

Hab. Adelaide River (J. J. Walker, 5759). Collected on

the ‘ Penguin’ Expedition.

Prosopis reginarum, sp. D.

? .—Length nearly 10 mm.

Strongly punctured, the punctures on the mesothorax

close; deep blue, with purple tints, the mesothorax greenish

blue; light markings cream-colour; wings rather dusky,

nervures dark. This has in general the structure and

markings of P. perviridis, but it not only differs in its deep

blue colour, darker wings, and more closely punctured meso-

thorax, but also as follows: flagellum wholly dark; no

light stripe on axille; median facial stripe not reaching far

above antennze, the spear-head mark divided by a dark line.

The apical part of the abdomen has long coarse black hair.

The tubercles are fringed with white pubescence, and have a

minute, hardly visible, light spot.

Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner, 270 Hy.).

Prosopis Turneriana, sp. 0.

¢ .—Length 8-9 mm.

Strongly punctured, the punctures very dense on the

mesothorax; head and thorax bluish green, with purple

tints ; abdomen deep shining blue, with purple tints; ante-

rior coxe purple, but their femora olive-green; metallic

tints of middle and hind legs purplish blue; wings dusky at

apex, nervures dark. Head ordinary; face below antenne

white, the white ascending only a short distance above in

the middle line, giving way to a groove which ascends to the

middle ocellus; lateral marks ending very broadly and

bluntly about halfway between the antennz and the top of

the eyes; labrum with a light spot ; mandibles with a small

light stripe; scape creamy white in front, flagellum dull

ferruginous beneath; enclosure of metathorax triangular,

shining, of the type of P. varicolor; no yellow or white

marks on thorax ; tubercles shining reddish purple; tegule

with a light spot in front ; anterior and middle tibize lght

yellow in front ; apex of abdomen with two short widely

separated teeth; last three ventral segments strongly tufted

On the North-Atlantic Fin- Whale Fishery. 403

with black. The hind tibie may have a cream-coloured

stripe on basal half. The face-markings in the specimens

described are more or less discoloured.

? .—Similar, but the face is without light markings and

the area in front of the ocelli is brassy.

Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner, 383 Hy., males, and

269 Hy., females). Two of each sex.

The mouth-parts of this species seem not to be those of

true Prosopis; it is probable that the Australian species

assigned to this genus should form the basis of one or two

new genera, but I do not feel able to offer a plan of segre-

gation just at present.

Prosopis Lubbocki, n. n.

Prosopis metallica, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1862, p. 59 (Australia,

in coll. of J. Lubbock), g, not 2.

It seems very unlikely that the insects described as the

sexes of P. metallica are conspecific, and it will probably

cause less confusion if the male is separated under the above

name.

Prosopis Frederici, n. n.

Prosopis similis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Brit. Mus. 1853, p. 26 (Australia).

Not of Fabricius, 1793.

Prosopis Cameroni, n. 0.

Prosopis suleifrons, Cameron, Mem. Manchester Soc. 1897, p.51 (New

Zealand). Not of Smith, 1853.

University of Colorado,

Boulder, Colorado, U.S.A.,

June 27, 1905.

XLVI.—Some Results of the North-Atlantic Fin- Whale

Fishery. By THOMAS SOUTHWELL, F.Z.S.

Our knowledge of the specific distinctions, habits, and

distribution of the members of the family of Cetacea known

as the Baleenopteridz, or Fin- Whales, has until quite recently

been lamentably deficient, and even now it cannot be said to

be very complete. This has undoubtedly been owing to the

wide dispersal of these animals over the oceans of the world,

their gigantic size, and to the circumstances under which

if he

404 Mr. T. Southwell—Some Results of the

they until of late occurred having rendered their study a

matter of extreme difficulty ; for although members of the

family have long been more or less familiar objects in all

quarters of the globe, the only opportunities for their scientific

study have been the accidental stranding of individual

examples on the shores of civilized countries ; and these events

have too often occurred in desolate regions, far from the reach

of a competent authority, or even of individuals capable of

recording the features essential to the due recognition of their

species. It thus happened that, mainly owing to hasty

deductions from insufficient materials, species were unduly

multiplied and an almost inextricable state of confusion

arose; this, happily, through the recent labours of British

and Continental cetologists, has at last been reduced to

comparative order.

One great aid to the study of these animals has been the

perfecting by a Norwegian seaman, Captain Svend Foyn,

of Ténsberg, of an apparatus by which these giant whales,

hitherto regarded as too dangerous to be attacked by the

methods employed in the capture of the Polar whale, could be

successfully overcome, and this (although it cannot, in one

respect, be regarded otherwise than with extreme regret, seeing

that it risks the eventual extermination of these interesting

animals) has been the means of providing abundant materials

for a critical study of the various species —facilities which have

been duly utilized by the naturalists of HEurope and America.

The whales when captured are towed to the various shore-

stations, where their carcases are converted into oil and

wanure.

I may here remark that one of the results of the prosecu-

tion of this industry is the revelation of the astonishing

numbers in which these animals occur in summer in the

North Atlantic—a result altogether unlooked for, except

perhaps by the far-seeing Capt. Foyn; and especially has

this been the case with two species, Rudolphi’s Rorqual and

the Blue Whale (B. Sibbald’), which had been regarded as

extreme rarities.

I need not dwell futher on this portion of the subject than

briefly to chronicle the development of the fin-whale fishery ;

the success of Herr Foyn soon led to his example being

extensively followed, and on the expiration of his patent in

1882 many other companies were formed to hunt from the

Finmarken and Murmanski coast, till the Norwegian govern-

ment enacted restrictions which, added to the growing scarcity

of the whales, caused the opening of fresh stations in

Iceland, where the whalers had greater freedom of action,

North-Atlantic Fin- Whale Fishery. AOD

and subsequently of other centres in the Faroe and Shetland

Islands.

On the western side of the Atlantic also, in the year 1898,

a company, under the name of the “Cabot Steam Whaling

Company,” commenced operations, thus becoming the pioneer

of quite a fleet of vessels now engaged in this fishery from

Newfoundland.

It is to a comparison of the results obtained in these three

centres, remote from each other, that I wish now to call

attention. It may here be remarked that just as happened

when the fishery for Balena biscayensis in the temperate

water of the North Atlantic was abandoned in favour of that

of B. mysticetus in the Polar seas, the skill and seamanship

of the old Basque whalers were still requisitioned, so nowin the

extension of this new industry in Hurope and America it is

the Norwegian originators who fill the positions requiring

expertness and experience.

In the follewing notes I purpose to examine, taking each

Species in succession, the results of the operations in the three

great centres of the industry, with a view to ascertaining if

possible whether any racial variation is to be observed in the

members of the same species frequenting the several localities,

as indicated by appreciable differences in their habits,

frequency, or external characters. I shall therefore, avoiding

as much as possible the commercial aspect of the question,

confine my remarks mainly to the comparative abundance of

each species with any departures from the normal type, the

season of their occurrence, proportionate numbers of the

sexes, period of gestation, number of young produced, and

such minor considerations as may help to throw light upon

the identity or otherwise of the races frequenting the localities

under consideration.

As the pioneers of this industry the Norwegians claim our

first attention, and it is desirable to use the statistics of a

somewhat early period in order that they may be as distinct as

ossible from those of the more southern areas, which were

invaded later on. Iam therefore especially fortunate in being

allowed, through the kindness of Mr. Alfred Heneage Cocks,

to use the statistics collected by that gentleman during his

visits to the Finmarken whaling-stations in the years 1883

to 1889 *, on which what follows is mainly based.

The field of operation in the first instance was contiguous

to the coast, the whales, especially the large blue whale

(B. Sibbaldir), penetrating far into the fjords in search of

* ‘ Zovlogist,’ 1884-1890,

406 Mr. T. Southwell—Some Results of the

food; but as the result of persecution they soon discarded

the shore, and the final area in which their pursuit took

place was off the coast of Lapland to the north of 70° N. lat.,

especially between S6:den on the west and Varanger Fjord

on the east, but extending below 70° N. off the Murmanski

coast (Russia) to Swjatoi Nos in about longitude 40° E.

The fin-whales killed, in the order of their frequency, are as

follows :—

BALZNOPTERA MUSCULUS, Linn.

Norwegian Area.

The common rorqual (finhval, sildehval, or rérhval of the

Norwegians). This, the most numerous species, occurs from

March to the early part of September: 473 were killed in the

season of 1885, 646 in 1886, 463 in 1887, and from that

year the numbers began to decline; this decline in the number

of whales, added to the legal restrictions already referred to,

led to the removal of some of the factories to Iceland, the

result of which, so far as known, will be included in the

Shetland fishery.

The common rorqual is so well known a species that no

description of the normal form is needed, but it is subject to

considerable variation both in form and coloration ; the most

important of these is frequently referred to by Mr. Cocks as

well known to the Norwegian whalers under the name of

“ bastarder”’ or bastard whales, and commonly believed to be

the joint offspring of the common rorqual and the blue whale

(B. Sibbaldii). It appears to attain larger dimensions than

the type of the species, and is described as grey rather than

white on the under surface; the anterior baleen-plates are

white, and the remaining portions darker than normal; the

average length of eight females was 68 feet and of five males

70 feet, but 80 feet appears to be no uncommon length.

The “bastards” killed in 1887 averaged nearly 5 feet longer

than those of the normal type.

Another well-recognized variety is known as the “ lodde-

hval,” 7. e. capelan whale. This is the common fin-whale of

the north; it is white under the belly, and disappears at the

end of April. The fin-whale which then comes, Capt.

Ellevsen informed Mr. Cocks, “ has more or less grey colour

among the white, especially on one side [an asymmetrical

disposal of colour common to all the rorquals], its snout is

generally more pointed, and the whale is more slender and

North-Atlantic Fin- Whale Fishery. A)7

longer”; he adds that the whales which eat the capelan or

“‘Jodde” are only in Finmarken waters in the spring, and

“those that eat the ‘kril’ (Calanus finmarchicus), i.e. the

southern form, come later.’ ‘This variety is also known as

the “ langrér” (literally long-reed, as rorqual (rérkval) is the

Finmarken dialect for rérhval or reed-whale: Cocks), and

Capt. Horn, of Yeretiki, informed Mr. Cocks that of sixteen

rorquals captured by him off the Murmanski coast in 1859

all were of this variety, and not one normal fin-whale. ‘The

variation in colour taken by itself would not amount to much,

but in conjunction with several other minor differences in

form, food, and the season of their appearance would seem

to suggest subspecific value.

It is the opinion of experienced Norwegian whalers that

this species pairs in December or January, and that, as a

rule, the foetuses found in April are from 6 to 12 inches long,

whereas in August they are from 6 to 10 feet in length and

at birth 16 to 20 feet; but that there are many exceptions to

this generalization the following examples of actual dates

and measurements of foetuses will show :—

March.—A4 ft.

April.—1 ft. 43 in.-5 ft.

May.—2nd, female in milk ; 7th, 4 ft.; 19th, 4 ft. 2 in.;

20th; 4) tts 2him’, 5) 24st); ft. 2 io. 3 23rd; 1957, in.

June.—2nd, 4 ft. 5 in-3 ft. 8 in.; 10th, 8 ft.; 18th,

2 ft. Lin. ; 20th, 3 ft. ; 25th, 4 ft. 6 in.

July.—1 ft. 10g in. ; Sth, 4 ft. 2 in. and 6 ft.; 7th, 6 ft. 6 in.

andeS sits 1G ing; Sth Gultise9th;6.ft; 6 ins; 12th,

Myite Op inl. 16th; (8 ft.<d ane; .20this 3) ft. Tins;

2Ath, 7 ft.; 28th, 4 ft. 8 in.

August.—4th, 5 ft. 7 in.; 8th, 10 ft. 5 in.

A whale of this species which came on shore at North

Woolwich in November 1899 was delivered after death of

twins; and Mr. Haldane tells me that two foetuses were

taken out of a cow at Faroe last year (1904), also that

Capt. Castberg, of Ronas Voe, met with a similar case

two years ago. ‘hese are the only instances of twins which

have come to my knowledge.

The deductions to be drawn from the above appear to be

that this species in the North-east Atlantic produces a single

young one (on very rare occasions two) at rather irregular

dates in the autumn months, and that the period of gestation

is probably ten months. The destruction of so many gravid

females is a matter of great regret, but seems inevitable

408 Mr. T. Southwell—Some Results of the

under the circumstances. The quantity of oil yielded by one

of these animals varies from 800 to 1400 gallons, but

averages somewhat over 1000 gallons. 65°64 per cent. of

the whales killed in Finmarken, according to Mr. Cocks’s

statistics, were of this species. The average length of a large

number of males was 62 ft. 5 in., and of females 66 ft. 1 in.,

the proportions of the sexes being about equal. The food

consists of herrings, capelan (Mad/otus arcticus), and various

crustaceans (copepods), according to season.

The Shetland Area.

The gradual decrease in the number of the whales and

certain restrictions imposed by the Norwegian government

led Capt. Foyn to establish a station in Iceland about the

year 1883; but here, again, he met with difficulties from the

Danish government, and the enterprise was abandoned before

operations had commenced, but eventually they were success-

fully renewed and spread to the Faroesas well. In 1893 there

were said to be thirty steamers fishing from Iceland and

seven from the Faroes, and in 1902 nearly 2500 whales were

killed by them. In 1903 two stations were opened at Ronas

Voe, a third at Colla Firth in 1904, and subsequently a

fourth at Olna Firth, all on the mainland of Shetland. In

the Hebrides a station was also established at Bunaveneader

in North Harris. It is to the results of the operations in this

more southerly group of stations that we will now refer.

Mr. R. ©. Haldane, of Lochend, Ollaberry, Shetland, has

most kindly allowed me to avail myself of his valuable notes

on the fishery from Shetland, which has been carried on in

his immediate neighbourhood, and as the result of his

enquiries informs me that the Iceland fishery was at first

pursued on the west coast in Ise Fjord, Brede Fjord, &c.,

and gradually spread further west, most whales being taken

along the Greenland ice in July and August; latterly the

east coast has been resorted to. The present areas of the

fishery are, I am informed, as follows :—

Iceland. . . 683°-67° N. lat., 10°-30° W. long.

Faroe . . . 61°-64° - 5°—G° mn

Shetlands ye, G07=62° Wray. 9h OF ae Ls

Before entering upon the comparison of the statistics from

this area of the species under consideration (i. e. B. musculus),

it may be well to mention that a very unlooked-for feature in

the fishery has been the occurrence of a number of sperm-

North-Atlantic Fin- Whale Fishery. 409

whales. In 1903 a sperm-whale 68 feet long was killed by

a Shetland whaler out of a school of five, four of which

escaped, and five or six others were killed by the Iceland

vessels. A considerable school of these valuable animals,

estimated by some at thirty individuals, visited the seas to

the eastward of Iceland, and apparently wintered there, for

five others were killed by the Bunaveneader vessels in the

past season of 1904. But by far the most interesting capture

was a whale killed on 3rd July, 1903, in 61° N. lat. and

4° W. long., with whalebone 7 feet long, evidently an

Atlantic right whale (Balena biscayensis).

Of the first year’s operations at Ronas Voe there are no

statistics further than that 126 whales were killed; these

Mr. Haldane states, with the exception of the sperm-whale

already mentioned, “ one with barnacles ” (probably a hump-

back), and a_ bottlenose, were all the common finner

(B. musculus).

In 1904, 400 finners were killed from Shetland and 37

from Bunaveneader. Of the Shetland finners 236, or 59 per

cent., were males and 164, or 41 per cent., females, showing

a very large majority of males. Of the total catch of 506 of

various species from these islands, 86 (36 per cent.) were

finners. Mr. Haldane gives the average length of 135 males

as 62 ft. 9 in., and of 91 females 66 ft., an excess of 3 ft. 3 in.

over the males. The five longest males were 78, 77, 77, 75,

and 75 feet respectively, and the five longest females 78 (an

exceptionally large animal), 76, 75, 75, and 73 feet; but the

‘ Norrona’ has since killed a male, confidently asserted to be

of this species, 82 feet long.

The average length of the adult female is believed to be

65 or 66 feet, but a foetus 2 feet long was taken from an

example only 50 feet long. In a feetus 16 feet long the

baleen had not begun to show, but in one 22 feet long it was

well developed and the colour of the young one the same as

its mother; at birth the baleen should be quite 2 inches long.

The growth of the calf is very rapid, and suckers 40 feet

long have been seen; the general opinion among the Nor-

wegian whalers is that a calf of this size is not more than a

year old and that the suckers remain with the mother twelve

months. In support of the early sexual maturity of the

female Mr. Haldane mentions the example just referred to,

which, although only 50 feet long, contained a fcetus. The

whalers, who have had great experience, believe the period

of gestation in this species to be eleven months; and a table *

of measurements of eighteen foetuses given by Mr. Haldane,

* Annals of Scot. Nat. Hist., April 1905, p. 70.

410 Mr. T. Southwell—Some Results of the

varying from 6 inches to 16 feet, all obtained in one season

between the months of April and September, indicates that

the dates of birth must be very irregular. In three instances,

mentioned above, twins have been observed in this species.

Two fresh slips of whalebone of B. musculus kindly sent

me by Mr. Haldane were coloured blue-black on the outer

margin, toning down to blue-grey for the first third of their

width, and merging into clear cream-yellow with a few longi-

tudinal stripes of blue-black in the second third, thence to

the inner margin wholly cream-yellow, the hairy fringe the

same colour as the portion from which it took origin.

The slips of bone measured 25 inches from the gum, to

which the bristles added 8 inches, and at the gum they were

12} inches wide. A small anterior slip was 11 inches long

and 4 inches wide, bristles 34 inches long; wholly a clear

pale cream-colour and very transparent.

For about a month from 12th June in 1903 there was an

absence of “kril”’ in the water, and the whales fed largely

on herrings, but in 1904 “kril” (Thysanopoda inermis) was

abundant and they consumed very few herrings; it was

quite evident that the kril was their favourite food, and the

whales which fed on it were in better condition than when of

necessity they were feeding on herrings.

Mr. Haldane informs me that, in addition to the double

row of hairs found under the chin in a finner, he has found

“¢ another double row on the upper jaw, beginning 3 feet from

the snout and running up to just beyond the blow-hole.”

North-west Atlantic.

Passing to the western side of the Atlantic, we have now

to consider the results of the fin-whale fishery from the shores

of Newfoundland,

In the year 1896 the steamship ‘ Cabot,’ of 160 tons, was

fitted out by a company at St. Johns for the purpose of

hunting fin-whales after the manner of the Norwegians.

At first the operations took place in Notre Dame Bay, and

subsequently in Hermitage Bay, but the number of factories

was gradually increased till, according to the Annual Report

of the Newfoundland Department of Fisheries for 1904, there

were fourteen of these establishments in operation, extending

around the island and as far north as Cape Charles on the

Labrador coast ; and five others were expected to commence

operations in the spring of 1905. In the year 1908 there

were killed 858 whales, 345 of which were BL. musculus, and

North-Atlantic Fin-Whale Fishery. 411

in 1904 the number was 1275, of which 690 were the species

under consideration.

I am not able to give the proportion of males to females of

these 1035 “ finners,” but of the total catch of various species

for the two years, numbering 2133 (the sex of one was not

recorded), 1192, or 55°91 per cent., were males, and 940, or

44-09 per cent., were females. It may be well to give here

the numbers of each species (although they will be repeated

as they come separately to be considered). ‘They were as

follows :—

Biumerepee see 2 L035) Rudelphi 5 3 « + 39

Nulphurhobtomsiat +. 5/489.) Sperm. « . ~: 1

Humpbacks*. 4: 52068 | Unknown . ... (.. 4

The preponderance of finners will be noticed here also.

After the middle of July the finners are found in Notre Dame

Bay, where they are most numerous in August; in October

they become scarce and in poor condition, and finally leave

the coast.

In the year 1899 Dr. F. W. True, of the U.S. National

Museum, Washington, paid a first visit to the whaling-station

at Snook’s Arm, Notre Dame Bay, and as the result of this

and subsequent visits there appeared in 1904 a most

exhaustive treatise on the ‘ Whalebone Whales of the

Western North Atlantic,’ wherein, with all the thoroughness

which characterizes the work of that gentleman, he enters

minutely into the history of the species of the whales

frequenting those regions, and compares them with those

inhabiting the Huropean waters. I am thus enabled to avail

myself of Dr. True’s carefully compiled statistics in what

follows.

In 39 examples where the sex was noted 24 were males

and 15 females; the males averaged 58 ft. 7 in. and the

females 62 ft.3 in. Ten of the females killed in the month

of August contained foetuses or were accompanied by young:

of seven foetuses measured by Dr. True, one on the 5th

August measured 6 ft. 5 in., another on 15th August 15 ft.

2 in., and a third on the 27th August 6 ft. 103 in.; it is

evident therefore that, as in the European waters, the date of

pairing must vary considerably. No instance of twin foetuses

is mentioned.

The average length of the longest slip of baleen in six

individuals over 55 feet in length, measured from the gum

and exclusive of the bristles, is given as 214 inches.

The following table shows the average measurements of a

412 Mr. 'T. Southwell—Some Results of the

large number of Norwegian and Shetland finners, which,

although in excess of like averages of the Newfoundland

whales given by Dr. True, is still less than the average of

the Norwegian whales given for comparison in his table ;

this is probably owing to my having rejected the so-called

“ bastard’? whales, the inclusion of which would have

considerably increased the average.

The figures given below for the Newfoundland whales are

from Dr. True’s table and the Report of the Newfoundland

Department of Fisheries, and those for Norway from

Mr. Cocks’s reports.

Balenoptera m usculus.

Length.

Number and proportion of

E SEXES. | Length of

Region. Males. Females. heel Syke

Total. | Males. |Females.| Max. | Med:| Max. | Med.

ft. | ft.in.| ft.in.| ft. in.

Norway ......... 240 118 122 75 | 625° | 77 1°) 66-1 36><12am:

Shetland ...... 400 236 164 78 | 629] 78 O | 66 O | 25x 123 in.

Newfoundland .| 39 24 15 65.757 12 70"S "62" 3 ia,

The “ bastard ” whales are not included in the above: of

these, 16 males averaged 66 ft. 2 in., and 16 females

68 ft. 5 in.; of these several were evidently immature, thus

reducing the average. The longest male measured 72 ft. and

the longest female 80 ft. 6 in.; omitting all those under 65 ft.

as immature, 7 males averaged 69 ft. 5 in., and 13 females

Wut Zain

Mr. Haldane found a feetus in a finner 50 ft. long, but the

ordinary length of a sexually mature female would probably

be over 60 ft.

Of 2893 fin-whales killed in Norway, 189, or 65°64 per

cent., were of this species, and of 2131 killed in Newfoundland

the percentage was 48°56.

The Norwegian foot has been taken as 123 English inches

in the above calculations.

It remains to consider what, if any, is the taxonomic value

North-Atlantic Fin- Whale Fishery. 413

of the variations observed in these animals, and it is con-

venient to do so with regard to the present species, which is

far the best known and with regard to which there is so much

more material on which to base conclusions. Dr. True

minutely examined ten freshly killed specimens in New-

foundland and compared them with Sars’s careful description

of a Norwegian individual, the whole showing conspicuously

the great individual variations to which the species is subject

so far as the intensity and distribution of the body-colours

are concerned, the constant features being a dark left lower

lip, white right lower lip, white anterior right whalebone,

and the marked asymmetry of coloration. Where individuals

differ so materially it would be unsafe to generalize on the

mere shade or disposal of colour; Dr.'True, however, instituted

a very careful fale es of the measurements of the Kast

and West Atlantic fin-whales, and found that the former were

larger in all their proportions than the latter, which is con-

firmed by the foregoing table so far as length is concerned. He

does not from this fact conclude that there exists even sub-

specific differences between those inhabiting the two sides of

the Atlantic ; but I think it clearly demonstrates that the herds

frequenting the two distant areas do not intermingle, their

normal line of migration being south to north in summer,

rarely, if ever, under normal conditions latitudinal, and that

they may be considered racially distinct. Perhaps we may

go even farther than that, and regard the gigantic “ bastard ”’

whale of Mr. Cocks, which has been known to reach the

enormous length of 80 ft. 6 in., as at least a distinct race; and

probably the same may be said of the southern form of

B. musculus, the “ sildehval ” of the Norwegians, which goes

north in summer to occupy the area in the ocean already

vacated by the “ loddehval,’” which has then departed to a

more northerly latitude. That the species may be cosmo-

politan cannot at present be conclusively disproved, but, as

Dr. True very pertinently remarks, “ even should it be

demonstrated that the species of large whalebone whales are

cosmopolitan, it does not follow that the individuals consti-

tuting these several species range throughout the globe, the

probabilities are much against such world-wide movements.”

So long ago as the year 1898* I endeavoured to show with

regard to the Polar right whale that the areas frequented by

separate races or herds of those animals were vastly more

restricted than was generally supposed ; and I think expe-

* “On the Migration of the Right Whale,” Natural Science, June

1808, pp. 897- AL,

414 Mr. T. Southwell—Some Results of the

rience will show the same to be the case with the fin-whales

inhabiting the North Atlantic Ocean.

With regard to the recorded measurements of these animals,

in some instances they are taken in a straight line, in others

along the curves, and till a system is adopted ensuring

uniformity, although useful in their way, they cannot be

regarded as scientifically accurate, and are therefore only

approximately useful for comparison.

BALANOPTERA SIBBALDII.

Norway.

Sibbald’s rorqual, the blaa-hval or blue whale of the

Norwegians and sulphur-bottom of the American whalers, is

the chief prize of the whalemen; it yields an average of

2800 gallons of oil, occasionally even as much as 10,000

gallons. Mr. Cocks states that twenty-five years ago

Varanger Fjord was a favourite resort of this huge animal in

summer, and that it penetrated far into the fjord in search of

the “kril’?? (Thysanopoda tinermis), on which it delighted to

feed; all this is now a thing of the past, constant harrying

has taught the survivors to keep out to sea, and, in addition,

no whales are allowed by law to be captured at a less distance

than 7 kilometres * from the shore.

The time for the appearance of this whale upon the

Finmarken coast is, as a rule, about the middle of June,

exceptional instances have been known in May, and they have

departed by the middle of September—the date of departure

probably being dependent on the falling-off of the food-

supply, and not due, as was formerly supposed, to the

decreasing temperature of the sea. Mr. Robert Gray, when

in the ‘ Eclipse’ whaler on April 27th, met with blue whales

in lat. 70° 14’ N., and speaks of the partiality of this species

for water of very low temperature; its departure, therefore,

from the Finmarken coast cannot be directly attributed to

declining temperature.

Dr. Guldberg describes this species as blue-grey or blue-

black above, and sometimes copper-brown when rolling about

in the sea; it has always a more or less pronounced blue-grey

colour on the back—hence its trivial name. ‘The underparts

are minutely flecked with white and grey, but it varies

considerably in coloration. ‘I'he baleen-plates are black, with

black hairs, about 36 inches long by 24 inches broad at the

gum. Mr. Cocks remarks that “the sex of a blue whale (and

in a less marked degree it is, I believe, true of other species

* This for ten years.

North-Atlantic Fin-Whale Fishery. 415

of Balenoptera and possibly of other whalebone whales) may

be distinguished by the shape of the baleen-plates, which in

a male are long (up to 4 feet including gum) and narrow,

but thick; while in a female they are short and broad, but

thinner.” The baleen is much infested with a species of

copepod (Balenophilus unisetus).

The greatest length given by Mr. Cocks is that of a female

88 ft. 7 in. long, and the sexes occur in about equal numbers.

There is no certain information as to the season of pairing,

but two males are said to have been ‘‘ making overtures” to

a female on August 5th. Capt. Sorensen believes they have

no fixed time for pairing, and foetuses have been found in

Aueust Measmnon lo: ti. 1S, ft. Ii, 9) or 10 ff.,, and

15 ft. 6 in.; Mr. Cocks, however, does not vouch for the

exuctness of these measurements. Calves have been seen

following the mother estimated at 40, 50, or even 60 feet

long. ‘The probable length of the sexually mature female is

about 70 feet. Dr. Guldberg is of opinion that the blue

whale goes with young eighteen or twenty months, and that,

judging mainly from the large size of the young ones which

have been seen following the mother, she produces only

every third year; but perhaps he does not fully allow for the

rapid growth of the young one. ‘Two foetuses, both males

6 and 4 feet long respectively, were found in a female only

60 feet in length which was brought into Eide Fjord, Faroe,

in June 1894, as recorded by Mr. Harvie-Brown in the

Ann. of Scottish Nat. Hist. for April 1905.

No blue whales were taken from Shetland, but, in addition

to that already mentioned as killed from the Faroes in 1894,

forty-two of these whales and five sperm-whales were killed

last season (1904) from the station at Bunaveneader, Harris,

which would seem to indicate that this species follows a more

westerly course on its northward passage than the other

fin-whales.

Newfoundland.

Turning to the consideration of the blue or sulphur-bottom

whale, as it is known by the American whalemen, in the

Western Atlantic, we find, according to Dr. True’s careful

statistics, that, like the common fin-whale, the dimensions of

the Newtoundland examples are on the average considerably

less than those found in the European waters, although

agreeing fairly with the latter in other respects. In colour

there is a close resemblance, subject to the same considerable

individual variations, but all exhibiting more or less of the

characteristic irregular ‘ milk-white spots” below the

pectorals on the fluted sides of the breast described by Sars.

416 Mr. T. Southwell—Some Results of the

The only important difference which Dr. True points out is

in the coloration of the dorsal fin, which in the Newfoundland

specimens ‘is usually more or less white or whitish, except

on the margins, with darker curved lines extending up

vertically from its base”?; but he remarks that this fin is

not fully described in a fresh condition by any European

authority. There seems to be no appreciable difference in the

colour of the baleen. Dr. True arrives at the conclusion

that, notwithstanding its superior dimensions, there is no

sufficient reason for separating the European blue whale from

the American sulphur-bottom.

Balenoptera Sibbaldit.

| Length.

| Number and proportion of |

' SEES: | Length of

Region. | | Males. Females. | i

| |

ene fe he — | ates

| ft.an.,| ft.ims| ft. in) stam:

Norway ......... 104 | 47 | S57 | 8 5/)%5 4 | 887) 77 0) sbx2tie:

| | |

Newfoundland.| 25* | 10 | Leal

| |

727 | 68 8 | 72 2| 68 9 | 23-32 in.

Taking the average length of sexually mature females at

72 feet, Dr. True arrives at an average of 74 ft. 8} in. for

that sex in Newfoundland; subject to the same test the

Norwegian females average 79 ft. 3 in.

Of 2893 fin-whales killed in Norway, 338, or 11°68 per

cent., were of this species; in Newfoundland of 2132, 489, or

22-94 per cent., were B. Sibbaldia.

None of these whales have hitherto been killed in Shetland.

MEGAPTERA LONGIMANA (Rudolphi).

Norway.

The third large species of fin-whale is known to the

British whalemen as the humpback (from its low dorsal fin),

* In another table Dr. True gives the average of a larger number

of these whales from other sources—57 males equalling 70 ft. 8 in. and

35 females 70 ft.; but the above are measurements carefully taken by

himself.

North-Atlantic Fin- Whale Fishery. A417

to the Norwegians as the knélhval, pukkelhval, or troldhval.

Although it was not fully recognized as a Kuropean species

till the year 1829, when Rudolphi described and figured a

specimen east ashore at the mouth of the Elbe, it has been

found fairly plentiful on both sides of the North Atlantic ;

owing, however, to the fact of its sinking when killed and to

its small yield of oil it is not considered a very desirable

capture. It is of moderate length, but bulky in proportion,

and yields from 600 to-800 gallons of oil: Mr. Haldane,

however, heard of a Finmarken specimen, 50 feet long and

16 feet in diameter, which yielded 125 barrels of oil; as the

petroleum barrels used by the Norwegians are of the capacity

of about 40 gallons, this would represent some 5000 gallons!

A marked characteristic of this species is the great length

of its pectoral fins: in a specimen 40 ft. long the pectoral

fin measured 12 ft. in length and 2 ft. 8} in. in its greatest

breadth ; in a 44 ft. example measured by Mr. Cocks the

flipper was 13 ft. 9 in. to the skin of the axilla and 3 ft. 7 in.

in width; the height of the dorsal fin was 9 in. The

pectorals also vary exceedingly in colour, being sometimes

black on the upper surface and white below, or in some

instances entirely white on both surfaces. ‘The body-colours

are equally variable; the throat and nearly all the underside

may be white or entirely black. These variations do not seem

to bear any relation to sex orage. Another peculiarity is the

extent to which they are generally infested by external

parasites—Cyamus in abundance and a cirriped (Diadema

coronula), the latter in turn bearing the curious Conchoderma

auritum. Mr. Cocks also mentions the loud screaming of

the humpback when harpooned, which he compares to the

gruesome sound uttered by a pig when being killed. The food

of this species appears to be rather mixed, consisting of small

fish as well as kril; possibly, as with the common finner,

this may be the result of circumstances. ‘The baleen is

black, with yellowish-brown hairs, and the longest plates

measure about 2 feet.

The humpback comes on the Finmarken coast very early

in the year, having been killed on the 24th of February, and

departs in the middle of September. The date of pairing is

uncertain, as is also the period of gestation; but foetuses have

been found in June (no day mentioned) 12 in. long, again on

June 21st 13 in., July 1st and 15th each 13 in., and on the

28th 174 in. (Norwegian), on August 21st 34} in.—thus

showing a more regular approach to maturity than in most

species.

Capt. Wiborg informed Mr. Cocks that in 1886 he saw a

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 28

418 Mr. T. Southwell—Some Results of the

humpback followed by two calves each 10 Norwegian feet

long, but he does not give the date, and Scammon gives

a beautiful plate of a humpback suckling two calves; the

birth of twins, therefore, in this species seems to be of

oceasional occurrence. [ar more males than females of this

species are killed ; of 37 taken in 1886 28 were males. The

average length of 27 males was 38 ft. 5 in., and of 13 females

42 ft. 3 in. The largest specimen Mr. Cocks records was a

male 53 Norwegian feet (55 ft. 3 in., English) long; he

mentions the girth of a female 52 English feet long as 40 feet,

but this measurement in a dead whale is absolutely valueless,

as distension commences immediately after death. The total

number killed in six years was 817, and the largest number

in a single year 96.

Shetland.

Of the results of the Shetland fishery I have very little

information, and no particulars as to species or measurements

before 1904 ; in that season eight humpbacks were taken by

the Shetland boats and five from Harris in the Hebrides.

The Shetland vessels, Mr. Haldane informs me, fish in about

60° to 62° N. lat. and 0° to 5° W. long.; the Faroe boats

work to the southward and the Shetland vessels as far

as 120 miles north of those islands. Of the Shetland hump-

backs four females measured 30, 39, 40, and 46 feet respec-

tively, three males 47, 49, and 46 feet; the last male had

pectoral fins 13 ft. 10 im. long. The colours varied as already

described. ‘The food of those which Mr. Haldane examined

consisted of kril and a few shrimps; herring also form

part of their diet. The average yield of oil was 1200 to

1600 gallons.

Newfoundland.

In the Newfoundland fishery this species figures largely :

in the season of 1893 287 were killed, and 281 in 1904;

unfortunately no statistics as to sex or dimensions have been

collected at these stations—desiderata which, I hope, will, at

least to some extent, be supplied in the present season,—and

therefore nothing can be added to the investigations made

by Dr. True. That gentleman only had the opportunity of

personally examining three specimens at Snook’s Arm in

August 1899, but of these he gives minute descriptions: he

also gives the dimensions supplied to him of 18 others killed

in the two following years between April 26th and July 6th,

North- Atlantic Fin- Whale Fishery. 419

the bulk (12) being killed in May, 21 in all; of these 10

were males, 4 females, and 7 sex not recorded. By the table

it will be seen that the maximum of the Norwegian specimens

of both sexes considerably exceeded that of those taken in

Newfoundland, but in other respects (colour, dermal tubercles,

dorsal and pectoral fins, and flukes) they present no material

difference. Dr. True is of opinion that the various nominal

species into which the humpbacks of the North Atlantic have

been divided are all referable to one species, and in this he

agrees with Kuropean cetologists; but considering the

extensive range thus assigned to this whale it seems probable

that the individuals inhabiting, say, the West Indies or the

Californian coast are racially distinct from those frequenttng

the Greenland seas.

Megaptera longimana.

Length.

Number and proportion of M

: sexes. | Length of

Region. | Males. | Females, baleen

TspalwnleMiates s Homies Mase | Ary. ||! Mare’ |t Aw.

a Ghded vs F

fim. |) fGen. | tt. 1m.) fits im: |

NOR Way. 1.00025 40 oT 13 M5) ah!) ets) 2 1) fap) (0) | 2) Bs | Seon

Shednddiees 4: 7 3 4 |49 0| 474/460] 389

Newfoundiaia:| 14 | 10 4 |46 11|376|466| 416 | 22in.

Of 2893 fin-whales killed in Norway, 236, or 8:16 per cent.,

were humpbacks.

BALZNOPTERA BOREALIS (Lesson).

Norway.

This species, known to the Norwegian whalers as the

sejhval (coal-fish whale), until the establishment of the

Finmarken fishery believed to be of excessive rarity, is found

in varying numbers, singly or in schools of perhaps fifty

individuals, every summer in the months of May and June oif

the coast west of the North Cape. Up to the year 1885 it

could only be regarded as a strageler eastward of that cape.

In the year mentioned, however, Mr. Cocks wea asaured that

28"

420 Mr. T. Southwell—Some Results of the

they were commen along the whole coast hunted by the

Norwegian and Russian whalers during nearly the whole

season, and an immense number remained off Sylte Fjord

(Kast Finmarken) for about three weeks in May and June.

They appear, however, to have reached the Russian coast

somewhat later, the first killed by one of the Yeretiki

steamers being on July 10th; the large number of 771 were

killed during that season, these being fairly distributed

among all the vessels of the fleet. In 1886 only 62 were

killed (40 of which fell to one vessel), the whales having

again resorted to their habitat westward of S6réen. In 1887-

they were again abundant, and 245 were killed, 110 of these

by Capt. Bull, chiefly between Loppen Island and Reisen, the

first on May 21st and the last on the 12th of August. The

next year the number fell to 92, but in 1889 it again increased

to about 113—thus showing this species to be a constant

visitor in considerable, but fluctuating, numbers off the

Finmarken coast.

It is not much sought after by the whalers, and owing to

its small size and proportionately small yield of oil is neglected

when other species are to be obtained.

As is the case with all the members of this family, the date

of pairing, period of gestation, and season of calving are not

known with certainty, but the following measurements of

foetuses, with the dates of their occurrence, afford some

indication :—

Date. Length of foetus.

ifs sbay

Jamee2s hes ea ns See LO

July. 3 tee ee a

US op ites een eis 4 ; } two foetuses.

26 8. 5

28 ae 5. 6

ANIC OW eam toes Gare OAR

10 Pac 6 O

10 ext)

15 avis 9 0

A female, 46 ft. 10 in. long, brought into the factory at

Tufjord on the 18th July, 1885, contained twin feetuses of

opposite sexes. Prof. Collett (P. Z. S. 1886, p. 261) mentions

a similar instance of twins ina whale of this species 43 ft. long

captured at the entrance to the Varanger I'jord, which con-

tained two young ones each 6 ft. 7 in. long. So far as lam

North-Atlantic Fin-Whale Fishery. 421

aware, these are the only instances of twins in this species

on record.

In 384 instances where the sex is given, 17 were males and

17 females: the former averaged 45 ft. 4 in. and the latter

46 ft. 7 in. in length ; the longest male was 51 ft. 1 in., and

the longest female 52 ft. 1 in. The measurements are

variously given in Norwegian and English feet; I have

reduced the former to English measurement on the scale of

124 inches to the Norwegian foot.

The yield of oil averages about 200 gallons, rarely as

much as 280 gallons. ‘The food of this species is believed to

consist very largely of “ kril” (Lhysanopoda tnermis), a

small crustacean, and Calanus finmarchicus (a copepod).

Professor Collett visited the factory at Vard6é in 1885, and

contributed an excellent paper on the “‘ external characters ”’

of this species, of which he stated that even then our know-

ledge was very deficient, to the P. Z. 8. 1886, pp. 243-265,

with illustrations.

The baleen is black, with white bristles, and the longest

plate measures 31 inches.

Of 2266 fin-whales killed in Norway in the years 1886,

1887, and 1889 (omitting the abnormal kill of 771 in 1885),

42(), or 18°5 per cent., were Kudolphi’s rorquals.

Shetland.

Of 507 fin-whales killed from Shetland and the Hebrides

in 1904 only 9 were of this species, and I have no particulars

as to sex or measurements further than that two were bulls |

37 and 41 feet long respectively.

Newfoundland.

None of these whales came under the notice of Dr. True

when he visited the Balewna Station at Hermitage Bay, nor

do any appear to have been killed till 1904, when 5 were

obtained trom Balena, 30 from Bay Chaleur, and 3 from

Rose au Rue; there therefore exists no material for comparison

of specimens from the three fishing-centres.

The lesser rorqual (B. rostrata) does not figure in the

returns from any otf the above “ fisheries.”

422 Mr. O. Thomas ox

XLVIJ.—On some Australasian Mammals.

By OLpFIELD THOMAS.

The Nomenclature of the Two Bats of New Zealand.

Tn 1889 *, taking Dobson’s synonymies and identifications of

the two bats found in New Zealand as correct, I amended, on

a purely nomenclatural point, the names he gave to them in

his Catalogue, showing that on his data tuberculatus was to

be used for the Mystacops and morio for the Chalinolobus.

But it has been pointed out to me by my American friends

Messrs. Palmer and Miller that there is an earlier work, most

pertinent to the subject, not quoted by Dobson at all, and

therefore ignored by me, and this upsets the conclusions I

came to. Moreover, Dobson’s identification of the New

Zealand Chalinolobus with one from Australia proves to be

quite incorrect, the former being perfectly distinct from any

occurring on the mainland. This frees the New Zealand bat

from the competition of the earliest name of all, morzo, Gray,

1841 (type locality Tasmania f).

The relations to C. morio of the respective owners of the

names microdon, Tomes, 1859 (South Australia), and signifer,

Dobson (Queensland), may be left for further material to

elucidate, but all three are different from the New Zealand

Chalinolobus, whose skull has a much longer and heavier

muzzle than any of them.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) iv. p. 462.

+ In Grey’s ‘ Journals of Expeditions,’ Appendix, ii. p.405. The con-

fusion in Gray’s account of his three species of “ Scotophilus” (S. morio,

Gouldi, and australis) is very great and almost defies elucidation, though

the fault may have been as much the printer’s as the author’s. Among

other things the measurements given as those of S. morio are evidently

those properly belonging to S. Gouldt. As a preliminary step towards

clearing the matter up, I have gone carefully over the specimens which

were before Gray at the time, over his notes in the registers and in his

MS. list of bats, the basis of the published list of 1843. In this way I

have identified no. 37. 4,8. 118 (90. a”) (Dobson’s Chalinolobus tubercu-

latus, e, not f as he stated), from Tasmania, coll. Sir W. J. Hooker, as the

type of S. moro, while no. 41. 1516 (118. a”) e of Dobson’s C. Gouldi

should be taken as the type of the latter species. It was from Launceston,

Tasmania, Gould collection, not, as Dobson says, from Lieut. A. Smith,

whose specimens came in tweuty years later.

Dobson's “ R. Maitland, isq.,” the donor of specimen h, also proves to

be the River Maitland, New South Wales, its locality.

I can identify no individual type of S. australis, which is, however,

evidently a synonyin of moro,

some Australasian Mammals. 423

The point about the double usage of the name tuberculatus

has hitherto been that, as Forster’s description of the Chalino-

fobus was not published till 1844, Gray’s description of the

Mystacops in 1843 (Voy. ‘Sulphur, Mamm. p. 23) had

absolute priority, whether he thought it was Forster’s

tuberculatus or not.

But in the work to which my attention has been drawn,

Dieffenbach’s ‘ New Zealand,’ 1843, Gray, by publishing in

the Appendix (ii. p. 181) five words of description of

Forster’s plate, then unpublished, not only cut him out with

regard to the Chalinolobus, but invalidated his own tubercu-

latus for the Mystacops, which he first used on p. 296 of the

same work, distinctly stating his opinion that it was the same

bat. As a result, tuberculatus being invalidated for the

Mystacops, Hutton’s velutinus will come into force, and the

names and chief synonymy of the two species will be as

follows :—

Chalinolobus tuberculatus, Gray.

Short-eared Bat.

Vespertilio tuberculatus, Gray (ex Forst.), Dieffenb. N. Zealand, ii

p- 181 (1843) ; Forst. Deser. Anim. (ed. Licht.) p. 62 (1844).

Scotophilus tuberculatus, Tomes, P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 135; Hutton, Trans.

N. Z. Inst. iv. p. 185 (1871).

Chalinolobus tuberculatus, Peters, MB. Ak. Berl. 1866, p. 680, and

1867, p. 480; Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 248 (1878) (the New

Zealand specimens only).

Chalinolobus morio, Thos, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) iv. p. 462 (1889)

(in part.).

Mystacops velutinus, Hutton.

Long-eared Bat.

Mystacina tuberculata, Gray, Dieffenb. N. Zealand, ii. p. 296 (1843),

nec Vespertilio tuberculatus, id. tom. cit. p. 181; Dobs, Cat. Chir.

B. M. p. 442 (1878). : ¥

Mystacina velutina, Hutton, Tr. N. Z. Inst. iy. p. 185 (1871). i"

Mystacops tuberculatus, Lydekker, in Flow, & Lyd. Mamm. p. 671

(1891).

Dobsonia magna, sp. n.

Similar in all essential respects to D. paliata, Geoff.*, but

very much larger, the skull especially being conspicuously

larger in all dimensions.

* Cephalotes Peronit, Dobs. et auct. al.

424 Mr. O. Thomas on

Colour about as in LD. paliata, the head similarly dark

bistre-brown and the nape drab-brown ; under surface dull

isabella-brown. Back more entirely naked than usual,

absolutely hairless everywhere except just over the base of

the tail.

Skull very similar in its proportions to that of D. paliata,

but very much larger, the difference corresponding with that

found in Nyctymene aello as compared with WV. major, while

Dobson’s Dobsonia minor may similarly rank with the

smallest species, Nyctymene cephalotes, of the allied genus.

These differences may best be seen by the dimensions given

below. ‘Teeth on the whole broader in proportion to their

length than in JD. paliata, but there is a good deal of

variation in this respect in the latter species.

Measurements of the type (those marked with an asterisk

taken by the collector in the flesh) :—

Forearm 145 mm.

Head and body 200* ; tail 26*; ear27*. Third finger:

metacarpus 93, first phalanx 68, second phalanx 103; fifth

finger 188, Lower leg and foot (c. u.) 107.

Skull (measures in brackets those of an adult male skull

from Sumba): greatest length 62 (51); basal length 55:5

(46); muzzle, from tip of nasals to hinder side of postorbital

processes 28°5 (22°5) ; interorbital breadth 10:7 (9°8) ; inter-

temporal breadth 9 (8°3) ; palate length in middle line 29 (23) ;

front of canine to back of m? 26°5 (21:5); length of canine

on hinder edge from cingulum 8°8 (5:2). Lower jaw, condyle

to front of canines 50 (40) ; front of canines to back of m,

28 (22:5).

Hab, Tamata, Northern British New Guinea, near German

frontier. Alt. 100 feet.

Type. Male. Original number 65. Collected 9th Sep-

tember, 1904, by W. Stalker.

Dr. Matschie considers the members of this genus so

variable in size that he unites them all in one species, even

including the little D. minor, Dobs. But none of the dimen-

sions he gives at all approach those of this Papuan example,

and a comparison of the skulls shows such an immense

disproportion between it and those representing true D. paliata,

that it seems necessary to separate it.

No other species has been described from this part of the

Papuan region.

some Australasian Mammals. 42

Petrogale lateralis Hackett’, subsp. n.

Closely similar to true P. lateralis in external and cranial

characters, including both colour and pattern of markings,

but larger and with larger teeth, especially with larger

anterior premolar or ‘ secator” * (p* of the Catalogue of

Marsupia!s).

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :-—

Head and body 660 mm. ; tail 540; hind foot (s. u.) 139;

ear 0d.

Skull: greatest length 107; basal length 93; greatest

breadth 50; front of orbit to back of skull 62; nasals,

length 47, greatest breadth 14°3; interorbital breadth 18:3 ;

diastema 20; palatal foramen 8; large secant premolar 8°3

x41; combined length of three anterior molariform

teeth 18°5.

Hab. Mondrain Island, off the coast of S.E. Western

Australia.

type. AGult male... B.M. no. 9. 42 1,.5.. « Onginal

number 7161. Collected Ist November, 1904, by J. T.

Tunney. Presented by the Western Australian Museum,

Perth. Fourteen specimens examined.

While in colour and other external characters I can find

no difference between the Mondrain-Island rock-wallabies and

the typical specimens of P, lateralis described and figured by

Gould, there is so marked a distinction in the size of the

skulls and teeth, especially of the large secant premolar, that

it is clear that the former cannot be referred to Gould’s

animal,

Among five skulls of P. lateral’s none exceed 95 mm. in

total length, the front of the orbit about 56 mm. from the

back of the skull, and the upper secator 6°8 mm. in length

by 3:1 mm. in breadth, the tooth markedly narrowing

forwards, while in facketti it is a long and comparatively

broad oval, nearly as broad in front as behind. Below, the

* This tooth, the most important for systematic work in the Marsupials,

might conveniently be called the “‘secator,” thus avoiding altogether the

confusing question of its serial homology. It is the “‘P*” of the Cata-

logue of Marsupials, but is now more usually believed to be homologous

with p*, or, more probably, mp%, of Placental mammals, This change of

opinion, even if it were accepted universally—and the question is still

under discussion,—renders the use of a numerical symbol exceedingly

inconvenient for ordinary systematic descriptions ; and it is hoped that a

special name for the tooth will be of as much value to workers on

marsupials as ‘‘carnassial ” has proved to writers on Carnivora,

426 Mr. O. Thomas on

corresponding tooth is also conspicuously broader and

heavier in //acketté than in true lateralis.

I think it probable that P. 1. Hacketti is not a true insular

form, but that it will be found to occur in suitable localities

on the mainland of 8.E. West Australia, diminishing in size

and strength of dentition northwards.

In accordance with a suggestion of Mr. B. H. Woodward’s,

I have named this handsome rock-wallaby in honour of

Dr. Hackett, Chairman of the Western Australian Museum

Conimittee.

Thalacomys * sagitta, sp. 0.

In the Catalogue of Marsupials all the specimens of

Thalacomys—there called Peragale—were referred to a single

species, 7h. lagotis, without distinction between the West-

Australian and South-Australian examples. But the recent

presentation of a fine specimen from South Australia by

Mr. Hillier has drawn my attention to the fact that the form

found in that district is so considerably smaller than the West-

Australian one that the two ought certainly to be separated.

The difference is mainly in the skulls, and may be readily

appreciated by comparing the measurements given below of

the South-Australian animal with those of the typical West-

Australian form published in the Catalogue.

Externally, apart from the corresponding difference in

size, there is little to distinguish the two forms. On the

whole Th. sagitta is a little paler in tone, the black band on

the tail is slightly shorter, being shorter instead of longer

than the white end, and the feet are paler below, the black

only extending about a third of their length underneath the

heel.

Dimensions in the flesh (measured by Mr. Hillier) :—

Head and body 316 mm.; tail 215 ; hind foot 91; ear 79.

Skull: greatest length 85; basal length 76°5; greatest

breadth 38; nasals, length 40, greatest breadth 7°5 ; inter-

temporal breadth 13; palate length 50; basicranial axis 22°5 ;

basifacial axis 54; front of canine to back of last molar 36;

combined length of three anterior molariform teeth 12°5.

Hiab. South Australia. Type from Killalpanima, east of

Lake Eyre.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 3. 5. 21.2. Collected 6th

April, 1903, and presented by H. J. Hillier, Esq.

* Cf. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 223 (1900).

some Australasian Mammals. 427

Five skulls of this species are in the Museum collection

all of practically the same dimensions, while two from West

Australia are both of the larger size indicated by the

Catalogue measurements.

Th. sagitta is clearly the “common species or § Urgarta,’

Peragale lagotis,” of Prof. Baldwin Spencer’s description * of

a new species of this genus from Central Australia, 7h. mznor,

which he distinguishes, no doubt rightly, by its still smaller

dimensions and its different habits.

Mr. Hillier gives the local name for this animal, as used

by the Diari natives, as ‘* Kapita.”

Phascogale Hillier, sp. n.

Near Ph. cristicauda, but conspicuously paler in colour

throughout.

Size about as in PA. cristicauda. Fur soft and fine; hairs

of back about 9 mm. in length. General colour above a

beautiful soft drab-colour, similar to but decidedly paler than

Ridgway’s ‘ecru-drab” ; a few fine longer hairs black,

contrasting curiously with the general pale colour. Sides

more whitish drab, passing without sharp line of demarcation

into the pure white under surface, on which region, from

chin to anus, the hairs are pure white to their bases. ‘lop of

head like back, but rather more fawn. Cheeks and lips pure

white. Hars thinly clothed with whitish hairs, an incon-

spicuous whitish patch behind their posterior bases. Upper

surface of hands and feet snowy white ; structure of feet

apparently as in PA. cristicauda. ‘Tail slightly incrassated

basally ; crested above for its terminal two inches, the hairs

attaining a length of 16 mm.; nothing that can be called a

crest below, though some of the hairs towards the end

are slightly longer than on the proximal part. In colour

the main part of the tail is rather more rufous than the

general body-colour, though nothing like the corresponding

part in Ph. cristicauda ; under surface indistinctly darker, not

black ; crest glossy black.

Skull unfortunately lost.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 150 mm.; tail 100; hind foot 30; ear 27.

flab, Killalpanima, Lake Eyre East, South Australia.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 5. 8. 28.1. Collected 13th Feb-

ruary, 1905, and presented by H. J. Hillier, Esq.

* P. Roy. Soc. Victoria, ix. p. 6, pl. ii. (1897).

428 Prof. C. Chilton on the Distribution of

This beautiful Phascogale differs so conspicuously from

the Ph. cristicauda, Kufft, as identified by Baldwin Spencer

after comparison with the type, that I have no alternative

but to describe it as distinct, though I have little doubt that

its skull will show it to be closely allied to that animal. I

have much pleasure in naming it after its donor, to whom

the National Museum owes a number of interesting specimens

from the same locality.

XLVIII.—Notes on the Distribution of some Species of

Terrestrial Isopoda introduced into Australasia. By

CHARLES CHILTON, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.8., Professor of

Biology, Canterbury College, New Zealand.

In this short paper I give a few notes on the distribution, so

far as it is at present known, of some species of terrestrial

Isopoda that appear to have been introduced into Australasia,

most probably by the unconscious action of man. I have

already pointed out elsewhere* that the terrestrial Isopoda

are well worthy of study from the point of view of the

geographical distribution of animals, and it is therefore

desirable to place on record any facts illustrating the spread

of different species at the present time. ‘I’wo or three of the

species introduced into Australasia have been described as

new local species, and until these are reduced to the rank

of synonyms lists of the species inhabiting any part of

Australasia are apt to be misleading.

Only references necessary for workers in Australasia have

been given; full references and synonyms can be found in

the works by Dr. Budde-Lund and Professor G. O. Sars.

My collections from Australia are as yet rather meagre,

but Messrs. Helms and Sayce have sent me specimens from

various localities in New South Wales and Victoria, and

Messrs. W. and R. M. Laing from Norfolk Island. To

these gentlemen my thanks are due, and also to Monsieur V.

Bouge, who has taken considerable trouble to send me

specimens from New Caledonia.

* See Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Zool. viii. p. 100; and ‘New Zealand

Journal of Science,’ 11, (1884) p. 155.

some Species of Terrestrial [sopoda. 429

Porcellio scaber, Latr.

Porcellio scaber, Budde-Lund, Isopoda Terrestria, p. 129.

Porcellio seaber, G. O. Sars, Crustacea of Norway, is ps Lae,

Porcellio graniger, Miers, Cat. New Zealand Crust. p. 99.

Porcellio scaber, Chilton, Trans. Linn. Soe. ser. 2, Zool. viii. p. 139.

Tt will be seen from a reference to the works of Budde-

Lund or Sars quoted above that this species is very widely

distributed and has been described under many names. It is

found ae where in Northern, Western, and Central Europe,

extending far north into Gresnlend and Iceland; less fre-

quently in Southern Hurope; also in North America,

Mexico, &c.; in the islands of St. Paul, St. Croix, in Cape

of Good Hope, and in Kamtschatka. Monsieur Dollfus *

does not give it in his list of terrestrial Isopoda from the

mainland of the North of Africa, but it is known from the

Canary and the Azores Islands. It appears probable, there-

fore, that it belongs originally to the more northern portions

of the continents of Europe, ‘Asia, and perhaps America, and

that it has been unintentionally introduced into the various

islands and other localities in the Southern Hemisphere,

where it is now found.

In Australia it has been recorded by Miers from Melbourne

and Tasmania, and I have had specimens from Sydney in

my collection for many years past, and more recently

Mr, Sayce has sent me a few specimens from “ Forest

Country, Healsville, Victoria”; but it does not appear to be

at all abundant in Australia, for these are the only localities

from which it has been obtained, and it is not represented

from the other places in New South Wales and Victoria

from which I have specimens sent me by Mr. R. Helms and

Mr. Sayce, and it does not appear to occur in Norfolk Island.

In New Zealand, on the other hand, where it has been

long known under the name of Porcellio graniger, Miers, it

is the commonest terrestrial Isopod, and is very abundant

everywhere, more particularly in the neighbourhood of

inhabited places, but also extending sometimes a considerable

distance into the bush; and it is interesting to note that

specimens from New Zealand were already in the collections

of the British Museum in 1847 when White’s ‘ List of the

Crustacea in the British Museum?’ was published. It has not

* Proe, Fourth International Congress of Zoology, p. 250.

+ This statement appears to be in error. The specimens recorded by

White in 1847 were from ‘Van Diemen’s Land.” That from New

Zealand described by Miers was received by the Museum in 1854. {Note

by Dr. W. T. Calman, British Museum (Nat. Hist.).]

430 Prof. C. Chilton on the Distribution of

yet been recorded from the Chathams or any of the outlying

islands of New Zealand.

From the notes given above it appears that Porcellio

scaber thrives best in the colder temperate regions of both

North and South Hemispheres, and becomes less abundant

as the warmer climates are reached.

Dollfus, in his “ Isopodes terrestres du ‘Challenger’ ” *,

when recording this species from the islands of Juan Fernandez

and Tristan d’Acunha, has already drawn attention to the

fact that it is found in several widely remote localities in the

cold temperate regions of the south as well as the north,

although not found in the intermediate warmer regions, and

considers that its abundance excludes the idea of artificial

transport. T think, however, that the additional localities

now given are sufficient to show that it has reached these

places in the south by accidental introduction, as already

explained.

Porcellio levis, Latr.

Porcellio lems, Budde-Lund, Isopoda Terrestria, p. 138.

Porcellio levis, G. O. Sars, Crustacea of Norway, 11. p. 181.

Porcellio obtusify Ons, Haswell, Cat. Australian Crust. p. 280.

Budde-Lund says of this species that it is without doubt

the most widely spread of all the Oniscidae, so that it seems

to be almost cosmopolitan. He does not record it, however,

from Australia, although it had been recorded from Sydney

under the name of Porcellio obtusifrons (a species that

Budde-Lund appears to have overlooked) by Haswell in 1882.

I have had specimens from Sydney for many years com-

pletely agreeing with Haswell’s description, and have no

doubt that they should be referred to P. levis. Besides

these I have specimens sent me by Mr. Sayce labelled

“ From Garden,” presumably from Melbourne, and in 1891

Mr. George Gordon sent ‘me numerous specimens from

Geraldton, in Western Australia, most of them being slightly

larger than those from other localities. It is also to be found

in Norfolk Island and in New Caledonia, where, judging by

the number of specimens sent me by Monsieur V. Bouge, it

appears particularly abundant. Among these were several

albino or partially albino forms similar to those of which

Budde-Lund speaks as being found in Southern Europe.

It is interesting to note that the species does not appear to

have yet reached New Zealand ; there is no record of its ever

* EXxtr. Bulletin Société d’ Etudes scient. de Paris, xi® Année, 1890,

? ?

some Species of Terrestrial Isopoda. 431

having been found in this Colony, and as I have collected

terrestrial Isopoda for many years, both directly and with the

help of numerous friends, it is hardly likely that it would

have escaped observation if it occurred in any numbers.

Metoponorthus pruinosus (Brandt).

Metoponorthus pruinosus, Budde-Lund, Isopoda Terrestria, p. 169.

Metoponorthus pruinosus, G, O. Sars, Crustacea of Norway, ii. p. 184.

Porcellio zealandicus, Miers, Cat. New Zealand Crustacea, p. 100.

Porcellio zealandicus, Chilton, Trans, Linn, Soe. ser, 2, Zool. viii. p. 141.

This is another species which Budde-Lund says has been

carried by navigation to all parts of the world. It has,

however, not yet been recorded from Australia, and no

specimens have so far reached me from the mainland of that

continent. On the other hand, it appears to be common on

Norfolk Island, whence specimens have been sent to me both

by Mr. W. Laing and Mr. R. M. Laing, and, according to

Monsieur Adrien Dollfus, it also occurs in New Caledonia and

in the Marianna Islands.

A specimen of this species appears to have been collected

in New Zealand before 1847, and was given the name

Porcellio zealandicus in the list published in that year. In

1885 Budde-Lund gave P. zealandicus as a doubtful synonym

of Metoponorthus pruinosus; but as the specimen in the

British Museum was not sufficiently well preserved to render

identification certain, and as other species formerly recorded

had not been met with again in New Zealand, the question

remained doubtful till March 1905, when I received from

Mr. Hutchinson numerous specimens of Metoponorthus prut-

nosus from the shores of a tidal lagoon in Hawke’s Bay, in the

North Island of New Zealand. ‘There is therefore no reason

for doubting that Porcellio zealandicus, Miers, is the same as

Metoponorthus pruinosus and that the species had reached

New Zealand before 1847. It is rather interesting to note

that the species has not spread more widely, for as yet it has

not been met with in any other locality in New Zealand *.

Armadillidium vulgare (Latr.).

Armadillidium vulgare, Budde-Lund, Isopoda Terrestria, p. 66.

Armadilhidium vulgare, G. O. Sars, Crustacea of Norway, ii. p. 189.

Armadillidium vulgare, Chilton, Trans, Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Zool. viii.

p. 142.

* A short paper on the occurrence in New Zealand of this species has

been sent to the Transactions N.Z. Institute, vol. xxxviii.

432 On an undescribed Guereza.

This is another widely distributed species. Budde-Lund

says that it inhabits the whole of Europe and also the neigh-

bouring regions of Asia and Africa, and that it has been

carried to many other places probably by navigation.

Budde-Lund records it also from Melbourne, but so far it

has not been met with from any other part of Australia, and

it is not represented in any of my collections from that

country.

In New Zealand it appears to be abundant in the town of

Nelson; specimens were sent me from there many years ago

by the late Mr. J. C. Gully, and I have recently received

many specimens from Mr, F. G. Gibbs, who tells me that it

appears to be as common in Nelson as Porcellio scaber. I

have also a specimen taken near Mount Egmont and

forwarded to me by the late Mr. S. H. Drew, but up to the

present it has not been met with in any other localities, in

this respect forming a marked contrast to Porcellio scaber,

which has overrun the whole colony.

XLIX.—An undescribed Guereza.

By R. Lypexxer.

Masor Powett-Corron has sent from Qugo, Central Equa-

torial Africa, the skull and skin of an adult Guereza monkey

belonging to the black-and-white group, which appears to

indicate an undescribed form. The specimen closely re-

sembles Colobus palliatus of British Hast Africa (which may

be only a local form of the western C. angolensis), but is

distinguished by the absence of a white superciliary ridge

connecting the two face-tufts and of a white perineal patch,

as well as by the terminal half of the tail being grey, with a

white tip, instead of the whole terminal third being white

and the middle third grey. The new form may be best

regarded as a subspecies of C. palliatus under the name of

‘olobus palliatus Cottoni, and characterized as above. It

adds one more link connecting the wholly black and smooth-

tailed forms of Guereza with the white-tailed C. caudatus,

which has an enormous white mantle and face-tufts and a

white “ flag ” to the tail like that of a setter ; and is therefore

of more interest than the ordinary ‘‘ subspecies.”

—

On the American Otchlid Genus Cichlosoma, &e. +:

L.—A Revision of the Fishes of the American Cichlid Genus

Cichlosoma and of the Allied Genera. By C. Tare

Reean, B.A.

[Concluded from p. 340. |

PETENIA.

Petenia, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 391 (1852).

Peteniu (part.), Eigenm. & Bray, Ann. Ac. N. York, vii. 1894, p. 614;

Pellegr. Mém. Soc, Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 248 (1904).

Body moderately elongate, compressed ; scales rather large,

ctenoid. Two lateral lines. Jaws with bands of small

conical teeth, the outer series enlarged; canines moderate.

Mouth large ; premaxillaries very protractile, their processes

as long as the head; maxillary considerably exposed ; lower

jaw strongly projecting. Upper surface of the head to the

level of the orbits, cheeks, and opercular bones scaly; pre-

operculum narrow, entire, without distinct lower limb. Gull-

rakers rather short andfew. A single dorsal, with XV-XVI

12-13 rays; anal with V 8-10 rays. Pectoral asymmetrical,

with 14 rays; ventrals below the base of the pectoral.

Caudal rounded.

A single species from Lake Peten, Guatemala, to be

regarded as a specialized form derived from a type similar to

Cichlosoma Dovit.

Petenia splendida.

Petenta splendida, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 801 (1862), and Trans. Zool.

Soe. vi. 1869, p. 469, pl. Ixxix. fig. 2; Steind. Denkschr. Ak. Wien,

xxiii. 1864, p. 73, pl. iv. figs. 3&4; Kigenm. & Bray, Ann. Ac.

N. York, vii. 1894, p. 615; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus.

xlvii. 1898, p. 1513; Everm. & Goldsb. Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. xxi.

1902, p. 155, fig.; Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 243

(1904).

Depth of body about 3 in the length, length of head 22-23.

Snout a little shorter than postorbital part of head. Dia-

meter of eye 5-6 in the length of head and ]—14 in the

interorbital width ; depth of przorbital 4—? the diameter of

eye. Lower jaw strongly projecting ; maxillary extending

to below middle of eye or beyond; premaxillary processes

extending nearly to origin of dorsal. Cheek with 7-10

series of scales; 10 or 11 gill-rakers on the lower part of

anterior arch. Scales of the lateral line a little larger than

the others; scales above the lateral line a little smaller

than those below it, about 45 in a longitudinal series above,

Ann. & Mag. N. fist. Ser. 7. Vol, xvi. 29

434 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

40 below the lateral line. Scales in a transverse series

wu: Dorsal XV (XVI) 12-13, the last spine about 2 the

length of head, the soft fin not scaly. Anal V (8) 9-10.

Pectoral nearly 2 the length of head. Caudal rounded.

Caudal peduncle longer than deep. Head, body, and vertical

fins with dark spots; a series of dark blotches along the

middle of the side.

Lake Peten, Guatemala.

1-4, (260-415 mm.) types of Lake Peten. O. Salvin, Esq.

the species.

Hericutuys.

Herichthys, Baird & Girard, Proce. Ac. Philad. 1854, p. 25.

Heros (part.), Gunth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 290; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S.

Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898, p. 1537; Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi.

1903, p. 226 (1904).

Neetroplus (part.), Jord. & Snyder, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. xix. 1899,

p. 146; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 245 (1904) ;

Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian Mus. y. 1904, p. 221.

Cichlasoma (part.), Meek, t. e. p. 205.

Closely allied to Cichlosoma and perhaps most nearly to

C. heterodontus, differing only in that the anterior teeth of

the outer series in each jaw are compressed, pointed in the

young, truncate in the adult.

Three species from Mexico and Central America.

Key to the Species.

I. Anal with 5 (exceptionally 6) spines.

D. XV-XVII 10-12. A. V (VI 7) 8-9. Sec.

27-30 ms Byareshe(atateraiene « Mott orehels het ceakc eisiete 1. cyanoguttatus.

D/XVIAS: SA, V 10 eSeRB 159 Seeds. 85. 2. Bocourti.

II. Anal with 6 or 7 spines.

D. XVI-XVIII 11-12. A. VI-VII 9-10. Se.

BO ge. a5 Agee toe ne eae net 3. Geddesi.

1. Herichthys cyanoguttatus.

Herichthys cyanoguttatus, Baird & Girard, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1854, p. 25,

and Rep. U.S. Mex. Bound. Surv., Zool. p. 30, pl. iv. figs. 9-12 (1859).

Heros cyanoguttatus, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 290 (1862); Jord. &

Gilb. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvi. 1882, p. 608; Jord. & Everm. Bull.

U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898, p. 1537; Everm. & Goldsborough, Bull.

US. Fish. Comm. xxi. 1902, p. 157 ; Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. France,

xvi. 1903, p. 231 (1904).

Neetroplus carpintis, Jord. & Snyder, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. xix. 1899,

p. 146, fig. 22; Jord. & Everm. t. c. p. 3175; Pellegr. t.c. p. 246;

Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian Mus, y. 1904, p. 221.

Cichlasoma cyanogutiatum, Meek, t. ec. p. 215,

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma, dc. 435

Depth of body 2 in the length, length of head 23-3

Snout shorter than postorbital part of head. Diameter of

eye 3-41 in the length of head, interorbital width 3-34.

Depth of preorbital 4-1) the diameter of eye. Maxillary

slightly exposed, not extending to below the eye; pre-

maxillary processes extending to above anterior 4 of eye or

slightly beyond ; jaws equal anteriorly, or the lower slightly

projecting ; both jaws with the teeth of the outer series

regularly increasing in size anteriorly ; fold of the lower lip

usually more or less distinctly interrupted ; cheek with 4 or

5 series of scales; 7 or 8 aus rakers on the lower part of

anterior arch. Scales 27-30 a ae 2 between lateral line and

base of anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal X V-X VII 10-12,

commencing above the extremity of operculum, the spines

subequal or slightly decreasing from the sixthto thethirteenth,

thence increasing to the last, which is 3 the vote of head ;

the soft fin scaly at the base. Anal V (VI7) 8-9. Pectoral

4 the length of head, extending to above origin of anal ;

ventral extending nearly to origin of anal. ‘Caudal sub-

truncate or rounded. Caudal peduncle 2 as long as deep.

Light blue spots on head, body, and vertical fins ; young

with 7 dark cross- bars, the third bearing a blackish blotch

below the lateral line, ‘and with a dark spot on the base of

caudal.

North-Eastern Mexico and Texas.

1-2. (65 and 118 mm.) Matamoros. Smithsonian Institution.

3-6. (39-62 mm.) co-types Tampico. Dr. D. 8. Jordan.

of N. carpintis.

Heros teporatus, Fowler (Proc. Ac. Philad. 1903, p. 321)

is based on a single specimen of 38 mm. from Tamaulipas.

It appears to differ from H. cyanoguttatus only in the more

slender body (depth 22 in the length).

2. Herichthys Bucourti.

Neetroplus Bocourtt, Vaill. & Pellegr. Bull. Mus. Paris, 1902, p. 85 ;

Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 246 (1904).

Depth of body 2 in the length, length of head 34. Dia-

meter of eye 32 in the length of head. Maxillary not

extending to below the eye; fold of the lower lip slightly

interrupted ; cheek with 6 series of scales; 9 gill-rakers

on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales 314. Dorsal

XVI 13, the spines only slightly increasing in length after

the fifth, the last more than 3 the length of head; soft fin

scaly at the base. Anal V 10. Pectoral a little shorter

20°

436 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

than the head. Caudal slightly rounded. Caudal peduncle

nearly as long as deep. Olivaceous, with obscure darker

cross-bars.

Lake Isabel, Guatemala.

The single known example measures 182 mm. in total

length.

This species is said to be closely allied to the preceding,

differing especially in the larger eye.

3. Herichthys Geddes, sp. n.

Depth of body 21-2} in the length, length of head 23—2%.

Snout as long, or nearly as long, as postorbital part of head.

Diameter of eye 23-34 in the length of head, interorbital

width 31-32. Maxillary not extending to below the eye;

preemaxillary processes extending to above anterior 4 of eye;

jaws equal anteriorly ; both jaws with the teeth of the outer

series regularly increasing in size anteriorly ; fold of the

lower lip not continuous; cheek with 5 or 6 series of scales ;

7 or 8 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales

30 iy, 2 between lateral line and base of anterior rays of

soft dorsal. Dorsal XVI-X VIII 11-12, commencing above

the opercular cleft, the spines subequal or slightly decreasing

from the fifth or sixth to the fourteenth or fifteenth, the last

2 the length of head; the soft fin scaly at the base. Anal

VI-VII 9-10. Pectoral 3-7 the length of head, extending

to above origin of anal; ventral extending to anterior anal

spines. (? Caudal subtruncate.) Caudal peduncle 3-3 as

long as deep. Brownish, with 7 or 8 cross-bars bearing a

series of blackish blotches below the lateral line; vertical

fins spotted.

Southern Mexico.

1-6. (47-65 mm.) types of Southern Mexico. P. Geddes, Esq.

the species,

PARANEETROPLUS, gen. nov.

Differs from Cichlosoma only in the dentition, all the teeth

being broad, compressed, and pointed or rounded. ‘The

single species, from Mexico, is intermediate between Cichlo-

soma nebuliferum and Neetroplus nematopus.

Paraneetroplus Bulleri, sp. 0.

Depth of body 3 in the length, length of head nearly 4.

Snout a little shorter than postorbital part of head. Diameter

of eye 42 in the length of head, interorbital width 23. Depth

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma, te. 437

of preorbital 13 the diameter of eye. Maxillary scarcely

exposed, not nearly extending to below the eye; pre-

maxillary processes not extending to above the eye ; mouth

small, almost transverse, the lower jaw shorter than the

upper; upper jaw with about 20 teeth in the outer series,

the lateral teeth decreasing in size posteriorly ; lower jaw

with a transverse series of about 10 teeth, not continued as a

lateral series; fold of the lower lip not continuous; cheek

with 5 series of scales; 7 gill-rakers ou the lower part of

anterior arch. Scales 34 a3 3 between lateral line and base

of anterior rays of soft dorsal, those of the thoracic region

very small. Dorsal XVIII 12, commencing a little in

advance of the axil of pectoral, the spines subequal from the

fifth to the fifteenth, thence increasing to the last, which

is 3 the length of head; soft fin, when laid back, extending

to base of caudal; posterior part of spinous dorsal and

anterior part of soft fin scaly at the base. Anal VI 9.

Pectoral a little shorter than the head, not nearly extending

to above the anal; ventral extending nearly to origin of

anal. Caudal truncate. Caudal peduncle a little longer

than deep. Olivaceous, with a series of 5 dark blotches on

the side of the body, the last 2 extending upwards as vertical

bars on to the base of the soft dorsal ; a dark spot at the base

of caudal ; vertical fins slightly dusky.

Kio de Sarabia, Mexico.

1, (218 mm.) type of the Rio de Sarabia. Dr. A. C. Buller.

Species.

NEETROPLUS.

Neetroplus, Giinth. Trans, Zool. Soc. vi. 1869, p. 469; Eigenm. &

Bray, Ann. Ac. N. York, vii. 1894, p.618; Jord. & Everm. Bull. US.

Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898, p. 1541.

Neetroplus (part.), Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 245

(1904).

Differs from Paraneetroplus in that the teeth are not

pointed or rounded, but truncate, incisor-like.

A single species from Nicaragua.

Neetroplus nematopus.

Neetroplus nematopus, Ginth. Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. 1869, p. 470, pl. Ixxiy.

fig. 4; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898, p. 1541 ;

Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 245 (1904).

Neetroplus nicaraguensis, Gill & Bransford, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1877,

p. 186,

Depth of body 23 in the length, length of head 34. Snout

as long as postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye 34 in

438 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

the length of head, interorbital width 24. Depth of pre-

orbital a little greater than diameter of eye. Maxillary

extending a little beyond the nostril; preemaxillary processes

not extending to above the eye; jaws nearly equal ante-

riorly ; upper jaw with about 14 teeth in the outer series, the

lateral teeth decreasing in size posteriorly ; lower jaw with a

transverse series of 9 teeth; fold of the lower lip not con-

tinuous; cheek with 5 series of scales; 6 gill-rakers on

the lower part of anterior arch. Scales 33 7, 2} between

lateral line and base of anterior rays of soft dorsal, those of

the thoracic region very small. Dorsal XIX 10, the spines

subequal from the fifth to the sixteenth, the last 2 the length

of head; soft fin, when laid back, extending to middle of

caudal ; dorsal scaly at the base posteriorly. Anal VIII 7.

Pectoral nearly as long as the head, not extending to above

the anal; ventral with the outer ray elongate. Caudal

truncate or even slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle as

long as deep. Olivaceous, obscurely spotted or marbled

with darker.

Nicaragua.

1. (107 mm.) type of the Lake Managua. Capt. J. M. Dow.

species.

HLerRorivaria.

Herotilapia, Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 247 (1904).

Differs from Cichlosoma only in the dentition; both jaws

with several series of compressed, incisor-like, tricuspid teeth;

the outer series enlarged and with the median teeth simple,

truncate.

The single species is evidently closely related to C. nigro-

fasciatus and its allies.

Herotilapia multispinosa.

Heros multispinosus, Giinth. Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. 1869, p. 453, pl. xxiv.

fig. 2.

Cichlasoma multispinosum, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii.

1898, p. 1525.

Herotilapia multispinosa, Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903,

p. 247 (1904).

Depth of body 23 in the length, length of head nearly 3.

Snout a little shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 3}

in the length of head, interorbital width 24. Depth of pre-

orbital nearly 2 the diameter of eye. Maxillary not ex-

tending to below the eye ; preemaxillary processes extending

nearly to above anterior margin of eye; jaws equal

American Oichlid Genus Cichlosoma, &c. 439

anteriorly ; cheek with 3 series of scales; 8 gill-rakers on

the lower part of anterior arch. Scales 28 “=~ Dorsal

XVIII 9, commencing above the opercular cleft, the spines

subequal from the fifth, the last a little more than 3 the

length of head; soft fin scaly at the base, when laid back

extending nearly to middle of caudal. Anal X18. Pectoral

as long as the head, extending to above middle anal spines ;

ventral extending to sixth anal spine. Caudal rounded.

Caudal peduncle 2 as long as deep. Olivaceous, with darker

cross-bars; a dark spot on the middle of the side; a

longitudinal band from eye to lateral spot.

Lake Managua.

1. (87 mm.) type of the species, | Lake Managua. Capt. J. M. Dow.

Uaru.

Uaru, Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p. 830; Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv.

p- 802 (1862); Eigenm. & Bray, Ann. Ac. N. York, vii. 1894,

p- 612; Pellegr. Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1908, p. 248 (1904).

Acara (part.), Steind. Sitzb, Ak. Wien, Ixxi. 1876, p. 63.

Closely allied to Cichlosoma, and especially to C. psittacum,

differing in the dentition, the rather slender teeth being

compressed, pointed in the young and with rounded apices

in the adult. Scales rather small, those of the lateral line

larger than the rest.

A single species from the Amazon.

Uaru amphiacanthoides.

Uaru amphiacanthoides, Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p. 381;

Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 302 (1862); Higenm. & Bray, Ann. Ac,

N. York, vii. 1894, p. 612; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi.

1903, p. 248 (1904).

Uaru obscurum, Ginth. 0. ec.

Acara (Heros) amphiacanthoides, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixxi. 1875,

. 94.

ones (Heros) imperialis, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixxx. 1879, p. 161.

Uaru imperialis, Pellegr. t. c. p. 249.

Depth of body 14-1? in the length, length of head 3-3}.

Diameter of eye 34-3* in the length of head, interorbital

width 2-24. Depth of przeorbital 11-1? the diameter of eye.

Jaws equal anteriorly ; maxillary not extending to below

the eye ; fold of the lower lip not continuous ; cheek with

9-12 series of scales; 7 or 8 gill-rakers on the lower part of

anterior arch. Scales in a longitudinal series, 55-60 above

the lateral line, 46-52 below it; scales in a transverse series

1-13" Lateral line 18-21 410-13. Dorsal XV-XVI (13-14)

24-28°

440 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

15-16, the spines subequal from the fifth or sixth, the last

3_2 the length of head, the soft fin scaly at the base. Anal

VIII-IX (X 12-18) 14 (15-16). Pectoral a little longer

than the head. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle 4-4 as

long as deep. Brownish, with a broad blackish lateral band,

a blackish spot behind the eye and another on the upper

part of the base of caudal.

R. Amazon.

1. (145 mm.) type of U. obscurum. R. Cupai.

2. (215 mm.) L, Saraca, Prof. A. Agassiz.

3. (198 mm.) Teffé, Paris Museum.

SYMPHYSODON.

Symphysodon, Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p. 882; Giinth. Cat.

Fish, iv. p. 816 (1862) ; Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxxi. 1875, p. 106;

Eigenm. & Bray, Ann. Ac. N. York, vii. 1894, p. 623; Pellegr.

Mém, Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 249 (1904).

Closely allied to Cichlosoma, especially to C. severum,

differing in having the teeth confined to the anterior part of

each jaw and in the structure of the fins, the dorsal having

VITI-IX 28-31 rays and the anal VII-IX 26-31. The

body is nearly circular in form, compressed ; the scales are

rather small, those of the lateral line being larger than the

rest.

A single species from the Amazon.

Symphysodon discus.

Symphysodon discus, Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p. 333; Giinth.

Cat. Fish. iv. p. 316 (1862); Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxxi. 1875,

p- 106; Pellegr. Mém., Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 19038, p. 250 (1904).

Depth of body 1-1} in the length, length of head 32-33.

Snout as long as postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye

3-34 in the length of head, interorbital width 2-22. Depth

of preorbital 1-11 the diameter of eye. Mouth small,

oblique; maxillary extending to below the nostril; fold of

the lower lip continuous, slightly produced. Cheek with

7 or 8 series of scales; 4 or 5 very short gill-rakers on the

lower part of anterior arch. Scales 65-70 nies 50-55 in a

longitudinal series below the lateral line, 6 between upper

and lower lateral lines. Dorsal VITI-IX 80-31 (VIJ-IX

26-31). Anal VIII 27-380 (VII-IX 26-31). Dorsal and

anal spines graduated, the fins covered with scales in their

basal halves. Pectoral a little longer than the head. Caudal

rounded. Caudal peduncle very short. Body with dark

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma, &c. 441

undulating longitudinal stripes and with 9 dark cross-bars,

of which the first, through the eye, the fifth, in the middle of

the length of the body, and the nimth, on the base of the

caudal, are more strongly marked than the others; soft

vertical fins with alternate light and dark spots.

R. Amazon,

1. (110 mm.) R. Cupai.

2. (155 mm.) R. Negro. Mr. J. C. Antony.

3. (170 mm.) Teffé. Dr. J. Bach.

4. (130 mm.) Manaos. Paris Mus.

Pellegrin gives the name equifusciata to a variety without

longitudinal stripes and with all the cross-bars equaliy

distinct.

PTEROPHYLLUM.

Pterophyllum, Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p. 834; Gunth. Cat.

Fish. iv. p. 316 (1862) ; Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixxi. 1875, p. 156;

Eigenm. & Bray, Ann. Ac. N. York, vii. 1894, p. 624; Pellegr.

Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1908, p. 251 (1904).

Plataxoides, Casteln. Anim. Am. Sud, Poiss. p. 21, pl. xi. fig. 3 (1855).

Very closely allied to Symphysodon, which it resembles in

the deep nearly circular body and the small scales, but

differing in the dentition, the teeth extending on to the sides

of the jaws. Dorsal with XI-XITI 24-30 rays, anal with

V-VII 24-82.

R. Amazon; R. Orinoco.

Two species.

1. Pterophyllum scalure.

Plataz scalaris, Cuy. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. vii. p. 237 (18381).

Pterophyllum scalare, Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, 11. 1840, p. 885: Gunth.

Cat. Fish. iv. p. 316 (1862); Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixxi. 1875,

p. 186; Pellegr. Mém. Sve. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 251 (1904).

Plataxoides Dumerili, Casteln. Anim. Am. Sud, Poiss. p. 21, pl. xi.

fig. 3 (1855).

Depth of body a little less than the length, which is 23-3

the length of head. Snout not longer than eye, the diameter

of which is 23-3 in the length of head and equal to the

interorbital width. Depth of preorbital } the diameter of

eye or less. Mouth small, oblique; maxillary extending to

below the nostril; fold of the lower lip continuous ; cheek

with 4 or 5 series of scales; 12-14 gill-rakers on the

lower part of anterior arch. Scales 40-47 =) 83-38 in a

longitudinal series below the lateral line. Lateral line

17-19+9-11. Dorsal XI-XIII 23-27, the spines graduated,

442 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fishes of the

the last about as long as the head; anterior soft rays con-

siderably produced ; middle part of the fin scaly at the base.

Anal VI 26-29 (V—-VII 24-29). Pectoral as long as the

head ; ventral produced into a long filament. Caudal trun-

cate, the outer rays sometimes produced. Caudal peduncle

3-1 as long as deep. Silvery with 4 well-marked blackish

cross-bars, the first through the eye, the second from spinous

dorsal to origin of anal, the third from soft dorsal to anal,

the fourth on the base of caudal; between these narrower

and less distinct intermediate bars; soft vertical fins some-

times with alternate light and dark stripes.

R. Amazon.

1. (102 mm.) R. Cupai.

2. (81 mm.) Tabatinga. Mus. Comp. Zool.

3. (99 min.) Manaos. Mr. J.C. Antony.

4. (61 mm.) Tonantins. Paris Mus.

5-7. (31-60 mm.) Marajo Id. Dr. E. A. Goldi.

2. Pterophyllum altum.

Pterophyllum altum, Pellegr. Bull. Mus. Paris, 1908, p. 125; Mém.

Soe. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 252, pl. iv. fig. 4 (1904).

Depth of body equal to its length. Cheek with 6-7

series of scales; 11 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior

arch, Scales about 55 2°, 41-47 in a longitudinal series

below the lateral line. Dorsal XII-XIII 27-30. Anal

(V) VI 28-82. Caudal peduncle % as long as deep. In

other characters similar to the preceding species.

R. Orinoco.

-2, (83 and 85 mm.) co-types of the R. Orinoco. Paris Museum.

species.

APPENDIX.

The British Museum has just received a series of the

Mexican Cichlids collected and described by Dr. 8. E. Meek.

After examination of these it seems useful to make a few

additions and corrections.

Cichlosoma fenestratum (supra, p. 227).

To the synonymy add :—

Cichlasoma melanurum (part.), Meek, Zool. Pub, Columbian Mus. v.

1904, p. 219,

American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma, cc. 443

After the description of C. melanurum (p. 231) should be

inserted :—

Cichlosoma labridens.

Heros (Cichlasoma) labridens, Pellegr. Bull. Mus. Paris, 1903, p. 122

Cichlusoma labridens, Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903 By

p- 207, pl. vi. fig. 1 (1904).

Cichlasoma Bartoni (non Bean), Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian Mus, vy.

1904, p. 211.

Cichlosoma Bartoni (part.), Regan, supra, p. 327.

Depth of body 21-2? in the length, length of head 24-31.

Snout a little shorter than postor bital part of head. Diameter

of eye 4-5} in the length of head, interorbital width 3.

Depth of prieorbital 1- 13 the diameter of eye. Maxillary

not extending to below the eye ; jaws equal anteriorly ; fold

of the lower lip subcontinuous or not continuous ; cheek

with 4-6 series of scales ; 6-8 gill-rakers on the lower part

of the anterior arch. Seales 30-32 ap 2) or 3 between

lateral line and base of anterior part of soft dorsal. Dorsal

XV-XVI 10-12, commencing above or in advance of the

axil of pectoral, the spines subequal from the fifth or sixth

to the thirteenth or fourteenth, thence increasing to the

last, which is ? the length of head. Anal V (VI) 8-9.

Pectoral nearly } the length of head, extending about to above

the vent; ventral extending nearly to origin of anal. Caudal

rounded or subtruncate. Caudal peduncle from ? to as long

as deep. Olivaceous, sometimes with 4 or 5 dark cross-bars

on the posterior part of the body ; sometimes the lower part

of the head and abdomen blackish and a large dark blotch

on the caudal peduncle; upper surface and sides of head

often covered with small dark spots ; fins greyish or dusky.

Rio Panuco and its tributaries, Mexico.

The above description is based on six specimens, 80-175 mm.

in length, from the Rio Verde.

This species is very closely allied to C. melanurum.

Cichlosoma Gadovii (p. 232).

The synonymy of this species should read :—

Cichlasoma melanurum (part.), Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian Mus. vy.

1904, p. 219.

Cichlosoma aureum (p, 320).

Specimens have been received under the names of

Thorichthys Helleri and T. Elliotti. The former have the

444. On the American Cichlid Genus Cichlosoma, ce.

spots on the cheeks blue, often surrounded by a dark ring ;

in the latter the corresponding spots are blackish, many of

them with a blue centre. In all other respects these two

supposed species are absolutely identical.

Cichlosoma istlanum (p. 326).

Several young specimens differ in coloration from examples

of C. Steindachneri of the same size. ‘They have 7 or 8 dark

cross-bars, a dark spot below the origin of the lateral line,

another on the middle of the side, and a third at the base of

the caudal.

After the description of C. istlanum should be inserted :—

Cichlosoma Steindachneri.

Cichlasoma Steindachneri, Jord. & Snyder, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. xix.

1899, p. 143, fig. 20; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus, xlvii.

1900, p. 38173; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 206

(1904) ; Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian Mus. v. 1904, p. 211, fig. 67.

Cichlosoma istlanum (part.), Regan, supra, p. 326.

Depth of body 24 in the length, length of head 24. Snout

as long as postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye 4 in

the length of head and equal to the imterorbital width.

Depth of przorbital equal to diameter of eye. Maxillary

slightly exposed, extending to between nostril and eye;

premaxillary processes extending to above anterior margin

of eye or slightly beyond; jaws equal anteriorly ; fold of

the lower lip subcontinuous ; upper jaw with the two aute-

rior teeth of the outer series the largest, forming canines ;

lower jaw with 3 pairs of canines, the anterior pair the

smallest ; cheek with 6 series of scales ; 8 serene on the

lower part of the anterior arch. Scales 31 Be 24 between

lateral line and base of anterior rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal

XVI 10, the spines subequal from the sixth to the fourteenth,

thence increasing to the last, which is a little more than }

the length of head ; soft fin, when laid back, extending to

anterior 4 of caudal. Anal V 8. Pectoral 3? the length of

head, extending to above the vent ; ventral eneatine ‘to the

vent. Caudal subtruncate. Caudal peduncle nearly as

long as deep. Olivaceous; sides with about 10 narrow

vertical dark bars ; a series of dark blotches forming an inter-

rupted longitudinal band from operculum to base of caudal ;

sides of head and Jower part of body with small] dark spots ;

On the Red Colour in the Hind Wing of Catocala. 445

spinous dorsal blackish ; soft dorsal, anal, and caudal dusky,

obscurely spotted at the base.

The above description is based on a single specimen,

104 mm. in total length, from the Rio Verde. Smaller

examples (40—55 mm.) ‘have a more slender body (depth 22-3

in the length).

Cichlosoma Bartoni (p. 327).

The synonymy of this species should read :—

Acara Bartoni, Bean, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1892, p. 286, pl. xliv. fig. 3.

Cichlasoma Barton, Jord. & Everm, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1898,

P. 1515, fig. 587; Pellegr. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 206

(1904) ; Meek, Zool. Pub. Columbian Mus. v. 1904, fig. 68.

Cichlosoma Bartoni (part.), Regan, supra, p. 327,

Three young examples of this species, 53-72 mm. in total

length, from the Rio Verde, received as C. Steindachneri,

differ from that species, which they resemble in coloration,

in the larger head (23 in the length), more produced snout,

and larger and more oblique mouth. Scales 32 2*,, 24 be-

tween lateral line and base of anterior part of soft dorsal.

Dorsal XVI 10-11, the last spine + the length of head.

Anal V 8. The coloration is similar to that of the adult

example figured by Bean, but the body is not so deep.

Cichlosoma octofasciatum (p. 331).

A series of specimens received as C. Hedricki includes a

small example in every way similar to the type of the species.

Herichthys cyanoguttatus (p. 434).

Entirely similar examples have been received under the

names Cichlasoma cyanoguttatum and Neetroplus carpintis.

My opinion as to the identity of these species is thus

confirmed.

LI.—A New Haplanation of the Red Colour in the Hind

Wing of Catocala, Schr. By Cu. SCHAPOSCHNIKOW *.

THE question as to how the development of the red colour in

the hind wing of Catoca/a is to be explained has not yet, in

the literature with which I am acquainted, been dealt with

* Translated by E. EK. Austen from the ‘ Biologisches Centralblatt,’

xxiy. Bd. (1904) pp. 514-520,

446 Mr. C. Schaposchnikow on the Red Colour

and answered in the way that I attempt to set forth in its

main outlines in the following pages. My more especial

aim in publishing this little paper, however, is that other

observers may be thereby induced to give utterance to further

remarks and views as to the question under discussion.

All attempts at explaining the significance of the red colora-

tion in the hind wing of Catocala, as recorded in literature,

amount to two modes of regarding it, since the red is put

down either as a “ warning” or as what may be termed an

“attractive” colour. ‘The latter designation implies that, as

interpreted by the authors who hold this view, the signifi-

cance of the red colour consists in attracting the bird which

is pursuing the moth. According to this theory the bird

seizes only the wing, and not the body, of the fugitive insect ;

the portion seized tears away, and thus the victim escapes.

Explanations such as this have been given by Wallace,

Darwin, Poulton, von Bock, Bedar, and others.

The first-mentioned attempt at explaining the red colora-

tion in Catocala as a “ warning” colour is, however, opposed

by important facts, the first of which is that Catocala, on the

approach of an enemy, suddenly departs from its resting-

place when that enemy is still at a considerable distance.

Secondly, it is only during its most rapid flight that the

insect displays the bright colour. These facts can scarcely

be used in support of such an interpretation of the colour as

that it serves to frighten away the enemy, or else to indicate

to it at once that the insect is unfit to eat. Hxperiments,

moreover, lead to the conviction that the pursuing bird seizes

the Catocala in its flight by the brightly coloured wing.

The second attempt at explanation, according to which

the red in Catocala is to be regarded as an “ attractive ”

colour, is chiefly based upon observations upon species of

Agrotis with yellow hind wings, whence it has been trans-

ferred to the species of Catocala with yellow and also to

those with red hind wings. With reference to the observa-

tions upon Agrotis it must not, however, be overlooked that

they were only made in the artificial conditions of an aviary,

Moreover, the external resemblance between Agrotis and

Catocala in no way justifies us in attributing to their similar

coloration the same biological significance in the struggle for

existence, and still less are we entitled to do so seeing that

there is to start with a very considerable difference in the

mode of life of the two genera. Besides this, it is still

doubtful whether the principle in question can even be

applied to all species of Agrotis with yellow hind wings;

there is a series of transitional forms, ranging from the large

in the Hind Wing of Catocala, Schr. 447

Agrotis pronuba, Linn., to the small Agrotés anachoreta,

H.-Sch., and luperinoides, Gn. The hind wings of these

small species of Agrot?s are not less brightly and conspicu-

ously coloured ; and even granting that this feature in the

case of the first-mentioned species (the Large Yellow Under-

wing) is able to divert the attention of a bird so as to cause

it to attempt to seize the insect by its hind wings, this would

still be far too difficult in the case of the two latter species

when on the wing, owing to their very smallness. It would

undoubtedly be easier for the pursuing bird to strike at the

body. But even if we admit the justice of this explanation in

the case of Agrotis pronuba, Linn., it is still impossible to fix

a limit up to which the yellow coloration of the hind wing

may be injurious to the possessor or to decide when its

attractive property may begin to be useful to the insect, for

species of Agrotts occur in all sizes in an ascending series

from the smallest forms. It must also not be overlooked

that, in opposition to the large species which, apart from

accidental contingencies, flies exclusively by night, we find

the above-mentioned small species of Agrotis on the wing by

day, and therefore at the only time when they are in a

position to turn the yellow coloration to account.

It we are unwilling to admit the force of all these state-

ments, there still remains the question as to how we are to

reconcile with the principle of attractive wing-coloration the

bright colour of the dody of various species of Catocala ( pacta,

Linn., neogama, Sm. Abb., magdalena, Streck., Frederic?,

Grote, neonympha, Hbnr., and amica, Hbnr.), of Agrotis

Jimbria, Linn., &e.; for since the wings, which during flight

are in a state of rapid movement, appear less brilliant than

the similarly coloured body, which is more at rest, we are

led, on the basis of the above-mentioned principle, to the

conclusion that this brighter body is calculated to entice

birds to pursuit. Furthermore, how can the black marking

of the hind wing be consistent with the recognition of this

principle? Since, by virtue of well-known physiological

laws, the parts of the wing that lie nearer to the base and

move with less great rapidity appear brighter to us than the

marginal portions of the wing, it follows that the former,

which are adjacent to the body, must, being the brighter,

concentrate the attention of the pursuer upon themselves.

This concentration of the attention is further accentuated and

the capture of the fugitive moth thereby facilitated if the

margins of the wings are darkened, so that the lightness of

the central area is heightened by contrast ; and it is actually

a fact that, in the case of the species of Agrots with yellow

448 Mr. C. Schaposchnikow on the Red Colour

hind wings, we almost always find a more or less broad

black margin. The pursuing bird will accordingly always

endeavour to seize the portion of the wing that lies nearer to

the body, 7. e. the basal half; but if it does so it is doubtful

whether the victim can tear itself free.

Let us now refer to a hypothesis—purely an abstract one,

indeed—which is indispensable if we would explain the bright

coloration as attractive. We actually find in nature a series

of examples showing that in self-defence an animal sacrifices

the portion of its body by which its enemy seizes it; thus,

for instance, the lizard abandons its tail and certain spiders

sacrifice their long legs. In all such cases the part of the

body that is shed is regenerated. In the case of moths an

analogous reproduction naturally cannot take place, and with

them therefore a safeguard of this kind must continue to be

accidental and only possible on one single occasion.

If, however, in spite of all these considerations, we would

still apply the above-mentioned principle to Catocala also, we

shall have to meet the question as to how it is affected by

natural selection.

When motionless, and so long as it remains upon a parti-

cular spot, the moth is unable to make use of the “ attractive ””

coloration ; for this purpose it must be in motion and on the

wing. If, however, during its flight it abandons a portion of

its wings to the pursuing bird, it will scarcely satisfy the

latter by so doing, and can consequently not free itself from

further pursuit. The sacrifice of a part of its wings at most

enables the moth to gain a little time, while, on the contrary,

the lizard, for instance, which sacrifices part of its tail, utilizes

the few moments so gained to disappear into a hole or cleft

in arock. The moth with “attractive” coloration would be

compelled to fly on and to make use of a suitable moment in

order to conceal itself. It follows that in its case there would

have to be developed, firstly, a quick and adroit flight, and,

secondly, the capacity of concealing itself unnoticed. The

struggle for existence was bound first of all to evolve somuch

the more strength and adroitness of flight, since with the

loss of or injury to the hind wing exhibiting the attractive

coloration its attractive 7é/e as such disappears. It follows

that only those individuals would survive that by dint of

concealing themselves unnoticed were able to turn their flight

to the best account and eseape the sacrifice of a portion of

their wings, de. those that made least use of the “ attractive ”

coloration in order to “ attract.” The ultimate object of the

flight would be to settle unobserved by the enemy and to

obtain concealment by means of the mimetic coloration of the

tn the Hind Wing of Catocala, Schr. 449

upper side of the fore wings ; this object is, moreover, alluded

to by von Bock in the passage in which, referring to Catfo-

cala, he states that the moths on being frightened up by him

suddenly disappeared before his eyes, without his having

been able to observe where they had settled. Herein there

lies an inconsistency, however: if the destined function of

the bright colour in the case of Catocala were to turn the

attention of the pursuer to itself, and if the bird then made

use of the chance of seizing its victim by the wing, it would

be impossible for so large a moth as Catocala to conceal itself

unnoticed at so short a distance from its enemy. But what

do we see in reality? ‘The structure of the wings of the red

Catocala, as also the relative size and the shape of its body,

render the insect capable of strong and rapid flight. ‘lhe

coloration of the species in question differs from that of the

other species owing to the hind wings being red on the upper

side and provided with two black transverse bands, while the

grey dark-striped fore wings appear perfectly adapted to the

tree-bark on which the moth usually settles ; the under side

is characterized by a light ground-colour, bordered by two

black bands. By day we generally find our Catocala at rest

on a tree-trunk ; it is excessively shy and flies up if approached

ever so gently. Its flight is not regular, but, on the contrary,

interrupted; it darts from one side to the other, settles

suddenly on a tree, flits up again, and frequently makes one

or two more short flights of this kind before finally settling

down. At times it flies no farther, but merely makes, as it

were, a jump to one side, and settles again upon the same

tree, but on the opposite side and higher up. These irregular

interrupted movements render the insect uncommonly difficult

to capture. On settling it makes a dart with lightning-like

rapidity in the direction of its chosen resting-place, and then

drops down there, having thus again made it extremely

difficult to fix the spot with the eye. The fact that on the

approach of an enemy our moth does not remain quietly

sitting still as other mimetic species are wont to do, but

endeavours to save itself by flying away, certainly points to

the conclusion that in this case flight is of greater importance

for the self-preservation of the insect than the mimetic colora-

tion of the fore wings—that is to say, flight attains the

object of leading the pursuer astray, and then, with the

assistance afforded by the coloration, rendering it possible for

the moth to settle unperceived.

The characteristic flight of our Catocala compels the enemy

to make a special effort with its visual apparatus, in order to

keep its prey within view; in the pursuit the bird fixes its

Ann. & Mig. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 30

450 Mr. C. Schaposchnikow on the Red Colour

eyes upon the bright object, as the flying Catocala appears to

it to be. The brighter the effect of its colour, the more diffi-

cult will it be, owing to the contrast of hue, to recognize the

grey patch into which, especially upon grey bark, the moth

converts itself at the moment of settling. Were its colours

wholly grey, the pursuer, fixing its gaze upon this grey

object, would pay most attention to its outlines and not to its

colour; and consequently the object would always remain

visible to the enemy, to whom the spot upon which it had

settled would likewise be apparent. Assuming that its

contrast in colour is absolutely necessary to the moth, it is

evident (1) that moths that have recourse to the above-

described mode of flight, which I would term “ distracting ”

flight, must possess the brightest coloration, and (2) that

those that exhibit brightly coloured hind wings must. also

have a bright-coloured underside to all the wings, in order to

be able to give greater effect to the influence of this coloration

in flight. Since, moreover, the larger the moth the less is

the advantage that it is able to gain from its mimetic colora-

tion, while, on the other hand, it is all the more capable of

saving itself by means of its powers of flight, it follows from

these two hypotheses that the largest species of Catocala

must also show the brightest colours. ‘The red Catocala

chiefly inhabits woods composed of the various deciduous

trees. In perspective a wood appears generally as a green

background (foliage and grass) with some light and dark

streaks (tree-trunks and their shadows) ; consequently as a

contrast of colours we have the red, which serves a comple-

ment of the green. And, again, it is especially in the most

robust representatives of their genus that this red coloration

must display itself. Asa colowr-contrast to the light and dark

stripes in the wood there appear in addition the black- and

white-banded undersides of the fore and hind wings of our

moth, which cause the latter to be easily visible in the light

as well as in the dark interspaces among the trees.

With this appearance of species of Catocala with red hind

wings is also connected their geographical distribution.

Their predominance in the northern half of Europe is espe-

cially characteristic, for among all the species of Catocala

in this region we find only two which show no red. The

conditions presented to them in the area in question are the

following :—the forests are not so dense as in warmer lands,

so that usually sufficient space remains to allow the moth to

make use of its powers of flight ; moreover, a perspective is

produced which, in accordance with the hypothesis expressed

above, enables the moth to bring its corresponding coloration

in the Hind Wing of Catocala, Schr. 451

and marking into play. In these woods the enemies of the

moth, which rests during the day upon the trunks of trees,

are the birds *, both the scansorial species (Picus, Sitta, and

their allies), as also those that pick insects off twigs, or in

other cases search for them upon the ground (Turdus and

others of the same group). At night, when the moth is on

the wing, it is waylaid by bats. From thrush-like birds the

red Catocala is sufficiently protected by the height of its

resting-place ; it scarcely ever settles so near the ground as

to attract the attention of birds of this kind, and, again,

never at such a height as to fall a victim to birds perching

upon twigs. A safe elevation would be at from 1} to 23

metres from the ground, and it is at about this height that,

as a rule, our red Catocala is actually to be seen. More

dangerous to it are the birds that climb and closely search

the tree-trunks (Pécus, Sitta); it is not easy for so large a

moth to escape their notice, but all these birds invariably

make a noise in climbing, and in our Catocala the sense of

hearing appears to be particularly well developed, so that on

the approach of woodpeckers and other climbing birds it is

always possible for it to flit off from the trunk at the right

time. By day it avails itself both of the strength and adroit-

ness of its flight, as also of the corresponding wing-coloration,

in order by these means to be more or less effectually pro-

tected from a bird that may be seeking for it. Though I am

acquainted with a considerable number of cases which point

to bats as being solely responsible for the destruction of the

moth, I am unable to prove a single instance in which a

Catocala has been killed by a bird during the day. Nor is it

difficult to understand why Catocala is chiefly caught by bats,

for bats hunt in the dark and by ear, and against them

Catocala can only make a partial use of its distracting flight,

while its colour is of no use to it at all.

What has been stated above as to the enemies of Catocala

explains at once the precise kind of region in which existence

is possible for a group of moths of fairly considerable size

and powerful musculature, the members of which sit upon

tree-trunks when at rest and possess mimetic fore wings and

brightly coloured hind wings, the coloration of which plays a

distracting part in connexion with a distracting flight. For

the evolution of a group of moths with the above-mentioned

* Lizards and snakes would also come within the category of insect-

enemies which climb without noise ; but the tree-lizards that inhabit the

region in question are too small and not sufficiently numerous, while the

tree-climbing snakes are incapable of ascending trunks as thick as those

usually chosen by the red Catocala for its resting-place. rf

452 On the Mus orthodon of Hensel.

characteristics—that is to say, the development of the red

species of Catocala—would be simply impossible, firstly in a

region in which a series of foes exists capable of noiselessly

approaching the moth as it rests upon the tree-trunk, and

secondly where, on being pursued, owing to limited space

and in consequence of the absence of a definite perspective,

the insect cannot terminate its distracting flight and turn its

distracting colour to account. To these circumstances is to

be ascribed the fact that the red Catocala is widely distributed

in the Nearctic and Palearctic Regions, but does not occur

in the Tropics. And it appears to be further deserving of

note that in the Neotropical and Australian Regions, which

have an older character, nothing is known of any represen-

tatives of the genus Catocala at all.

A glance at the recent species of Catocala will serve to

confirm the interpretation here given; almost all the red

species of Catocala are moths of a size which the yellow

species of Catocala in most cases fall far short of. The

marking of the red species of Catocala, consisting of two

black transverse bands, is, almost without exception, absolutely

regular in its occurrence, while the yellow species show

manifold modifications. Another interesting fact is that the

orange-coloured species of Catocala are also of large size,

while their marking, which consists of two black transverse

bands, remains more or less constant; in the case of the

yellow species, on the other hand, it is generally only among

the larger representatives that we find the marking in question

regular in its development. At the same time, however, it is

self-evident that local and historical conditions must have

produced a series of modifications both in size as also in

coloration in the case of the red species of Catocala as well ;

in them nevertheless these moditications are, as has already

been mentioned, much less considerable. As a characteristic

representative of the coloration that we have been investi-

gating, Catocala elocata, Esp., may be taken. This species is

one of the largest of the genus Catocala, and at the same

time one of the commonest of Huropean moths.

LII.—On the Mus orthodon of Hensel.

To the Editors of the ‘Annals and Magazine of

Natural History.’

GrnTLEMEN,—In 1900, while preparing a paper for the

P. Z. S. (pp. 887-428) on Mus sylvaticus and its allies, I

had occasion to examine and discuss the Mus orthodon of

Bibliographical Notices. 453

Hensel. Misled by an authority, who shall be nameless,

and by the fact that an important paper by my friend

Dr. Forsyth Major was published in a foreign tongue with

which I was at that time unacquainted, I erroneously con-

cluded that Dr. Forsyth Major considered Mus orthodon to

be a very near ally of Mus sylvaticus. His real opinion,

published in the Proc. Verb. Soc. Tose. Sci. Nat. 1884, was

very different, as he now informs me, and I believe I am

- right in saying that it coincides with that at which I myself

independently arrived in my paper of 1900.

Although, then, no difference of opinion exists between us

on any question of fact, I fear that those who read my paper

might easily conclude otherwise, and they would certainly

gain a false impression—due to my having followed too

blindly the above-mentioned “ authority ??—of the value of

Dr. Forsyth Major’s work. ‘To remove any such misunder-

standings is the object of this letter, an explanation being

clearly due to Dr. Forsyth Major, against whom I can

formulate no complaint more serious than that so many of

his most luminous papers on Palearctic mammalogy should

have been published in foreign journals often not readily

accessible.

I am, yours truly,

G E. H. Barrert-Hamitton.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Economic Resources of the Northern Black Hills, By J. D. Irvine.

With Contributions by S. F. Emmons and T. A. Jacear, Jr.

Pages 222. 4to. Government Printing Office, Washington,

1904.

Tu1s volume, published as “ No. 26” of the “ Professional Papers :

Series A. Economic Geology, 34; B. Descriptive Geology, 38,”

consists of Part I. General Geology, by T. A. Jaggar, pages 17-41;

and Part II. Mining Geology, by J. D. Irving and 8. F. Emmons ;

214 pages, 19 plates, and 15 text-figures. Lastly, the Index,

8 pages.

This is one of the very useful contributions by the U.S. Geological

Survey to the inhabitants of a definite area of the recognizable

features and structure of the land, systematically considered, as well

as of its products and capabilities.

All notices of the Geology of the district already published are

duly mentioned at page 13.

The Black Hills in South Dakota have a dome-like structure of

454 Bibliographical Notices.

strata in successional order from the Alongkian schistose formation

at the base, up to the Benton (Cretaceous) beds at top. Thus

including: (1) the Cambrian (after the Alongkian) ; (2) the Silurian

or Ordovician ; (3) the Carboniferous ; (4) the Permian and doubtful

Triassic ; (5) the Jurassic; and (6) the Cretaceous. There are some

Tertiary and Quaternary deposits, of limited extent, here and there

on the surface.

The succession, chief characters, physical features, and relative

thicknesses of the several formations are given in the diagram at

page 18, and the table, pages 20 & 21; giving for these

superincumbent formations an aggregate thickness of more than

2000 feet.

These are more or less completely traversed by intrusive igneous

rocks, chiefly porphyritic, in dikes and sills, with laccolites. The

intrusions were probably made in the Eocene period. But the

general uprise of the area was not caused by the forcible addition

of the porphyries and their associated intrusive rocks, but by other

earlier and different crush-movements, intimately connected with

the great movements that elevated the Bighorn Range and

the Rocky Mountains. Many sections well show the extent of

erosion, exposing both the sedimentary and the igneous rocks, and

their local features; also the particular erush-breccias of certain

old limestones. Careful calculations are made as to the formerly

superincumbent formations ; also as to the probable order of events,

and the local results of movements in the various schists and

limestones.

The descriptive Geology of the mining districts (p. 33) treats

concisely of certain sections :—(I.) in the Alongkian Schists near

Homestake and Clover-leaf mines; (II.) in the Lower Palzozoic

Rocks, (1st) on the railroad near Terry Peak, (2nd) near Englewood

in the Eo-Cambrian limestone, and (3rd) on the Bear-Butte Creek

near the town of Galena; (III.) The Tertiary and Quaternary

deposits are not metalliferous, but some of the ‘ancient stream-

gravels may contain placer gold, but they have not been worked to

any extent, as compared with the gravels of the present gulches”

(p. 41).

Part II. Mining Geology begins with the gold-ore of the

Alongkian rocks in the Homestake and Clover-leaf mines (pages 55-

94), treating in full of their history, development, geological features,

and the metbod of working; also of the character and constitution

of the ores and their associated rocks and minerals, and of the

probable order of deposition and metamorphism. ‘Traces of copper

are noticed in the schists at City Creek and Deadwood Hill.

The ore-deposits in the Cambrian rocks of the North Black Hills

(page 98, &c.) are considered both generally and in detail. Of late

years they have given an aggregate output nearly equal to that of the

Homestake Mine. They are the Gold and Silver ores of the Cam-

brian basal conglomerates (pages 104, &c.), the ‘ Refractory Siliceous

Rocks ”’ (page 101, &c.), the Tungsten ores ‘page 162, &c.), and the

Lead and Silver ores (page 169, &c.). The very interesting account

Bibliographical Notices. 455

of the position, characters, and origin of the “ Refractory Siliceous

Ores” is full of information as to discovery, exploitation, extent,

characters, and the value of the several bodies of ore in the Bald

Mountain area (with its subordinate districts), also in the Garden,

Lead, Yellow Creek, and Squaw Creek areas.

The component minerals of these bodies of ore are quartz,

chalcedonic silica, pyrite, arsenpyrite, barite, fluorite, gypsum,

stibnite, and uranium-mica; but they exhibit considerable variations,

due to local alterations and rearrangements of constituents. The

methods of mining and treatment of the ores are referred to at

page 160.

‘The production of these Cambrian Siliceous ores in the North

Black Hills, in 1897, has been reported as amounting to $2.164.287.58

(page 117). The ore-bodies (or “‘shoots”) occur as more or less

banded masses, with a “ channel-like” form, nearly parallel to the

bedding-planes of the strata in which they are found, and are thick

in the centre with vertical extensions, and thin at the periphery.

Their origin is probably due to the passage of mineral waters along

the planes of bedding, and in very numerous cross-fractures, giving

rise also to extensive mineralization of the neighbouring (‘ country”)

rocks. The text-figures at pages 126, 132, and 157, as well as

plates xi. to xvii., are especially illustrative of these “ Refractory

Siliceous ores.” The reason for the name here given to them is

explained at page 111.

Towa Geological Survey.—Vol. XIV. Annual Report, 1903, with

Accompanying Papers. Samurt Catvix, A.M., Ph.D., State

Geologist. T.Savaen, Assistant State Geologist. With 664 pages,

38 plates, and 132 text-figures. Des Moines, Iowa Geological

Survey, 1904.

Tur mineral products of Iowa are generalized at pages 9-26, with

their localities according to Counties, and with the relative value of

the coal, clay, stone, gypsum, lead, zinc, and limestone. Of these

the clays are the most important; and a full account of the clay

industries in the State constitutes the main subject of this useful

volume.

Pages 29-348 treat of the “ Technology of Clay.” This abundant

hydrous silicate of alumina originates in the decomposition of the

felspar in granite and other rocks ; and, being distributed by rain,

river, and sea, is ultimately collected by nature in various modes

and conditions, known to geologists generally, and practically to

agriculturalists, civil engineers, and makers of pottery and other

ceramic ware. For them this chapter proceeds to treat in detail of

the origin and natural history of clay, how it is got, how prepared,

and of its economic uses. The physical properties and consequent

characters of clay are described ; and chemical analyses, both of the

raw andthe burnt material, aregiven. Thus the relative fineness of

grain in the fresh clay (p. 116) is very important in judging the

probable results in proposed manufacture of any kind of brick, tile,

456 Bibliographical Notices.

or pottery, since the various physical conditions directly influence

its fusibility.

Chapter LV. describes processes in the manufacture of clay-wares.

Firstly, the method of getting and preparing the raw material

(pp. 148-184) ; with illustrations of machinery and apparatus. The

making of bricks, tiles, pipes, and pottery follows; with remarks

on glazings (pp. 185-234). The methods of drying, heating, and

burning are described, with notes on fuel and the types of kilns.

Chapter V., “ The Chemistry of Clays” (pp. 322-345), gives the

methods, results, and value of different analytical processes; the

quantitative analyses of samples from seventy-two places in the

State are tabulated, pp. 344 & 345. Chapter VI. (pp. 347-376)

is concerned with the ‘ Selection, Installation, and Care of Plant

Power,” giving clear and useful reports on the engines, boilers, and

associated machinery used in the clay-works—how they should be

chosen, fixed, and utilized to the best advantage. With several

illustrative plates and diagrams.

Chapter VII. (pp. 379-534), “ The Geology of Clay,” deals with

the topographical and geological distribution of clays and shales in

Towa. Plate I. defines the 101 Counties of the State. Plate LI.

shows the outcrop of nine regular geological formations, with a

N.W.-S.E. strike and a general N.E. dip. Plate ILI. indicates

the distribution of seven superficial Drift-deposits and 220 localities

of special clay-pits.

The Map, PI. IL., recognizes the Cretaceous (see also p. 409), the

Carboniferous (Missourian, Des-Moines, Mississippian), Devonian

(p. 325), Silurian, Ordovician, Cambrian, and Alongkian Formations.

At pages 403 &c., after a notice of the Devonian Shales, the Lower

Carboniferous series, including the Kinderhook shales, are described

as being of some value. Inthe Upper Carboniferous (pp. 410-549),

including the Coal-measures, argillaceous beds, especially the fire-

clays, are very valuable and extensive. ‘These fire-clays or under-

clays (pages 411 &e., also p. 325), because of their having lost (by

leaching chiefly) most of their original alkaline constituents, do not

readily fuse, and, being resistant to fire, are well-known as “ fire-

clays.” The characters and uses of these and other clays are carefully

noticed according to localities and Counties. The seventy illustra-

tions (in plates and text-figures) given for the geological sections,

the local works, machinery, and apparatus, are of first-rate quality,

and fit well into their right places, both for artistic and economic

effect. This may also be said of the numerous other illustrations in

the volume, enhancing its value to all engaged in scientific studies

or business pursuits concerned with the handling of clays or with

the trading of its products.

The larger portion of the north-western third of the State of lowa

consists geologically of Cretaceous deposits (p. 509). In the upper

series argillaceous beds predominate, and near the top the marls and

limestones of the Niobrara Chalk appear. In the ‘ Lowa Geological

Survey,’ vol. iii. 185, this formation and its fossils were reported

on; and its Foraminifera were especially noticed in the ‘ Geological

Magazine,’ 1895, pp. 425-428.

Bibliographical Notices, 457

Pleistocene deposits, of glacial origin (Drift, &c.), cover almost all

the surface of the State, with varying depth to as much as 300 feet,

forming most of the landscape features, except where older rocks

give rise to larger hills and valleys. The Drift is a heterogeneous

series of boulder-beds, gravel-trains, and “ more or less sorted over-

wash.” Nearly structureless deposits of Loess (sands, silts, and

clays) occur in the Eastern Counties, and supply abundant material

ready for the clay-works. In most of the Drifts, however, the stones,

boulders, and pebbles give trouble, and, like the many calcareous

concretions, have to be eliminated in preparation for manufacture.

Seven areas of Drift on the map (PI. ILL.) are referred to five out-

spread sheets. Reckoning from above downwards, they are the

Wisconsin and its Moraine, the Iowan, the Loess, the Illinoian and

its Moraine, and the Kansan. At pages 525-554, however, they

are described according to the Counties, and from below upwards, as

follows: the Pre-Kansan or Albertan of Canada, the Kansan,

Illinoian, Iowan, the Loess, and the Red Clay or Gambo.

Chapter VIII.—“ Test of Clay-Products” is the subject of

pages 538-620 : different kinds of test, and different kinds of bricks,

common, hollow, and paving, tested by crushing, breaking, by

absorption, freezing and thawing; followed by a comparison and

summary of tests, with many tables and good diagrams. A

Directory of 294 Iowa clay-workers, arranged in Counties alpha-

betically (pp. 623-642), generally indicates the firm, the locality of

the works, the material used, its geological age, where obtained, the

plan of drying, kind of kilns, and the products. An Index of eight

pages, but not very perfect, completes the volume.

Maryland Geological Survey. Miocene. [Part 1.] Text: pages elv

and 543, with Platesi-ix. [Part II.] Plates x.-exxxy. 8vo.

Baltimore. The Johns-Hopkins Report, 1904.

Tun State of Maryland, occupying a district between the Alle-

ghanies and the Atlantic, and intersected by two great and broad-

mouthed rivers, the Potomac and Chesapeake, has a general slope

from west to east. Its surface is regarded by naturalists as divisible

at the Apalachian region, the Piedmont plateau, and the Coastal

plain, each of them continuing through the adjacent States of

Delaware and Virginia, and thus constituting the ‘‘ Middle Atlantic

Slope,” which comprises in its geology and mineral resources much

that is typical of the entire Atlantic border region (page wviv), A

portion only of the coastal plain in Eastern Maryland is here

described with the Mid-Tertiary or Miocene strata, of which the

surface is mainly composed. These strata and their fossils have

largely attracted the attention of American geologists and others

for two centuries and more according to the Bibliography at

pages wl—laiv, including the earlier sporadic notices and the more

recent systematic and well-nigh exhaustive treatises.

The relation of the Tertiary deposits of the Coastal Plains to the

belt of crystalline rocks in the Piedmont plateau and to the inter-

yening limited series of Secondary strata is referred to (page wut).

458 Bibliographical Notices.

Of the latter the Potomac group is the chief mass, consisting of six

or seven formations. Its lower portion is decidedly of marine

origin and of Cretaceous age, extending northward to New Jersey.

Overlying these are some Kocene formations (Nanjemoy and

Aquia). ‘They are succeeded on the south-east by the Miocene

deposits, formerly known as the Chesapeake group, but now divided

by the State Geological Survey into three well-defined formations—

‘*the Calvert, Chaptank, and St. Mary’s.”

The Chesapeake group consists of variously coloured clays and

sands, sometimes fully charged with shells; especially when

comminuted; these form limestone ledges. The lower part of the

Calvert series is rich in Diatomaceous beds, in places 20-40 feet

thick.

Gravel, sand, and clay, probably of Pliocene age, are noticed in

Maryland. Later deposits of the mid-Atlantic slope, known as the

Columbia group, of Pleistocene age, have been divided by the

Geological Survey into three divisions ; the oldest of these, namely

the Sunderland, consists of gravel, clay, and loam, with ice-borne

boulders on the highest lands on the west shore of Chesapeake Bay.

The Wicomico in formation is similar to the Sunderland and skirts

the high-land capped by the former. The Talbot, somewhat similar

in formation, occupies the low level of the Coastal plain, seldom

rising above 40 feet. It has much peat and boulders and larger

areal extent than other Pleistocenes.

The continuous examination of the fine series of fossiliferous

strata has been well carried out, and its various characters have

been studied both individually and in relation with similar geolo-

gical formations in other parts of the world.

The different areas of local seas during the great period defined

as the Miocene or Mid-Tertiary, their shifting coasts, varied sea-

bottoms and faunal characters, and their successive climatic changes

can be fairly well indicated by geologists careful in work and in

arriving at philosophical conclusions. This aspect of the subject

is elaborated by W. H. Dall and others at pages crxwiv-clv, on the

basis of the comprehensive tabular lists of the Maryland species,

according to local distribution, at pages wciv-caxi, and of the

Mollusca alone in their general geographical and geological distri-

bution (pages cvviv-cavavir).

The systematic paleontology of the Miocene formation of

Maryland is very fully described and illustrated in Part II., pages

1-508, with 132 plates and some figures in the text, Scrupulous

exactitude appears to have been the rule in both descriptions and

drawings, and so abundant and so excellent are the figures that

they may serve the student with materials sufficient (with some

groups of fossils) to make him well acquainted with the facies of

generic and even specific groups. For fossil Vertebrata (Mammalia,

Aves, Reptilia, and Pisces) see plates 10-32; Cirripedia, pls. 33,

34; Ostracoda, pls. 35-38 ; one Cephalopod and many Gasteropods,

pls. 89-63; Amphineura and Scaphopoda, 1 plate; Pelecypoda,

pls. 65-108 ; one Brachiopod and many Bryozoa and one Spirorbis,

Bibliograph ical Notices, 459

pls. 109-118; Echinodermata, pls. 119, 120; Hydrozoa, pl. 121 ;

Anthozoa, pls. 122-129; Radiolaria, pl. 130; Foraminifera,

pls. 131-133; and Diatomace, pls. 134, 135.

The conclusion drawn by W. H. Dall, Part I. page cl, is that the

Miocene of South Europe has a rather more tropical character than

that of Maryland. It is known that a northern fauna invaded the

Miocene area in Europe ; but in the Atlantic region the Chesapeake

formations show that, after an elevation of land and a somewhat

warmer climate, the tropical current was modified and more

temperate conditions prevailed at the end of the Miocene period.

The geological map of the Miocene formations in Maryland

and eight plates (in Part I.) of good photographic views of

local Miocene sections, are useful adjuncts to this interesting

work ; and the same may be said of the full Index, divided into

“general” and “ paleontological,” at pages 509-543 of the same

Part I.

J. H. Fasre. Souvenirs Entomologiques. Etudes sur V Instinet

et les Noces des Insectes. (Neuviéme Série.) 8vo. Paris [1905].

Pp. 374.

Here we have another volume of interesting natural history

romance (‘“ Wahrheit und Dichtung”) from an elegant French

writer, who reminds us somewhat of Alphonse Karr, but is at the

same time a trained and excellent naturalist, whose observations

are always of great interest and value. There is nothing dry or

technical in the writings of Fabre, and they might be read and

appreciated for their delightful style by anyone who can read

French.

The present volume, however, contains less matter than usual

relating to insects in the strict; sense; only the last two of the

twenty-five chapters are devoted to the pretty Coccid, Dorthesia

characias, Latr., which is found on Huphorbia (other species of

the genus are found in Britain on nettle), and to the kermes of the

Ilex, The rest of the volume, exclusive of chapters 13 and 14,

“ Souvenirs mathématiques,” which contain general dissertations,

with which Fabre likes to vary his scientific writings, are devoted

almost entirely to Arachnida: spiders and scorpions, especially the

Lycosa of Narbonne, Epetra fasciata, Clotho Darandi, and the

scorpion of Languedoc (Scorpio occitanus). There are a few illustra-

tions in the text— La promenade & deux,” on p. 305, representing

a pair of scorpions walking hand-in-hand, being perhaps the most

noteworthy. The first volume only of this series has yet been

translated into English; but Fabre is an author whose works lose

so much in translation that it is far better, for those who are able,

to read them in the original, for they are as good literature as good

science,

460 Geological Socrety.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

February 1st, 1905.—J. E. Marr, Sce.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘On the Sporangium-like Organs of Glossopteris Browniana

D D5 4 ’

Brongn.’ By HE. A. Newell Arber, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S.

It has been discovered that some specimens from New South

Wales, on which numerous and well-preserved scale-fronds of

Glossopteris occur, also exhibit impressions of groups of minute

bodies, not unlike the sporangia of certain recent and extinct Ferns

and Cycads. The new organs are elliptical in shape, and measure from

1-2 to 1-5 millimetres along the major axis. They are hollow, sac-

like structures, which open or dehisce longitudinally. Unfortunately,

no trustworthy evidence can be obtained as to their contents. The

fact that they have never been found, except in the closest asso-

ciation with the scale-leaves of Glossopteris, is regarded as an

indication that they may be attributed to that genus; and this

conclusion is supported by the direct evidence of some of the scale-

fronds, which show scars of attachment and fragments of the sac-

like bodies still apparently in continuity. While, in the absence of

recognition of spores, it is impossible to be quite certain that these

sac-like bodies are really sporangia, there is much to be said in

favour of this conclusion. The fact that they were probably borne

on the scale-fronds in sorus-like groups, and that in size, shape,

and mode of dehiscence they are not unlike the sporangia of certain

recent and fossil plants, supports this view. The closest analogy

may probably be found in the microsporangia of Cycads, which are

also exannulate.

An historical sketch is given of the present evidence on the

subject of the fructification of Glossopteris ; and it is shown that no

sporangia have so far been found, and that such evidence as has

been put forward as to the occurrence of sori on the larger fronds

is not altogether satisfactory. It is pointed out that, if the present

conclusion be correct (that the sporangia were borne on the smaller

scale-fronds), Glossopteris cannot be included in any recent family

of the true Ferns. Although the affinities of this genus are still

doubtful, the creation of a new family may not be inadvisable.

Geological Soctety.— Miscellaneous. AGB1

March 8th, 1905.—J. KE. Marr, Sc.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘Observations on some of the Loxonematid, with Descriptions

of two New Species.’ By Miss Jane Donald.

Shells having more convex whorls, or less sigmoidal lines of

growth than Z. sinuosum, cannot be left within the genus Lowonema.

The two new species described resemble the type in form and in the

sinuosity of the lines of growth; but the whorls are ornamented with

spiral strie, two of which frequently stand out and give the shell a

banded appearance. Both species are of Silurian age: one was

obtained from the Aymestry Limestone near Ledbury, and from

beds of about the same age at Llangadock ; and the other from the

Wenlock Limestone, Dudley.

2. ‘On some Gasteropoda from the Silurian Rocks of Llan-

gadock (Caermarthenshire).’ By Miss Jane Donald.

These fossils occur almost entirely in the state of casts and moulds.

Eleven distinct forms have been made out, referable to seven genera;

but only seven are sufficiently well-preserved for specific determina-

tion. Five of these are new, including one described in the previous

communication; a new genus is described, for the reception of

Euomphalus funatus. The first species described comes nearest to

examples placed in the genus Plethospira, as represented by Pl. Semele,

with which it might be placed in a new subgenus. Three other

species, including two new ones, resemble shells referred to Bemboscia.

The three species are turriculated, and the band is situated on the

angle of the whorls, a little distance above the suture. The specimens

described come from the horizons of the Upper Llandovery, the

Wenlock, the Lower Ludlow (including the Aymestry Limestone),

and the Upper Ludlow.

MISCELLANEOUS.

The Generic Names given by Frisch in 1775.

By Ovprietp THomas and Gerrit 8. Mirier, Jun.

Tur excessively rare ‘Natur-System der vierfiissigen Thiere’*,

published by Frisch in 1775, appears to have remained quite

* ‘Das Natur-System der vierfiissigen Thiere, in Tabellen, darinnen

alle Ordnungen, Geschlechte und Arten, nicht nur mit bestimmenden

Benennungen, sondern beygesetzten unterscheidenden Kennzeichen

angezeigt werden, zum Nutzen der erwachsenen Schuljugend,’ yon J. L.

Frisch. Glogau, 1776.

462 Miscellaneous.

unnoticed, so far as nomenclature is concerned, until 1902, when

Sherborn, in the ‘Index Animalium,’ declared it to be a non-binomial

work. Two years later Palmer, apparently overlooking Sherborn’s

statement, included about a dozen Frisch names in the ‘Index

Generum Mammalium,’ whence a few have recently been introduced

into the nomenclature of mammals. But that this course is quite

unjustifiable seems to us evident after carefully examining a copy of

Frisch’s book which Mr. Sherborn has kindly placed at our disposal.

The work appears to have been intended primarily as a text-book

for pupils in natural history. It deals with mammals and reptiles

only, twenty-three pages being devoted to the former, seven to the

latter. These animals are arranged according to a classification

based on that of Klein, but containing so many new features that

its author did not feel at liberty to connect with it the name of

“the great Pliny of Danzig.” Three categories are recognized—

“ Societas,” ‘* Genus,” and ‘‘ Species,’—and under each category

the names, German and Latin, are arranged column-wise, three

columns to a page. The following are a few examples :—-

Societas. Genus. Species.

Bovina. 1. Bos, der Ochs. 1. Bos vulgaris, gemeiner Ochs.

Ochsenartige.

Ovina. 1. Ovis communis, 1. Ovis vulgaris, gemein Wollen-

Schafartige. gemein Schaf. Schaf.

Tragelaphina. 5, Bubalis, 1. Buselaphus, der Bubalis, der

Gazellenartige. der Stierhirsch. Alten.

8. Tragulus, 1. Guevi, Rehzieglein von Akra.

das Rehzieglein. 2. Guevi Kagor, von Sennegall.

9. Lragus moschifer, Tragus moschifer, Muskusthier.

Muskusbock.

Rhinocerotina. 1. Rhinoceros, Monoceros, et Bi- 1. Rhinoceros unicornis, Nashorn

Nashornartige. cornis, Nashorn mit einem oder mit einem Horn.

2 Hornern.

Felina. 5. Leo, der Liéwe; Leena, die Li- Es sind zwey Rassen yom Lowen.

Katzenartige. winn.

In an unpaged table at the end the whole of the system is

repeated, this time classified into Ordines, Gentes, Societates, and

Genera, the species not being mentioned. The generic names used

in this table are quite commonly different from those in the main

part of the work, and many of them are again double (e. g. Tatu

Armadillus, Araneus mus) or otherwise technically impossible.

At first sight the majority of the names in the second and third

columns of the paged part and in the table at the end have an

attractively Linnean appearance, but on reading the work con-

secutively it becomes evident that those in the third column have

no invariable relation to those in the second, while among the

latter we find such irregularities that all illusion of binomialism

quickly disappears. As names for genera we find such compound

Miscellaneous. 463

terms as “ Ovis communis,” “ Ovis auribus pendentibus,’ “ Tragus

moschifer,” ‘* Mus araneus,” and ‘ Phoca ursus”: while for others

there are alternative names, as ‘“‘ Papio, Pavianus, der Pavian” ;

“‘ Cercopitheca oder Cercopithecus, auch Cebus”; ‘ Phoca minor,

Canis marinus, Seehund” ; ‘* Phoca major, Leo marinus, Seclowe” ;

“ Bos marinus, Vacca marina, der See Ochs oder die See Kuh” ;

“‘ Catus, Felis, der Kater, die Katze”; ‘“‘ Leo, der Lowe, Leena, die

Lowinn.” It seems unnecessary to cite further instances to show

that this system of naming is hopelessly non-Linnean. What

Frisch apparently intended to do was merely to supply his pupils

with Latin equivalents for German vernacular terms; but of the

essential principles of binomial nomenclature he had not the least

idea *.

While we therefore unhesitatingly reject as untenable all of the

names applied to genera + in this work, the circumstances are such

that it seems desirable to publish a complete list of them.

List of Names applied to Genera by Frisch.

MAMMALIA,

1. Equus. Asinus. Bos. Urus. Bubalus. Ovis communis. Ovis auri-

bus pendentibus. Ovis montana. Ovis strepsiceros. Caper. Ibex.

2. Gacella. Adaces. Antilopes. Rupicapra. Bubalis. Cudus. Grimms.

Tragulus. Tragus moschifer. Camelopardalis.

8. Cervus. Dama. Alce. Rangifer. Capreolus. Porcus. Macro-

cephalus. Tagassu. Babirussa.

4. Elephas. Equus Niloticus. ‘Tapirussa. Rhinoceros, Monoceros, &

Bicornis. Camelus, Lama.

5. Tamandua. Quaggelo. Tatu. Erinaceus.

6. Talpa. Mus araneus. Marsupiale. Volucre.

7. Vespertilio. Mus. Rattus.

8. Glis. Sciurus.

9. Cayia. Lepus. Marmota.

10. Castor. Hystrix.

11. Mustela. Putorius. Ichnevmon. Martes.

12. Catus, Felis. Linx. Panthera.

13. Tigris. Leo.

14, Canis. Lupus.

15. Hyena. Vulpes.

16. Coati. Meles. Cibeticum.

17. Lutra. Gulo.

18. Ursus.

19. Tardigradus, Tardipes. Papio, Pavianus.

20, Cercopitheca oder Cercopithecus.

21. Simia.

* Or, if he had any clear notion of it, he deliberately rejected the

system. ‘ Des grossen schwedischen Naturforschers Ritter v. Linné seine

weitliutige und priichtige Systemen, welche er so oft verindert, waren,

nach meiner Einsicht, zu meiner Arbeit unbequem,” he remarks in his

preface (p. ii), and the observation is amply justified.

+ No one bas suggested that the specitic names are valid, and, in fact,

their status is too evident to require any discussion.

46 t Miscellaneous.

22. Phoca minor, Canis marinus. Phoca major, Leo marinus. Phoea ursus,

ursus marinus.

23. Rosmarus. Bos marinus, Vacca marina.

REpPrivia.

24. Testudo digitata. Testudo alata digitis alatis. Orocodilus.

25, Caimanus.

26. Lacerta, Lacertus.

27. Guana, Iguan. Salamandrina. Salamandra. Stellio, Jekko.

28, Cordylus, Uromastix. Scincus. Chalcis, Seps, auch Putria. Chamzleo.

29. Rana.

30. Bufo.

The Secondary Appendage of the Upper Antenne as a Character

in the Amphipoda. By Aurrep O. WALKER.

From the time of Leach (1815) the presence or absence of an

appendage to the upper antenne in the Amphipoda has been used

as a character to separate not only species but genera and families.

As long as the antenne were not examined too closely, and no

notice was taken of the appendage in a rudimentary condition, the

practice worked fairly well, though open to the objection that the

antennse are more often missing in an Amphipod in spirit than any

other part. But when, in consequence of the discovery by Stebbing

of the appendage in certain species of Metopa in the ‘ Challenger ’

Collection (all from one locality), Della Valle, regardless of the fact

that in most species of this genus no appendage has been found,

places two genera so nearly allied as Stenothoé and Metopa in

different families, it is time to enter a protest. Even as a specific

character the appendage is unsatisfactory. Young specimens often

have fewer joints in it than adults, and in Hlasmopus sokotre,

Walker, all the males examined had the appendage, while the

females were without it.

The question has been forced on my notice by the examination

of a species of Iphimedia in the ‘ Discovery’ Collection. A young

specimen, 15 mm. long, has a secondary appendage which is rather

conspicuous, being half as long as the second joint of the flagellum ;

while in another specimen from the same tube, but double the size,

the appendage is reduced to the most rudimentary condition. The

species is in every other respect a typical /phimedia ; yet, according

to G. O. Sars’s definition of the family Iphimedide, the immature

form does not belong to it!

In conclusion, while we can hardly afford to dispense altogether

with the appendage in our diagnoses of species, yet I submit it

should be used with caution and only when it is conspicuous; a

difference in the number of joints should not be considered sufficient

to constitute a distinct species.

Ulecombe Place, Maidstone.

July 15, 1905.

Ant.& Mag. Nat.Hist.5.7. Vol XVI_Pi Xi.

ph.i-5. hyd. ph.-e2 x.

Henderson del. B.&.D.04imp. J.Green lith.

Ann .& Mag. Nat. Hist 1S. 7; Vol XVI

——

BES ey, “5

LOS

‘al tat! ich {

Lib Sos 8

om ety S

{Ba

Henderson del B.& D.14 imp J.Green th.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 95. NOVEMBER 1905.

LIII.—Descriptions and Records of Bees.—V.

By T. D. A. Cockrrett, University of Colorado.

Exonevra, Smith.

Abdomen black ; face with a large cream-coloured

Maher ee nes So Gietete et ala ey eer epiiare’se a Tapanw eras Neko ease S botanica, Ckll.

PAU OMNIA Ups eee eve et Waa Pee aisle at ceed Ne if

1. Face entirely dark; size small, length 4mm. .. Froggattit, Friese.

Face with at least a light streak; size larger .. 2.

2. Second abdominal segment with a black patch ;

face with an anchor-shaped cream-coloured

PERE Na a ee recat it racers o Soa hamulata, Ckll.

Second abdominal segment without a black patch ;

face with only a yellow streak.............. bicolor, Smith.

Allied to E. hamulata, but smaller, and with

MUElloWeINNerclasitss iss cakes che toe oe fae tau, Ckll.

Ezxoneura bicolor, Smith.

Franklin and Hobart, Tasmania (J. J. Walker, 3481, 3246,

3248).

Ezoneura Froggattii, Friese.

Moss Bay, 13. 12. 1893 (Froggatt). Two specimens.

Exoneura botanica, sp. n.

? .—Length about 44 mm.

Black, including abdomen ; hind margins of abdominal

segments reddish, especially the third and following ones ;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 31

466 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

tarsi dull red, as also are the anterior tibie, and an apical

patch on the middle and hind ones; face narrow, the orbits

converging below; an elongated depression at each side of

the antenne; clypeus with a very broad cream-coloured

band, broadest above, with a sudden enlargement something

like the head of a nail; mesothorax smooth and shining ;

tegule margined with reddish. Wings dull hyaline,

iridescent ; stigma and nervures very dark brown. The

tubercles are cream-coloured.

Hab. Botany, New South Wales, 12.10. 1893 (W. W.

Froggatt, 192).

EHxoneura hamulata, sp. n.

? .—Length about 62 mm.

Head and thorax shining black; abdomen chestnut-red

(a rather darker shade than that of dicolor), the first two

segments each with a large black discal patch; legs red, the

coxe, trochanters, aud greater part of the femora black ; hind

tibiee and tarsi with coarse abundant reddish bristles, rufo-

fuscous on the outer side. Head Jarge, face broad, clypeal

cream-coloured band suddenly broadened above, with a sharp

hook on each side. Wings yellowish; stigma and nervures

dark ferruginous, the stigma varying to lighter. The

apical part of the abdomen is roughened, as usual in the

genus.

Hab. Moss Bay, Australia, 13. 12.1893 (W. W. Froggatt).

Two specimens.

Evoneura tau, sp. 0.

Similar to /. hamulata, but smaller (length of anterior

wing 4mm.) ; second submarginal cell much smaller ; clypeal

stripe narrow, with a short cross-bar at the top, which is not

at all hooked ; tubercles yellow. By the light tubercles it

resembles only L. botanica, but that has a black abdomen, dark

stigma, and the clypeal stripe very much broader. /. Frog-

gattii has the comparatively small second submarginal cell,

but that is a much smaller insect.

Hab. Moss Bay, Australia, 13. 12. 1893 (W. W. Froggatt).

It bears the collector’s number 177.

Unfortunately the single example had the abdomen broken

off in transit, and the two basal segments are missing.

Apis mellifera, L.

Perth, W. Australia (H. W. J. Turner) ; Hobart, Tasmania

(J. J. Walker, 3216).

Records of Bees. 467

ProsopPis.

The species discussed below may be separated as follows :—

Abdomen wholly or largely red .............. Le

Abdomen black (in one species reddish black) .. 5.

Abdomen blue; size very small .............. 8.

. Legs, except coxe, entirely bright yellow; scutel-

lum and postscutellum yellow .............. sydneyana, Ckll.

Legs not so; scutellum and postscutellum not

LOI oper she erate tey recs ee SAE afc a oes Shes evehers oles aves 2.

. Mesothorax and scutellum red ...........0.00 lateralis, Smith.

Mesothorax and scutellum black ............-. 3.

. Apical half of abdomen dark fuscous .......... constricta, Ckll.

Apical half of abdomen red like the basal half.. 4

HUprachypeal mark PrOsenh 6.02. ese. acs eens coronata, Ckll.

Supraclypeal mark absent................205- subplebeia, Cll.

. Large and robust, about 12 mm. long ; scutellum

witha lish patel: 222i)... % sie s)eleleysisyy eae 6 percrassa, Ckll.

Much smaller; scutellum whoily black........ 6.

. Yellow of prothorax confined to tubercles, face

yellow nearly up to level of antenne ........ hobartiana, Ckll.

Yellow of prothorax not confined to tubercles .. 7.

Bilarger? clypous blacke! o)).. 0 tiods «a 1a sios0 Bet = amicula, Smith, °.

Smaller; face all yellow below antennz; abdo-

Ret ReU Ish lala ae. aca ciel yala toler ste aa> ois a primulipicta, Ckll.

. Face blue or greenish blue, without light

HET EMSS ion ooh A ebb Dr oneobe nubs solver oer baudinensis, Ckll.

Face with cream-coloured laterai marks ...... albonitens, Ckll., 2.

Prosopis albonitens, Ckll.

The female is like the male, except for the usual sexual

differences. The clypeus is green, and the scape is slender

and dark.

Queensland (Gilbert Turner, Ridg. 11. 93, 712).

Prosopis amicula, Smith.

Queensland (Gilbert Turner, Ridg. 620). One ?, about

6 mm. long.

The basal area of metathorax is irregularly ridged and

bounded by a rim.

Prosopis lateralis, Smith.

Queensland (Gilbert Turner, Ridg. 11. 93, 858).

9? .—The hind tibia has a creamy-white subbasal annulus.

Base of metathorax dull and granular.

Prosopis sydneyana, sp. 0.

g —Length about 6 mm.

Head and thorax black, with yellow markings ; abdomen

468 Nir: SA Cockerell— Descriptions and

with the first two segments red, the others reddish black,

the third red basally at the sides; legs bright yellow.

Face produced, the clypeus prolonged and the malar

space quite large; face below antenne, labrum, and

mandibles bright chrome-yellow; the yellow extends

upwards in the middle line, gradually narrowing, to the

middle ocellus ; laterally, along the orbital margins, it extends

about as far, but ends more bluntly ; ; cheeks entirely black ;

scape yellow, swollen ; flagellum light ferruginous ‘beneath,

darker above ; mesothorax minutely but distinctly and rather

closely punctured; scutellum, postscutellum, collar, tubercles,

tegulee, and a band on each lateral margin of mesothorax bright

yellow ; area of metathorax with regular longitudinal basal

ridges, terminated by a transverse ridge, while at the sides a

curved ridge bounds a larger area. Wings clear hyaline,

iridescent; stigma honey-colour with a narrow fuscous

margin ; nervures fuscous; second s.m. very much broader

than high; first r. n. joining apex of first s.m.; abdomen

punctate.

Hab. Syduey, New South Wales, 1891 (IW. W. Froggatt,

28).

Prosopis constricta, sp. 0.

¢ .— Length about 5 mm.

Head and thorax black, dull, the vertex and meso-

thorax with close minute punctures; abdomen with the

first two segments red, the rest dark fuscous, the fuscous

extending on to the apical part of the second segment.

Clypeus, labrum, and mandibles dull white, the white of

the clypeus notched or constricted just above the middle

by a black spot on each side; no supraclypeal mark ;

lateral marks grey, extending very narrowly some distance

above the antenne; scape rather broad, whitish in

front; flagellum thick, hght ferruginous beneath, greyish

fuscous above, the last joint pointed; sides of collar and

tubercles brownish white ; tegule light brown with a white

spot; area of metathorax semicircular, bounded by a rim,

but not definitely ridged except in the middle, where there

is a strong longitudinal ridge, with a weak one on each

side of it. Wings hyaline and iridescent, nervures and

stigma fuscous; second s.m. comparatively short (narrow),

receiving the first r. n. a short distance from its base, and

the second at its extreme apex. Femora dark brown, the

anterior knees pallid; anterior tibize light amber-colour,

with a fuscous spot behind; middle tibiz light in front and

dark behind, except at extreme apex and base; hind tibize

Records of Bees. 469

dark brown with the base broadly white; tarsi yellowish

white, the hind tarsi fuscous beyond the first jomt ; abdomen

narrow, the punctures so fine as to be hardly visible with a

lens.

Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner, Ridg. 10. 91, 708).

Prosopis coronata, sp. 0.

3g .—Similar to P. constricta, but differing thus : clypeus

and lateral face-marks white, suffused with light red ; clypeus

hardly constricted by the black spots, which are minute;

supraclypeal mark present, large, nearly all lght red,

tridentate above, having the appearance of a crown; antenne

entirely clear red, the flagellum scarcely darkened above,

the last joint not so pointed ; collar and tubercles entirely

black ; tegule fuscous, without a white spot; area of meta-

thorax without a median keel, but with strong, oblique,

lateral keels; middle tibize not light in front, except at apex ;

hind tibize without any distinct white base ; abdomen broader,

entirely clear bright red.

Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner, Ridg. 11. 91, 707).

Prosopis subplebeia, sp. n.

.—Similar to P. coronata, but differing thus: no supra-

clypeal mark ; clypeus without red, except a little well-defined

patch on each side ; lateral marks grey ; scape with a cream-

coloured patch in front ; collar with a yellowish streak on

each side, and a small light mark on tubercles ; tegule with

a whitish spot ; area of metathorax more regularly sculptured,

the fine lateral keels numerous and regular, and the median

area well ridged ; apex of abdomen somewhat infuscated.

This species is curiously intermediate between coronata and

constricta, but nearest to the former, and apparently distinct.

Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner, Ridg. 11. 91, 707).

The collector apparently regarded this and the last as one

species, as he gave them the same number; but the absence

of a supraclypeal mark and decidedly different sculpture of

the metathorax seem to indicate a different species.

Prosopis percrassda, sp. ni.

? .—Length about 12 mm.

Robust, black, strongly punctured; clypeus _ striato-

punctate, with a short groove on each side; no light

face marks, except a dark red spot between the antenne ;

470 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

mesothorax shining between the punctures; disk of

scutellum shining, with the punctures sparse though

large; area of metathorax triangular, with a densely

punctate median area, but otherwise smooth and shining,

posteriorly produced and obtusely angulate; the area is

not bounded by any rim, but sharply by the cessation of

the dense punctures which cover the rest of the metathorax;

a stripe on each side of collar, large spot on tubercles,

triangular spot on the piccous or black tegulz, spot on axille,

large triangular mark on middle of scutellum, and wedge-

shaped mark on middle of postscutellum, all cream-colour,

some of them brighter than others; lateral margins of

metathorax strongly tufted with greyish-white hair. Wings

hyaline, the apex faintly dusky, nervures dark fuscous, stigma

dark ferruginous ; second submarginal cell very broad (long),

about three-quarters length of first, receiving the first r. n.

a long distance from its base, and the second r. n. much

nearer its apex. Legs black, with white pubescence. Abdomen

broad, the apical part thinly but conspicuously hairy ; lateral

hind margins of first segment with dense hair-bands ;

punctures of first segment small, and very close posteriorly,

strongly contrasting with the very large, well-separated

punctures on base of second.

Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner, Hy., 273). Presented

to the Museum by Mr. E. Saunders.

Somewhat allied to P. alcyonea.

Prosopis hobartiana, sp. n.

é —Length about 6 mm.

Black, head and thorax dull, the punctures of the vertex and

mesothorax so fine and dense as to produce a minutely granu-

lar effect; head large, broader than thorax; face comparatively

broad, chrome-yellow nearly up to the antenne, including a

supraclypeal mark, the top of which presents a hitle angular

elevation ; laterally the yellow gradually rises, to end in a fine

point on the orbital margin about the level of the antenne ;

labrum and mandibles with much yellow ; scape with a yellow

stripe beneath ; flagellum all dark ; collar dark, but tubercles

yellow with a black dot; area of metathorax formed much

as in percrassc, but the basal part finely granular ; scutellum

sculptured like mesothorax ; tegule piceous. Wings strongly

infuscated, stigma and nervures piceous ; second s.m. much

shorter than first; the two recurrent nervures meeting the

transverso-cubitals. Femora black, the anterior knees pale

reddish; anterior tibize pale reddish with a dusky stripe

Records of Bees. 471

behind ; middle tibize black, with the extreme base yellowish,

and a pale reddish subapical stripe in front ; hind tibiz black,

with about the basal two fifths light yellow ; tarsi with the

first joint yellowish or reddish, the others infuscated ; abdomen

black, rather narrow, moderately shiny.

Hab. Hobart, Tasmania (J. J. Walker, 3249).

Prosopis primulipicta, sp. n.

¢ .—Length about 4) mm.

Slender, black, head and thorax dull, the abdomen slightly

reddish and with a silky lustre; markings bright primrose-

yellow, including labrum, mandibles, face up to level of

antenne, and sending a pointed projection on each side a

little way up orbital margin, collar, and tubercles ; scape with

a yellow stripe beneath; flagellum long, lhght yellowish

fulvous beneath (contrasting with the shining dark funicle),

above dark fuscous; tegule dark. Wings hyaline and

strongly iridescent, the apical field somewhat dusky, and the

upper half of the marginal cell more strongly so; nervures

and stigma piceous ; second s.m. very short, much less than

half length of first, receiving second r.n. at its extreme

apex, but the first r. n. enters the apical part of the first

s.m.; area of the metathorax finely granular, minutely

somewhat plicate basally, defined only by an impressed line ;

femora black, the anterior ones yellow at apex; anterior

tibize yellow, with a large reddish-fuscous spot behind ;

middle tibize black in the middle and yellow at each end,

the yellow connected by a narrow band in front ; hind tibize

black with nearly the basal half yellow; tarsi yellow, the

hind tarsi fuscous with only the basal half of the tirst joint

yellow.

Hab, Queensland (Gilbert Turner, Ridg. 11. 91, 714).

Prosopis baudinensis, sp. n.

? .—Length about 42 mm.

Head, thorax, and abdomen deep blue; sometimes some

green tints on face, which is without light markings ;

antennz dark, the flagellum sometimes more or less ferru-

ginous ; mesothorax shining and strongly punctured ; collar

dark, but tubercles mainly white, with a black dot; base of

metathorax shining, no well-defined enclosure; tegulez

piceous. Wings hyaline and iridescent, nervures and stigma

piceous; second s.m. not far from square, receiving the

recurrent nervures at the extreme base and apex. Legs black ;

middle tibiz with a white spot at base; hind tibie with the

472 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

base broadly white; small joints of anterior tarsi pale

reddish.

Hab. Baudin I., N.W. Australia (J. J. Walker, 673, 674).

Three specimens,

EURYGLOSSA.

The following species, referred to Euryglossa, are probably

not all truly congeneric; but Smith’s species of this genus

also seem to represent more than one generic type, and it will

be best to defer the proposal of segregated genera until more

material is available.

Clypeus with a prominent longitudinal keel;

mesothorax very shiny; abdomen dark red. Froggattiana, Ckll.

Clypeus without a keel; size smaller........ 1.

1. Second and third abdominal segments almost

entirely OFanpe .<\. aes on scree tions cea Bere cygnella, Ckll.

Second and third abdominal segments dark ..

2. Head and thorax very dark green .......... Wr alkeriana, Ckll.

Head: and thorax blacks5 3.2 sinissp ie ee tee

5. Extremely small, about 33 mm. long....... ; a nana, Ckll.

Much larger; hind tarsi (at least) red ...... 4,

4. Mesothorax with sparse feeble punctures .... meglectula, Ckll.

Mesothorax densely punctured.............. 5.

5. Hind tibize strongly infuscated; wings not

Vollowashie. uion oye nee Eien hee cee regine, Ckll.

Tlind tibiz not infuscated; wings yellowish .. adelaide, Ckll.

Euryglossa Froggattiana, sp. u.

? .—Length nearly 9 mm.

Head and thorax shining black ; abdomen broad and

flattened, dark red, clouded with fuscous, especially at the

sides ; head large and broad; clypeus with the form of a

very large equilateral triangle, with a strong and sharp

reddish keel running down its middle, which is elevated ; the

keel continues weakly upwards about ‘halfway to the middle

ocellus, after which it is replaced by a groove; sides of

clypeus and adjacent sides of face with very sparse weak

punctures ; front shining, with numerous exceedingly minute

punctures ; narrow black facial foveze are closely adjacent to

the upper orbital margins, their upper part curving away from

the eye ; scape dark reddish, with scattered hairs ; flagellum

with the apical half thickened, the base reddish, the rest

dark, with the underside dark red; malar space wanting;

mandibles slender, reddish in the middle ; maxillary palpi

6-jointed, ordinary; labial palpi 4-jointed, first joint darkened,

curved, considerably longer than the second, and a little

Records of Bees. 473

longer than 3 and 4 united; mesothorax convex, smooth,

with very few minute punctures ; scutellum broad and

flattened; area of metathorax cup-shaped, smooth and

shining, scarcely defined; margin of tubercles tomentose ;

sides of metathorax with a hairy fringe ;_ tegulz small, light

apricot-colour. Wings dusky hyaline ; stigma dark reddish

brown, nervures lighter; second s.m. hardly half as long as

first, receiving the recurrent nervures not far from its base

and apex; basal nervure falling far short of transverse-

medial. Legs hight red, with thin white hair, the femora

darkened, except at base and apex; hind tibiz tuberculate

on the basal half of the outer edge; pygidial plate extremely

narrow.

Hab. Shoalhaven, New South Wales, 4. 10. 1894 (W. W.

Froggatt, 175).

Euryglossa cygnella, sp. n.

3 .—Length 5 mm.

Slender, black, with the second and third abdominal

segments above orange, except the broad hind margins and

the sides more or less; on tbe ventral side segments 2 to

4 are pale orange ; head and thorax with scanty, but rather

long, dull white hair ; head transversely oval, eyes converging

below ; antenne long, the flagellum stout, and pale yellowish

ferruginous beneath ; mesothorax dull and very densely

punctured ; area of metathorax large, triangular, with a very

narrow basal band enclosed by a raised line, and marked by

numerous little transverse (antero-posterior) ridges ; behind

the basal band the area is covered for a space with very fine

raised lines, and its lateral margins are more or less marked

by little raised lines; tegulz very pale testaceous. Wings

hyaline, stigma large and piceous, nervures very dark

brown ; second submarginal cell about or almost as long as

first, receiving the first r. n. a considerable distance from its

base, and the second very close to its apex. Femora black,

with a little reddish on the knees ; anterior and middle tibize

and tarsi clear ferruginous; hind tibiz ferruginous, with a

dark cloud anteriorly, and conspicuous bristles in little groups

of two or more on the hind edge; _ hind tarsi fuscous ;

abdomen narrow and flattish, the first segment narrow and

long, the black parts with a dull satiny lustre.

Hab. Swan River, Australia, ‘‘ 69. 50.”

Euryglossa Walkeriana, sp. u.

? —Length about 52 mm.

Head and thorax very dark bluish green ; abdomen broad,

ATA Mr, T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

convex, smooth, and shining black; head wider than thorax,

facial quadrangle nearly square, but perhaps a little broader

than long; mandibles ferruginous in the middle; clypeus

sparsely punctured ; antennz dark, the flagellum red beneath

at apex only; facial foveze distinct, narrowing above,

reaching top of eye; occiput and cheeks with white hair;

tubercles fringed with white hair ; mesothorax convex (almost

gibbous), little hairy, rather shining, finely granular ; area of

metathorax not marked by peculiar sculpture; tegule dark

basally, with broadly hyaline margins. Wings clear hyaline ;

stigma large, very dark brown; nervures pale brown ; second

s.m. less than half length of first, receiving the recurrent

nervures very near its base and apex. Femora black, with

the knees more or less red; anterior tibize and tarsi clear

ferruginous ; middle and hind tibie greatly infuscated ; hind

tarsi dark red.

Hab. Launceston, Tasmania (J. J. Walker, 3855).

Euryglossa pernana, sp. n.

@ .—Length about 3} mm.

Black, the oval abdomen becoming a sort of dull pale

sepia basally, or rather more reddish on middle of first

segment; head ordinary, face flattened or even depressed,

the areas on each side of the clypeus shining silvery with

minute appressed hair; apical half of mandibles bright

ferruginous ; long hairs spring from beneath anterior margin

of clypeus ; facial quadrangle longer than broad; antennz

dark, the flagellum beneath a sort “ot dull yellowish brown ;

head and thorax dull, the punctures too minute to distinguish

with a lens; mesothorax with a complete median groove and

short parapsidal ones; metathorax truncate, the area merely

granular ; tegule brown. Wings dusky hyaline, nervures and

stigma piceous, the stigma rather small; second submarginal

cell higher than broad, the first r. n. meeting first t.-c. Legs

dark, the hind legs with slight reddish and brownish tints.

Hab. Fremantle, W. Australia (J. J. Walker, 1953).

Euryglossa neglectula, sp. n.

9 .—Length about 5} mm.

Shining black, with sparse whitish hair ; abdomen convex

and very broad ; mandibles with a dark red subapical spot ;

flagellum faintly reddish beneath; facial quadrangle a little

broader than long; front shining ; ; ¢clypeus with large

scattered punctures ; facial foveze present but shallow ; meso-

thorax moderately shining, with fine scattered punctures,

Records of Bees, 475

the parapsidal grooves distinct ; area of metathorax triangu-

lar, hardly distinguished, except by its duller surface ;

tubercles frimged with white tomentum; tegule extremely

dark brown. Wings clear hyaline, iridescent ; nervures and

stigma reddish brown, stigma large; second s.m. broader

than high, a little more than half length of first, receiving

the first r. n. a short distance from its base, and the second

almost at its apex; basal nervure strongly bent, only falling

a short distance short of transverse-medial. Legs piceous, the

tarsi ferruginous; abdomen with a very obscure purplish

lustre, sides of its apical part with long hairs.

Hab. Australia (no other particulars known) ; from the

I. Smith collection, accession number 79. 22.

Euryglossa reginé, sp. nv.

3 —Leugth about 6) mm.

Black, head and thorax very densely and minutely punc-

tured ; abdomen granular, with a subsericeous gloss, the hind

margins of the segments narrowly brownish; mandibles

reddish in middle ; flagellum dull ferruginous beneath ; tarsi

ferruginous, as also are the knees, the anterior tibize except a

dark cloud behind, and both ends of the other tibize ; head

broad, but facial quadrangle longer than broad; face with

a good deal of whitish hair; facial foveee linear; area of

metathorax triangular, without any marked peculiarity of

sculpture; tegule very dark brown. Wings dusky hyaline,

nervures and stigma sepia; secoud s.m. much broader than

high, receiving the first r. n. some distance from its base ;

second r.n. meeting second t.-c.; dorsal abdominal segments

overlapping ventral, the overlapping margins broadly whitish

hyaline.

Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner, Ridg. 11. 91, 703).

Euryglossa adelaide, sp. n.

? .—Length slightly over 6 mm.

Very close to H#. regine, but differing thus :—Wings

yellowish ; scape, funicle, and flagellum light yellowish

ferruginous beneath, and not more than dark brown above ;

tibize, tarsi, and apices of femora yellowish ferruginous, the

anterior and hind tibize with small and faint dusky clouds ;

tegule yellowish hyaline.

Hab, Adelaide, 8S. Australia ; accession number 59, 52.

It is possible that this is the female of /. regine, but in

view of the differences noted, and the widely different

localities, this seems improbable.

476 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Desertptions and

Euryglossa rejecta, sp. n.

$ .—Length about 65 mm.

Head and thorax black, with long loose pubescence, more

or less fuscous on head and thorax above, otherwise dull

white; head very broad; eyes converging below ; clypeus

with very close, large punctures, the surface between them

shining ; maxillary palpi long and slender ; blade of maxilla

more than twice as long as bread, rounded at end ; mandibles

bidentate, entirely black; antennz black, scape with much

long hair; flagellum rather stout, pruinose, the last joint

with a shining area at the side of the apex; mesothorax

shining, but well punctured ; tegulee very dark brown. Wings

greyish hyaline, iridescent, stigma and nervures piceous ;

second s.m. nearly as long as first, and receiving the recurrent

nervures a moderate distance from its base and apex. Legs

shining black, with thin white hair, spurs creamy white.

Abdomen black, with the hind margins of the segments

broadly ferruginous ; the segments are elevated or gibbous

about the middle, the ferruginous margins thus appearing

to be abruptly depressed ; the apex terminates in a projection,

which might be called spoon-shaped but for its being trun-

cate; on each side of this is an elongate ferruginous Jamina,

and above it a pair of delicate lamelle placed edgeways ;

venter with the basal segment black or almost, the second

and third entirely light yellowish ferruginous, the others

strongly clouded with brown.

Hab. Perth, W. Australia (H. W. J. Turner).

When working on Euryglossa, I put this aside as not

belonging to the genus. I have concluded to leave it there

for the present, however, to be separated when more is known

about the group.

Stilpnosoma semisericea, sp. n.

? .— Length 10 mm.

Head black, large and quadrate ; clypeus very shiny, with

a few scattered punctures; labrum with a very prominent

shining tubercle; mandibles strongly bidentate, slightly

reddish about the middle; mouth-parts practically as in

Euryglossa; blade of maxilla subcircular, broadly truncate,

fringed with rather long hairs; first joint of labial palpi

stout and dark; supraclypeal arca with very distinct, but

small and rather sparse, punctures ; antenne entirely clear

ferruginous, scape long; vertex with a dull silky surface and

very minute punctures; cheeks strongly and closely punc-

tured; thorax black, the anterior part of prothorax, tubercles,

Records of Bees. A477

scutellum, postscutellum, and basal area of metathorax

ferruginous; mesothorax dullish, silky, with minute punctures,

like the vertex ; median and parapsidal incised lines distinct ;

legs red ; hind spur of hind tibia strongly serrate (it is serrate

also in S. levigatum); tegule shining yellowish ferruginous.

Wings yellowish, stigma and nervures ferruginous ; venation

nearly as in S. levigatum, except that the first r.n. meets

the first t.-c., and the upper outer angle of the second s.m.

is an acute angle (an obtuse one in /evigatum) ; the second

r. n. bends inwards, and, as in levigatum, joins the second

s.m. some distance from its end. Abdomen dull, with a sort

of silky surface ; first segment light ferruginous ; second to

fourth very dark brown, nearly black, with the hind margin

broadly ferruginous, the junction of the two colours on the

second and third wavy, with a double curve; fifth segment

ferruginous, black at extreme base; apical segment ferru-

ginous, pointed, with a very narrow pygidial plate ; venter

ferruginous, varied with dark brown.

Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner, Ridg. 11. 93, 683), and

another marked ‘‘ Australia” (F. Smith’s collection, 79. 22).

This insect is so unlike S. levigatum in colour and

sculpture, that I thought at first it must represent a distinct

genus; but the other characters are all essentially those of

Stilpnosoma.

Erratum (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., June 1905, p. 528)—For

Melissodes parosete read Melissodes parosele.

University of Colorado,

Boulder, Colorado, U.S.A.,

July 9, 1905,

LIV.—Descriptions and Records of Bees —VI.

By T. D. A. Cocxrrett, University of Colorado.

Paracolletes moretonianus, sp. n.

é.—Length about 11 mm.

Black, with red legs and pale yellow and golden pubescence.

The general appearance of the insect closely simulates

Nomia semiaurea, Ckll., but it is easily known from that

species by the dull, very minutely and densely punctured

first abdominal segment, the second and following segments

478 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

granular instead of strongly punctate, the triangular second

submarginal cell, &c.

Head large, nearly circular seen from in front; inner

orbits parallel; facial quadrangle somewhat longer than

broad; mandibles pale yellowish ferruginous with the

apex black ; face densely covered with yellow hair; scape

red ; flagellum black, its last joint strongly curved inwards,

forming a sort of stout hook; hair of thorax ochreous,

somewhat darker and redder above, that on postscutellum

long; mesothorax and scutellum_ excessively closely

punctured; area of metathorax triangular, smoothish and

shining, its margin minutely beaded, or that effect is pro-

duced by little cross-lines ; tegulz ordinary, light ferruginous.

Wings dusky; nervures and stigma ferruginous, rather dark ;

stigma very small; apex of marginal cell away from costa ;

b. n. meeting t. m. on the distad (apical) side ; second s.m.

triangular, narrowed nearly to a point above, receiving the

first r.n. just before its middle; third s.m. very oblique,

receiving the second r. n. at a moderate (variable) distance

from its end. Legs clear red, with abundant, but mostly

short, very pale yellowish hair ; coxz black, and hind femora

blackened behind ; hind femora somewhat incrassate, with a

posterior keel; hind tibia incrassate; basal joint of hind

tarsi bent. Abdomen black, with the hind margins of the

segments broadly ferruginous ; the whole dorsal surface, but

especially the hind margins (not, however, forming bands),

with a thin beautifully golden tomentum ; apical plate broad

and dark, truncate with rounded edges ; penultimate ventral

segment with a median longitudinal tomentose elevation.

Hab. Moreton Bay, Australia (F. Smith collection, 79. 22).

Another is labelled Queensland (F. Smith collection, 79. 22).

Paracolletes moretonianus is so like a Nomia that I at first

took it for one. In reality, it appears to be closely allied to

P. venustus (Smith), from which it differs by its larger size,

red femora, &c. It should probably be separated generically

from Paracolletes.

Paracolletes bimaculatus (Smith).

g .—Perth, W. Australia; 93-198, collected by H. W. J.

Turner.

The specimen has the tibie largely suffused with black.

The male genitalia of this species are rather striking, the

stipites and sagittz being very large. The former have the

basal half broad, the apical half narrow, like a finger, and

not hairy. The latter, taken together, present a sort of

Records of Bees. 479

broadly-pyriform outline, the inner apical corner of each

being provided with a short spine, as it appears from above,

or lamella, as seen from the side. There is nothing which

can be said to differ essentially from the type of genitalia

found in Colletes. The third submarginal cell is remarkably

large, and the wings are very hairy.

Paracolletes flavomaculatus, sp. n.

¢.—Length about 9 mm.

Slender, shining black ; eyes converging below; facial

quadrangle much longer than broad; face covered with very

hight yellowish hair, dense and with a silky lustre at sides ;

mandibles dark; clypeus with large punctures; antennz

ordinary, black, the flagellum faintly brown beneath ; cheeks

bearded with white hair; vertex and occiput, and also the

shining sparsely punctured mesothorax, with black hair ;

scutellum (except anterior middle) and middle of post-

scutellum covered densely with long, erect, bright, light

orange-fulvous hair, and tubercles covered with hair of the

same colour; metathorax and pleura with sparse dull white

hair, but there is a patch of black just under the wings;

area of metathorax with a slight transverse ridge; tegule

shining piceous. Wingsdusky hyaline; stigma fairly large,

dark reddish; nervures dark brown; b. n. falling a little

short of t. m.; first r. n. joming second s.m. very near its

base; second r. n. joining third s.m. a short distance from

its apex ; third s.m. having at least twice the area of second.

Legs slender, piceous, with rather long thin pale hair.

Abdomen narrow, shining black, punctate, the apical part

with black hair, but no hair-bands ; apical plate strongly

fringed with hair; at the base of the penultimate ventral

segment is a thick suberect fringe of hair, shortest in the

middle.

Hab. Australia (no other particulars known); from the

F. Smith collection ; 79. 22.

By the venation and the black hair on thorax, this is

nearest to P. argentifrons (Smith) ; but it is easily distin-

guished by the patch of fulvous-yellow hair on the scutellum.

Paracolletes cupreus semipurpureus, subsp. n.

? —Length about 94 mm.

Similar to P. cupreus (Sm.), but the caudal fimbria is

brown-black (not pale fulvous), the hair of the abdomen

beneath is white, and the stigma and nervures are amber-

480 Mr DPA, GockersI = Wee ae and

colour. Other characters are: abdomen brilliant crimson-

purple, with some golden tints; clypeus with large well-

separated punctures on a shining ground; mesothorax olive-

green, strongly punctured; second s.m. broad, receiving the

first r. un. about its middle; third s.m. not very much larger

than second, receiving the second r. n. very near its end ;

sides of metathoracic enclosure with numerous raised lines ;

hind spur of hind tibia pectinate with five long spines; all

the tarsi, hind tibie, parts of the other tibiz, and the knees

red.

Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner, Ridg. 11. 93, 863).

The typical P. cupreus came from Adelaide; it 1s very

likely that the Queensland insect should be regarded as a

distinct species, but it has all the principal characters of

cupreus, and for the present I treat it as a subspecies. Its

colours remind one of some of the Neotropical species of

Augochlora.

Paracolletes plumosellus, sp. n.

g .—Length 7} mm.

Expanse of wings about 16 mm.; head and thorax bluish

green, the mesothorax with large punctures, the surface

between the punctures minutely sculptured but shining ;

abdomen with a strong purple lustre, the hind margins of

the segments dark reddish; apical plate broadly rounded,

deep red with a hyaline margin; hair of head and thorax

abundant, strongly plumose, dull white with little yellowish

tint, that on the scutellum greyish; antennz rather long,

entirely dark, the third joint with a little protuberance

beneath ; tegule shining rufous. Wings hyaline, stigma and

nervures ferruginous; b.n. meeting t. m.; second s.m. little

narrowed above, receiving the first r.n. well before its

middle ; third s.m. receiving second r. n. very near its end ;

stigma rather large. Legs slender, very dark reddish, with

pale hair.

fab. “ New Holland, 44. 4.”

In all respects this is very similar to P. plumosus (Sm.),

described from a female. Were it not that the venation

ditlers somewhat, I should think plumosellus to be the male

of plumosus ; and as it is, 1 am not wholly without doubt.

Australian students must settle the matter by collecting the

sexes together.

Paracolletes ceruleotinctus, sp. n.

g .—Length about 9 mm.

Slender, the abdomen narrow; head and thorax green,

Records of Bees, 481

with tints of blue, with abundant long pale yellowish hair

(yellowest on face), but the scutellum and’ hind part of

mesothorax (except its hind border) with black hair; facial

quadrangle much longer than broad; mandibles dark,

rufescent apically ; antennz Jong, dark, the third and last

three joints more or less reddish beneath ; vertex and front

strongly punctured, with blue tints, a small shining smooth

space on each side of the ocelli; mesothorax shining olive-

green, with very strong punctures; area of metathorax

triangular, shining, without any transverse ridge or keel;

pleura yellow ish green, very closely and strongly punctured ;

tegule shining piceous. Wings clear, iridescent ; nervures

and stigma very dark red-brown; stigma rather large;

marginal cell long, narrowly obliquely truncate at apex ;

b. n. falling short of t. m.; second s.m. broad, especially

below, receiving the first r. n. well before its middle; third

s.m. receiving the second r.n.ashort distance before its

end. Legs metallic yellowish green ; the anterior tibize

yellowish ferruginous in front; all the claw-joints largely

red ; spurs dark. Abdomen shining ani strongly punctured,

blue-green, with splendid purple tints on the first two

segments ; hair of abdomen pale to a little beyond middle of

third segment, beyond that black or almost, the black hair

at apex quite abundant; apex ending in a broad fan-shaped

plate; last ventral segment shining, raised in the middle,

and having on each side a conspicuous tuft of hair.

Hab. Queenland (Gilbert Turner, “Seaf. 1,91; 4337’),

Two specimens.

A very distinct species, not closely allied to any yet

described ; best known by the narrow, briiliantly coloured

and strongly punctured abdomen.

Paracolletes amabilis (Smith).

Described from “ Australia,” no particular region being

mentioned. A female before me is labelled Queensland,

72,18. The venation differs a little from the type; the b. n.

falling a little short of the t.m., and the second yr. n.

entering the third s.m. a short distance before its end. The

abdomen is olive-green. The insect agrees so well with

amabilis in all its more obvious char acters, that I presume it

is not to be separated, notwithstanding the difference in

venation.

Paracolletes carinatulus, sp. n.

6 .—Length about 8 mm.

Rather slender ;_ head, thorax, and abdomen olive-green;

Ann. & Mag, N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 32

482 Mr, T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

anterior and middle femora black, with the extreme apex

red; hind femora, and all the tibize and tarsi, rather dark

chestnut-red ; antenne dark, long, but the flagellum has a

hoary pruinosity, and is reddish beneath at apex; clypeus

olive-green, shining, with sparse punctures; mandibles

bidentate, shghtly reddish towards the apex ; mesothorax

shining and sparsely punctured on middle, but anteriorly

duller with large, closer punctures. Wings hyaline, faintly

dusky at apex ; stigma yellowish ferruginous, nervures dark

fuscous; second s.m., considerably narrowed above, re-

ceiving the first r. n. just before its middle; second r. n.

meeting third t.-c.; b. n. falling a little short of t. m.;

tegule shining dark ferruginous ; pubescence pale, with dark

hairs on vertex and scutellum (not very well seen, as the

insect has been in some liquid) ; area of metathorax with a

strong, sharp, transverse keel; ventral surface of abdomen

noimal.

Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner, Ridg. 11. 91, 704).

This is so much like P. amabilis that it might be taken for

its male, but for the sharp keel of the enclosure of meta-

thorax. This character allies it to P. carinatus (Sm.), but

the general coloration suffices to distinguish it from that

species.

Paracolletes viridicinctus, sp. n.

? .—Length a little over 8 mm.

Head and thorax black ; abdomen black with the depressed

lind margins of the segments broadly brassy green; hair

of thorax light grey, but that on the scutellums, mesothorax

(except in front), and vertex (but not occiput) mainly black ;

hair at apex of abdomen thick and black ; venter with three

long greyish-white fringes margining the segments, and a

fourth yellowish. Legs black, the hind tarsivery dark reddish,

with the first jot broadened and flattened; hair of legs mainly

pale, the hind femora above with a large crest of curled

white strongly plumose hair, but the knee capped with

black hair ; hind tibize with light hair except on the upper

surface, where is much black; hind spur pectinate with

many (7 or 8) slender spines; clypeus smooth and bare,

shining, with sparse distinct punctures; antenne black ;

front dull; mesothorax shining, but dull in front, scarcely

punctured ; area of metathorax rather shining but granu-

lar, with a median longitudinal groove, but no transverse

keel; tegule shining black. Wings yellowish, stigma and

nervures red-brown; b.n. meeting t. m.; second s.m. broad,

Records of Bees. ~ 483

receiving the first r. n. at or a little beyond its middle ; third

S.m. receiving second r. n. a short distance from its end.

Hab. Tasmania; 51. 153.

In some ways like P. versicolor (Sm.), but the colour of

the abdomen is different, and there are other differences.

It is also allied to P. chalyheatus (Erichson), and I have

wondered whether it could be a colour-variety of that species ;

but at present there is no reason for assuming this.

Paraco'letes spatulatus, sp. n.

¢ .—Length slightly over 8 mm.

Broad, with rather the shape of a female; head and

thorax black; abdomen dark bluish green, or rather

yellowish green toward the apex, the hind margins of the

segments not reddened. Legs black, the tibiz stained with

red beneath, and the hind tarsi reddened at extreme base ;

hair of legs pale, but on inner side of the tarsi orange-

fulvous. Mandibles strongly bidentate, reddened only at

apex; clypeus shining, with well-separated punctures ;

antenne dark, but flagellum greyish pruinose ; hair of head

and thorax light grey, but on vertex, middle of meso-

thorax, and scutellums there is a good deal of black ;

mesothorax and scutellum shining; area of metathorax

dull, without any distinct transverse keel; tegule shining

black. Wings clear, nervures and stigma dark red-brown ;

b. n. meeting t. m. ; second s.m. broad, receiving first r.n.

about its middle; third s.m. receiving second r. n. near its

end; end of abdomen with some sooty hair, and terminating

with a rounded ferruginous spatulate plate, near the base of

which, on each side, is a little tooth-like projection.

Hab. Blackheath, New South Wales, 1895 (W. W.

Froggatt, 183).

Allied to P. chalybeatus (Erichson).

Paracolletes providellus, sp. n.

$.—Length about 74 mm.

Abdomen not narrow ; head and thorax shining black ;

abdomen shining dark bluish green, with the hind margins

of the segments broadly reddish ; hair of head and thorax

greyish white, a little black or blackish on vertex and

scutellums ; clypeus shining, with well-separated punctures ;

antenne dark; middle of mesothorax scarcely punctured,

very shiny ; area of metathorax dull and granular, with no

sharp transverse keel. Legs black, with light hair, that on

inner side of tarsi yellowish ; tegule dark rufous. Wings

IDF

pac

484 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

hyaline, slightly stained with reddish; stigma dark reddish,

nervures fuscous ; b. n. not quite meeting t. m. ; second s.m.

strongly narrowed above, and receiving the first r. n. about

its middle; third s.m. receiving the second r. n. a short

distance before its end. Hair at apex of abdomen all pale;

venter normal.

Hah. “ Australia” (no more precise locality known),

56. 94.

A second specimen (“ Australia,’ 66. 64) is a little smaller,

with much lighter (reddish amber) stigma and nervures, and

no dark hair on vertex or scutellums ; it is perhaps a distinct

species. By the reddened hind margins of the abdominal

segments, this resembles P. providus (Sm.) and P. frontalis

(Sm.). The dark mandibles &c. readily separate it from

frontalis ; froma providus it appears to be distinguished by

several details, but as that species is known only in the

female, it is perhaps not quite certain that providellus may

not be its male.

Paracolletes obscuripennis, sp. i.

3 —Length about 9 mm.

Black, the abdomen very faintly ochreous, somewhat as in

P. chalybeatus ; pubescence (somewhat spoiled from immer-

sion in a liquid) pale, dense and yellowish (perhaps partly

- stained) on face, but black on vertex and upper part of front,

and largely so on mesothorax and scutellum. Legs black with

pale hair, the tarsi slightly rufescent; tegule dark reddish,

clouded with fuscous. Wings rather light fuliginous

throughout, the stigma and nervures dark; stigma large ;

b. n. not quite meeting t. m., or rather meeting it a little on

one side; second s.m. broad (narrower, but not narrow,

above), receiving first r. n, about its middle; third s.m.

receiving second r, n. near its end. Mandibles dark, biden-

tate; antenne dark, faintly reddened at apex ; maxillary

palpi with the first four joints subequal, and the fifth shortest,

the last three more slender than the first three ; meso-

thorax shining, sparsely punctured ; area of metathorax large,

dullish, humped in the middle, but with no transverse keel ;

abdomen without hair-bands; the hair near the apex is

black ; venter normal.

_ Hab. Tasmania; no other particulars known.

This has the form and appearance of P. viridicinclus, but

it is known from that and from P. chalybeatus by its dark

wings. In P. viridicinctus the metathoracic area is short,

and the posterior lateral margin is a simple grooved line,

Records of Bees. 485

almost straight, but slightly curved inwards; in P. obscuri-

pennis the area is large, and the posterior lateral margin has

a conspicuously beaded appearance and is quite strongly

curved outwards.

Paracolletes colletellus, sp. u.

3d .—Length 8 mm.

Black, very pubescent, the face densely covered with light

yellow hair; vertex and occiput with yellow hair like the

face, but cheeks with abundant white hair, long below,

forming a large beard ; mandibles black basally, rufous

apically, the apical tooth long aud sharp, the inner very

small; flagellum clear red beneath, including the last joint ;

head broad, orbits converging below ; vertex rather dull;

hair of thorax ochreous above, lighter, but not a pure white,

below ; mesothorax shining, but rather closely punctured ;

area of metathorax somewhat shining, ridged transversely ;

tegule shining fulvous. Wings hyaline and iridescent,

stigma and nervures ferruginous ; b. n. falling a little short

of t. m.; second s.m. large and square, except for the fact

that the second t.-c. is bent inwards for its upper half ; first

r.n. joining second s.m. at its extreme base ; second Y. n.

joining third s.m. at its apex. Legs with pale yellowish hair ;

femora dark, reddened at the knees ; tibiz and tarsi clear

ferruginous, but all the tibie with a large black median

patch. Abdomen with the basal half or more of the segments

grey-tomentose, and the apical margins broadly yellowish

hyaline, the junction of the hyaline with the black reddened ;

ventral segments 2 to 5 with the hind margins apparently

deeply excavated or concave in the middle, but the excava-

tions are filled in by hyaline membrane, so that the actual

hind margins of the segments are straight.

Hab. Adelaide River, Australia (J. J. Walker, 5518,

5520) ; two, collected on the § Penguin’ Expedition.

There is some resemblance to P. punctatus (Sm.), known

only in the female, but it does not seem likely that this is its

male. P. colletellus has all the appearance of a small

Colletes, such as C. fodiens, Kirby.

Paracollotes semilautus, sp. 0.

é .—Length about 8 mm.

Black, hairy, the hair in general cinereous or whitish, but

the long hair of the face (abundant but not dense enough to

hide the surface) is mixed with black on the clypeus and

black at the sides, and there is black also on the front and

486 Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia.

vertex aud on the scutellum; head large, subquadrate, with

broad cheeks, which are obtusely angled behind; facial

quadrangle much broader than long, the eyes nearly parallel ;

mandibles dark, the extreme apex reddened; clypeus with

many but not very strong punctures ; flagellum dark reddish

beneath; mesothorax hairy, but shining; scutellum very

shiny, sparsely punctate, not obscured by hair; area of

metathorax dullish, not transversely carinate, posterior lateral

margins curved outwards. Legs dark dull red, with hght

hair; tegule shining dark reddish. Wings clear, faintly

dusky at apex, nervures and stigma amber-colour; b. n.

meeting t. m., but not quite squarely; t. m. bent at its

lower end; second s.m. about twice as broad below as

above, and receiving the first r. n. about its middle; third

s.m. receiving second r.n. a short distance from its end.

Abdomen hairy, shining, the hind margins of the segments

rufescent ; the hair at apex more or less fuscous, but not

black.

Hab. “ Australia,” 58. 168.

Easily known by the very broad face, with black hair at

the sides.

LV.—WNotes on the Forficularia—IX. On new WSpccies,

with Synonymic Notes. By MALcoL”m Burr, B.A., F.L.S.,

ORES.

I AM at present engaged upon a general revision of

the Dermaptera (earwigs) of the world, and, through the

generosity of my friends and correspondents, am able to

examine a very large amount of material, including a high

proportion of the types of the described species. Lack of

time, however, will very greatly delay the completion of the

work, and therefore, in order to prevent the confusion likely

to occur through having a large number of novelties named

and described in manuscript, I shall publish the descriptions

of such new species as pass through my hands during the

period of preparation.

Our knowledge of this group of insects has made such

progress in recent years, and so many new forms have been

discovered and described, and many of the old genera con-

tained such heterogeneous groups, that a number of new

genera will be required ; it is not, however, advisable to erect

new genera except in comprehensive works, and so many of

Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. 487

the new species described in these papers will be provisionally

placed in the existing genera to which they have the strongest

affinities.

Gonolubis Verhoef, sp. n.

Fusco-castaneus, nitidus: antenne ..... (13 segmenta restant) ;

segmento 3 longo, clavyato; 4 quam 3 dimidio breviori, valido,

ovato; 5 quam 3 breviori, ovato; 6 tertium equanti, ovato-

clavato ; ceteris longioribus, ovato-conicis: caput leve, tumidum,

margine postico recto: pronotum subquadratum, margiuibus

omnibus rectis, postice leviter dilatatum, lateribus reflexis ;

planum: abdomen glabrum, lewve, postice valde dilatatum ; seg-

mentum ultimum dorsale quam metanotum duplo latius, magnum,

leeve, latius quam longius, margine postico recto, integro, medio

sutura distincta instructum; lateribus carina _ instructis ;

segmentum penultimum dorsale lateribus carinatis, rugulosis,

postice reflexis, in modum generis <Ancistrogastris; segmentum

ultimum dorsale lateribus oblique truncatis, margine postico recto,

truncato: pygidium minimum, vix perspicuum, transversum :

forcipis bracchia basi valida, triquetra, prope basin margine

superiori dente forti apice obtuso armata ; dehinc attenuata, valde

incurva, bracchio dextro supra sinistrum fortius incurva, apice

decussata. od. Q ignota.

3 °

ong. corporis). aes 1s). >» » LO mm:

AP MMTORGL DISA Pe cats . Pig se

Patria. South Australia (type in Mus. Hope, ¢).

There is a second specimen, agreeing entirely in structure,

but with a thick pale pubescence which is wanting in the

larger specimen, doubtless through being rubbed off; the

length of the body of the smaller one is 7 mm.

This species almost exactly resembles G. Kirbyi, Burr, but

differs in the strong tubercular tooth above the base of the

forceps (unarmed in G. Airbyi) and the presence on the sides

of the antepenultimate dorsal segment of the keel which is

present on the last segment of both species; the sides of the

last two or three seements in this species are more strongly

hooked than in G. Kirby t.

T am pleased to ae it to Dr. Karl Verhoeff, in recog-

nition of his work upon the earwigs ; for though it is not

always possible to agree with his conclusions, the value of his

articles cannot be denied.

Labia tenuipes, sp. n.

Fusco-castanea, valde pubescens: antenne 15-segmentate, nigre ;

segmento 3 clongato, cylindrico, apice vix incrassato ; 4 eylindrico,

488 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

incrassato, quam 3 dimidio breviori; 5 quam 4 sublongiori, apice

incrassato; ceteris elongato-conicis, apicalibus tenuioribus: caput

fusco-castaneum, globosum, suturis haud_ perspicuis, margine

postico recto; totum pilis longis pallidis spissis valde pubescens:

pronotum caput latitudine equans, longins quam latins, rectangn-

lare, margine antico recto, postico rotundato ; lateribus rectis, sat

late reflexis; nigrum: prozona tumida, sutura mediana distincta,

usque ad marginem posticum producta; hac parte tumida tantum

al marginem posticum evanescenti: elytra carinula humerali sub-

obsoleta usque ad marginem posticum elytri percurrenti, punctis

rugulosis parvis seriatim dispositis signata; rugulosa, apice

truncata, lateribus pilis longis pallidis obsita: ale longs, nigree,

rugulose : pedes graciles, longi; valde pubescentes, pilis longis,

pallidis ; femora longa, incrassata ; tibia tenues, femora «quantes,

valde pubescentes, superne deplanatee, sed haud sulcate ; tarsi

gracillimi, uniti tibias longitudine eequantes vel sublongiores ;

segmento primo valde elongato, subtus dense piloso; segmento

secundo minimo, simplici; segmento tertio elongato, quam primum

subbreviori, subtus vix pilosum: abdomen convexum, sat latum,

apicem versus paullo dilatatam, nigrum, minute granulosum,

lateribus pilis longis obsitum; plicis lateralibus parvis sed

distinctis ; segmentum ultimum dorsale magnum, rufescens, latius

quam longius, margine postico subarcuato, medio impresso,

margine ipso reflexo, utrinque tuberculo maguo ruguloso instruc-

tum; segmentum penultimum ventrale amplum, rotundatum,

margine postico medio paullo excavatum : pygidium brevissimum,

haud prominens, crassum, superne incrassatum, margine inferiori

incrassato, subtuberculato: forsipis bracchia basi remota,

elongata, subrecta, basi incrassata et triquetra, pilis brevibus

instructa, basi ipso leviter divergentia, deinde subrecta, elongata,

eracilia, attenuata, medio margine interno dento forti armata.

So. ignota.

O.:

LOD VCOEPOTISH..i-f 2 \- eieaty eCUOATTM,

4s. @LOFCIDIS (2 He: -layiees <i oD

Patria. Peru: Chanchamarjo, La Merced, at 3000 metres

(type, onc g, in my collection, taken by W. I’. H. Rosenberg).

This is a very distinct species, resembling no form known

to me: it is characterized by the thick and elongate fourth and

fifth segments of the antenna; by the very hairy body ; by

the granulose elytra and wings ; by the humeral keel of the

elytra, almost obsolete, its position marked by a row of small

tubercles running the entire length of the elytra’s edge; by

the rounded penultimate ventral segment, a little emarginate

posteriorly ; by the form of the pygidium and the long and

slender, slightly curved, almost straight forceps ; especially

by the long and slender feet and the extremely long and very

slender tarsi.

Mr. M. Burr—No¢tes on the Forficularia. 489

Tt will require a new genus for its reception, but its

affinities are with the genus Labia, though it does not

resemble any species known to me.

The unique specimen has the left branch of the forceps

missing, and the right branch appears to have been broken

off at the apex. Otherwise it is in good condition.

Chetospania confusa, sp. n.

Antenne (?) 13-segmentate, fusco-testaceze; caput, pronotum,

elytra, ale atra; ore pallido; pedes testacei, fusco-annulati ;

abdomen rufum; forceps rufo-fuscus. Pronotum margine antico

recto, postico rotundato, metazona angusta: abdomen plicis later-

alibus parvis ; segmentum ultimum dorsale fusco-rufum, magnum,

quadratum, margine postico medio sulculatum, supra insertionem

forcipis tuberculo obtuso utrinque instructo: forcipis bracchia ¢

basi triquetra, typica, subrecta, medio margine interno dentato ;

pygidium breve, latum, margine postico sinuato, angulis posticis

in lobos parvos acutos obliquos productis. 6.

ones COEporis..:....cakse ee oO mom,

Pe VROLCUDIS ners ha erase aera ON” a9

Patiia. Mentawei, Sipora, Sereinu, v.-vi. 1894: taken by

Modigliani, one male (type in coll. mea).

The type of this species has long been in my collection,

labelled ‘Ch. Few, Borm.?” from de Bormans’s own collec-

fon, It Is distinct, however, from Ch, Fee, on account of the

short and broad pygidium of the male, which has the angles

produced into small, sharp tubercles or lobes; otherwise it

resembles Ch. Fee closely, in form and colour. The female

is not yet known.

Mecomera Kervilled, sp. n

Statura majore; colore fusco-rufo: antenn 17-segmentate ; segmento

primo valde incrassato; 3 modice elongato, apice incrassato; 4

quam 3 dimidio breviori, incrassato, ovato ; 5 quam 3 subbreviori,

valido, ovato ; 6 tertium equanti, incrassato, subcylindico ; ceteris

elongatis, cylindricis; brunne: caput leve, deplanatum, rufo-

testaceum, margine postico leviter emarginato: pronotum caput

latitudine equans, deplanatum, testaceum, fusco-variegatum ;

margine antico convexo, in collem producto; margine postico

subrotundato; Jateribus rectis; longius quam Jatius, postice

leviter dilatatum: elytra ampla, deplanata, levia, apice emar-

ginata, fusea: ale longe, leves, fuscee: pedes testaceil, breves,

compressi: tarsorum segmento primo quam tertium distincte

breviorl, secundo parvo, haud Jobato; tarsi dilatati, breves:

490 Mr. M. Burr—Noates on the Forficularia.

abdomen valde depressum, latum, rufum, lateribus infuscatis,

leeve, plicis lateralibus distinctis ; segmentum ultimum dorsale g

magnum, subquadratum, leve, latius quam longius, margine

postico medio impresso, utrinque tuberculato; angulis in tuber-

culum parvum productis; @Q margine postico angustius,

tuberculis obsoletis: pygidium ¢ breve, transversum, margine

postico exciso, angulis in puncta acuta productis; 2 brevissimum,

subglobosum, margine postico leviter emarginato : forcipis bracchia

3 valida, deplanata, lata, rufa, margine interno dente forti

bifido armata, dehinc crenulata, sensim attenuata, apice incurva ;

subcontigua, deplanata, subrecta, margine interno crenulata,

sensim incurva, apice decussata. do 2.

oe 2.

Pons Veorporis’ eee 14-5 mm, 13:5 mm.

Bf foreipis( ey arc ee Oe = a

Patria. Java (1 g,1 2, ex coll. Gadeau de Kerville).

Approaches M. Weisst, Burr, from Tonkin, but larger and

stouter; the coloration is different, and the forceps are shorter

and stouter and more strongly toothed.

I have much pleasure in dedicating this species to my

friend M. Gadeau de Kerville, who, with great generosity, has

placed his entire collection at my disposal.

Ancistrogaster Kervillei, sp. n.

Niger, nitidus, glaber: antenne nigra, 11-segmentate ; segmentis

elongatis, cylindricis; segmentis 3 et + subequantibus, 5

sublongiori: caput tumidum, nigrum, margine postico recto:

pronotum nigrum, lateribus anguste testaceum, caput latitudine

equanti, latius quam longius, margine antico truncato, postico

subconvexo; lateribus rectis ; vix tumidum, deplanatum, sutura

mediana subobsoleta: elytra brevia, latiora quam longiora ;

carina humerali distincta, in medio elytri evanescenti; trapezol-

dalia, margine interno quam externo breviori; margine postico

oblique truncato: ale nulle: pedes typice, longi; tabi superne

integres; tarsorum segmentum primum cetera unita longitudine

zquans: abdomen basi angustum, medio valde dilatatum, apice

angustatum, depressum, nigrum; segmentis 2 et 3 plicis

distinctis; g medio valde dilatatum, segmentis 2-6 lateribus in

tuberculum reflexum acuminatum recurvis ; segmentis 2 penulti-

mis angustioribus, inermibus; segmentum ultimum dorsale ¢

leve, transversum, medio puncto impresso, margine postico

incrassato, tuberculis 2 obtusis paullo elevatis instructum ;

angulis exterioribus posticis acutis: abdomen 2 minus dilatatum,

segmentis lateribus haud reflexis; segmentum ultimum dorsale

2 valdeangustatum,subinerme: pygidium ¢ brevissimum, conicum;

2 brevissimum, conicum: segmentum penultimum ventrale ¢ @

rotundatum; segmentum ultimum ventrale g margine postico medio

Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. 491

emarginatum, bilobum, lobis rotundatis, fere totum obtectum,

angulis carinulatis; 2 obtectum: forcipis bracchia ¢ depressa, basi

sat incrassata, margine interno prope basin dente parvo armata;

in dimidio primo valde divergentia ; in dimidio apicali repente,

fere angulatim incurva, apice ipso sinuata et mucronata; ad

tertiam partem apicalem margine interno dento obtuso armata;

simplicia, recta, subcontigua, gracilia. ¢ 9.

3. Q.

ous corporis ..5..... 9°d-11*> mm: 10-11 mm.

ee LOL GUIS) 2p" eo ey ccs 3-35 ,, ra

Lat. max. abdominis.... 4°75-5 ,, Sloe

ite ee PL LOLCUDISN. 2 oa. 3 3-3'5

Patria. Venezuela: region of Merida (in coll. Gadeau de

Kerville et mea; typus in coll. mea).

This species I formerly confused with Ancistrogaster

ampennis, Borm., but on a comparison with the original type

of the latter I find it differs in several respects: the forceps

are strongly bowed outwards and then inwards and have but

a small tooth at the base on the inner margin, in A. impennis

there is a powerful tooth at that place and the branches are

gently incurved ; in the new species the extreme tips of the

forceps are strongly sinuate, as the anteapical tooth is obsolete,

but in A. ampennis the two hooks are both strongly developed ;

in A. impennis the elytra have the exterior keel continued

throughout their length, in A. Kervillei it dies out half-

way down the elytra ; in A. ¢mpennis the pronotum is almost

square, in A. Kervillei it is transverse: in the final revision

both these forms will probably require new genera. ,

I dedicate it to my friend M. Gadeau de Kerville, as a

shght token for his generosity in providing me with a large

amount of most interesting material, including three pairs in

good condition, of this new species.

Opisthocosmia Poultoni, sp. n.

Gracilis: antenne ?-segmentate, sat crasse; segmento 3 brevi,

conico ; 4 sublongiori, conico; 5 conico, etiam longiori; nigre

(13 segmenta restant): caput leve, rufum, margine postico recto ;

oculis parvis, nigris: pronotum planum, capite sublatius, margine

antico truncato, postico late rotundato, lateribus rectis; planum,

pallido-flavum, sublatius quam longius, lateribus vix reflexis:

elytra longa, angusta, humeris vix dilatatis, apice truncata,

fusco-castanea: ale longe, pallido-flave : pedes breves, testacei :

abdomen cylindricum, rufum, leve, plicis lateralibus distinctis ;

segmentum ultimum dorsale ¢ quadratum, fuscum, leve, apice

subangustatum, declive, margine postico subsinuato, angulis

oblique truncatis: pygidium brevissimum, transversum, integrum ;

492 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

forcipis bracchia basi remota, gracilia, valde elongata, rotundata ;

margine interno prope basin leviter excavata; ad quartam

partem longitudinis dente parvo armata, dehinc teretia, rectissima,

gracilia, inermia, apice incurva. ¢. @ ignota.

LonGscorponis. 2. osu... -- 12 mm,

so LOLCADIS eye oie tatere So ae

Patria, Batchian (taken by Wallace; type, 1 ¢, in Mus.

Hope, Oxford, “ Stevens, 1860”).

In spite of the age of the type, it is in very good condition,

except that the antenne are somewhat broken.

In form it resembles O. formosa, but differs in colour ; the

broad, flat pronotum is characteristic.

I am very pleased to dedicate it to Professor Poulton, who

has always placed the Hope Collection at my disposal with

the greatest courtesy.

Opisthocosmia formosa, sp. Nn.

Gracilis, elongata: antenne fusce; segmento primo valde

elongato, apice incrassato; 3 valde elongato, pallido, cylin-

drico; 4 eylindrico, quam 3 vix breviori; 5 tertium equanti,

cylindrico; (segmenta 6 restant): caput nigrum, tumidum,

margine postico subemarginato: pronotum capite angustius,

longius quam latius, subovatum, margine antico recto, postico late

rotundato, lateribus subrotundatis; nigrum: prozona tumida;

lateribus reflexis: elytra angusta, carina humerali obsoleta, costa

autem elytri distincte plicata; fusco-castanea, macula humerali

magna rufa ornata: ale longe, nigree, basi macula magna flava

ornate: pedes longi, graciles, testacel, genubus infuscatis :

abdomen gracile, fusco-rufum, leve; segmentum ultimum dorsale

attenuatum, longius quam latius, leve, margine postico sub-

rotundato, subreflexo et subincrassato: pygidium minimum,

globosum : forcipis bracchia basi remota, gracilia, rotundata, valde

elongata, subrecta, margine interno in dimidio basali crenulata ;

ad mediam longitudinem dente parvo subobsoleto armata, dehine

inermia, teretia; usque ad dentem medium subsinuata, ovalem

valde elongatam includentia; dehine subrecta, apice incurva. <6.

Long. corporis ...... eee so ny

atforcipis “sce Pu 5

Patria, Cameroons (type, one @, ex coll. Gadeau de

Kerville).

This graceful species is the first of the genus recorded from

Africa, if we except the wingless O. Micheli, Burr, from

Abyssinia and OQ. kova, Borm., from Madagascar, both of

Mr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia. 493

which are very different in colour and of much stouter build.

It may be also known by the colour of the elytra and wings,

and the long, slender, almost unarmed forceps.

Anechura sokotrana, sp. n.

Corpus pilis longis pallidis obsitum, fusco-castaneum; antenne

testacee, segmentis gracilioribus; caput ferrugineum, suturis

transversalibus sat distinctis: pronotum quadratum, nigrum,

marginibus rectis, postico rotundato, totum subtumidum, mar-

ginibus reflexis, pallido-testaceis; elytra brevia, nigra, medio

macula magna pallida ornata, margine interno quam externo

multo brevius, margine postico sinuato, angulo interno apieali

rotundato: ale abortive: pedes longi, sat graciles, testacei,

femoribus prope apicem infuscatis: abdomen magnum, rufo-

nigrum, punctulatum, plicis lateralibus sat distinctis; seg-

mentum ultimum dg subquadratum, latius quam _longius,

margine postico superne tuberculis duobus, spiniformibus,

supra forceps spectantibus, armatum; 2 angustum, declive,

inerme: pygidium ¢ quadratum, globosum, lateribus convexis,

margine postico truncato, angulis spinulis armatis; 9 haud

perspicuum. Forcipis bracchia ¢ sat valida, basi ipso paullo

dilatata sed haud deplanata, margine interno basi ipso dente

forti armata, dehine extus ac intus incurva, aream ellipticam

elongatam includentia, inermia; Q recta, inermia, contigua;

forceps rufescens, apice infuscatus.

3. Or.

ORS CORPOLIS: (51s i</< 10's sie vs. « > LG mm, 10 mm.

Patria. Sokotra (¢ 2 in B.M.).

Anechura Fedtchenkoi, Burr, in Forbes’s Nat. Hist. Sokotra, p. 414

(1903).

The two specimens brought from Sokotra by the Forbes-

Grant Expedition were formerly identified by me as

A. Fedtchenkot (1. ¢.), but, now that I have been able to

examine a good series of that species, a further examination

shows that they are entirely distinct. The forceps are more

strongly bowed, forming an elongated ellipse; the pygidiuin

is different ; the last segment of the abdomen has two tubercles

in the middle, pointing directly backwards and parallel,

whereas in A. Medtchenkoi the tubercles are stronger, situated

at the corners, and point outwards.

Forficula canariensis, sp. n.

F, Lesnei proxime affinis: differt statura majore, robustiori, elytris

brevioribus, apice oblique truncatis, angulis rotundatis, margine

interno quam externo multo brevioribus, corpore minus pubescenti.

Ceteris cum /, Lesnei omnino congruet. @ ignota.

494 Mr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia.

ong. corporis, ....7.'../ Ld mm;

DMT ORCHDIS ons 5 5.0)a: soe” idse | tas

Patria. Teneriffe (¢ in B.M.).

Very closely allied to #. Lesned, agreeing exactly in the

form of the forceps, but somewhat larger and stouter, and the

elytra are trapezoidal instead of square, and almost shdw a

minute scutellum.

Forficula redempta, sp. n.

Statura mediocri: antenne segmento primo testacco: caput rufo-

nigrum, postice subtumidum, suturis obsoletis : pronotum fuscum,

lateribus testaceis, margine antico truncato, postico lateribusque

late rotundatis, sat supra elytra productum ; prozona tumida, a

metazona plana distincte sejuncta: elytra nigra, macula parva

humerali flava ornata, longa, apice truncata: ale long, pallido-

flavee, sutura infuscata: pedes testacei: abdomen nigrum, vix

punctulatum, plicis lateralibus distinctis; segmentum ultimum

dorsale ¢ magnum, subquadratum, paullo latius quam longius,

margine postico medio trituberculato, utrinque ad latera tuberculo

parvo instructum: pygidium haud perspicuum : forcipis bracchia

¢ fusco-rufa, parte dilatata brevi, quartam partem forcipis

attingenti, margine interno crenulato, hac parte deplanata dente

parvo superiori sursum spectanti terminata; dehine attenuata,

gracilia, inermia, arcuatim incurva. ¢. @ ignota.

oun

Long Corporis: jn-.-1,- le saieie, peel Cy

p mALOLOUDIS te toite eae vac Hed adueted as

Forficula smyrnensis, Burr, in Forbes’s Nat. Hist. Sokotra, p. 413,

pl. xxv. fig. 5 (d)} (1903).

Patria. Sokotra: Dahamieh, 8500 feet (g¢, unique, in

B.M.).

Resembles F. smyrnensts, with which it was formerly con-

fused by both M. de Bormans and myseif, but smaller, slighter,

darker : the flattened part of the forceps has a smooth tooth

pointing upwards, and the pronotum is almost circular, instead

of transverse oblong.

Forficula vidua, sp. n.

Haud nitida. Statura majore; colore nigro: antennze (?) 10-seg-

mentate ; segmentis tenuibus, 4 sat elongato, quam 3 vix breviori ;

rufo-nigre: caput nigrum, globosum, suturis vix perspicuis: pro-

notum sublatius quam longius, lateribus parallelis margine postico

rotundato; prozona vix tumida, medio suleulo impresso: elytra

lata, brevia, apice truncata, fusco-castanea, haud nitida: ale

breves, parum prominentes, fusco-castanez : pedes testacei : abdo-

men atrum, yix punctulatum, plicis distinctis ; segmentum ultimum

Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. AQ

dorsale medio impressum et subtuberculatum: pygidium breve,

conicum, apice fissum: forcipis bracchia sat valida; margine

interno prope basin dilatata et deplanata, hac parte breyi vix

contigua, dente obtuso obsoleto terminata; dehine sensim

incurva, in tertia parte basali denticulo minuto: forceps ipse haud

deplanatus, margine solo interno laminato. <.

ale

Long? corporis’! ..¢ 3'4’..0855 0 12 mm.

Fe LORCIMISN? Oe ht aioe 8 45 ,,

Fatria. Guatemala: Mt. Oltrain (in B.M.).

SYNONYMIC NOTES.

The following descriptions and names appear to me to be

applied to the same species ; I have not been able to verify

all the types, but the quoted localities and the descriptions

leave very little doubt that the names are synonymous.

Anechura eoa, Semenov, Rev. russe d’Ent. 11. p. 100, fig. 2

(1902) = Forficula japonica, Borm. An. Soc. Esp. H. N. ix.

p- 512 (1880). As the name japonica in Forficuls is pre-

occupied by Haan, Rehn (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvii. p. 540,

1904) suggests the new specific name athymia. As it falls

into my genus Odontopsalis (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1904,

p- 816), which will coincide with true Anechura, Scudder, the

correct name for this insect is Anechura athymia (Relhn).

Nesogaster Fruhstorfert, Verhoeff, Zool. Anzeig. no. 665,

p. 191 (1902) = Labia dolicha, Burr, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(6) xx. p. 311 (1897); so that the correct name for this

species is Nesogaster dolichus (Burr).

Sparatta semifulva, Borm. Notes from the Leyden Mus.

vi. p. 183 (1884), and Sphingolabis furcifera, Borm. 1. ce.

p. 194, appear to be respectively the ¢ and the ¢ of thesame

insect. 1 have in my collection an insect which agrees

perfectly with the description of the first, and with an

unpublished drawing of it by de Bormans himself, and another

which agrees equally well with the latter and with an

unpublished coloured drawing of the same: but these two

insects are very obviously the sexes of one species; they

resemble in every particular of locality and coloration, were

taken together, and differ only in the form of the pygidium

and forceps; the “‘semifulva” specimens have all seven

visible abdominal segments (that is, are females), and the

496 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

“ furcifera”’ specimens have always nine (that is, are males) :

it appears, therefore, that de Bormans was mesmerised by the

forceps and pygidium of “ semifulva,” which are unusually

developed for a female, and considered the specimens to be

males. The second tarsal segment, examined by a microscope,

shows practically no dilation; and as furcifera is the type of

Sphingolabis, it effectually removes that genus from the

neighbourhood of Forficula, and conclusively demonstrates

its independence from Apterygida, of which the type,

media, is totally different: unless, therefore, Sphingolabis is

shown to coincide with some other existing genus, it must be

revived for this species, and probably also for S. hawattensis,

Borm., and S. borneensis, Borm. It is wrongly revived by

Verhoeff for S. sansibarica and its allies, as by his very

definition of the new genus he excludes the typical species

of Sphinoglahis ; his genus certainly holds good, but will

require a new name. In the meantime, as the name

“ semifulva”’ occurs a few pages earlier than “ furcifera” in

the same paper, the former name must stand, and therefore,

until the true position of the genus Sphingolabis is satisfac-

torily determined, this insect must be known as Sphingolabis

semifulva, Borm.

Chelisoches vittatus, Burr, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7)

xi. p. 274 (1903), is identical with Sphinoglabis variegata,

Kirby, Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool. xxii. p. 326 (1891), as I

have seen the types of both; but it seems that both these

names must fall before the name employed by Fabricius

(Ent. Syst. ii. p. 5, 1793), who described what seems certainly

to be the same insect under the name Forficula flavipennis.

As it is a true Chelisoches, it must be called Chelisoches

flavipennis (Fabr.).

Chelisoches Shelfordi, Burr, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi.

p. 96, pl. iv. fig. 4 (1900), and Ch. hercules, Burr, I. ¢.

p. 97, pl. iv. fig. 2, are respectively the 2 and ¢ of the

same species. ‘ihe former name occurs earlier and so must

stand. ‘lhe form of the forceps of Ch. Shelfordi is so

unusual fora @ that I allowed myself to assume it to bea @.

In several large Chelisochide the females look like males

(c.g. Ch. glaucopterus) , and probably Ch. dort, Borm., is the

3 of Ch. superbus, Dohrn.

Royal Societies’ Club,

” St. James’s Street, S.W.

July 1905.

On Hipposiderus diadema and tts closest Allies. 497

LVI.—On Hipposiderus diadema and its closest Allies.

By Knup ANDERSEN.

Hipposiderus diadema, Geoftroy.

Diagnosis (as compared with the three species described

below).—Anteorbital width* of skull between 8°5 and 10mm.;

upper tooth-row (exclusive of BOR 11°3-13°2 mm.

Ears moderate: width 24—27°5 mm.; forearm 75°5-91 mm.

Range.—The Indo- and Austro-Malayan Subregions,

exclusive of Betchian.

Hipposiderus diadema oceanitis, subsp. n.

Diagnosis.—Anteorbital width 8°5 ; upper teeth 11°3-12°1.

Forearm 78°8-79°2.

Details.—Of all the local representatives of the diadema

type, this form has the slenderest skull and the shortest

tooth-rows. But in both of these respects it is almost, or

completely, matched by the smallest individuals of HZ. d.

griseus, from the Philippines, from which it, however, differs

by the somewhat shorter forearm (78°8-79°2 mm., as against

83-88). The three specimens of oceanitis at my disposal

evidently do not show the extremes of individual variation

in size; the external dimensions of this form will, presum-

ably, prove to be very much as in H. d. pullatus from New

Guinea (forearm 75-81 mm.).

The third (external) supplementary leaflet is smaller than

in the other forms of diadema, sometimes so small that it

requires some attention not to be overlooked.

Type.— G ad. (in alcohol). Aola, Guadalecanar, Solomon

Islands. Collected by C. M. Woodford, Esq. Brit. Mus.

no. 88. 1. 5. 23.

Range.—Solomon Islands: Guadalcanar ; Fauro,

Hipposiderus diadema griseus, Meyen.

Diagnosis —Anteorbital width 8-6-9°2; upper teeth 12-

13:2. Forearm 83-88.

Range.—Philippine Islands: Luzon, Catanduanes, Guima-

ras, Leyte, Mindanao (Mt. Apo; Zamboanga).

* The width of the facial portion of the skull, across the front margin

of the orbits, immediately above the upper border of the infraorbital

foramina. —A]l the measurements recorded in the ‘‘ diagnoses” and in the

table, p. 507, are of full-grown individuals, For explanation of some of

the measurements, see Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi. (1905) p. 248,

footnote.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. an

498 Mr. K. Andersen on Hipposiderus diadema

Remarks.—8 adult and 5 young specimens *, from all the

above-named islands of the Philippine group, have been

examined. They all agree closely in cranial and external

characters. In the general size of the skull and teeth, as well

as in the anteorbital width, there is scarcely more than an

average difference between this and the foregoing race, but

the forearm is longer. Such at least is the case in all the

specimens just referred to. But one adult example, from

Zamboanga, collected by A. Everett, is quite extraordinarily

small, the forearm measuring only 77°5 mm., the tail 35°8

(in all the others 48-54). The gap between this specimen

and the whole of the other series (the young individuals —

not excepted) is so great that I can hardly believe it to be-

long to the same form. We find in the Philippines, in the

same island, Rhinolophus arcuatus and subrufus, two distinct

species differing in no important respect but size; in Java

Rh. minor and acuminatus, differmg much in the same way ;

in the Solomon Islands H. d. oceanitis and //. dinops,asmall

and a large representative of the same type of bat; it is

therefore not improbable that in the Philippines there occurs

a small and a large form of H. diadema. But to decide tl.is

more ample material is necessary.

Technical name.—The type of “ Rhinolophus griseus”

was from S. Matheo Cave, Luzon+. ‘The figure (half

natural size) gives a tolerably good representation of a

Hf, diadema; the dimensions, as derived from this figure, are

quite as in the Philippine series examined by me. ‘The fur

is stated to be “ ganz aschgrau,” which is certainly not the

case In any specimen or any race of diadema I have seen;

the ears are far too small, the supplementary leaflets not

indicated. Notwithstanding these discrepancies there can,

in my opinion, be no doubt as to the identification of

Meyen’s species.

Hipposiderus diadema pullatus, subsp. nu.

Diagnosis.— Anteorbital width 9°2-9°5; upper teeth 11:8-

12°5. Forearm 75°5-81.

Details—The anteorbital width is slightly larger than in

the foregoing forms, but there is no sharp line of separation,

the maximum of griseus being equal to minimum of pullatus.

* Five of these thirteen specimens were kindly sent me for inspection

by Mr. Gerrit 8. Miller, Washington.

t+ F. J. F. Meyen, “ Beitrige zur Zoologie, gesammelt auf einer Reise

um die Erde,” Nov. Act. Ac. Ces. Leop.-Car. vol. xvi. pt. 2 (1838)

p- 608, pl. xlvi. fig. iv—According to Peters (MB. Ak. Berlin, 1871,

p. 316), the type specimen has been lost.

and its closest Allies. AG9

The general size is as in the Solomon race, markedly smaller

than in griseus.

Type.— § ad. (in alcohol). Haveri, British New Guinea,

700 m., November 1893. Collected by Dr. Lamberto Loria.

Presented by the Genoa Museum. Brit. Mus. no. 97.8.7. 9.

Range.— British New Guinea: Haveri; Chad’s Bay.

Hipposiderus diadema vicarius, subsp. n.

Diagnosis.—Anteorbital width as in H. d. pullatus ; upper

teeth 12°1-13°2. Forearm 80°5-85:2.

Details.—Similar to H. d, pullatus, but on an average

larger. The lateral vertical ridges on the front surface of

the posterior leaf show some tendency to obliteration: in

three out of five spirit-specimens from Sarawak they might

by a hasty examination rather easily be overlooked.

Type.— ad. (in alcohol). Niah Cave, Sarawak. Col-

lected by A. Everett, Esq. Brit. Mus. no. 92. 9. 6. 238.

Range.—N. Borneo (Sarawak); S. Celebes (Kalao) ;

Sumatra.

Remarks.— Six specimens from Borneo, one from Celebes,

and one from Sumatra have been examined. The skull of

the Celebes individual is in all essential points like those

from Borneo (three skulls), only a trifle smaller, with some-

what smaller teeth; the nasal swellings as inflated as in

any Bornean skull, the anteorbital width as great as in the

largest of these latter. The Sumatra skull is slightly more

slender than any from Borneo, the teeth somewhat smaller,

the nasal swellings less inflated. These differences, very

slight as they are, may eventually, when larger series from

these islands are to hand, turn out to be quite individual.

Hipposiderus diadema, Geoffr., typicus.

Diagnosis.—Anteorbital width 9°5-9'8; upper teeth 12°3-

13. Forearm 84°5-91.

Details.—This form is most closely related to vicarius, but

as a rule larger, and with the facial portion of the skull

slightly broader. The size of the teeth is the same as in the

Bornean race. Only skins (six specimens) and skulls (five)

have been examined.

Range.—Java, Timor.

Technical name.—The species was originally described

from Timor*. ‘There is a skin from that island in the

* Geoflroy Saint-Hilaire, “ Sur un genre de Chauve-souris, sous le nom

de Rhinolophes,” Ann. Mus, d’Hist. nat. xx. (1813) pp. 263, 266, pl. vi.

o> o> Me

oo”

500 Mr. K. Andersen on Ilipposiderus diadema

British Museum, closely agreeing with Geoffroy’s figure and

description.

Horsfield’s Rh. nobilis*.—The cotypes + (two skins) of

Horsfield’s “ Rhinolophus nobilis,’ from Java, are in the

British Museum; both of them are young adults, 7. e.

evidently full-grown, but the epiphyses of the metacarpals

not ankylosed and the teeth unworn. The skull of one of

these cotypes, and the skulls of several other examples from

Java, are as inthe Timor bat. The forearm of five Java

skins measures 85-91, of the Timor skin 84°5. It may mean

(if it means anything) that, in a large series, Java specimens

will turn out to be on an average larger than Timor speci-

mens, in which case Horsfield’s name will, of course, have

to stand for the former race {.

Hipposiderus lankadiva, Kelaart.

Diagnosis.—Anteorbital width moderate; 9°2-9°8; teeth

very large: upper row 14-147. Ears moderate: width

about 23-24; size very large: forearm 88-94:°8.

Details.—This species differs from H. diadema (all forms)

in the following particulars :—

* Th. Horsfield, ‘ Zoological Researches in Java and the neighbouring

Islands ’ (London, 1824), no. 7, letterpress (unpaged) ; figs. L, N, O, P,Q

(head and dentition) on black-and-white plate (without number) ; coloured

plate [8] (whole fig.).

+ Nos. A and B in Horsfield’s Cat. Mamm. Mus. East-Ind. Comp.

(London, 1851) p. 55.

{ H. diadema also occurs in the Malay Peninsula. The skull of an

example (skin) in the British Museum, from Gunnong Pulai, Johore

(collected by W. Davison, presented by A. O. Hume), has the anteorbital

width 10 mm., a trifle larger than in the races described above; the size

of the teeth (upper row 13 min.) is quite as in an average form of diadema.,

I should have no hesitation in identifying this bat with Dobson’s

“ H, Masoni,” from Lower Burma, were it not for the reason that Dobson

described this latter as having only one (central) vertical ridge on the front

of the posterior leaf, whereas in the Johore specimen the lateral ridges

are well developed (the other character cf ‘ Masoni” mentioned by

Dobson, viz. a downward projecting process from the symphysis of

the mandible, looks so strange that I suppose it may be an individual

deformity in the only specimen known). The possibility is perhaps not

excluded that Dobson had before him a specimen in which (as I have

pointed out above to be sometimes the case in HZ. d. vicarius) the lateral

ridges were markedly reduced, therefore easily overlooked. The length

of the forearm of the Johore specimen and of the type of “ Masoni” is

almost exactly the same (in the former 86°8, in the latter 85), A safe

identification of the Malacca form would require more material both

from the Malay Peninsula (specimen “c” of ZZ. diadema in Dobson’s

Catalogue (p. 137), from Penang, is a H. armiger) and from the type

locality of “ Mason,”

and tts closest Allies. 501

The skull is very large and heavily built (see measure-

ments on p. 507), but the facial portion (anteorbital width)

comparatively narrow; nasal swellings well developed,

inflated, making the upper surface of the facial portion very

conspicuously convex*; portion between nasal swellings

and sagittal crest convex or flattened, not distinctly concave,

asin H. diadema; hinder part of orbits (temporal fossa)

markedly broader ; sagittal crest higher, more abruptly

descending in front; mandible much longer, the rami

higher. The teeth considerably larger.

The central projection of the posterior leaf is more

prominent than in any other form of the diadema type, the

upper border of the leaf, therefore, trilobate+, in so far

recalling the shape of the posterior leaf in H. armiger. In

H. diadema the central projection is but slightly prominent,

the upper border almost evenly convex, as “a segment of

the circumference of a circle” {. In one specimen of

H. lankadiva there is a minute fourth lateral leaflet, external

to the third ; I have seen a similar individual aberration in

two H. d. vicarius from Borneo.

Range.— Ceylon.

Technical name.—The type locality of H. lankadiva § is

Kandy, Ceylon ||. Two skins from Dr. Kelaart’s collection

are in the British Museum, one of them marked (in Kelaart’s

handwriting ?) “‘ H. lankadiva; Kelaart ; Kandy, 1850,” and

both of them quite as described above. But in his original

description of AH. lankadiva, Kelaart gives as length of the

forearm 3 inches (76°2 mm.), of the third digit 44+ inches

(108 mm.), measurements which, if they are correct (and

there is no reason to doubt them), would indicate a bat much

inferior in size to any “lankadiva” I have seen. There is

* In this respect H. lankadiva is perfectly in accordance with the

other bats described in the present paper; I emphasize this important

point to prevent confusion with H. armiger, a species to which

HI. lankadwva bears a certain superficial resemblance in the general outline

of the posterior leaf, but from which it differs widely in the shape of the

facial portion of the skull. See the ‘‘ General Remarks,” below.

+ The peculiar shape of the posterior leaf in specimens from Ceylon

was pointed out by Blyth in 1863 (Cat. Mamm. Mus. Asiat. Soe. p. 26) ;

it seems to have been overlooked by subsequent writers, who are

unanimeus in putting “ lankadiva” down as a synonym of “ diadema.”

The shape of the leaf is not always easy to ascertain in dried skins ; it is

quite pronounced in two spirit-specimens at my disposal.

{ Dobson, Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. (1878) p. 137.

§ “ Lanka,” Iam informed on good authority, is a Hindu name of

Ceylon. Is “-diva” the Sanskrit “deva” (cognate with Zeds (Aeds),

ios, deus) ?

\| KE. I. Kelaart, ‘ Prodromus Faunce Ze lanicse * (Colombo, 1852), p. 19.

- 502 Mr. K. Andersen on Hipposiderus diadema

the possibility that two distinct forms of the diadema type, a

small and a large, occur in Ceylon, in which case the name

lankadiva belongs to the former. So long as this remains

uncertain, I prefer to use Kelaart’s name for the form here

under consideration.

Hipposiderus euotis, sp. n.

Diagnosis —Facial portion of skull broad: anteorbital

width 10°3-10°6; teeth moderate: upper row 13°2-1377.

Kars large: width 29-29°8*; size rather moderate: forearm

845-89'2.

Details —The skull of this species bears a certain resem-

blance to that of H/. lankadiva; it is of about the same size,

with very wide temporal fossz (large zygomatic width), and

with approximately the same shape and development of the

sagittal crest; but the facial portion is considerably broader,

the region between the nasal swellings and the sagittal

crest distinctly hollowed out, as in H. diadema, not convex

or flattened as in H. lankadiva. The teeth are markedly

smaller than in this latter.

The shape of the posterior leaf is as in //. diadema.

Type.—Young adult (apparently full-grown), skin. Bat-

chian. Collected by Dr. A. R. Wallace. Tomes Collection

(unregistered).

Hipposiderus dinops, sp. 0.

Diagnosis.—Facial portion of skull excessively broad:

anteorbital width 11; teeth very large: upper row 14°6. Ears

excessively large: width 32:5; size the extreme: forearm

96:5.

Details.—The skull is of the same size as in /7/. lankadiva,

or rather larger, but the facial portion is much broader,

the region behind the nasal swellings distinctly concave ; the

coronoid process of the mandible markedly higher and

broader. The premolars and molars are as in //. lankadiva,

but the upper canines much broader at base.

The lower leg is extraordinarily lengthened: 44 mm., as

against 35°8 in the largest HH. lankadiva. The tail, too, is

markedly longer. The third leaflet external to the horse-

shoe very small. The upper border of the posterior leaf as

in euotis and diadema.

Type.— ¢ ad. (in alcohol). Rubiana +, Solomon Islands.

Collected by C.M. Woodford, Esq. Brit. Mus. no. 88.1.5.22.

* Measurements from two dried skins, therefore probably a little too

small,

+ A minute islet very near the western coast of New Georgia (see

map in C. M. Woodford, ‘A Naturalist among the Head-hunters,’

London, 1890),

and its closest Allies. 503

Colour.

The style of colour is, broadly speaking, the same in all

the forms described above. ‘There is some difference in

details, and there seems to be a certain, though not very

large, amount of individual variation.

This style of colour, in its most pronounced form, might

be described as follows :—

Upperside of the body, anteriorly light-coloured, posteriorly

dark-coloured ; the two colours contrasting, and the line

of demarcation between them sharp; the contrast is simply

due to the fact that, in the hinder part of the upperside,

the dark hair-tips are sufficiently long to completely cover the

light bases of the hairs, in the front part very short or

altogether wanting, exposing the light ground-colour ; the

dark-coloured part of the back corresponds to what I have

called the “ horseshoe-patch” in Rhinolophus. Base of hairs

of upperside rather “ ecru-drab” with a silvery tinge. Two

round patches, whitish or yellowish, on each side of the body,

at the shoulder-region, the one behind the other, rather

close together. A longitudinal stripe, white or yellowish,

bordering each side of the back, along the plagiopatagium.

Underside a shade of “ wood-brown.”

Putting aside some old skins, the colours of which may

not be quite reliable, the chief differences between the species

and subspecies, so far as they can be made out from the

material to hand, seem to be these (all the skins described

are of adult individuals) :—

H. d. vicarius and typicus——Hinder part of back “‘ mars-

brown” washed with “russet.””? Patches and stripes well

marked, sometimes tinged with yellowish.

H. d. griseus——Not essentially different from vicarius ;

the shade of the brown colour of the hinder back varies

somewhat, being sometimes darker, sometimes more tinged

with russet.

FT. d. pullatus (one skin only).—Back very much darker,

approaching “ seal-brown”’?; no contrast between anterior

and posterior part of back. White patches and stripes very

strongly marked *.

Hi. d. oceanitis (one skin).—Essentially as pullatus, but

patches and stripes almost completely obsolete. | Underside

of body considerably darker.

H. lankadiva.—As I], d. vicarius, but hinder part of back

* This skin was obtained on July 10th; teeth somewhat worn; fur

unabraded. Four spirit-specimens obtained in Noyember seem to be of

the same colour.

504 Mr. Kk. Andersen on Hipposiderus diadema

rather dark “ Prout’s brown.” No patches; longitudinal

stripe but very slightly indicated.

H. euotis.—Essentially as H. d. vicarius.

I have seen no skin of //. dinops.

Synopsis of the Species *.

Anteorbital width 85-10; ears moderate : width 23-27°5.

Upper teeth 11:3-13:2; upper border of posterior leaf

forming an are of a circle: Indo-Austro-Malayan

Subregions, exclusive of Batchian ................ diadema.

Upper teeth 14-14°7; upper border of posterior leaf

trilobate: ‘Ceylon * <0. ics .ges ws poem ee ere lankadiva.

Anteorbital width 10°3-11 ; ears large: width 29-32°5.

Upper teeth 13:2-13:7; forearm 84:5-89:2; lower leg

SOBA splsabC MIAN cre Be ses oe ote ts cin aot We ieee euotis.

Upper teeth 14:6; forearm 96; lower leg 44: Solomons. dinops.

General Remarks.

Common characters.—All the bats reviewed above have

been called H. diad:ma. They have the following characters

in common :—

Nasal swellings always distinctly inflated, the upper surface

of the facial portion of the skull never quite flattened, as in

H. armiger and its allies. p* (of course) and p; completely

wanting. The cingula of p, and p, strongly in contact,

rather often a little overlapping each other, very rarely (in

two out of 33 skulls) separated by an extremely narrow

interspace; the tendency to overlapping, and the rarity of

the exceptions to the general rule, may be taken as evidences

that ps has been lost for many generations of ancestors

(compare the pronounced vacillation in this respect in those

highly-developed species of Rhinolophus which have lost ps).

p very small, and, with rare individual exceptions f, situated

in the outer angle formed by the canine and p’, 7. e. on the way

towards complete obliteration. The upper canine and p”, as a

general rule, very distinctly separated ; quite often, however,

the interspace is small or extremely small; very rarely the

cingula are completely in contact {. p. somewhat reduced

in size.

* On H. Masoni and nicobarensis, see the ‘ General Remarks,” below.

+ In one skull, out of 33, p? is almost quite in row; the exception is a

H. d. vicarius from Sumatra.

t The details, from an examination of 33 skulls, are these:—In 16

c and p* are rather widely separated ; in 14 slightly or very slightly ; in

one almost in contact (pwullatus); in one in contact on the one side

(griseus) ; in one in contact on either side (dinops). The variation is

quite individual, the extremes, or approximately the extremes, rather

often occurring in individuals of the same subspecies (griseus, f. 1.).

and its closest Allies. 50d

Third metacarpal longer than fourth, and this latter always

considerably longer than fifth *. Second phalanx of third

digit, with very slight variation, equal to the first phalanx +.

Distal phalanges of fourth and fifth digits much shorter

than the proximal phalanges +. Compare the wing-indices on

p. 507.

Three supplementary leaflets on each side, external to the

horseshoe; sometimes (/ankadiva, d. vicarius) with a slight

trace of a fourth, rarely with some reduction in the size of

the third (dinops, d. oceanitis). Posterior leaf, with very

rare individual exceptions, distinctly broader than the horse-

shoe. Its upper border forming an arc of a circle, rarely

(lankadiva), by a stronger development ‘of the median pro-

jection, distinctly trilobate. Three vertical ridges on the

front face of the posterior leaf; the lateral ridges sometimes

tending towards reduction (d. vicarius), sometimes completely

wanting (Mason, nicobarensis). No frontal pore.

They are all bats of considerable size, the forearm varying

from 66 (nicobarensis) to 96°5 mm. (dinops). ‘The sexes do

not differ appreciably in size, nor is there any other secondary

sexual differences.

Interrelations.—H. diadema is the least modified of the

species: the facial portion of the skull is not excessively

broadened, the teeth not very large, the ears moderate.

We have no means of deciding where this type of bat has

originated, and how it has spread over the large area now

occupied. But it is not unreasonable to suppose that the

Philippine race, with its comparatively slender face, comes

rather near to the ancestral species; and if it is true that

these same islands are also inhabited by a markedly smaller

form, we might with more confidence regard the Philippines

as having, not improbably, been situated within the centre of

dispersal. The equally slender face and rather small teeth

in the extreme eastern form, d. oceanitis from the Solomon

Islands, may, very likely, be due to slight degeneration of

the type, if they are not indications that in this remote and

isolated place some of the primitive characters of the type

have been more faithfully preserved. But the only safe

conclusion to be drawn from our examination of these bats

* Compare the genus Rhinolophus: third metacarpal always the

shortest ; in the more primitive species the fourth, in the more highly-

developed the fifth, the longest. +

} In primitive 2Atnolophi always lengthened, in more differentiated

species much lengthened.

{ In Rhinolophus longer than, or much longer than, the proximal

phalanges,

506 On Hipposiderus diadema and its closest Allies.

is that the Solomon Island and New Guinea forms are most

closely related to each other, likewise the Philippine and

the Celebes-Borneo-Sumatra forms, whereas the Java-Timor

form is a trifle more aberrant from what we may well suppose

to be the “ ancient style.”

In H. d. vicarius we found.a certain tendency to reduction

of the lateral ridges on the front of the posterior leaf. In

H. Masoni, from Lower Burma, they have quite disappeared

(provided Dobson’s description of this bat is correct).

H.. nicobarensis, in which the same is said to be the case,

would seem to be a pigmy form of this modification.

H. lankadiva is most closely related to H. diadema; the

facial width is as in‘an average form of that species, but the

skull is much more heavily built, the teeth markedly larger,

and the shape of the posterior leaf a little aberrant *.

In Batchian (and neighbouring islands?) we find the

diadema type modified into the large-eared and big-faced

H. euotis, but still the teeth have retained their usual size.

This form seems to lead to the very large, big-faced, large-

toothed, large-eared, and exceedingly long-legged H. dinops,

from the Solomon Islands +.

Thus the Solomon Islands, though being the extreme

eastern limit for the group dealt with in this paper, are

inhabited by two modifications of the same type of bat.

But it must be remembered that these two forms (H. d.

oceanitis and H. dinops) have been derived from two different

branches of the fundamental type, the former from the

“ diadema”’ branch, the latter, probably, from the “‘ ewotis ”’

branch, and that they therefore, very hkely, have spread to

these far eastern islands at different times and by different

ways.

* H. diadema has been recorded from the Central Provinces of India

(Dobson, Mon. Asiat. Chir. (1876) p. 200, nos. 293-296) ; I have seen no

specimens from the Indian Peninsula.—Dobson also registers an adult

female, in the collection of the Calcutta Museum, from Darjeeling

(2. ce. no. 292; see also J. Anderson, Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. Calcutta,

1881, p. 115). Is that a H. diadema (not a H. armiger) ?

+ The Solomon Islands are indeed peculiarly fertile in the production

of giant species: Mus imperator, Mus rev, Rana Guppy?, to which is now

added Hipposiderus dinops.

‘ sdounp ‘syjona ‘narpoyun) ‘vumapoup * TT

PGI | L¥G OF9 eh LEG 969 || 268 628 OIL O00T

EK. | Po \ | ‘oujout WIG || “AT ‘CAL | ‘ovjout ap | ‘STIL | ‘rITI | ‘ovjeur pag |} ‘aravaaoyy

-saoypun-bua mn

9-91 G-aT CT | 8-91 91 |} 8tl LEL| 8FI 8&1 6FL GEél | 6Sl GEl| Sel 66

9-F1 LEl GEL | LT FI 6 &@6T) GSI T-6L GEL 61 |@¢el 8-IL | Tél IT

1G 1.Gg 696 | 196 1466 |686 €26| €86 4-26 G86 GG 56 LG | FG GG

GOL 6.8 9-6 6 | &8 8 18 8 ¢.8 8 G8 8 | Ls 6-2

II 90L €-0T | 8-6 G6 | 8-6 G6 C6 G6 G6 9:8 G6 G6 | G8 G8

GEL ech leech Ss LE (Oa eesrT €1l 8-11 LG Ttl| Lek 910 one ait

GIG » WYe 1G 0G | 8-41 41 | G8l GLI S40 Ol | F8l GL} St ZT

6-FI GEL FL «Lt | 9-61 GI | Gl al 8G cl | 9¢6L GEL G Gl

8-91 aie oe teOk” (SST ri Ll &-F1 LGL €-F1 Sl VPL| GPL IL

Lg , | G98 LE oa 66 G1E Leg 80& | 8 8-18 G-08 | G.1¢

TF LE 8-98 | GLE Gade cS GPE | SSE GIF 146 G-1E | 8.86 Of | 8-96

C-F9 ach “| G8 L.6¢ =e GG G.GP ¥¢ SP 9G L.GF | ¢.9¢

G9 8¢ LG | 3.9¢ CG |}Gco Go| GCG Gg G9G 8.6¢ FG 88h | GG

L9 669 LI9|) €9 66¢]Z09 G&8¢] 09 8.9¢ L419 4-99 | §.6¢ GG | G:9¢

89 G79 9-€9 | 9-49 oO} G G09 | G29 G.gg Go Glo | G09 ¢-FG 8g

0-96 G68 &F8 | 8-6 88 16 G8} 6&8 4.08 88 €8 18 GGL | 6-62 :

8-81 as ESE PAG Dal oF él Or Gl GIL | Gert TL Il 801

ct “oi Spee OleueuiG hea a GIT 6 GOL 16 GOL 16 | €-01 6

&-6§ 8-66 66 | GPG SGul a i 160 GG GLE 9-46 LE -G-FG | GALS LG

GE = ati LZ 896) G86 96 O& GLE 6G 96 | OF 8:86

‘XU UIP | xe UN | xey ure | xe ‘UNTT ‘XV “UIT XV UIP | “xXVpE UITT

od AT, MUS EES PUES. SMU STIS AIOE 9 SUS 7 ELLOS EKG

‘pe d “smods 7 “smuods G “suaods ¢ “sutods Q “suiads Q “sutods ¢ “sutods @

“pordhy * "SNLMDOU “snas1Lh ‘smgoyynd "$2)0 0990

‘sdourp “FT ‘syjona "AT |\"warpoyun) “zr “‘Dibkapolp FT

“9+ W199) aMOT]

oe mc e wees cee serseresvesecs yea} todd 9

pclogoo secinudaoce ooGeEHaOD as siete arqypun yy

“** SOUL) JO B[NSULO sso.lon

See ie alae YIP [ejiqtoojuRe *

Mites See Cpr eppixeor

aegepoReee Apia omeuosdsz *

wees’ 98B0-UIBIG JO TpIM = **

TJPA proysvur *

Oadjela\olernaiatete 939] ey [M48

Senet HSS oe Soy 19M07T

Settee Geen ta Sracts Tey,

[edavorjeut WC

+ yedaeorjaut IF

ss redmorjant pas

ULIB910 5]

eeecccceese “TQ pRaaq Beal LOLL9}SOF

“Ty pBatq 4seqvads ‘ eoysosioyy

; qjypeatq yseqrais

Sdagigdce meres USuay ‘sees

“squawmainspayy f0 a]90],

508 Dr. A. Aleock—A Pevision

LVII.—A Revision of the “ Genus” Peneus, with Diagnoses

of some new Species and Varieties. By A. Aucock, M.B.,

ih DBRS:

CONTENTS.

I. Introduction.

If. Definition of the Maniple Penens.

ILI. Diagnoses of the constituent Genera and Tables of the Species of

the several Genera.

IV. Diagnoses of Nine new Forms.

I. InrRopucTION.

The “genus” Peneus (type P. monodon) was established

in the year 1798 by Fabricius for three species from the

“Indian Ocean,” one of which (P. planicornis), since its

antennular flagella are described as compressed, should,

perhaps, be translated to the genus Solenocera of Lucas

(Ann. Soc. Entom. France, 2 sér. vol. viii. 1850, p. 219).

Milne-Edwards (Hist. Nat. Crust. 11. 1837, pp. 411-418)

deals critically with eleven species which he assigns to

Peneus; but two of them have since been transferred to

Solenocera, a genus with which we are not now concerned.

In 1881 in these ‘ Annals’ (vol. viii. ser. 5, p. 169) Spence

Bate published, along with a preliminary notice of the

‘Challenger’ Peneidz, an account of the results of an

examination of Milne-Edwards’s types. In this paper the

“genus” Peneus is left imtact, except that certain forms

with long antennular flagella are referred to as Peneopsis, a

MS. name,of A. Milne-Edwards. Peneopsis was not properly

characterized, nor has its type (P. serraf‘a) ever, as far as I

can ascertain, been described; but if the two species—one

of which bore A. Milne-Edwards’s MS. label ‘ Peneopsis

ocularis ”—described under this name by Faxon (Mem. Mus.

Comp. Zool. Harvard, xviii. 1895, p. 187) may be taken as

typical of the genus, then Peneopsis differs from all Penez

and agrees with all Peneinz except Peneus in having two

arthrobranchiz on the penultimate pair of legs. So that

Peneopsis, like Solenocera, may be left out of consideration

in a review of the phratry or maniple Peneus.

In 1885 S. I. Smith (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vin. p. 170)

proposed to restrict the name Peneus to those species in

which (1) the endopodite of the maxillules is elongate and

segmented, (2) the third maxillipeds have an epipodite, and

(3) the last thoracic somite carries a pleurobranch. To the

of the “Genus” Peneus. 509

species not thus characterized he applied the name Para-

peneus. In this paper the author objected to the action of

Miers and Kingsley in lumping his genus Xiphopeneus (1869)

with Peneus, and emphasized the distinctive characters of

Xiphopeneus.

In 1891 Wood-Mason, in these ‘ Annals’ (ser. 6, vol. viii.

p- 271), pointed out that certain Parapenei differed from the

type species (Parapeneus membranaceus, Risso,=P. longi-

rostris, Lucas) in not possessing the characteristic sutures of

the carapace and in having a filamentous vestige of an

anterior arthrobranch on the penultimate thoracic appendage.

To these forms he gave the name Metapeneus.

Wood- Mason also recognized that Peneus styliferus, Kdw.,

though it possesses the carapacial sutures which are a marked

feature of Parapeneus membranaceus, Risso, is unlike that

species in having curved lamellar exopodites on all the

thoracic legs. He therefore separated P. styliferus and gave

it the MS. name Parapeneopsis, probably because P. styliferus

happens to have the long antennular flagella which Spence

Bate had chosen as the distinctive mark of Peneopsis.

Unfortunately for the aptness of the name Parapeneopsis,

several of the species which must be transferred to this

section or genus have short antennular flagella.

In 1896 de Man (‘ Zoologischer Anzeiger,’ p. 111) published

a description of a new Peneid, which, from the peculiar size

and length of the first pair of chelipeds of the male, he made

the type of a distinct genus, Heteropeneus. 'The observations

of Nobili (Boll. Mus. Torino, 1903, no. 455) seem to show

that the difference between Heteropeneus and Peneus is,

perhaps, rather less than the difference between the latter

genus and Parapeneus, Metapeneus, &c.; so that Heteropeneus

should be taken into the maniple Peneus.

In 1901, in ‘A Catalogue of Indian Deep-sea Crustacea,’

p. 15, I suggested that P. curvirostris, Stimpson (= P. ancho-

ralis, Spence Bate), should be detached from the genus

Parapeneus, where it had been placed by other authors, and

should be made the type of a new subgenus or genus

LTrachypeneus.

In the present paper all the sections—genera or subgenera

—into which the old Fabrician genus has gradually become

split are tabulated and briefly defined, and an attempt. is

made to sift all the species that have been described under

the name Peneus and to distribute them in their proper

sections. It is but an attempt, because to allocate the

species with confidence requires exact information regarding

the grooves aud sutures of the carapace, the presence or

Die) Dr. A. Alcock—A Revision

absence of exopodites, the disposition of epipodites and

branchiz, the form of the endopodite of the maxillule, and

the armature of the telson; and these particulars are often

not to be found in descriptions.

Fortunately, however, [ have not been entirely dependent

on descriptions and figures, for when I was in England in

1897 I was allowed, through the kindness of Professor

Jeffrey Bell, to examine at my leisure the collection of Penet

in the British Museum, which includes the ‘ Challenger’

material determined by Spence Bate, the various species

described and identified by Miers, and Henderson’s Madras

specimens described in the ‘Transactions of the Linnean

Society’ for 1893: all these I went through and tabulated,

specimen by specimen, with an eye to a revision of the

genus. Moreover, in the Indian Museum I have had at my

disposal (1) a collection made about thirty years ago in the

Andamans by that discriminating carcinologist James Wood-

Mason; (2) miscellaneous donations and purchases from

India, China, and Japan; and, chief of all, (3) the many

hundreds of specimens trawled and dredged by the ‘ Investi-

gator’ off all the coasts and islands of British India, from

the Indus Delta to Mergui, during twenty-four years. A

very considerable part of the Indian Museum material had

been sorted and named by Wood-Mason before his death in

1893, and I must add that I have incorporated Wood-

Mason’s rough memoranda and used his MS. names (except

where they have been anticipated) in this paper.

I must also add that the contents of this paper refer

exclusively to the maniple Peneus.

Solenocera, Parasolenocera, Peneopsis, Philonicus, Haliporus,

and Artemisia are excluded, as they all have two arthro-

branchiz on the penultimate thoracic leg, and the first five

have the cervical groove deeply impressed on the tergum of

the carapace.

Funchalia is excluded for the present, as it has long,

sickle-shaped, cross-cutting mandibles.

II. Derinition oF THE Manipie Pevyevs.

Penevs, Fabr.

Peneus Fabricius, Entomol. Syst. Suppl. 1798, p. 408; Latreille, Hist.

Nat. Crust. vi. 1803, p. 246; Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. 1815,

pp: 336, 347, and Malacost. Podoephth. Brit., text of pl. xlii.; Des-

marest, Consid. Gén. Crust. 1825, p. 224; Milne- Edwards, Hist. Nat.

Crust. 11. 1837, p 411; De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. 1849, p. 188;

Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. pt. i. 1852, p. 601 ; Bell, Brit. Stalk-

of the “Genus” Peneus. 511

eyed Crust. 1853, p. 317; Heller, Crust. siidl. Europ, 1863, p. 292 ;

Miers, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 298; Boas, Stud. ov. Decapod., Vid. Selsk.

Skr. 6 Rekke, nat. o. math. Afd. 1. 2, 1880, p. 165; Spence Bate,

Ann, & Mag. ‘Nat. Hist. (5) viii. 1881, p. 173, and ‘ Challenger ’

Macrura, 1888, p- 229; Haswell, Cat. Austral. Crust. 1882, p. 198;

S. I. Smith, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. viii. 1885, p. 170; Ortmann, in

Bronn’s Thierreich, Malacostraca, pp. 1118-1120; Holmes, Occas.

Papers Calif. Acad. Sci. vii. 1900, p. 217; Kishinouye, Journ.

Fisheries Bureau, Tokyo, viii. no. i (1900) ; Alcock, Cat. Indian

Deep-sea Crust. 1901, p. 13.

Rostrum well developed, laterally compressed. Carapace

with postantennular (antennal) and hepatic spines, sometimes

with a small postocular (orbital) tooth or spine, and some-

times with a spine (branchiostegal) at or near its antero-

inferior angles. The cervical groove is never impressed on the

tergum of the carapace. Abdomen long, with some of its

posterior somites compressed and their terga carinated.

Kyes large. Basal joimt of antennular peduncle hollowed

dorsally to lodge the eye; its outer edge terminates in a

spine, and from the proximal end of its inner edge there

springs a twisted setose scale (antennular scale); the

antennular flagella are cylindrical and tapering and may be

short or long, but are never as long as the body. Antennal

scale large and foliaceous, its outer edge is rigid and

terminates acutely; antennal flagellum very long. The

mandible has a jagged cutting-edge and a broad grinding

crown ; its palp (endopodite) is large and broadly foliaceous,

consisting of two segments, of which the anterior is very

much the larger. The endopodite of the maxillule (first

maxilla) may be long and 2-, 3-, or 4-jointed, or may be

without segmentation and truncated; that of the maxilla

(second) is short.

The endopodite of the first maxillipeds is slender and

5-jointed, that of the second and of the third consists of 7

segments. The exopodite of the second and third maxilli-

peds is very well developed, being curved, compressed,

stiffish, and made up, like the flagella of the antenne, of

numerous small joints. The third maxillipeds are long and

pediform. The first three pairs of legs are chelate, the first

pair usually being the shortest and the third pair usually the

longest. The last. two pairs of legs are monodactylous.

Exopodites are usually present on all or all but the last pair

of thoracic legs, but are sometimes altogether wanting.

No podobranchiz exist on any of “the true legs, and

only one arthrobranch—the posterior one—is present on the

penultimate legs.

The abdominal appendages are of moderate length, the

512 Dr. A. Aleock—A Revision

exopodite being longer than the endopodite. In the first

pair there are no endopodites, but in the male their place is

taken by a pair of more or less rigid, longitudinally pleated,

or convoluted plates, known as the “ petasma” or “andricum,”

which together form a tube or canal. In the second pair

the endopodite carries at its base in the male a fleshy

papilla.

According to Zittel, the first remains of Peneus, so far as

is known at present, appear in the Lithographic Slates of

Bavaria (Jurassic).

The forms included in the maniple Peneuws are found in

greatest abundance off the coasts of the Indo-Pacific, from

the Red Sea and east coast of Africa (as far as 33° 8.) east-

wards to Japan and Australia. Eastwards of this centre a

few species occur in the western meridians of the Pacific, up

to the shores of California and Panama; and westwards of

it three species are found in the Mediterranean, two of

which extend into the N. Atlantic (one of them ranging as

far north as St. George’s Channel), and about ten occur off

the Atlantic coasts of America, from New England, through

the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean, doubtfully as far south

as the northern end of Patagonia.

Taking the distribution of the several genera of the phratry

or maniple (or subgenera of the genus) in order :—

Peneus (s. ¥.) has the widest range, being found all round

the globe, from the Gulf of Mexico, through the Atlantic

coasts of N. Africa, the Mediterranean, the Red Sea, and

the Indo-Pacific, to California and Panama.

Heteropeneus has been found only in the East Indian

Archipelago (Singapore and Japan).

Parapeneus occurs in the West Indies and off the Atlantic

coast of the U.S. America, in the Mediterranean and its

western approaches, and in Oriental seas from India to Fiji.

Metapeneus: this large genus is almost entirely Indo-

Pacific (Red Sea to Polynesia), two doubtful species being

found in the West Indies.

Parapeneopsis is confined to the Indo-Pacific, ranging

from India to China and Japan.

Xiphopeneus is confined to the Atlantic coasts of sub-

tropical and tropical America.

of the ‘Genus ” Peneus. Sip

Trachypeneus is found, on the one hand, in the West

Indies and neighbouring coasts of America, and, on the

other hand, in Oriental seas from India to Japan.

Atypopeneus is known with certainty only from the Bay of

Bengal, but it probably occurs also in the China Sea.

Key to the Genera of the Maniple Peneus.

I, Rostrum serrated both on its dorsal and on its

ventral edge ; a pleurobranch on the last tho-

racic somite (XIV.); exopodites on all or all

but the last pair of the thoracic legs.

My Hirsiepaie or ehenpedsishort..... 0.0... .53> Peneus (3. ¥.).

2. The first pair of chelipeds of the male are,

typically, stouter and vastly longer than the

second and third pairs ..............+++: Heteropeneus,

II. Rostrum serrated on its dorsal edge only.

1, A pleurobranch on somite XIII. but not on

somite XLV,

i, Exopodites on all or all but the last pair of

bie. CHorncie lees). 11/5. ia neice eapes cas oootorers Metapeneus.

ii. The thoracic legs have no exopodites...... Parapeneus (3. ¥.).

2. No pleurobranchiz on somites XIII. and XLV. ;

all the thoracic legs with exopodites.

i. Epipodites wanting from at least the last

three pairs of thoracic legs.............. Parapeneopsis.

ii, Epipodites absent from only the last two

pairs of legs.

a. Last two pairs of legs of normal form.

A. Antennular flagella short............ Trachypeneus.

B. Antennular flagella much longer than

UHE CATA NACE’ Vira sa Se Sons Coie sas e Atypopeneus.

b. Last two pairs of legs extremely long and

slender (flagelliform) ................ A itphopeneus.

IIL. DraGNosEs OF THE CONSTITUENT GENERA AND TABLES

OF THE SPECIES OF THE SEVERAL GENERA.

1. Penevs, Fabr. (sensu restricto).

Peneus, Fabr., Sidney I. Smith, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, viti. 1885, p. 170.

Type, P. caramote, Risso.

Rostrum toothed both dorsally and ventrally. Antero-

inferior angles of carapace not spiniform. Postantennular

sulcus of carapace defined by a dorsal as well as a ventral

ridge.

Antennular flagella short or of moderate length. Endo-

podite of maxillules (first maxille) elongate and distinctly

3-jointed. Exopodites present on all or all but the last pair

of the thoracic legs.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. d4

514 Dr. A. Aleock—A Revision

Epipodites present on all but the last two thoracic ap-

pendages; pleurobranchiz present on the six posterior

thoracic somites,

Andricum symmetrical, simple, pod-shaped ; it consists of

two lobes finely interlocking all along their anterior border,

and capable of loose apposition in more or less of their

posterior border, the opposed faces being concave.

The dactylus of the third maxillipeds often shows modifica-

tions of a secondary sexual nature in the adult male.

The branchial formula is as follows :—

Podo- Arthro- Pleuro-

Somite. branchiz. branchive. branchiz. Total.

MEE eae ep. 1 (small) i) We) Mepose

EADIE Petes ees ep.+1 2 2 |! ==.) heplees

LX: cs A ep. 2 1 = ep.td

eer ep. 2 i = ep.43

DI Se ea ep 2 1 = ep.43

7 AS eae ep 2 ] =) iepiniee

XIil. 1 k= 2

KR EVcdisacn bo = 1

Total .... Gep.41 2 6 = Gep.419

In addition to the Indian forms hereafter specified, I have

examined the following species:—P. caramote, P. japonicus,

P. australiensis, P. latisulcatus, P. brasiliensis, P. setifer,

P. stylirostris.

List of the Species of Puneus (sensu restricto).

I. Antennular flagella extremely short ; usually a postocular (as well as

a postantennular) spine and crest on the anterior part of the carapace.

1. Peneus carumote (Risso), Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 413

etsyn. (=P. trisuleatus, Leach, Tr. Linn. Soc. xi. 1815, p. 347.)—

Mediterranean, W. Africa, England (St. George’s Channel).

2. Peneus canaliculatus (Oliv.), Milne-Edwards, op. cit. p. 414. (= P. mar-

ginatus, Randall, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1839, p. 146, and

? P. plebejus, Hess, Arch. f. Naturges, xxxi. 1. 1865, p. 168, pl. vii.

fig. 19.)—Indo-Pacific from Red Sea and E. coast of Africa to

Sandwich Is.; also W. coast of Africa.

3. Peneus canaliculatus, var. australiensis, Spence Bate, ‘ Challenger’

Macrura, p. 248, pl. xxxii. fig. 3.

4. Peneus canaliculatus, var. japonicus, Spence Bate, op. cit. p. 245,

pl. xxxi., pl. xxxii. fig. 4, pl. xxxvii. fig. 2.

. Peneus brevirostris, Kingsley, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. (1878) 1879,

p- 98. (According to Miers doubtfully distinct from P. canalicu-

latus.)—W. coast of Nicaragua.

6. Peneus californiensis, Holmes, Occasional Papers Calif. Acad. Sci. vii.

1900, p. 218. (A doubtful species, originally identified by Holmes

with P. canaliculatus.)—California.

‘

of the “Genus”? Peneus. 515

. Peneus latisulcatus, Kishinouye, Journ. Fisheries Bureau, Tokyo, viii.

i. 1900, p. 12, pl. ii. fig. 2. (Perhaps a form of P. canaliculatus.)—

Japan.

8. Peneus brasiliensis, Latreille, Milne-Edwards, op. cit. p. 414.—Both

10.

15.

14.

16.

16,

1 Wf

sides of Atlantic in warm latitudes.

II. Antennular flagella not so long as their peduncle; no postocular

spine and crest.

Peneus monodon, Fabr., Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 416.

(=P. esculentus, Haswell, P. L. 8. N.S.W. iv. 1879, p. 38; also

=P. ashiaka, Kishinouye, Journ. Fish. Bur. Tokyo, viii. i. 1900,

p- 14, pl. ii1.)—Indo-Pacifie from E. Africa at least to Japan and

-Australia,

Peneus carinatus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. pt. i. p. 602, pl. xl.

fiz. 2. (Probably= P. monodon, Fabr.)—Singapore.

Peneus setiferus (L.), Milne-Edwards, op. cit. p. 414. (=P. fluviatilis,

Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1817, p. 235.)—Atlantic

coasts of America in warm latitudes.

(P. orbignyanus, Latr., is supposed by Milne-Hdwards (op. ett. p. 415)

to be identical with this species.)

Ill. Antennular flagella longer than their peduncle; no postocular

spine and crest.

. Peneus indicus, Milne-Kdwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. it. p. 415.—E. Africa

to the Malay Archipelago and perhaps beyond.

Peneus indicus, var. merguiensis, de Man, Journ, Linn. Soe., Zool. xxii.

1888, p. 287, pl. xviil. fig. 8, pl. xix. fig. 1; and Zool. Jahrb., Abth.

Syst. x. 1888, p. 680.—ALI coasts of India, also Java.

Peneus indicus, var, penicillatus, Wood-Mason, MS.—Coasts of India.

Peneus occidentalis, Streets, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Philad. 1871, p. 243.

(Supposed by Miers to=¢ndicus, Edw.)—Panama.

Peneus stylirostris, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. York, x. 1874,

p- 134. (Supposed by Miers to=zndiens, Edw.)—Panama.

Peneus balboe, Faxon, 1893, vide Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard,

xviii. 1895, p. 181, pl. xlvii. figs. 1-1 e.—O#f Cocos Island (Panama),

770 fath.

IV. No exopodite on the last pair of thoracic appendages.

Peneus semisulcatus, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. 1850, p. 191,

pl. xlvi. fig. 1.—E. Africa to Australia and Japan.

Peneus tahitensis, Heller, ‘ Novara’ Crust. 1865, pl. xi. fig. 2. (Seems

to be identical with P. semisuleatus, De H.)—Tahiti.

Peneus gracilirostris, Thallwitz, Abh. u. Ber. Zool. Mus. Dresden

(1890-91), 1892, no. 3, p. 3, fig.5. (Probably identical with P. semi-

sulcatus, De H.)—N, Celebes.

Peneus ceruleus, Stebbing, Marine Investig. S. Africa, Crust. pt. iii.

1905, p. 77, pls. xxi., xxi. b’s.—E. coast of 8. Africa, about 33° 8S.

2. HeETEROPENEvS, de Man.

Heteropeneus, de Man, Zool. Anzeiger, 1896, p. 111, and Zool. Jahrb.,

Syst. Abth. x. 1898, p. 684, pl. xxxviii. fig. 75; Nobili, Boll. Mus.

Torino, xviii. 1903, no. 455, p. 4.

Rostrum toothed both dorsally and ventrally. Antero-

inferior angles of carapace not spiniform. Postantennular

34%

D16 Dr. A. Aleock—A Revision

sulcus defined ventrally only, by the buttress of the post-

antennular (antennal) spine.

Antennular flagella short. The first pair of thoracic legs

may, in the adult male, be enormously elongate, especially

as to the propodite ; but in the female, and, as Nobili has

shown, in certain adult males, may be of the ordinary Peneus

form. Exopodites are present on all the thoracic legs.

According to Nobili, epipodites are present on all but the

last two thoracic appendages, and pleurobranchie on the six

posterior thoracic somites.

Andricum symmetrical, simple, much as in Peneus (s. r.).

According to Nobili, the branchial formula is the same as

that of Peneus (s. r.).

Only the following species is known :—

§ §}

Heteropeneus longimanus, de Man, loc. cit.; see also Nobili, loc. cit.—

Jaya Sea; Singapore.

3. Metarenreus, Wood- Mason.

Metapeneus, Wood-Mason, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vill. 1891,

p. 271.

Type, M. affinis, Edw.

Rostrum toothed on its dorsal edge only. Antero-inferior

angles of carapace either rounded or spiniform. — Post-

antennular sulcus defined only ventrally by the buttress of

the postantennular (antennal) spine. No longitudinal or

transverse sutures cn the carapace.

Antennular flagella short or of moderate length. Endo-

podite of maxillules (first maxille) somewhat abbreviated,

two-jointed. Exopodites present on all or all but the last

pair of thoracic legs.

Epipodites absent from the third maxillipeds as well as

from the last two thoracic appendages. No pleurobranch on

the last thoracic somite.

Andricum complicated, symmetrical or asymmetrical: if

symmetrical its distal angles are more or less spout-like ; if

asymmetrical one lobe is either larger or longer than the

other, and both are split up into interleaved convoluted

lobules.

The third maxillipeds never exhibit secondary sexual

characters in the male, but the last pair of thoracic legs

sometimes do.

The branchial formula is : —

of the “Genus” Peneus. 517

Podo- Arthro- Pleuro-

Somite. branchie. branchiz. branchize. Total.

SYA Pelee tee ep. r = ep+r

AA eee ee ep.+1 2 - = ep.t3

| soe enone a 2 1 = 3

os aN cre ep. 2 1 = ep.43

asthe « ep. 2 it = ep.t3

PU eee ep. 2 1 = ep.+5

3.41) RR ae Ee 1 1 = 2

AOR ‘ = 0)

Total .... 5ep.41 ll+r 5 = dep.417+4+r

In addition, a small filamentous vestige of an anterior

arthrobranch is present on the penultimate thoracic somite

in all the species I have examined, which include, besides

the Canadian species, M. Joyneri, M. tenellus, M. Macleayi,

M. philippinensis, M. Richtersi, and M. Batei.

List of the Species of Mutarennvus, Wood-Mason.

I, No marginal subterninal articulating spines on the telson. Last pair

of thoracic leys without exopodite ; their merus, in the adult male, with

a notch and spine or tooth at its proximal end.

1. Metapeneus monoceros, Fabricius, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust.

i. p. 415.—E. Africa to Japan and Australia.

(Metapeneus incisipes, Spence Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, p. 257,

pl. xxiv. fig. 2, seems to be identical with M. monoceros.)

2. Metapeneus affinis, Milne-Edwards, op. cit. p. 416.—Karachi to

Japan.

Ca planicornis, Fabricius, according to Milne-~-Edwards,

closely reseinbles M. affinis, but may possibly, since it has the

antennular flagella compressed, not be a Peneus at all.)

(Metapeneus mutatus, Lanchester, P. Z. 8. 1901, ii. p. 572, pl. xxxiv.

fig. 6, seems to be identical with M. affinis.)

3. Metapeneus Joyneri, Miers, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. 1880, p. 458,

pl. xv. figs. 8-10.—Japan.

4, Metapeneus Dobsoni, Miers, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 302, pl. xvii. fig. 2.—

India and Ceylon.

5, Metapeneus brevicornis, Milne-Edwards, op. cit. p. 417. (=. avi-

rostris, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. pt. i. p. 603, pl. xl. fig. 3.)—

Mauritius to Borneo.

(Metapeneus sp., Lanchester, P. Z.S. 1901, ii. p. 571, pl. xxxiv. fig. 7,

does not seem to differ essentially from M. brevicurnis, Edw.)

6. Metapeneus lysianassa, de Man, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxii. 1888,

p- 290, pl. xix. fig. 1—Orissa to Singapore.

The following species appear to belong to this group, having no movable

spines on the margin of the telson, though the condition of the last pair of

thoracic legs as regards eaopodite §c. is not on record :—

7. Metapeneus tenellus, Spence Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, p. 270,.—

Japan,

8. Metapeneus crucifer, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb, Syst. Abth. v. 1890,

p. 451, pl. xxxvi. figs. 5 a, b.—Japan.

ols

Dr. A. Aleock—A Revision

Metapeneus Mastersii, Haswell, P. L. S. N.S.W. 1879, p. 42, and

Cat. Austral. Crust. p. 203. (Considered by de Man to be doubt-

fully synonymous with M. monoceros, Fabr.)—Australia.

I. a. Telson without marginal spines ; merus of last pair of thoracic legs

10,

16.

19,

20.

of male without notch at base.

Metapeneus Deschampsi, Nobili, Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino, xvili. 1908,

no. 452, p. 2, fiz. 1—Pondichery and Mahé. This may possibly

be the non-adult form of M. monoceros, Fabr.

Metapeneus villosus, Guérin, in Voy. ‘ Coquille,’ vol. ii. Zool., Crust.

p. 36, and Icon. Régne Animal, pl. xx. fig. ].—Australia. May

perhaps belong here.

II. Apev of telson with 3 or 4 pairs of lateral marginal spines.

Metapeneus ensis, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. p. 192, pl. xls

fig. 2.—Japan.

(Metapeneus intermedius, Kishinouye, Journ. Fish. Bureau, Tokyo,

viii. 1900, p. 21, is possibly the same as M., ensis (M. monoceros

ensis) of De Haan.)

This species, if my identification be correct, has no exopodite to the

last pair of thoracic legs,

Metapeneus Macleayi, Haswell, P. L. 8. N. S. Wales, iv. 1879, p. 40,

and,Cat. Austral. Crust. p. 201. (No exopodite to last pair of

thoracic legs; related to M. ensis.)—Australia.

. Metapeneus Stebbingi, Nobili, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, 1904,

p. 229. (Male with a notch and spine on merus of last pair of

lees; probably related to M. ensis.)—Red Sea, Suez.

. Metapeneus cognatus, Nobili, 1. c. (Belongs to M. ensis group.)—

Djibouti.

. Metapeneus philippinensis, Spence Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura,

p- 261, pl. xxxv. figs. 2,38. (All the thoracic legs with exopodites.)

—-Kast Indian Archipelago, 82-150 fathoms. : es

Metapeneus coniger, Wood-Mason, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vill.

1891, p. 272. (All the thoracic legs with exopodites.)— Off coasts

of India, 68-250 fathoms.

Metapeneus andamanensis, Wood-Mason, t. c. p. 271, Variety of

M. coniger.—Andaman Sea, 100-244 fathoms; and off C. Comorin,

143 fathoms.

7. Metapeneus gracilis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. pt.i. p. 606, pl. x1.

figs. 7a, b. (Probably belongs to M. philippinensis group.)—Sulu

Sea; Australia.

. Metapeneus Richtersii, Miers, Zool. H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ p. 564, pl. lui.

fig. A. (Has exopodites on all the thoracic legs, and probably

belongs to the M. philippinensis group.)—Madagascar Seas.

Metapeneus commensalis, Borradaile, P. Z. S. 1898, p. 1001. (Prob-

ably belongs to the M. philippinensis group. )—Rotuma, 8. Pacifie.

Metapeneus stridulans, WWood-Mason, MS. (All the thoracic legs

have exopodites and the antennular flagella are extremely short.)

This species may be the same as M. akayebi, Rathbun, which, as

Miss Rathbun points out, is one of the several species confused by

Spence Bate with M. velutinus, Dana.—Indian Seas, 20-35 fathoms,

. Metapeneus akayeli, Rathbun, Proc. U.S, Nat. Mus. xxvi. 1902, p. 39.

(All the thoracic legs with exopcdites; antennular flagella very

short.)—Japan.

Some of the ‘ Challenger’ specimens identified by Spence Bate with

velutinus probably helong here, according to Miss Rathbun,

of the “Genus” Peneus. 519

22. -Metapeneus mogiensis, Rathbun, 1. c. (As stridu/ans and akayebi

as regards exopodites.)—Japan. ‘Two of Spence Bate’s specimens

of “ M. velutinus” presented to the Indian Museum are this

species.

23. Metapeneus Dalet, Rathbun, t.c. p. 40. (M. akayebi group.)—Japan.

24. ea aca acelivis, Rathbun, t. ep. 41. (MM. akayebt group.) —

apan,

25. Metapeneus consobrinus, Nobili, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, 1904,

p- 229. (M. akayebi group.)—Dyjibouti.

26. Bearae Vaillanti, Nobili, l.c. (M. akayebi group.)—Red Sea;

OuezZ.

27. Metapeneus perlarum, Vaillant, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, 1905,

p. 158. (M. akayebi group.) —Persian Gulf.

28. Metapeneus lameliatus, De Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. p. 193, pl. xlvi.

figs. 4,5. (Probably M. akayebi group.)—Japan.

29, Metapeneus Batei, Miers, Zool. H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ p. 296, pl. xxii. fig. D.

(Probably M. akayebi group.) —Australia.

The following species may possibly come into the M. akayebi alliance :—

30. ? Metapeneus velutinus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. pt. 1. p. 604,

pl. xl. fig. 4.—Sandwich Islands.

31. ? Metapeneus palmensis, Haswell, P. L. S. N. S. Wales, 1879, p. 48,

and Cat. Austral. Crust. p. 204.—Australian Seas.

32. ? Metapeneus pubescens, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York,

x. 1874, p. 133.—St. Thomas, W. Indies.

33. ? Metapeneus Goodei, S. I. Smith, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, viii, 1885,

p- 176.—Bermuda; Bay of Panama.

4, Pararensus, S. I. Smith (sensu restricto).

Parapeneus, 8. 1. Smith, Proc, U.S. Nat. Mus. viii, 1885, p. 170.

Type, P. membranaceus, Risso (=P. longirostris, Lucas).

Rostrum toothed dorsally only. Antero-inferior angles of

carapace usually with, sometimes without, a branchiostegal

spine. Postantennular sulcus defined only ventrally, by the

postantennular (antennal) spine.

A longitudinal suture is generally present on either side,

extending from the orbital to the posterior border of the

carapace, and also a vertical suture extending across the

branchiostegite at the level of the second pair of chelipeds.

Antennular flagella of moderate length. Endopodite of

maxillules (first maxilla) abbreviated, unsegmented, the

small terminal segment which is present in Metapeneus not

being differentiated. No exopodites on any of the thoracic

legs.

Epipodites absent from the third maxillipeds, as well as

from the last two thoracic appendages. No pleurobranch on

the last thoracic somite.

Andtricum symmetrical.

520 Dr. A. Aleock—A Revision

The third maxillipeds and last pair of thoracic legs are not

known to show any modifications in the male.

The branchial formula is the same as that of Metapeneus,

but the rudimentary arthrobranch of somite VII. (second

maxillipeds) seems to be absent, and there is no vestigial

filament, representing an anterior arthrobranch, on the

penultimate thoracic somite.

In addition to the Indian species I have examined specimens

of P. membranaceus and P. serratus.

List of the Species of Pararennus, S. I. Smith (sensu restricto).

I. Telson with a single pair of lateral marginal spines, which are fixed ;

carapace with a fine longitudinal fissure, extending on either side from

the orbital to the posterior border ; tip of adult andricum cut up into

spines or hooks and lobules or filaments.

1. Parapeneus membranaceus (Risso), Heller, Crust. siidl. Europa, p. 296,

pl. x. fig. 11. (=P. longirostris, Lucas, Hist. Nat. Anim. Artic. in

Expl. Sci. Algérie, Zool. i. pt. 1, p. 46, pl. iv. fig. 6,=P. Bocager,

Johnson, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 255, and 1867, p. 900.)—Mediterranean

and its western approaches.

2. Parapeneus politus, S. 1. Smith, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. iii. 1881, p. 144.

—wN. Atlantic coast of U.S. America.

. Parapeneus megalops, 8. 1. Smith, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. viii. 1885,

p- 172.—W. Indies and neighbourhood, 155-288 fathoms.

. Parapeneus fissurus (Spence Bate), ‘Challenger’ Macrura, p. 263,

pl. xxxvi. fig. 1_—Bay of Bengal to S. Pacific, up to 115 fathoms.

. Parapeneus investigatoris, Alcock & Anderson, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. (7) 11. 1899, p. 279.—Gulf of Manar, Bay of Bengal, Anda-

man Sea, up to 419 fathoms.

6. Parapeneus americanus, Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1900

(1901) p. 102. (“ May prove to be a subspecies of P. cnvesti-

gatoris.” )—Porto Rico, 220-225 fathoms.

. Parapeneus longipes, Alcock, infra.—Coasts of India and Ceylon,

74-68 fathoms. Distinguished by the absence of a branchiostegal

spine.

oa —- w

If. Telson with 2 or 3 pairs of articulating marginal spinelets, in addition

to the fixed pair; carapace without longitudinal sutures; adult

petasma simple, open-pod-shaped.

8. Parapeneus rectacutus (Spence Bate), ‘Challenger’ Macrura, p. 266,

1. xxxvi. fig. 2—Fiji, Philippines, Andamans, Bay of Bengal,

95-418 fathoms.

9, Parapeneus serratus (Spence Bate), op. cit. p. 268, pl. xxxvuii. fig. 1.—

Fiji, 315 fathoms ; Torres Strait, 1400 fathoms,

5. ParareNneopsis, Wood-Mason, MS.

Parapeneopsis, Aleock, Cat. Indian Deep-sea Crust. 1901, p. 14.

Type, P. stylifera, Edw.

Rostrum toothed dorsally only. Antero-inferior angles of

carapace sharp or dentiform. Postantennular sulcus defined

of the Genus” Peneus, 591

ouly ventrally, by the buttress of the postantennular (an-

tennal) spine.

Carapace with longitudinal and transverse sutures as in

most Parapenei, but the longitudinal suture never reaches

the posterior border.

Antennular flagella either long or short. Endopodite of

maxillules (first maxille) short, unsegmented. Petaloid

exopodites are present on all the thoracic legs.

Epipodites absent from the third maxillipeds as well as

from the last three thoracic appendages, sometimes absent

from all the legs. No pleurobranchiz on the last two

thoracic somites.

Andricum symmetrical. The third maxillipeds and fifth

pair of legs are not known to be modified in the male.

The branchial formula is :—

Podo- Arthro- Pleuro-

Somite. branchiz. branchiz. branchie. Total.

Wie es ep. (OT) = ep.

AUN oe ep. +1 2 = ep.+3

Tres ee ar 2 i 3

Eres ats ep. or 0 2 1 = (ep.) +3

». Sree ep. or 0 2 = (ep.) +3

2. | leceaea Ae 2 a 3

2G Ura bic 1 hed 1

2.0 rae we Be oo. = 0

Total.. 4(or2)ep.41 11(+r?) 4 = Sep.t16(+r?)

The vestigial arthrobranch of somite VII. is often absent.

List of the Species of Parareneopsis, Wood- Mason.

I. Epipodites present on the second maxillipeds and first two pairs of legs.

Telson with lateral marginal spinelets.

1. Parapeneopsis stylifera (Kdw.), Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. ii,

p. 418.—Coasts of India.

Parapeneopsis stylifera, var. coromandelica, nov.—East coast of India,

Il. Epipodites present on the second maxillipeds and first two pairs of legs.

Telson with small lateral marginal spinelets only as an occasional

anomaly.

2. Purapeneopsis sculptilis (Heller), ‘ Novara’ Crust. p. 122, pl. xi. fig. 1.

—Seas of India and East Indian Archipelago.

Parapeneopsis sculptilis, var. Hardwickii, Miers, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 300,

pl. xvii. fig. 1.—Coasts of India.

Parapeneopsis sculptilis, var. cultrirostris, nov.—Coromandel coast.

3. Parapeneopsis cornuta (Kishinouye), Journ. Fish. Bur., Tokyo, viii.

1900, no. 1, p. 23.—Japan; India ?

522 Dr. A. Aleock—A Revision

(Parapeneopsis maxillipedo, Al\cock.—Bombay, Madras, Arakan

coast. This species may prove to be identical with P. cornuta,

Kish.)

. Parapeneopsis uncta, Alcock, sp. n.—Ganjam coast.

. Parapeneopsis nana, Alcock, sp. n.—Coromandel coast.

. Parapeneopsts gracillima, Nobili, Boll. Mus. Torino, xviii. no. 447,

1903, p. 4, fig. 1.— Borneo.

ones) a

Ill. Epipodite present on the second mavillipeds only.

. Parapeneopsis acclivirostris, Alcock, sp. n.—Persian Gulf, Coromandel

coast.

8. Parapeneopsis Hungerfordii, Alcock, sp. n.—Hongkong.

6. TrRacuyPENEvs, Alcock.

Trachypeneus, Alcock, Cat. Indian Deep-sea Crust. 1901, p. 15.

Type, 7. curvirostris, Stimpson (= T. anchoralis, Spence

Bate).

Rostrum toothed dorsally only. Antero-inferior angles of

carapace fairly well pronounced. Postantennular sulcus

defined only ventrally.

Carapace with longitudinal and transverse sutures, but

the former is very short, existing only in the orbital region.

Antennular flagella short. Endopodite of maxillules

short, unsegmented. Petaloid exopodites are present on all

the thoracic legs.

Epipodites absent from third maxillipeds, as well as from

the last two thoracic appendages. No pleurobranchiz on

the last two thoracic somites.

Andricum symmetrical. The third maxillipeds and last

thoracic legs are not known to be modified in the male.

The branchial formula is :—

Podo- Arthro- Pleuro-

Somite. branchie. branchie. branchiz. Total.

Ve ee ep. os = ep.

BV anes Sten ep. +1 2 = ep.+3

1D. ne neene = 2 1 = 3

2eaea ade ep 2 iL = ep.+3

DR Seoeton ep 2 1 = ep.+3

2A NGS Se ee ep 2 1 = ep.+3

KGS. BS, 1 +4 = 1

XUV epee ois = 0

Dotal. cr.) ep. 11 4 5ep +16

In addition to the Indian species J have examined specimens

of T. curvirostris (=T. anchoralis) and T. constrictus.

of the “Genus” Peneus. 523

List of the Species of TRacuyrenegus, Alcock.

1. Trachypeneus barbatus (De Haan), Faun. Japon., Crust. p. 192,

pl. xlvi. fig. 8.—Japan. _

(Trachypeneus curvirostris (Stimpson), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad,

1860, p.44.—Japan. Probably identical with 7. barbatus =P. affinis

barbatus, De Haan.)

(Trachypeneus granulosus (Haswell), P. L. S. N.S. Wales, 1879,

p. 41, and Cat, Austral. Crust. p. 202.—N.E. Australia. Probably,

as other authors also have thought, identical with 7. curvirostris

= T. barbatus.)

(Trachypeneus anchoralis (Spence Bate), ‘Challenger’ Macrura,

p- 208, pl. xxxv. fig. 1.—Arafura Sea; Japan. Probably, as

other authors have thought, a synonym of 7. granulosus= T. curvi-

rostris &c.)

2. Trachypeneus asper, Alcock, sp. n.—Persian Gulf; Coromandel

coast; Andamans.

3. Trachypeneus constrictus (Stimpson), Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Ycrk,

x. 1874, p. 135.—Atlantic coast of U.S. America; West Indies.

Trachypeneus constrictus, var. similis (S. 1. Smith), Proc. U.S. Nat.

Mus. viii. 1885, p. 175.— Atlantic coast of U.S. America; West

Indies,

7. XipHoreneus, S. I. Smith.

Xiphopeneus, 8. I. Smith, Amer. Journ. Sci xlviii. 1869, p. 390; see

also Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. viii. 1885, p. 1888.

Type, X. Kroyeri, Heller.

Rostrum toothed dorsally only. Antero-inferior angles of

carapace subdentiform. Postantennular sulcus defined only

ventrally.

Carapace with longitudinal and transverse sutures, but the

former is not prolonged to the posterior border.

One of the antennular flagella is very long. Endopodite

of maxillule short, unsegmented. All the thoracic legs have

exopodites.

Epipodites are absent from the third maxillipeds and last

two pairs of thoracic legs. No pleurobranchize on the last

two thoracic somites.

The last two pairs of thoracic legs are of great length, their

three terminal joints forming a long slender flagellum.

The branchial formula is :—

Podo- Arthro- Pleuro-

Somite. branchiz. branchiz. branchie. Total.

VES eats ep. is = ep.+r

NE ree ep.+1 2 = ep. +3

ENC eee sh 2 ] = 3

2. ello ep. 2 1 — ep.+3

po a eae ep. 2 1 = ep.+3

OU rice ss ep. 2 1 = ep.+3

DN a See ae il a = ]

BXCEVEPy hatens's ay, rk ae = 0

Sep.+16+7r

Total .... Sep.Fl Ti+y 4

524 Dr. A. Aleock—A Revision

I have examined the specimens in the British Museum.

This genus contains the single species :—

Xiphopeneus Kroyert (Heller), SB. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1862, xlv. B,

Abth. i. p. 425, pL ii. fig. 51. (=X. Harttii, Smith, Amer. Journ,

Sci. xlvili. 1869, p. 890, and Trans. Connect. Acad. ii. 1871, p. 28,

pl. i. fig. 1.)—Brazil; W. Indies.

8. ATYPOPENEUS, gen. nov.

Rostrum toothed dorsally only. Antero-inferior angles of

carapace rectangular. Postantennular sulcus not defined at

all. No longitudinal or transverse carapacial sutures.

Antennular flagella much longer than the carapace. Endo-

podite of maxillules slender. Filamentous exopodites on all

the thoracic legs.

Epipodites absent from third maxillipeds and last two

pairs of thoracic legs. No pleurobranchiz on the last two

thoracic somites.

The andricum is symmetrical.

Type, Peneus compressipes, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc.,

Zool. (2) v. 1893, p. 450, pl. xl. figs. 21, 22.

As Henderson surmised, this is a unique form and is

worthy of a separate position.

This genus or section includes, at present, only Henderson’s

Peneus compressipes ; but two of Stimpson’s species from

Hongkong, viz. P. podophthalmus and P. stenodactylus, may

possibly be assigned to it.

9. Sepis INcERTz.

1. Peneus villosus, Guérin, in Voy. ‘Coquille,’ vol. ii. Zool., Crust. p. 36;

and Icon. Regne Anim. pl. xx. fig. 1.—Australia. Probably a

Metapeneus, as the figure shows ventral edge of rostrum smooth,

foliaceous exopodites, and no carapacial sutures.

2. Peneus foliaceus, Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. mérid. v. 1826, p. 69, pl. ii.

fig. 6.—Mediterranean. Probably a Parapeneus, as the figure

shows no exopodites to the thoracic legs,

3. Peneus tenuis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. pt. i. p. 605, pl. xl. fig. 6.

—Atlantic coast of Patagonia. Position quite uncertain, except

that it does not belong to Penews (s. r.).

4, Peneus stenodactylus, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1860,

p. 43.—Hongkong. Appears to be very closely.related to P. com-

pressipes, Henderson, the type of the section Atypopeneus.

5. Peneus podophthalmus, Stimpson, loc. cit—Hongkong. Also seems to

resemble P. compressipes even more than does P. stenodactylus.

6. Peneus nove-guinee, Haswell, P. L. 8. N.S. Wales, 1879, p. 43; and

Cat. Austral. Crust. p. 203.—New Guinea. Differs from other

Penei in not haying a hepatic spine.

of the Genus”? Peneus. 525

IV. Dracnoses or NinE NEw Forms.

1. Peneus indicus, var. penicillatus, nov.

Peneus penicillatus, Wood-Mason, MS. (name only).

This variety is distinguished by the form of the external

maxillipeds of the male. In these appendages the carpus

and propodite are much shorter and coarser than they are in

indicus and merguiensis, but, on the other hand, the dactylus

is a long tapering joint from 15 to 2} times the length of the

propodite, and the pencil of hairs occupying the groove on

the inner side of the dactylus is of almost corresponding

length.

The rostral crest is not so high as that of indicus, var.

merguiensis, but is higher than that of typical indicus, and

this intermediate form of rostrum also characterizes females

taken in company with males of penicillatus, a fact which

prevents us, for the present, from regarding penicillatus as

merely an allomorphic male of P. indicus.

This form grows to a length of 6 inches. Numerous

specimens have been taken off the Orissa coast and at

Bombay, and a few from Karachi, the Gangetic Delta, and

Mergui (Marine Survey collection).

2. Parapeneus longipes, sp. n.

'P 9

Resembles P. fissurus, Sp. Bate, from which it is distin-

guished by the following characters :—

The rostrum in the female barely reaches the end of the

first joint of the antennular peduncle. There is no trace of

a branchiostegal spine at the antero-inferior angle of the

carapace.

The inner (longer) antennular flagellum is about as long

as its peduncle in the female, and a little longer in the male.

The external maxillipeds reach the tip of the antennal

scale and the last pair of thoracic legs reach a dactylus-

length beyond them.

The andricum is formed on the same plan, but in the

single male obtained it ends in a pair of (median) ragged

petaloid lobes and a pair of (lateral) stiff, curved, horn-like

filaments.

The thelycum consists of a broad longitudinally grooved

plate occupying all the space between the fifth pair of legs,

articulating with a horseshoe-shaped or concave and semi-

circular plate lying between the fourth pair of legs.

The female attains a length of 3} inches.

526 Dr, A. Alcock—A Revision

Thirty-one females and a male have been collected in the

following localities :—Off the Malabar coast (Mangalore) in

21-26 fathoms ; off the Orissa and Ganjam coasts in 20-68

fathoms ; off the Vizagapatam coast in 73-23 fathoms; and

off the south coast of Ceylon in 20 fathoms.

In the single male the rostrum is broken.

This species is distinguished from all those Indian Para-

penet which have longitudinal and transverse carapacial

sutures by the absence of a branchiostegal spine from the

antero-inferior angles of the carapace.

3. Metapeneus stridulans (Wood-Mason, MS.).

Crotalocaris stridulans, Wood-Mason, MS. (name only).

Of this species we possess about 130 specimens dredged

by the ‘ Investigator,’ and one, identified by Spence Bate as

Peneus velutinus, Dana, from the ‘ Challenger ’ collection.

The species may probably prove to be identical with the

Parapeneus akayebi of Miss Rathbun,

It is characterized by the presence in both sexes of a pair

of stridulating-organs, situated one on each side of the

carapace, near the middle of the posterior end of the

branchiostegite, in such a way that the anterior edge of the

first abdominal tergum can play over them. Hach organ

consists of a longitudinal row of vertically disposed mdges,

which vary in number, being usually five, seldom less than

five, and occasionally as many as twelve.

The species is a typical Metapeneus, and belongs to the

same group as MW. philippinensis and coniger.

Integument remarkably thick, hard, and tomentose.

Rostrum nearly straight, uptilted, sometimes reaching to

the end of the antennular peduncle, but often shorter, armed

dorsally with 5-8 teeth, the last of which is small and

isolated (epigastric). No postrostral crest. An indistinct

postocular denticle. Postantennular (antennal) spine very

strong, produced backwards as a strong convexity defining a

broad postantennular sulcus. Hepatic spine small ; cervical

groove present only in its neighbourhood. Branchial region

not defined except by a short crescentie crease below the

hepatic spine. Antero-lateral (antero-inferior) angles of

carapace spiniform., A pair of stridulating-organs as already

defined.

The second abdominal tergum is medially carinated in

less than its posterior half, the third in almost all its extent,

the carina in both cases being sulcate; the fourth to sixth

are all sharply carinated, the carina of the fourth and fifth

of the “Genus” Peueus. 527

being deeply cleft at its after end. The sixth abdominal

somite is nearly twice as long as the fifth, but shorter than

the telson. The telson is about as long as the inner caudal

swimmeret ; it ends very acutely and has near the apex four

pairs of large marginal spines, the last pair being fixed.

Eyes large. Antennular flagella equal, about one third

the length of their peduncle.

The third maxillipeds nearly reach the tip of the antennal

scale; the dactylus is slender and is not much shorter than

the propodite, with which it articulates end on; the basis

bears an antrorse spine. A similar spine is present on the

basis of the first two chelipeds and on the ischium of the

first.

In the female only there 1s a pair of sternal spines between

the second pair of chelipeds.

All the thoracic legs have longish exopodites.

The andricum, which is built in the same way as that of

M. coniger, is asymmetrical, the left lobe being the longer;

the outer lobule of the left lobe ends in a crown of stiffish

filaments.

The thelyecum consists of the following parts :—(1) between

the fifth pair of legs a transverse lamina more or less dis-

tinctly divided into three lobes, the outer of which (abutting

on the fifth legs) are bluntly dentiform ; (2) between the

fourth pair of legs a broad transverse plate, the anterior part

of which shows as a large, smooth, somewhat oval facet ;

(3) in the interval between the fourth and fifth legs a narrow

transverse bar, sinuous and shaped like a very open W.

Large females may attain a length of 3? inches.

The species has been taken in abundarce all along the

east coast of the Peninsula where any rocky patches occur,

from Orissa to Palk Strait, in 20-35 fathoms ; in the Gulf of

Martaban, in 20 fathoms; and at various places in the

Andamans, in 20 fathoms.

4. Parapeneopsis maxillipedo, sp. n. ?

Pan Peneus cornutus, Kishinouye, Journ. Fish. Bureau, Tokyo, viii.

1903, i. p. 23.

Compared with Parapeneopsis stylifera (Edw.) it presents

the following differences :—

The dorsal half of the carapace is tomentose. The rostrum

is recurved at tip, but otherwise is nearly horizontal ; it does

not reach the end of the antennular peduncle in either sex,

and it is armed dorsally with 8-10 teeth (not including the

isolated epigastric tooth), which form a very decided crest,

528 Dew: Milcock =A Revision

The postrostral carina, which is continued right up to the

posterior border of the carapace, is sharp and particularly

prominent.

The antero-inferior angles of the carapace are merely

dentiform; the sinuous subhepatic ridge (defining the

anterior part of the cervical groove) stops far short of the

antero-inferior angle of the carapace.

The longitudinal fissure of the carapace extends only a

short way behind the level of the hepatic spine.

The telson is short and has no marginal spinelets.

The antennular flagella, which are equal, are about two

thirds the length of their peduncle.

All the joints of the third maxillipeds except the dactylus

are abnormally broad, coarse, and tomentose.

The fifth pair of thoracic legs reach only to the middle of

the antennal scale. The basal spines of the chelipeds are

big, and in the female there is one on the third chelipeds as

well as on the first and second.

The andricum has on its outer edges the same basal wing-

like lobule as that of Parapeneopsis sculptilis, Heller, but the

organ ends in a pair of long calipers.

The thelycum is coucave and three-lobed ; the middle lobe

is very large and leaf-like ; the lateral lobes, lying between

the fifth pair of legs, are small and have between them in

the middle line a globous tubercle, behind which is a thick

tuft of long sete.

This species, which attains a length of 44 inches, has been

taken at Bombay, at Madras, and off the Arakan coast. It

may turn out to be Kishinouye’s Parapeneopsis cornuta, a

Japanese species which Nobili has also recorded from

Bombay.

5. Parapeneopsis uncta, sp. n.

Compared with Parapencopsis stylifera (Edw.) this species

exhibits the following points of difference :—

The integument is even thicker and denser, and, though

sparsely punctate, has a polished greasy appearance.

The rostrum has but a faint double curve, and, owing to

the absence of any styliform prolongation, reaches only to the

middle of the second joimt of the antennular peduncle in

both sexes.

The antero-inferior angles of the carapace are sharply

rectangular, not spiniform or dentiform.

As in Parapeneopsis sculptilis, Heller, the postrostral

carina is canaliculate and the sinuous subhepatic ridge

of the “Genus ’’ Peneus. 529

(defining the anterior portion of the cervical groove) does

not reach the antero-inferior angle of the carapace.

Dorsal of the hepatic spine the cervical groove is very

distinct up to the longitudinal suture of the carapace, this

being a quite distinctive feature.

The longitudinal suture of the carapace runs nearly to the

level of the transverse suture.

The sixth abdominal somite is as long as the telson ; the

telson is very short, not reaching the middle of the inner

caudal swimmeret, and is without marginal spinelets.

The antennular flagella are equal and a little shorter than

their peduncle.

The third maxillipeds nearly reach the middle of the

antennal scale and surpass the tips of the fifth thoracic legs.

The spine on the basis of the first chelipeds is very slender

and that on the second chelipeds is not distinguishable.

The andricum, like that of P. scu/ptilis, has on each outer

margin a wing-like basal lobule, beyond which it simply

tapers, to end in four hooks, of which the anterior pair are

small and are concealed by the posterior pair in the flexed

position of the organ.

The thelycum consists of a square plate between the fifth

pair of legs and a semicircular one between the fourth.

Ganjam coast, 10-11 fathoms.

The largest male is 3} inches long.

6. Parapeneopsis nana, sp. n.

This is a small species, the largest female being only

21 inches long, but from the finished form of the andricum

(petasma) I take the representatives of it to be adult.

Compared with Parapeneopsis stylifera (Edw.) it shows

the following differences :—

The rostrum, though in all respects similar, is shorter, so

that its styliform portion does not quite reach the end of the

antennular peduncle. The postrostral carina fades away at

the posterior fourth of the carapace.

The antero-inferior angle of the carapace is sharp-cut, but

not spiniform, and the sinuous subhepatic ridge detining the

anterior part of the cervical groove falls far short of it.

The telson is generally shorter than the sixth abdominal

somite ; its median dorsal groove is short and shallow, and it

has no lateral marginal spinelets,

The antennular flagella, which are equal, are about one

third the length of their peduncle. ‘The fifth pair of legs

reach only to the middle of the antennal scale.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7, Vol. xvi. BB,

530 Dr. A. Aleock—A Revision

The andricum is slender and ends in a pair of long,

straight, stiff filaments, which stand out at right angles to

the rest of the organ.

The thelyeum resembles that of Parapeneopsis sculptilis,

Heller, its most conspicuous part being a large leaf-shaped

median plate lying between the fourth pair of thoracic legs.

Numerous specimens have been taken off the Ganjam and

Orissa coasts up to 68 fathoms and at Madras.

7. Parapeneopsis acclivirostris, sp. n.

This small species is quite peculiar among Pene? in having

no epipodites on any of the thoracic legs and no isolated

epigastric tooth.

Compared with Parapencopsis stylifera (Edw.) it also

shows the following points of difference :—

The rostrum in the female, though recurved at tip, is

nearly straight and uptilted; it may reach or may fall short

ot the end of the antennular peduncle; it has seven teeth and

is not produced as a carina behind the gastric region.

The antero-inferior angle of the carapace is sharp-cut but

not spiniform, and the subhepatic ridge, defining the ante-

iror part of the cervical groove, stops far short of it and is

elegantiy ciliated.

'The longitudinal suture of the carapace reaches some way

behind the gastric region.

The sixth abdominal somite is as long as the telson, which

is short and has no marginal spinelets.

The antennular flagella are equal and are not much more

than half the length of their peduncle.

The external maxillipeds and fifth pair of legs reach nearly

to the middle of the antennal scale.

The thelycum consists of a concave semicircular plate

lying between the fourth pair of legs and a squarish plate

occupying the space between the fitth pair of legs.

This species is found in the Persian Gulf, in Palk Strait,

at Madras, and off the Vizagapatam and Ganjam coasts.

All the thirty-four specimens taken are females, and the

largest is only 2} inches long.

8, Parapeneopsis Hungerfordi, sp. n.

This species resembles P. acclivirostris in having only one

epipodite on each side, namely, the one borne by the second

maxillipeds.

of the “‘Genus”’ Peneus. 531

In other respects it resembles P. sculptilis, Heller, except

in the following particulars :—

The antero-inferior angles of the carapace are merely

rectangular, not dentiform, and the antennular flagella of

both sexes are shorter than their peduncle. In these

particulars it resembles P. uncta.

The andricum ends in a pair of large petaloid lobules, the

tips of which are incurved, and its basal lateral lobules have

the free edge deeply notched.

The thelycum is a narrow longitudinal plate, laterally

constricted or notched near the middle and almost cut in

two by a deep longitudinal furrow; it ends posteriorly in a

pair of knob-like facets.

A male and two females from Hongkong, presented by

Surgeon-General R. Hungerford.

In the females the rostrum is like that of many specimens

of P. sculptilis, but in the male it is short, barely reaching

the end of the second joint of the antennular peduncle, and

nearly straight; it is dangerous, however, to settle the

specific form of such a variable structure as the rostrum

from an examination of three specimens.

9. Trachypeneus asper, sp. 0.

Integument very thick and hard, tomentose, finely

scabrous.

Rostrum quite straight, uptilted, strongly soin the female,

not reaching the end of the second joint of the antenuular

peduncle ; dorsally it is armed with nine or ten teeth (not

including the isolated epigastric tooth), which form a crest.

Postrostral carina low, broad, and faint, nearly reaching the

posterior border of the carapace. An orbital spine. A

strong postantennular (antennal) spine, the buttress of

which reaches the hepatic fossa. A fine suture runs along

the anterior part of the floor of the shallow postantennular

sulcus. A similar transverse suture is seen on the branchio-

stegite at the level of the third pair of chelipeds. Hepatic

spme rather small. Antero-inferior angles of carapace

distinctly dentiform. A very indistinct subhepatic groove

(the anterior part of the cervical groove) runs from the base

of the postantennular buttress to the base of the hepatic

spine; dorsal of the hepatic spine the groove cannot be

distinguished.

On the second abdominal tergum there is a median

compressed tubercle. The third to sixth terga are very

30*

532 A Revision of the “Genus” Peneus.

sharply carinated. The fifth abdominal somite is about two

thirds the length of the sixth, the sixth is about as long as

the telson. The telson, which is dorsally grooved, is much

shorter than the inner caudal swimmeret, ends rather

abruptly, and has on either side a very obscure subterminal

marginal spinelet.

The antennular flagella of the male are about three fourths,

those of the female about two thirds the length of their

peduncle ; the lower flagellum is much the coarser. The

third maxillipeds are coarse, except the dactylus, and reach

into the anterior third of the antennal scale. The last pair

of thoracic legs reach at least a dactylus-length beyond the

tip of the antennal scale. A basal spine is present on the

first two pairs of chelipeds. All the thoracic legs have

petaloid exopodites.

The andricum is anchor-shaped.

The thelyecum consists of a transverse bar between the

fifth pair of legs and a coneave semicircular plate between

the fourth.

The female reaches a length of 33 inches. The colours in

life are pink, the abdominal carinz and thoracic appendages

being milk-white.

The species has been taken in the Persian Gulf, off the

Vizagapatam and Ganjam coasts in depths of 20-85 fathoms,

and off the Andamans in 60 fathoms.

It differs from 7. curvirostris, Stimpson (= T. anchoralis,

Spence Bate), of which we have both ‘ Challenger’ specimens

from Japan and other specimens from Hongkong, in the

following particulars :—

The rostrum is quite straight and has more teeth, and the

postrostral carina is much fainter.

The antero-inferior angles of the carapace are sharper aud

the anterior part of the cervical groove is much less distinct.

The antennules are shorter both in their peduncle and in

their flagella, and the fifth pair of legs are louger.

Though the andricum is similar, the thelycum is a good

deal different, specimens of the same size being compared.

On new Species of Noctuide. 533

LVIII.— Descriptions of new Species of Noctuide in the British

Museum. By Sir Georce F, Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S., &e.

[Continued from p. 386.]

STICTOPTERIN #.

Odontodes metamelena, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax reddish brown mixed with grey and

fuscous ; pectus grey ; tarsi black with pale rings; abdomen

fuscous ’ slightly mixed with brown and grey, the ventral

surface grey irrorated with fuscons. Fore wing suffused with

greenish grey ; subbasal line double, the inner line indistinct,

rufous, curved from costa to submedian fold; antemedial line

double, the outer line indistinct, irregularly waved ; orbicular

represented by a grey point defined by black; a sinuous

rufous medial line, oblique from costa to submedian fold,

then inwardly oblique ; reniform well-developed, with rather

irregular brown outline; postmedial line double, dentate,

excurved from costa to vein 4, then incurved; subterminal

line indistinct, pale, irregularly waved, defined by rufous on

inner side, below vein 4 incurved and with broad rufous

band before it extending to postmedial line ; a terminal series

of brown lunules ; a fine pale line at base of cilia. Hind

wing deep black-brown with a slight blue gloss; underside

with the inner area rather paler, traces of a curved medial

line.

Hab. 8.W. New Guinea, Kapaur (Doherty), 1 2 type.

Exp. 50 mm.

Stictoptera crinopis, sp. 0.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen brown mixed with grey;

frons deep black ; tegulz ochreous at base bounded by a deep

black line, then greenish grey ; metathorax with shght black

erest; pectus whitish ; legs very long, the tarsi fuscous with

pale rings; abdomen with the slight dorsal crests dark.

Fore wing grey suffused with brown and irrorated with black,

the basal, inner, postmedial, and apical areas darker, the

discal area paler ; subbasal line double, oblique, black, from

costa to vein 1; antemedial line double, curved, minutely

waved ; orbicular rather u-shaped ; reniform concave towards

base and with brown central line forming a spot at lower outer

side ; a black streak on vein 2 from cell to the postmedial line,

534 Sir G. F. Hampson on

which is double, minutely dentate, excurved from costa to

vein 4, then incurved, with a rather dentate black mark

beyond it below costa; subterminal line only defined by the

area beyond it being paler except at apex, angled outwards

at vein 7 and excurved at middle; a terminal series of shght

dark lunules. Hind wing with the interspaces of basal half

pale, the veins and terminal half fuscous ; the underside with

dark discoidal lunule showing through to upperside.

Hab. Asuantit, Obuassi (/ergmann), 1 2 type. Hap.

36 mm.

Stictoptera hemithyris, sp. 0.

Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous brown mixed with some

grey; pectus mostly grey ; abdomen with the dorsal crests

dark, the ventral surface whitish. Fore wing dark reddish

brown slightly tinged with grey, the basal area rather darker,

the discal area paler; a dark elliptical subbasal patch

defined by brown from costa to median nervure ; a slightly

waved antemedial line with striga of raised black scales

beyond it from subcostal nervure to submedian fold; a

medial line, oblique from costa to submedian fold ; reniform

moderate, slightly defined by black ; postmedial line double,

minutely waved, formed of striz of raised black scales, bent

outwards below costa and incurved below vein 3; a similar

single line beyond it defined by ochreous on inner side; a

fine pale subterminal line, dentate at veins 6, 7 and incurved

below vein 3; a terminal series of black striae. Hind wing

with the interspaces of basal half hyaline, the veins and

terminal half fuscous; cilia white at tips; the underside

greyer.

Hab. Punsas, Manpuri, 1 ¢; Bomspay, 1 9; Manras,

Cuddapah (Campbell), 1 2 type. Hap. 24-26 mm.

Stictoptera pheobasis, sp. u.

?. Head and thorax fuscous brown, mixed with some

grey and black ; pectus and femora whitish; tarsi fuscous

ringed with white; abdomen fuscous with slight whitish

segmental lines, a blackish crest on fourth segment, the ventral

surface whitish. Fore wing reddish brown, the basal half

suffused with black, its outer edge obliquely curved;

subbasal line represented by two slight strie from costa;

antemedial line indistinct, waved, defined by whitish on inner

side towards inner margin, some striz of raised black scales

beyond it in and below cell; a medial line bounding the

new Species of Noctuide. 535

dark area, oblique from costa to submedian fold; reniform

incompletely defined by black; postmedial line double, bent

outwards below costa, incurved at discal fold and below vein

4.; subterminal line strongly dentate, forming a dark mark at

costa and incurved below vein 4; a minutely waved dark

line just before termen, on which there is a series of black

strie. Hind wing fuscous, with hyaline streaks in the

interspaces in, below, and beyond cell, and on middle of

inner area; the underside with the inner area whitish.

Hab. Perax, Goping (Kiin-tler), 1 9 type. Hap. 32 mw,

Stictoptera leucostriga, sp. u.

&$. Head and thorax red-brown; pectus whitish; tarsi

fuscous ringed with white; abdomen fuscous brown with

some whitish at base, a blackish crest on fourth segment ; the

ventral surface white. Fore wing red-brown, sometimes

with triangular whitish patch on medial areafrom just above

median nervure to inuer margia; subbasal line represented

by two slight striae from costa; two antemedial indistinct

lines, approximated below cell, then diverging; reniform

with slight ochreous aunulus defined by blackish ; postmedial

line double, strongly bent outwards below costa, then

minutely waved, below vein 4 recurved to lower edge of reni-

form, then excurved again; subt-rmiual line black, its medial

part defined on inner side by a white striga, slightly angled

inwards below costa and incurved below vein 4; some white

points on costa towards apex; a terminal series of black

strie defined by whitish on inner side. Hind wing fuscous,

the interspaces of basal half hyaline; cilia with a fine pale

line at base.

? more fuscous brown; fore wing without the whitish

patch on medial area, the two antemedial lines black on

inner half forming a somewhat conical mark.

Hab. Penance (S. S. Flower), 1 2%; Perax, Goping

(Kiinst/e,) ; Stncavore (Ridley), 1 G,1 9? type. Hap. 24

28 mm.

Stictoptera ferruginea, sp. 0.

¢. Head and thorax rufous; abdomen rufous tinged with

fuscous, the anal tuft ochreous, the ventral surface whitish.

Fore wing rufous ; a faint double subbasal line from costa to

submedian fold, angled inwards below costa; a very indistinct,

double, minutely waved antemedial line with some dark

points on it; a slight discoidal lunule defined by brown; a

faint, double, minutely waved postmedial line, with some dark

536 Sir. G. F. Hampson on

points on its outer edge, oblique aud slightly incurved at

discal fold and in submedian interspace; subterminal line

indistinct ochreous, minutely dentate, defined by slight dark

marks on its inner side below costa and at middle and by a

complete series on outer; a terminal series of dark striz ;

cilia ochreous with dark points at extremity of the veins.

Hind wimg uniform fuscous brown; the underside rather

paler, with traces of curved postmedial line and diffused

subterminal band.

? much darker; fore wing with complete series of dark

spots before subterminal line.

Hab. Borneo, Sarawak (Wallace), 1 9; Puto Laur

(Doherty), 2 3 type. Exp. 80 mm.

Stictoptera anemia, sp. 0D.

9. Palpi with the third joint long and porrect.

Head and thorax whitish tinged with pale brown; frons

white ; abdomen grey-white with slight dark dorsal crests,

the ventral surface white. Fore wing ochreous white; a

very oblique, wedge-shaped, brown mark from costa before

middle to submedian fold, with a slight erect line from its

extremity to inner margin; some slight brownish marks on

terminal half of costa; postmedial line represented by a

series of dark striz from vein 7 to inner margin, excurved

between veins 5 and 3, then incurved and with some greyish

suffusion beyond them; subterminal line whitish, minutely

waved, slightly angled outwards at vein 7 and excurved at

middle, with small dentate black mark before it and streak

beyond it below costa, and slight blackish marks before it

and fuscous suffusion beyond it from vein 5 to inner

margin; a terminal series of small black lunules defined

by white on inner side. Hind wing pale fuscous, the inter-

spaces of basal half hyaline.

Hab. Souomon Is., 1 2 type. Eap. 30 mm.

Stictoptera hypenistis, sp. un.

6. Head and thorax dull brown; abdomen fuscous, the

ventral surface greyish. Fore wing pale reddish brown,

slightly irrorated with fuscous, the terminal area darker ;

traces of a double, irregularly waved antemedial line and of

two irregularly waved medial lines; an indistinct irregular

discoidal mark, constricted at middle; postmedial line oblique,

double, filled in with whitish, the inner line indistinct, the

outer strong and with a series of black points beyond it on

new Species of Noctuide. 537

the veins; a slight dark dentate subterminal line; a slightly

waved black terminal line ; cilia fuscous with a fine pale line

at base. Hind wing fuscous, the interspaces paler and semi-

hyaline, except on terminal area; cilia with a fine pale line at

base ; the underside with traces of curved postmedial line.

Hab. Burma, Hsipaw (De Nicéville), 1 g type. LEzp.

32 mm.

Gyrtona dialeuca, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax red-brown with white stripes on sides

of head and tegule and above patagia; palpi whitish at tips ;

abdomen pale fuscous, whitish at base, the dorsal crests

blackish, the ventral surface white. Fore wing rufous with

whitish fascia from base of costa through the cell to termen

below apex; a white streak on inner margin from near base

to subterminal line, towards which it increases in width; two

rather interrupted medial lines, bent inwards to costa and

terminating at vein 1, where they meet; reniform defined by

slight tufts of raised black scales; postmedial line indistinct,

double, minutely dentate, bent outwards below costa and

oblique below vein 4; subterminal line whitish, excurved at

middie, defined by blackish marks before and beyond it at

costa and middle and a black spot beyond it above tornus ;

a terminal series of blackish strie. Hind wing fuscous

brown, the interspaces of basal half semihyaline.

Hab. Borneo, Sarawak (Wallace), 1 9 type. Lup.

26 mm.

Gyrtona pheozona, sp. n.

Head and thorax reddish brown ; palpi and frons blackish ;

tegule with rather strong black medial line; tarsi blackish

with pale rings; abdomen brown tinged with fuscous, the

ventral surface whitish. Fore wing reddish brown with

slight dark irroration; a subbasal black spot on costa; a

double curved antemedial line followed by a rather obliquely

curved black band with two curved medial lines beyond it ;

medial area faintly tinged with fuscous ; reniform indistinct,

rufous with slight dark outline; antemedial line double,

filled in with ochreous, the outer line deep black, erect,

slightly excurved at middle; terminal area slightly tinged

with fuscous; subterminal line indistinct, greyish, defined

on outer side by fuscous, slightly excurved below costa and

at middle; a terminal series of black points. Hind wing

pale, semihyaline, the veins and terminal area fuscous; the

underside with indistinct curved postmedial line.

Hab. Bomsay, N. Canara, Karwar (Bell), 1 ¢ type;

Manras, Nilgiris, 1 ?. Hzp, 22 mm.

538 Su G. F. Hampson on

Gyrtona glaucobasis, sp. Nn.

9. Head and thorax reddish brown mixed with whitish ;

frons, pectus, and legs whitish; the tarsi fuscous with pale

rings ; abdomen grey tinged with fuscous, the ventral

surface white. Fore wing reddish brown, mostly suffused

with glistening glaucous grey and sparsely irrorated with

black, the antemedial area pale glaucous green; antemedial

line double with strize of raised black scales on its edges,

obliquely curved; reniform very indistinctly defined by

raised black scales on its edges, constricted at middle ; post-

medial line double, defined by striz of raised black scales on

its edges, those on outer side strong, slightly bent outwards

below costa and excurved at middle, with traces of another

minutely waved line beyond it; subterminal line grey defined

by shght blackish marks on outer side, somewhat dentate

and angled outwards at veins 7 and 3,4; a slight glaucous

line before termen ; cilia with a series of minute black points.

Hind wing uniform fuscous; the underside rather paler with

indistinct curved postmedial line.

Hab. Puro Laur (Doherty), 1 9 type. Hap. 22 mm.

Gyrtona chlorograpta, sp. u.

9. Head and thorax grey mixed with fuscous and brown ;

palpi blackish at sides; tegule with medial black line;

abdomen fuscous, the ventral surface whitish. Fore wing

grey suffused with brown and fuscous, leaving the costal half

of wing, except on basal area, paler; an oblique bright green

band from base of costa to inner margin, and a subbasal bar

from costa to cell; an antemedial green band from subcostal

nervure to vein 1, its edges defined by striz of raised black

scales ; a diffused dark spot on middle of costa and traces of

a fine, irregularly waved, medial black line ; a fine minutely

waved postmedial line incurved between vein 4 and sub-

median fold, with another indistinct waved line beyond it ;

a minutely dentate white subterminal line defined by black

on outer side and with blackish patch before it on costa; a

series of small black spots just before termen. Hind wing

uniform fuscous; the underside rather paler.

Hab. Stncarors (Ridley), 1 9 type. Hap. 22 mm.

Gyrtona plumbisparsa, sp. n.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark red-brown; tarsi

with pale rings; abdomen with the slight dorsal crests

new Species of Noctuide. 539

black. Fore wing dark red-brown, suffused with leaden-

silvery scales, especially on inner and terminal areas ; traces

of two curved subbasal lines from costa to vein 1 ; three

indistinct waved antemedial lines with strize of raised black

scales beyond them in and below cell; an indistinct, waved,

brown medial line; two slight, obliquely placed, black dis-

coidal striz ; postmedial line double, smuous, bent outwards

below costa, excurved to vein 4, then retracted to below eud

of cell, and with traces of a waved brown line beyond it;

subterminal line dark defined by leaden-silvery suffusion on

inner side and with dark patch before it on costal area,

excurved at vein 7 and middle; a series of small dark spots

just before termen. Hind wing dark red-brown, the cilia

silvery at tips ; the underside paler.

Hab, Sixuim, 1 ? type. Hap. 24 mm.

Gyrtona polionota, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax pale red-brown suffused with grey ;

abdomen grey, the ventral surface white. Fore wing pale

red-brown, mostly suffused with grey and slightly irrorated

with fuscous; subbasal line represented by slight black

points on the veins; antemedial line indistinct, double,

minutely waved, curved, with some black points on it;

traces of a double medial line; reniform faintly defined by

black points; postmedial line indistinctly double, bent out-

wards below costa and oblique below vein 4, the outer line

somewhat dentate and with some black points on it ; sub-

terminal line represented by a series of black points, angled

outwards at vein 7 and slightly excurved at middle, followed

by an indistinct slightly waved line; a terminal series of

small black lunules. Hind wing fuscous, the interspaces of

basal half pale and thinly scaled.

Hab. Woopvusrk (Meek), 1 2 type. Herp. 80 mm.

Gyrtona polymorpha, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax purplish black-brown with some

rufous on head, tegule, and prothorax ; pectus and hind legs

greyish ; tarsi fuscous with pale rings; abdomen fuscous,

whitish below. Fore wing purplish black-brown with traces

of waved subbasal, antemedial, and medial lines; reniform

defined by black ; postmedial line double, minutely dentate,

bent outwards below costa, excurved to vein 4, then incurved ;

a double minutely waved subterminal line, slightly excurved

at vein 7 and middle; a terminal series of small black

lunules. Hind wing fuscous brown, slightly paler at base ;

the underside paler with indistinct curved postmedial line.

540 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Ab. 1. Fore wing redder brown, the basal area except

towards costa, the medial area except towards costa and

inner margin, and the area between the two subterminal lines

grey-white irrorated with fuscous ; a black patch before the

antemedial line below cell and another beyond it in and

below cell; reniform red-brown largely suffused with black.

? like the typical male, but head, thorax, and fore wing

redder brown.

Ab. 1. Fore wing pale red-brown, the inner half from base

to postmedial line suffused with white.

Ab. 2. Fore wing ochreous brown.

Ab. 3. Fore wing greyish brown, with black point on

antemedial line at vein 1 and patch beyond it in and below

cell.

Ab. 4, Fore wing with the medial and terminal areas dull

reddish brown, the basal area and the area between the two

postmedial lines, except at costa, ochreous brown.

Hab. Mavnritivs, Curepipe (Tullock), 2 g, 4 @ type.

Eup. 30-34 mm.

SARROTHRIPINE.

Hypothripa ruficirra, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen grey, the two former slightly

mixed with brown. Fore wing grey; a reddish-brown

antemedial shade from costa to submedian fold, with two

lines on it formed of raised black scales; an indistinct

slightly waved medial line; traces of a dark discoidal point ;

postmedial line bent outwards with a downward curve from

costa to vein 6, minutely dentate to vein 4, then strongly

incurved and excurved to inner margin, a rufous shade

beyond it from costa to vein 6; subterminal line in-

distinct, dark, minutely waved, excurved at vein 7 and

middle; a rufous shade at apex; a terminal series of black

points; cilia brownish. Hind wing brownish grey, the veins

and terminal area slightly darker.

Hab. Japan, Yokohama (Pryer), 2d type; Assam, Khasis,

19. xp. 22-24 mm.

Hypothripa miochroa, sp. n.

Palpi with the second joint dilated on inner side at

extremity.

9. Head and thorax greenish grey mostly suffused with

reddish brown; abdomen greyish fuscous. Fore wing

greenish grey, suffused and irrorated with reddish brown,

new Species of Noctuide. 541

especially on basal costal area and disk ; a double minutely

waved subbasal line from costa to submedian fold; a double

minutely waved antemedial line from costa to vein 1; a

whitish discoidal spot with two black points on it; post-

medial line defined by grey on outer side, bent outwards

below costa, then minutely dentate, angled inwards at vein 2;

subterminal line grey defined by fuscous before and beyond

it, slightly excurved at vein 7 and middle; a terminal series

of minute black points. Hind wing uniform fuscous brown ;

the underside paler, except costal area and terminal area to

vein 2.

Hab. Cotomsia, St. Marta (Bouchard), 1 2 type. Exp.

24 mm.

Pardasena ferrigrisea, sp. n.

3d. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey tinged with pale

iron-brown. Fore wing grey suffused with iron-brown; an

indistinct subbasal line from costa to submedian fold, ex-

curved below costa, then incurved ; antemedial line defined

by grey on inner side, minutely waved, oblique from costa

to submedian fold where it is obtusely angled; a slight

discoidal point; postmedial line defined by grey on outer

side, minutely waved, oblique from costa to vein 6, excurved

to vein 4, then incurved ; subterminal line indistinct, diffused,

dark, excurved at vein 7 and middle; a terminal series of

minute points. Hind wing grey suffused with pale brown,

the basal area slightly paler; cilia grey; the underside

paler.

Hab. Gambia, Bathurst (Carter), 1g type. Exp. 18 mm.

Pardasena deleta, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax pale ochreous brown; abdomen

whitish tinged with ochreous. Fore wing pale ochreous

brown; very indistinct sinuous antemedial and medial lines ;

traces of a diffused postmedial line excurved from costa to

vein 4, then oblique; traces of a subterminal series of dark

points ; the termen rather darker. Hind wing semihyaline

white, the terminal area tinged with brown.

Hab. Perv, Callao (J. J. Walker), 1 8 type. Erp.

22 mm.

Giaura leucophea, sp. n.

Head and thorax white and dark brown; palpi with the

second and third joints black except at extremities; antenne

dark; tibiz and tarsi banded with fuscous; abdomen

542 Sir G. F. Hampson on

whitish tinged with fuscous. Fore wing white slightly

irrorated with dark brown; a black point at base of costa ;

a brown patch on costal area with two obliquely placed black

points on it before the oblique, slightly sinuous, black ante-

medial line, with a small black spot beyond it above vein 1 ;

a rather indistinctly double, waved, somewhat oblique medial

line with a blackish patch beyond it on costa and in end

of cell, another patch beyond lower angle of cell before

the rather indistinctly double postmedial line, which is bent

outwards below costa, then sinuous and with a black patch

beyond it on costa; subterminal line angled inwards below

costa and at discal fold, excurved at vein 7, slightly dentate

at veins 4, 3, and with black spot on it at submedian fold ;

a blackish patch at apex and band just before termen down

to vein 5; a terminal series of black points; cilia white

intersected with fuscous. Hind wing pale, wholly suffused

with fuscous.

Hab. Borneo, Kuching, 1 ¢, 1 2 type. Hap. 20 mm.

Giaura nigriscripta, sp. N.

?. Head and thorax whitish grey ; palpi blackish behind ;

pectus and legs white, the fore tibize and tarsi grey in front ;

abdomen grey, the ventral surface white. Fore wing grey

irrorated with fuscous; a slight black streak on base of

median nervure ; a prominent, oblique, black subbasal line

from costa to submedian fold; antemedial line near middle

of wing, fine, black, angled outwards in cell and submedian

fold and inwards on vein 1; claviform represented by two

black streaks extending to the postmedial line; a slight

oblique discoidal shade; postmedial line fine, black, very

oblique from below costa to vein 6 and incurved below vein 4 ;

a subterminal series of slight dark points; a fine terminal

punctiform line. Hind wing white, the termen tinged with

brown from apex to vein 2.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Kikuyu (Crawshay), 1 @ type.

Eup. 22 mm.

Giaura strigivenata, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish tinged with

brown ; palpi at sides and fore tibize in front dark brown.

Fore wing whitish irrorated and suffused with reddish brown ;

a diffused dark brown subbasal band from costa to sub-

median fold; a diffused blackish streak above median

nervure and another in terminal part of cell in discal fold;

diffused blackish streaks above vein 1 from before middle

new Species of Noctuide. 543

and on the veins beyond end of cell to the subterminal series

of somewhat dentate small dark marks and more prominent

rounded spot in submedian fold ; a terminal series of slight

points. Hind wing white tinged with brown, the terminal

area suffused with brown.

Hab. New Soutn Waters (Raynor), 1 2 type. Exp.

26 mm.

Giaura lichenigera, sp. un.

Palpi with the second joint broadly rounded with scales in

front.

?. Head and thorax greenish grey more or less mixed

with reddish brown and black ; palpi reddish brown at sides

barred with black ; fore tibize reddish brown in front barred

with black; abdomen grey dorsally tinged with fuscous

brown. Fore wing grey more or less tinged with green and

irrorated with fuscous, sometimes mostly suffused with red-

brown; a diffused black fascia in submedian interspace,

sometimes confined to medial area, ending at postmedial line

or downcurved at extremity and reaching tornus, another

streak above inner margin from near base to postmedial line

sometimes present ; a subbasal line of raised black scales,

oblique from costa to cell where it is angled and ending at

submedian fold; a very oblique sinuous antemedial line re-

tracted to costa; a round tuft of raised scales in end of cell;

postmedial line formed of raised black scales, sinuous, very

oblique from costa to vein 4, below vein 3 retracted to lower

angle of cell, then rather oblique and defined by white on

outer side to inner margin, sometimes with a black patch at

costa; subterminal line whitish with diffused fuscous on

inner side, excurved at vein 7 and at middle, bent inwards

at vein 3, then oblique to near tornus ; a terminal series of

black points sometimes with a fuscous band before them

from below apex to vein 3, Hind wing fuscous brown with

a reddish tinge, the interspaces paler except on terminal

area.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Clements), 1 2; Sixuim, 1 2? ; Sinca-

PORE (Ridley), 3 2 type. Hap. 18-22 mm.

Blenina metanyctea, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax white and green mixed with some

fuscous ; tegula black at outer edge and with black line near

tips; pectus and legs yellowish tinged with brown; fore

tibize and tarsi banded with black; abdomen yellow dorsally

suffused with brown, the crests at base whitish tipped with

544 Sir G. F, Hampson on

black. Fore wing white largely suffused with bright green ;

a diffused, irregular, olive-green and reddish-brown band from

middle of costa to tornus; a black line close to base, angled

in cell and with a black striga beyond it above inner margin ;

a waved, rather inwardly oblique antemedial line from costa

to above inner margin; an indistinct waved medial line;

reniform white irrorated with green, its lower part defined

on inner side by a curved black line and slightly by black

on outer side, its upper part very indistinctly and irregularly

defined by green, with a black striga from costa above it ;

postmedial line indistinct, minutely dentate, strongly in-

curved in submedian interspace ; a minutely dentate sub-

terminal line bent inwards at vein 2, then oblique to near

tornus ; a dark patch at apex and a terminal series of white

spots except towards tornus interrupted by the black termi-

nations of the veins ; cilia yellowish with a series of brown

spots and points at tips to vein 3, below which the termen is

distinctly excised. Hind wing dark brown, the inner

margin yellowish ; cilia yellowish with series of brown

spots to vein 2, whence the termen is excised to tornus ; the

underside yellow, the inner area tinged with brown, an

irregular band from costa to lower angle of cell and a broad

blackish band just before termen from costa to submedian

fold.

Hab. Dutcy New Guinea, Kapaur (Doherty), 1 go type.

Exp. 42 mm.

Blenina brachyptera, sp. n.

9. Head and tegule green; palpi banded with black;

tegule edged with dark brown; thorax reddish brown ;

pectus yellowish; legs yellowish and brown, the fore and

mid tibiz with green patches ; abdomen red-brown, the

ventral surface yellowish except towards extremity. Fore

wing short and broad, the apex and termen rounded, reddish

brown; basal area suffused with green except towards inner

margin ; a double, diffused, black subbasal line from costa to

vein 1, with some whitish on its outer edge; antemedial

line black defined by green on inner side, oblique from costa

to median nervure, then excurved and angled inwards on

vein 1, with slight green streaks on subcostal and median

nervures from it to postmedial line ; a slight discoidal dark

point ; postmedial line black defined by green on outer side,

obliquely excurved and minutely waved from costa to vein 4,

then incurved and with some white beyond the green near

inner margin; a slight, minutely waved, green subterminal

new Species of Noctuidie. 5A5

line, slightly excurved below vein 7, oblique and whitish

from vein 2 to tornus; termen suffused with fuscous.

Hind wing orange-yeilow with terminal black-brown band,

wide at costa, narrowing to vein 2 and expanding towards

tornus, some yellowish points on termen between veins 5

and 3; cilia with a fine yellowish line at base except towards

tornus. Underside of fore wing fuscous, yellow at base.

Hab. New Goines, Humboldt Bay (Doherty), 1 2 type.

Ep. 32 mm.

Blenina triphenopsis, sp. n.

&. Head and thorax greenish grey mixed with black ;

palpi with black points at base of third joint; tips of tegule

and upper edge of patagia sometimes black; tarsi banded

with fuscous ; abdomen orange-yellow tinged with brown

at extremity, the crests at base greenish grey. Fore wing

with the termen slightly oblique towards tornus ; greenish

white irrorated with brown and black; with more or less

prominent black suffusion between medial and postmedial

lines from costa to lower angle of cell and sometimes with

diffused black fascia on inner margin from near base to

subterminal line; traces of a waved line close to base from

costa to submedian fold; an irregularly waved antemedial

line bent outwards below costa, then oblique, ending at vein 1;

medial line minutely waved, oblique from costa to median

nervure ; a black point sometimes present in cell; a slight

white discoidal lunule with slight black streaks from its

lower extremity to the postmedial line, which is minutely

dentate, oblique from costa to vein 7, angled outwards at

vein 4, then incurved, with traces of a minutely dentate line

beyond it from costa to vein 4; a minutely dentate sub-

terminal line, angled outwards at vein 6, excurved at middle

and angled inwards at discal and submedian folds, where

there are blackish patches beyond it; cilia white, brownish

towards apex, with a fine waved black lne through them.

Hind wing orange-yellow with black terminal band, broad

at apex, narrowing to a point before tornus ; cilia orange,

tinged with fuscous at apex and at the angle at vein 2.

Underside orange; fore wing with the terminal half blackish

except on inner area, a black striga from costa above end of

cell with yellow spot beyond it; hind wing with black striga

from costa above end of cell, and terminal band as above.

Hab. Sincarorr (Ridley), 2 g type; New Guinea

(Mathew),1 3. Lxp. 42-45 mm.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 56

546 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Blenina chlorophila, sp. u.

g. Head and thorax bright green slightly irrorated with

white; tegule and patagia with blackish tips ; pectus and

legs yellowish, fore tibie green in front, the tarsi black

ringed with white; abdomen yellow- brown dorsally tinged

with fuscous, the crests green and black, the ventral saris

yellow, blackish at extremity. Fore wing whitish almost

entirely suffused with bright green; the base of inner area

tinged with rufous ; subbasal line oblique, waved, from costa

to submedian fold, ‘with an indistinct green line beyond it

from subcostal nervure to submedian fold; a double medial

line, incurved in cell and submedian interspace, excurved at

median nervure and to inner margin ; a slight black discoidal

bar ; postmedial line double, obliquely excurved and minutely

dentate from costa to vein 4, then single, strongly incurved

in submedian interspace, then oblique to mner margin and

slightly angled outwards on vein 1, a slight line beyond it

from vein 5 to 3, where it is bent inwards, then forming a

green band with blackish spot on it in submedian fold ; sub-

terminal line black, minutely waved, angled outwards at

vein 7, excurved at middle, bent inwards at vein 3 and

oblique to near tornus; a ‘slight black shade at apex and

oblique shade from subterminal line to middle of termen; a

terminal series of black points with white strize between

them; cilia white and green, brownish towards apex, with

series of black points on them. Hind wing black-brown,

the terminal area darker; an orange postmedial band from

vein 6 to 1, incurved below vein 4, obsolescent towards

vein 1, and emitting a slight streak towards base in sub-

median fold; cilia orange, black at apex and tipped with

brown and white above middle. Underside orange; fore

wing with oblique black medial band dilated at middle, the

terminal area black with sinuous inner edge ; ae wing

with black medial line from costa to below vein 2 and black

terminal band narrowing to a point near tornus.

Hab. Stncavore (Ridley), 2 g type. Hxp. 46 mm.

Blenina malachitis, sp. n.

Head and thorax bright sap-green, the latter with slight

dark irroration ; palpi above and antenne black, the palpi

of male with the second joint dilated at base and hollowed

out at sides, the hollow white; pectus and legs yellowish,

fore tibizw green in front, the tarsi brown ringed with white ;

abdomen reddish Brown, the terminal half in male with

new Species of Noctuidie. DAT

lateral fringes of hair curved over dorsum, the ventral surface

whitish, blackish at extremity. lore wing whitish, almost

entirely suffused with emerald-green ; with more or less

blackish suffusion on medial and ‘postmedial area and some-

times some rufous suffusion beyond the cell; an obliquely

curved, slightly waved, black subbasal line from costa to

submedian fold with an indistinct dark bar beyond it from

cell to submedian fold; a more or less distinct double ante-

medial line, angled outwards below costa and cell and at

vein 1; a shght black discoidal bar with whitish point before

it; postmedial line slightly bent outwards below costa,

minutely dentate to vein 3, then strongly incurved and

oblique to inner margin, with another less distinct line

beyond it from costa to vein 3; subterminal line black, green

at middle, very minutely dentate, angled outwards at vein 7,

excurved at middle, bent inwards at vein 2 and oblique to

near tornus 3a blackish patch at apex and below vein 6; the

tips of the veins with slight black streaks with whitish strize

between them; cilia whitish, tinged with green and with

brown towards apex, with series of black points on them.

Hind wing black-brown, darker towards termen; a more

or less developed, curved, yellowish postmedial bar between

veins 5 and 2 emitting a streak towards base below cell; cilia

yellow, blackish at apex and with some dark points at middle.

Underside of fore wing dull yellowish with blackish medial

band, diffused except at costa, terminal area blackish with

diffused inner edge ; hind wing yellowish white with traces of

curved medial line and broad terminal black band from apex

to submedian fold.

Hab. Sincavore (Ridley, Friihstorfer), 2 3, 1 Q type.

Eup. 40 mm.

Blenina miota, sp. un.

3d. Head and thorax pale green mixed with fuscous ;

pectus and legs whitish, the fore tarsi fuscous ringed with

white ; abdomen whitish suffused with fuscous. Fore wing

pale green irrorated with fuscous, the area from middle of

costa and beyond cell suffused with fuscous down to vein 5 ;

an indistinct subbasal black striga from costa; antemedial

line represented by a black striga from costa and point below

median nervure ; an oblique fuscous striga from middle of

costa ; two black discoidal points; postmedial line double,

bent outwards below costa, minutely dentate to vein 3, then

the inner line: obsolete, the outer line erect to inner margin ;

subterminal line formed of small fuscous spots, strongly

36*

548 On new Species of Noctuide.

excurved from vein 5 to 2, where it is bent inwards, then

oblique to tornus; aseries of minute fuscous spots just before

termen, on which there is a series of black strie. Hind wing

brown with a slight reddish tinge ; cilia whitish ; the under-

side whitish, with traces of a curved postmedial line and broad

fuscous terminal band.

Hab. Sinxra Leonz, Pt. Lokko (Penny), 1 ¢ type.

Exp. 28 mm.

Blenina leucotis, sp. n.

2. Head and thorax white, slightly irrorated with fuscous ;

palpi blackish above; fore tarsi banded with black ; abdomen

white. Fore wing glistening white, rather sparsely irrorated

with fuscous ; a minute black streak in base of cell; sub-

basal line angled outwards in cell, then oblique to submedian

fold; antemedial line double, the inner line indistinct,

strongly waved; medial area clouded with black towards

costa and from cell to inner margin and with a diffused black

mark with two points beyond it in submedian interspace ;

postmedial line angled inwards below costa, oblique to vein

6, then indistinct and minutely dentate to vein 3, where it is

bent inwards, then waved to inner margin, a blackish shade

beyond it on costal area followed by two small spots; a

diffused fuscous subterminal line angled inwards in discal

and submedian folds and excurved at middle ; termen clouded

with fuscons, a terminal series of black points. Hind wing

white, the terminal area tinged with fuscous from apex to

vein 2.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Uganda Ry., mile 478 (Betton),

lo type, Hay. 300nm.

Blenina brunnescens, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax white, tinged with pale red-brown;

fore tarsi blackish at extremity; abdomen brownish white.

Fore wing white, suffused with pale red-brown; a slight

blackish streak on base of median nervure; an obliquely

curved antemedial series of four black points from below

costa to median nervure and point on vein 1, an oblique

striga beyond them across base of vein 2; two black dis-

coidal points; a postmedial series of minute streak-like

points, obliquely excurved from costa to vein 4, then oblique ;

traces of a subterminal series of small brown spots; a

terminal series of black points. Hind wing white with a

slight reddish-brown tinge.

Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Nyasa (de Jersey), 1 3 type.

Exp. 22 mm.

On new Species of Diurnal Lepidoptera. 5A9

Barasa tetragramma, sp. 0.

?. Head and thorax white, slightly irrorated with fuscous;

palpi with black mark at side of second joint; fore tibize

blackish on inner side, the tarsi blackish at extremity ;

abdomen white, tinged with grey above, the basal crest

blackish at tip. Fore wing grey-white irrorated with fuscous,

the medial and terminal areas slightly tinged with brown ;

a slight black streak in base of cell; a strong obliquely

curved black subbasal line from costa to submedian fold; a

highly waved medial line with traces of another line before

it ; a slight diffused rufous discoidal mark ; postmedial line

bent outwards below costa, incurved at discal fold and below

vein 4, angled outwards at vein 1; subterminal line strong,

black, not quite reaching costa, on which there is a black

point, met below costa by an oblique shade from apex slightly

excurved at middle ; a terminal series of minute black streaks.

Hind wing white, the apical area tinged with brown down

to vein 2; the underside with the costal area tinged with

brown.

Hab. Fis1, 1 9 type. Hap. 28 mm.

This is the specimen recorded as Argyrothripa nigrostrigata

by Mr. Bethune-Baker (P. Z. S. 1905, 1. p. 93), the type of

which, from New Guinea, has, however, the medial line not

angled inwards below the cell.

[To be continued. |

LIX.—Deseriptions of Two new Species of Diurnal Lepido-

ptera belonging to the Subfamily Nymphaline. By Hersert

Druce, F.L.S. &e.

Perrhanea cubana, sp. n.

Male.—Head, thorax, and abdomen yellowish brown ;

antenne black. Palpi, underside of the thorax, and abdomen

pale brown. Primaries bright red, the costal margin, apex,

and outer margin black, the outer margin spotted with

yellowish brown ; a short black band at the end of the cell,

beyond which a waved rather wide black line crosses the

wing from the costal to the inner margin; two small black

dots close to the apex; the fringe pale reddish yellow:

550 On new Species of Diurnal Lepidoptera.

secondaries, the basal half of the wing bright red, the outer

half deep chrome-yellow ; a submarginal reddish-brown line

extends from the apex to just above the tail, which is black,

irrorated with yellowish-white scales; the fringe almost

white. Underside: primaries, the costal half, apex, and

outer margin greyish black, with the black markings very

similar to those on the upperside; the inner half of the wing

reddish brown, thickly irrorated with black scales: second-

aries blackish from the base to about the middle, beyond

which to the outer margin pale brownish grey, irrorated with

black scales; asmall black spot above the tail.—/emale very

similar to the male, but with much less red on the primaries,

which are chrome-yellow along the outer margin: secondaries

almost entirely chrome-yellow, slightly shaded with red near

the base: on the underside both wings are more yellow than

those of the male.

Expanse, ¢ 34, 2 32 inches.

Ilab, Cuba.

In the collection of Mr. Henley Grose-Smith and Herbert

Druce.

Euphedra Cooksont, sp. 0.

Male.—Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black; a

bluish-white dot at the base of the antenne, two in front of

the thorax, one on each side and two at the base of the thorax,

and two on each side of the abdomen nearest the base; the

point of the antennee yellow; palpi, underside of thorax, and

abdomen chrome-yellow ; legs yellowish. Primaries black,

greenish grey along the costal margin ; a white band crosses

the wing near the apex from the costal to the outer margin,

slightly shaded with greenish grey on the inner margin of

the band; the inner margin from the base to near the apex

broadly brownish chrome-yellow, the fringe black : second-

aries brownish chrome-yellow, broadly bordered with black

from the apex to the anal angle; two bluish-grey spots on

the outer margin near the anal angle. Underside: primaries

yellow, shaded with greenish black ; the white band as above ;

three black spots in the cell, the first close to the base and

two close to the end of the cell; the wing is palest on the

inner margin: secondaries chrome-yellow ; a black spot at

the base and a small one in the cell ; a rather wide white

submarginal band extends from the base to the apex, where

it becomes quite narrow ; two indistinct white spots at the

end of the cell and four bluish-white dots extending round

the outer margin from the anal angle—J/emale very similar

On a new Land-Shell from Christmas Island. 551

to the male, with all the white markings on the underside

more distinct.

Expanse, ¢ 31, 2 4 inches.

Hab. N.E. Rhodesia.

LX.—Description of a new Land-Shell from Christmas

Island. By Epoar A. Smita, 1.8.0.

A SMALL collection of non-marine Mollusca, recently sent to

the Natural History Museum for identification by Dr. R.

Hanitsch, of the Raffles Museum, Singapore, contains the

following new species of Jaminia from Christmas Island, in

the Indian Ocean, and also two or three other forms previously

unknown from this remote locality. These will be referred

to in a paper which Dr. Hanitsch proposes tq publish as a

supplement to the ‘ Monograph of Christmas Island’ by

Dr. C. W. Andrews.

Jaminta proscripta.

Testa minuta, oblonga, cylindrica, umbilicata, fusco-cornca, lineis

incrementi tenuibus striata; anfractus 5, perconvexi, sutura

profunda leviter obliqua sejuncti, ultimus antice leviter ascendens,

pone labrum indentatus; labrum pallidum, expansum, subreflexum,

margine externo in medio intus leviter prominens; apertura

quinque-dentata; dentes duo parietales inzequales, columellaris

minutus, palatales duo lamelliformes, subequales, ab margine

labri remoti.

Longit. 2°25 mm., diam. °9.

Hab. Flying Fish Cove.

The type will be preserved in the British Museum.

ay On remarkable Specimens of Rana esculenta.

LXI.—On remarkable Specimens of Rana esculenta from

South-western Persia. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

THE collection made by Mr. R. B. Woosnam when accom-

panying Col. Bailward in Persia contains two specimens of

Rana esculenta, male and female, which do not fall under the

definition of any of the races hitherto distinguished, and for

which I think it desirable to propose a new name—var. susana

—the specimens having been captured not far from the ruins

of Susa, at an altitude of about 400 feet.

This variety agrees with var. ridibunda, to which I have

referred the Persian specimens previously examined by me, in

the small size and feeble prominence of the inner metatarsal

tubercle, and with the typical form in the comparatively short

tibiz, which barely meet at the heels when they are laid at

right angles to the body. Besides, the length of the tibia is

less than one half that of head and body, whilst in var. rédi-

bunda it usually measures one half or more. The life-colour

of the malespecimen, obtained in a small stream on March 20th,

is described in Mr. Woosnam’s notes as drab colour, with a

few dark brown spots; head, shoulders, and upper back light

green: the female, caught in the Kerkbah River on March

19th, was of a ereenish-brown colour, with dark brown

blotches and a broad light stripe along the middle of head

and body. Other specimens of /, esculenta, obtained by

Mr. Woosnam at Kermanshah, 6000 feet altitude, are

referable to the var. ridibunda.

I append some measurements of these specimens, in

accordance with the method proposed in the ‘ Proceedings of

the Zoological Society,’ 1891, p. 377 :—

Ly Be 3.5 phos

Var. ridibunda. WKermanshah. ¢.... 67 354 383 9 383

5 5 ais MOD)» 45-~ 40, si meee

. : ier One aot ll aaeee

Wie (IIH. TSUEEA» 6) Guooacooobae 6429 29 ees

7 Fd Be eas en toric 63 29 29 73 3

1, Length (in millimetres) from snout to vent. Length of tibia (in

the flesh). 38. Length of foot measured aa outer metatarsal

tubercle to tip of fourth toe. 4, Length of inner toe. 5. Length

of inner metatarsal tubercle.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 553

LXII.—Rhynchotal Notes —XXXVI. By W. L. Disranr.

Fam. Cicadide.

THERE are a few unique types described by Walker in the

British Museum, which have no locality and are female

specimens. ‘Their generic identification is a matter of doubt

and difficulty, and the following notes have reference to same.

I also append the descriptions of some species from various

habitats.

Purana? hirundo.

Cicada hirundo, Walk. List Hom, i. p. 152 (1850),

This unlocalized type is a female specimen, not “ Mas ” as

stated by Walker, and apparently belongs to the genus

Purana.

Purana ? conifacies.

Cicada conifacies, Walk, List Hom., Suppl. p. 85 (1858).

Dundubia conifacies, Stil, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1862, p. 481,

This species is only represented by a single unlocalized

female specimen, It is apparently a species of Purana.

Diceropyga? nodosa.

Cicada nodosa, Walk. List Hom. i. p. 162 (1850).

A single unlocalized female specimen which I have

doubtfully referred to this genus, the principal characters of

which are found in the male, viz., the opercula and the

structure of the anal abdominal segment.

Diceropyga? acutipennis.

Cicada acutipennis, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 20 (1858).

This species is also only represented by a single unlocalized

female specimen, and the remarks appended to the previous

species equally apply to this one.

Terpnosia? stipata.

Cicada stipata, Walk. List Hom. i. p. 155 (1850),

Only represented by a single unlocalized female specimen,

which seems clearly to belong to this genus. Should this

species be proved ultimately to belong to Terpnosta its

specific name must be altered, as it is already used in the

genus.

554 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Subfam. Orcaprv2.

POLYNEURARIA.

Platypleura attenuata, sp. n.

Head and thorax above brownish ochraceous, head with the

anterior margins of front and the lateral margins of vertex

luteous ; base of front, a spot near anterior angle of vertex,

and a transverse fascia between the eyes black; pronotum

with a central longitudinal fascia (not extending through

posterior margin), a longitudinal fasciate spot on each side of

disk, the incisures, and a small marginal spot black ; meso-

notum darker in hue, with four obconical spots, of which the

two central ones are very short, two rounded spots in front of

cruciform elevation, and a spot on each anterior angle of

same, black ; abdomen with the basal segmental areas black,

their apical areas ochraceous ; body beneath piceous, clothed

more or less with very short greyish hairs; a somewhat

macular transverse fascia between eyes at base of face, apices

of anterior and intermediate femora, a longitudinal spot on

each side of anterior femora, and the lateral and posterior

margins of opercula, ochraceous; a spot on each side of

anterior femora near their apices and a longitudinal fascia

beneath them, central longitudinal sulcation to face, and a

suffusion between face and eyes, and the opercula (excluding

margins), black; abdomen beneath piceous, the posterior

segmental margins ochraceous; tegmina and wings hyaline,

the venation fuscous or fuseous brown; tegmina with the

costal membrane. brownish ochraceous, with a spot at about

one third from its base and the whole basal cell piceous ;

claval area brownish, thickly greyishly pilose, and with

some scattered greyish hairs on the basal half of tegmina;

transverse veins at bases of apical areas more or less infus-

cated and submarginal fuscous spots on most of the longitu-

dinal veins to apical areas; wings with the extreme base pale

ochraceous, margins of anal area pale fuscous where the veins

are piceous.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 19 mm.; exp. tegm. 66 mm.

Hab. N. Nigeria; Zunguru (A. L. de M. Mynn, Brit.

Mus.).

The lateral margins of the pronotum are angularly

developed, and extend to about half the length of basal cell ;

the whole body above is more or less greyishly pilose, and

the abdomen in male is short and attenuated posteriorly ; the

opercula do not quite mect inwardly, and their lateral and

Mr, W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

posterior margins are convexly rounded and do not pass the

base of abdomen ; the tegmina are long and narrow, their

greatest breadth being a little less than a third of their length ;

rostrum passing the posterior coxe.

DUNDUBIARIA.

Purana Davidi, sp. n.

Body above brownish ochraceous ; broad lateral margins

to face enclosing a pale spot anteriorly, two transverse

fascize on each lateral area of vertex, and the area of

the ocelli black ; pronotum with the anterior and posterior

margins and a central linear spot to lateral margins, two

central longitudinal fascize (widened and ampliated anteriorly,

united posteriorly), and the incisures black ; mesonotum

with five black longitudinal fascize, the central one continuous,

one on each side shorter and a little curved, the two lateral

fascize much broader, crossing mesonotum, but prominently

broken near base ; a large spot in front of cruciform elevation

and posterior segmental margins black; head _ beneath,

sternum, and legs a little paler than above, abdomen beneath

ochraceous ; face (excluding a basal spot and transverse

striations), space between face and eyes, apices of anterior

and intermediate femora and the upper surfaces of same

(more or less), coxal spots, apex of rostrum, and abdominal

tubercles, piceous or black; tegmina and wings hyaline,

venation testaceous, in parts piceous; tegmina with the

costal membrane testaceous, a distinct stramineous spot at

apex of radial area, and the transverse veins at bases of

second, third, fifth, and seventh apical areas broadly infus-

cated ; blavall areas to both tegmina and wings fuscous ;

opercula i in male transverse, greyish, their extreme margins

piceons, their posterior margins oblique, their posterior

angles just passing base of “second abdominal segment,

outer margins nearly straight, ner angles well separated ;

rostrum reaching apex of basal abdominal segment,

abdominal tubercles very large and prominent; spines to

anterior femora long, piceous, their apices testaceous.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 26-33, 9 27; exp. tezgm., ¢ 9,

79-88 mm.

Hab. Kiang-S8i (A. David, 1875, Paris and Brit. Muss.).

Purana pigmentata, sp. n.

Body above brownish ochraceous ; head with some piceous

lateral striz to front; area of the ocelli with a curved fascia

556 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

on each side, and inner margins of eyes, black; pronotum

with two central longitudinal fascize (almost united anteriorly

and posteriorly and with a small discal curved fascia on each

side), incisures, narrow lateral and posterior margins, and two

spots on each side of posterior margin, black or piceous ;

mesonotum with a central longitudinal somewhat lanceolate

fascia, on each side of which is a short somewhat oblique

fascia, a longer and broader fascia on each lateral area, and

two rounded spots in front of cruciform elevation, black ;

a broad outer lateral fascia to tympanal coverings, and anal

segment above and beneath, black or piceous, posterior

segmental margins a little paler and with some obscure

lateral and discal fuscous spots; body beneath and legs a

little paler than above; sternum and opercula somewhat

finely greyishly tomentose, sternum with some obscure discal

piceous spots; face with the upper transverse strie (not meeting

centrally) and discal margins of central sulcation piceous,

a black transverse line between face and eyes; abdominal

tubercles pale castaneous ; tegmina and wings hyaline, their

bases narrowly ochraceous, venation ochraceous near base and

afterwards fuscous; tegmina with the costal membrane and

postcostal veins ochraceous, transverse veins at bases of

second and third apical areas slightly infuscated ; opercula

in male oblique, outwardly moderately convex, somewhat

widely separated inwardly, their apices moderately obliquely

truncate and about reaching anterior margin of basal

abdominal segment ; rostrum reaching base of abdomen, its

apex piceous; anterior femora beneath with two strong spines

and a smaller apical one.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 17 mm.; exp. tegm. 47 mm.

Hab. Siam, Bangkok; Cambedia; Cochin China, Lakhon.

Allied to P. carmente, Walk., from which it differs by the

concolorous, shorter, and differently shaped opercula in the

male, and also by the broad outer piceous lateral margins of

the tympanal coverings.

Sauda Pratti, sp. n.

3 %. Brownish olivaceous; anterior margin of front

and lateral areas of vertex brownish castaneous, area of

ocelli black ; pronotum with two central fascize ampliated

anteriorly and posteriorly, the incisures, and inner, lateral,

and posterior margins, a central longitudinal line crossing the

posterior margin, and the whole of the anterior lateral angles,

piceous or black; mesonotum with two central obconical

spots, their outer margins continued to anterior angles of

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 5d7

cruciform elevation, an obsolete spot on each side of the two

central ones and a similar spot in front of cruciform elevation,

piceous; abdomen above much suffused with piceous ; body

beneath, opercula in male, and legs brownish ochraceous ;

under surfaces of anterior tibie, anterior and intermediate

tarsi, and apex of rostrum piceous; tegmina and wings

hyaline, veins fuscous, a little suffused with pale fuscous

brown along the veins, transverse veins at the bases of

second, third, fifth, and seventh apical areas more distinctly

infuscated ; subclaval areas distinctly fuscous and. inwardly

margined with black ; tegmina with the costal membrane and

basal cell brownish ochraceous ; opercula in male reaching

the penultimate abdominal segment; their apices broad and

subangularly rounded, narrowed towards base, where they

are concavely sinuate on each side, their inner margins

contiguous but not meeting on disk of abdomen, their

surface distinctly granulose, their edges a little recurved and

apices very narrowly cretaceous; rostrum reaching the

posterior coxe.

Llong., excl. tegm., g 48, 2 51; exp. tegm., ¢ 154,

9 168 mm.

Hab. Brit. New Guinea, Ekeikei (Pratt).

Sawda Sharpi, sp. n.

Closely allied to the preceding species (S. Pratti), but

differing by its smaller size, the opercula in male only

reaching the third abdominal segment, and though of same

general shape yet much more narrowed at their bases;

transverse veins at the bases of apical areas to tegmina a little

more infuscated ; pronotum and mesonotum with the piceous

markings obsolete.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 47 mm.; exp. tegm,. 132 mm.

Hab. Brit. New Guinea ; Ekeikei (Pratt).

Diceropyga aluana, sp. n.

Head and pronotum ochraceous ; lateral striz to front, a

spot at anterior angles of vertex, area of ocelli, and extreme

basal margin of vertex, piceous or black; anterior margin of

pronotum narrowly black ; mesonotum greenish ochraceous,

sometimes suffused with piceous, with two obconical spots

denoted by their dark outer margins; abdomen in male

brownish ochraceous, palely pilose, with a lateral series of

large black segmental spots on each side and the apex

piceous; in female with the lateral spots smaller, more

elongate, and fasciate, and with a large cretaceous spot at

58 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

base of anal segment; body beneath and legs pale ochraceous,

apex of rostrum black ; tegmina and wings hyaline, the

venation ochraceous or ’ Euscous ; tegmina “with’ the costal

membrane greenish ochraceous, a small prominent ochraceous

spot at apex of radial area, a fuscous spot on transverse veins

at bases of second, third, fifth, and seventh apical areas, and

marginal fuscous spots near apices of longitudinal veins to

apical areas; opercula in male extending to about half the

length of abdomen, their apices subacutely rounded, their

outer margins concavely sinuate, their inner margins convex ;

rostrum passing the posterior cox; anterior femora with

two strong spines beneath.

Long., excl. tegm., g 33, 9 24 mm.; exp. tegm., ¢ 2,

76-80 mm.

fab. Solomon Islands; Alu (Brit. Mus.).

Pomponia piceata, sp. n.

Body and legs uniformly piceous brown ; mesonotum with

four darker obconical spots, the two central ones shortest ;

tegmina and wings talc-like, a little opaque, but uncertainly

discerned in a somewhat discoloured spirit-specimen, their

extreme bases piceous ; tegmina with the venation fuscous,

in some parts ochraceous, costal membrane piceous brown,

transverse veins at bases of second, third, fourth, and fifth

apical areas slightly infuscated, and a very obscure marginal

series of pale elongate fuscous spots at apices of longitudinal

veins to apical areas; wings with the venation brownish ;

face globose, the striations robust; rostrum passing the

posterior cox ; opercula in male transverse, their posterior

margins convex, just reaching base of second abdominal

segment, their inner angles a little separated.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 42; exp. tegm. 108 mm.

Hab. ‘Tonkin, Cho-Moi (foget, Paris Mus.).

Oncotympana fuscata, sp. n.

Head and pronotum brownish ochraceous; head with curved

striz to front, broad inner area to eyes, and area of ocelli

black ; pronotum with extreme margins, incisures, two broad

central longitudinal fascie (a little ampliated anteriorly, and

much ampliated posteriorly), two spots on disk, and two large

oblique spots on each apical area of posterior margin black ;

mesonotum black, with two subobsolete central obconical

spots, and with the following obscure castaneous maculations,

viz., a very obscure spot in each of the obconical areas, a

spot outside them, a larger spot at their apices, a spot on each

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 559

lateral area, and a transverse spot on each side of the lateral

angles to cruciform elevation; cruciform elevation dull

castaneous, its disk and a spot on its anterior angles black ;

abdomen above black, the tympanal coverings dull ochraceous,

the posterior basal segmental margins testaceous; sternum

and opercula greyish ochraceous; legs and abdomen beneath

brownish ochraceous; apices of anterior femora, anterior

tibie (excluding two longitudinal streaks), apical areas of

intermediate tibie, apex of posterior tibiz, anterior tarsi,

intermediate tarsi (excluding base), and obscure lateral spots

to abdomen, black ; spiracular spots to abdomen cretaceous ;

tegmina and wings moderately infuscate, the venation fuscous,

in parts dull ochraceous; tegmina with the costal membrane

testaceous, the transverse veins at the apices of the second,

third, fifth, and seventh apical areas moderately infuscate ;

rostrum passing the posterior coxe ; opercula in male broad,

convex, and overlapping, reaching the base of the second

abdominal segment.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 33; exp. tegm. 108 mm.

Hab. North China (Paris Mus.).

Allied to O. maculaticollis, Motsch., from which, apart from

the different coloration, it may be distinguished by the

narrower tegmina and the broader cruciform elevation.

Oncotympana stratoria, sp. n.

Body and legs brownish ochraceous; head with lateral

striz to front, two spots on each lateral margin of vertex,

area of ocelli, and inner margin of eyes black; pronotum

with the lateral margins, incisures, two central longitudinal

fasciz (ampliated anteriorly, and united posteriorly) black ;

mesonotum with four broken and subobsolete obconical spots,

the two central ones smaller and only denoted by their

margins, a small marginal spot before the lateral spots, and

two rounded spots in front of the cruciform elevation black ;

abdomen above with two large spots on basal, and the greater

part of the remaining segments, black; a broad central

fascia to face, apices of anterior and intermediate femora, bases

and apical areas of anterior and intermediate tibia, apex

of rostrum, and lateral abdominal marginal spots, black ;

tegmina and wings hyaline; tegmina with the venation

mostly purplish red on basal half, becoming fuscous towards

apex, a somewhat large fuscous spot on transverse veins to

second, third, fifth, and seventh apical areas, and a marginal

series of minute pale fuscous spots near apices of longitudinal

veins*to apical areas; venation of wings mostly fuscous brown ;

560 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

rostrum considerably passing the posterior cox; opercula

centrally overlapping, not quite reaching base of abdomen.

Long., excl. tegm., § 263; exp. tegm. 83 mm.

flab. Yunnan (Paris Mus.).

Allied to O. virescens, Dist., but rostrum larger, opercula

shorter, and colour different.

Subfam. Vrerorvry x.

CARINETARIA.

GUARANISARIA, gen. nov.

Allied to Carineta, but with the tegmina short, not longer

than the body, semiopaque and with an additional vein or

veinlet crossing the third ulnar area. Other structural

characters as in Carineta,

Type, G. disstmilis, Dist.

Guaranisaria dissimilis, sp. 0.

¢. Head and thorax above black, shortly palely pilose ;

a small central spot at base of head, lateral and posterior

margins (very narrow) and the incisures to pronotum, and

Jateral margins to mesonotum ochraceous, the mesonotum

also obsoletely displays the margins of two central obconical

spots; abdomen above ochraceous, the basal segment and

central area of second segment black; exposed tympana

greyish white; body beneath black, the lateral margins of

both sternum and abdomen ochraceous and longly pilose ;

tibia and tarsi stramineous, bases and apices of anterior

and intermediate tibiee, and apices of tarsi piceous or black ;

opercula ochraceous, inwardly, outwardly, and apically

piceous ; tegmina suffused with shining piceous brown, the

costal membrane stramineous, the subclaval area roseate ;

wings hyaline, the venation ochraceous; front robustly

protuberant, about as long as vertex; transverse vein at base

of second tegminal apical area almost vertical; rostrum

reaching intermediate cox; opercula transverse, not meeting

inwardly, their posterior margins rounded and not quite

reaching base of abdomen,

Long., excl. tegm., ¢d 15 mm.; exp. tegm. 34 mm.

Hab. Argentina (Wagner, Brit. Mus.); Paraguay; Sapu-

eay (Coll. Heidemann).

A female specimen from Paraguay sent me for identi-

fication by Mr. Heidemann has the abdomen completely

piceous black above with only marginal lateral ochraceous

streaks, beneath the lateral ochraceous abdominal margins

are traversed by a black median fascia.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 561

TAPHURARIA,

Abroma philippinensis, sp. n.

2. Body pale testaceous; head with a castaneous or

piceous spot at anterior angles of vertex; mesonotum with

four subobsolete obconical spots, of which the two central are

shortest ; sternum somewhat thickly palely pilose; rostrum

with its apex piceous and reaching the intermediate coxe ;

streaks to coxee and femora, and a central fascia to abdomen

beneath, piceous; tegmina and wings hyaline, venation

ochraceous or brownish ochraceous ; costal membrane ochra-

ceous, veins at bases of first and second apical areas and a

subclaval streak pale fuscous; front distinctly finely longi-

tudinally sulecate; first and third apical areas of tegmina

about equal in length and a little longer than second.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 15-17 mm.; exp. tegm. 39-41 mm.

Hab. Philippine Islands, Palaouan (Paris Mus.).

I have not seen a male of this species.

PARNISARIA.

Quintilia Souliz, sp. n.

¢. Body above black, mostly palely pilose ; head with the

apical margin of front, lateral margins of vertex, and a

central spot at base testaceous; pronotum with the margins

and a central fascia which is ampliated posteriorly (where it

contains a black spot) pale testaceous ; mesonotum with the

margins and two central elongate fasciz (each containing a

black spot) testaceous ; abdomen above with the segmental

margins testaceous ; body beneath testaceous ; face (excluding

margins and basal spot), streaks of femora, anterior tibia,

bases and apices of intermediate and posterior tibia, tarsi, and

metasternum black; tegmina and wings hyaline, venation

ochraceous on basal and fuscous on apical areas; tegmina

with the costal membrane ochraceous ; wings with the margins

of the anal area fuscous.

Var. a.— @. Mesonotum with only faint indications of the

pale central elongate fascie.

Var. b.— . Both pronotum and mesonotum without pale

central fasciee.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 9 174 mm.; exp. tegm. 39-42 mm.

Hab. Yunnan; Tsé-kou (Mgr. Soulié, Paris Mus.).

Without locality (Brit. Mus.).

Allied to Q. megannia, Dist., but tegmina totally pale

hyaline, wings with only margins of anal area infuscated,

lateral pronotal margins less oblique and more sinuate, &c.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 37

562 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

CHLOROCYSTARIA.

AKAMBA, gen. nov.

&@. Head with the front anteriorly and somewhat trian-

gularly produced, centrally distinctly longitudinally impressed,

about as long as vertex, ocelli much nearer to each other than

to eyes, lateral margins of vertex a little upwardly reflexed

and discontinuous with margins of front, including eyes a

little narrower than base of mesonotum ; pronotum consider-

ably shorter than mesonotum, about as long as head, its

lateral margins a little convexly sinuate, its posterior angles

somewhat strongly ampliate; abdomen longer than space

between apex of head and base of cruciform elevation, sub-

globose, with a central dorsal longitudinal ridge, and with a

prominent laterally produced nodosity on each side of basal

segment, the anterior margin of which is a little convex, but not

centrally conically produced ; tympana completely exposed ;

anal segment in male largely produced; rostrum reaching

the intermediate cox ; opercula small, obtusely angulate,

placed at each lateral margin, not extending beyond base of

abdomen; tegmina and wings hyaline, the first with the

second and third ulnar areas shortest, apical areas eight, basal

cell about twice as long as broad; wings with six apical

areas; lees somewhat short and slender, anterior femora with

one moderately strong spine.

Allied to Musoda, Karsch, from which it differs by the

non-conically produced basal abdominal segment and _ its

laterally produced nodosities on each side, &e.

Type, A. ethiopica, Dist.

Akamba cethiopica, sp. n.

¢@. Body and legs ochraceous; ocelli red; pronotum with

the margins, a central longitudinal fascia, on each side of

which is a short curved discal fascia, and the incisures

fuscous brown; mesonotum with two short central obconical

spots, on each side of these a short anterior elongate spot,

followed by three long fascize on each lateral area, fuscous

brown (these spots and markings are sometimes obsolete) ;

posterior abdominal segmental margins red; tegmina and

wings hyaline, the venation ochraceous; tegmina with the

costal membrane and postcostal area ochraceous ; abdomen

above distinctly, finely, palely pilose; lateral pilose protu-

berances to basal abdominal segment with their margins

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 565

fuscous ; head with a distinct longitudinal impression on each

side of ocelli.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 14 mm.; exp. tegm. 39 mm.

Hab. West Africa; Free Town, Sierra Leone (Z. £.

Austen, Brit. Mus.). B. E. Africa; Samburu (C. S. Betton,

Brit. Mus.).

Gymnotympana olivacea, sp. n.

Body olivaceous ; sternum, opercula, and legs a little paler;

head with the anterior margin of front piceous; anterior

tibiz brownish, striped with fuscous, apices of tarsi fuscous ;

tegmina and wings hyaline, the venation olivaceous; costal

membrane of tegmina olivaceous; rostrum just passing the

anterior tibize, its apex fuscous ; opercula in male with their

apices broadly rounded, inwardly somewhat obliquely sinuate.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 2 26-30 mm.; exp. tegm., ¢ 70-78,

2 90 mm.

flab. Brit. Centr. New Guinea; Dinawu, 3600 feet (Pratt).

Genus PLAUTILLA.

Plautilla, St&l, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1865, p. 155; Hem, Afr. iv. p. 2

(1866).

Type, P. stalagmoptera, Stal.

By the kindness of Dr. Handlirsch of the Vienna Museum,

I have been able to examine a cotype, determined by Stal

himself, of P. stalagmoptera, the type of the genus.

¢g. The tympana are entirely uncovered; the opercula in

male large and convex, inflated, and projecting beyond the

lateral margins of the abdomenas in the genus Gymnotympana ;

the tegmina are moderately short and broad, their greatest width

being a little less than half their length and half as broad

again as the wings; tegmina with eight apical areas, bases of

the upper vein to lower ulnar area and lower vein to radial

area fused ; pronotal lateral marginal areas angularly dilated,

thus resembling Zammara, to which Stal allied Plawtilla, but

which belongs to a different subfamily, by the complete

absence of tympanal coverings ; head (including eyes) half the

width of base of mesonotum; abdomen beneath (excluding

apical segment) concave, with a central longitudinal ridge and

the lateral margins recurved.

This genus clearly forms the type of a new division, which

may be called Plautillaria, to be placed between the Melam-

psaltaria and Hemidictyaria. To the first it is allied by the

venation of the tegmina, and to the second by the head

37*

o64 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

(including eyes) being only half the width of base of

mesonotum,

I refrain, however, from giving fuller characters, as_there

are apparently other genera to be included and a divisional

diagnosis must not be too narrow or exclusive. Thus the

Cicada humeralis, Walk. (Insect. Saund., Hom. p. 15, 1858),

evidently represents an allied but undescribed genus to

Plautilla, but the unique male type has its abdomen mutilated,

and is therefore not in a condition for generic description.

Fam, Fulgoride.

Subfam. /vreorrm2.

Genus Pyrops.

Pyrops, Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. viii. p. 231 (1839); Dist. Tr. Ent.

Soc. 1893, p. 448.

Zanna, Kirk. J. Nat. Hist. Soc. Bomb. xiv. p. 47 (1902).

Pyrops Rendalli, sp. n.

Allied to P. pustulatus, Gerst., from which it differs by

the longer, more robust, and obliquely ascending head ;

colour of tegmina and wings as in Gerstaecker’s species.

I have had in my possession for the last ten years a

mutilated specimen (wanting the abdomen and legs), given

me by Dr. P. Rendall, who captured it at Zomba; in

working over the genus I am now compelled to shortly

describe it as above.

Exp. tegm. 72 mm.

fab. B. C. Africa: Zomba (Dr. P. Rendall, Coll. Dist.).

Length of head (P. pustu/atus, Gerst.) 7-75 mm.; apex

of cephalic process slightly depressed.

Length of head (P. Rendall’, Dist.) 10 mm.; apex of

cephalic process obliquely erect.

Pyrops pulmunculus, sp. n.

Head about twice longer than abdomen, somewhat shining

brown, obscurely mottled with olivaceous, more prominently

so beneath and on apex above, basal area rugose; pro-

notum olivaceous, mottled with brown, rugose ; mesonotum

brownish ochraceous, rugosely punctate ; abdomen brownish

ochraceous, the apical appendage piceous; legs and sternum

much shaded with olivaceous, legs with obscure and irregular

fuscous markings; abdomen beneath greyish, thickly fuscously

punctate; tegmina greyish, with closely reticulate sanguineous

and fuscous veins, not extending to the apical area, which is

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 565

a little paler, with more regular transverse veins, costal edge

finely hirsute; wings dull pale ochraceous, the apex very

broadly and the posterior margin moderately pale fuscous ;

head much longer than space between its base and apex of

abdomen.

Long. head, from angle of apex to eyes 17 mm.; eyes to

apex of abdomen 134 mm.; exp. tegm. 44 mm.

Hab, Java: Surabaya (Brit. Mus.).

The principal characters of this species are its very long

cephalic process and the distinctive coloration of the tegmina

and wings.

Pyrops tapirus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, mesonotum, body beneath, and legs

ochraceous ; head with Jarge coarse black punctures, most

numerous on basal halves of Jateral areas, less numerous on

basal third of upper surface, on apical half of upper surface

two on each outer carination, beneath with about six in sub-

longitudinal series on basal half; body beneath with black

punctate spots, most conspicuously marked on lateral areas

of prosternum, clypeus, and under surface of abdomen ; legs

spotted with black, anterior and intermediate tarsi black ;

abdomen above testaceous, posterior segmental margins

ochraceous, apex piceous, and somewhat longly ochraceously

pilose ; tegmina pale ochraceous, the venation a little darker,

and the whole surface somewhat thickly sprinkled with

small black spots, some a little larger than others; wings

creamy white; the cephalic process is robust and distinctly

slightly recurved downwards at apex, which has its face

marginately but not centrally carinate; the apex of the

rostrum is black and reaches the intermediate coxe; the two

outer longitudinal carinations to the cephalic process both

above and beneath are much waved.

Long. head, from angle of apex to eyes 12 mm.; eyes

to apex of abdomen 19 mm.; exp. tegm. 60 mm.

Hab. Java (Horsfield Coll., Brit. Mus.).

A species to be recognized by the robust cephalic process,

apically recurved, and distinctly and peculiarly maculately

punctured with black.

Pyrops Dalyi, sp. n.

Body and legs pale brownish ochraceous ; cephalic process

finely and thickly blackly punctate on lateral areas, a little

more finely so beneath, and very obsoletely so on discal area

above, the two outer carinz beneath with about six sub-

tubercular reddish-ochraceous spots; clypeus, sternum, and

566 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

legs finely blackly punctate, femora with an apical and

anterior and intermediate tibie with two incomplete black

annulations ; abdomen beneath with black spiracular spots,

abdomen above with the anterior segmental margins more or

less piceous; tegmina greyish white, the venation testaceous,

the whole surface more or less sprinkled with minute shining

black spots, some a little larger than others; wings creamy

white, the venation very pale ochraceous; head horizontally

porrect, about as long as space between its base and apex of

abdomen, gradually attenuated anteriorly, its face with its

margins and a central longitudinal line carinate.

Long. head, from angle of apex to eyes 11} mm.; eyes to

apex of abdomen 12 mm.; exp. tegm. 34 mm.

flab. Siam: Lacan (Malcolm Daly, Brit. Mus.).

A small species, to be identified by its long, horizontally

porrect, and anteriorly narrowed cephalic process, with its

bright subtubercular reddish-ochraceous spots beneath.

Genus FULGORA.

Fulgora, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xii. i. (2) p. 703 (1767).

Hotinus, Amy. & Serv. Hém. p. 490 (1843).

Pyrops, Kirk. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xiv. p. 47 (1902).

Fulgora siderea, sp. 0.

Body and legs ochraceous ; abdomen above thickly creta-

ceously tomentose ; cephalic process above somewhat thickly

covered with minute white spots, beneath unspotted ; base of

head and a short longitudinal fascia not extending beyond

the latitude of eyes, two spots between eyes, a spot in front,

another behind, and the posterior margins of eyes black ;

pronotum with a black spot near each anterior angle ; meso-

notum with six spots arranged in pairs (the two central

largest) on anterior margin and a large oblique spot on each

lateral margin black; rostrum, anterior and intermediate

tibie, all the tarsi, and transverse fasciz to abdomen beneath

black; tegmina greenish ochraceous, thickly interspersed

with small black maculate markings, four large black spots

on costal membrane, a number of large ochraceous spots

margined with white arranged in somewhat transverse but

much broken series, some of the spots united; wings creta-

ceous white, the upper area (including apex) purplish red,

and containing some irregular black apical spots ; cephalic

process measured from angle of apex to eyes about as long

as from middle of mesonotum to apex of abdomen, nearly its

apical half upwardly recurved, its apex broadly laterally

compressed,

Dr. T. Scott on British Copepoda, 567

Long. ceph. process, from angle of apex to eyes 17 mm. ;

eyes to apex of abdomen 24 mm. ; exp. tegm. 76 mm.

Hab. Borneo (Brit. Mus.).

I have for many years had an unlocalized Specimen in my

own collection.

Fulgora evanescens, sp. n.

Body and legs ochraceous; rostrum, anterior and inter-

mediate tibie, and all the tarsi piceous ; abdomen beneath

with small, scattered, fuscous spots ; cephalic process marked

above and beneath with very small and obscure pale spots ;

tegmina ochraceous, with darker suffusions on apical area

and four or five large darker spots in costal membrane ; there

are also a number of scattered obsolete paler spots with dark

centres, some of which are united ; wings pale hyaline, with

an obscure, pale fuscous, curved, fasciate spot above the apex

of radial area; cephalic process long and slender, only

slightly upwardly recurved, and from its apex to eyes as long

as from eyes to apex of abdomen; rostrum passing the

posterior coxee.

Long. ceph. process, from angle of apex to eyes 19 mm.

eyes to apex of abdomen 19 mm. ; exp. tegm. 70 mm.

Hab. Nias Island.

Allied to #. lauta, Stal.

LXIII.—Notes on British Copepoda: Change of Names.

By Tuomas Scort, LL.D., F.L.S.

In the ‘ Fifteenth Annual Report of the Fishery Board for

Scotland’ (1897), part i. p. 150, I described a species

belonging to the Copepoda under ‘the name of Delavalia

mimica ; but though it exhibited a close affinity with the

genus Delavalia, especially in the structure of the mandibles

and of the fifth pair of thoracic feet, the structure of the

first pair more nearly resembled those of Nitocra or Ametr "ly

the inner branches of that pair being composed of three

instead of two joints. In my remarks on the species [

referred to this difference ; but because the species had such

a general resemblance to Delavalia it was provisionally

ascribed to that genus.

During recent years many specimens of this species, both

from the Scottish and English coasts, have been examined,

568 Dr. T. Scott on British Copepoda.

and they all agree in showing the marked difference in

structure of the first pair of thoracic feet mentioned above, and

I now propose to remove this species to another genus rather

than modify that to which it was provisionally ascribed.

The following is the name and definition of the genus :—

BEATRICELLA *, T. Scott, gen. nov.

Definition of the genus.—Similar to Delavalia,G. 8. Brady,

in general appearance. Antennules eight-jointed. Outer

ramus of the antenne three-jointed. Mandibles as in

Delavalia, the terminal branch of the mandible-palp being

furnished with a long, curved, and moderately stout seta.

Other mouth-appendages as in Delavala.

Both branches of the first pair of thoracic feet three-jointed ;

inner branches longer than the outer ones, first joint longer

than or subequal to the second and third joints. The second

to the fourth pairs as in Delavalia. Fifth pair foliaceous

and somewhat similar to those of the genus mentioned.

Beatricella mimica, T. Scott.

1897. Delavalia mimica, T. Scott, Fifteenth F. B. Report, part iii.

p. 150, pl. i. figs. 1-9.

In this species the first joint of the inner branches of the

first pair of thoracic feet are as long as the entire length of

the three-jointed outer branches, but the second and third

joints are very short, being together scarcely half as long as

the first joint. The fifth pair resemble those of Delavalia

reflexa, G. 8. Brady, but the basal joint bears interiorly a

group of three tolerably short and stout spines and a small

spiniform seta. The fifth pair in the male are smaller than

those of the female ; the basal joint is armed interiorly with

a single moderately large and broad spine of a somewhat

peculiar shape; it is broad and flattened rather than round,

and with the sides parallel except near the distal end, where

they rapidly converge and form a triangular extremity; a

minute seta springs from each of the lateral angles at the

distal end, while the apex is extended to a fine point; the

secondaiy joint is small, subovate in form, and bears three

spines on the oblique distal end of the outer margin, a

moderately long seta at the apex, and a smaller one on the

inner margin.

* Named in compliment to Miss Beatrice Sprague, daughter of

Dr. T. B. Sprague, Edinburgh,—a successful student of the Scottish

freshwater Entomostraca.

Dr. T. Scott on British Copepoda. 569

Remarks.—In Beatricella mimica the first pair of thoracic

feet have a close resemblance to those of certain species of

Dactylopusia and Ameira ; hence the specific name.

Habitat.—Firths of Forth and Clyde, Moray Firth, vicinity

of Plymouth, &c., but not very common *,

Delavalia Normani, T. Scott, nom. nov.

1899. Delavalia Giesbrechti, var., T. Scott, Seventeenth F. B. Report,

part iil. p. 254, pl. xiii. figs. 20-22.

A few specimens of a Delavalia were obtained at Hunterston,

Firth of Clyde, in the autumn of 1898 ; they resembled to

some extent a species previously described by T’.. and A. Scott

under the name of Delavalia Giesbrechti, but differed in one

or two points, and notably in the absence of the peculiar tail-

setee which are so characteristic of D. Giesbrechti; but as it

was considered that the differences observed might, to some

extent at least, be due to difference in haddtat, and as only

one or two specimens had been noticed, they were recorded

simply as “ Delavalia Giesbrechti var.”

Subsequently, however, it was ascertained that the Rev.

Canon A. M. Norman had collected the same form at

Salcombe, South Devon, in 1875, and again in 1903, as well

as at other places on the coasts of Devon and Cornwall.

The examination of these additional specimens showed that

the differences previously observed were constant and not due

to difference in local surroundings ; this form should there-

fore be regarded as a distinct species, and the name I propose

for it is Delavalia Normant.

In this species the two-jointed inner branches are only

slightly longer than the outer, the first joint is robust and

rather more than half the length of the second, while the

second is not only more elongated than the first, but is also

distinctly narrower and tapers slightly towards the distal

extremity ; the apical seta, which is fully longer than the

second joint, is moderately stout and spiniform, and there are

three setze on the inner margin of the second and one on the

first joint.

In the fifth pair in the female the basal joint is short and

furnished interiorly with four tolerably long plumose sete

along its lower edge; they are arranged in pairs, one pair

being near the inner angle, the other close behind the

* A second species—Delavalia (Beatricella) emula, T.Scott,—in which

the three joints of the inner branches of the first pair of thoracic feet are

nearly of equal length, is described in the Eleventh Report of the Fishery

Board for Scotland, pt. iii. p, 204, pl. iv. figs, 36-47 (1893),

570 Dr. T. Scott on British Copepoda.

secondary joint, so that there is a comparatively wide space

between the two pairs. The secondary joint, which is

lamelliform and with nearly parallel sides, is about one and a

half times longer than broad, the width slightly increasing

toward the distal end; it is provided with five sete, one on

the outer margin and four round the distal extremity ; the

marginal seta, which springs from a notch on the outer edge,

is stout and spiniform ; the outermost and innermost of the

four apical setee are of moderate length, but the other two

are short.

The fureal joints, which are rather shorter than the last

abdominal segment, are comparatively widely apart and also

somewhat divergent.

THOMPSONULA, T. Scott, gen. nov.

My friend the late Mr. I. C. Thompson, of Liverpool,

whose interesting discoveries have added so much to our

knowledge of the Copepod fauna of the British Islands,

described in 1899, under the name of Jonesiella hyene, a

somewhat curious form that had recently been observed in

some collections from Port Erin Bay, Isle of Man. This

form was also subsequently obtained in the Firth of Forth

and at some other places around our shores, and its distribu-

tion as now known is fairly extensive.

Although this form was included in the genus Jonesiedla,

G. &. Brady, it differs from the typical members of that

genus in one or two important particulars, and especially in

the structure of the first pair of thoracic feet. In the generic

definition given by Professor Brady the inner branches of the

first pair are described as “ two-jointed, and bearing long

terminal sete, but no claws”; in Jonesiella hyene, on the

other hand, the inner branches are distinctly three-jointed.

In my remarks on this species in the ‘Kleventh Annual

Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland,’ part iil. p. 203

(1893), it is stated that ‘‘ these differences may render it

necessary to modify the generic description or to remove

Jonesiella hyene to another genus” *, I now propose to

adopt the latter of these suggestions, and have named this

new genus after my late friend.

Definition of the genus Thompsonula—Somewhat similar

* It is interesting to note that Mr. I. C. Thompson also realized the

difficulty referred to here, but was inclined “ to slightly modify an existing

genus rather than make a new one.”

Mr. C. T. Regan on Hexanchus griseus. 571

to Jonesiella in general appearance. Antennules (anterior

antenne) short and composed of six joints. Antenne (poste-

rior antenne) with the outer ramus well developed, three-

jointed, middle joint short. Mandibles distinctly two-branched.

First pair of thoracic feet with both branches three-jointed,

the inner being more elongated than the outer branches ;

other thoracic feet somewhat similar in structure to those of

Jonesiella.

Thompsonula hyene (I. C. Thompson).

1889. Jonesiella hyene, I, C. Thompson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Liverpool,

vol, iii. p. 193, pl. ix. figs. 1-10.

1893. Jonesiella hyene, T, Scott, Eleventh F. B. Report, pt. iii. p. 202,

pl. ili. figs. 1-6.

In this species the basal joint of the short six-jointed

antennules is very stout and comparatively large; it extends

forward, while the remaining joints curve outwards, so that

the last three are nearly at right angles to the basal joint.

The rostrum, which extends forward between the basal joints

of the antennules, reaches to beyond the extremity of these

joints. The furcal joints are extremely short, and as the

last abdominal segment is tolerably broad, the posterior has

an abruptly truncated appearance.

Further particulars concerning this interesting species will

be found in the papers referred to above.

LXIV.—WNote on Hexanchus griseus.

By C. Tate Reean, B.A.

Tue British Museum has recently received, from Captain

Alan Owston, a shark of the genus Hewvanchus, captured in

Japanese seas.

The specimen measures 2100 mm. in total length, and for

comparison with it I had a small example (600 mm.) of

Hexanchus corinus, Jordan and Gilbert, from the Pacific

Coast of the United States, as well as specimens of the

Atlantic H. griseus.

The Japanese fish closely resembles the one named

H. corinus in most respects, but differs notably in the dentition.

In the lower jaw the median tooth has about 4 distinct cusps

on each side and 3 minute ones on the upper edge, whilst the

lateral teeth have from 8 to 10 cusps each. In the upper jaw

572 Mr. O. Thomas on a new Genus and

the median pair of teeth are slender and unicuspid, the next

pair have a minute basal cusp, which becomes well-developed

and pointed on the next 3 or 4 on each side. In the smaller

fish (A. cor’nus) the lower median tooth has 2 or 3 cusps on

each side and none on the upper edge, whilst each lateral

tooth has only 6 cusps ; the second pair of teeth in the upper

jaw are unicuspid, and the next 3 have only a very small and

obtuse basal cusp.

In the larger shark the fins are relatively less developed

and consequently they are more widely separated from each

other. The anal begins below the last } of the dorsal and

the length of its base is less than its distance from the caudal,

which fin is ? the total length of the fish, whereas in the

smaller example the origin of the anal is only a little behind

the middle of the dorsal, the length of its base is equal to its

distance from the caudal, which is more than 4 the length of

the fish.

Examination of a series of examples from the Mediter-

ranean and the Atlantic shows conclusively that these

differences are due to the size of the fish and are not specific.

The British Museum has large specimens agreeing in denti-

tion and the position of the fins with the Japanese example,

and smaller ones which resemble the Californian fish in these

respects. Moreover, after a careful comparison, I am unable

to find any reason for referring the Pacific and Atlantic

specimens to different species, and I am forced to conclude

that there is but one living species of Hewxanchus, viz.

H. griseus, L., which has a wide distribution.

LXV.—A new Genus and Two new Species of Bats.

By OLpFIELD T'HOMAS.

Homops, gen. nov.

In 1900 * Dr. Scharff described a bat from Benin under the

name of Mormopterus Whitleyi and was good enough to

transfer the typical specimen to the British Museum.

Later on Dr. W. J. Ansorge obtained on the Lower Niger

two examples of the same bat, and in examining these I find

that a mistake has inadvertently been made in the dental

formula given, and that, instead of being a Mormopterus, this

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. p. 569.

g Pp

Two new Species of Bats. 573

bat belongs to quite a different group, hitherto unknown in

the Old World.

For it proves to have the characteristic incisors of Molossus,

the upper pair being large, nearly filling up the space between

the canines, and touching each other in the middle line. ‘The

lower ones are only two in number, not four as_originally

stated, and while appearing from the front to be of the normal

shape—¢. e., narrow, broadening upward, each with a deep

central notch dividing it into two cusps, of which the inner is

the higher—they are curiously deep antero-posteriorly, deeper

than broad, their hinder part running back between the

canines.

The premaxillary region of the palate is very completely

ossified, in great contrast to all the members of the Nyeti-

nomus group, the enly remnant of the premaxillary notch

being two minute foramina on each side of the middle line,

between and opposite the centre of the canines.

The skull is smooth and rounded, not broadened and

flattened across the muzzle as it is in M/yopterus, nor specially

crested as in Molossus. ‘The base of the skull has a narrow

median ridge between two well-defined sphenoid pits.

Under these circumstances it is clear that this bat cannot

be referred to Nyctinomus or Mormopterus, but is more nearly

allied to Molossus, Myopterus, and their allies. The peculiar

shape of its lower incisors, however, and the detailed structure

of its skull prevent its being referred to any one of the

existing American genera, and I would therefore propose to

erect for its reception a special genus, which might bear the

name of Homops.

It is also to be noted that, owing to the bad condition of

his specimens, Dr. Scharff described the underside of Homops

Whitleyt as “of a light reddish-yellow colour”; but

Dr. Ansorge’s fresh examples show that this is pure white,

as are also the wing-membranes above and below, the digits,

and the underside of the interfemoral ; the upper surface of

the forearms, tibiz, and interfemoral are pale whitish

brown.

Vespertilio Matschiet, sp. n.

A small sandy-coloured species, in general external appear-

ance very like Scotophilus Schlieffeni.

Size small. ur of medium length, hairs of back about

4 mm. long; strictly confined to the body, not extending on

to the limbs or membranes, except slightly at the base of the

574. Mr. O. Thomas on a new Genus and

tail. General colour of fur uniform sandy buff above, rather

paler below, strongly contrasting with the blackish ears and

wings; the hairs unicolor throughout. Ears rather short ;

inner margin strongly convex at base, almost straight above

to the rounded tip; outer margin flattened mesially, convex

below and ending in a long low antitragal lobe. Tragus

short, its inner margin slightly concave, tip rounded, outer

margin convex with a well-marked rounded basal lobule.

Wings to the metacarpus. Extreme tip of tail projecting.

Skull slender, with a small brain-case, but widely expanded

zygomata. Muzzle remarkably flattened, the space between

the orbits quite flat or even concave, the strong supraorbital

ridges rising up higher than its central line; as a result the

upper profile-line of the skull is decidedly concave in its

anterior half, only becoming gradually convex over the brain-

case. Nasal notch sharply angular behind.

Inner upper incisor conical, unicuspid in the type, but a

supplementary cusp may have been worn off; outer incisor

similar in shape, about one fourth the size of the inner.

Lower incisors crowded, overlapping, tricuspid, the outer

notch on each deeper than the inner one.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin) :—

Forearm 85 mm.

Head and body (c.) 41; tail (c.) 32; third finger, meta-

carpus 35, Ist phalanx 11, 2nd phalanx 13; tibia 14.

Skull: greateat length 12°3 ; basal length in middle line

10; front of canine to back of m’ 4°5; front of lower canine

to back of mz 4°7.

Hab. Jimel, near Aden. Alt. 850 m.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 99. 11. 6. 19. Collected 16th

August, 1899, by W. Dodson. One specimen.

This little bat has so remarkable a resemblance to Scoto-

philus Schliefent that it was included among the specimens

of that species recorded in my paper on the Dodson mammals

from Aden*. Now, however, that its skull has been looked

at it proves to be a Vespertilio, in which genus its peculiar

colour distinguishes it from all described species except

V. Flowert t, from which its smooth forearms and unusually

flattened muzzle readily separate it.

I have named this interesting species in honour of my

friend Dr. Paul Matschie, of the Berlin Museum, whose notes }

* P. Z. S. 1900, p. 99.

+ Glauconycteris Floweri, de Wint. Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (7) vii.

p. 45 (1901).

} SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1893, p. 26.

Two new Species of Bats. 579

on Scotophilus Schlieffent and other mammals from Aden

formed the first contribution to the mammalogy of that

region.

Flesperoptenus Tomesi, sp. n.

A large species allied to H. Tickelli, but wholly dark brown,

like a Noctule.

Size about as in H. Tickelli, the skull rather larger but the

wing-bones shorter. Fur close and fine, the hairs of the

back about 4-5 mm. in length, but those of the nape much

longer, attaining 8-10 mm. Base of interfemoral slightly

haired above and below, rest of the membranes naked.

General colour above uniform dark brown (“ burnt umber,”

but darker), the hairs darkest at their bases, rather lighter

mesially, and with dark tips, but the difference is scarcely

perceptible. Under surface similarly uniform brown (about

matching Ridgway’s burnt umber) throughout. Wing-

membranes everywhere dark brown.

Ears short, rounded above, with a smali rounded basal

lobule at the base of their inner margin ; outer margin ending

in a long low antitragal lobule. Tragus very broad, its

inner margin faintly concave, tip pointed; outer margin

very convex, strongly bowed opposite the base of the inner

margin ; outer basal lobule rounded ; a narrow band of fine

hair passing across the front face of the tragus at its broadest

point. Wings to the end of the metatarsus. Postcalcareal

lobule narrow. Penis long, with a very long bone, similarly

Y-shaped to that of H. Tickell’, but twice as long (10 mm.

in length’in the type) and much thicker; whether the glands

and prepuce are similar to those of H. Tickelli cannot be

determined on the dried type.

Skull rather larger than that of ZZ. Tickell’, the sagittal

crest rather lower, but the posterior “ helmet ” more projected

backward.

Teeth larger and heavier than those of H/. Tickelli. I

large in section, its postero-external side almost touching the

canine outside 2*, which is also very large, placed quite

behind 7*, opposite the middle of the canine, and is separated

from the inner corner of the premolar by a distance only equal

to its own diameter. Premolar much extended transversely.

Below, the incisors are all heavier than in H. Tickelli, 73 being

patticularly large.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Forearm 51 mm.

Head and body 74; tail (vertebre in place) 44; ear 14;

ys Bibliographical Notice.

tracus, inner edge 5, breadth 3; third finger, metacarpus 45,

Ist phalanx 22, 2nd phalanx 22; fifth finger 58; lower leg

and foot (c. u.) 32.

Skull: greatest length 20°5; zygomatic breadth 15°5;

occiput to nasal notch 17; front of canine to back of m* 8:3.

Hab. Malacca.

Type. Adult male. Original number 190 A. From the

collection of the late Mr. R. F. Tomes.

This fine bat, which is distinguishable at the first glance

from its only near ally, H. Tickedli, by its uniform dar

colour, was recognized by Mr. ''omes as a new species, and

marked by him with a name which I would have adopted

did it go euphoniously with the long generic name Llespero-

ptenus. Bat as it does not I am glad to commemorate

Mr. Tomes’s great interest in bats, and the work he did on

them, by naming this species in his honour.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Coloration in Polistes. By Witurtmine M. Enreman. Published

by the Carnegie Institution of Washington, November 1904.

Sm. 4to. Pp. 88, col. pls. vi., and 27 figures in the text.

Poxistes is a handsome and widely-distributed genus of wasps

allied to Vespa; it is, however, unrepresented in Britain, and only

one species (P. gallicus, L.) is found in Europe, though this has

been met with as far north as Lapland. After a general account of

the genus the present essay records the results of a careful investi-

gation into individual variation in the colour-pattern of Polistes ;

ontogenesis of the colour-pattern ; physical and chemical nature of

the pigment; geographical distribution of the types of colour-

marking; laws governing colour-differentiation ; and considerations

with respect to various theories of evolution. Two of the plates

are devoted to colour-patterns, two to figures of various species of

the genus, and two to maps showing distribution. The parallel

drawn between Eurasian and American variation in the genus is

specially interesting.

We also meet with occasional references to colour-patterns in

other Vespide, as well as in butterflies &c. The authoress’s con-

clusions are finally summed up under fourteen heads, too long to

quote here, and we must confine ourselves to calling attention to a

work which should not be overlooked by biologists (whether specially

hymenopterists or not) who are interested in coloration, geographical

distribution, and the other factors bearing on evolution which are

here discussed.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 96. DECEMBER 1905.

LXVI.—Descriptions of new Species of Noctuide in the

British Museum. By Sir Grorce F. Hampson, Bart.,

PAS: Se:

{Concluded from p, 549. |

Genus EL#0GNATHA, Nov.

Type H. argyritis.

Proboscis absent ; palpi slender, the second joint reaching

vertex of head and with tuft of hair on inner side at

extremity, the third long and somewhat dilated at extremity ;

frons smooth, rounded; eyes large; antennx of female

laminate; head and thorax clothed chiefly with scales, the

pro- and metathorax with spreading crests; fore tibix

fringed with long hair on outer side; abdomen with dorsal

crest at base and slight subdorsal tufts of hair. Fore wing

elongate, the inner margin strongly arched, the apex rounded

and the termen obliquely curved; vein 2 from middle of

cell, curved at base; 3 and 5 from close to angle of cell; 6

from upper angle or from areole, which is rather long and

formed by 9 from 10 anastomosing with 7, 8; 11 from cell.

Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7 stalked ;

8 anastomosing with the cell to near extremity.

Eleognatha argyritis, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax silvery white ; palpi with the second

joint dark brown at sides; tips of tegule and patagia dark

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 38

578 Sir G. F. Hampson on

brown; fore tibia and tarsi banded with fuscous; abdomen

white, dorsally tinged with brown. Fore wing silvery white ;

some black points at base; silvery-blue streaks in base of

submedian fold and above base of inner margin, black at

extremities ; a waved black subbasal line from costa to just

above inner margin ; a large rufous patch on middle of costa,

defined on inner side by the antemedial line, which is angled

outwards on subcostal nervure and ends at submedian fold ;

medial black striz from cell and vein 1 ; a quadrate black spot

in middle of cell and obliquely curved discoidal bar, with

two slight oblique marks beyond it ; postmedial line irregu-

larly waved, oblique from costa to vein 6, then inwardly

oblique to vein 2, retracted to cell, then excurved and angled

inwards ih submedian fold, a brown patch beyond it from

costa to vein 6, constricted at middle and with oblique bar

from its lower edge; subterminal line rather slight and

punctiform, angled outwards at vein 7 and inwards below 7

and 3, some brown beyond it at apex and an oblique streak

from it to termen above tornus; a terminal series of black

points. Hind wing pale fuscous.

Hab. Panama, Cana Mines (Tylecote), 1 9 type.

Hep. 30 mm.

Eleognatha pheostrota, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax clothed with silvery-white, reddish-

brown, and black scales; palpi with the second joint blackish

at sides; pectus and legs grey, the fore and mid tarsi

fuscous above; abdomen grey, dorsally suffused with reddish

brown. Fore wing grey, irrorated with black and suffused

with dark brown except on terminal area; a very indistinct

antemedial series of dark spots; a black pomt in middle of

cell and another on discocellulars ; postmedial line bent

outwards below costa, then somewhat dentate, incurved

between veins 5 and 8, then retracted to the cell, bent

outwards between veins 2 and ], then retracted to before

middle of wing and bent outwards again to inner margin ;

subterminal line fuscous defined by white on inner side,

minutely waved, angled outwards at veins 7, 6, retracted at

vein 3 and ending at tornus ; a terminal series of prominent

black spots. Hind wing dark reddish brown ; cilia whitish

at tips.

Habe Panama, Cana Mines (Tylecote), 1 2 type. Exp.

36 mm.

new Species of Noctuide. 579

Iscadia diopis, sp. un.

Iscadia aperta, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 474 (part.).

2. Head and thorax clothed with fuscous, red-brown, and

grey scales; palpi with the second joint white in front, black

at sides except at tips; pectus and legs grey-brown; abdo-

men fuscous brown, the ventral surface whitish. Fore wing

grey irrorated with black and suffused in parts with dark

red-brown ; some rufous suffusion at base followed hy dark

red-brown except towards costa ; antemedial line indistinctly

double, waved, strongly excurved below cell, followed by

some dark red-brown suffusion ; orbicular and reniform round

brownish ocelli defined by fuscous and with spots of raised

black scales in centre ; an indistinct irregular medial line

angled outwards below costa; postmedial line double, the

outer line less distinct, irregularly waved, strongly bent

outwards below costa, angled inwards at discal fold and bent

inwards at vein 2 to below end of cell, some dark brown

suffusion beyond it at discal fold and on inner area; sub-

terminal line grey, defined on inner side by slight dentate

dark marks and on outer by dark brown suffusion, minutely

dentate, angled outwards at vein 7 and excurved at middle ;

a series of small black marks just before termen connected

by short streaks with a terminal series of small lunules.

Hind wing fuscous brown ; cilia greyish at tips.

Hab. Costa Rica, Sta. Clara Valley, 1200 feet (Zurcher),

1 ¢ type. Hap. 50 mm.

Tscadia poliopepla, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax grey, mixed with dark brown ; palpi

with the second joint white in front, black at sides except at

tips ; vertex of head blackish; tegulze with black medial

line; abdomen grey, the dorsal crests blackish at tips.

Fore wing grey irrorated with black and suffused with brown

except on basal and terminal areas, the basal area whiter; an

obliquely curved dark antemedial line ; a diffused dark line

forming the inner edge of the brownish area; a black point

in end of cell and two black discoidal points on a faint

whitish bar; postmedial line obliquely excurved from costa

to vein 4, then strongly incurved and sinuous, angled inwards

just below submedian fold, followed by another minutely

dentate line bent inwards below vein 3; subterminal line

white, very irregular, oblique at costa, angled inwards below

vein 7 and at discal fold, interrupted and bent inwards to

the second postmedial line and vein 2, where it forms a

38*

| 580 Sur G. I. Hampson on

whitish mark irrorated with black, then oblique and sinuous

to tornus, some short black streaks beyond it towards apex ;

a series of prominent black points just before termen

forming two striez above tornus. Hind wing white, the

veins and marginal areas slightly tinged with brown; the

underside with brown patch on costa before apex.

Hab. Braz, Rio Janeiro (EL. Wilson), 1 2 type. Hap.

44 mm.

Plotheia nephelozona, sp. un.

9. Head and thorax grey, tinged with pale red-brown ;

abdomen whitish. Fore wing grey, tinged with pale red-

brown and slightly irrorated ‘with black; a broad diffused

irregular medial fuscous band expanding on costa towards

apex and on inner margin towards base, with a very small

elongate tuft of raised scales on it in middle of cell; two

minute black discoidal points ; faint traces of a subterminal

line; a very slight brown shade on apical part of terminal

area; a terminal series of minute black points. Hind wing

semihyaline white; the termen slightly tinged with brown

towards apex and with some slight points at middle; the

underside with the costal area slightly tinged with brown.

Hab. Br. KE. Arrica, Kikuyu, Nairobi plains (Crawshay),

1 9 type. Exp. 30 mm.

Plotheia canofusa, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-white slightly mixed

with brown ; fore tarsi tinged with fuscous. Fore wing pale

brownish ochreous suffused with grey-white on basal and

costal areas and slightly irrorated with fuscous; antemedial

line indistinctly double, oblique, waved, angled inwards in

submedian fold and on vein 1 and retracted to inner margin,

towards which there is some fuscous on its inner side; an

oblique pale fuscous shade from costa beyond middle to

antemedial line below the cell; two minute black discoidal

spots ; postmedial line double, bent outwards below costa,

then minutely waved, excurved to vein 4, then incurved to

near antemedial line, some grey points beyond it on costa ;

subterminal line faint, dark, oblique from costa to vein 7

and with black spot on it above tornus; a terminal series of

slight black striz. Hind wing semihyaline white, the costal

and terminal areas tinged with brown; a fine dark terminal

line; cilia white, tinged with brown at apex.

Hab. Care Corony, Aunshaw (Miss F. Barrett), 1 2 type.

Exp, 28 mm.

new Species of Noctuide. 581

Plotheia ferrofusa, sp. u.

d. Head and thorax pale grey, the sides of palpi, head,

and thorax more or less deeply tinged with ferruginous ;

fore legs tinged with ferruginous in front; abdomen pale

grey slightly tinged with brown on dorsum. Fore wing pale

grey, the basal inner area, medial area except at inner

margin, postmedial area at middle, and terminal area except

at apex and tornus suffused with bright ferruginous ; a small

fuscous spot below costa near base and subbasal spots below

costa and in cell; a double slightly waved antemedial line,

strongly excurved from costa to submedian fold, then angled

inwards on vein 1; a small tuft of whitish scales in middle

of cell and small black discoidal tuft ; postmedial line double,

arising near antemedial line, very strongly bent outwards

below costa, oblique to veins 4, 3, where it is minutely den-

tate, then bent inwards to vein 2 and erect to inner margin ;

subterminal line whitish defined by dark brown on inner

side, minutely waved, excurved below costa and at middle ;

a fine blackish terminal line slightly defined by grey on inner

side. Hind wing semihyaline white, the termen narrowly

reddish brown.

Hab. Manas, Belgaum (Watson), 1 ¢; Cuyton, Colombo

(Green), 1 g type. Hap. 20 mm.

Plotheia leucogonia, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax grey slightly tinged with red-brown ;

patagia with brown line near tips ; abdomen grey, the crests

dark at tips. Fore wing with the basal and inner areas grey

slightly tinged with red-brown, the rest of wing ochreous

suffused with rufous, the grey area defined by a black-brown

line from costa to submedian fold, in which it forms a streak

to postmedial line, emitting a slight striga from its lower

edge before middle; a slight oblique red-brown discoidal

bar ; postmedial line indistinctly double, very oblique from

costa to vein 6, then excurved, slightly angled inwards in

discal fold, at vein 2 retracted to near cell, slightly angled

outwards at submedian fold and excurved to inner margin ;

subterminal line represented by some diffused rufous, ex-

curved at vein 7 and middle; a small triangular white mark

from termen to postmedial line at vein 2; a tuft of dark

scales above tornus ; a terminal series of black striz; cilia

rufous. Hind wing white, the terminal area slightly tinged

with brown; the underside with the costal area slightly

tinged with red-brown. aes

582 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Hab. Br. EB. Arrica, Teita (Jackson), 1 2? type. Hap.

20 mm.

Subsp. 1. Head, thorax, and abdomen browner ; fore wing

with the triangular white mark rather larger; hind wing

wholly suffused with dark brown.

Hab. Sterna Leone (Clements), 1 ¢.

Subsp. 2. Fore wing without the triangular white mark ;

hind wing whitish suffused with pale brown.

Hab. Gamsia, Bathurst (Sir G. Carter), 1 9. Eap.

16 mm.

Plotheia gerea, sp. 0.

d. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey slightly tinged with

fuscous ; tegule with fine oblique dark streaks, patagia with

black npper edge and fine oblique streak across tips. Fore

wing grey slightly suffused with fuscous brown and finely

irrorated with black; obliquely placed subbasal fuscous

points in and below cell; an indistinct double antemedial

line, slightly angled inwards on median nervure and oblique

below submedian fold; a small black discoidal bar; post-

medial line rather indistinct, double, oblique from costa to

vein 3, where it is bent inwards to near angle of cell, then

oblique and slightly waved to inner margin; an indistinct

diffused brown subterminal line, excurved below costa and

at middle; a terminal series of slight dark striez. Hind

wing whitish tinged with brown especially on terminal

area.

Hab. Qurenstand, Townsville (Dodd), 2 3 type. Hap.

24 mm.

Plotheia diplographa, sp. u.

Headand thorax grey slightly tinged with fuscous; abdomen

grey-white. Fore wing grey-white suffused with pale brown ;

traces of a double subbasal line, bent outwards from costa to

subcostal nervure, then slightly sinuous ; a prominent double

black antemedial line almost at middle of wing, somewhat

oblique towards costa, incurved from middle of cell to sub-

median fold, emitting a slight black streak in submedian

fold towards postmedial line; the disk sometimes suffused

with rufous, a small brown discoidal spot; postmedial line

indistinctly double, sinuous, oblique from costa to vein 6 and

bent inwards below vein 4; an indistinct, minutely dentate,

whitish subterminal line defined on inner side by slight

dentate black marks, angled outwards at vein 7 and excurved

at middle; a fine black terminal line. Hind wing white, the

terminal area shghtly tinged with brown.

new Species of Noctuide. 583

Hab. Punsas, Kangra (Hocking), 1 ¢ ; Manras, Nilgiris

(Hampson), 1 3 type. Hap. 26 mm.

Nanaguna brunnea, sp. n.

g. Head and thorax pale reddish brown more or less

tinged with fuscous; abdomen pale reddish brown. Fore

wing pale reddish brown slightly irrorated with black, the

inner area to postmedial line and sometimes the inner half

of terminal area whitish; the costal area near base and at

middle, the cell and area just below it sometimes suffused

with black ; subbasal line represented by an inwardly oblique

striga from costa and a very oblique streak from cell to

antemedial line at vein 1, obscured in the black suffused

specimens ; antemedial line almost medial, strongly angled

outwards on subcostal nervure and in submedian fold and

inwards in cell and on vein 1; traces of a discoidal annulus ;

postmedial line with series of black points on it and defined

by whitish on outer side, very oblique from costa to vein 6,

then inwardly oblique and incurved below vein 2, where there

is some brownish or fuscous beyond it; some slight fuscous

and whitish points on costa towards apex; traces of a waved

grey subterminal line with two obliquely placed fuscous

points beyond it at vein 2 and sometimes a point on it in

submedian fold; a terminal series of black points; cilia

ochreous with series of brownish or fuscous spots. Hind

wing whitish uniformly suffused with pale reddish brown;

the underside whitish, the costal area tinged with brown.

Hab. Assam, Khasis, 1 g type; Puno Laur (Doherty),

1g. Exp. 26 mm.

Nanaguna albisecta, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax whitish, slightly tinged with brown ;

tegule at tips, slight marks on patagia, and a patch on meso-

thorax black; fore tibiz: and tarsi banded with fuscous.

Fore wing pale olive-grey, slightly irrorated with black ; some

rufous suffusion below the cell near base and below middle

of terminal area; a diffused white fascia from costa near

base through the cell and thence to apex, defined below by a

black streak ending in a black spot at lower angle of cell; a

medial black line, oblique and punctiform from costa to the

white fascia, waved below the cell; a rather punctiform black

postmedial line defined by whitish on outer side, very oblique

from costa to vein 6, then inwardly oblique, some blackish

points beyond it on costa and slight streaks from vein 6 to

submedian fold; a small wedge-shaped white spot on middle

584 ; Sir G. F. Hampson on

of termen ; a terminal series of black points ; cilia pale with

some dark spots towards apex and a black patch above toruus.

Hind wing whitish tinged with brown, especially on the

veins and terminal area.

Hab. Assam, Khasis; Cryton, Puttalam (Pole), 1 ? type ;

SamBawa (Doherty),1 9. Eap. 20 mm.

Dilophothripa olivia, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax whitish, mixed with pale olive ;

palpi at sides and antenne blackish; tegule at tips and

outer edge of patagia brown; abdomen whitish. Fore wing

pale olive; a black patch on costa near base and some fiery-

red marks on inner area before the indistinct, oblique, waved

antemedial line; two minute black points in middle of cell

and two on discocellulars, and two more prominent obliquely

placed points below middle of cell; postmedial line fuscous

defined by white on inner side, very minutely waved, very

oblique from costa to vein 6, then inwardly oblique, a fuscous

patch beyond it on costa with white streak below it curving

up to apex ; some white points on costa towards apex; a

fuscous mark beyond the postmedial line in submedian fold ;

subterminal line white with fuscous marks on its inner side,

excurved below costa and at middle; a te:minal series of

black points. Hind wing white, slightly tinged with brown.

Hab. Borneo, Paulo Laut (Doherty). Eap. 18 mm.

Sarrothripa mesoplaga, sp. 0.

?. Head and thorax grey-white, mixed with fuscous ;

fore tarsi fuscous with white rigs; abdomen greyish fuscous,

ventrally whitish. Fore wing rather silvery white ; a fuscous

subbasal band defined by waved black lines from costa to

submedian fold; antemedial line oblique from costa to

median nervure and angled outwards on subcostal and

median uervures, then incurved; a double waved medial

line ; a fuscous patch on costa from the inner medial to

beyond the postmedial line extending to median nervure; a

white discoidal elliptical spot defined by black ; a double

waved postmcdial line, bent outwards below costa, angled

outw:rds at vein 6, and incurved below vein 4; a dentate

subterminal line, bent inwards between veins 6 and 4 ; some

fuscous suffusion on inner and terminal are.is except at apex ;

a terminal punctiform line. Hind wing pale fuscous.

Hab. Sixearore (Ridley), 1 3 type. Lap. 22 mm.

new Species of Noctuidee. 58d

ACONTIANE.

Paraxestis mesogonia, sp. Nn.

3. Head and thorax ochreous, tinged with rufous ; pectus

and legs whitish; abdomen ochreous, the ventral surface

white. Fore wing ochreous, the basal and costal areas to

;ostmedial line irrorated with brown, the medial area (except

towards costa) and the terminal area suffused with rufous; a

brown antemedial line obtusely angled in cell, then oblique

and slightly sinuous; a brown postmedial line angled at vein

6, then oblique; traces of a subterminal line towards costa

and an ill-defined spot on inner margin ; cilia rufous, mixed

with brown. Hind wing semihyaline yellowish white with a

slight rufous tinge towards termen.

?. Fore wing with the medial area suffused with dark

brown, the terminal area tinged with brown ; hind wing

more ochreous, the termen brownish.

Hab. Axsyssinia (Gerrard), 2 3,1 9 type. Eap., 3 24,

9 26 mm.

Parawxestis glaucescens, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax olive-ochreous, with a slight rufous

tinge; palpi, tibie, and tarsi rufous; abdomen ochreous,

tinged with rufous. Fore wing olive-ochreous, suffused with

rufous and with a silky gloss ; traces of slightly curved ante-

and postmedial rufous lines; termen and cilia deeper rufous.

Hind wing ochreous, tinged with rufous, especially on

terminal area.

Hab, Oxuv Catasar (Crompton), 1 2 type. Hap. 22 mm.

Arcyophura piperita, sp. nu.

?. Head ochreous ; thorax ochreous suffused with brown ;

pectus, legs, and abdomen whitish. Fore wing ochreous,

thickly irrorated with brown, the terminal half tinged with

rufous, and the terminal area very minutely striated with

brown ; an indistinct antemedial line slightly excurved below

costa, then oblique ; an indistinct postmedial line excurved

from below costa to vein 5, then slightly incurved, faint traces

of a subterminal line. Hind wing semihyaline white, the

termen tinged with ochreous.

Hab. Nigeria, Borgu, Yelwa Lake (Migeod),1 ¢ type.

Exp. 22 mm.

586 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Erizada rufa, sp. 0.

¢. Head and thorax red-brown; pectus and legs whitish,

fore tibie rufous, the tarsi banded with rufous; abdomen

whitish, dorsally tinged with red, except at base. Fore wing

rufous, the basal costal area brown ; a brown patch on costa

from middle to near apex, with a very oblique diffused rufous

band from it to inner margin; cilia deep rufous at base,

whitish at tips. Hind wing pale red, the basal and costal

areas slightly paler. Underside of fore wing suffused with

fiery red except at marginal areas.

Hab. Suita (Wallace),1 8 type. Exp. 22 mm.

Genus PoGonozADA, nov.

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi porrect, extending about

the length of head, the second joint thickly scaled above;

antenne of male almost simple; mid and hind tibiz thickly

fringed with hair above, the latter with the spurs long and

with tufts of long hair between them, the first joint of hind

tarsi with very large fringes of hairabove. Fore wing broad,

the costa and inner margin arched, the apex and termen

rounded; vein 2 from well before angle of cell; 3 and 4

from angle ; 5 from just above angle; 6, 7,8, 9, 10, 11 from

cell. Hind wing short and contorted, the tornus lobed, the

inner and terminal areas clothed with rough hair; the

underside with large tufts of rough scales on tornal area ;

the lower part of cell short ; veins 3 and 5 from near angle ;

6, 7 stalked and bent downwards, separating widely after

origin; 8 approximated to cell to middle, then curved

upwards.

Pogonozada distorta, sp. n.

gd. Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous, the thorax

dorsally tinged with fuscous. Fore wing rufous, slightly irro-

rated with darker brown, the inner area tinged with fuscous ;

some slight oblique brown strize from basal half of costa ;

four obliquely curved faint brown lines from terminal half of

costa towards tornus; a slight black streak on vein 2 towards

tornus, with strize from its extremities to inner margin ; cilia

tinged with fuscous. Hind wing rufous, suffused in parts

with brown.

Hab. C. Cuina, Ichang (Mrs. Pratt), 1 ¢ type.

Eep. 18 mm.

new Species of Noctuide. 587

Tortriciforma chloroplaga, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax grey-white ; palpi, pectus, legs, and

abdomen ochreous, tinged with rufous. Fore wing ochreous

white, the base and terminal area more grey-white, the costa

faintly tinged with rufous ; a small fiery-red streak on base

of inner margin; an irregularly elliptical dark sap-green

subbasal patch from costa to median nervure, its lower part

suffused with some reddish brown on subcostal nervure; a

black discoidal point; a faint diffused brownish medial line

from vein 2 to inner margin; an oblique sap-green streak

from costa just beyond middle to vein 7, with traces of a

sinuous postmedial line arising from it, some rufous on costa

beyond it with some grey below it before the subterminal

line, which is represented by a series of small obscure

blackish marks strongly angled outwards at vein 7 and

middle; a whitish subapical spot. Hind wing yellow, the

inner area tinged with fiery red; a red discoidal point ; a

diffused red subterminal line and narrow terminal band.

Underside of fore wing tinged with fiery red; hind wing with

some red irroration on costal area, a red discoidal lunule,

sinuous red postmedial and subterminal lines from costa to

vein 5, some grey on termen.

Hab. Prrax, Larut Hills (S. S. Flower), 1 9 type. Ezp.

24 mm,

Metaptya lucida, sp. n.

6. Head, thorax, and abdomen brownish grey; palpi

white in front; tarsi with fuscous bands. Fore wing

ochreous brown, suffused with glistening grey and irrorated

with a few black scales; a fine, obliquely curved, whitish

antemedial line; a slight black point at upper angle of cell;

a fine whitish postmedial line excurved from costa to vein 4,

then incurved; some slight black streaks on costa towards

apex; subterminal line represeuted by some black scales, a

small spot below costa and rather bifid spot between veins 5

and 3; cilia blackish at the angle at vein 4. Hind wing

ochreous brown suffused with glistening grey; aslight black

and white striga on inner margin above tornus. Underside

fuscous brown, the inner area of fore wing and hind wing

(except terminal area) whitish, both wings with rather diffused,

slightly sinuous postmedial line and dark point at upper

angle of cell.

Hab. Batt, Low Country (Doherty), 1 g type. Hap.

26 mm.

588 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Urbona microcyma, sp. n.

dg. Head and thorax grey-white largely suffused with

rufous or dark brown ; palpi with the second joint blackish

above; tarsi banded with fuscous ; abdomen brownish white.

Fore wing whitish, tinged with rufous and more or less

thickly irrorated with fuscous ; a black point in middle of

cell and two discoidal points or smal] spots; an oblique

minutely dentate brown line from costa near apex to middle

of inner margin, sometimes slightly defined by white on outer

side. Hind wing whitish tinged with brown; the underside

whiter, sometimes with traces cf postmedial line on costal

half. .

?. Head, thorax, and fore wing much darker red-brown;

abdomen fuscous; fore wing with the discoidal points

conjoined into a lunule.

Hab. Nicerta, Akasa (Lugard), 1 ¢ type; Sapele

(Sampson), 5 g,3 2 ; Old Calabar (Crompton),1 3. Exp.

28-32 mm.

Westermannia cuprea, sp. n.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen white, slightly tinged with

brown ; palpi blackish at sides. Fore wing golden cupreous,

the inner area white, slightly tinged with brown from base

of costa to inncr margii near tornus, which is greyish; the

costal area, the cell before antemedial line, and the area

beyond the cell to postmedial line down to vein 2 suffused

with blue-grey ; the veins slightly streaked with white, more

prominently on postmedial area from costa to vein 6; an

oblique loop-shaped subbasal mark defined by a fine white

line from subcostal nervure to the inner white area; ante-

medial line pure white, inwardly oblique and incurved from

below costa to the white area; orbicular and reniform finely

defined by white, the former somewhat elongate elliptical,

the latter with its lower part defined by grey, with white

point on its inner lower edge and small elliptical spot on its

outer ; postmedial line white, oblique from costa to vein 7,

where it is acutely angled outwards, then incurved to vein 3,

where it is less acutely angled, and again incurved to inner

margin ; asubterminal series of small black spots, with fine,

oblique, slightly waved, white line on their outer edge from

costa to vein 7; the white streaks on veins 7,6 meeting at

termen in an acute angle in the interspace. Hind wing

pale brown.

Hab. Asuanti, Obuassi (Bergmann), 1 3 type. Eap.

32 mm.

new Species of Noctuide. 589

Westermannia leucogonia, sp. ni.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale rufous. Fore wing

pale rufous, with slight dark irroration ; an oblique white

subbasal line from costa to submedian fold, with a small

round rufous spot defined by a fine white annulus beyond it

in cell; the area to antemedial line suffused with grey-white

from costa to submedian fold; antemedial line white, ex-

tremely oblique from costa to median nervure near lower

angle of cell, then incurved to vein 1, where it meets the

postmedial line and terminates; a pear-shaped rufous

discoidal spot defined by a fine white annulus, some grey

suffusion beyond upper and lower angles of cell, the veins

from lower angle streaked with white ; postmedial line white,

very oblique from costa to vein 7, oblique below vein 3 to

vein 1, where it terminates, curving round to join the ante-

medial line; a triangular white patch beyond it from costa to

vein 7, then slightly defined by grey on outer side and below

vein 3 by white ; a somewhat irregular subterminal series of

slight blackish spots; a fine pale line at base of cilia, Hind

wing pale rufous, the costal area paler; the underside

whitish, with slight brown disco:dal spot.

Hab. Oxtv CaraBar (Crompton), 1 3 type. Exp. 30 mm.

Westermannia agrapha, sp. un.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale rufous; palpi in

front, pectus, legs, aud ventral surface of abdomen whitish.

Fore wing pale rufous ; a fine white streak from base of costa

along vein | to tornus, emitting a slight streak along median

nervure to the slight very oblique white antemedial line, the

angle between these lines tinged with grey; a rather trian-

gular cupreous discoidal spot defined by a fine whitish

annulus ; postmedial line indistinct, fine, whitish, oblique

from costa to vein 6, and below vein 4 bent inwards to

below end of cell, then erect to inner margin ; terminal area

suffused with golden cupreous ; a white subterminal point

on costa. Hind wing pale rufous, the underside whitish.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Foxcroft), 1 9 type. Hap. 26 mm.

Westermannia argyroplaga, sp. u.

6. Head and tegule white, palpi above and antenne

rufous, the tegulze with some rufous scales at edges ; thorax

white suffused with rufous; pectus and legs pale rufous;

abdomen white tinged with rufous. Fore wing pale rufous,

with some darker rufous irroration ; a large oblique quadrate

590 Sir G, F. Hampson on

silvery-white patch extending on costa from base to near

middle and down to vein 1 and below end of cell, where it is

confluent with a broad, curved, silvery-white band from

costa beyond middle, extending down to submedian fold, and

emitting a short spur inwards below costa, its outer edge

slightly indented at discal fold; traces of a dark rufous

subterminal line, incurved at submedian fold; a fine dark

terminal line. Hind wing white. Underside of fore wing

whitish, suffused with fuscous except inuer and terminal

areas,

Hab. Ucanpna, Marengi (Christy), 1 g type. Hap.

28 mm.

Westermannia trigonica, sp. 0.

g. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale brown ; palpi greyish

in front, blackish at sides; pectus and legs greyish; abdo-

men greyish at base, the ventral surface greyish, with dark

patch at middle. Fore wing with the basal area white tinged

with brown; a large triangular golden-bronze patch ex-

tending on costa from near base to beyond middle, its apex

at middle of inner margin, defined by white lines, the area

beyond it white shading into golden bronze on terminal

area; an indistinct rather maculate subterminal line un-

usually remote from termen, angled outwards at vein 7 and

inwards in discal and submedian folds and excurved at

middle. Hind wing pale golden bronze. Underside of fore

wing pale golden bronze, with the inner area whitish.

?. Fore wing with the basal and postmedial areas much

browner.

Hab. Niceria, Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 3 type;

Akassa (Lugard), 1 3g; Sapele (Sampson), 1 9. Exp.

28 mm.

Westermannia areogramma, sp. 0.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with

rufous. Fore wing pale rufous irrorated with darker rufous ;

an indistinct double oblique line from costa before middle to

inner margin beyond middle; an indistinct, rather large,

oblique, elliptical discoidal spot defined by a slight pale

annulus, with some slight dark suffusion beyond its lower

extremity ; an indistinct double postmedial line excurved

from costa to vein 3, then bent inwards to below end of cell,

and almost meeting the antemedial line at inner margin; a

slight pale line at base of cilia. Hind wing white, faintly

new Species of Noctuide. 591

tinged with rufous. Underside of fore wing whitish slightly

tinged with rufous.

Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Chiromo (de Jersey), 1 @ type.

Exp. 26 mm.

Westermannia nocturna, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale greyish brown.

Fore wing with the inner. margin highly arched, the termen

obliquely curved ; pale reddish brown suffused with greyish

and irrorated with a few dark scales; an oblique brown

striga from middle of costa; a slight curved discoidal bar ;

an oblique brown streak from costa beyond middle to vein 6,

with a greyer patch beyond it; traces of a subterminal line

excurved below costa and at middle. Hind wing uniform,

rather pale red-brown; the underside greyer, tinged with

fuscous from lower angle of cell to termen.

Hab. Nicerta, Old Calabar (Crompton),1 g type. Exp.

38 mm.

Westermannia pheopepla, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale grey-brown ; pectus

and ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Fore wing pale

greyish fuscous brown, the costal area (except on medial area)

paler, with an ochreous tinge and slight dark irroration ;

antemedial line indistinct, dark, very slightly incurved ; an

obscure dark discoidal bar ; postmedial line indistinct, dark,

diffused, oblique from costa to vein 6, then inwardly oblique,

a faint dark spot beyond it at vein 4. Hind wing fuscous

brown, with a faint reddish gloss. Underside pale grey ;

fore wing suffused with fuscous except marginal areas.

Hab. Nicerta, Sapele (Sampson), 1 2 type. Lap.

28 mm.

Westermannia stalactitis, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax greyish brown; palpi whitish in

front ; abdomen fuscous brown. Fore wing pale reddish

brown with a cupreous tinge, the basal area glossed with

grey ; a somewhat oblique slightly sinuous antemedial line,

with a minute dark wedge-shaped mark from costa before it ;

a wedge-shaped chocolate patch from middle of costa to

vein 1, its edges defined by whitish lines and waved, its

point bent outwards and acute; three white discoidal points,

the lowest rather larger ; a sinuous postmedial line, oblique

from costa to vein 6, excurved at median nervules, then

incurved ; a somewhat semicircular chocolate patch on.costa

592 Sir G. F. Hampson on

towards apex, with two pale points on costa, its edge defined

by a pale line, slightly indented on inner side and angled

outwards on outer; a subterminal series of minute black

and white spots, the spot below costa slightly larger; cilia

with a fine pale line at base. Hind wing fuscons brown with

a reddish gloss ; the underside whitish, suffused and irrorated

with brown down to median nervure and vein 2; an indistinct

curved postmedial line.

Hab. Nicertia, Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 2 type. Exp.

28 mm.

Westermannia geminastra, sp. 0.

?. Head and thorax pale reddish brown ; palpi whitish

in front; abdomen fuscous brown. Fore wing reddish

brown with a cupreous gloss; an oblique, slightly sinuous,

brown antemedial line, defined by whitish on inner side ;

two pure white discoidal spots, the lower rather larger and

placed on a diffused paler rufous patch; postmedial line

brown, defined by whitish on outer side, excurved from costa

to vein 4, then incurved ; a fine pale line at base of cilia.

Hind wing pale with a reddish gloss; a fine pale line at base

of cilia; the underside whitish tinged with reddish brown.

Hab. Niceria, Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 ¢ type. Eap.

24mm,

Westermannia digramma, sp. v\.

g. Head and thorax pale red-brown ; abdomen greyish

brown, the dorsal crest and anal tuft dark at tips, the genital

tufts whitish. Fore wing pale rufous; an oblique, straight,

dark brown antemedial line ; two black discoidal points with

a few white scales on them ; postmedial line shghtly excurved

from costa to vein 6, then oblique; aslight pale line at base

of cilia. Hind wing brown with a silky gloss ; the underside

whitish slightly irrorated with brown.

Hab. Niceria, Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 3 type. Exp.

28 mm.

Westermannia selenitis, sp. 1.

@. Head and thorax grey mixed with brown and fuscous ;

palpi blackish above; abdomen whitish, dorsally tinged with

fuscous. Fore wing pale rufous sparsely irrorated with

black ; traces of an oblique slightly sinuous antemedial line ;

a small blackish spot in middle of cell and crescentic discoidal -

spot; postmedial line arising from costa towards apex,

fuscous, defined by whitish on outer side, slightly exeurved

new Species of Noctuidee. 593

from costa to vein 4, then slightly incurved ; a fine pale line

at base of cilia. Hind wing W hitish, uniformly tinged with

pale brown; the underside rather whiter.

Hab. Nicerta, Sapele (Sampson), 1 Sg type. Hxp.30 mm.

Aiteta costiplaga, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax rufous; palpi with the extremity

of second and third joints white : frons with white patch

below; vertex of head and thorax with whitish patches ;

abdomen pale rufous. Fore wing pale brownish rufous

slightly tinged with grey ; antemedial line indistinct, out-

wardly oblique, arising from a slight olive triangular ‘patch

on costa ; postmedial line indistinct, inwardly oblique, arising

from apex of a triangular olive patch on costa; traces of a

sinuous punctiform subterminal line ; cilia grey at base, with

brown line through them and w hitish tips. Hind wing and

underside of both wings orange.

Hab. Nigeria, Onitsba, 1 2 type. LHzp.30 mm.

Aiteta meterythra, sp. n.

$. Head and thorax deep rufous; fore tibia and tarsi

and mid and hind tibiz streaked with rufous, the fringe of

very long hair on hind tibiz tinged with fuscous ; abdomen

orange-red, the base and extremity of dorsum tinged with

brown. Fore wing deep rufous, slightly suffused with grey

except on medial area and with slight dark irroration ;

antemedial line defined by grey on inner side, outwardly

oblique, almost straight; a slight blackish point in cell

towards extremity and blackish discoidal bar; postmedial

line defined by greyish on outer side, with some deeper

rufous suffusion on each side of it, slightly oblique from costa

to vein 6 and incurved below vein 4; subterminal line fine,

blackish, slightly waved, angled outwards at vein 7, excurved

at middle, and ending on termen above tornus. Hind wing

and underside of both wings fiery red.

?. Thorax and abdomen sometimes dorsally tinged with

grey ; fore wing with the ground-colour deep rufous or more

or less entirely suffused with grey.

Hab. Nicerta, Sapele (Sampson), 1 g, 2 2 type;

Old Calabar (Crompton),3 ¢%. Exp. g 30, 2 26-28 mm.

Carea acypera, sp. n.

3. Fore wing with the apex acute, the termen nearly

straight.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 39

594 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Head, thorax, and abdomen pale grey-brown ; palpi with

the third joint blackish ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen whitish. Fore wing pale grey-brown, sparsely

irrorated and striated with raised black scales; a slightly

more prominent black discoidal point; cilia white at base,

brown at tips except towards tornus. Hind wing greyish

brown with blackish discoidal point; cilia whitish; the

underside brownish white, irrorated and striated with raised

black scales, the black discoidal spot prominent.

Hab. Bau (Doherty), 1 g type. Hap. 30 mm.

Carea tumida, sp. 0.

Fore wing with the costa strongly arched and forming a

lobe towards apex in male, slightly in female, the termen

evenly curved.

Head and thorax deep rufous; palpi blackish; frons

whitish at base, with blackish bar above and between an-

tenne ; tegule with black line near base ; fore legs blackish

in front ; pectus whitish ; abdomen rufous, dorsally tinged

with fuscous. Fore wing bright rufous, suffused with silky

grey on inner area, as a wedge-shaped patch from basal half

of costa to near tornus and from postmedial line to near

termen, subbasal line represented by an oblique black striga

from costa; an indistinct, oblique, slightly curved ante-

medial line; postmedial line double, black, from costa

beyond middle to tornus; an indistinct subterminal line,

somewhat oblique and maculate from costa to vein 6 and

obscurely angled inwards at vein 5. Hund wing fiery red,

the inner area fuscous brown. Underside fiery red; fore

wing with the apical area suffused with grey; hind wing

tinged with grey.

Hab. Punane (S. S. Flower), 1 9; Sincapore (Ridley),

1 ¢; Borneo, Sadong (Shelford), 1 g type, 1 9. Kap.

43 mm.

Carea diplogramma, sp. 0.

Fore wing with the apex somewhat produced and acute,

the termen excurved at middle.

?. Head and tegule dark red-brown ; frons greyish at

base; thorax rufous; pectus and legs pale; abdomen

dorsally fuscous, ventrally rufous. Fore wing rufous, the

costal and imner areas slightly tinged with brown; an

indistinct oblique antemedial line, slightly angled outwards

at median nervure ; a slight discoidal striga; a double lime

from costa near apex to tornus. Hind wing fiery red, the

new Species of Noctuidee. 595

inner area fuscous brown. Underside pale fiery red; fore

wing with the costal area greyish ; hind wing with the inner

area whitish, traces of a dark subterminal line except

towards tornus.

Hab. Mauacca, Johore (Ridley), 1 9 type. Hxp.40 mm.

Carea holophea, sp. u.

Fore wing with the apex somewhat produced and acute,

the termen excurved at middle.

2. Head and tegule black-brown; palpi rufous, greyish

in front; frons at base and basal joint of antennz in front

whitish; thorax rufous more or less tinged with grey;

pectus and legs greyish, the fore legs dark in front ; abdomen

fuscous, ventrally rufous. Fore wing rufous more or less

suffused with grey ; an indistinct dark subbasal line from

costa to submedian fold; a pale green subbasal patch on

inner margin ; antemedial line fine, black, obliquely excurved

from pulncactal nervure to inner margin; a large triangular

patch of blackish suffusion on costa before the double oblique

black postmedial line, and extending to below lower angle of

cell; a slight fuscous tinge on termen below apex. Hind

wing fuscous brown with a slight rufous tinge ; termen and

cilia rufous. Underside fiery red, the costal area tinged with

grey towards apex; hind wing with the inner half whitish.

Hab. Matacca, Johore (Ridley), 1 9; Perak Hills

(Ridley), 1 9 type. Ezp. 34 mm.

Carea bwwiata, sp. n.

dg. Head and thorax fiery red mixed with some yellow;

fore tibize and tarsi tinged with fuscous ; pectus and mid and

hind legs whitish ; abdomen grey tinged with rufous, the

anal tuft blackish. Fore wing with the apex slightly

produced, the termen nearly evenly curved, fiery red

sparsely irrorated with black; the base of inner area

yellowish, the apical area tinged with grey; an oblique

straight dark line from costa ‘before middle to middle of

inner margin ; an oblique line from costa beyond middle to

tornus, slightly excurved below costa; the inner margin

dark except towards base.. Hind wing pale fiery red; the

underside whitish, with the costal and terminal areas irrorated

with brown.

?. Fore wing with the ground-colour nearly uniform

fiery red; the lines slightly more diffused, the postmedial

line hardly excurved below costa; a dark discoidal point,

39*

596 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Hab. Penane (S. S. Flower), 1 g type; Perax, Larut

Hills (S. S. Flower),1 9. Eap., g 32, 2? 40 mm.

Carea endophea, sp. n.

g. Head and thorax deep chocolate-red ; fore tibize and

tarsi pure white in front ; mid and hind tibiz mostly white,

the tarsi ringed with white; abdomen fuscous, the anal tuft

white, the ventral surface fiery red. Fore wing deep

chocolate-red ; the costal edge pure white, the medial and

terminal areas with a more or less prominent greyish gloss ;

two indistinct rather diffused antemedial lines, very slightly

excurved below costa and incurved in submedian interspace ;

a black discoidal point surrounded by a grey annulus; an

indistinct somewhat diffused postmedial line, slightly angled

outwards below costa and at middle, with a still less distinct

diffused red line beyond it, slightly excurved from costa to

middle, then incurved ; an indistinct, dark, somewhat dentate

subterminal line with series of white points on its outer edge,

slightly excurved at vein 7 and middle. Hind wing fiery

red, the inner area to cell and vein 2 fuscous brown.

Underside of both wings fiery red, the apices tinged with

chocolate, the inner area of hind wing greyish.

Hab. Travancorr, Pirméd (Imray), 4 @ type. Lap.

44 mm.

Carea pallida, sp. un.

9. Head and thorax pale red-brown; abdomen pale

brown ; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen whitish.

Fore wing pale red-brown, finely and thickly irrorated with

dark brown; the costal edge pure white; an indistinct

oblique antemedial line, very slightly excurved below costa

and incurved in submedian interspace; a black discoidal

point ; postmedial line rather indistinct, slightly excurved

below costa and at middle, angled inwards at discal fold and

incurved below vein 4; traces of a subterminal line excurved

at vein 7 and middle, cilia whitish. Hind wing white,

faintly tinged with red and the inner area with fuscous; the

underside white faintly tinged with red.

Hab. Burma, N. Shan States (Bingham),1 2 type. Eap.

38 mm.

Carea leucocraspis, sp. 0.

gd. Head and thorax bright rufous; fore tibiee and tarsi

white in front; mid tibize white at base; abdomen pale

new Species of Noctuide. 597

fuscous brown. Fore wing bright rufous, the costal edge

pure white; a very indistinct antemedial line oblique from

costa to submedian fold; a very faint postmedial line

excurved below costa and at middle; traces of a sinuous

subterminal line. Hind wing fiery red, the inner area pale

fuscous brown ; the underside fiery red, with the basal and

inner areas whitish.

Hab. Borneo, Sandakan (Pryer), 1 3 type. Exp.

42 mm.

Carea rubrifusa, sp. 0.

6. Head and thorax bright rufous; pectus, legs, and

abdomen whitish brown. Fore wing whitish brown tinged

with rufous, the basal area (except at base of inner margin)

suffused with bright rufous to the antemedial line, which is

oblique, angled outwards below costa and at median nervure

and inwards in cell and submedian fold ; a minute discoidal

point; postmedial line rufous, obliquely incurved from

costa to vein 6, where it is acutely angled outwards, then

incurved, some rufous suffusion beyond it; an indistinct,

somewhat diffused, subterminal line, incurved at discal fold ;

some rufous suffusion on termen from apex to vein2. Hind

wing whitish suffused with pale red. Underside whitish

tinged with red.

Hab. Borneo, Sandakan (Pryer), 1 3 type. Exp.

40 mm.

Carea auritincta, sp. 1.

d. Palpi with the third jomt tufted with hair on inner

side ; hind tibiz not dilated, without groove and tuft of

hair; fore wing short and broad, the termen erect, curved.

Head and thorax rufous with a silky gloss ; palpi in front,

pectus, and legs white; fore and mid tibiz partly rufous,

the tarsi rufous ringed with white ; abdomen pale rufous,

the ventral surface white. Fore wing rufous with a greenish-

golden gloss, especially towards costa; the costa with ante-

medial and medial black and white points, towards apex with

dark brown streaks interrupted by three white points. Hind

wing fiery orange-red; cilia white at tips. Underside of

fore wing orange-red, the imner area and costal area to

beyond middle suffused with white; hind wing white tinged

with red.

Hab. Nigeria, Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 3 type. Exp.

26 mm.

598 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Carea gamma, sp. 1.

3. Head, tegule, and patagia greyish brown, the tegul

with deep chocolate medial patch; thorax leaden grey ;

pectus pale ; coxe fiery red, the tufts of hair on hind tibie

fuscous ; abdomen greyish on dorsum, reddish at sides and

below, the crests at base black, the extremity blackish.

Fore wing greyish brown to an oblique line from middle of

costa to inner margin before middle, the basal costal area

suffused with reddish brown; the terminal half black-brown ;

a black point defined by a slight pale annulus in end of cell ;

a slight silvery gamma-shaped mark on discocellulars with

black point between its arms, its tail extending obliquely

beyond lower angle of cell; an indistinct black postmedial

line oblique from costa to vein 4, then bent inwards to

vein 2 and outwards towards tornus, a diffused blackish

fascia from it to termen above vein 5. Hind wing yellow

suffused with fiery red, especially towards apex. Underside

of fore wing fiery red.

Hab, Nicertia, Sapele (Sampson), 1 ¢ type. Hap. 32mm.

Carea metaleuca, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax bright rufous; palpi at base, pectus,

legs, and abdomen white. Fore wing bright rufous with

very slight dark irroration on costal, inner, and terminal

areas ; subbasal line represented by a black striga from costa ;

antemedial line fuscous, defined by white on inner side,

slightly bent inward to costa, then oblique ; a black discoidal

point ; postmedial line fuscous, defined by white on outer

side, oblique and slightly excurved below costa and at middle ;

two white points on costa towards apex ; a subterminal series

of slight dark spots, somewhat excurved at vein 7 and middle.

Hind wing white tinged with yellow, the inner area slightly

with brown. Underside white.

Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Chiromo (de Jersey), 1 2 type.

Hap. 24 mm. '

Carea mesocausta, sp. n.

dg. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey; pectus and base

of legs white; tarsi red-brown ringed with white ; abdomen

with a little fiery red on terminal segment, the anal tuft

white at tip, the ventral surface whitish tinged with red

towards extremity. Fore wing grey sparsely irrorated with

black, the medial area strongly suffused with red-brown,

with some large black-pencilled scales below the cell; an

new Species of Noctuide. 599

oblique antemedial line, excurved in cell and incurved in

submedian interspace ; an oblique black discoidal bar, defined

by grey on outer side; an oblique postmedial line ending at

tornus, excurved below costa and at middle; a subterminal

punctiform fuscous line ending on termen above tornus,

angled outwards at vein 7 and excurved at middle; a terminal

series of black points; cilia white intersected by pale

brownish. Hind wing fuscous brown; the underside

whitish suffused with fuscous.

Hab. Borneo, Sandakan (Pryer), 1 & type. zap.

28 mm.

Carea albipicta, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax grey-white mixed with purplish red ;

palpi rufous ; pectus and legs whitish, tarsi rufous ringed

with white; abdomen white. Fore wing white, the costal,

inner, and terminal areas suffused with purple-grey and

irrorated with rufous; some rufous suffusion at base of

costa; the medial and postmedial areas (except towards costa

and inner margin) striated with bright ferruginous ; an ill-

defined waved antemedial line, diffused towards costa and

somewhat inwardly oblique; a ferruginous discoidal bar; a

somewhat oblique, sinuous, white postmedial band, incurved

in submedian interspace ; a dark brown subterminal line,

excurved at vein 7 and middle; a dark brown terminal line

expanding into small spots in the interspaces ; cilia ferru-

ginous. Hind wing semihyaline white. Underside of fore

wing white, the costal area suffused with grey and red-brown.

Hab. ist, | 2 type. Hzp. 32 mm.

Maurilia albirivula, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax pale rufous; second joint of palpi

and tegule slightly tipped with white; pectus and legs

whitish ; abdomen fuscous brown, the ventral surface

whitish. Fore wing pale rufous, the medial area dark

reddish brown, extending below vein 6 to just’ beyond post-

medial line and below vein 4 to termen; a small patch of

brown suffusion in cell before the antemedial line, which is

white defined by brown on outer side, oblique, waved, more

strongly incurved in submedian interspace ; postmedial line

white defined by brown on each side, slightly waved, oblique

from costa to vein 4; some whitish points on costa towards

apex ; a subterminal series of small obscure fuscous spots

except towards costa, excurved below vein 4 to near termen;

some brown suffusion on terminal area below apex, with

600 Sir G. F. Hampson on

slightly darker streaks on the veins. Hind wing fuscous

brown, the cilia ochreous white. Underside of fore wing

fuscous brown, the inner area and hind wing whitish.

Hab. Nigeria, Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 2 type. Exp.

30 mm.

Maurilia heterochroa, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and fore wing varying from bright rufous

to greyish rufous or greyish fuscous; palpi irrorated with

white ; frons with white patch; pectus and base of legs

white ; tibiz and tarsi white mixed with rufous; abdomen

fuscous, the anal tuft rufous, the ventral surface white tinged

with rufous towards extremity. Fore wing with double,

waved, very oblique antemedial line; black points in end of

cell and on discocellulars; a double, somewhat waved post-

medial line, oblique from costa to vein 6, slightly angled

inwards in discal fold, then excurved and incurved in sub-

median interspace ; a slight somewhat sinuous fuscous shade

from apex to antemedial line below the cell; a subterminal

punctiform black line slightly excurved at vein 7 and in-

curyed at discal fold; the termen rather darker from just

below apex to vein 2. Hind wing fuscous brown to deep

fuscous; cilia greyish at tips. Underside of fore wing

fuscous black, the costal and terminal areas red, with some

whitish on costa towards apex, inner area whitish; hind

wing red, the basal and inner areas grey-white.

Ab. 1.—Fore wing with the inner area from near base to

subterminal line and extending to upper angle of cell suttused

with dark red-brown.

Ab. 2.—Fore wing with this area deep ferruginous red,

with a large, darker ferruginous, somewhat triangular patch

on it beyond the cell.

Ab. 3.—Fore wing greyish fuscous.

Ab. 4.—Fore wing greyish fuscous, with a similar dark

fuscous patch on inner area.

Ab. 5.—Fore wing greyish fuscous, with diffused black

wedge-shaped patch beyond the cell.

Hab. Nicerta, Old Calabar (Rutherford, Crompton), 4 @,

2 2 type; Sapele (Sampson), 2 $. Ep. 36-40 mm.

Maurilia phea, sp. n.

g. Olive-fuscous; head, thorax, and fore wing sometimes

tinged with dull rufous; pectus and base of legs and

abdomen whitish. Fore wing with two dark, oblique, waved

ante- and postmedial lines, the latter somewhat excurved

new Species of Noctuide. 60L

below costa and at middle and ending near tornus ; a slight

oblique dark discoidal bar; a subterminal series of small

fuscous spots, somewhat oblique from costa to vein 6, slightly

incurved at discal fold and excurved at middle. Hind wing

and underside uniform fuscous brown.

Hab. Nicerta, Old Calabar (Miss Kingsley, Sampson,

Crompton), 4 3 type. Hzxp, 32-38 mm.

Tyana acypera, sp. n.

Tyana pustulifera, Leech, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1899, p. 203 (nee WIk.).

3d. Hind wing with a large glandular swelling at tornus

clothed with flocculent hair on underside, the inner margin

fringed with long hair; fore wing with the apex extremely

produced and acute, the termen almost straight.

Head and thorax bright green; palpi red, white below; frons

yellow, with crimson line above; antenne red ringed with

white ; pectus and legs white, the fore tibie and tarsi red ;

abdomen dorsally brown, ventrally whitish. Fore wing bright

green; the costal edge brown irrorated with grey, the extreme

tip of apex crimson; brown points at angles of cell; cilia

yellow. Hind wing pure white, the hair on inner margin

slightly tinged with fuscous.

?. Fore wing with the apex less produced, the termen

rounded ; vertex of head crimson and yellow; tegule and

base of patagia yellow, with some crimson on shoulders;

abdomen white, with minute crimson tuft at base. Fore

wing with the ground-colour whitish, almost completely

covered with green irroration, the costa and inner margin

white ; a small crimson annulus with yellow centre at lower

angle of cell, sometimes filled in with crimson.

Hab. Cunrr. Cutna, Omei-shan, 1 ¢ type; Pu-tsu-fong,

2 9.. Ezp. 38 mm.

Ariola xanthobasis, sp. u.

3. Head and thorax pale yellow; palpi, tegule (except at

middle), and metathorax tinged with rufous ; pectus whitish,

legs mostly dark brown; abdomen fuscous brown, ochreous

at base, the claspers large, white at sides, the ventral surface

white. Fore wing with the basal area pale yellow, bounded

by a curved, rather diffused, brilliant silver line from costa

before middle to middle of inner margin, the costa tinged

with rufous; the rest of wing uniform very deep chocolate-

brown. Hind wing uniform fuscous brown; the underside

pale, the costal and terminal areas broadly suffused with

602 Sir G. F. Hampson on

fuscous, leaving a diffused whitish patch on costal area before

apex.

9. Pectus and legs more ochreous ; hind wing with a

shght rufous tinge.

Hab. Niceria, Akassa (Lugard), 1 3 type; Sapele

(Sampson),1 2. Hap. 24 mm.

Sinna floralis, sp. n.

g. Head and thorax bright yellow; third joint of palpi

and antenne blackish, brilliant crimson stripes on back of

head and tegule, on dorsum of thorax, and obliquely from

base of fore wing across patagia to metathorax ; pectus, legs,

and abdomen white, the last with broad black-brown band

on ventral surface of penultimate segment, the extremity

blackish. Fore wing whitish suffused with yellow, the apical

area from costa beyond middle to above tornus deep golden

yellow ; three quadrate black spots on basal half of costa

with brijliant crimson bands arising from them, oblique and

not reaching inner margin, but bifurcating and uniting to

form reticulations in and below cell, enclosing three irregular

patches of the ground-colour and a point at lower angle of

cell; an oblique black fascia on medial part of vein 3; a

black spot at apex and a curved series of three spots from

costa before apex to termen above middle; a black bar on

termen at tornus. Hind wing nearly pure white. Under-

side white ; fore wing with oblique blackish bar from middle

of costa expanding into an elliptical discoidal patch, the spots

on terminal area as above.

Hab. Penane (S. 8S. Flower), 1 3 type. Hap. 40 mm.

Sinna atrifusa, sp. 0.

¢. Head and thorax white; antennz brown; tegule and

shoulders with small fuscous spots with some crimson scales

on them; abdomen white, dorsally suffused with fuscous

except at base, leaving whitish segmental lines and dorsal

streak. Fore wing black-brown; an oblique white fascia

from base of costa along inner margin to before middle ; the

costal edge white, expanding into a slight patch just before

middle; an almost obsolete oblique crimson fascia from

below costa near base, and thence above vein 1] to near

termen joined by traces of medial, postmedial, and subterminal

crimson bands; an apical yeilowish-white patch bounded

on inner side by an obliquely curved black band from just

below costa to near termen; the termen narrowly yellowish

new Species of Noctuide. 603

white to submedian fold. Hind wing pale ochreous yellow,

the costal area whiter. Underside pale ochreous yellow, the

fore wing tinged with fuscous except apical area.

Hab. Java, Arjuno, 3000 feet (Doherty), 1 g type. Exp.

40 mm.

Titulcia meterythra, sp. 0.

?. Head and thorax dull yellow, irrorated with fuscous,

the vertex of head, collar, and patagia marked with white ;

abdomen rufous. Fore wing with the basal area, costa, and

termen greenish yellow irrorated with fuscous ; two subbasal

white points; an irregular antemedial white band; a broad

postmedial fuscous-brown band with sinuous edges, narrowing

to costa and followed by a white band not reaching costa.

Hind wing rufous, the costal area white,

Hab. Borneo, Pulo Laut (Doherty), 1 ¢ type. Ezp.

20 mm.

Siglophora hematica, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow suffused with red,

the base of abdomen yellow with dorsal red crest. Fore

wing yellow suffused with red, especially on terminal half,

leaving yellow ante- and postmedial semicircular patches on

costa and small medial and apical spots; traces of an

obliquely incurved autemedial line and of waved medial and

postmedial lines; a slight brownish discoidal spot; termen

narrowly greyish fuscous from apex to vein 3. Hind wing

with the basal half yellow, the apical half red. Underside

with the red areas deeper fiery red.

Hab. Borneo, Pulo Laut (Doherty), 1 3 type. Ezp.

22 mm.

; :

Chandica semiflava, sp. n.

¢. Head whitish mostly suffused with crimson; palpi in

front, base of frons, and basal joint of antennez in front white,

antenne reddish; tegule white edged with rufous and fuscous ;

patagia rufous and fuscous ; thorax whitish ; pectus, legs,

and abdomen white, fore tibiz crimson in front, abdomen

dorsally brownish tinged with crimson except at base. Fore

wing red-brown to beyond middle, shading into blackish, its

outer edge oblique from costa to vein 6; terminal area pale

bright yellow, with some crimson suffusion on edge of dark

area, from apex to angle of dark area, and as a very ill-defined

line from this angle to termen above tornus; a terminal

series of minute crimson points. Hind wing with the basal

604 Mr. G. Lewis on

half whitish tinged with fuscous, the terminal area pale

yellow with a faint crimson tinge on edge of basal area and

on termen at apex and middle.

Hab. Borneo, 1 2 type. Hap. 20 mm.

Cacyparis cyclops, sp. 0.

¢@. Head and thorax olive-brown mostly suffused with

brilliant silver; palpi and legs yellowish; abdomen reddish

brown, the extremity and ventral surface yellow. Fore wing

grey thickly irrorated and striated with fuscous, the costal

area to middle and at apex and the middle of inner margin

olive-brown ; brilliant silver irroration from base of costa

along inner margin to middle, where there is a boss of black

scales suffused with silver, with a silver point beyond it; an

oblique silver line from costa before middle to median

nervure ; a silver striga from middle of costa and boss of

silver scales in upper angle of cell; a round blue-black sub-

apical ocellus defined by a yellow annulus, and with minute

yellow streak in centre, some silver before the ocellus; the

termen pale yellow-brown, with a maculate silver line on

termen and a small fuscous patchabove tornus. Hind wing

pale brown suffused with fuscous, the costal area ochreous to

near apex. Underside ochreous; fore wing with broad

subterminal band of fuscous suffusion not reaching costa or

inner margin.

?. Abdomen and hind wing ochreous yellow, the latter

with some fuscous suffusion on basal inner area and a large

subapical patch.

Hab. Sou.omons, Guadalcanar I. (Meek), 1 3,1 2 type;

Isabel I. (Meek), 1 8, 1 9; Rendover I. (Meek), 1 ¢@.

Exp. 40 mm.

LXVII.— On new Species of Histeridee and Notices of others.

By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

THE last paper on the Histeride was published in the

September number of this Magazine; the present one is

the twenty-sixth of the series.

List of Species.

Pygoccelis strigosifrons. Omalodes bullatus.

Teretrius distinctus, Lew. tuberculatus,

Platysoma leyidorsum. Hister impiger.

rosselense. Pachycreerus pullus, Gerst.

rufopygum, Paratropus chelonitis.

—— pygidiale. testudo, Gerst.

dorsale. Plegaderus rumaniz.

Omalodes striatipectus, Lew., 1900. Saprinus ceeruleatus.

new Species of Histeride. 605

Pygocelis strigosifrons, sp. n.

Cylindricus, niger, nitidus; fronte dense strigosa; rostro apice

truncato, leviter sinuato ; pronoto ante medium partim strigoso ;

prosterno marginato; pygidio valide punctato; tibiis anticis

4-dentatis.

L, 33 mill.

Cylindrical, black and shining; the head, the anterior part

is densely strigose with a small fovea on its vertex, behind

which there is a small smooth space; the thorax is con-

spicuously sinuous at the sides with the lateral striz well-

marked, surface rather closely and coarsely punctured,

punctures shallow and crescent-shaped anteriorly, others

before the middle but not close to the sides are strigose ; the

elytral punctures are less close and smaller; the pygidium

is coarsely and densely subocellately punctured and in the

female but slightly concave on its disk ; the prosternum is as

long again as broad, marginate on its four sides and slightly

sinuous at the coxee, where the margin is reddish, the anterior

and posterior edges are both sinuous, the surface has some-

what shallow and elongate points; the mesosternum, the

anterior part projects somewhat in the middle and the marginal

stria 1s interrupted behind the prominence, the lateral margin

is reddish near the cox, and on the surface the punctures are

relatively fewer and less close (yet evenly set) than those of

the prosternum and are more conspicuously cucullate; the

metasternum is similarly punctured ; the anterior tibiz are

4-dentate.

The prosternum of this species is shorter than that of

P. africanus, Lew., and the species is narrower and not so

large as P. usambicus, Kolbe.

Hab. Antongil Bay, Madagascar (Mocquerys).

Teretrius distinctus, Lew., 1902.

This species, a native of Cape Colony, has been bred by

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse in the British Museum from Acacia-

bark infested with Xylopertha and Sinoxylon.

Platysoma levidorsum, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatum, convexiusculum, nigrum, nitidum ; fronte plana,

stria integra ; pronoto stria laterali ante basin sinuata; elytris

striis 1 integra, 2 basi abbreviatis, 3 basi obliqua, tenuiter

impressa ; propygidio impunctato, utrinque leviter foveolato ;

606 Mr. G. Lewis on

pygidio laterali conspicue impresso, vix dense punctato, margine

externo densissime punctulato; prosterno haud striato; meso-

sterno sinuato et marginato; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

L. 53 mill.

This species closely resembles P. sesquistriatum, Mars., but

differs by the frontal stria not being broken, the thoracic stria

being sinuous before the base, the second dorsal stria is not

interrupted near the middle, and the outer margin of the pygi-

dium is densely punctulate. The propygidium is without a

“transverse train of punctures.”

Fab. Dutch New Guinea.

Platysoma rosselense, sp. 1.

Ovato-parallelum, subdepressum, nigrum, nitidum ; fronte concava,

stria transversa integra; pronoto stria laterali valida, antice

late interrupta, utrinque subsinuata ; elytris striis 1-3 integris,

sinuatis, 4 brevi apicali; propygidio basi irregulariter punctato,

utrinque foveolato; pygidio basi conspicue bifoveolato, sparse

punctato; prosterno inter coxas sinuato; mesosterno sinuato

marginatoque ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

L. 33 mill.

The elytral striation of this species and its facies generally

correspond with P. Paugam?, Le Guillou: the head is, how-

ever, more transverse, the lateral thoracic stria is not parallel

to the edge but sinuous, the propygidium is wider and partly

smooth; the pygidium is bifoveolate at the base, with rather

fine punctures, instead of coarse closely set points; and the

prosternal keel is sinuous between the coxe.

flab. Rossel Island, Louisiade Archipelago.

Platysoma rufopygum, sp. 0.

Ovale, subdepressum, nigro-piceum, nitidum ; fronte concava, stria

integra; antennis, mandibulis, femoribus pygidioque rufo-

brunneis; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 basi abbreviata, suturali

ante medium terminata.

L, 23 mill.

Oval, rather depressed, piceous, with the antennze, mandibles,

and legs, especially the thighs, reddish brown, the anterior

angles and lateral margins of the thorax with the pygidia

and abdominal segments are also reddish brown ; the head

anteriorly concave, stria complete, surface visibly punctured ;

the thorax, marginal stria complete, strongest behind the head,

lateral margins broadly, but not densely, punctured; the

elytra, striz 1-4 complete, 5 well shortened before the base,

new Species of Uisteride. 607

sutural is apical and does not reach the middle; the pygidia

are rather coarsely, evenly, and rather closely punctured; the

propygidium has two rather shallow foveee which are apical

rather than basal; the prosternum is smooth and without

striz ; the mesosternum is sinuous and very clearly marginate ;

the anterior tibiz are 4-dentate.

In form this species agrees closely with P. debile, Mars.,

but the dorsal strie and the coloration are very different. In

outline it is also similar to P. depressum, Lec.

Hab. Palembang, Sumatra.

Platysoma pygidiale, sp. n.

Ovatum, convexiusculum, nigro-piceum, nitidum; fronte plana,

stria integra late sinuata; pronoto impunctato, stria integra

margine laterali parallela; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 apicali,

5 dimidiata; propygidio transyersim grosse punctato; pygidio

anterius punctato, sed apice in totum levi; prosterno angustato,

haud striato; mesosterno sinuato, marginato; tibiis anticis

4-5-dentatis.

L, 24-31 mill.

This species frequently has a short discal sutural stria,

which is, however, not constant in length. P. pygidiale is

similar to P. elingue, Lew., from Ceylon in its general facies,

while the sculpture of the pygidium agrees closely with that

of P. Confucii, Mars. he epistoma is wide in both elingue

and pygidiale and the fifth dorsal stria turns slightly away

from the suture anteriorly, especially in elingue, in which

species the stria is longer.

Hab. Sumatra (H, Rolle). I have many examples, but no

special locality.

Platysoma dorsale, sp. n.

Ovatum, convexiusculum, nigrum, nitidum ; fronte impressa, stria

recta; pronoto stria integra, parum forti, margine laterali

parallela ; elytris striis validis, impunctatis, 1-3 integris, 4 dimi-

diata, 5 ultra medium abbreviata, antice sinuata, suturali brevi

media ; propygidio sat dense punctato ; pygidio dense punctato,

margine parte exteriore late levi; prosterno inter coxas bistriato ;

mesosterno emarginato, stria integra, in medio retrorsum acumi-

nata; tibiis anticis 4- 5-dentatis.

L. 32 mill.

This species may be recognised from the known species

which resemble it by its short discal sutural stria, by the

fifth dorsal stria being anteriorly sinnous, by the prosternal

strie being confined to the region of the posterior lobe and

being joined before and behind, and by the mesosternal stria

608 Mr. G. Lewis on

being angulate in the middle. It may be grouped with

P. integrum and silvestre, Sch., and thugnaum and elingue,

Lew., and others, which are oval and more or less convex,

with the lateral thoracic stria parallel to the margin.

Hab. Anamalai Mountains, 8. India (Andrewes, No. 692).

Omalodes striatipectus, Lew., 1900 = O. amazonius, Mars.,

1861.

Omalodes bullatus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, parum conyexus, niger, nitidus; fronte leviter

punctulata, canaliculata, stria retrorsum acuminata; pronoto

levi, stria marginali integra; elytris striis punctatis, 1-2 in-

tegris, 3 basi dimidiata; propygidio tuberculato, sat dense sub-

tiliter punctulato ; prosterno bistriato ; mesosterno stria marginali

late interrupta; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

L. 53 mill.

This species is more oblong than O. tuberculipygus, Sch.,

and the mesosternal marginal stria is not complete. The

prosternal striw are as long as the keél and diverge from each

other equally before and behind. The tubercles on the pro-

pygidium also are more prominent than the other three

species known with tubercles. 0. tuberculipygus, Sch., is the

only species at present known with a tuberculate propygidium

and a complete mesosternal stria, but this latter character was

not noticed by Schmidt.

Hab, Jatahy, Province of Goyaz, Brazil.

Omalodes tuberculatus, sp. n.

Ovatus, parum conyexus, niger, nitidus; fronte leviter punctata,

eanaliculata, stria retrorsum acuminata ; pronoto levi, stria mar-

ginali integra; elytris striis punctatis, 1-3 integris, suturali

postice punctis indicatis; propygidio tuberculato; prosterno

bistriato, sed striis brevibus ; tibiis anticis valde 4-dentatis.

L. 53 mill.

This species differs from O. bullatus in being more oval, in

having three dorsal strize complete, and the prosternal striz

are short and occupy nearly one half (the anterior part) of

the keel only. In this last respect they are similar to

O. tuberosus, Lew., which is, however, a larger species, with

a more circular outline, being described as “ breviter ovatus.”

Flab. French Guiana.

new Species of Histeridee. 609

Fister impiger, sp. n.

Breviter ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus ; stria frontali semi-

circulari ; pronoto stria laterali unica integra post oculos sinuata ;

elytris striis subcrenulatis, 1-3 integris, 4 basi vix abbreviata

rudimento aucta, 5-6 ultra medium abbreviatis; propygidio

pygidioque dense punctatis ; prosterno inter coxas bistriato.

L. 33 mill.

HH. impiger is shorter and much more convex than HZ. navus,

Mars., and néponicus, Lew. It is most similar to the last,

but differs from it in having the thorax less wide, and the

lateral stria is incurved at the base and there is a shallow ante-

scutellar fovea near but not on the edge; the elytral fifth and

sixth strize are longer and the punctuation of the pygidia is

closer and rather finer. ‘The prosternal striae are short and

intercoxal, like those of navus; in niponicus they extend

along the sides nearly to the end of the keel.

Hab. Yunnan (Donckier),

Pachycrerus pullus, Gerstiicker.

Platysoma pullum, Gerst. Archiv fiir Naturg. xxxiii. p. 31 (1867) ; Lew,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. p. 11 (1899).

I copy here Gerstiicker’s description for the sake of

reference :—

“ Platysoma pullum, Gerstiicker.

“Oblongum, cylindricum, nigrum, nitidum, sneo-micans; pro-

thorace estriato, subtiliter punctulato ; elytrorum stria suturali

utrinque, secunda pone basin abbreviata, sequentibus subintegris.

** Long. 2 mill.

“, minimis hucusque cognitis speciebus. Caput con-

fertim subtiliter punctulatum, fronte utrinque sulcata, sulcis

clypeum versus convergentibus. Prothorax transversus,

lateribus parallelus, angulis anticis late rotundatis, posticis

rectis, basi in medio angulata, supra ubique punctis sub-

tilibus, basin versus majoribus obsitus. Coleoptera prothorace

dimidio longiora, parallela, apicem versus crebre punctata:

singula 6-striata, striis evidenter punctatis, suturali basi

apiceque, 2* haud procul pone basin, 6* antrorsum dimidiatim

abbreviata, 5° omnino integra, 3* et 4* utrinque parum abbre-

viatis. Propygidium fortius, pygidium subtilius crebre

punctata, nitida wneo-micantia: pedes sanguinei.

“Specimen unicum ad Kisuani, Masailand (mens Oct.

1862), captam.”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 40

610 Mr. G. Lewis on

Paratropus chelonitis, sp. n.

Breviter ovalis, nigro-piceus, supra impunctatus, vix nitidus ; elytris

striis dorsalibus 1-4 integris, 5 versus, suturali ultra medium

abbreviatis ; propygidio basi tenuissime punctato.

L. 4 mill.

In outline this species is much less oval than P. ovddes,

Mars., from Senegal, of which there are three examples in

the Museum of Paris, but otherwise the excellent figures in

Marseul’s monograph well represent the sculpture both above

and below. I have seen specimens of P. chelonitis labelled

P. testudo, Gerst., but the elytral strie differ from Gerstiicker’s

species in the first four being complete. Gerstiicker, in

counting the dorsal strie, called the sutural the first ; his

third and fifth strie correspond, therefore, with the fourth

and second of Marseul and other writers on the Histeride.

Marseul (Ann. Soe. ent. France, Bull. p. lxvi, 1871) recorded

this species, of which there is a single specimen in the

Museum of Paris, as referable to P. testudo, but the subjoined

diagnosis of Gerstiicker’s will show he was mistaken. The

Pelorurus also noticed by Marseul (/. c.) from Abyssinia was

described by Schmidt in 1890 as P. formosus; there are

specimens also of it in the Paris Museum. Pelorurus

glaucopterus, Mars., which I have lately received from Beira,

is much larger than P. formosus and has a red pygidium.

Hab. Abyssinia (Raffray). In my own collection and in

the Museum of Paris.

Paratropus tesiudo, Gerst. Beitr. Ins. Zanz. p. 87 (1866).

Breviter ovalis, nigro-piceus, supra levis, nitidus; antennis pedi-

busque rufo-brunneis; clytris stria suturali basin versus,

secunda arcuata ante medium abbreviatis, tertio quintoque

integris.

L. 4 mill.

Hab. Kisuani, KE. Africa.

Plegaderus rumanie, sp. n.

P. discist simillimus, sed angustior; prosterno lobo impunctato et

margine antice utrinque sinuato ; tibiis anticis abrupte dilatatis.

L. 1} mill.

Above, this species is extremely similar to P, discisus, Er.,

but it is narrower in form generally, the lateral margin of

the thorax is less wide and the punctuation of its surface is

finer and much more sparse, especially behind the transverse

sulcus, and the inner elytral oblique stria is well marked and

sulciform ; in P. discisus the stria is obsolete. The elytral

new Species of Histeride. 611

surface also in P. rumanie is less closely punctured, and

some of the punctures near the scutellum are much larger

than those of P. discisus. Beneath, the differences are

greater. The anterior prosternal lobe is smooth and convex

(similar to that of nétidus, Horn) and slightly sinuous on

either side of the anterior margin, and the median canalicu-

lation of the metasternum is wide and deep throughout its

course and markedly smooth. The anterior tibiz also are

dilated abruptly, not rounded off like those of P. discisus.

The anterior lobe of the prosternum of P. discisus is very

clearly and closely punctured, but this character is not noticed

by Marseul in his monograph of 1856, p. 272.

Hab. Comana Vlasca, Rumania (A. ZL. Montandon).

Saprinus ceruleatus, sp. n.

Circularis, convexiusculus, ceeruleus, antennis pedibusque rufo-

brunneis, supra undique dense strigosus vel punctatus, striis

dorsalibus (subhumerali et suturali exceptis) obsoletis; pygidio

dense punctato.

L. 3 mill.

Almost circular in outline, rather convex, blue, and some-

what shining; the head is densely and rugosely punctured, with

a lateral stria over the eyes only, there is a slight impression

on the vertex; the thorax, marginal stria complete, surface

rugosely punctate behind the head, markedly and densely

strigose on the other parts; the elytra, strie, outer humeral

fine and complete, continuing along the apex and joined to

the sutural, which is obliterated by the sculpture close to the

scutellum, there are several indications of striae on the

humeral area, the oblique humeral being the most distinct,

the surface is densely and rugosely punctate and is without

the marked strigosity of the thorax; the pygidia are densely

punctate ; the prosternum, the keel is widely sinuous laterally,

with microscopic strigosity and irregular punctures on its

surface, the base widens out and is hatchet-shaped, the

strie do not follow the outline at the base, but they are

similarly joined before and behind in the form of an arch;

the mesosternum is nearly straight anteriorly, but the marginal

stria is widely sinuous, the surface has shallow punctures,

not closely set, on the metasternum the points are smaller ;

the antenne are reddish brown, with the club and scape

darker.

I do not know of any species similar to this.

Hab. Plateau de PAndroy, Région d’Ambovombe, Mada-

gascar.

40*

612 Col. C. Swinhoe on

LXVIII.—On new and little-known Species of Eastern and

Australian Lepidoptera. By Colonel CuarLes SWINHOE,

M.A., F.LS., &e.

Family Hesperiidae.

Casyapa dissimilis, nov.

¢. Antenne ochreous with brown bands; palpi, frons,

and head dark ochreous ; thorax, abdomen, and wings of a

uniform ochreous brown, entirely covered with dark ochreous

scales, without any markings ; cilia pale ochreous. Under-

side dark ochreous brown, without the ochreous suffusion

and also without any markings; fore legs with long dark

ochreous hairs.

@. Antenne brown, a long white space before the hooked

tip ; palpi dark ochreous; head, body, and wings of a

uniform dark olive-brown: fore wings with a broad, nearly

uniform white band, from the costa beyond the middle

to the outer margin above the hinder angle, where it is

joined to a curved white spot; cilia of both wings brown.

Underside pale, but more blackish: fore wings with the

band as above, the hinder margin and base suffused with

grey; hind wings with about the outer half coloured like

the fore wings, the abdominal half suffused with grey: body

grey, legs dark ochreous.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 3, 9 34%, inches.

German N. Guinea ; one pair.

Allied to C. nevifera, Mab., from Batjan, but can easily

be separated by the absence of the strong black mark at the

end of the cell of the fore wings in the male, which is so

prominent a character in Mabille’s species. There is a pair

from N. Guinea in the B.M. unnamed.

Tagiades curiosa, nov.

g. Antenne black, white on the underside of the club ;

palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings dark olive blackish brown

with an olive tint ; frons white, containing a brown band;

palpi white beneath: fore wings with an obscure discal

band, of three obscure duplex spots, rather near the outer

margin, rising from near the hinder margin more than

halfway up the wing; spots white, all small and linear,

with the exception of the outer three, which are round—one

at the end of the cell, two above it, one below it, all in an

oblique line, one above but outside the last, two above this

Eastern and Australian Lepidoptera. 613

one, near the costa, and the outer three subapical, near

together but almost at right angles to each other: hind

wings with the upper half of the same colour as the fore

wings but paler, lower half pure white; marginal border

black, composed of large spots joined together; an obscure

spot opposite the apex and a prominent one below it, both

rather close to the margin ; cilia brown, white towards anal

angle of hind wings: abdomen with the basal half brown,

the rest white. Underside black: fore wings with the spots

as above, some white suffusion at the end of the cell, and a

broad submarginal band of broad, duplex, obscure white

spots, which curves inwards below the apex, the duplex

spot near the hinder margin the largest and most pro-

minently white; hind wings pure white, with a broad

dark black costal border, the : spots as above : body and legs

white.

Expanse of wings 2,7, inches.

German N. Guinea; one example.

Allied to 7. clericus, Butler, which has a black abdomen

and has no smeared whitish mar kings on the outer portions of

the fore wings below. There is an “example from Aru Isl. in

the B.M. unnamed.

Genus IMA, nov.

Antenne slender, two thirds the length of the costa,

club long, tip curved and of moderate length ; palpi up-

turned, rising as high as the vertex, densely covered with

thick hair, third joint short, smooth, and with a blunt point ;

thorax and abdomen moderately stout, the abdomen reaching

a little lower than the hind wings ; legs hairy, tarsi smooth

and without spurs: fore wings wie the costa arched at the

base, outer margin oblique, apex consequently rather pro-

duced, hinder margin straight, slightly longer than the outer

margin, hinder angle rounded : hind wings with the costa

and apex rounded, outer margin waved below the middle,

anal angle blunt, abdominal margin waved; vein 5 from

above the middle of cell.

Lima jovina, nov.

3 9. Of a uniform dark bright olive-brown colour; palpi

below white, with brown hairs ; fore wings with a broad

ochreous band from the costa of fore wings ‘at the middle to

near the hinder margin before the hinder angle, the band is

fairly uniform in breadth but has irregular margins on both

614 Col. C. Swinhoe on

its sides and is excavated on its inner side on the submedian

vein; cilia of fore wings brown, of hind wings white.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 2,3,, 2 2 4; inches.

East Celebes ; one pair.

I received these three years ago from a dealer on the

Continent under the name of Hidari joviana, and there are

two males in the Crowley Collection in the B.M. as H. Irvint,

but I can find no reference for either name; I have gone

through a great deal of literature, and can only come to the

conclusion that the species has never been described and

published. Except on the waved outer margin of the hind

wings it has the shape of Erionota thrax, but this and the

third joint of the palpi separate it from the genus Hrionota ;

the neuration is similar, but so it is in many genera of this

family.

Telesto uniformis, nov.

g. Palpi beneath ochreous grey with brown hairs ; frons

with an ochreous-grey ring, brown in the centre; antennz

blackish brown with ochreous-grey dots on the underside

and with the underside of the club suffused with the same

colour; head, body, and wings of a uniform dark blackish

brown, without any markings, except for the sexual and

linear brand, which runs in a more or less waved line from

near the origin of vein 4 ot the fore wings to the hinder

margin beyond the middle and is grey in colour; underside

paler, without any markings.

Expanse of wings 1,4, inch.

Ké Island ; two examples.

Telesto saxuda.

Hesperilla saxula, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixxxi, 9.

¢. Of a uniform olive-brown colour; palpi white below,

black above, last joint black: fore wings with the sexual

linear brand pale, nearly white, outwardly lined with black,

a white dot outside its upper end, two subapical white dots,

rather far apart from each other; no other markings; cilia

a little paler than the wings, with a tinge of ochreous.

Underside paler than above, the hinder marginal space of

fore wings pale, the three white dots as above; fore legs and

body with white hairs.

Expanse of wings 1,3, inch.

Mackay, Queensland ; three examples.

Mabille’s female type came from Cooktown, Queensland,

Eastern and Australian Lepidoptera. 615

and his description fits my examples very well, considering

the usual sexual differences in this family.

In his Monograph of the Hesperiide in Wytsman’s

‘Genera Insectorum,’ fase. 174, p. 182 (1904), by some

extraordinary error, Mabille puts his species under Godman

and Salvin’s genus Halotis, with Costa Rica as its locality,

In the ‘ Biologia,’ Insecta, Lep.-Rhop. ii. p. 505, pl. xev.

ff. 42, 43, 44, g (1900), a Hesperiid from Costa Rica is

described and figured as the type of the genus Halotis; but

neither the description nor the figures represent the Queens-

land insect. One of the ‘ Biologia’ examples, it is said,

is labelled as having been compared by Salvin with the type

of Hesperia saxula, Mab., a description of which could not

be found; this must refer to some Hesperiid from Costa

Rica so named by Mabille, which never was described and

published ; it can have no reference to the Cooktown insect.

Mimas melie.

Mimas melie, de Nicé. Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soe. ix. p. 394, pl. Q.

f. 55, Q (1895).

6. Both wings and cilia dark brown with an ochreous

tinge: fore wings with obscure ochreous streaks from the

base in the interspaces, the two lowest extending to the

discal dull ochreous oblique band, which is composed of

three spots, the lowest the largest: hind wings with the

inner portion of the wing smeared with dull ochreous,

extending on the abdominal margin from the base to one

third from the anal angle, narrowing inwards to a large

square ochreous spot in the upper disk. Underside rich

purplish brown, markings pale ochreous yellow, a large spot

at the end of the cell, a large space commeucing with the

uppermost spot of the discal band, widening hindwards and

extending on the hinder margin from the middle of the

wing to the hinder angle, a duplex subapical spot in a

line with the inner margin of the band, and four lnear

subcostal spots close together, a little on the inner side

of the wing: hind wings with two large spots—one below

the origin of vein 2, and the other towards the outer margin

in the interspace above vein 4: palpi, head, and body with

ochreous hairs; legs dull ochreous grey.

Expanse of wings 14% -1,%) inch.

Humboldt Bay, N. Guinea; two examples.

The female, as described and figured by de Nicéville, has no

band on the fore wings, but the peculiarly marked underside

is identical ; vein 5 of the hind wings is also absent, and the

616 Col. C. Swinhoe on

neuration similar. Both are from the same locality; I

therefore cannot help being convinced that they are sexes of

the same species. One example has on the hind wings below

an extra dot near each spot.

Padraona tranquilla, nov.

3 ¢. Palpi brown with ochreous hairs, white beneath and

at the tips; head, body, and wings red-brown with a dull

olive tinge; head and thorax with ochreous hairs: fore

wings with a thin, oblique, dull ochreous discal band com-

posed of six spots close together and three similarly coloured

incurved subcostal dots near apex: hind wings with a short

discal band of five spots close together; cilia of both wings

ochreous. Underside: fore wings nearly all black, a sub-

costal ochreous streak from base to beyond the middle, some

ochreous suffusion on the apical space, the discal band and

dots as above: hind wings ochreous, the band as above but

with a black outline; both wings with the outer marginal

line black, cilia ochreous: face and pectus white ; thorax

grey; legs grey with white stripes ; abdomen white.

Expanse of wings 1,4) inch.

Milne Bay, N. Guinea; one male. Type female in B.M.

This is not a typical Padraona, there being a sex-mark

consisting of a line of raised scales on the fore wing of the

male, bordering the inner sides of the first four spots forming

the discal band. When more examples are procured, it will

come into a new genus between Padraona, Moore, and

Oxybydastes, Heron.

Padraona tabla, nov.

¢. Dark brown, tinged with ochreous ; markings orange-

ochraceous : fore wings with a small spot at the upper end

of cell, two obscure streaks from the base in the two lowest

interspaces touching the discal band, which is linear, out-

wardly oblique, and consists of three spots; four small

subapical spots in pairs, almost at right angles to each

other ; these spots are obsolete in one example: hind wings

with a discal band, broader than the band of the fore wings,

consisting of five conjoined spots ; cilia of both wings orange-

ochreous ; palpi, frons, and head with ochreous hairs. Under-

side bright orange-brown, the whole surface suffused with

orange-colour ; spots as above, with the addition of a spot

at the end of the cell of the hind wings.

Expanse of wings 14 inch.

Eastern and Australian Lepidoptera. 617

Humboldt Bay, N. Guinea (Doherty) ; two examples.

Resembles P. concinna, Elwes, from the Nilgiri Hills, of

which I have many examples.

Padraona batchiana, nov.

3d. Dark brown, suffused with ochreous; palpi and frons

with bright orange-ochreous hairs; wings with dark orange-

ochreous markings: fore wings with some obscure longi-

tudinal streaks near the base and an obscure streak along

the hinder margin, on the inner side of the discal band,

which is outwardly oblique and composed of three spots, the

lowest lunular, the middle spot with its inner edge a little

more inwards than the others, and two small linear spots

close together below the costa, almost in a line with the

band ; hind wings with an upper discal short band of rather

larger spots divided by the veins into four spots; cilia of

both wings orange-ochreous. Underside bright orange-

brown; spots on the fore wings same as above, the lowest

spot of the band with two suffused white spots in a line

towards the base, some black suffusion above these spots, and

some more at the hinder angle of the wing: hind wings

without markings ; some indistinct, suffused ochreous stripes

in the interspaces on the outer portions of both wings.

Expanse of wings 1,’) inch.

Batjan (Doherty) ; one example.

Padraona silativa, nov.

3g. Ochreous brown; palpi at the sides and frons orange-

ochreous, some hairs of the same colour on the head and on

the sides, basal end of thorax, and anal tuft; wings marked

with orange-ochreous: fore wings with a thin costal streak

on basal half, a broad basal streak in the cell, divided by

a black line, its upper part running nearly to the end of the

cell; two basal streaks on the two lowest interspaces, reaching

the discal band, which is oblique and consists of five large

spots, the uppermost ones the smallest, then two dots joining

it to the three linear subapical spots, which are close

together: hind wings with a wedge-shaped spot in the

cell, with its point inwards, a discal band divided into five

spots and a dot by the veins, some long ochreous hairs

forming two obscure stripes near the abdominal margin ;

cilia of the fore wings brown, ochreous towards hinder

angle ; cilia of the hind wings entirely ochreous. Underside

paler; markings as above, except that the wedge-shaped spot

is replaced by a small yellow spot, and there are some obscure

618 Col. C. Swinhoe on

streaks in the interspaces on the outer portions of the wings ;

pectus ochreous; legs striped with ochreous ; tarsi entirely

ochreous.

Expanse of wings 1,’ inch.

Humboldt Bay, New Guinea ; one example.

Resembles P. sperthias, Felder; has a very obscure

sinuous sex-mark of andraconia scales on the inner side

of the discal band of the fore wings.

Ismene lysima, nov.

@. Of a uniform dark pink-brown with an ochreous tinge,

clubs of the antenne ochreous beneath, as also is the under-

side of the palpi; both wings with some dark orange suffusion

in the basal portions, formed by obscure streaks in the

interspaces, no other markings. On the underside the wings

are slightly paler, a broad dull orange-red streak along the

costa of fore wings and some obscure streaks of the same

colour in the interspaces on the outer portions of the wing:

hind wings with a broad space on the costa at the base

smeared with the same colour; no other markings: legs

streaked with ochreous.

Expanse of wings 1,9) inch.

Ké Island ; one example.

Hasora palinda, nov.

g. Ofa uniform dark pink-brown ; underside of palpi

ochreous, some blackish suffusion at the anal angle of hind

wings; wings without any markings above. On the underside

the fore wings have a pale streak at the end of the cell and a

pale transverse submarginal streak on the upper half; the

hinder marginal area whitish: hind wings with a pale discal

thin band, quite straight from the costa near apex, ter-

minating in a short white mark where it joins the large

black rounded space on the anal angle ; a whitish spot on the

abdominal margin, just outside the black mark: legs with

long ochreous hairs.

Expaunse of wings 2,45 inches.

Soekaboeni, Java; one example.

Like H. Ribbei, Plotz, but that form has the hind wings

glossed with blue below.

Family Aganaide.

Asota latiradia, nov.

9. Palpi with first two joints ochreous, brown stripes at

Eastern and Australian Lepidoptera. 619

the sides above, the upper third white beneath, last joint

black, white beneath ; frons, head, and thorax dull ochreous,

tinged with greenish grey ; thorax with six small black spots

in front ; abdomen bright orange-ochreous, with short black

dorsal bands on the segments: fore wings purplish brown,

basal patch coloured like the thorax, containing small black

spots, three subcostal, one below near the base, and three in

a row on the outer margin of the patch, all the spots circled

with white, the white on the outer spots angled outwards ; a

very broad white medial streak, its upper part occupying

half the cell, its lower part gradually produced almost to a

point along vein 2 about one sixth from the outer margin,

the outer edge irregular; vein 1 and the hinder margin

white for about half the distance from the base: hind wings

white, with a black marginal border, broad at the apex, evenly

and gradually attenuated to the anal angle, which it does not

quite reach.

Expanse of wings 2,3, inches.

Babber Island, west of Timor-Laut; one example.

There is nothing like it in my collection, but Dr. Jordan

tells me it somewhat resembles streaked specimens of

A, timorana, Roths. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 349.

Asota symmorpha, nov.

6 2. First two joints of the palpi, frons, head, thorax,

and abdomen bright orange-ochreous ; the palpi with a streak

above and the last joint black ; two large black spots on the

collar and two behind them; thorax with a broad black

longitudinal stripe ; abdomen with broad black segmental

bands above and below, disconnected at the sides and at the

middle below: fore wings purplish brown with the basal

patch very small, containing two large black spots ; a white

narrow stripe along the median vein, with a round club at

the end, extending a little beyond the end of the cell, and

in the male not reaching the base: hind wings white, a

small blackish spot at the end of the cell, and broad mar-

ginal black borders, slightly broadest at the apex, running

up the abdominal margin.

Expanse of wings 2;£, inches.

Saparua Island ; one pair.

Allied to A. doryca, Boisd., which I have from Ké, N. Ire-

land, N. Guinea, and Fergusson Islands, but differs in its

bright yellow body and has no streaks on its veins and no

points extending from the club; the bands on the abdomen

of the female are less pronounced than those in the male.

620 Col. C. Swinhoe on

Family Arctiide.

Diacrisia aurapsa, nov.

9. Antenne ochreous; palpi, head, thorax, and fore

wings dark brown with a pinkish-ochreous tinge; abdomen

dull crimson above, with short segmental dorsal bands,

leaving a broad crimson band on each side. Body below and

legs dark brown without markings: fore wings with very

indistinct traces of markings, a brown spot at upper end of

cell, and two lines or thin bands across the disk, arising

rather close together on the hinder margin beyond the

middle, separating upwards, the outer line apparently reaching

the apex: hind wings paler brown without markings.

Expanse of wings 1,8, inch.

Saparua Island ; one example.

Allied to D. landaka, Moore, from Java.

Family Drepanulida.

Tridrepana adelpha, nov.

¢@. Of a uniform pale ochreous colour ; shafts of the

antennze, costal line of fore wings, and cilia of both wings

dark pinkish brown; a pale purplish spot in the cell of fore

wings and another at the end; both wings with traces of

antemedial and postmedial recurved lunular lines; a large

pale purplish patch in the centre of each wing, each con-

taining three brown spots: fore wings with a narrow brown

mark below the apex, limited by a brown submarginal line

which runs near the margin from the middle of the wing to

the apex. Underside much paler, the patches on the wings

showing through ; no other markings.

Expanse of wings 1,2, inch.

Khasia Hills; many examples.

Allied to T. sadana, Moore, from Sikhim, and generally

mixed up with that species, but no one with a series of each

before him could possibly put them together.

Family Acontiide.

Erastria crotopha, nov.

d @. Palpi, head, and thorax olive-brown, a white spot

on the frons, some white dots on the thorax; abdomen and

the tufts dark brown, some whitish at the sides, the first two

segments and anal tuft also whitish: fore wings olive-

ochreous, irrorated with olive-brown, bands and markings

Eastern and Australian Lepidoptera. 621

dark olive-brown, a sinuous subbasal line, inside of which is

a patch on the costa and a small spot, also on the costa

between it and the medial band, which is contracted above

the middle and is slightly outwardly curved ; a discal crenu-

late thin band, a large subapical costal patch, and two

smaller costal patches between it and the medial band; a

paler patch at the apex, some markings below it and a black

line on the margin of disconnected lunules, inwardly edged

with whitish; cilia with a brown line and pale spots: hind

wings pale brown without markings. Underside pale brown ;

a cell-spot on the hind wings and a brown, outwardly curved,

discal line across both wings.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 1,4, 2 14%, inch.

Khasia Hills; five males and one female.

Allied to E.aurata, Moore, from Sikhim ; the female is paler

than the male. There are two examples from the Khasia

Hills in the B.M., Drawer 181.

Eublemma atimeta, nov.

3 ¢. Frons and head whitish ; body and wings of a uni-

form dull whitish ochreous: fore wings with the costal line

dull pink, two trausverse oblique lines, rather indistinct, the

first from near the hinder margin before the middle to near

the costa beyond the middle, the other a little beyond,

parallel, extending to the apex, and apparently duplex; the

outer margin shaded with pinkish ochreous, with cilia of the

same colour, and a row of duplex points near the outer margin :

hind wings without markings : abdomen below whitish towards

the extremity.

Expanse of wings ,/, inch.

Padang, Sumatra ; one pair.

Tarache procrita, nov.

3d. Frons and vertex of head white; collar broadly dark

chestnut-brown ; thorax brown witha white band in front:

fore wings with the ground-colour white, the bands and

markings dark chestnut-brown ; a patch on the costa before

the middle, complete in some examples, broken in the type ;

a broad medial band, more or less dislocated and much con-

stricted at the end of the cell, widening on the hinder margin

with a white spot within it, absent in some specimens; a

dislocated marginal band, connected above the middle with

the medial band; a white spot at the apex ; the white portions

of the wing more or less irrorated and marked with brown

622 Col. C. Swinhoe on

atoms: hind wings and abdomen dull brown. Underside

with the fore wings dull brown; a white dot on the costa

before the apex and a white spot at the apex: hind wings

dull whitish suffused with pale brown, a brown dot at the

end of the cell ; medial and discal brownish thin bands.

Expanse of wings ,8, inch.

Khasia Hills; several examples.

Somewhat resembles 7. noloides, Butler, from Japan.

Rivula magniplaga, nov.

&. Palpi with black stripes above and below and ochreous

brown at the outer sides, ochreous inside, whitish at the tips ;

frons and vertex greyish brown, collar pale; thorax and fore

wings brownish ochreous: fore wings with a broad, even,

outwardly oblique, medial black band, which only reaches

the middle of the end of the cell and is limited on its outer

side by a white line which is abruptly angled inwards on to

the costa ; from the angle of this line there is a brown patch

which widens on to the outer margin below the apex, and

from its middle to the hinder margin there is a thin, some-

what sinuous, brown band; on the margin within the patch

is a white line and the cilia of both wings are brown: hind

wings ochreous grey, without markings. Underside much

paler than above, with a large brownish triangular patch

occupying the greater part of the basal half of the fore wing ;

tarsi with white spots.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Khasia Hills ; two examples.

Family Quadrifide.

Genus Masca, Walker.

Masca, Walker, xvi. 8 (1858).

Phagytra, Walker, xxxiy. 1508 (1865).

Masca abactalis.

Masca abactalis, Walker, xvi. 9.

Khasia Hills ; one pair.

The type from Singapore is in Mus. Oxon. ; it is not men-

tioned by Hampson in his ¢ Moths of India.’

In Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. i. p. 165 (1900) I put Phagytra

leucogastralis, Walker, xxxiv. 1508, type from Java in B.M.,

= Metria platypoda, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. pl. 120. f£. 44

(1873), type Amboina, in Coll. Rothschild, as a synonym to

the above ; but in this I think I was wrong: leucogastralis

Eastern and Australian Lepidoptera. 623

is a darker insect with the hind wings more heavily bordered.

My Khasia Hills examples are identical with Walker’s

Singapore type; I have abductalis also from Singapore, Obi

Island, and Waigiu Island, and /euwcogastralis from Gilolo,

Fergusson Island, and Amboina.

Family Focillide.

Egnasia rudmuna, nov.

3S. Palpi, antenne, head, thorax, and fore wing ochreous

brown: fore wings with ante- and postmedial outwardly

curved whitish lines, inwardly lined with brown, the former

with an outward brown spot on the costa, the latter with a

costal spot on each side; both lines rather acutely bent in-

wards below the costa ; the first lime with a white spot just

outside it in the cell ; the second line with a much larger

and distorted white spot inside it at the end of the cell; a

submarginal brightly sinuous white line, curved round a

large blackish subapical spot, and some black lunules on the

inner side of the line; some marginal black lunular points

outwardly marked with white; marginal line ochreous; cilia

ochreous, with a pale brown interline or band: hind wings

pale ochreous grey, brownish on the outer portions; indi-

cations of a waved pale submarginal thin band ; two black

white-pointed spots, one above the other, near the abdominal

margin above the anal angle; marginal line black, lunular ;

cilia as in the forewings. Underside ochreous grey: fore wings

with indications of the upperside markings: hind wings with

three transverse, highly sinuous, brown lines with some very

prominent black spots on them, including a lunular mark at

the end of the cell; antennz bipectinate, with stiff bristles

and cilia: fore wings narrow, not angulated, outer margin

oblique ; hind wings normal.

Expanse of wings 1,2, inch.

Kina Balu ; three examples.

Rhesala tenuilinea, nov.

$. Ofa uniform grey-brown: fore wings with five white

costal points on the apical third; both wings with five thin,

sinuous, and outwardly curved brown lines, subbasal, ante-

medial, medial, discal, and submarginal, at equal distances

apart, the third running through an 8-shaped orbicular mark,

the last composed of dots: hind wings with three similar

lines, corresponding to the last three of the fore wings ; both

wings with a brown marginal crenulated line; a similar line

in the cilia, which have ochreous spots at the tips. Underside

paler ; costa of fore wings and basal portions of both wings

with some whitish suffusion; lines as above, reniform and

orbicular white and prominent ; tarsi banded with white.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Padang, W. Sumatra; one example.

Near R. commoda, Walker, and R. nigriceps, Hmpsn.

Family Deltoidide.

Bocana subalbida, nov.

d. Antenne white, tinged with pink ; palpi pure white be-

neath ; palpi above, head, body, and wings pale pinkish brown,

almost a rosy tint : fore wings with a white dot near base of

cell, a large ear-shaped white mark at the end; antemedial,

postm edial , and discal, transverse, slightly sinuous brown lines,

terminating in white dots on the costa, the first crossing the

white dot, the second outwardly curved: hind wings with the

costal space broadly white; an indistinct cell-mark and

three transverse brown lines, medial, discal, and submarginal ;

marginal line of both wings brown; abdomen with a pure

white anal tuft. Underside: fore wings with the upper half

pale pinkish brown, the lower part white, unmarked ; hind

wings pure white on the basal portions, the outer pale pinkish-

brown lines as above, a prominent black cell- spot ; body aud

legs pure white.

Expanse of wings 1,7, inch.

Batjan ; one example. There is one from Amboina and

another from Fergusson Island in the B.M. unnamed,

Deltoid drawer 36.

Oxvenanus magniplaga, nov.

3. Antenne, palpi, head, body, and wings pale brown,

tinged with pinkish and ochreous : fore wings with sinuous,

ante- and postmedial transverse grey lines, the former inwardly

and the latter outwardly oblique, being rather close together

on the hinder margin of the wing; the former ends in a black

spot on the costa with a black dot below it inside the cell; a ver

large ear-shaped black patch at the end of the cell, extending

up to the costa, edged outwardly with whitish, with a sinuous

grey line running Aoean from it to the hinder margin ; a broad

pale space across ‘the disk of the wing, which is continued across

the middle of the hind wings, through which is a sinuous grey

line; the hind wings otherwise unmarked; marginal line of

Eastern and Australian Lepidoptera. 625

both wings ochreous, with black lunular points. Underside

much paler, with corresponding transverse lines and a black

spot at the end of each cell.

Expanse of wings 14 inch.

Khasia Hills ; one example.

One example from Sikkim in the B.M., Deltoid drawer 37,

with Mosopia megaspila, Walker, Hampson, Moths India, iii.

p- 50; but it is quite distinct from Walker’s Penang type.

Genus Lienicrpa, nov.

6. Antenne with minute cilia; palpi as long as the head

and thorax, second joint porrect, with long brush-like hair

above, a small brush standing out at the end below, third joint

nearly as long as the second, abruptly erect, short thick hair on

the underside, a thick brush of long hair on the upperside ;

thorax and abdomen smooth, the latter not extending beyond

the wings ; legs moderately hairy ; hind tibiz with two pairs

of spurs: hind wing with vei 5 from near lower end of cell :

fore wing long, rather narrow, apex acute, angled at the

middle of the outer margin ; costa rounded at the base: hind

wings with the apex somewhat produced, the outer margin

nearly straight, rounded at the anal angle.

Type, L. echana, nov.

Lignicida echana, nov.

3. Antenne and palpi red-brown; body and wings of a

uniform ochreous brown: fore wings with four rather large

black spots on the costa, at nearly equal distances apart, being

terminations of very indistinct, highly sinuous, transverse

brown lines, the third the most distinct and continued across

the middle of the hind wing; a faint indication of a pale

discal band across both wings between the last two lines,

marginal lunular black points ; cilia pale, containing a thick

blackish line. Underside paler and more ochreous, the last

two transverse lines prominent, and a brown dot at the end of

each cell; body and legs without markings.

Expanse of wings 12 inch.

Palawan (Waterstradt); one example.

There is an example from Bali in B.M. unnamed, Deltoid

drawer 14.

Family Hypenide.

Britha biguttata.

Britha biguttata, Walker, xxiv, 1147 (1865); Hmpsn. Moths India,

iii. p. 94 (1895).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. Al

626 Col. C. Swinhoe on

Herminia (2) incertalis, Walker, xxxiv. 1518.

Hypena colabalis, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. pl. cxx. f. 29 (1878).

Type, Moreton Bay, in B.M.

Type (incertalis), Java, in B.M.

Type (colabalis), Amboina, in coll. Rothschild. I have it

from Queensland, Pulo Laut, Sarawak, and Ceylon. Felder’s

name and reference have been heretofore overlooked.

Family Epiplemide.

Epiplema pecilaria, nov.

g. Palpi black, a white band at the base of third joint ;

frons white ; head and collar chocolate-pink, the latter with

a white line in it; thorax and a broad band on hinder

margin of fore wings pure white; the remamder of the fore

wings with the ground-colour white but thickly irrorated

with chocolate-pink, especially on the outer portions of the

wing ; a white spot in the cell, divided by a black mark,

another at the end; a pink indistinct band from the middle

of the costa, angled outwards, and is lost in the brownish

suffusion in the disk ; this is margined outwardly by a white

band, which is indistinctly traceable in an attenuated and

reeurved form to the hinder angle, where there are three

black spots in a line on its outer edge; outside this band on

the apical portion of the wing there is some dark brown

suffusion ; marginal line and cilia pale pink with some brown

spots: hind wings with the costal third pure white, its outer

edge irregular and very sinuous, the remainder of the wing

brown-pink; a short white band, lined with black, at the

middle of the abdominal margin; some blackish transverse

short lines, a white dot in the disk; abdomen pinkish grey.

Underside: fore wings suffused with dark brown, a white

band on the hinder margin; hind wings white, slightly

suffused with pinkish grey on the lower portions; body and

legs white.

Expanse of wings 141, inch.

Padang, W. Sumatra; one example.

Fore wings with the outer margin rounded ; hind wings

with two tails. Superficially hke a very large example of

E. desistaria, Walker.

Family Boarmiide.

Tristrophis veneris.

Urapterya veneris, Butler, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) i. p. 892 (1878).

Eastern and Australian Lepidoptera. 627

Tristrophis veneris, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvii. p. 200, pl. ix.

fig. 84 (1883) ; Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus, Oxon. ii. p. 230 (1900).

Jaintia Hills; one example.

The type from Yokohama is in the B.M. I have it also

from the same place and from Asama Yama. It is not

recorded by Hampson.

Pogonopygia nigralbata.

Pogonopygia nigralbata, Warren, Noy. Zool. i. p. 681 (1894) ; Hmpsn.

Moths India, iii. p. 619 (1895).

Jaintia Hills; one example.

I have it also from Japan. There is no specific difference

between the Japanese and Indian example, and Sir George

Hampson was therefore wrong in doubting the Tring locali-

ties. Warren quotes Japan, Central China (many examples),

and Khasia Hills (two examples) as his localities, but he

does not state the locality of the specimen on which he bases

his type.

Leptesthes circumflexaria.

Ennomos circumflexaria, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 485 (1842).

Lagyra megaspila, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 616.

Hyposidra (Leptesthes) megaspila, Hmpsn. Moths India, iii. p. 215

(1895).

Kollar’s type came from Massuri; Moore’s type from

Bengal is in the B.M. I have it from the Khasia Hills.

L. circumflexaria is not mentioned by Hampson.

Medasina pallidimargo, nov.

@. Frons and head white; body and wings grey, thickly

irrotated with dark brown: fore wings with an outwardly

eurved, antemedial, black band, bluntly angled below the

costa, and again below the cell, where it is bent inwards and

then straight to the hinder margin, one fourth from base,

and includes a black spot inside the cell; a straight black

band from the middle of the costa to a black spot at the end

of the cell; two short, black, costal bands between this and

the apex, at equal distances apart, the last being the termi-

nation of an irregular band which limits the white outer

marginal space, this limitation is bent inwards on vein 3 and

then is continued in a somewhat sinuous form to the hinder

margin near the hinder angle ; in some examples there is a

discal lunular black line from the penultimate costal band

which is continued across the hind wing a little beyond the

41*

628 On Eastern and Australian Lepidoptera.

middle, and on this wing there is a black spot at the end of

the cell, and a submarginal irregular and indistinct band,

limiting the white marginal space, which is more covered with

irrorations than it is on the fore wings ; ciliaof both wings

brown with white spots: the underside is paler and whiter,

markings mostly visible, the white marginal space much

clearer.

Expanse of wings 245 inches.

Kashmir; nine examples, all females.

Allied to nothing I know of.

Abraxas languidata.

Abraxas languidata, Walker, xxiv. 1122 (1862).

Calabraxas languidata, Cotes & Swinhoe, Cat. Moths India, ii. no, 8726

(1888) ; Hmpsn. Moths India, iii. p. 518 (1895).

Khasia Hills ; a fine series.

I have it also from Japan ; there is no specific difference.

Walker’s type is recorded from Nepal (Hearsay), but Hampson

states it is from Japan and omits it from the Indian record.

Hearsay never collected in Japan.

Family Sterrhide.

Emmiltis elyra, nov.

g. Of a uniform dull yellow colour; frons black with a

yellow band: wings with a black spot at the end of each

cell; a pale grey, straight, thin band from near apex of fore

wings to the abdominal margin of hind wings before the

middle ; a crenulated grey line from near apex of fore wing

to the hinder margin near the angle, then across the disk of

the hind wings; on the fore wings inside this line is a row of

black spots, some of which on the lower portion of the wing

are large and prominent ; on the hind wing there is a sub-

marginal similar line, rather close to the discal line, with

four rather large black spots inside it. Underside paler,

cell-spots on all the wings; on the fore wings the two

bands are visible and some brown suffusion at the base.

Expanse of wings 1,45 inch.

Kashmir ; one example.

The hind wings are angled at the middle.

Anthometra unipuncta, nov.

¢@. Of a uniform ochreous-white colour; top of head

black ; costal space of fore wings slightly irrorated with

ochreous grey, and a very slight tinge of that colour on all

On the various Forms of Arvicanthis pumilio. 629

the margins of both wings; a black spot at the end of each

cell; no other markings.

Expanse of wings ,§, inch.

Kashmir; one example.

Family Geometride.

Microloxia vestigiata, nov.

3. Palpi above orange-red, whitish beneath ; antenne

orange, shafts and base white ; frons orange-red, with a pale

band ; top of head and abdomen ochreous white ;_ thorax and

wings of a uniform pale grass-green ; costal line of fore

wings pale ochreous white; cilia white, no markings above or

below : body below white; legs tinged with ochreous.

Expanse of wings 1,4, inch.

Kashmir ; three examples.

LXIX.— Notes on the various Forms of Arvicanthis pumilio,

Sparrm. By R. C. WRouGHtTon.

Tue Natural History Museum possesses a very fine series of

specimens of this common South-African mouse, amounting

to over 130 individuals from more than thirty localities.

The majority of these and the best prepared have been

obtained by Mr. C. H. B. Grant in connexion with the

exploration of the mammal fauna of South Africa now being

carried on by Mr. C. D. Rudd, by whom they have been

presented to the Museum. Those from Deelfontein were

obtained by the same collector working for Col. Sloggett,

and other smaller series are due to Mr. F. C. Selous, Mr. J.

ffolliott Darling, Sir H. H. Johnston, Mr. R. B. Woosnam,

Dr. W. J. Ansorge, Mr. F. J. Jackson, and others.

A detailed examination of this collection has satisfied me

that the general pattern of the coloration in this species (or

group of species) is, without exception, absolutely constant

in all the forms, which are spread over Africa south of the

Equator.

The coloration, on the other hand, is almost as variable as

the pattern is constant. From one or two localities there are

series which are fairly evenly coloured, but in the majority

of cases there are almost as many variations of colour as

there are individuals in a series.

I have found, however, that the size of the bulle furnishes

630 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on the

a reliable character on which to base a differentiation of

forms, which agrees very fairly with their geographical

distribution, and have thus been able to distinguish four

groups with bulle whose antero-posterior lengths are

respectively 6°5, 6, 5:5, and 5 mm.

Group I. covers the country, roughly speaking, south of

25° 8. lat. and west of 25° E. long.

Group II. runs along the coast from the Cape to Zululand,

but a form of this group crops up in Angola. The area

directly north of Group I. is unrepresented in the collection

except by a single specimen from Matopo, but this specimen

falls also into Group II.

Group. III. occupies the whole of the country north of

25° 8. lat. and east of 25° E. long, except in two small

isolated patches.

Group IV., so far, is represented by specimens from two

isolated areas, viz. :—

1. Basutoland, and a small area adjoining, along the crest

of the Drakensberg.

2. The Mlangi Plateau, Nyasaland.

The specimens from both these localities are labelled

* 6000’ Alt.,” and possibly even this altitude is a compara-

tively lower level surrounded by still greater heights; it

certainly is so in the case of the Basutoland specimens. In

any case, however, this group is evidently a high-level form.

Each of these groups contains, as will be seen, more than

one form, and I have found it very difficult to decide as to

the systematic status which should be given to these forms.

I think that each of these four groups should probably rank

as a species ; but if pumilio is once broken up consistency

would require that other species besides these should be formed

(e. g. pumilio and vittatus, both taken at Cape Town, &c.).

I have come to the conclusion that, in view of the absolute

identity of pattern, the variability of coloration, and the

difficulty of deciding the inter-relationship of the different

forms, the simpler and safer way is to call them all subspecies

of the original species pumilio.

The following is a key to the various forms I have been

able to differentiate :—

A, Antero-posterior length of bullz 6°5 mm.

a. Hind foot 27 mm. or more......... wee. bechuane, Thos.

6. Hind foot less than 27 mm.

a, Length of tooth-row 5 mm. —

a’. Hind foot 25 mm. or more.......... cinereus, Thos.& Schw.

6. Hind foot at most 25 mm.:......... mertdionalis, subsp. n.

b', Length of tooth-row 466 mm. ...,.... grique, subsp. n.

various Forms of Arvicanthis pumilio, 631

B. Antero-posterior length of bullae 6 mm.

a. Length of tooth-row 4°8 mm.

a‘, Basilar length of skull 24 mm......... pumilio, Sparrm.

6‘. Basilar length of skull 21 mm. ........ (?) vittatus, Wagner.

6. Length of tooth-row less than 4°8 mm.

a’, Hind foot 23 mm.; basilar length of

skull 23 mm.; length of tooth-row

ERAHAEB Se tha Peak «sheets? a cede. 050 angole, subsp. n.

b', Hind foot 22 mm.; basilar length of

skull 21°5 mm.; length of tooth-row

PENTA (oie aol We te aco Slave 21> a's aile 4 2a intermedius, subsp. un.

ce’. Hind foot 21 mm.; basilar length of

skull 20 mm.; length of tooth-row

Ee PEBINIE Mo tsira) es or rey Ai ayata olay ale # o/s Seek oe (Matopo specimen.)

C. Antero-posterior length of bullae 5-5 mm.

a. Hind foot 22 mm.; basilar length of skull

24 mm.; length of tooth-row 45 mm. ., Chake, subsp. n.

6. Hind foot 20 mm.; basilar length of skull

23°5 mm.; length of tooth-row 45mm... diminutus, Thos.

e. Hind foot 20 mm.; basilar length of skull

22 mm.; length of tooth-row 4.4mm. ., dilectus, de Wint.

D. Antero-posterior length of bulle 5 mm.

a. Brighter coloured. Basutoland.......... Moshesh, subsp. un.

6. Sombre-coloured. Nyasa’ ........0050. nyas@, subsp. u.

Arvicanthis pumilio bechuane.

Isomys pumilio bechuane, Thomas, P. Z. S. 1892, p. 551.

57.1.28.10. ‘ Bechuanaland.” (Type.)

81.3.8.8. 2. Great Namaqualand.

The type specimen is a very old one, and the skull is not

available, but the enormous hind foot is alone sufficient to

differentiate this form from any other.

Arvicanthis pumilio cinereus.

Arvicanthis pumilio cinereus, Thos. & Schw. P. Z.S. 1903, vol. ii. p. 336.

4,2.3.68-74. Klipfontein, Namaqualand. Alt, 3104’.

Rudd Collection.

98.9.3.5-7. Garies, Namaqualand. (Noskulls.) Dr. R.

Broom.

In the original description the length of the hind foot is

given, from the collector’s label, as 28 mm., but this measure-

ment is not, I think, reliable ; measured on the specimen, the

majority of the series show a hind foot of 26 mm. or slightly

over. Judging from the other dimensions recorded by the

collector, the tail in this form is slightly donger than the head

and body.

The following are the normal dimensions of an adult

individual :—

Head and body 120 mm. ; tail 125; hind foot 26.

632 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on the

Skull: basilar length 24; length of tooth-row 5; ant.-

post. length of bulle 6:5.

The following are measurements taken on a few selected

specimens :—

Basilar

Hind length of Length of

foot. skull. tooth-row. Bulle.

AOS 60. Gs N.Old ® ewer ok 26 24:5 5 65

AO At Ase MOGs satecel> ae 26 24 5 65

ASS 10. ii) A RODE ie Geer 26 23 5 G5

OSAON DAD: His aeons cee 27 ty y P

Arvicanthis pumilio meridionalis, subsp. n.

95.9.3.11-12. Rondebosch, Cape Town. F. C. Selous.

3. 7.2.32, 84. Tokai Retreat, Cape Town. Alt. 600’.

Rudd Exploration.

2.9.1.63. Deelfontein. Col. Sloggett.

The normal dimensions of this form are :—

Head and body 125 mm.; tail 120; hind foot 25.

Skull: basilar length 24; length of tooth-row 5; bulla 6°5.

This form differs but little in dimensions from einereus

except that the hind foot is slightly but constantly shorter.

Whereas cinereus, however, is one of the few forms which

are constant in their coloration, in which there is no trace of

rufous or fulvous, meridionalis, on the other hand, has no

two individuals alike, though all are markedly tinged with

fulvous.

The following are dimensions taken from selected specimens

of meridionalis :—

Basilar

Hind length of Length of

foot. skull, tooth-row. Bulle.

95 OS eliaic. MOld wie uen 248 5 65

95.9.8.12. g. Adult.. 25 23-5 5 65

(Type) 3.7.2.84. 9. V.old.. 25 24 5 65

2.9,1.63. g. Adult .. 24 23 5 65

Arvicanthis pumilio grique, subsp. n.

4,10.1.61, 4.4.8. 15-21. Kuruman, Bechuanaland.

Alt. 4000’.

* These age classes throughout this paper are :— Young: basilar suture

not closed. Y. adult: all teeth unworn. Adult: posterior molar worn,

Old all teeth slightly worn. V. old: teeth worn flat,

various Forms of Arvicanthis pumilio. 633

4.1.6.4-7. Abraham’s Kraal, Modder River. Alt.

4500’.

297.1.13.1. Kimberley, O.R.C.

This form is exceptionally constant in its coloration, but

the modifying tinge is rufous rather than the ordinary fulvous.

The normal dimensions may be taken to be as follows :—

Head and body 115 mm. ; tail 110; hind foot 24.

Skull: basilar length 22; length of tooth-row 4°6;

bullee 6°5.

The following are actual measurements of some selected

specimens :—

Basilar

Hind length of Length of

foot. skull. tooth-row. Bulle.

(Type) 4.4.8.15. 3. Viold.. 24 22 46 65

4,4,8.20. 9. Y.adult, 23 20:5 46 65

Gein tig, Old...) 24 23 46 65

The Kimberley specimen has an abnormal length of skull,

but as by its other measurements and geographically it

belongs here, I have ranked it as grique.

Arvicanthis pumilio.

Mus pumilio, Sparrman, Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1784, p. 339.

Arvicola pumilio, Desmarest, Mamm. 1822, p. 285.

Mus pumilio major, Brants, Muiz, 1827, p. 103.

Mus lineatus, Cuy. Mamm. 1829, pl. clxi.

Mus Donovani, Donovan, Nat. Repos. 1834, vol. iil. pl. Lxxiii.

Mus septemvittatus, Schinz, Synops. Mamm., ii. 1845, p. 155.

Mus striatus, Sundeval, Gify. Vet.-Ak. For. Stockh. 1846, p. 88.

The Mus pumilio major of Brants is said to come from

the country interior to Cape Town and it is stated that

it does not occur in Cape Town itself, while the habitat of

Mus Donovant is given as “ the same part of Africa” as that

from which Sparrman’s Mus pumilio came. There is

nothing in either description by which any particular form

can be recognized, and both descriptions give a length of

head and body of 52 inches (say 145 mm.). No specimen in

the Museum collection reaches even 130 mm. Under these

circumstances there is nothing for it but to rank both names

as synonyms of “ pumilio.” As Sparrman erected pumilio

on a quite immature specimen, I am compelled to select as

the representative of typical pumilio the specimen which

nearest coincides with it in habitat. Sparrman states that

634 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on the

he obtained his specimens “in the Sitsicamma Forest hard

by Slangen River,’ and his map shows that the “ Sitsi-

camma” district extended along the shore of Algoa Bay as

far as Cape Padrone, just short of which “Slang River”

entered the sea. Inthe Museum collection are some specimens

received from the Grahamstown Museum and_ labelled

“ Uitenhage ” and “Fish River”; these, therefore, being

practically topotypes, may be accepted as typical pumuilio.

This being so, I recognize the following specimens in the

collection as being typical pumilo :—

97.11.5. 26-30. Uitenhage, C.C.

5.5.7.67-75. Knysna, C.C. Alt. 1400’.

3.6.2.14, 15. Port St. John, Pondoland.

4.12.8.81. Unmfolosi, Zululand. Alt. 230!. ;

3.7.2. 23, 25, 26, 28. Newlands, Cape Town. Alt. 700’.

3.7.2. 29-31. Tokai Retreat, Cape Town. Alt. 50-500".

The normal dimensions of A. pumilio may be taken to be

as follows :—

Head and body 120 mm.; tail 116; hind foot 24.

Skull: basilar length 24 ; length of tooth-row 4°8 ; bulle 6.

The series from Knysna are quite constant in colour

amongst themselves and show almost no tinge of either

fulvous or rufous ; they are probably a forest form, and it is

noticeable that they come from a markedly higher elevation

than the others. ‘The remainder show the usual individual

variation in the amount of fulvous colouring. he following

are measurements of some selected specimens :—

Basilar

Hind length of Length of

foot. skull. tooth-row. Bulle.

O7, Mii. 6.980 .4 Visoles se 24 ? 4:8 6

5.5.7.70. G. Yoadult..., 24 23 48 6

BTS Hae Veold ae: 24 24-3 4:8 6

S)Gh2c1b.W OLN Violdl: aoe. 24 24 48 6

A519) 8 SlciOM POld yey! set 24 24-3 4:8 6

51712. 998 4G a Adult hi. 24 24 48 6

BET ose lee ait MOldie, eer 24 23:5 48 6

Unfortunately the Grahamstown Museum skulls are much

broken and in no case is the “ basilar length of skull ” avail-

able ; but the one whose dimensions are given above has a

‘“‘oreatest length” of 30 mm., which is about the same as

that of all the others in the table.

various Forms of Arvicanthis pumilio. 635

The following specimens—

Basilar

Hind length of Length of

foot. skull. tooth-row. Bulle.

Site Ween, Meadult; a... 5.0',5. 24 20°5 4:8 6

Onlg oe SA adult: cere sees 24 20°5 4:8 6

Oe eran NOUNS srr. sclera: «ea 24 19 4:8 6

Diieovods AGUIE',, Jc pe cing sae 24 21°6 48 6

—among those taken at Cape Town seem to point to a distinct

form having a far shorter head than pumilio. Unfortunately

all the specimens are comparatively young. I have given

the antero-posterior length of bulla in these specimens as 6,

but it is, 1 believe, slightly less, though greater than 5:5 ;

this measurement is a difficult one to take uniformly, and I

have not dared to record differences of less than 4 mm.

Should the receipt of more specimens, especially old ones,

show later that this is a good form, the name of vittatus,

Wagner (Arch. Naturg. vill. 1842, p. 11), is, perhaps, avail-

able for it, the name having been based on specimens from

the Cape ‘* Promontory ”’; till then I fear vdttatus must rank

as a synonym of pumilio.

Arvicanthis pumilio intermedius, subsp. n.

ZeOa ll. 62565, oe

3.1.4. 52-55. Deelfontein.

SG eco pars) on

This is a form which combines some characters from each

of its neighbours, grigue on the north and pumilio on the

east. From the former it differs by its smaller hind foot and

bulle and from the latter by its smaller hind foot and tooth-

row. It is most variable in its coloration, no two specimens

being exactly alike, and, judging from collector’s measure-

ments, the tail is slightly longer than the head and body.

The normal dimensions may be taken as :—

Head and body 105 mm.; tail 108; hind foot 22.

Skull: basilar length 21:5; length of tooth-row 4:6;

bullee 6.

The measured dimensions of some selected specimens are

as follows :—

Basilar

Hind length of Length of

foot. skull. tooth-row. Bulle.

2.9.1.69. 9. Old.... 22 ? 4-6 6

2.9.1.70. 9. Y.adult. 22 20° 4-6 6

2.9.1.71. 9. Adult.. 22 21 4-6 6

(Type) 3.1.4.53. 3. V.old.. 22 215 46 6

i7.reb, 2. Olde ae 22 215 4-6 6

636 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on the

Arvicanthis pumilio angola, subsp. n.

5.5.9.41-46. Caconda, Angola. Alt. 4700'.

This form, though belonging to the group with medium

bullz, is completely separated from the other members of the

group noticed above. It is rather smaller all round than

pumilio and has a fairly constant though dull coloration,

resembling that of dilectus. The tail is apparently markedly

shorter than the head and body, much more so than in any

other form.

The normal dimensions may be put as :—

Head and body 118 mm.; tail 95; hind foot 23.

Skull: basilar length 23 ; tooth-row 4°7; bull 6.

The skulls are unfortunately much broken and the actual

basilar length cannot be measured in any one of them; but

the greatest length and zygomatic breadth are about 28 and

13°5 mm. against 30 and 14 in pumilio. I have therefore

taken 23 mm. as the probable “basilar length of skull.”

The following measurements are from selected specimens :—

Basilar

Hind length of Length of

foot. skull. tooth-row. Bulle.

5.5.9.48. 2. Adult .. 23 2 4-7 6

(Type) 5.5.9. 45 Old a 28 ? 4-7 6

There is a single specimen from Matopo with dimensions

as follows :—

Basilar

Hind length of Length of

foot. skull. tooth-row. Bulle.

AO ASSiis Dey pAGult ie sks s 21 19°5 45 6

and the label gives—head and body 89 mm. ; tail 96.

I do not venture to give a specific name to this form

represented by only a single specimen (and that a compara-

tively young individual), but have thought the existence of

this specimen worthy of record as seeming to indicate that

the country west of dilectus and north of Group II. will be

found, when examples from it are available, to be peopled

by a form with medium-sized bulla, linking up this specimen

with angole.

Arvicanthis pumilio Chaka, subsp. n.

5.1.68-74. Sibudeni, Zululand. Alt. 3500’.

12:

4.12.5.27-29. Estcourt, Natal. Alt. 4500’.

various Forms of Arvicanthis pumilio. 637

4,6.6.14,15. Notinsila, Pondoland.

4.9.1.62, 65-67. Wakkerstroom, Transvaal. Alt. 6000’.

4.9.1.61. Zuurbron, Transvaal. Alt. 4600’.

This form has slightly larger teeth than the other forms

with small bulle. It appears to range between the

Drakensberg and the coast at somewhat high elevations,

meeting the form of Basutoland and the Eastern Transvaal

at Wakkerstroom. The Pondoland and Natal specimens are

dull-coloured as compared with the more northern individuals,

but there is much variation in colour.

The normal dimensions may be taken as :—

Head and body 115 mm.; tail 105; hind foot 22.

Skull: basilar length 23 ; tooth-row 4°6 ; bulle 5:5.

The following are some measurements of selected speci-

mens :—

Basilar

Hind lengthof Length of

foot. skull. tooth-row. Bulle.

4.5.1.65. 2. Y.adult.. 22 22 46 55

AES C. uivald, 340422 24 46 55

(Type) 4.5.1.72. d. Old...... 22 23 46 55

4.66.14. g.. V.old. .. 22 235 46 55

4,9.1.62. g. V.old .. 22 24 46 55

4.12,5.27. g. Adult.. 22 22°5 4-6 55

I have named this form after Chaka, the famous Zulu

chief.

Arvicanthis pumilio dilectus,

Arvicanthis pumilio dilectus, de Wint. P. Z. S. 1896, p. 803.

95.11.3.25-27. Mazoe, Mashonaland. Alt. 4000’.

1115, 1117, 1118, 1122, 1123, 1135, 1140, 1150. Zout-

pansberg, Transvaal. Alt. 4400’. Rudd Exploration.

98.4.4.22. Krugersdorp, Transvaal. Alt. 4900’.

The normal dimensions of this form may be taken as :—

Head and body 105 mm.; tail 95; hind foot 20.

Skull: basilar length 22; tooth-row 4°4; bulle 55.

Mr. de Winton based his subsp. dzlectus on the specimens

from Mazoe and spoke of them as dull-coloured ; the specimens

from the N.W. Transvaal are brighter and curiously resemble

A, p. grique in coloration, though they are darker than that

form.

The following are some measurements from selected

specimens :—

638 Mr. Rh. C. Wroughton on the

Basilar

Hind length of Length of

foot. skull, tooth-row. Bulle.

(Type) 95.11.8.25. g. Old... 20 22 44 55

95.11.3.26. 3. V.old. 20 22:3 44 Bb

95.11. 3.27. g. Y.adult. 20 21 4-4 55

IIT! SV Told oy 20 225 4-4 Bb

1135;.3, Adult. 40, 20 21:5 4-4 55

T110 Or Old ae eeee 20 21:5 4-4 55

98, 4.4.22. g. V.old. 20 225 44 55

Arvicanthis pumilio diminutus.

Isomys pumilio diminutus, Thos. P. Z. S. 1892, p. 551.

93. 2.3.39, 40. Mianzini, Masailand.

99. 8.4.85-88. Ravine Station, B.E.A.

The normal dimensions are :—

Head and body 94 mm. ; tail 62; hind foot 20.

Skull: basilar length 23°5; tooth-row 4°5; bulle 5:5.

The coloration, as shown by the half-dozen specimens, is

very constant, showing a bright golden tinge throughout the

dorsal ground-colour and bright, almost white, interspaces

between the dorsal stripes.

Though not markedly larger than délectus in any one

dimension, it is distinctly though slightly larger all round.

The following are some actual measurements :—

Basilar

Hind length of Length of

foot. skull. tooth-row. Bulle.

93. 2.3. 39. ? Oldia yaar ete stoke 20 23 4:5 55

QO NB A.150: Gye Older tettoletels 20 23°5 45 od

99,8. 4,865.9. 7Y.adulf ~... 20 20 45 55

Arvicanthis pumilio Moshesh, sp. n.

4.12.5.48-51. Maseru, Basutoland. Alt. 5000’.

4.9.1.59, 60. Zuurbron, Transvaal. Alt. 4600’.

4.9.1 ib G3) 68. Wakkerstroom, Transvaal. Alt. 6000’.

98.3.23.7. Potchefstruom, Transvaal.

97. 820.1. " Krugersdorp, Transvaal. Alt. 4900’.

4.5.1.69, 74. Sibudeni, Zululand. Alt. 3500’.

This is a form with very small bullz, which seems to have

its habitat in the country along the crest of the Drakensberg.

At Krugersdorp it appears to meet dilectus, the form of the

N.W. Transvaal &c., and at Wakkerstroom and Sibudeni

the below Berg form (Chaka). Whether it is or is not

found immediately northwards, however, there is unfortu-

nately no evidence to show; a very similar form has been

various Forms of Arvicanthis pumilio. 639

found on the high plateau south of Lake Nyasa (see below).

It is fairly constant in coloration, showing but a slight fulvous

tinge over the ground-colour of the back; the dorsal stripes

are black and the interspaces differ in no way from the

general dorsal coloration.

The normal measurements may be taken as :—

Head and body 110 mm.; tail 90; hind foot 21.

Skull: basilar length 22; tooth-row 4°5 ; bull 5.

The following are some actual measurements :-—

Basilar

Hind length of Length of

foot. skull. tooth-row. Bulle.

4.9.1.59. 9. Y.adult; 21 20°5 4:5 5

Ayr bat. TAD te Vesold ss” Ot 22 4:5 5)

(Type) 4.12.5.48. g. Adult.. 21 21°5 4:5 5

A000. , 9 4 Oldies ol 21:5 4:5 5

OBia.zaule Go. sVsold, . 21 21:5 45 5

97.8. 5.7 Gre NGroldin | ek 22°5 4:5 5

I have named this species after Moshesh, the founder of

the present ruling dynasty of Basutoland.

Arvicanthis pumilio nyase, subsp. n.

92.8.1.41-44. Mlanje Plateau, Nyasa. Alt.6000’. Sir

H. H. Johnston.

So far as the measurements go, on which I have chiefly

relied, I can find no difference between this form and Moshesh.

However, I regard the 600 or 700 miles which separate

their habitats as a strong argument for separating the forms.

nyasce is more sombre-coloured, ¢. e. less fulvous tinged, has

a stouter broader skull, and a slight difference in the shape of

the posterior molar, which is pentagonal or subcircular in

horizontal section, while in Moshesh this tooth is laterally

compressed in an oblique direction across the jaw, sloping

backwards and slightly outwards. The skulls available are

much broken, but I quote the following measurements :—

Basilar

Hind length of Length of

foot. skull. tooth-row. Bulle.

ie Older, ee 21 ? 4:5 P

PS tOld isa a8: 21 22 4°5 5

640 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

LXX.—On the Habitat of Rana Blanfordu.

By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

In the ‘Catalogue of Tailless Batrachians in the British

Museum,’ published in 1882, I described and figured a new

frog under the name of Rana Blanfordii, from two specimens

presented by the late Dr. Blanford in 1880 along with a

collection of reptiles and batrachians, partly from Darjeeling,

partly from Muscat, partly from other localities. The

specimens were in a bottle with a Bufo Andersonw, Blgr.,

a toad which has since been rediscovered at Muscat; and

Dr. Blanford himself informed me that all three specimens

probably came from Muscat, although he was not abso-

lutely certain of the locality. A query was therefore

inserted after the indication of the habitat, which follows

the description. I am now convinced that the two frogs

came from Darjeeling, having received a third specimen of

the same species from Capt. F. Wall, C.M.Z.S., who

obtained it in the Himalayas, at Mussoorie, at an altitude

of 7000 to 8000 feet. As I pointed out a short time ago in

these ‘Annals’ (xv. 1905, p. 378), 2. Blanfordii is closely

allied to R. Pleskec, Gthr., from Tibet, but it has longer hind

limbs and the toes are dilated into small disks at the extre-

mity. R. vicina, Stol. (1872), of which a description and

figure have been given by Mr. W. L. Sclater in 1892 (P. Z.8.

p. 842, pl. xxiv. fig. 1), is still more closely related to

R. Blanfordit, and I should have felt inclined to unite the

two except for the statement that the toes of A. vicina are

‘‘ webbed to the extreme tips.”

LX XI.—On a small Collection of Fishes from the Kasai River

(Congo). By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

Tn concluding my Address to the Zoological Section of the

British Association at Cape Town in August last, I men-

tioned the fishes of the southern tributaries of the Congo

River as among the most important desiderata in our know-

ledge of the freshwater fish-fauna of Africa. I was therefore

delighted to hear, on my return home, that Dr. J. L. Todd

and the regretted Dr. J. E. Dutton had collected some fishes

for the Congo State Museum, among which was a series

from Lusambo, on the Kasai River. These specimens are

Fishes from the Kasai River (Congo). 641

now in my hands for study, and I here offer a list of the

species represented in the Kasai collection :—

1. Polypterus ornatipinnis, Blgr.

This species was described in 1902 from a single specimen

from Monsembe, presented to the British Museum by the

Rev. J. H. Weeks. The specimen from Lusambo is a little

larger than the type, measuring 46 centimetres. 10 dorsal

spines; 63 scales along the body, 24 between the occiput and

the first dorsal spine, 42 round the middle of the body.

2. Mormyrops attenuatus, Bler.

ro)

A single specimen, measuring 185 mm. D. 41; A. 64.

Lat. 1. 90. Depth of body 8 times in total length, length of

head 54 times.

3. Gnathonemus elephas, Bler.

4. Hydrocyon lineatus, Bikr.

5. Alestes Liebrechtsii, Bler.

6. Alestes Fuchsii, Blgr.

7. Distichodus Antoni, Schilth.

8. Distichodus fusciolatus, Bler.

9. Distichodus sexfasciatus, Ble.

10. Clarias lazera, C. & V.

11. Chrysichthys Duttont, sp. n.

Depth of body 44 times in total length, length of head 3?

times. Head once and a half as long as broad, with granular

rugosities above; eye one fourth length of head, nearly

equalling interorbital width; snout broadly rounded, ex-

tending a little beyond lower jaw; vomero-pterygoid teeth

forming a long but very narrow band ; nasal barbel 3 diameter

of eye; maxillary barbel a little longer than head, extending

nearly to extremity of pectoral spine. Dorsal I 6; spine

strong, serrated behind; first soft ray as long as head ;

adipose fin as long as deep, its base a little more than its

distance from the rayed dorsal. Anal IV 7. Pectoral spine

3 length of head, very strongly serrated behind. Caudal fin

deeply notched, with rounded lobes. Caudal peduncle nearly

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 42

642 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

once and a half as long as deep. Brown above, white

beneath.

Total length 130 mm. A single specimen.

Most nearly related to C. punctatus, Blgr., but maxillary

barbels and soft rays of dorsal fin much longer.

12. Auchenoglanis occidentalis, C. & V.

13. Synodontis angelicus, Schilth.

14. Synodontis Greshoffi, Schilth.

15. Paratilapia Toddi, sp. n.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 22 times in total

length. Eye 2 length of snout, 4 times in length of head,

exceeding a little interorbital width ; maxillary extending to

below anterior border of eye; teeth small, in 3 or 4 rows; 6

series of scales on the cheek. Gill-rakers short, the larger

T-shaped, 13 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI 10;

spines subequal in length, 4 length of head; longest soft rays

not quite half length of head. Anal III 7. Pectoral ob-

scurely pointed, 2 length of head. Ventral reaching origin

of anal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle a little deeper

than long. Scales ctenoid, 30 ae lateral lines o. Dark

olive-brown above, whitish beneath; soft dorsal and caudal

fins barred with blackish; a few large ocellar dark spots on

the anal fin.

Total length 150 mm. A single specimen.

Most nearly related to P. macrocephala, Blgr., but scales

larger, especially on the back.

16. Pelmatochromis lateralis, Bler.

LXXII.—On a Collection of Fishes from Lake Bangwelo.

By G. A. BoULENGER, F.R.S.

Ir is a very great satisfaction to me to be able to fill up a

second desideratum in our knowledge of the ichthyology of

the Congo basin by offering a list of fishes from Lake

Bangwelo. No sooner had I reported on the Kasai fishes

enumerated in the preceding paper than I received from

Mr. Frank H. Melland a series of fishes collected by him,

with the cooperation of the Rev. Father Foulon, in Lake

Fishes from Lake Banguwelo. 643

Bangwelo, the fish-fauna of which was totally unknown.

The native names have been supplied by Father Foulon.

The specimens have been presented to the British Museum

by Mr. Melland.

1. Gnathonemus macrolepidotus, Peters.

Native name: JZutesa.

2. Gnathonemus Monteir’, Gthr.

Native name: Lukesu.

3. LHydrocyon lineatus, Blkr.

Native name: Mehene or Manda. Specimens have been

caught averaging up to 51 lbs. 11 oz., but the fish is said to

run a great deal beyond this weight.

4, Alestes macrophthalmus, Gthr.

Native name: Lumanse.

5. Alestes imberi, Peters.

Native name: Lusaku.

6. Alestes grandisquamis, Bler.

Native name: Mutula.

7. Distichodus maculatus, Blgr.

Native name: Chikamalunski.

8. Labeo altivelis, Peters.

Native name: Pumbu.

9. Barbus banqwelensis, sp. n.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 4 times in total

length. Snout rounded, slightly projecting beyond the lower

jaw, equal to diameter of eye and to interorbital width, 32

times in length of head; barbels two pairs, very small,

barely 4 diameter of eye. Dorsal III 7, equally distant

between end of snout and root of caudal, originating above

first ray of ventral ; last simple ray flexible, not enlarged, a

little shorter than head. Anal III 5, longest ray not quite 3

length of head. Pectoral 3 length of head. Caudal peduncle

twice as long as deep. Scales 28 a, 2 between lateral line

42*

644 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

and root of ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. Silvery,

brownish on the ae posterior border of scales blackish; a

black streak along the side of head, passing through the eye ;

fins greyish.

Total length 90 mm.

A single specimen. Native name: Busonga.

Allied to B. congicus, Blgr. Distinguished by the shorter

barbels and the more numerous scales in the lateral line.

10. Clarias Mellandi, sp. n.

Depth of body 54 times in total length, length of head 34

times. Head once ‘and 2 as long as broad, feebly granulate

above ; occipital process ang ular ; frontal fontanelle 1 Jength

of head; occipital fontanelle very small ; diameter of eye 3s

times in length of snout, 54 times in interorbital ici

Vomerine teeth granular, forming a large semielliptic patch,

squarely tr uncate behind, its longitudinal diameter 3 times

that of the band of premaxillary teeth. Nasal barbel 2

length of head, maxillary barbel 2 length of head. Gill-

rakers long, about 35 on first arch. Dorsal 65, its distance

from the oeehna process + length of head, its distance from

the caudal fin 4+ length of head. Anal 55, very narrowly

separated from ane caudal. Pectoral spine "serrated on the

outer border, # the length of the fin. Ventrals slightly

nearer end ot snout than caudal. Olive-brown above,

marbled with darker, whitish beneath ; a dark streak on each

side of the throat.

Total length 345 mm.

A single specimen. Native name: Muta or Mulenga.

Said to reach a weight of over 6 Ibs.

A very distinct species, unique in the form of the patch of

vomerine teeth.

11. Clarias Fouloni, sp. n.

Depth of body 6} times in total length, length of head 5

times. Head once ama 4 as long as “broad, smooth above ;

occipital process angular ; frontal foufanelie 4 length a

head, twice as long as the occipital fontanelle ;- diameter of

eye 3 times in length of snout, 5 times in interorbital ae

Vomerine teeth conical, forming a crescentic band, which,

the middle, is a little broader than the band of premasillary

teeth. Nasal barbel 3 length of head, maxillary barbel +

Jength of head. Gill- ieee about 20 on first arch. Dorsal

83, its distance from the occipital process 4 length of head ;

sin 68; both dorsal and anal embracing the root of She

Fishes from Lake Bangwelo. 645

eaudal. Pectoral spine not serrated on the outer border, 2

the length of the fin. Ventrals twice as distant from the

extremity of the caudal as from the end of the snout.

Blackish brown, belly paler brown.

Total length 200 mm.

A single specimen. Native name: Mulenfi.

Closely allied to C. Theodore, M. Weber, and C. ampleai-

cauda, Bley. Distinguished from both by the longer head.

12. Schilbe mystus, L.

Native name: Lupata.

13. Chrysichthys mabust, sp. n.

Depth of body 43 times in total length, length of head 3}

times. Head once and a half as lone as broad, with fechle

granular rugosities above ; diameter of eye 6 times in length

of head, twice and 3 in interorbital width; snout broadly

rounded, extending a little beyond lower jaw; vomero-

pterygoid teeth forming a long but narrow band, narrowly

interrupted in the middle; nasal barbel nearly as long as eye ;

maxillary barbel half length of head, not reaching base of

pectoral spine. Dorsal 163 spine strong, serrated behind ;

second soft ray longest, a little shorter than head ; adipose

fin a little longer than deep, its base ? its distance from the

rayed dorsal. Anal IV 7. Pectoral spine half length of

head, very strongly serrated behind. Caudal fin deeply

notched, with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle once and 2

long as deep. Olive-brown above, white beneath.

Total length 250 mm.

A single specimen. Native name: Alubuszt.

‘his species is characterized by its short maxillary barbels,

combined with long dorsal rays and pointed caudal lobes.

14. Auchenoglanis occidentalis, C. & V.

Native name: Bowa.

15. Synodontis nigromaculatus, sp. n.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 4 times in total

length. Head a little longer than broad; snout rounded ;

diameter of eye 6 times in length of head, 25 times in length

of snout and in interorbital width ; maxillary barbel without

distinct fringe, reaching middle of pectoral spine; mandibular

barbels with long branches. About 30 slender mandibular

teeth. Humeral process sharply pointed, without keel.

646 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

Dorsal I 7; spine as long as head, smooth in front, serrated

behind. Adipose fin 4 times as long as deep, twice and $ as

long as its distance from the rayed dorsal. Anal IV 7.

Pectoral spine as long as head, strongly serrated on both

sides. Caudal deeply forked. Skin without villosities.

Greyish above, white beneath, covered all over with round

black spots, some of which, on the posterior part of the body,

are confluent.

Total length 210 mm.

A single specimen. Native name: Chirima.

Closely allied to S. zambesensis, Peters. Distinguished by

the strong serrature on the anterior border of the pectoral

spine.

16. Anabas multispinis, Peters.

Native name: Lukomo.

17. Paratilapia robusta, Gthr.

Native names: Nsuku, Polwe, Mubantasa.

18. Paratilapia Mellandi, sp. n.

Depth of body 2} times in total length, length of head 3

times. Hye 2 length of snout, 4 times in length of head,

equal to interorbital width; maxillary not extending to below

anterior border of eye; teeth small, in 3 or 4 rows; 4 series

of scales on the cheek. Gill-rakers short, 13 on lower part

of anterior arch. Dorsal XV 13, spines equal in length from

the 7th, which measures 2 length of head ; longest soft ray 2

length of head. Anal JIT 10. Pectoral acutely pointed,

slightly shorter than head. Ventral reaching origin of anal.

Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales

eycloid, 37 2; lateral lines =. Brownish; dorsal fin edged

with yellowish ; soft dorsal and candal with numerous round

blackish spots; anal with round white spots; ventral

blackish.

Total length 150 mm.

A single specimen. Native name: Jd/dilia.

Closely related to P. moeruensis, Blgr., but soft dorsal rays

more numerous and pectoral fin longer.

19, Pelmatochromis lateralis, Blgr.

Native name: Nsangula.

20. Tilapia natalensis, M. Weber.

Native names: MMutuba (young) and Kamba (full-grown).

Fishes from Lake Bangwclo. 647

21. Tilapia melanopleura, A. Dum. (lata, Gthr.,

Rendalli, Blgr.).

Native name: Lupondo.

22. Tilapia Sparrmant, A. Smith.

Native name: Chikundu.

23. Tilapia Foulont, sp. n.

Depth of body 21 times in total length, length of head 34

times. Hye 2 length of snout, 4 times in length of head, 2

interorbital width ; mouth small, maxillary not “extending to

below anterior border of eye ; teeth small, in 4 rows; ‘two

series of scales on the cheek. Glill-rakers short, 10 on lower

part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV ob spines increasing in

length to the last, which measures 2 length of head; longest

soft ray # length. of head. Anal Til 10. Pectoral acutely

pointed, as long as head. Ventral reaching origin of anal.

Caudal rounded, subtruncate. Caudal , peduncle a little

deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 29 2; lateral lines 3.

Brownish ; a black opercular spot; soft dorsal with rather

indistinct round blackish spots.

Total length 140 mm.

A single specimen. Native name: Mituku.

Distinguished from 7. Sparrmant by the smaller mouth

and the longer pectoral fin.

24. Mastacembelus signatus, sp. n.

Depth of body 104 times in total length, length of head 7

times. Vent equally distant from end of snout and base of

caudal. Length of head 22 times in its distance from vent,

4 times its distance from first dorsal spine ; snout 3 times as

long as eye, ending in a trifid appendage which is twice as

long as eye; mouth extending to below nostril ; a strong

preeorbital spine; three strong preopercular spines. Vertical

fins united with the rounded caudal. Dorsal XXIX 85.

Anal III 85. Pectoral about 4 length of head. About 20

scales between origin of soft dorsal and lateral line. Brownish

above, yellow beneath ; a series of 14 large X-shaped

blackish markings on each side of the body.

Total length 275 mm.

A sing!c specimen.

Closely allied to AL. congicus, Blgr.

648 Mr. K. Andersen on the Species and

LXXIIT.—A List of the Species and Subspecies of the Genus

Rhinolophus, with some Notes on their Geographical

Distribution. By KNuD ANDERSEN. .

THE present paper gives a brief summary of the systematic,

phylogenetic, and zoogeographical conclusions at which I

have arrived by a study of the bats of the genus Rhinolophus

preserved in the British Museum and the United States

National Museum. For the details that have served as a

basis for the conclusions I must refer to my former papers on

this subject *.

A Systematic List of the Species and Subspecies.

A. The Rhinolophus simplex Group.

Rh. simplex, K. And.—Lombok fF.

. Rh. megaphylius, J. EH. Gray.—Eastern Australia; Louisiade Archi-

pelago.

2 a. Ph. ~megaphyllus f. typica.—Eastern Australia (Queensland,

N. 8. Wales).

2b, Rh. megaphyllus monachus, K. And.—Louisiade Archipelago

(St. Aignan’s Isl.).

? Rh. keyensis, Ptrs.—“ Key Islands.

. Rh. truncatus, Ptvs—Batchian.

Rh. nanus, K. And.—Goram Island.

. Rh. celebensis, K, And.—Celebes (Makassar, Menado).

”

Or co

* Andersen and Matschie, “ Ueber einige geographische Formen der

Untergattung Furyalus,” SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1904,

no. 5, pp. 71-83.

Andersen, ‘‘ Five new Rhinolophi from Africa,” Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. (7) xiv., Nov. 1904, pp. 3878-888.

Td., “ On von Heuglin’s, Riippell’s, and Sundevall’s Types of African

Rhinolophi,” t. c., Dec. 1904, pp. 451-458.

Id., “‘ Further Descriptions of new Rhinolophi from Africa,” op. ett.

(7) xv., Jan. 1905, pp. 70-76.

Id., “On the Bats of the Rhinolophus philippinensis Group, with

Descriptions of Five new Species,” op. cit. (7) xvi., Aug. 1905,

p. 243-257.

Id., “ On the Bats of the RAinolophus arcuatus Group, with Descrip-

tions of Five new Forms,” ¢. ¢., Sept. 1905, pp. 281-288.

Id., “ On the Bats of the Rhinolophus macrotis Group, with Descrip-

tions of Two new Forms,” ¢. ¢., Sept. 1905, pp. 289-292.

Id., “On some Bats of the Genus Rhinolophus, with Remarks on

their Mutual Affinities, and Descriptions of Twenty-six new

Forms,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1905, ii. (Oct.) pp. 75-145, pls. iii, iv.

+ When not otherwise stated, the record of the geographical distri-

bution of the species and subspecies is based exclusively on examples

examined by myself (a few localities quoted from literature are printed

between inverted commas).

Subspecies of the Genus Rhinolophus. 649

. Rh, borneensis, Ptrs—N. Borneo; S. Natunas; Karimata Archi-

pelago.

6a. Rh. borneensis £. typiea.—N. Borneo; Labuan; Banguey.

6b. Rh. borneensis spadix*, Miller—S. Natunas (Sirhassen) ; Kari-

mata Archipelago (Karimata, Pulo Sarutu).

. Lh. virgo, K. And.-—Luzon.

Rh, malayanus, Bonhote.—Malay Peninsula (Jalor); ? Siam (Laos

Mts.).

Rh. nereis, K. And.—Anambas Archipelago (Pulo Siantan).

Rh. simulator, K. And.—Mashonaland (Mazoe).

. Rh, Denti, Thos.—Bechuanaland (Kuruman) ; Wakkerstroom (Zuur-

bron).

. Rh. stheno, K. And.—Malay Peninsula (Selangor, Penang).

. Rh, Rouxi, Temm.—From 8. China, through the Himalayas, to the

Indian Peuinsula and Ceylon.

13a. Rh. Rouxi sinicus, K. And.—Lower Yangtse Valley.

136. Rh. Rouxi f. typica.—Himalayas (Darjeeling, Nepal, Masuri) ;

S. India (Nilghiri, Kanara); Ceylon.

. Eh. capensis, Lchtst.—S. Cape Colony,

. Rh. Thomasi, K&. And.—Burmah (Karin Hills).

. Rh. affinis, Horsf.—From the N.W, Himalayas to 8. China; through

Indo-China, the Malay Peninsula, and N. Natunas, to Sumatra,

Java, and Lombok.

16a. Rh. affinis himalayanus, K. And.—Himalayas (Masuri, Nepal,

Darjeeling) ; S. China (Nanking).

16. Rh. affinis tener, K. And.—Pegu.

16c. Rh. affinis macrurus, K. And.—Burmah (Karin Hills).

16d. Rh. affinis superans, K, And.—Lower Siam ; Malay Peninsula ;

Sumatra.

16e. Lh. affinis nesites, K. And.—N. Natunas (Bunguran Isl.).

16 f. Eh. affinis f. typica.—Java.

16g. Eh. affinis princeps, K. And.—Lombok.

. Rh, andamanensis +, Dobson.—S. Andamans.

. Rh. clivosus, Cretzschm.—* Arabia (Mohila)”; Berbera.

. Rh. Darlingi, &%. And.—Mashonaland (Mazoe); Angola.

. Rh. acrotis, Heugl—From Erythrea to Lower Egypt.

20a, Rh. acrotis f. typiea.—Erythrea.

20 6. Rh. acrotis Andersoni t, Thos.—Eastern Egyptian Desert.

20¢. Rh. acrotis brachygnathus, K. And.—Lower Egypt.

21. Rh, ferrum-equinum, Schreb.—F rom 8. China and Japan, through

the Himalayas, the Mediterranean Subregion (exclusive of

Egypt) and Central Europe, to 8. England.

21a. Kh. ferrum-equnum nippon, Temm.—S, China (Shanghai) ;

Pt. Hamilton ; Japan.

21b. Rh. ferrum-equinum tragatus, Hodgs.—Darjeeling ; Nepal.

2le. Rh. ferrum-equinum regulus, K. And.—Almora; Masuri.

21d. Rh. ferrum-equnum proximus, K, And.—Gilgit.

2le. Rh. ferrum-equinum f. typica—From Transcaspia and the

Euphrates Valley, through Southern and Central Europe,

exclusive of the Spanish Peninsula.

21 f. Rh. ferrum-equinum obscurus, Cabrera.—Spanish Peninsula

(with Balearics) ; Algeria,

* Doubtfully distinct from the typical form of Rh. borneensis.

+ Perhaps a local form of RA. affinis.

{ Doubtfully distinct from the typical 2h. acrotis.

650 Mr. K. Andersen on the Species and

22. Rh. augur, K. And.—Orange River tract ; Natal ; Lower Zambesi.

22a. Rh. augur f. typica—Orange River tract (Transvaal, Orange

River Colony, Bechuanaland, Namaqualand). i

22 b. Rh. augur zuluensis, K. And.—Zululand ; Natal; Pondoland ;

K. Williamstown.

92 ¢.- Rh. ae zambesiensis, K. And.—Lower Zambesi tract (Mazoe,

\yasa).

23, Rh. Deckent, Ptrs.—Ukambani tract; Zanzibar coast.

B. The Rhinolophus lepidus Group.

24. Rh. lepidus, Blyth —S. India (Wynaad) ; Ganges Valley.

25. Rh. monticola, K. And.—Masuri.

26, Rh. refulyens, K. And.—Malay Peninsula (Perak, Selangor),

27, Rh. acuminatus, Ptrs.—Jaya; Lombok.

27 a. Rh. acuminatus f. typica.—Java.

27 b. Rh. acuminatus audax, K. And.—Lombok.

28. Rh. sumatranus, K. And.—Sumatra.

29. Rh. calypso, K. And.—Engano.

30. Rh. minor, Horsf—Java; ? Siam; ? Darjeeling.

31. Rh. minutus, Miller, nec Montagu.u—Anambas Archipelago.

32. Rh. cornutus, Temm.—Japan.

32a. Rh. cornutus pumilus, K. And.—Loo-choo Islands (Okinawa) ;

? S. China (Foochow).

32b. Rh. cornutus f. typica—Japan proper.

33. Rh. gracilis, K. And.—Malabar coast.

34. Rh. subbadius, Blyth.—‘‘ Nepal”; “ Assam (Garo Hills).”

35. Rh. monoceros, K. And.—Formosa.

36. Rh. empusa, K. And.—Nyasa.

37. Rh. Andreinii*®, Senna.—“ Erythrea.”

38. Rh. Blasii, Ptrs.—Mediterranean Subregion.

39. Rh. Landeri, Martin.—Fernando Po; Gaboon.

40, Rh. lobatus, Ptrs.—Zambesi tract (Shupanga, Shire, Nyasa) ; Ukam-

bani tract.

41. Rh. Dobsoni, Thos.—Kordofan.

42, Rh. euryale, J. H. Blasius—Mediterranean Subregion.

42a. Rh. euryale judaicus, K. And. & Mtsch.—Euphrates Valley ;

Palestine; Lower Egypt.

42b. Rh. euryale Mehelyi, Mtsch.—Dobrudsha ; N. Bulgaria.

42c, Rh. euryale f. typica—Dalmatia; Po Valley; Liguria.

42d. Rh. euryale tuscanus, K. And. & Mtsch.—Tuscany (Pisa) ;

Latium (Roma).

42 e. Rh. euryale carpetanus, Cabrera.—Guadiana Valley.

42 f. Rh. euryale Cabrere, K. And. & Mtsch.—Tajo Valley (Madrid,

Cintra).

429. Rh. euryale atlanticus, K. And. & Mtsch.—France ; Galizia.

42h. Rh. euryale barbarus, K. And. & Mtsch.—Morocco to Tunisia

(coast form).

42%. Rh. euryale meridionalis, K. And. & Mtsch.—A]geria (probably

mountain form).

* Stated to differ from Rh. Blasii in the shape of the sella (Angelo

Senna, “Contributo alla conoscenza dei Chirotteri Eritrei,” Archivio

Zoologico, ii. pt. 3, pp. 256-260, pl. xvi. fig. 1, pl. xviii. figs. 7-16 ;

Sept. 50, 1905).

43,

44,

45,

4G.

47.

48.

49,

Subspecies of the Genus Rhinolophus. G51

Rh. midas, K. And.—Persian Gulf (Jask).

Rh. hipposiderus, Bechst.—From Gilgit to Ireland, from the Baltic

to Sennar.

44a. Rh. hipposiderus minimus, Heug].—Erythrea and Sennar; the

Mediterranean Subregion.

446, Rh. hipposiderus f. typica—F rom the extreme N.W. Himalaya

(Gilgit), through N.W. Persia (Urmi) and Armenia (Van),

over the whole of Central Europe.

44¢, Rh. hipposiderus minutus, Montagu.—England; Wales; Ireland.

? Rh. phasma, Cabrera.— Central Spain (Tajo Valley).”

D. The Rhinolophus philippinensis Group.

Rh. philippinensis, Waterh.—Philippines.

Rh. achilles, Thos.—Key Islands.

Rh, mitratus, Blyth.— N. India (Chaibassa).”

Rh. Maclaudi, Pous.—‘‘ Conakry Island” (off Senegambia).

Rh. sedulus, K. And.—N. Borneo ; Malay Peninsula (Pahang).

50. Rh. lanosus, K. And.—N.W. Fokien.

51. Rh. trifoliatus, Temm.—Java; Sumatra; N. Borneo; Malay Penin-

52.

53.

54.

55.

56.

57.

58.

59.

60.

61.

62.

63.

64.

65.

66.

67.

68.

sula; Lower Siam; Tenasserim.

Rh. solitarius, K. And.—Banka.

Rh. Beddomei, K. And.—S. India (Wynaad).

Rh. luctus, Temm.—Java; N. Borneo; Malay Peninsula,

Rh. geminus, K. And.—Java.

Lh. perniger, Hodgs.—Himalayas (Sikkim, Nepal, Masuri).

KE. The Rhinolophus macrotis Group.

Rh. macrotis, Hodgs.—Masuri ; Nepal.

Rh. hirsutus, K. And.—Philippines.

Rh. ethiops, Ptrs.— Angola.

Rh. Hildebrandti, Ptrs.—Zambesi tract (Mazoe, Nyasa) ; Ukambani

tract (Taita, Machakos, Kenya).

Rh, eloquens, K. And.—Uganda.

Rh. fumigatus, Riipp.— British East Africa ; Abyssinia ; Somaliland ;

Erythrea.

62a. Rh. fumigatus exsul, K. And.—British East Africa.

62 6. Rh. fumigatus f. typica—Abyssinia (Shoa, Adowa) ; Somali-

land (Pozzi Dass, Jifa Medir); Erythrea.

Rh, Pearsoni, Horsf—Himalayas, eastwards to Fokien.

63a. Rh. Pearsoni f. typica—Himalayas (Masuri, Darjeeling) ;

“Yunan”; “ Szetchuen.”

63 b. Rh. Pearsoni chinensis, K. And.—Fokien.

F. The Rhinolophus arcuatus Group,

Eh. arcuatus, Ptrs.—Philippines.

64a. RA. arcuatus f. typica— Luzon.

64 b. Rh. arcuatus exiguus, K. And.—Zamboanga; Guimaras,

Rh, subrufus, K. And.—Philippines.

Rh. inops, K. And,—Mindanao,

Rh. Creaghi, Thos.—N. Borneo.

Rh. celophyllus, Ptrs—Malay Peninsula (Kedah) ; “ Lower Burmah

(Moulmein) ” ; Upper Burmah (Tsigine).

652 Mr. K. Andersen on the Species and

69. Rh. ewyotis, Temm.—Batchian ; Amboina; Key Islands.

69a. Rh. euryotis timidus, K. And.—Batchian.

69 b. Rh. euryotis f. typica.—Amboina.

69 ¢, Lh. euryotis prestans, K. And.—Key Islands.

G. Incert@ sedis.

(70) Rh. angolensis *, Seabra.—“ Angola (Hanha).”

(71) Rh. alcyonet, Temm.—* Gold Coast.”

A Geographical Review of the Species, with some Notes on

their probable Interrelations.

Bats, as being possessed of a greater facility of locomotion

than other mammals, are commonly supposed to be deceptive

guides for the zoogeographer. It may well be that this

is in part, perhaps chiefly, due to the fact that very often

distinct, and sometimes widely distinct, species have been

covered by one technical nameft. If we draw the lines

of separation between the species (and their local modifica-

tions) somewhat more closely in accordance with the lines

drawn by nature, we shall, no doubt, find that in most

instances bats are as good and reliable zoogeographical

guides as other small but non-flymg mammals. Such

at least is the case with the bats of the genus here under

consideration. There is a great similarity between the

Rhinolophus fauna of N. Borneo and that of the Malay

Peninsula (see below), but hardly greater than between the

mammalian faunas of these countries in general. In the

Philippines, on the other hand, we find a remarkable

assemblage of very primitive Lhinolophi, most of them

o . .

essentially different from those of the opposite continent,

* The “lobo central do appendice nasal” is described by Seabra as

“bifurcado como no Rh. Blasii” (Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. Lisboa,

(2) v. Dec. 1898, p. 250). If this means that the connecting-process is

high and pointed and the sella deltoid (triangular, with pointed summit),

Rh. angolensis is certainly a distinct species and of much interest as a

West-African representative of the empusa type, which as yet, within

the Ethiopian Region, is known from Nyasaland and Erythrea only.

+ There is not in the original description of the only known specimen

of this bat (Le'den Museum) one’single word of any value for identifying

the species or determining its affinities. It is as thoroughly unknown as

if it had never been recorded.

{ E.g.: Rh. “ ferrum-equinum,” made up of Rh. ferrum-equinum, augur,

acrotis, and fumigatus, and therefore distributed over the whole of the

Ethiopian and the whole temperate part of the Palearctic Region;

Rh. “affinis” as a collective name for Rh. borneensis, stheno, Rouxi, and

affinis; Rh.“ minor” for Rh. lepidus, monticola, refulgens, minor, cornutus,

gracilis, and subbadius; Ke.

Subspecies of the Genus Rhinolophus. 653

only one species (A7rsutus), itself a primitive form, being a

genuine Himalayan type, though as a species quite distinct ;

this, again, is perfectly in accordance with the general

character of the Philippine fauna. The immigration of

Rhinolophine types from south into the Philippines, and the

radiation from these islands southwards into the Austro-Indo-

Malayan Archipelago, have by no means been greater than

of other mammals—rodents, f. 1. A very narrow tract of

water can form an apparently insurmountable barrier for the

spreading of a Rhinolophus (Ith. ferrum-equinum in England,

not in Ireland), as it has formed for the voles. The Rh/no-

lophus fauna of Lower Egypt* is markedly different from

that of Palestine; not even the direct land-connexion has

caused a more extensive interchange of species than in the

case of non-flying mammals. All this—and a series of

similar instances could be adduced—tends to show that for

the spreading of the RAinolophi their power of flight has been

a factor of very little importance ; their present distribution,

like that of non-flying mammals, has been determined by the

history of the type to which the species belongs and the

geological history of the continent or island in question.

AUSTRALIA :—Lh, megaphyllus typicus.—The only Austra-

lian species is most closely related to Rh. simplex, from

Lombok.

LovuistapE ARCHIPELAGO :—LZh. megaphyllus monachus.—

The Louisiade form seems to be a not quite perfectly differ-

entiated offshoot of the Australian species.

New GuIneA.—As yet no species is known from New

Guinea, although the genus is represented both east (Louis-

iade Archipelago), south (Australia, Key Islands), and west

(Moluccas) of the island.

Kry Isuanps :—“ Lh. keyensis” ; Ith. achilles; Rh. eury-

otis prestans.— Rh, achilles is a peculiar modification of the

philippinensis type. Lh. euryotis prestans has its nearest,

scarcely more than subspecifically distinct, allies in Amboina

and Batchian. ‘ 2h. keyensis,’ a still very imperfectly

known form, is probably closely related to RA. stmplex and

megaphyllus. Vhe Rhinolophus fauna of the Key Islands,

therefore, points partly north-westwards, to the Moluccas and

the Philippines, partly westwards.

* Of the four Palestine species (2A. ferrum-equinum, Blasi, euryale

J i ? ’ X

Jjudaicus, hipposiderus minimus), one only (euryale judaicus), so far as I

know, has spread from the Asiatic side of the Mediterranean to Lower

Egypt. The only other species recorded from Lower Egypt (2A. acrotis

oy Sie eee 5, 5 eye

is unknown in Syria and Palestine.

654 Mr. K. Andersen on the Species and

GorAM :—Lh. nanus.—A representative of the common

Austro-Malayan simplex type.

AMBOINA:—Lh. euryotis typicus.—This form has its

closest, only subspecifically distinct, allies to the north

(Batchian) and to the south-east (Key Islands) ; but the

euryotis type belongs to a group of the genus (the arcuatus

group) which now has its most primitive representatives in

the Philippines.

BaTcHIAN :—Rh. truncatus; Rh. euryotis timidus.—Rh.

truncatus is a well-marked species of the widely distributed

simplex type. Eh. euryotis points, as already stated, in the

last instance northwards, to the Philippines.

Lombok :—Lh. simplex, Rh. affinis princeps; Rh. acumina-

tus audax.—h. simplex seems to be the most primitive

member of the section which I have proposed to call the

Lh. simplex group ; it has very close relatives in (probably)

the: whole of the Austro-Malayan and Indo-Malayan sub-

regions. Lh. affinis princeps is the extreme south-eastern

outpost of a species now distributed from the Himalayas

through Indo-China, Sumatra, and Java; the Lombok form

seems to be more closely related to the Malacca-Sumatra race

(Rh. a. superans) than to the Java race (Lh. a. typicus).

Rh. acuminatus audaz is a local form of a Java species.

-THE Auvstro-MALAYAN SUBREGION.—Out of 69 species

known, only 8 are found in this subregion (9, if Rh. keyensis

is regarded as a species). Of these 8 species, two (Rh. affinis

princeps, Rh. acuminatus audax) are south-eastern outposts

of Indo-Malayan or Indo-Chinese species. Of the remaining

6 no less than 4 (Lh. simplex, megaphyllus, truncatus, nanus)

are representatives of the simplex type, which also numbers

several very primitive species in the Indo-Malayan Archi-

pelago. The last two species (2th. achilles and euryotis) can

be traced back to the Philippines.

CEeLEBES :—Z?h. celebensis, a representative of the simplewx

type, in certain cranial characters rather intermediate between

the Austro-Malayan and the genuine Indo-Malayan species

of the s¢mplex group.

PHILIPPINES :—Lth. virgo; Rh.philippinensis; Rh.arcuatus,

Rh. subrufus, Rh. inops; Rh. hirsutus—The Philippine

Rhinolophus tauna 1s remarkable for its richness in primitive,

even extremely primitive, types, and the total absence of

highly differentiated forms. 2h. virgo is closely related to

Rh. borneensis, both of them species on a low level of develop-

ment. Lh. philippinensis is the most primitive representative

known of the philippinensis group; so far as concerns the

Subspecies of the Genus Rhinolophus. 655

dentition, it has apparently remained ona slightly lower level

than any other species of the genus. 2h. arcuatus and sub-

rufus are the most primitive members of the arcwatus group ;

Eh. inops a representative of the same group, chiefly charac-

terized by its peculiarly modified sella. RA. hirsutus is a

very primitive species of the macrotis group, closely related

to the Himalayan 2h. macrotis—-Rh. philippinensis and

Rh. arcuatus cannot be brought into close genetic connexion

with any other known bat; in the absence of paleontological

evidence to the contrary, we may therefore regard them as

autochthonous Philippine types—7. e. as the least modified

survivors of types which have originated in the Philippines,

or, more likely, in a tract of land of which the Philippines

are the relicts. We can still trace their radiation out from

that centre: the phzlippinensis type has spread both south-

wards, to the Key Islands (Lh. achilles), and westwards,

through India (22. mitratus) as far as the Ethiopian Region

(Rh. Maclaudi), while a third offshoot has given rise to

the slightly more aberrant Indo-Malayan sedulus-trifoliatus

branch ; the arcuatus type has spread southwards and become

differentiated into the comparatively rather highly developed

Austro-Malayan 2h. euryotis. The presence of the simplex

type (th. virgo) in the Philippines is evidence of an immi-

gration ¢néo the islands from the south; the close relationship

between the Himalayan Rh. macrotis and the Philippine

Lh. hirsutus points to a former connexion with the continent.

N. Bornzo :—RaA, borneensis (typicus); Rh. sedulus, Rh.

trifoliatus, Rh. luctus ; Rh. Creaghi.—Rh. borneensis is a bat

of the s¢mplea type, slightly more advanced than RA, cele-

bensis. Lith. sedulus, trifoliatus, and luctus are members of

the philippinensis group; the former species in its cranial

characters rather primitive, in its essential external characters

close to trifoliatus ; Lh. trifoliatus and luctus are more highly

developed species of the group. Rh. Creaghi is a peculiar

modification of the arcuatus type.—The fauna points partly

(Rh. borneensis) eastwards, to Celebes and the Austro-

Malayan islands, partly and most decidedly north-eastwards,

to the Philippines (all the other species). It is very closely

connected with the Lhinolophus fauna of the Malay Peninsula,

no less than three species (sedulus, trifoliatus, luctus) being

common to both countries.

S. NATUNAS AND KARIMATA ARCHIPELAGO :—RA. borne-

ensis spadia, extremely closely related to (or identical with)

the Bornean form of the species.

Maay PeninsuuA, Lower Sram, SoutuH TENASSERIM :—

th. malayanus, Rh, stheno, Kh, affinis superans ; Rh. reful-

656 Mr. K. Andersen on the Species and

gens; Rh. sedulus, Rh. trifoliatus, Rh. luctus; Rh. celo-

phyllus.— The first three species belong to the simplex

group: Lh. malayanus is very closely related to Rh. borneen-

sis; Ith, stheno a more thorough modification of the borneensis

type; Rh. affints superans is but a local race of a Himalayan

species. Lh, refulgens, a bat of the lepidus group, has its

closest relative in the Himalayas (RA. monticola). Rh.

sedulus, trifoliatus, and luctus, all of the philippinensis group,

are common to Borneo and the Malay Peninsula. 2h. eelo.

phyllus is a highly peculiar species of the arcuwatus group,

probably rather closely related to the Bornean 2h. Creaghi.—

Of the eight species here under consideration, six (22h. malay-

anus, stheno, sedulus, trifoliatus, luctus, calophyllus) bear

evidence of the very close faunistic connexion between Borneo

and the Malay Peninsula; the remaining two (affinis, reful-

gens) are but) slightly modified immigrants from the north.

Sourn Anpamans :—“ Rh. andamanensis. ”_Although as

yet very imperfectly known, this bat is undoubtedly closely

related to Lh. affinis superans from the Malay Peninsula.

SUMATRA :—RA, affinis superans; Lh. sumatranus; Rh.

trifoliatus.—Rh. affinis superans and Lh. trifoliatus are

common to Sumatra and the Malay Peninsula. 2h. suma-

tranus belongs to a small section of the lepzdus group, closely

connected with Rh. refulgens from the Malay Peninsula.

ENGANO :—Lh. calypso.—It is worth noticing that the

only Lhinolophus as yet known from Engano is closely related

to, but specifically distinct from, 2A. sumatranus.

‘BANKA:—Rh. solitarius, a local representative of the

philippinensis type, closely allied to, but specifically distinet

from, Lh, trifoliatus from the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.

JAVA:—Tih. affints typicus; Rh. minor, Rh. acuminatus

typicus; Rh. trifoliatus, Rh. luctus, kh. geminus.—The Java

form of RA. affints seems to be closer related to the Hima-

layan race than to Rh. a. superans from Sumatra and the

Malay Peninsula. 2h. minor is either identically the same

species as found in Siam and Darjeeling or a very closely

allied form. A. acuminatus has no closer relative than

Rh. sumatranus. Lh. trifoliatus and luctus are common to

Java, Borneo, and Malacca. Rh. geminus, a bat of the

luctus type, is very closely related to the Himalayan Rh. per-

niger.—As a summary: of six species, three (2A. afjnis,

minor, geminus) point to a closer faunistic affinity between

Java and the Indo-Chinese and Himalayan tracts than

between Java and the geographically nearer Sumatra,

Malacca, and Borneo; the remaining three are common

Indo- Malay: an types.

Subspecies of the Genus Rhinolophus. 657

N. Natunas:—RA. affinis nesites, an apparently well-

differentiated form, most closely related to Rh. a. superans

from Malacca.

ANAMBAS ISLANDS :—Rh. nerets; Rh. “ minutus.”’—The

two species point to a connexion both with Borneo and with

the continent, the former being an offshoot of the borneensis

type, the latter of the minor type.

Tue Inpo-MALAYAN Suprecion.—Of 69 species known,

26 (38 per cent.) are found in this subregion, and no less

than 24* are, as species, apparently autochthonous; of the

remaining two, one (Rh. afinis) is certainly, the other (Rh.

minor) probably, Indo-Chinese.—To form a clearer idea of

the affinities and probable origin of this fauna it is best,

however, to consider the primary groups of species repre-

sented within the subregion ; we then arrive at the conclusion

that all the species of the simplex group (seven in number ;

see footnote) probably, in the very last instance, are

descendants of Austro-Malayan types; that the five species

of the lepidus group and the only species of the macrotis

group can be ultimately traced back to some part of what we

now call Indo-China; whereas the eleven species of the

philippinensis and arcuatus groups may very likely have

originated from purely autochthonous types. If this be so,

we have as a total result 15 species which (at least as

“‘ types ”) can be traced back to places outside the subregion

as against 1] apparently purely autochthonous.

TENASSERIM TRACT (including Karennee) :—Rh. Thomas?,

Rh. affinis macrurus; Rh. celophyllus—Rh. Thomast is a

very peculiar modification of the Chinese and Himalayan

Rouwxi type ; Rh. affints macrurus a local representative of a

Himalayan species. Rh. cwelophyllus has come from the south

(Malay Peninsula).

PEGU TRACT :—Rh. affinis tener, very closely related to the

Himalayan form of Rh. affinis.

ASSAM TRACT :—Rah. subbadius, also known from Nepal.

SourH CHINA AND Formosa:—Rh. Roux sinicus, Rh.

affinis himalayanus, Rh. ferrum-equinum nippon ; Rh. cornutus

pumilus, Rh. monoceros; Rh, lanosus; Rh. Pearsoni chinensis.

* Seven species of the s*mplex group: Rh. eelebensis, borneensis, virgo,

malayanus, nereis, stheno, andamanensis. Five of the lepidus group :

Rh, refulgens, acuminatus, sumatranus, calypso, “ minutus.” Six of the

philippinensis group: Rh, philippinensis, sedulus, trifoliatus, solitarius,

luctus, geminus. Five of the arcuatus group: Rh. arcuatus, subrufus,

tnops, Creaghi, celophyllus. One of the macrotis group: Rh. hirsutus.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 43

658 Mr. K. Andersen on the Species and

—Three of these species (Rh. affinis, ferrum-equinum, Pear-

soni) are most probably of Himalayan or, at least, Indo-

Chinese origin; Rh. cornutus has no closer relative than the

Himalayan Rh. minor ; Rh. monoceros, known from Formosa

only, is a modification of the Himalayan Rh. subbadius.

Thus, five out of the seven species point westwards ; with

the two remaining, Rh. Rouat and Rh. lanosus, the case is

different—the former species, though also found throughout

the Himalayas, is most closely related to RA. borneensis, the

latter to the Bornean Rh. sedulus.

Souty Korea, Loo-cuoo ISLANDS, AND JAPAN PROPER :—

Rh. ferrum-equinum nippon; Rh. cornutus.—Both species are

undoubtedly immigrants from China.

HimaLayas:—Rh, Rouaxi typicus, Rh. affin’s himalayanus,

Rh. ferrum-cquinum tragatus and regulus; Rh. monticola,

Rh. minor (2), Rh. subbadius; Rh. perniger; Rh. macrotis,

Rh. Pearsoni typicus.—Four of these species (RA. affinis,

ferrum-equinum, macrotis, Pearsoni) may very likely be of

Himalayan origin; the two former have spread far beyond

this tract. Rh. monticola, minor (?), and subbadius may also,

as species, be of Himalayan origin, but they have slightly

more primitive allies in the Indian Peninsula. Rh. Rowxtis,

as already stated, probably an immigrant from east, derived

from the dorneensis type. Rh. perniger is most closely related

to Rh. geminus from Java.

THE HIMALAYAN AND INDO-CHINESE SUBREGION (in-

cluding Korea and Japan).—Of 69 species known, 14 (7. e.

20 per cent.) occur in this subregion, but one of them (RA,

celophyllus) is probably a direct immigrant from south, The

four forms of the simplex group (Rouwi, Thomasi, affnis,

ferrum-equinum) have, most probably, as species originated

within the area; when traced back to their remotest origin,

they are descendants of a more eastern type. ‘The same is

the case with the representatives of the philippinensis group

(lanosus, perniger). The five species of the leprdus group

(monticola, minor, cornutus, subbadius, monoceros) seem to

have a slightly more primitive relative in the Indian Penin-

sula. Rh. macrotis is the only Indo-Chinese species which I

fail to trace back to any other known type of the genus*;

it may be the very primitive survivor of a genuine (autoch-

thonous) Himalayan type; in any case, its origin evidently

* It is highly probable that the macrotis type originated from an

ancient philippinensis-like bat which had not acquired the peculiar

specialization of the nose-leaves characteristic of all the now-existing

representatives of the phzlippinensis group (see my paper on the Rh, ma-

crotis group, loc. cit. pp. 290-292).

Subspecies of the Genus Rhinolophus. 659

dates back to a period when the distribution of land and

water in this part of the world was essentially different from

what it is nowadays, for we find representatives of the macrotis

type in the now thoroughly isolated Philippine Islands (RA,

hirsutus) and in a vast part of the Hthiopian Region (RA.

ethiops, Hildebrandtt, eloquens, fumigatus). Rh. Pearsoni is

a comparatively highly developed Himalayan and 8. Chinese

modification of the macrotis type.

Gances VALLEY: — Rh. lepidus; Rh. mitratus. — The

former is a very primitive (perhaps the most primitive)

member of the lepidus group; the latter a representative of

the philippinensis group, much more closely related to the

Indo-Austro-Malayan Rh. philippinensis and achilles (and

the Ethiopian Rh. Maclaudi) than to the geographically

nearer Himalayan form of the same group.

Soutn Inp1a :—Rh. Rouaxi typicus; Rh. lepidus; Rh.

Beddomei.—Rh. Rouxt is no doubt an immigrant from the

Himalayas, where identically the same race occurs. RA.

lepidus is also found in the Ganges tract. Rh. Beddomer is

closely allied to Rh. luctus from Borneo and the Malay

Peninsula.

CEYLON :—Rh. Rouaxt typicus, common to Ceylon and

S. India. (A bat of the philippinensis type occurs in Ceylon,

presumably Rh. Beddomei; I have seen a very young indi-

vidual only.)

Marazpar Coast:—Rh. gracilis, a bat of the probably

Himalayan mznor type.

THe INDIAN AND CEYLONESE SuBREGIONS. — Only five

species occur, one of them (Roux?) Indo-Chinese. Rh. gracilis

points northwards ; Rh. mitratus and Beddomet to the Indo-

Malayan countries. One species (RA. lepidus) may represent

a purely autochthonous type.

SoMALILAND, EryTHREA, ABYSSINIA, AND BAHR-EL-

ABIAD TRACT:—Ra. clivosus, Rh. acrotistypicus; Rh. Andreinii,

Rh. Dobsoni; Rh. hipposiderusminimus; Rh. fumigatus typicus.

—The first two species are modifications of the Himalayan

affinis type. Rh. Andreinii (very closely related to 2h. Blasit)

and Rh. Dobsoni (very close to Rh. lobatus) point back

to the Himalayan Rh. subbadius. Lh. hipposiderus has no

nearer known ally than the Persian Rh. midas, and the

particular race (minimus) here under consideration is the

same as now distributed over the Mediterranean countries.

Rh. fumigatus is a very highly developed species of the

Himalayan macrotis type.

4.3*

660 Mr. K. Andersen on the Species and

UGANDA :—Rh. eloquens, a bat of the macrotis type, in

certain characters rather intermediate between Rh. Hilde-

brandti and Rh. fumigatus.

UKAMBANI TRACT AND ZANZIBAR Coast :—Rh. Deckent;

Rh. lobatus; Rh. Hildebrandti, Rh. fumigatus exsul.—Rh.

Deckeni is an Ethiopian representative of the Oriental ferrum-

equinum type. Rh. lobatus belongs to a small group of

Ethiopian species (Landeri-lobatus- Dobson?) which have their

more primitive counterpart in the Himalayan Rh. subbadius.

Rh. Hildebrandti and fumigatus can be traced back ultimately

to a bat like Rh. macrotis.

ZAMBESI TRACT :—Rh, simulator, Rh. Darlingt, Rh. augur

cambesiensis; Rh. lobatus, Rh. empusa; Rh. Hildebrandti.—

Rh. simulator is a bat of the borneensis type; Rh. Darling?

of the Himalayan affinis type; Rh. augur of the Oriental

jferrum-quinum type. Rh. empusa is an Ethiopian repre-

sentative of the Rh. Blasit stage, which, however, again

leads back to the Oriental ménor-subbadius stage. ‘The two

remaining species (lobatus, Hildebrandti) are common to this

and the toregoing tract.

Limpopo TRACT :—Rh. augur typicus ; on the species, see

Zambesi tract, above.

ZULULAND, NATAL, EASTERN CAPE CoLony :—RA. augur

zuluensis.—This small, but zoogeographically rather well-

marked, district is inhabited by a special race of the wide-

spread Kthiopian RA. augur.

S.W. Cape Cotony :—RaA. capensis, an Ethiopian repre-

sentative of the Oriental Rh. Rouaxt type.

ORANGE River TRACT:—RhA. Denti, Rh. augur typicus.—

Rh. Denti, closely related to Rh. s¢mulator from the Gambesi

tract, is a bat of the borneensis type. On the affinities of

Rh. augur, see the Zambesi tract above.

BENGUELA AND LOANDA:—Rh. Darlingi; Rh. angolensis ;

Rh. ethiops.—Rh. ethiops is a highly developed representa-

tive of tle Himalayan macrotis type. Rh. Darlingi is

common to this district and the Zambesi tract. Rh. ango-

lensis is unknown to me (but see footnote above on p. 652).

Lower Guinea :—Rh. Landeri, closely related to the

Eastern Ethiopian RA. lobatus and Dobsoni, all of them bats

of the Oriental subbadius type.

Gop Coast :—Rh. alcyone; unknown to me.

GAMBIA TRACT :—h, Maclaudi, a bat of the Indo- Malayan

philippinensis type.

Tue ETHIOPIAN REGION:—19 out of 69 known * species

* Leaving the imperfectly known 2h. angolensis and the practically

quite unknown RA. aleyone out of consideration.

Subspecies of the Genus Rhinolophus. 661

have as yet been recorded from the Ethiopian Region. To

sum up the probable affinities of these species: Rh. Denti

and simulator represent the borneensis type; Rh. capensis the

Rousxi type; Rh. clivosus, Darlingi, and acrotis the affints

type; Rh. augur and Deckent the ferrum-equinum type ; Rh.

empusa and Andreini? one branch, Rh. Landeri, lobatus, and

Dobsoni another branch, of the m/nor-subbadius type; Rh.

hipposiderus the midas type; Rh. Maclaudi the philippinensis

type; Rh. ethiops, Hildebrandti, eloquens, and fumigatus the

macrotis type.—Thus, the distribution of the primary groups of

the genus within the Ethiopian Region is, broadly speaking, as

follows :—the simplex group (8 species) from the Cape Colony

to Lower Egypt (beyond the limits of the Region), and on

the western side of the Continent as far north as Angola; the

macrotis group (4 species) from Abyssinia to the Lower

Zambesi, across the Continent to Angola; the lepidus group

(4 species) in a broad tract across the Continent from about

15° N. to 20° S.; the mzdas group (1 species) confined to

the extreme north-eastern corner ; the philippinensis group

(1 species) to the north-western corner (probably of wider

distribution).—It is a matter of some zoogeographical

importance that all the Ethiopian species of the genus Rhino-

lophus, without exception, also have representatives in the

Oriental Region; but still more important is the fact that all

the Ethiopian species have more primitive representatives in

S. Asia or the Indo-Malayan Archipelago. In view of this,

and bearing in mind that in the absence of all paleontological

evidence we have to base our conclusions exclusively on what

we know about the now-existing forms, we are justified in

supposing that all the Ethiopian Rhinolophi are, in the last

instance, derived from Oriental forms. The passage from

the Oriental to the Ethiopian Regions must have been

considerably easier in past times than now,

Eastern EayptiAn Desert:—Rh. acrotis Andersoni.

The species is Ethiopian.

Lower Eqaypt:—Rh. acrotis brachygnathus ; Rh. euryale

judaicus.— Rh. acrotis is undoubtedly an immigrant from the

Ethiopian Region. Rh. euryale has come from the Asiatic

side of the Mediterranean; examples from Lower Egypt are

indistinguishable from the Palestine-Kuphrates race; the

species does not seem to have spread south of Lower Hgypt.

Tue MEDITERRANEAN SUBREGION (exclusive of Lower

Egypt) :— Rh. clivosus, Rh. ferrum-equinum (proximus,

typicus, and obscurus) ; Rh. midas, Rh. hipposiderus minimus ;

Rh, Blasti, Rh. euryale—Rah., clivosus is known only from

662 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

the border districts of the Ethiopian and Palearctic Regions

(Red Sea coasts), Rh. midas from the shore of the Persian

Gulf. These, as well as the four truly “ Mediterranean ””

species, are undoubtedly of Oriental origin. Worth noticing

is the close faunistic connexion between the Spanish Penin-

sula and N.W. Africa (Algeria) : the same race (ohscurus) of

Jerrum-equinum.

CenTRAL Evurope:—Rh. ferrum-equinum typicus; Rh.

hipposiderus typicus.—The Central European Rh. hipposiderus

is slightly different from the Mediterranean form.

Britisu Istanps :—Rh. ferrum-equinum; Rh. hipposiderus

minutus.—Both of the Central European species have reached

the British Islands. Rh. hippostderus, as being the more

hardy of the two species, as having spread over the whole of

England and to several places in Ireland, and as having

become to a certain slight degree different from the conti-

nental form, was probably the earliest comer. The range of

Rh. ferrum-equinum is restricted to the southern part of

England.

THE WHOLE AREA OF THE GEeNuUS.—AI] the now-existing

species can be referred to six “types.” All the types can be

traced back to some part or other of the Oriental Region.

From there they have spread eastwards as far as Hastern

Australia and Japan, south-westwards over the whole of the

Ethiopian Region, westwards to Southern and Central

Europe.

LXXIV.—On the Oscules of Cinachyra.

By R. Kirkpatrick.

[Plate XIV.]

WHILE engaged in the investigation of specimens of

Cinachyra barbata, Sollas, obtained by the ¢ Discovery ’ from

the Antarctic, I was led to examine examples of that species

obtained by the ‘Challenger’ from Kerguelen and described

by Sollas in his Report on the Tetractinellida.

Specimens of this species are spheroidal or ovoidal in

shape and with a root-tuft ; the surface bristles with a pile-

like coat of spicules, which are mostly protrizenes. Arranged

round the sides of the sponge are flask-shaped recesses with

oval or circular orifice and with the margins guarded by a

the Oscules of Cinachyra. 663

fringe of needles rising above the general surface; on the

upper part of the surface are smaller orifices, likewise

surrounded by a spicular fringe.

Sollas (9, pp. xxxv, 27) regarded the flask-shaped recesses

as being either vestibules or cloacas, though he failed to find

any structural differences in them, and for convenience of

description he called them all oscules. The smaller orifices

and pits near the summit were considered to be young

undeveloped vestibules and cloacas of the same kind as those

on the rest of the surface.

The good state of preservation of numerous specimens from

the Antarctic has enabled me to clearly distinguish two kinds

of depressions—vestibular and cloacal; and later I was able

to note the same distinction in the ‘ Challenger’ specimens.

Cinachyra barbata in its adult condition (PI. XIV. fig. 1)

shows three zones :—(1) a basal root-tuft zone; (2) a broad

“ equatorial ” zone of poral vestibules ; and (3) a superior or

“polar” zone of oscules (sensu stricto). In good specimens

these zones are clearly obvious to the naked eye, for the

surface pile of spicules is higher and looser in the poral than

in the oscular zone and slopes downwards ; the pile in the

oscular area is shorter and denser and points vertically

upwards, presenting, in fact, a stubble-like appearance.

The orifices of the poral vestibules are usually wide open,

though even large ones may be closed; but in almost every

instance the oscules are tightly shut, the marginal fringes

being closed over them in the form of conical stacks.

The shape of many of the specimens from Kerguelen is

oval and the poral zone and oscules are arranged obliquely

to the long axis. Often, too, at first sight no trace of oscular

fringes or oscules is apparent ; but by rubbing off the surface

pile at the superior end of the body, so as to leave a tonsure-

like patch, the oscules become visible as minute dark pin-

points on the surface (Pl. XIV. fig. 3).

Prof. Sollas has given such a full account of the poral

vestibules that there is no need to say anything further

about them here. The oscules are few in number in com-

parison with the vestibules ; in one specimen there are seven

of the former arranged in an open spiral on the summit and

over forty of the latter.

Usually the oscules appear as low monticules each with a

shallow crater-like cup, but occasionally they may be flush

with the surface. On making a section so as to cut vertically

through an oscule, usually, owing to the extreme state of

contraction, no passage can be seen, but simply a break in

the continuity of the white cortex, the fleshy tissues of the

664 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

oscular channel being pale reddish. On dissection and

magnification, however, asimple canal with deep longitudinal

folds is easily made out; below the cortex the passage leads

into a main exhalant canal coming from the centre and into

large lateral canals (Pl. XIV. fig. 2).

As regards the homologies of the poral vestibules and the

shallow, crater-like, oscular depressions, these both seem to

be ectodermal invaginations, and the vertical intracortical

preoscular tube to be the terminal exhalant canal (or gastral

cavity ?).

Lendenfeld (7, p. 26), who records eight species of Cina-

chyra, gives as the definition of the genus :— Ausstrémungs-

6ffhnungen klein, zu Gruppen vereint am grunde kahler,

schalen-, kelch-, oder sackférmiger Hinsenkungen der

Oberfliiche.” Obviously this definition must be emended,

since in C. barbata, the type of the genus, the oscules are

simple and separate and open each into a single intracortical

channel, which latter receives the main exhalant canals. If

for ‘ Ausstrémungséffnungen” the word ‘ Poren” were

substituted, the definition might stand.

On referring to the descriptions and figures of other species

of Cinachyra it seems to me possible that misinterpretations

concerning the pores and oscules may have been made in

some of them also. In Cinachyra Schulzet, Keller, from the

Ried Sea, Keller (3, p. 387, pl. xix. figs. 41, 42) figures a

sponge with numerous depressions all apparently alike in

general character: fig. 42 depicts an enlarged view of a

section showing the surface of one of these depressions ;

here we see pores with inhalant canals radiating out from

them into the body of the sponge ; at the base of the depres-

sion are slightly larger orifices opening into wider canals.

Keller assumes that the larger orifices are the oscular openings

of exhalant canals. ‘The latter, except that they are a little

wider, look very like the inhalant ones, and, & priori, it seems

unlikely that excrementitious orifices should be situated in

the floor of a deep pit surrounded by inhalant orifices, natural

selection tending to keep the inhalant and exhalant systems

each out of the way of the other. A comparison with

C. barbata would lead one to suggest that the depressions in

C. Schulzed are poral vestibules, and that extremely con-

tracted oscules situated elsewhere (probably near the summit)

have escaped notice.

Cinachyra eurystoma, Keller (3, p. 338, pl. xix. figs. 46,

48), from the Red Sea, looks like a young immature form ;

young specimens of C. barbata have several relatively large

the Oscules of Cinachyra. 665

vestibules, with, perhaps, only one minute oscule. The

figure of a section of a depression (3, fig. 48) shows small

openings leading each by a narrow tube to moniliform canals ;

possibly here also the vestibules are purely poral, and a

careful search might reveal a much contracted oscule. Simi-

larly the circular zone of depressions shown in the figure of

C. trochiformis, Keller (3, p. 340, pl. xix. figs. 44, 45), from

the Red Sea, is possibly vestibular, and an examination of

the conical summit might show the existence of oscules in the

form of minute contracted points.

Cinachyra amboinensis (Kieschnick), from Amboina (4,

p. 556), is globular or egg-shaped and has a zone of poral

depressions and a single osculum at the summit.

Cinachyra hirsuta (Dendy) (2, p. 75), from the Gulf of

Manaar, is spheroidal and firmly attached by a broad base to

a piece of rock. Here there is a zone of depressions and one

large osculum situated to one side of the summit. Dendy

believed that some of the depressions were pore-areas, others

oscular areas; after an examination of the specimen I

have come to the conclusion that all the depressions are

poral vestibules. ‘The variation in shape and depth, some

being shallow and hemispherical, others deep and tubular,

appears to me to result from differences in age and in the

degree of contraction.

Cinachyra Voeltzkowt, Lendenfeld (6, p. 101, pl. ix. fig. 39),

from Zanzibar, appears, at first sight, to present in the

arrangement of its pores and oscules a complete exception to

what is found in other species of Cinachyra. he three speci-

mens are spherical. ‘Two of the examples are only 8 mm. in

diameter and have only one depression each ; a larger one,

2 cm. in diameter, has fifteen depressions. Lendenfeld

observes (6, p. 101) :—“ An der oberfliche finden sich

allenthalben Poren, doch sind in den Weingeistexemplaren

nur jene an den konvexen, pelztragenden Teilen offen, die,

wie es scheint kleineren und zahlreicheren, in den kahlen

Vertiefungen dagegen, geschlossen. Von den ersteren ziehen

offene Kaniile herab, welche die rinde durchsetzen.”

Lendenfeld regards the “ Poren” on the general surface

as inhalant and those in the depressions as exhalant, and

describes one of the depressions themselves as “ glattwandiger

praeoscularraum” (/. c, p. 129). He observes (i. c. p. 103)

that very possibly pores are present on the surface of C. bar-

666 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

bata outside the depressions and that they have been overlooked

by Sollas. I have carefully searched for these pores and

have not been able to detect any; indeed, it would be

surprising if pore-canals could penetrate the dense palisade of

cortical oxeas. Since the depressions are smooth-walled and

the pores in their walls are smaller and more numerous than

those on the general surface, I think that probably the

depressions are poral vestibules similar to those of C. barbata,

that some of the ‘‘Poren”? on the surface are oscules,

possibly much contracted, and that this kind will be found

occupying a more or less definite area.

An eighth species of Cinachyra mentioned in Lendenfeld’s

list, viz. C. robusta (Carter), from Mergui (1, p. 79), remains

to be noticed. The Natural History Museum possesses one

half of the type specimen. Judging from its appearance, I

should take it to be a macerated specimen of Tetil/la which

has become much worn down with age and rough usage from

strong currents, so that the whole of the cortex has become

denuded, leaving large open spaces and caverns between the

radiating fibres of the skeleton. Carter (7. ¢. p. 79) writes :—

“‘ The spicules of the interior, which project so abundantly as

to produce a hispid condition of the surface, are so matted

together by the mud in which the sponge has grown on the

subjacent rock that, in taking off this crust, the ‘forks’ and

‘anchors,’ together with the projecting ends of the ‘ body-

spicules,’ all come away with it?’ Sollas’s designation

(9, p. 48), viz. Tetilla robusta, of Carter’s Tethya cranium,

var. robusta, seems to me correct.

Apparently only one of the seven species at present retained

in the genus Cinachyra has a cortex with a dense palisade of

oxeas, though several of the others appear to possess a thick

fibrous cortex.

Very young specimens of Cinachyra are conical and

have only one large poral vestibule, situated inferiorly and at

one side, the one oscule being at or near the summit. This

asymmetrical arrangement calls to mind the sponge Spongo-

cardium Gilchristi, Kirkp. (5, p. 224), from South Africa.

I now think that Spongocardium must be regarded as a

synonym of Fangophilina, O. Schmidt (8, p. 73, pl. x. fig. 3),

in spite of the fact that FW, submersa has a well-developed

root-tuft, and #. Gulchristt appears not to possess this

appendage, though a root-tuft may have been torn off in

dredging.

the Oscules of Cinachyra. 667

F, Gilchristi has two deep depressions, poral vestibular

and cloacal, the former having smooth walls perforated by

minute pores and the latter having orifices of oscules in its

base.

Judging from his description and figure, Schmidt, I believe,

mistook the nature of these depressions, describing the poral

as cloacal and vice versé ; for the smooth-walled deep depres-

sion of £, Gilchristi is undoubtedly a poral vestibule and not

acloaca. Without a knowledge of the development it would

be difficult to say whether the openings in the floor of the

cloacal depression in the latter species are to be regarded as

an assemblage of oscules or as orifices of exhalant canals

opening into a cloaca terminating in one oscule; the first

hypothesis seems the more probable one.

To sum up: the depressions on the surface of the seven

species of Cinachyra are probably in every instance poral

vestibules, the oscules being separate and distinct.

Taterature.

(1) Canter, H. J. “ Report on the.... Sponges from.... Mergui

Archipelago....” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. 1887, vol. xxi.

(2) Denny, A. “ Report on a Second Collection of Sponges from the

Gulf of Manaar.” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1889, (6) iii.

(3) Ketter, C. ‘Die Spongienfauna des rothen Meeres.—II.”

Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 1891, Bd. lii.

(4) Krescunicx, O. “ Kieselschwiimme von Amboina. Zool.

Forschungsreisen Semon.” Denkschr, Gesellsch. Jena, 1900,

Bd. v., Text.

(5) Kirkpatrick, R. “ Descriptions of South African Sponges —I.”

‘Marine Investigations in South Africa,’ 1902.

(6) LenpDENFELD, R. von. “Spongien von Sansibar.” Abhand.

Senckenberg. Gesellsch. 1899, Bd. xxi.

(7) ‘Das Tierreich.’ Lief. 19. 1903. Porifera Tetraxonia.

(8) Scumipt, O. ‘Die Spongien des Meerbusen yon Mexico.’ 1879.

(g) Sottas, W. J. ‘ Report on the Tetractinellida collected by

H.MLS. ‘Challenger.’ ” Zoology, vol. xxv. 1888.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV,

Fig. 1, Cinachyra barbata, Sollas, from the Antarctic, natural size.

a, zone of poral vestibules; }, zone or area of oscules.

Fig. 2. Vertical section through an oscule, x 5. a, oscule; 8, cortex ;

c, main excurrent canal; d, foraminiferan shell.

Fig. 3. Cinachyra barbata from Kerguelen (‘Challenger’), The surface

pile of spicules has been rubbed off in the oscular region to

show the oscules, which are here contracted to pin-points.

a, oscules,

668 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

LXXV.—Rhynchotal Notes —XX XVII.

By W. L. Disranrt.

Fam. Cicadide.

POLYNEURARIA.

Platypleura lineatella, sp. n.

@. Body and legs very pale tawny brown; head with a

very obscure piceous fascia between the eyes ; pronotum with

the central anterior edge of the posterior margin and the

Jateral dilated areas pale ochraceous; mesonotvm with sub-

obsolete traces of ill-defined obconical spots ; abdomen above

thickly palely pilose, with a central segmental longitudinal

series of black spots, the segmental margins and the anal

segment also black; body beneath and legs concolorous ;

tegmina and wings subhyaline, talc-like, the venation greenish

ochraceous, their extreme bases and the basal cell of tegmina

ochraceous.

Long., excl. tegm., 22 mm. ; exp. tegm. 72 mm.

Hab. Sunda Islands ; Salayer (Lveritt).

I am compelled to found this species on a female specimen,

in order that it may find a place in my catalogue. The

lateral margins of the pronotum are broadly angularly

ampliate, and the rostrum extends beyond the middle of the

abdomen ; the head (including eyes) is about as wide as the

mesonotum ; the apical segment of the abdomen beneath has

a small fuscous spot on each side.

Platypleura lindiana, sp. n.

Body and legs dull dark obscure ochraceous ; head with a

basal fascia to front, a transverse line at each anterior angle

of vertex, a linear transverse fascia between eyes, and inner

margins of eyes black ;.pronotum with a transverse fascia

near anterior margin and a central longitudinal fascia black ;

mesonotum with four anterior obconical spots, of which the

two central ones are shortest, a central lanceolate spot, and a

small spot near each anterior angle of the cruciform elevation

black ; abdomen above with the bases of the segments broadly

black ; head beneath with a broad black transverse fascia

between the eyes; tegmina pale subhyaline, nearly basal half

pale tawny, radial area containing two large pale spots, be-

neath which are other two pale spots in the fourth ulnar area ;

the remaining subhyaline area with small subobsolete darker

spots, the transverse veins at the bases of the first, second,

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 669

third, fourth, fifth, and seventh apical areas infuscated, and a

double series of small submarginal fuscous spots placed one

on each side of the longitudinal veins to apical areas ; wings

very pale ochraceous, “about apical third hyaline, the outer

margin of the ochraceous area slightly tinged with fuscous ;

opercula short, transverse, their anterior angles well separated;

rostrum passing posterior coxee, its apex piceous; lateral

margins of pronotum ampliate and broadly angulated ; head

(including eyes) about as wide as mesonotum.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 163 mm.; exp. tegm. 56 mm.

Hab, B. East Africa; Lindi.

Belonging to the group of species represented by P, Afzeli,

Stal.

Platypleura mira.

Platypleura mira, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiv. p. 333 (1904).

Platypleura laotiana, MS., Paris Mus.

Since describing the male (supra) I have seen the other

sex, also contained in the Paris Museum.

2, Differs from @ inthe tint of the tegmina, the ground-

colour of which is greyish brown and not brownish ochraceous :

the two oblique piceous fascize are also deeper and brighter i in

hue, and the outer one distinct and not fused with the dark

markings on the apical area.

Platypleura Murchisoni, sp. n.

3S. Head, thorax, body beneath, and legs pale tawny ;

abdomen black, the tympana pale tawny ; body somewhat

thickly, finely, greyishly pilose; mesonotum with four

anterior obconical spots, denoted by their black margins, the

two central ones much the shorter, and with two small, rounded,

black spots in front of the er uciform elevation ; tegmina very

pale tawny, obscurely mottled with paler or grey vish suffusions ;

the radial area greyish with two very pale fuscous spots, the

innermost preceded by a similar spot on costal membrane,

the outer halves of the first to third ulnar areas and the

whole of the apical areas greyish, semiopaque, with very

obscure pale tawny macular mottlings, principally on the

longitudinal veins, and a double series of small outer sub-

marginal fuscous spots placed one on each side of the

longitudinal veins to apical areas; wings pale ochraceous,

the apical area and the subposterior margin pale tawny

brown, apex of anal area and posterior and apical margins

greyish, semiopaque ; head (including eyes) about as wide as

670 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

mesonotum, lateral margins of the pronotum ampliate and

convex; opercula short, transverse, their inner margins

slightly overlapping, their posterior margins broadly convex ;

rostrum reaching basal segment of abdomen.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 22 mm.; exp. tegm. 65 mm.

Hab. Transvaal ; Murchison Range (C. R. Jones, Brit.

Mus.).

Allied to P. stridula, Linn.

Platypleura Ridleyana, sp. n.

?. Body and legs pale castaneous brown; posterior

abdominal segmental margins somewhat broadly olivaceous

green; tegmina hyaline, the costal membrane ochraceous,

the venation (excluding that of basal cell) testaceous red,

about basal half more or less opaque, a large quadrangular

black spot before middle of radial area and a smaller fuscous

spot near its extremity, an oblong spot at bases of first and

second ulnar areas, two similar spots at base of third ulnar

area, a spot at base of the long sixth and of the seventh and

eighth apical areas, two spots in fourth ulnar area, the inner-

most of which is very large, and a spot at apex of fifth ulnar

area, dark fuscous or piceous ; a fuscous fascia crossing bases

of first to fifth apical areas connected with an irregular apical

fascia of the same colour, a double series of fuscous marginal

spots on the longitudinal veins to apical areas; wings piceous,

with the venation testaceous-red, the base broadly opaque

creamy yellow, the apical half of anal area and more than

posterior margin pale hyaline; head (including eyes) about as

wide as mesonotum, lateral margins of the pronotum broadly

ampliate and obtusely angulate; rostrum about reaching the

middle of abdomen.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 173 mm. ; exp. tegm. 52-56 mm.

Hab. Straits of Malacca; Ding Ding Islands (H. N.

Ridley, Brit. Mus.). North Borneo (Banguey, Paris Mus.).

Platypleura Harmandi, sp. n.

Head ochraceous; a large spot at base of front, a transverse

fascia between eyes and the inner margin of eyes black ;

pronotum brownish ochraceous, slightly obscurely piceous on

anterior and posterior margins, two small obsolete piceous

spots before middle of posterior margin ; mesonotum ochra-

ceous, with four anterior obconical spots, of which the two

central are shortest, a central discal lanceolate spot, a discal

spot to cruciform elevation, and a small spot in front of each

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 671

anterior angle to same, black ; abdomen and tympana piceous,

thickly finely ochraceously tomentose on the segmental

margins ; head beneath, sternum, and opercula thickly finely

tawny pilose ; legs tawny brown; abdomen beneath brown,

its lateral margins cretaceously tomentose; face with the

central sulcation and transverse strize black and between face

and eyes a fascia of the same colour; tegmina very pale

tawny brown, becoming paler and greyish on the upper half

of radial area, in the upper ulnar area, and particularly so in

the apical areas; wings orange- yellow, about apical half

dark castaneous, containing two pairs of orange-yellow spots

placed near anterior and posterior margins. Head (including

eyes) about as wide as mesonotum ; lateral margins of pro-

notum ampliate and broadly angulate; opercula short,

rounded, not quite meeting centrally and not passing base of

abdomen ; rostrum reaching the posterior cox, its apex

black.

Long., excl. tegm., g 16 mm.; exp. tegm. 47 mm.

Hab. Cochin China; Lakhon (Har mand, Paris Mus.).

Allied to P. ar minops, Noualh.

Kongota Muri, sp. n.

?. Head, pronotum, and mesonotum ochraceous, the latter

inclining to clivaceous; front of head with a large discal

spot anteriorly connected with two narrow, lateral, marginal

fascie, black ; vertex with a short transverse fascia on ‘each

side of base of front and a discal transverse fascia passing

through the area of the ocelli and connected with the eyes at

lateral margins black ; pronotum with a central lanceolate

fascia not extending behind the middle, a short curved fascia

on each side of disk, all the fissures, two small rounded spots

at centre of posterior margin, and the posterior lateral

margins black ; mesonotum with a narrow, central, longitu-

dinal fascia, two short curved fascia at anterior margin, a

transverse series of four spots in front of cruciform elevation,

a spot on anterior angles of same, and a transverse spot on

each side of it, black ; abdomen above black, a large basal

spot and the segmental margins pale castaneous ; body

beneath and legs ochraceous, inclining to virescent; waved

fascize between the eyes crossing anterior portion ‘of face,

margin of face before clypeus, apical annulations to femora,

basal annulations and apices to tibie, and apices of tarsi

black ; tegmina brownish ochraceous, a little paler on costal

membrane and apical area, with piceous spots and suffusions,

a double subapical marginal series of piceous spots being very

672 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

distinct, and between the outermost are a series of larger

obscure ochraceous spots, in the radial area a piceous spot at

base, and three central, longitudinal, piceous fascie; wings

orange-yellow, the five upper radial areas with castaneous

ray-like fascia, and a narrow submarginal fascia of the same

colour.

Long., excl. tegm., 23 mm.; exp. tegm. 73 mm.

Hab. Natal; Durban (fF. Murr, Brit. Mus.).

This is the second described species in the genus, and

is not to be confused with K. punctigera, Walk.; the type

specimen being a female the structural characters of the

opercula cannot be described.

Fam. Fulgoridz.

Subfam. /urgorrv 2.

Genus PHRICTUS.

Phrictus, Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. viii. p. 216 (1839).

Phrictus auromaculatus, sp. n.

Body above dull brownish ochraceous; head above with

two small spots on disk of vertex, the lateral angular areas

of same, and the lateral marginal areas black; pronotum

(excluding disk) suffused with black or piceous; mesonotum

with three large black spots; abdomen above (excluding

segmental and lateral margins and a broken, longitudinal,

central fascia) black ; body beneath, rostrum, and legs black

or piceous ; cephalic process beneath ochraceous ; coxal and

sternal spots and a lateral abdominal series of spiracular spots

somewhat silvery white; tegmina with about basal two thirds

brownish ochraceous, with the thickly reticulate venation

piceous, that on the costal membrane virescent, divided by

transverse black spots, the whole speckled with small distinet

yellow spots, apical area brownish ochraceous, with a few

scattered, irregular, piceous spots; wings with about basal

half bright yellow, with some scattered small white spots and

two oblique black maculate fascia ; anal area fuscous brown,

with the fine reticulate venation greyish; the apical area

black, speckled with small bluish spots; cephalic process

prominently angulate on each side in front of eyes, and then

narrowed before apex, which is broadly widened and some-

what upwardly raised, the two central longitudinal ridges

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 673

are crenulate, the anterior apical transverse ridge angularly

sinuate, and centrally united with the carinate anterior margin

by a longitudinal ridge, beneath including face having “its

margins entire, centrally ridged on its dilated anterior area,

where the margins are also carinate, its surface finely rugulose ;

posterior tibia with five long spines; rostrum reaching

middle of abdomen.

Long., excl. tegm., 27-30 mm.; exp. tegm. 65-67 mm.

Hab. Bolivia (I. Steinbach, Brit. Mus.).

The cephalic process is shorter than in any of the previously

described species and the coloration is very distinct.

Genus EPpisctus.

Episcius, Spin. Ann, Soc. Ent, Fr, viii. p. 249 (1839).

Episcius bolivianus, sp. n.

Head above, pronotum, and mesonotum testaceous brown $

abdomen above castaneous, its apex tomentosely cretaceous :

body beneath and legs brownish ochraceous, the femora and

abdomen more or less suffused with piceous ; tegmina pale

umber-brown, a little more than basal half, only reaching

costal margin at extremity, dark fuscous nora. margins w ith

scattered minute fuscous strize and a few also on apical area ;

wings with about basal two thirds purplish red, here and

there slightly suffused with pale fuscous, outwardly broadly

and irregularly margined with fuscous, the posterior margin

of anal area greyish, apical area hyaline; vertex longer than

broad, moderately concave, rugulose; pronotum finely rugu-

lose, centrally tricarinate, the area bounded by the carinations

quadrangular ; mesonotum very finely rugulose, tricarinate,

the central carinations very much waved and almost meeting

anteriorly ; rostrum slightly passing the middle of abdomen ;

legs marginally longly pilose, posterior tibiz with seven

spines.

Long., excl. tegm., 23 mm.; exp. tegm. 58 mm.

Ilab. Bolivia (L. Steinbach, Brit. Mus.).

Apart from the different coloration, this species may be

distinguished from £. platyrhina, Germ., by the quadrangular

carinate area of the pronotum; in Germar’s species it is

anteriorly convexly rounded.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. Ad

(or)

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on

LX XVI.— Note on some British Culicidee.

By Cuas. O. WaTERHOUSE, F.E.S.

TAvinG had occasion to collect and make observations on the

larvee of Culicide, I was fortunate enough to rear froma larva

found in the New Forest a species which appears to be new

and of which I subjoin a description kindly drawn up for me

by Mr. F. V. Theobald. I also reared the male of Culee

diversus, 'Vheobald, which was not previously known. My

attention was first directed to the larva of C. Waterhouset by

the length of time it remained under water without coming

to the surface for air, ‘This larva, which was of a very pale

green, almost always rested in deep water on its back or in

an oblique position. The longest time I ever actually watched

it was half an hour; but on one occasion I was working close

by the aquarium for two hours, and looked at it at frequent

intervals. Having carefully noted its position, I feel certain

that it never moved during the whole of that time. This is

in great contrast with the larva of C. cantans, which rarely

remains down in the water for more than half a minute.

The following are Mr. Theobald’s descriptions :

Culex Waterhouse, sp. n.

Thorax black, clothed with pale golden to creamy scales.

Abdomen deep brown, with pale basal bands. Palpi of male

brown, with yellowish mottling in places, two basal white

bands to the two apical segments, and two yellow bands

towards the base. Legs deep brown, femora and tibiz

mottled with yellow; metatarsi and first two tarsals of fore

and mid legs with narrow basal white bands; in the hind

legs the white bands are broad. Apical segment of male

claspers with spines; median processes broadly expanded

apically. Fore and mid ungues unequal, hind ungues equal,

all uniserrated.

3. Head deep brown, clothed with rather large, creamy,

curved scales, long, narrow, ochreous, upright, forked scales

in front, with rather broader and shorter ones behind, and flat,

creamy, lateral scales. Palpi with the two apical segments

nearly the same length, deep brown, with an irregular, white,

scaled basal area to each, and with blackish hair-tufts; the

long antepenultimate segments with two broad, creamy, scaled

bands, the two apical segments with black hair-tufts and

also black hairs on the apex of the antepenultimate. An-

tenne with very deep brown plume-hairs. Proboscis deep

brown, unbanded.

Thorax black, with rather large, curved, pale golden scales,

some British Culicide. 675

somewhat paler over the roots of the wings; scutellum testa-

céous, deep brown along the border of the mid-lobe, and with

a deep brown patch on each side between the mid- and side-

lobes, clothed with rather large, narrow, curved scales of

similar hue to those of the mesothorax; posterior border-

bristles dense, pale golden; pleurze deep brown, with pale

creamy flat scales ; metanotum brown. Abdomen blackish,

with basal creamy bands and pale brown to dull golden hairs ;

basal segment with many pale scales.

Legs with the femora and tibix mottled brown and yellow,

the fore and mid metatarsi with narrow basal white bands,

also the first two tarsals; in the hind legs the bands are

broader and are present on all the segments ; fore and mid

ungues large, unequal, both uniserrated, the hind equal and

uniserrated.,

Wings with rather broad lateral vein-scales, especially on

the branches of the second long vein; many scales on the

first long vein somewhat Tentorhynchus-like, First sub-

marginal cell considerably longer and narrower than the

second posterior cell, their bases nearly level; stem of the

first submarginal cell nearly as long as the cell; stem of the

second posterior longer than the cell; mid cross-vein longer

than either the supernumerary or posterior cross-veins, the

latter about its own length distant from the mid cross-vein.

Male genitalia with claspers long and broad, spiny towards

the apex, the apical segment short and thick ; one side of the

apex of the basal lobes armed with short hook-like spines; a

large pineapple-shaped densely tuberculate process from the

base of each side; the two median processes long, composed

of two segments, the apical one broadly knife-shaped and

curved on its inner edge.

Length 55 mm.

Habitat. New Forest, Brockenhurst (C. O. Waterhouse).

Observations. Described from a single male easily told

from all other dark-banded-legged European species by the

very marked male genitalia. ‘I'he male genitalia of the type

are preserved in balsam. The squamose characters of the

wing exclude it from Cu/ea; but until female material is

examined I prefer to leave it provisionally in that hetero-

genous genus.

Culex diversus, Vheobald.

Mon. Culicid. p. 73 (1901) (Q only described).

3. Palpi deep violet-black, with traces of yellow scales at

the base of the two apical segments and on the antepenulti-

mate segment, the penultimate and apex of the antepenultimate

676 Miscellaneous.

with dense dusky hair-tufts, the apical one with scanty hairs,

the two apical segments and apex of the antepenultimate

slightly swollen, the last two of nearly equal length, apical

seement blunt; the hair-tuft on apex of antepenultimate

seoment very dense. Proboscis deep brown, with dull

yellow scales at the base. Antenne deep brown, with deep

brown plume-hatrs.

Thorax as in the female. Abdomen blackish, with basal

pale bands, moderately hairy, hairs pale. Genitalia densely

hairy, hairs golden; apical joint of claspers curved, with

the terminal segment long and bent at the tip, a few short

spines below its junction with the larger part of the clasper,

basal lobe densely hairy in places, especially on the inner side ;

between the basal lobes a long dense mass of golden hairs,

two long curved processes with short spines on their inner

lower edge, and a curious group of flattened curved spines

forming a prominent object between them and the basal lobes.

Legs deep blackish brown, except the femora, which are

pale beneath. Fore and mid ungues unequal, the larger

biserrated, the smaller uniserrated; hind ungues large,

simple, uniserrated.

Wings with the first submarginal cell longer and narrower

than the second posterior cell, its base nearer the apex of the

wing, its stem a little longer than the cell; stem of the

second posterior cell also longer than the cell ;_ posterior cross-

vein about its own length distant from the mid cross-vein.

Length 5:5 to 6 mm.

Hatitat. New Forest, Brockenhurst.

Observations. Bred by Mr. Waterhouse. The male

genitalia are very marked.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Affinities of Herpetomonas subulata *, and the Phylogeny of

the Trypanosomes. By Louis Lécer.

Tur structure of Herpetomonas subulata points to its extremely

close affinity with certain species of Crithidia previously described

by me. To Crithidia minuta of Tabanus tergestinus, Egg., espe-

cially, the resemblance of the young gregarine and monad forms is

such that it is impossible to distinguish these two Flagellata in

these stages.

* [This parasite is described by M. Léger in the number of the Comptes

Rend. Hebd. des Séances de la Soc. de Biologie (Dec. 50, 1904, pp. 613-

615) from which the present extract is taken. He states (loc. eit. p. 613)

that he met with it in the alimentary canal of Tabanus glaucopis, Mg.

(a species of horse-fly which occurs in Great Britain), in the south of

France. According to M. Léger.it is not common, and he found it only

four times in sixty specimens of 7Jabanus and Haematopota coliected in

autumn upon cattle and horses,—TRANSL. |

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. §.Z Vol. XVI. PIX

P.Hiahley, de et lith

Cinaohnyra Nharoata.

Misecllaneous. 677

This peculiarity has led me to take up afresh the study of

C. minuta in the monad form, which I had not met with in its

fully developed state at the time of my first observations. Asa

result I was able to convince myself that in this form C. minuta

exhibits all the characters of Herpetomonas, and should conse-

quently be assigned to this latter genus. H. minuta is distinguished

from H. subulata only by being shorter and not tapering posteriorly.

The genus Crithidia must therefore be restricted at the present

time to two species—C. fasciculata of Anopheles and C. campanu-

lata of Chironomus—which are characterized by the bulky, piriform,

or campanulate form of their body.

There is little further need to insist on the weakness of this

systematic arrangement, which, although necessary, 1s undoubtedly

destined to have to submit to serious attacks in proportion as we

become better acquainted with the development of these Flagellata.

A certain number of these crithidian or herpetomonad forms found

in the biting insects are probably stages of Hemoflagellates met

with in Vertebrates. This opinion, which I advanced as early as

1902, has been justified by the admirable researches of Schaudinn *,

which showed that Trypanosoma noctue multiplies in Culex in a

erithidian form. In the case of the Crithidia of Anopheles the fact

is scarcely open to question, and as regards the herpetomonad

forms found in species of Tabanus and Hematopota, by reason of

their hosts’ mode of feeding, aud of the number, form, and minute

size of the parasites, it is also very possible that we have to deal

with stages of Hemoflagellates +; but this is not certain, for we

know that species of Herpetomonas are found in insects that do not

bite (Musca, Sarcophaga, Pollenia, and Fucellia, according to recent

observations of my own, &c.), in which their entire life-cycle takes

place (cf. Herpetomonas musce domestice, according to Prowazek).

The establishment of this fact, taken in conjunction with the

close relationship between the three genera, Herpetomonas, Crithidia,

and Trypanosoma, which has recently been well brought to light by

Laveran and Mesnil {, and further strengthened as it is by the

striking similarity of their young stages and the morphology of

Herpetomonas subulata, should lead us to search among the species

of Herpetomonas for the ancestors of the Trypanosomes with a

morphologically anterior flagellum (of the type of Prypanosoma noctuce

according to Schaudinn) §.

While at first performing their entire life-cycle in non-biting

insects these herpetomonad forms underwent progressive modifica-

tion in those among the latter that became hematophagous. Here

a much richer nutritive medium constituted by the blood, which

* Schaudinn, ‘ Arbeiten a. d. kaiserlichen Gesundheitsamte,’ Bd, xx,

(1904).

+ From this point of view one cannot refrain from noticing the great

resemblance between the little fixed forms of Herpetomonas subulata and

Piroplasma.,

{ Laveran and Mesnil, ‘Trypanosomes et Trypanosomiases’ (Paris,

1904),

§ Schaudinn, oc. cat.

678 Miscellaneous.

was absorbed and then digested, provoked an enormous multiplica-

tion of the parasite and at the same time prepared it to live in a

new medium, the circulating blood of Vertebrates, into which it

was bound finally to make its way, by reason of its minute size

and its host’s mode of feeding. 'Thus was brought into existence

the type of Trypanosome with anterior flagellum by progressive

development of an undulating membrane, which, with Senn * and

Laveran and Mesnilt, I regard as a character of the adaptive

order, in relation to the consistency of the medium in which the

parasites live.

The Trypanosomes of the blood, therefore, represent merely a

partial and secondary adaptation of a parasite primitively intes-

tinal or enteroccelomic of Invertebrates, and this explains why they

have to return into the latter in order to perform their sexual

reproduction.

The same considerations are, moreover, applicable to the Plasmo-

dium of malaria, in which schizogony alone takes place in the

blood of man, the sexual reproduction requiring the return of the

parasite into the mosquito.

As regards the Trypanosomes with a morphologically posterior

flagellum (of which, according to Schaudinn{, Trypanosoma

Ziemanni is the type), the lineage of these appears to be philo-

genetically very different from that of the former. We know asa

matter of fact from Schaudinn’s observations that they attach

themselves by the pole opposite to the flagellum ; now, since in the

case of Herpetomonas and Crithidia the fixative rostrum is homolo-

gous with an anterior flagellum, it is reasonable to suppose that

these Trypanosomes are derived from forms primitively provided

with two oppositely directed flagella (but not bipolar)—such as the

species of Z'rypanoplasma, for example.

As the result of a morphological study of the latter genus § I

had been led to consider Trypanosomes in general as species of

Trypanoplasma which had lost their anterior flagellum. This mode

of regarding them is, however, too exclusive, as I have shown

above, but I think that it may still apply to the Trypanosomes with

a posterior flagellum. It follows then that we have in the Trypano-

somes two very distinct types, which have sprung from different

stems, to which there correspond, moreover, according to the

researches of Schaudinn ||, two different types of development of

the ookinete.

One of the most important points in connexion with the morpho-

logy and the classification of the Trypanosomes would therefore be

to determine their pole of fixation, which, as regards the majority of

species, is at present unknown.—Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires

des Séances de la Société de Biologie, tome lvii. pp. 615-617.

* Senn, ‘ Archiv f. Protist.’ Bd. L. Heft 2, 1902, p. 353.

+ Laveran and Mesnil, loc. cit,

¢ Schaudinn, Joe. cit.

§ Léger, Comptes Rendus Acad. d. Se., March 28 and April 4, 1904.

|| Schaudinn, loc. eit.

679

INDEX to VOL. XVI.

ABAGAZARA, characters of the new

genus, 206.

Abreeus, new species of, 349.

Abricta, new species of, 27, 281.

Abroma, new species of, 32, 561.

Achilognathus, new species of, 364.

Adenia, characters of the new genus,

210.

Abhomana, characters of the new

genus, 25,

Aiteta, new species of, 593.

Akamba, characters of the

genus, 562.

Alcock, Dr. A., revision of the

genus Peneus, 508.

Amphipoda, on the secondary ap-

pendage of the upper antenne as a

character in the, 464.

Ancistrogaster, new species of, 490.

Anechura, new species of, 493.

Andersen, K., on the bats of the

Rhinolophus philippinensis group,

243; on the bats of the Rhino-

lophus arcuatus group, 281; on

the bats of the Rhinolophus

macrotis group, 289; on Hippo-

siderus diadema, 497; on the

species and subspecies of Rhino-

lophus, 648.

Anthela, new species of, 150,

Anthometra, new species of, 628,

Anthophora, new species of, 395.

ceruginosa, note on, 295.

Arber, I. A. N., on the sporangium-

like organs of Glossopteris Browni-

ana, 460.

Arcyophora, new species of, 585.

Arfaka, characters of the new genus,

276.

Aviola, new species of, 601.

Armadillidium vulgare, on the dis-

tribution of, 431,

Arthroleptis, new species of, 108,

180.

Aryicanthis pumilio, on the various

forms of, 629,

Asota, new species of, 618.

Asterid, on the development of an,

with large yolky eggs, 387.

new

Atelopus, new species of, 181.

Atractaspis, new species of, 180.

Atylotus, new species of, 198.

Atyopeneus, characters of the new

genus, 524.

Auchenisa, characters of the new

genus, 18.

Baleenopteride,

species of, 403,

Barasa, new species of, 549,

Barbus, new species of, 642.

Barrett-Hamilton, Capt. G. E. H.,

on the Mus orthodon of Hensel,

452.

Bate and Westwood’s ‘ British

Sessile-eyed Crustacea,’ revised

nomenclature of the species de-

scribed in, 78.

Batrachians, new, 107, 180.

Bavea, characters of the new genus,

214,

Beatricella, characters of the new

genus, 568,

Blenina, new species of, 151, 543.

Bocana, new species of, 624.

Bombus, new species of, 223, 392.

Books, new :—Darton’s Preliminary

Report on the Geology and Water

Resources of Nebraska, 258 ;

Elliot's Land and Sea Mammals

of Middle America and the West

Indies, 260 ; Guide to the Gallery

of Birds in the British Museum,

261; Miall’s House, Garden, and

Field, 261; Uhlig’s Fauna of the

Spiti Shales, 365; Irving’s

Economie Resources of — the

Northern Black Hills, 453 ; Iowa

Geological Survey, vol. xiv., 455;

Maryland Geological Survey,

Miocene, 457; Fabre’s Souvenifs

Entomologiques, 459; Enteman’s

Coloration in Polistes, 576.

Bothriocephalus infundibuliformis,

note on, 117.

Boulenger, G. A., on the freshwater

fishes of Africa, 36 ; on batrachians

and reptiles from Angola, 105; on

new snakes from 8. Arabia, 178;

observations on

680

on new tailless batrachians, 180;

on specimens of Rana esculenta

from Persia, 552; on the habitat of

Rana Blanfordii, 640; on fishes

from the Kasai River, 640; on

fishes from Lake Bangwelo, 642.

Bower-bird, note on the satin,

350,

‘British Sessile-eyed Crustacea,’

revised nomenclature of the species

described in, 78.

Buckman, 8. 8., on the nomenclature

of types in natural history, 102 ;

on the types of S. P. Pratt and

Young and Bird, 264,

Burbunga, characters of the new

genus, 29,

Burr, M., on new Forficularia, 486.

Butler, Dr. A. G., on the satin bower-

bird, 350.

Cacyparis, new species of, 604.

Czenojoppa, characters of the new

genus, 162.

Calliostoma, new species of, 184.

Calman, Dr. W. T., on a new river-

crab from Yunnan, 155.

Calotes, new species of, 133.

Cameron, P., on a new genus and

species of Cynipidee, 20; on new

parasitic hymenoptera from Borneo,

159.

Carea, new species of, 598.

Casyapa, new species of, 612.

Catocala, on the red colour in the

hind wing of, 445.

Cheetospania, new species of, 489.

Chandica, new species of, 605.

Chilton, Prof. C., on the distribution

of some terrestrial Isopoda intro-

duced into Australasia, 428.

Chionama, new species of, 145.

Chloritis, new species of, 194.

Chlorocystaria, characters of the new

division, 212.

Chrotopterus,

308.

Chrysichthys, new species of, 641,

645.

Cicadide, revision of the, 22, 203,

265, 553, 668.

Cichlosoma, revision of the genus,

60, 225, 316, 433 ; new species of,

227, 330.

Cinachyra, on the oscules of, 662.

Clanculus, new species of, 185.

Clarias, new species of, 644,

Cleis, new species of, 149.

new subspecies of,

INDEX.

Cockerell, T. D. A., descriptions and

records of bees, 216, 292, 301, 392,

465, 477.

Coelioxys, new species of, 221.

Coendou, new species of, 310.

Coleoptera, new, 11, 340, G04.

Colobus, new subspecies of, 452.

Columbella, new species of, 189.

Conibosa, characters of the new

genus, 215.

Copepoda, notes on British, 567.

Coryphieus, new species of, 347,

Cotylopus, new species of, 562.

Crocisa, new species of, 218.

Crustacea, new, 8, 155, 525, 569; on

the nomeuclature of the British

sessile-eyed, 78.

Cucumaria Montagui, note on, 552.

Culex, new species of, 674.

Culicid, on some British, 674.

Cyanoxorides, new species of, 164.

Cylistosoma, new species of, 544.

Delavalia, new species of, 569.

Delma, new species of, 131.

Delocoma, characters of the new

genus, 153.

Dendromus, new species of, 175.

Dermaptera, new, 486.

Derotettix, new species of, 209.

Diacrisia, new species of, 145, 620.

Diagramma, new species of, 364.

Diceropyga, new species of, 557.

Diemenia, characters of the new

genus, 206,

Dilophothripa, new species of, 584.

Diplodonta, new species of, 191.

Diptera, new, 198, 674.

Distant, W. L., Rhynchotal notes,

22, 203, 265, 553, 668.

Dobsonia, new species of, 425.

Donald, Miss J., observations on some

of the Loxonematide, 461; on

some Gasteropoda from Llanga-

dock, 461.

Druce, H., on new Nymphaline,

549.

Druseia, characters of the new genus,

165.

Dulderana, characters of the new

genus, 280.

Kblisia, new species of, 345,

Hdyia, characters of the new genus,

159,

Eeernia, new species of, 139.

Kgnasia, new species of, 625,

Eleognatha, characters of the new

genus, 577,

END EX:

Emmiltis, new species of, 628,

EKomops, characters of the new genus,

572.

Kpiplema, new species of, 626,

Episcius, new species of, 673.

Hrastria, uew species of, 620,

Erizada, new species of, 586.

Ethalia, new species of, 187.

Kublemma, new species of, 621,

Kuchelus, new species of, 186.

Kupheedra, new species of, 550,

Euryglossa, new species of, 292, 472.

Kutelia, new species of, 372.

Hxoneura, new species of, 465.

Fantham, H. B., on hermaphroditism

and vestigial structures in the

reproductive organs of Testudo

greca, 120.

Fin-whale fishery, on some results of

the North-Atlantic, 403.

Fishes, on the treshwater, of Africa,

36; new, 227, 530, 361, 363, 643 ;

from the Kasai River, on, 640,

Forficula, new species of, 493,

Forficularia, notes on, 486,

Fossarina, new species of, 188.

Fossarus, new species of, 188.

Frisch’s generic names, on, 461.

Fulgora, new species of, 566,

Gazuma, characters of the new genus,

268.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 460.

Georychus, new species of, 175.

Giaura, new species of, 541.

Gibbula, new species of, 192.

Glauconia, new species of, 178.

Gnathophausia, new species of, 9.

Gobius, new species of, 564.

Gonolabis, new species of, 487.

Guaranisaria, characters of the new

genus, 560,

Gudanga, characters of the new

genus, 208.

Guereza, on a new, 452.

Gymnotympana, new species of, 563.

Gyrtona, new species of, 537.

Halictus, new species of, 300, 307.

TLampson, Sir G. F., on new species

of Noctuide, 869, 533, 577.

Hasora, new species of, 618.

Hemidictyaria, characters of the new

division, 275.

Hemiplecta, new species of, 195,

Henderson, Dr. E. H., on the de-

velopment of an asterid with

- large yolky eggs, 387.

681

Herichthys, new species of, 436.

Herpestes, new species of, 170,

Herpetomonas subulata, on the affini-

ties of, 676.

Hesperoptenus, new species of, 575.

Hexanchus griseus, note on, 571.

Hipposiderus diadema and its allies,

remarks on, 497.

Tlister, new species of, 346, 609.

Histeridze, new, 340, 604.

Holland, W. J., on a new noctuid

from Sierra Leone, 18.

Holt, EK. W. L., on the schizopods

collected by the ‘Oceana,’ 1.

Homoptera, new, 23, 205, 265, 553,

668.

Hovana, characters of the new genus,

279.

Hyla, new species of, 182.

Hymenoptera, new, 20, 159, 216,

292, 301, 392, 465, 477.

Hy pothripa, new species of, 540.

Ilma, characters of the new genus,

613, ;

Ingura, new species of, 369,

Inyamana, characters of the new

genus, 266.

Iruana, characters of the new genus,

278.

Iscadia, new species of, 579.

I.mene, new species of, 618.

[sopoda, on the distribution of some

terrestrial, 428.

Jacatra, characters of the new genus,

Hills

Jamiiia, new species of, 551.

Janson, O. I., on new Cetontida

from British New Guinea, 11.

Katerythrops, characters of the new

genus, 7.

Kerunia, on the Eocene genus, 93.

Kirkpatrick, R., on the oscules of:

Cinachyra, 662.

Kongota, new species of, 671.

Koranna, characters of the new

genus, 207.

Kumanga, characters of the new

genus, 215,

Labia, new species of, 487.

Léger, L., on the affinities of Herpeto-

monas subulata, and the phylogeny

of the Trypanosomes, 676.

Lemuriana, characters of the new

genus, 32.

Lepidoptera, new, 18, 142, 369, 533,

549, 577, 612.

Lepus, new species of, 176,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvi. 45

682

Lewis, G., on new species of His-

teridze, 340, 604.

Lignicida, characters of the new

genus, 625,

Lissosternus, characters of the new

genus, 347.

Lithurgus, new species of, 295.

Loiada, characters of the new genus,

166.

Lomaptera, new species of, 12.

Lydekker, R., on an undescribed

Guereza, 432.

Lygosoma tzeniolatum, new variety

of, 140.

Macrolister, new species of, 345.

Malagasia, new species of, 32.

Mammals, new, 169, 243, 281, 289,

308, 314, 423, 432, 497, 572, 632.

Mapondera, characters of the new

genus, 212.

Mardalana, characters of the new

genus, 215.

Marmosa, new subspecies of, 313.

Mastacembelus, new species of, 647.

Masupha, new species of, 208.

Maurilia, new species of, 599.

Mecomera, new species of, 489.

Medasina, new species of, 627.

Megaptera longimana, observations

on, 416.

Melampsalta, new species of, 270.

Melampsaltaria, characters of the

new division, 269.

Melanothrix, new species of, 142.

Melissodes, new species of, 216.

Metapeneus, new species of, 526.

Metaptya, new species of, 587.

Metoponorthus pruinosus, on the

distribution of, 431.

Microloxia, new species of, 629.

Miller, G. S., jun., on the generic

names of Frisch, 461.

Minolia, new species of, 187.

Mollusea, new, 184, 192, 198, 551.

Monomatapa, new species of, 31.

Morokia, characters of the new

genus, 11.

Mus orthodon, note on, 452.

‘Museum Humfredianum,’ note on

the, 262.

Nanaguna, new species of, 583.

Neacomys, new species of, 310,

Neleynda, new species of, 35.

Neotrimorus, new species of, 161.

Nerita, new species of, 190.

Noctuidee, new, 369, 533, 577.

Nomia, new species of, 304.

INDEX.

Nomioides, new species of, 221.

Nopesa, Dr. F. B., on Kerunia, a

symbiosis of a hydractinian with a

cephalopod, 93.

Norman, Canon A. M., revised

nomenclature of the species de-

scribed in Bate and Westwood’s

‘ British Sessile-eyed Crustacea,’

78; on Cucumaria Montagui, 352;

on Ophiopsila anuulosa, 360.

Notodoma saturum, note en, 347.

Odontodes, new species of, 553.

Okanagana, characters of the new

genus, 23,

Omalodes, new species of, 608.

Omphalius, new species of, 186,

Oncotympana, new species of, 558.

Oocormus, characters of the new

genus, 181.

Ophiopsila annulosa, note on, 360.

Opisthocosmia, new species of, 491.

Oreta, new species of, 142.

Oromena, new species of, 152.

Oxzenanus, new species of, 624.

Padraona, new species of, 616.

Paharia, characters of the new genus,

25.

Panka, characters of the new genus,

34.

Papuina, new species of, 193.

Paracolletes, new species of, 477.

Paraneetroplus, characters of the

new genus, 436,

Parapeneopsis, new species of, 527.

Parapeneus, new species of, 525,

Parapetenia, characters of the new

subgenus, 324.

Parasites of the Tweed salmon, on

the, 115.

Parasphecodes, new species of, 296.

Parathelphusa, new species of, 156.

Paratilapia, new species of, 642, 646,

Paratropus, new species of, 610.

Paraxestis, new species of, 585.

Pardasena, new species of, 541.

Parnisaria, characters of the new

division, 203.

Parnkalla, characters of the new

genus, 29.

Pauropsalta, new species of, 273.

Peneus, revision of the genus, 508.

Perrhanza, new species of, 549.

Petrogale, new subspecies of, 425.

Phascogale, new species of, 427.

Phenacolletes, characters of the new

genus, 301.

Phrictus, new species of, 672.

_Yy{

INDEX. 683

Pidorus, new species of, 146.

Plesius, new species of, 342.

Platypleura, new species of, 554, 668.

Platysoma, new species of, 343, 605.

Plegaderus, new species of, 610.

Plotheia, new species of, 580.

Pogonozada, characters of the new

genus, 580.

Pomponia, new species of, 558.

Porcellio, on the distribution of

species of, 429.

Pristaulacus, new species of, 159.

Proechimys, new species of, 312.

Prosopis, new species of, 3899, 467.

Psammophis, new species of, 113.

Pseudoxiphophorus _ pauciradiatus,

observations on, 5362.

Ptilonorhynchus violaceus, note on,

350.

Purana, new species of, 555.

Pycnostigmus, characters of the new

genus, 20.

Pygoccelis, new species of, 605.

Pyrops, new species of, 564.

Quintilia, new species of, 205, 561.

Rana, new species of, 107.

— Blanfordii, on the habitat of,

640.

esculenta, on specimens of, from

Persia, 552.

Regan, C. Tate, revision of the

genus Cichlosoma &c., 60, 225,

316, 433 ; on fishes from Southern

Mexico, 361; on new fishes from

Japan, 363 ; on Hexanchus griseus,

571.

Reptiles, new, 113, 180, 178.

Rhesala, new species of, 625.

Rhinolophus, new species of, 247,

283, 289; list of the species and

subspecies of, 648.

Rhyssota, new species of, 194.

Ricardo, Miss G., on the Palearctic

Tabani, 196.

Rivula, new species of, 622.

Rosén, N., on the snakes in the mu-

seums of Lund and Malmé, 126;

on the lizards in the museum of

Lund, 12%).

Salmon, on the internal parasites of

the Tweed, 115.

Sapantanga, characters of the new

genus, 276.

Saprinus, new species of, 611.

Sarrothripa, new species of, 584,

Sawda, new species of, 556.

Scalaria, new species of, 190,

Schaposchnikow, Ch., on the red

colour in the hind wing of Cate-

cala, 445,

Schizopods collected during the

cruise of the ‘ Oceana,’ on the, 1.

Schuchert, C., on the nomenclature

of types in natural history, 102.

Sciurus, new species of, 509, 514.

Scott, Dr. T., notes cn British

Copepoda, 567.

Scutellina, new species of, 189.

Sherborn, C. D., note on the ‘ Mu-

seum Humfredianum,’ 262.

Siglophora, new species of, 603.

Sinna, new species of, 602.

Smith, E. A., on new Jand-shells

from British New Guinea &c.,

193; on a new land-shell from

Christmas Island, 551.

Solariella, new species of, 188.

Soritia, new species of, 145.

Southwell, T., on some results of the

North-Atlantic fin-whale fishery,

403.

Sowerby, G. B., on new marine

shells, 184; on a new shell from

the Cape Verd Islands, 192.

Spheeodes, new species of, 299.

Spiloxorides, new species of, 166.

Stagira, new species of, 213.

Steatomys, new species of, 174.

Stictoptera, new species of, 533.

Stilpnosoma, new species of, 476.

Swinhoe, Col. C., on Eastern and

Australian Heterocera, 142, 612.

Synodontis, new species of, 645.

Tabani, revision of the Palearctic,

196.

Tagiades, new species of, 612.

Taipinga, characters of the new genus,

Taphuraria, characters of the new

division, 25.

Tarache, new species of, 621.

Tarentola, new species of, 130.

Tattersall, W. M., on the schizopods

collected by the ‘ Oceana,’ 1.

Teinostoma, new species of, 187.

Telesto, new species of, 614.

Testudo greeca, on hermaphroditism

and vestigial structures in the

reproductive organs of, 120,

Tetrarhynchus grossus, note on, 118.

Tettigarctaria, characters of the new

division, 280.

Tettigomyieria, characters of the new

division, 266.

684

Thalacomys, new species of, 426.

Thomas, O., on mammals from An-

gola, 169; on new neotropical

Chrotopterus, Sciurus, &e., 308 ;

on a new squirrel from Burma,

314; on some Australasian mam-

mals, 422; on the generic names

of Frisch, 461; on a new genus

“and two new species of bats, 572.

Thomsonula, characters of the new

genus, 570. ‘

Thyrassia, new species of, 144.

Tibicina, new species of, 23.

Tilapia, new species of, 647.

Titulcia, new species of, 603.

Tortriciforma, new species of, 587.

Tosh, Dr. J. R., on the internal para-

sites of the Tweed salmon, 115.

Trachypeneus, new species of, 531,

Trichaulax, new species of, 17.

Trichiobracon, characters of the

genus, 161.

Trichionotus, characters of the new

genus, 168.

Tridrepana, new species of, 620.

Trigona, new species of, 220.

Prismarcha, new species of, 30.

INDEX.

Tritonidea, new species of, 191.

Trypanosomes, on the phylogeny of

the, 676.

Tyana, new species of, 601.

Types, on the nomenclature of, 102.

Ueana, characters of the new genus,

28.

Urabunana, characters of the new

genus, 274,

Urbona, new species of, 588.

Vespertilio, new species of, 573.

Walker, A. O., on the secondary

appendage of the upper antennze

as a character in the Amphipoda,

464.

Waterhouse, C. O., on some British

Culicidee, 674.

Westermannia, new species of, 588.

Whales, observations on species of,

403. ‘

Wroughton, R. C., on mammals from

Angola, 169; on the various forms

of Arvicanthis pumilio, 629.

Xenoglossodes, new species of, 218.

Xosopsaltria, new species of, 266.

Zamenis, new species of, 178.

Zethes, new species of, 154.

END OF THE SIXTEENTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.